一、巴拉基咖篇显示巴利原文
1. Pārājikakaṇḍaṃ
第一波罗夷戒显示巴利原文
1. Paṭhamapārājikaṃ
苏定那诵品解释显示巴利原文
Sudinnabhāṇavāravaṇṇanā
24 24. 此后,“那时,在离毗舍离不远处”等文句,文义大多明了。因此,此处不作逐词注释,仅就需解释之处加以说明。所谓“迦兰陀村”:迦兰陀是指黑鸟,因这些鸟而得名的村庄。所谓“迦兰陀子”,是指依此村庄得名、受国王认可、拥有四亿财富的迦兰陀富商之子。然而,因该村中还有其他名为迦兰陀的人,所以在说了“迦兰陀子”之后,又说了“富商之子”。所谓“与众多”,即与众多(人)一起。所谓“朋友”,是指共担苦乐、互相交往的人。“朋友们”即是诸多朋友,与那些朋友在一起。所谓“一同”,即一起。所谓“因某种事务”,即因货物交易、债务清算、传达消息等事务;也有人说,是为了参加迦提迦星宿节庆的事务。据说世尊是在迦提迦月的白分到达毗舍离,而那里的迦提迦星宿节庆极为盛大,应知他正是为此事而往。显示巴利原文
24. Ito paraṃ tena kho pana samayena vesāliyā avidūretiādi yebhuyyena uttānatthaṃ. Tasmā anupadavaṇṇanaṃ pahāya yattha yattha vattabbaṃ atthi, taṃ tadeva vaṇṇayissāma. Kalandagāmoti kalandakā vuccanti kāḷakā, tesaṃ vasena laddhanāmo gāmo. Kalandaputtoti gāmavasena laddhanāmassa rājasammatassa cattālīsakoṭivibhavassa kalandaseṭṭhino putto. Yasmā pana tasmiṃ gāme aññepi kalandanāmakā manussā atthi, tasmā kalandaputtoti vatvā puna seṭṭhiputtoti vuttaṃ. Sambahulehīti bahukehi. Sahāyakehīti sukhadukkhāni saha āyanti upagacchantīti sahāyā, sahāyā eva sahāyakā, tehi sahāyakehi. Saddhinti ekato. Kenacideva karaṇīyenāti kenacideva bhaṇḍappayojanauddhārasāraṇādinā kiccena; kattikanakkhattakīḷākiccenātipi vadanti. Bhagavā hi kattikajuṇhapakkhe vesāliṃ sampāpuṇi. Kattikanakkhattakīḷā cettha uḷārā hoti. Tadatthaṃ gatoti veditabbo.
“看见了”是如何看见的?据说,他见大众从城中出来——他们已用过早餐,穿着洁净的上衣,手持花环、香、涂香,正为了见佛和闻法而出行,便问道:“你们去哪里?”“为了见佛和闻法。”于是他想:“那我也去。”便一同前往,看见世尊被四众弟子围绕、以梵音说法。因此说:“看见了……说法。”“看见后”:即他看见之后。“他这样想”:这位因过去所造福行而受策励的善家子,生起了这样的念头。什么念头呢?就是“我何不也听闻法呢?”其中,“我何不”体现了他的思惟方式。据说,他这样思惟:“这大众一心专注地听法,啊,但愿我也能听闻!”显示巴利原文
Addasa khoti kathaṃ addasa? So kira nagarato bhuttapātarāsaṃ suddhuttarāsaṅgaṃ mālāgandhavilepanahatthaṃ buddhadassanatthaṃ dhammasavanatthañca nikkhamantaṃ mahājanaṃ disvā ‘‘kva gacchathā’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Buddhadassanatthaṃ dhammasavanatthañcā’’ti. Tena hi ‘‘ahampi gacchāmī’’ti gantvā catubbidhāya parisāya parivutaṃ brahmassarena dhammaṃ desentaṃ bhagavantaṃ addasa. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘addasa kho…pe… desenta’’nti. Disvānassāti disvāna assa. Etadahosīti pubbe katapuññatāya codiyamānassa bhabbakulaputtassa etaṃ ahosi. Kiṃ ahosi? Yaṃnūnāhampi dhammaṃ suṇeyyanti . Tattha yannūnāti parivitakkadassanametaṃ. Evaṃ kirassa parivitakko uppanno ‘‘yamayaṃ parisā ekaggacittā dhammaṃ suṇāti, aho vatāhampi taṃ suṇeyya’’nti.
那么,为何这里不说“前往世尊那里”,而说“前往那大众那里”呢?因为当时大众正围绕世尊而坐,众多高贵的人们聚在一处,他来得晚,无法靠近世尊坐下;但在大众中的某处仍可容身,因此他直接走向大众。所以说:“那时,迦兰陀子苏定那前往那大众那里。”“退坐一面的迦兰陀子苏定那这样想”:他并非刚一坐下就这样想,而是在听闻世尊少许与涅槃相关的法谈之后才生起此念;然而,由于这念头是在他退坐一面时生起的,故说:“退坐一面的迦兰陀子苏定那这样想。”想了什么呢?即“正如……”等。显示巴利原文
Athakho sudinno kalandaputto yena sā parisāti idha kasmā ‘‘yena bhagavā’’ti avatvā ‘‘yena sā parisā’’ti vuttanti ce. Bhagavantañhi parivāretvā uḷāruḷārajanā mahatī parisā nisinnā, tatra na sakkā iminā pacchā āgatena bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā nisīdituṃ. Parisāya pana ekasmiṃ padese sakkāti so taṃ parisaṃyeva upasaṅkamanto. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘atha kho sudinno kalandaputto yena sā parisā’’ti. Ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho sudinnassa kalandaputtassa etadahosīti na nisinnamattasseva ahosi, atha kho bhagavato sittayūpasaṃhitaṃ thokaṃ dhammakathaṃ sutvā; taṃ panassa yasmā ekamantaṃ nisinnasseva ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho sudinnassa kalandaputtassa etadahosī’’ti. Kiṃ ahosīti? Yathā yathā khotiādi.
就此,简略而言:我依世尊说法的方式而了知法,当如此审察时,我这样想:这梵行生活,应当一日也不破损,为达到临终一念而修习,因此是绝对圆满的;应当一日也不被烦恼垢秽所染污,为达到临终一念而修习,因此是绝对清净的。应当如同被磨光、洗净的贝壳那样,光洁无暇地修习。这对于住在家中、居于家庭中间的人来说,不容易做到绝对圆满、绝对清净地修习。我何不剃除须发,穿上染透黄褐色的、适合修梵行者所著的袈裟衣,从家出离,出家过无家的生活呢?于此,在家所应做的农耕、经商等事业称为“在家业”,而出家生活中已无这些,故出家应知为“无家”。无家的状态即是出家。“出家”:即游行。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepakathā – ahaṃ kho yena yena ākārena bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, tena tena me upaparikkhato evaṃ hoti yadetaṃ sittayabrahmacariyaṃ ekampi divasaṃ akhaṇḍaṃ katvā carimakacittaṃ pāpetabbatāya ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ caritabbaṃ, ekadivasampi ca kilesamalena amalīnaṃ katvā carimakacittaṃ pāpetabbatāya ekantaparisuddhaṃ. Saṅkhalikhitaṃ likhitasaṅkhasadisaṃ dhotasaṅkhasappaṭibhāgaṃ caritabbaṃ. Idaṃ na sukaraṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā agāramajjhe vasantena ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ…pe… carituṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ kese ca massuñca ohāretvā kasāyarasapītatāya kāsāyāni brahmacariyaṃ carantānaṃ anucchavikāni vatthāni acchādetvā paridahitvā agārasmā nikkhamitvā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyyanti. Ettha ca yasmā agārassa hitaṃ kasivāṇijjādikammaṃ agāriyanti vuccati, tañca pabbajjāya natthi; tasmā pabbajjā ‘‘anagāriyā’’ti ñātabbā. Taṃ anagāriyaṃ pabbajjaṃ. Pabbajeyyanti paribbajeyyaṃ.
25 “在大众离去后不久,前往世尊之处”:指苏定那没有在大众尚未离去时就向世尊请求出家。何以故?因为那里有他许多的亲属、血亲、朋友和同僚,他们可能会抓住他的手臂阻挠说:“你是父母的独子,你不能出家。”如此便会障碍出家。因此,他等到大众一同起身离去,走了一段路后,再借某种身体上的需要折返回来,近诣世尊处请求出家。所以说:“那时,迦兰陀子苏定那在大众离去后不久……请世尊许可我出家。”显示巴利原文
25.Aciravuṭṭhitāya parisāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamīti sudinno avuṭṭhitāya parisāya na bhagavantaṃ pabbajjaṃ yāci. Kasmā? Tatrassa bahū ñātisālohitā mittāmaccā santi, te ‘‘‘tvaṃ mātāpitūnaṃ ekaputtako, na labbhā tayā pabbajitu’nti bāhāyampi gahetvā ākaḍḍheyyuṃ, tato pabbajjāya antarāyo bhavissatī’’ti saheva parisāya uṭṭhahitvā thokaṃ gantvā puna kenaci sarīrakiccalesena nivattitvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamma pabbajjaṃ yāci. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘atha kho sudinno kalandaputto aciravuṭṭhitāya parisāya…pe… pabbājetu maṃ bhagavā’’ti.
然而,世尊自从罗睺罗王子出家之后,便不度化未得父母许可的儿子出家,因此问他:“苏定那,你是否已得到父母的许可……出家?”显示巴利原文
Bhagavā pana yasmā rāhulakumārassa pabbajitato pabhuti mātāpitūhi ananuññātaṃ puttaṃ na pabbājeti, tasmā naṃ pucchi – ‘‘anuññātosi pana tvaṃ sudinna mātāpitūhi…pe… pabbajjāyā’’ti.
26 此后,依循经文继续,“办妥那事务”处,应如此理解其义:即通过卸下负担而了结那事务;因为对于出家意愿深切的个人,心不会倾向于货物交易、债务追索、传信等事务,也不会倾向于星宿节庆。在“母亲、父亲”中,“母亲”是呼唤母亲;“父亲”是呼唤父亲。“你是”:即你是。“独子”:即唯一的儿子,你无其他兄弟。在此,本当说“独子”,出于悲悯而说“独子儿”。“可爱”:即能令喜悦生起。“可意”:即能令心意增长。“安乐长大”:即安乐地被养育长大,意为安乐地成长。“安乐被抚育”:即安乐地被抚育;从出生时起,他便被乳母们从一臂换到另一臂地抚抱,玩弄着马车等孩童玩具,食甘美柔软之食,安乐地被抚育。显示巴利原文
26. Ito paraṃ pāṭhānusāreneva gantvā taṃ karaṇīyaṃ tīretvāti ettha evamattho veditabbo – dhuranikkhepeneva taṃ karaṇīyaṃ niṭṭhāpetvāti; na hi pabbajjāya tibbacchandassa bhaṇḍappayojanauddhārasāraṇādīsu vā nakkhattakīḷāyaṃ vā cittaṃ namati. Amma tātāti ettha pana ammāti mātaraṃ ālapati; tātāti pitaraṃ. Tvaṃ khosīti tvaṃ kho asi. Ekaputtakoti ekova puttako; añño te jeṭṭho vā kaniṭṭho vā natthi. Ettha ca ‘‘ekaputto’’ti vattabbe anukampāvasena ‘‘ekaputtako’’ti vuttaṃ. Piyoti pītijananako. Manāpoti manavaḍḍhanako. Sukhedhitoti sukhena edhito; sukhasaṃvaḍḍhitoti attho. Sukhaparihatoti sukhena parihato; jātakālato pabhuti dhātīhi aṅkato aṅkaṃ haritvā dhāriyamāno assakarathakādīhi bālakīḷanakehi kīḷamāno sādurasabhojanaṃ bhojiyamāno sukhena parihato.
“儿啊,苏定那,你丝毫不知苦”的意思是:儿啊,苏定那,你对于苦,连极少、极微细的部分也未曾了知;或者说,你未曾以苦而领受过任何事物。这是在工具格的意义上使用属格,而“知”是在“领受”的意义上。另一种解释是,你未曾随念过任何苦。这是在受格的意义上使用属格,而“知”是在“随念”的意义上。在这两种解读中,应视为前后文同格的省略。这一切含义,应依声明论典来明了。“即使因死亡,我们也不得不与你分离”的意思是:即便在你活着时,我们之中若有人遭遇死亡,因那死亡的缘故,我们也将不由己意、非自愿地与你分离;或者说,我们将不得不面对与你的离别。那么,“我们为何要……”的意思是:既然如此,又有什么理由,我们竟会允许活着的你出家?或者说,以何种理由,我们会准许活着的你出家?此处当如此领会其义。显示巴利原文
Na tvaṃ, tāta sudinna, kiñci dukkhassa jānāsīti tvaṃ tāta sudinna kiñci appamattakampi kalabhāgaṃ dukkhassa na jānāsi; atha vā kiñci dukkhena nānubhosīti attho. Karaṇatthe sāmivacanaṃ, anubhavanatthe ca jānanā; atha vā kiñci dukkhaṃ nassarasīti attho. Upayogatthe sāmivacanaṃ, saraṇatthe ca jānanā. Vikappadvayepi purimapadassa uttarapadena samānavibhattilopo daṭṭhabbo. Taṃ sabbaṃ saddasatthānusārena ñātabbaṃ. Maraṇenapi mayaṃ te akāmakā vinā bhavissāmāti sacepi tava amhesu jīvamānesu maraṇaṃ bhaveyya, tena te maraṇenapi mayaṃ akāmakā anicchakā na attano ruciyā, vinā bhavissāma; tayā viyogaṃ vā pāpuṇissāmāti attho. Kiṃ pana mayaṃ tanti evaṃ sante kiṃ pana kiṃ nāma taṃ kāraṇaṃ yena mayaṃ taṃ jīvantaṃ anujānissāma; atha vā kiṃ pana mayaṃ tanti kena pana kāraṇena mayaṃ taṃ jīvantaṃ anujānissāmāti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo.
27 “就在那里”的意思是:就在父母不许可他的那个地方本身。“无任何铺垫”的意思是:不隔着任何铺设之物。显示巴利原文
27.Tatthevāti yattha naṃ ṭhitaṃ mātāpitaro nānujāniṃsu, tattheva ṭhāne. Anantarahitāyāti kenaci attharaṇena anatthatāya.
28 “你享受吧”的意思是:备办歌舞、戏剧等之后,在那里随心所欲地与同伴们一起驰骋、游走于诸根享乐;也就是“将此彼诸乐带来”的意思。或者,“你享受吧”也有此意:备办歌舞、戏剧等之后,在那里与同伴们一同嬉戏、游乐、欢娱、玩耍。“享受诸欲”的意思是:与自己的子女、妻子一同受用财富。“修造福德”的意思是:以佛、法、僧为对象,从事布施、供养等能净化善趣之道的善业。“他沉默了”的意思是:为了中断持续的谈话,他陷入了无对话、无言说的状态。那时,他的父母说了三次都未得到回应,便唤来他的同伴们说:“你们这位同伴想出家,请劝阻他。”那些同伴随即走近他,同样劝说了三次,他对他们也依然沉默。因此说:“那时,苏定那·迦兰陀子的同伴们……他沉默了。”显示巴利原文
28.Paricārehīti gandhabbanaṭanāṭakādīni paccupaṭṭhāpetvā tattha sahāyakehi saddhiṃ yathāsukhaṃ indriyāni cārehi sañcārehi; ito cito ca upanehīti vuttaṃ hoti. Atha vā paricārehīti gandhabbanaṭanāṭakādīni paccupaṭṭhāpetvā tattha sahāyakehi saddhiṃ laḷa, upalaḷa, rama, kīḷassūtipi vuttaṃ hoti. Kāme paribhuñjantoti attano puttadārehi saddhiṃ bhoge bhuñjanto. Puññāni karontoti buddhañca dhammañca saṅghañca ārabbha dānappadānādīni sugatimaggasodhakāni kusalakammāni karonto. Tuṇhī ahosīti kathānuppabandhavicchedanatthaṃ nirālāpasallāpo ahosi. Athassa mātāpitaro tikkhattuṃ vatvā paṭivacanampi alabhamānā sahāyake pakkosāpetvā ‘‘esa vo sahāyako pabbajitukāmo, nivāretha na’’nti āhaṃsu. Tepi taṃ upasaṅkamitvā tikkhattuṃ avocuṃ, tesampi tuṇhī ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘atha kho sudinnassa kalandaputtassa sahāyakā…pe… tuṇhī ahosī’’ti.
29 那时,苏定那的同伴们这样想:“如果此人得不到出家许可便死去,那将毫无益处。但若他出家了,父母也能时常看见他,我们也能看见。而且,出家之事甚为沉重:每天都要持陶钵去乞食,一床一食,行梵行生活极为艰难。此人出身娇贵,是城里种姓,若他无法行持这些,必定会还俗归来。来吧,我们去劝他的父母应允。”他们就这样做了。父母也允许了他。因此说:“那时,苏定那·迦兰陀子的同伴们去到苏定那·迦兰陀子的父母那里……你已得到父母的允许,可以从家出离,过无家的出家生活了。”显示巴利原文
29. Athassa sahāyakānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘sace ayaṃ pabbajjaṃ alabhamāno marissati na koci guṇo bhavissati. Pabbajitaṃ pana naṃ mātāpitaropi kālena kālaṃ passissanti. Mayampi passissāma. Pabbajjāpi ca nāmesā bhāriyā, divase divase mattikāpattaṃ gahetvā piṇḍāya caritabbaṃ. Ekaseyyaṃ ekabhattaṃ brahmacariyaṃ atidukkaraṃ. Ayañca sukhumālo nāgarikajātiyo, so taṃ carituṃ asakkonto puna idheva āgamissati. Handassa mātāpitaro anujānāpessāmā’’ti. Te tathā akaṃsu. Mātāpitaropi naṃ anujāniṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘atha kho sudinnassa kalandaputtassa sahāyakā yena sudinnassa kalandaputtassa mātāpitaro…pe… anuññātosi mātāpitūhi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā’’ti.
30 “欢喜”指喜悦。“昂扬”指因喜悦而身心振奋。“几天”指若干日。“增强体力”的意思是:食用适宜的食物,并以涂油、沐浴等养护身体,令体力增长后,礼拜父母,离开泪流满面的亲族眷属,前往世尊处……“世尊,请让我出家”。世尊对站在近旁的一位乞食比丘说:“那么,比丘,你为苏定那出家并授具足戒吧。”“好的,世尊!”那位比丘应诺世尊后,便收苏定那·迦兰陀子为弟子,为其出家并授具足戒。因此说:“苏定那·迦兰陀子确实在世尊座前得到了出家,得到了具足戒。”显示巴利原文
30.Haṭṭhoti tuṭṭho. Udaggoti pītivasena abbhunnatakāyacitto. Katipāhanti katipayāni divasāni. Balaṃ gāhetvāti sappāyabhojanāni bhuñjanto, ucchādananhāpanādīhi ca kāyaṃ pariharanto, kāyabalaṃ janetvā mātāpitaro vanditvā assumukhaṃ ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ pahāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami…pe… pabbājetu maṃ bhante bhagavāti. Bhagavā samīpe ṭhitaṃ aññataraṃ piṇḍacārikaṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantesi – ‘‘tena hi bhikkhu sudinnaṃ pabbājehi ceva upasampādehi cā’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā sudinnaṃ kalandaputtaṃ jinadattiyaṃ saddhivihārikaṃ laddhā pabbājesi ceva upasampādesi ca. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘alattha khosudinno kalandaputto bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, alattha upasampada’’nti.
在此暂止。所有的注释书中都讲述了出家与具足戒,而我们则依照现存巴利圣典的次第,将在《犍度》中讲述。不仅如此,凡是注释书作者们在《分别》中已经讲述,而应在《犍度》或《附随》中讲述的内容,我们都将一一在那些相应之处讲述。如此讲述,注释便随顺圣典的次第而成。由此,对于需作种种抉择的人,只要随顺圣典次第阅览这部律藏注释,种种抉择便会易于了知。显示巴利原文
Ettha pana ṭhatvā sabbaaṭṭhakathāsu pabbajjā ca upasampadā ca kathitā. Mayaṃ pana yathāṭhitapāḷivaseneva khandhake kathayissāma. Na kevalañcetaṃ, aññampi yaṃ khandhake vā parivāre vā kathetabbaṃ aṭṭhakathācariyehi vibhaṅgekathitaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ tattha tattheva kathayissāma. Evañhi kathiyamāne pāḷikkameneva vaṇṇanā katā hoti. Tato tena tena vinicchayena atthikānaṃ pāḷikkameneva imaṃ vinayasaṃvaṇṇanaṃ oloketvā so so vinicchayo suviññeyyo bhavissatīti.
“受具足戒不久”的意思是:成为具足戒者之后不久;即从受具足戒之时起,时间还不久。这是所说的意思。“这样的”指如此种类、如此性质的。“头陀功德”指能抖落烦恼的功德。“受持而住”的意思是:接受、持守之后而行、而住。“是阿兰若住者”指舍弃村落边的住所,依阿兰若头陀支而成为森林住者。“是乞食者”指拒绝额外所得,舍弃十四种食,依乞食头陀支而成为乞食者。“是粪扫衣者”指舍弃居士施衣,依粪扫衣头陀支而成为粪扫衣者。“是次第乞食者”指舍弃贪欲而行,依次第乞食头陀支而成为次第乞食者;即按户次第进入乞食。“跋耆村”指跋耆人的村庄,或在跋耆人中的村庄。显示巴利原文
Acirūpasampannoti aciraṃ upasampanno hutvā; upasampadato nacirakāleyevāti vuttaṃ hoti. Evarūpeti evaṃvidhe evaṃjātike. Dhutaguṇeti kilesaniddhunanake guṇe. Samādāya vattatīti samādiyitvā gaṇhitvā vattati carati viharati. Āraññiko hotīti gāmantasenāsanaṃ paṭikkhipitvā āraññikadhutaṅgavasena araññavāsiko hoti. Piṇḍapātikoti atirekalābhapaṭikkhepena cuddasa bhattāni paṭikkhipitvā piṇḍapātikadhutaṅgavasena piṇḍapātiko hoti. Paṃsukūlikoti gahapaticīvaraṃ paṭikkhipitvā paṃsukūlikadhutaṅgavasena paṃsukūliko hoti. Sapadānacārikoti loluppacāraṃ paṭikkhipitvā sapadānacārikadhutaṅgavasena sapadānacāriko hoti; gharapaṭipāṭiyā bhikkhāya pavisati. Vajjigāmanti vajjīnaṃ gāmaṃ vajjīsu vā gāmaṃ.
“富裕”等词中,因受用物与资具的广大而称为“富裕”;意思是,他们的受用物品以及那些受用资具广大、众多、有实质。因所储存的财富广大而称为“大财富”。因每日开销所计的受用广大而称为“大受用”。比起其他受用物,金、银本身更为丰足而称为“多金银”。因作为庄严之具、能生喜悦的财富资具丰足而称为“多财富资具”。因依交易而周转的财谷丰足而称为“多财谷”,应当这样了解。显示巴利原文
Aḍḍhā mahaddhanātiādīsu upabhogaparibhogūpakaraṇamahantatāya aḍḍhā; ye hi tesaṃ upabhogā yāni ca upabhogūpakaraṇāni, tāni mahantāni bahulāni sārakānīti vuttaṃ hoti. Nidhetvā ṭhapitadhanamahantatāya mahaddhanā. Mahābhogāti divasaparibbayasaṅkhātabhogamahantatāya mahābhogā. Aññehi upabhogehi jātarūparajatasseva pahūtatāya pahūtajātarūparajatā. Alaṅkārabhūtassa vittūpakaraṇassa pītipāmojjakaraṇassa pahūtatāya pahūtavittūpakaraṇā. Vohāravasena parivattentassa dhanadhaññassa pahūtatāya pahūtadhanadhaññāti veditabbā.
“收拾好住处”即整理好住处;意为将其妥善放置,使其不致损坏。“约六十锅”指按数量限定为六十锅。其中每一锅饭可供十位比丘食用,总计为六百位比丘的食物。“他们带来了食物供养”:所带来者称为“供养”。带来什么?食物。食物即是供养,称为“食物供养”,即那个食物供养。“带来了”即迎面带来,意思是拿着它来到他面前。“这有多少量?”六十锅。因此说:“他们带来了约六十锅的食物供养。”“分给比丘们后”:由于自己是严格行乞食者,想要行次第乞食,为了比丘们受用而舍弃、给予。这位尊者心想:“比丘们将获得利养,而我也不会因乞食而疲累”,正是为此目的而来。因此,他做着与自己的到来相称的事,将食物分给比丘们后,自己入村乞食。显示巴利原文
Senāsanaṃsaṃsāmetvāti senāsanaṃ paṭisāmetvā; yathā na vinassati tathā naṃ suṭṭhu ṭhapetvāti attho. Saṭṭhimatte thālipāketi gaṇanaparicchedato saṭṭhithālipāke. Ekameko cettha thālipāko dasannaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bhattaṃ gaṇhāti. Taṃ sabbampi channaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ bhattaṃ hoti. Bhattābhihāraṃ abhihariṃsūti ettha abhiharīyatīti abhihāro. Kiṃ abhiharīyati? Bhattaṃ. Bhattameva abhihāro bhattābhihāro, taṃ bhattābhihāraṃ. Abhihariṃsūti abhimukhā hariṃsu. Tassa santikaṃ gahetvā āgamaṃsūti attho. Etassa kiṃ pamāṇanti? Saṭṭhi thālipākā. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘saṭṭhimatte thālipāke bhattābhihāraṃ abhihariṃsū’’ti. Bhikkhūnaṃ vissajjetvāti sayaṃ ukkaṭṭhapiṇḍapātikattā sapadānacāraṃ caritukāmo bhikkhūnaṃ paribhogatthāya pariccajitvā datvā. Ayaṃ hi āyasmā ‘‘bhikkhū ca lābhaṃ lacchanti ahañca piṇḍakena na kilamissāmī’’ti etadatthameva āgato. Tasmā attano āgamanānurūpaṃ karonto bhikkhūnaṃ vissajjetvā sayaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi.
31 “亲族婢女”指亲属的女仆。“隔夜的”指放置过夜、超过一夜而变质的食物。此处词义为:因变质的过失而被破坏者,称为“隔夜”,隔夜本身即是“隔夜的”;或说这是对超过一夜之物的称呼,即“隔夜的”,此处指那隔夜之物。“粥”指大麦粥。“想要丢弃”:因为即使对奴仆、佣人乃至牛畜也不堪受用,所以想要像丢弃垃圾一样把它扔到外面去。“如果”:如果这个。“姐妹”:以圣者的称呼方式来称唤亲族婢女。“应舍弃之法”:具有应被舍弃的性质。完整的意思是:“姐妹,如果这个应被舍弃、已放弃执持的东西要被丢弃到外面,那就把它倒进我这里的钵里吧。”显示巴利原文
31.Ñātidāsīti ñātakānaṃ dāsī. Ābhidosikanti pārivāsikaṃ ekarattātikkantaṃ pūtibhūtaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ padattho – pūtibhāvadosena abhibhūtoti abhidoso, abhidosova ābhidosiko, ekarattātikkantassa vā nāmasaññā esā, yadidaṃ ābhidosikoti, taṃ ābhidosikaṃ. Kummāsanti yavakummāsaṃ. Chaḍḍetukāmā hotīti yasmā antamaso dāsakammakarānampi gorūpānampi aparibhogāraho, tasmā taṃ kacavaraṃ viya bahi chaḍḍetukāmā hoti. Sacetanti sace etaṃ. Bhaginīti ariyavohārena ñātidāsiṃ ālapati. Chaḍḍanīyadhammanti chaḍḍetabbasabhāvaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ‘‘bhagini, etaṃ sace bahi chaḍḍanīyadhammaṃ nissaṭṭhapariggahaṃ, taṃ idha me patte ākirā’’ti.
然而,可以这样说话吗?这难道不算作乞求或运用言语吗?实际上不算。为什么呢?因为已经放弃了对它的执持。凡是应被舍弃、被放弃执持、物主对其已无贪着的东西,对于这一切,说“给吧、拿过来吧、倒在这里吧”是合适的。正如阿罗汉传承中上首的圣者护国尊者也曾说:“把那应被舍弃的粥倒进我这里的钵里吧。”因此,凡是像这样的应被舍弃之物,或其他未被执持的如林间的果实、药草等,这一切都可以随意令人取来受用,不应生起疑悔。“手”:为了接取食物而递出钵时,从手腕起的两只手。“脚”:从内衣下缘露出的两只脚。“音声”:发出“姐妹,如果这个……”之语时的音声。“取了相”:记取了在家时曾经留意过的相貌特征,认出了、觉察了。因为须丁尊者在世尊成道第十二年出家,第二十年时进入亲族家乞食,当时自己出家已八年;因此那位亲族婢女一见到他时并未认出,但取了相。显示巴利原文
Kiṃ pana evaṃ vattuṃ labbhati, viññatti vā payuttavācā vā na hotīti? Na hoti. Kasmā? Nissaṭṭhapariggahattā. Yañhi chaḍḍanīyadhammaṃ nissaṭṭhapariggahaṃ, yattha sāmikā anālayā honti, taṃ sabbaṃ ‘‘detha āharatha idha ākirathā’’ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Tathā hi aggaariyavaṃsiko āyasmā raṭṭhapālopi ‘‘chaḍḍanīyadhammaṃ kummāsaṃ idha me patte ākirā’’ti (ma. ni. 2.299) avaca. Tasmā yaṃ evarūpaṃ chaḍḍanīyadhammaṃ aññaṃ vā apariggahitaṃ vanamūlaphalabhesajjādikaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ yathāsukhaṃ āharāpetvā paribhuñjitabbaṃ, na kukkuccāyitabbaṃ. Hatthānanti bhikkhāggahaṇatthaṃ pattaṃ upanāmayato maṇibandhato pabhuti dvinnampi hatthānaṃ. Pādānanti nivāsanantato paṭṭhāya dvinnampi pādānaṃ. Sarassāti ‘‘sacetaṃ bhaginī’’ti vācaṃ nicchārayato sarassa ca. Nimittaṃ aggahesīti gihikāle sallakkhitapubbaṃ ākāraṃ aggahesi sañjāni sallakkhesi. Sudinno hi bhagavato dvādasame vasse pabbajito vīsatime vasse ñātikulaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭho sayaṃ pabbajjāya aṭṭhavassiko hutvā; tena naṃ sā ñātidāsī disvāva na sañjāni, nimittaṃ pana aggahesīti.
她对须丁的母亲说了此事:因为面对这位已出家、身份极为尊贵的少主,她不敢直接说出“尊者,您是我的少主须丁吗?”等话语,便急忙走进屋内,将此事告诉了须丁的母亲。“喂”:是表示告知义的不变词。“姐妹,如果是真的”一句中,“je”是用于称呼的不变词。因为在此地,人们习惯于这样称呼女仆,所以此处应理解为:“尊贵的女仆,如果你说的是真的”这样的意思。显示巴利原文
Sudinnassa mātaraṃ etadavocāti atigarunā pabbajjūpagatena sāmiputtena saddhiṃ ‘‘tvaṃ nu kho me, bhante, ayyo sudinno’’tiādivacanaṃ vattuṃ avisahantī vegena gharaṃ pavisitvā sudinnassa mātaraṃ etaṃ avoca. Yaggheti ārocanatthe nipāto. Sace je saccanti ettha jeti ālapane nipāto. Evañhi tasmiṃ dese dāsijanaṃ ālapanti, tasmā ‘‘tvaṃ, bhoti dāsi, sace saccaṃ bhaṇasī’’ti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo.
32 “某墙根”者:据传在该地,施主们家中设有厅堂,于中敷设座位,备有饮用水瓮;出家人乞食后,便坐于此处而食。若愿意,亦可取用施主之物。是故,此“某墙根”亦应理解为:某家族如此厅堂中的某一墙根。盖出家人不会如乞怜者那般,坐于不适当之处进食。显示巴利原文
32.Aññataraṃ kuṭṭamūlanti tasmiṃ kira dese dānapatīnaṃ gharesu sālā honti, āsanāni cettha paññattāni honti, upaṭṭhāpitaṃ udakakañjiyaṃ; tattha pabbajitā piṇḍāya caritvā nisīditvā bhuñjanti. Sace icchanti, dānapatīnampi santakaṃ gaṇhanti. Tasmā tampi aññatarassa kulassa īdisāya sālāya aññataraṃ kuṭṭamūlanti veditabbaṃ. Na hi pabbajitā kapaṇamanussā viya asāruppe ṭhāne nisīditvā bhuñjantīti.
“父亲,竟然有吗?”中,“有”是存在义;“竟然”是询问义和思量义的不变词。这是所说之意:“父亲须丁,我们难道有财富吗?我们不应被称为贫穷,而你却坐在这样的地方受用隔夜粥”;同样,“父亲须丁,我们难道有生命吗?我们不应被称为已死,而你却坐在这样的地方受用隔夜粥”;同样,“父亲须丁,我想,你内心依止教法而证得的沙门功德是有的吧,因此你虽由美味饮食滋养长大,却能像对待甘露一样,无动于衷地受用这令人厌恶的隔夜粥。”显示巴利原文
Atthi nāma tātāti ettha atthīti vijjamānatthe; nāmāti pucchanatthe maññanatthe ca nipāto. Idañhi vuttaṃ hoti – ‘‘atthi nu kho, tāta sudinna, amhākaṃ dhanaṃ, na mayaṃ niddhanāti vattabbā, yesaṃ no tvaṃ īdise ṭhāne nisīditvā ābhidosikaṃ kummāsaṃ paribhuñjissasi’’; tathā ‘‘atthi nu kho, tāta sudinna, amhākaṃ jīvitaṃ, na mayaṃ matāti vattabbā, yesaṃ no tvaṃ īdise ṭhāne nisīditvā ābhidosikaṃ kummāsaṃ paribhuñjissasi’’; tathā ‘‘atthi maññe, tāta sudinna, tava abbhantare sāsanaṃ nissāya paṭiladdho samaṇaguṇo, yaṃ tvaṃ subhojanarasasaṃvaḍḍhitopi imaṃ jigucchaneyyaṃ ābhidosikaṃ kummāsaṃ amatamiva nibbikāro paribhuñjissasī’’ti.
然而,彼居士因被忧苦所逼,无法圆满申明此意,仅说出:“须丁吾儿,你竟要食用隔夜粥吗?”对此,文字分析者指出如是语法特征:基于无法置信与无法忍耐之义,在“atthi nāma”这一语的支配下,使用了未来时态“你将食用”。其意为:“竟有……你将食用”,对此我既不信受,也不认可。其中“隔夜的”(ābhidosikaṃ)是指:此粥为从你家中所得的隔夜之粥。另有“从彼处”的异读;若读作“那时的”,则不妥当。所谓“往自己父亲的住处”,即往自己父亲的住处而去;长老因对父亲的亲情而变得顺从,便去了。“接受了”:长老虽是唯取最上食者,然心念:“若我连一餐也不接受,他们恐会极度忧伤”,于是出于对亲属的悲悯而接受了。显示巴利原文
So pana gahapati dukkhābhitunnatāya etamatthaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ katvā vattumasakkonto ‘‘atthi nāma, tāta sudinna, ābhidosikaṃ kummāsaṃ paribhuñjissasī’’ti ettakameva avoca. Akkharacintakā panettha imaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ vadanti – anokappanāmarisanatthavasena etaṃ atthināmasadde upapade ‘‘paribhuñjissasī’’ti anāgatavacanaṃ kataṃ. Tassāyamattho – atthi nāma…pe… paribhuñjissasi, idaṃ paccakkhampi ahaṃ na saddahāmi na marisayāmīti. Tatāyaṃ ābhidosikoti tato tava gehato ayaṃ ābhidosiko kummāso laddhoti attho. Tatoyantipi pāṭho. Tadāyantipi paṭhanti, taṃ na sundaraṃ. Yena sakapitu nivesananti yena sakassa pitu attano pitu nivesananti attho; thero pitari pemeneva subbaco hutvā agamāsi. Adhivāsesīti thero ukkaṭṭhapiṇḍapātikopi samāno ‘‘sace ekabhattampi na gahessāmi, ativiya nesaṃ domanassaṃ bhavissatī’’ti ñātīnaṃ anukampāya adhivāsesi.
33 “涂抹”(opuñjāpetvā)意为“使涂覆”。“一金币”(ekaṃ hiraññaṃ)中的“金币”应理解为迦哈波那(kahāpaṇa)货币。“人”(puriso)应理解为不高不矮、中等身材者。“覆盖物”(tirokaraṇīyaṃ)是依处格,表作用义,意为用布幔或围墙围住;或者解释为“以此覆盖”,故称覆盖物,即将其围起,意为四周环绕。“那么”(ti)意为:因为今天须丁会来,以此因由。“hi”只是填充语气的虚词。“因此”(atha)也是一个表催促义的虚词。显示巴利原文
33.Opuñjāpetvāti upalimpāpetvā. Ekaṃ hiraññassāti ettha hiraññanti kahāpaṇo veditabbo. Purisoti nātidīgho nātirasso majjhimappamāṇo veditabbo. Tirokaraṇīyanti karaṇatthe bhummaṃ; sāṇipākārena parikkhipitvāti attho. Atha vā tiro karonti etenāti tirokaraṇīyaṃ, taṃ parikkhipitvā; samantato katvāti attho. Tena hīti yasmā ajja sudinno āgamissati tena kāraṇena. Hi iti padapūraṇamatte nipāto. Tenāti ayampi vā uyyojanatthe nipātoyeva.
34 “午前时分”:虽然经文中没有提到时间告知,但应理解为正是在告知的时间去的。“这是你的,吾儿”:他指着两堆财物说。“母亲的”:指生母的。“母系财”:指从母亲那边得来的;意思是这是你外祖母——你母亲的母亲——来此家时给予的财富。他以轻蔑的语气说:“女人的,女人财。”意思是:所谓女人的财物,只是为了女人所用的沐浴粉等而得的财物,能有多少呢?你看看它的数量吧。或者,这样说:“须丁吾儿,这是你母亲的财富,而且是母系财,不是我给的,只属于你母亲。”然而,这财物不是由农耕或经商得来,而是女人的女人财。所谓女人财,即女人从娘家去夫家时,为了沐浴粉等而应得的财物,其数量就这么多。此处应如此理解其义。显示巴利原文
34.Pubbaṇhasamayanti ettha kiñcāpi pāḷiyaṃ kālārocanaṃ na vuttaṃ, atha kho ārociteyeva kāle agamāsīti veditabbo. Idaṃ te tātāti dve puñje dassento āha. Mātūti janettiyā. Mattikanti mātito āgataṃ; idaṃ te mātāmahiyā mātu imaṃ gehaṃ āgacchantiyā dinnadhananti attho. Itthikāya itthidhananti hīḷento āha . Itthikāya nāma itthiparibhogānaṃyeva nhānacuṇṇādīnaṃ atthāya laddhaṃ dhanaṃ kittakaṃ bhaveyya. Tassāpi tāva parimāṇaṃ passa. Atha vā idaṃ te tāta sudinna mātu dhanaṃ, tañca kho mattikaṃ, na mayā dinnaṃ, tava mātuyeva santakanti vuttaṃ hoti. Taṃ panetaṃ na kasiyā na vaṇijjāya sambhūtaṃ, apica kho itthikāya itthidhanaṃ. Yaṃ itthikāya ñātikulato sāmikakulaṃ gacchantiyā laddhabbaṃ nhānacuṇṇādīnaṃ atthāya itthidhanaṃ, taṃ tāva ettakanti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo.
“另一份是父系财,另一份是祖父财”:凡是你父亲和祖父们所有的,那是另一份。埋藏的和放贷的极其多;此处“祖父”应理解为省略了派生词缀。“曾祖父”也是异读。“须丁吾儿,还俗后可以得到”:须丁吾儿,舍弃了最上的圣者旗帜——出家相,还俗到低劣的在家人状态后,可以得到财富受用,但不可得的是:你不是因畏惧国王而出家,也不是被债主所逼迫而出家。“吾儿,我不能”:此处称“吾儿”是出于世俗亲情之爱,而非出于沙门的威德。“我不能”即我做不到。“我无力”即我不堪能,我没有能力。显示巴利原文
Aññaṃ pettikaṃ aññaṃ pitāmahanti yaṃ pana te pitu ca pitāmahānañca santakaṃ, taṃ aññaṃyeva. Nihitañca payuttañca ativiya bahu; ettha ca pitāmahanti taddhitalopaṃ katvā veditabbaṃ. Petāmahanti vā pāṭho. Labbhā tāta sudinna hīnāyāvattitvāti tāta, sudinna, uttamaṃ ariyaddhajaṃ pabbajitaliṅgaṃ pahāya hīnāya gihibhāvāya āvattitvā labbhā bhogā bhuñjituṃ, nālabbhā bhuñjituṃ, na tvaṃ rājabhīto pabbajito, na iṇāyikehi palibuddho hutvāti. Tāta na ussahāmīti ettha pana tātāti vacanaṃ gehasitapemena āha, na samaṇatejena. Na ussahāmīti na sakkomi. Na visahāmīti nappahomi, na samatthomhi.
“居士,我们想对您说”——这句话是依沙门的威德而说的。“不要过分拉扯”的意思:你对我所怀的亲情,不要因愤怒而被过分拉扯;意即希望你不要生气。富商心想“我儿子似乎想给我一些照顾”,便满怀欣喜地说:“苏定那吾儿,你说吧。”“那么”:这是一个表示催促之义的虚词,形似变格。“以此为缘”:即以此为因、以此为缘;应知此处主格词用了“to”语尾,且在复合词中未省略。“或恐惧”:即如前所说“恐怕国王们夺走我的财富”等对国王的恐惧,意为心惊。“战栗”:指被国王或盗贼逼迫“交出财物”而行刑时,身体的僵硬、颤抖和心脏的颤动。“身毛竖立”:恐惧生起时汗毛竖立、向上直立的状态。“守护”:指内与外、夜与昼的守护。显示巴利原文
‘‘Vadeyyāma kho taṃ gahapatī’’ti idaṃ pana vacanaṃ samaṇatejenāha. Nātikaḍḍheyyāsīti yaṃ te mayi pemaṃ patiṭṭhitaṃ, taṃ kodhavasena na atikaḍḍheyyāsi; sace na kujjheyyāsīti vuttaṃ hoti. Tato seṭṭhi ‘‘putto me saṅgahaṃ maññe kattukāmo’’ti udaggacitto āha – ‘‘vadehi tāta sudinnā’’ti. Tenahīti uyyojanatthe vibhattipatirūpako nipāto. Tatonidānanti taṃnidānaṃ taṃhetukanti paccattavacanassa to-ādeso veditabbo; samāse cassa lopābhāvo. Bhayaṃ vāti ‘‘kinti me bhoge neva rājāno hareyyu’’ntiādinā nayena vuttaṃ rājādibhayaṃ; cittutrāsoti attho. Chambhitattanti rājūhi vā corehi vā ‘‘dhanaṃ dehī’’ti kammakāraṇaṃ kāriyamānassa kāyiñjanaṃ kāyakampo hadayamaṃsacalanaṃ. Lomahaṃsoti uppanne bhaye lomānaṃ haṃsanaṃ uddhaggabhāvo. Ārakkhoti anto ca bahi ca rattiñca divā ca ārakkhaṇaṃ.
35 “那么,媳妇啊”:富商居士展示了财富,却无法引诱儿子还俗,心想“如今,对男子来说,没有比女人更甚的束缚了”,于是唤来他以前的妻子,说道:“那么,媳妇啊”。“以前的妻子”:指过去的伴侣,即在家生活时的妻子,曾是共享世俗安乐的妻室。“那么”:因为女人那样的束缚是没有的。“抓住脚”:即抱住脚;此处依处格作受格义,或为抓住她的脚。“郎君,那些天女是什么样的?”她为何这样问?据说那时,见到众多刹帝利青年、婆罗门青年、富商之子舍弃大财富而出家,不知出家功德的人们议论道:“他们为何出家?”有人说:“是为了天女与天伎乐的缘故。”这说法流传开来,她便以此为由询问。长老拒绝她说:“姊妹,我不……”;“称呼”:即言说、称谓。“就在那里昏迷倒地”:她见长老以“姊妹”称呼她,心想:“他把我这妻子,当作与自己同母所生的女孩一般,如今他对我已无欲求了。”因强烈的忧伤,就在那处昏迷倒地;意为倒下。显示巴利原文
35.Tena hi vadhūti seṭṭhi gahapati dhanaṃ dassetvā puttaṃ attanā gihibhāvatthāya palobhetuṃ asakkonto ‘‘mātugāmasadisaṃ dāni purisānaṃ bandhanaṃ natthī’’ti maññitvā tassa purāṇadutiyikaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘tena hi vadhū’’ti. Purāṇadutiyikanti purāṇaṃ dutiyikaṃ pubbe gihikāle dutiyikaṃ, gehasitasukhupabhogasahāyikaṃ bhūtapubbabhariyanti attho. Tena hīti yena kāraṇena mātugāmasadisaṃ bandhanaṃ natthi. Pādesu gahetvāti pāde gahetvā; upayogatthe bhummavacanaṃ, pādesu vā taṃ gahetvā. ‘‘Kīdisā nāma tā ayyaputta accharāyo’’ti kasmā evamāha? Tadā kira sambahule khattiyakumārepi brāhmaṇakumārepi seṭṭhiputtepi mahāsampattiyo pahāya pabbajante disvā pabbajjāguṇaṃ ajānantā kathaṃ samuṭṭhāpenti – ‘‘kasmā ete pabbajantī’’ti. Athaññe vadanti – ‘‘devaccharānaṃ devanāṭakānaṃ kāraṇā’’ti. Sā kathā vitthārikā ahosi. Taṃ gahetvā ayaṃ evamāhāti. Thero taṃ paṭikkhipanto na kho ahaṃ bhaginīti āha. Samudācaratīti voharati vadeti. Tattheva mucchitā papatāti naṃ bhaginivādena samudācarantaṃ disvā ‘‘anatthiko dāni mayā ayaṃ yo maṃ pajāpatiṃ samānaṃ attanā saddhiṃ ekamātukucchiyā sayitadārikaṃ viya maññatī’’ti samuppannabalavasokā hutvā tasmiṃyeva padese mucchitā papatā; patitāti attho.
“勿令伤害”:意为勿向我们展示财物、遣走妇女后加以伤害;因为这种伤害是出家人所不应有的。“那么,亲爱的苏定那,请给予种子吧”一句中,“那么”是以爱著而催促之意。若你爱著于梵行而修习,修习后坐于空中般涅槃,也请给予我们一个延续家族血脉的儿子。勿让离车族人因我们无子而没收我们的财产,因为我们住在离车族诸王统治的国土,他们会在你父亲去世后,将我们如此庞大的财富——无子、无守护家业之子——没收至王宫中。愿他们勿作没收,勿令财产被没收。显示巴利原文
Mā no viheṭhayitthāti mā amhe dhanaṃ dassetvā mātugāmañca uyyojetvā viheṭhayittha; vihesā hesā pabbajitānanti. Tena hi tāta sudinna bījakampi dehīti ettha tena hīti abhiratiyaṃ uyyojeti. Sace tvaṃ abhirato brahmacariyaṃ carasi, caritvā ākāse nisīditvā parinibbāyitā hohi, amhākaṃ pana kulavaṃsabījakaṃ ekaṃ puttaṃ dehi. Mā no aputtakaṃ sāpateyyaṃ licchavayo atiharāpesunti mayañhi licchavīnaṃ gaṇarājūnaṃ rajje vasāma, te te pituno accayena imaṃ sāpateyyaṃ evaṃ mahantaṃ amhākaṃ vibhavaṃ aputtakaṃ kuladhanarakkhakena puttena virahitaṃ attano rājantepuraṃ atiharāpeyyunti, taṃ te mā atiharāpesuṃ, mā atiharāpentūti.
“母亲,此事我能做到。”他为何这样说?据说他如此思惟:“这些财产唯我独有,别无他人。他们为守护财产,必会时时缠扰我;这样一来,我便无法无忧地修习沙门法。然而,若能得一个儿子,他们便会放手,届时我就能随其所乐修习沙门法了。”他见到此理,故出此言。显示巴利原文
Etaṃ kho me, amma, sakkā kātunti kasmā evamāha? So kira cintesi – ‘‘etesaṃ sāpateyyassa ahameva sāmī, añño natthi. Te maṃ sāpateyyarakkhaṇatthāya niccaṃ anubandhissanti; tenāhaṃ na lacchāmi appossukko samaṇadhammaṃ kātuṃ, puttakaṃ pana labhitvā oramissanti, tato ahaṃ yathāsukhaṃ samaṇadhammaṃ karissāmī’’ti imaṃ nayaṃ passanto evamāhāti.
36 “花”是对适孕期所生之血的称谓。妇女在适孕期,胎处会生起红色小疱,增长七日后破裂,由此流出血液,此血即名为“花”。当此血尚盛、大量流出时,即使授与,结生亦不成立,会随过患一同流出;然而当过患流出、子宫清净后,所授与的结生则迅速成立。“她的花已生起”,是说她的花已产生,省略了“a”字母的连音。“抓住前妻的手臂”,意为抓住前妻的那只手臂。显示巴利原文
36.Pupphanti utukāle uppannalohitassa nāmaṃ. Mātugāmassa hi utukāle gabbhapatiṭṭhānaṭṭhāne lohitavaṇṇā piḷakā saṇṭhahitvā satta divasāni vaḍḍhitvā bhijjanti, tato lohitaṃ paggharati, tassetaṃ nāmaṃ ‘‘puppha’’nti. Taṃ pana yāva balavaṃ hoti bahu paggharati, tāva dinnāpi paṭisandhi na tiṭṭhati, doseneva saddhiṃ paggharati; dose pana paggharite suddhe vatthumhi dinnā paṭisandhi khippaṃ patiṭṭhāti. Pupphaṃsā uppajjīti pupphaṃ assā uppajji; akāralopena sandhi purāṇadutiyikāya bāhāyaṃ gahetvāti purāṇadutiyikāya yā bāhā, tatra naṃ gahetvāti attho.
“在尚未制定学处时”,是指第一条波罗夷学处尚未制定之时。据说世尊在初成道后的二十年间,比丘们令他心满意足,从未犯下这类不净行。正是针对此事,世尊说了此经:“诸比丘,确实曾有一时,比丘们令我心满意足。”那时世尊既未见不净行,便未制定波罗夷或桑喀地谢沙,只是随着各各事缘,制定了其余的五种轻罪聚。因此说“在尚未制定学处时”。显示巴利原文
Apaññatte sikkhāpadeti paṭhamapārājikasikkhāpade aṭṭhapite. Bhagavato kira paṭhamabodhiyaṃ vīsati vassāni bhikkhū cittaṃ ārādhayiṃsu, na evarūpaṃ ajjhācāramakaṃsu. Taṃ sandhāyeva idaṃ suttamāha – ‘‘ārādhayiṃsu vata me, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ekaṃ samayaṃ citta’’nti (ma. ni. 1.225). Atha bhagavā ajjhācāraṃ apassanto pārājikaṃ vā saṅghādisesaṃ vā na paññapesi. Tasmiṃ tasmiṃ pana vatthusmiṃ avasese pañca khuddakāpattikkhandhe eva paññapesi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘apaññatte sikkhāpade’’ti.
“不见过患者”指世尊现在制戒时将开示过患,而他未见彼过患,处于无罪想的状态。因为如果他知道“此事不应做,或会导致根本断除”,那么即使是信心出家的善男子,纵然因此丧命也不会去做。但在此,他未见过患,处于无罪想,故说“不见过患者”。“对前妻”是处格。“令知”即令生起;由于生起亦由身表的策动,故称为“令知”。应知他三次令知,是为了达成胎儿的形成与确定。显示巴利原文
Anādīnavadassoti yaṃ bhagavā idāni sikkhāpadaṃ paññapento ādīnavaṃ dassessati, taṃ apassanto anavajjasaññī hutvā. Sace hi ‘‘ayaṃ idaṃ na karaṇīyanti vā mūlacchejjāya vā saṃvattatī’’ti jāneyya, saddhāpabbajito kulaputto tatonidānaṃ jīvitakkhayaṃ pāpuṇantopi na kareyya. Ettha pana ādīnavaṃ apassanto niddosasaññī ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘anādīnavadasso’’ti. Purāṇadutiyikāyāti bhummavacanaṃ. Abhiviññāpesīti pavattesi; pavattanāpi hi kāyaviññatticopanato ‘‘viññāpanā’’ti vuccati. Tikkhattuṃ abhiviññāpanañcesa gabbhasaṇṭhānasanniṭṭhānatthamakāsīti veditabbo.
“她即由此而怀胎”意为:她正是由此不净行而怀胎,并非由其他方式。然而,是否有其他方式也能怀胎呢?有的。如何怀胎?通过身触、通过以布取精、通过饮不净、通过摩触肚脐、通过见色、通过闻声、通过嗅香。因为有些妇女在适孕期被欲贪所染,即使只是男子握其手、抓其发辫、触摸肢节,也能怀胎。如此,通过身触而有怀胎。显示巴利原文
Sā tena gabbhaṃ gaṇhīti sā ca teneva ajjhācārena gabbhaṃ gaṇhi, na aññathā. Kiṃ pana aññathāpi gabbhaggahaṇaṃ hotīti ? Hoti. Kathaṃ? Kāyasaṃsaggena , coḷaggahaṇena, asucipānena, nābhiparāmasanena, rūpadassanena, saddena, gandhena. Itthiyo hi ekaccā utusamaye chandarāgarattā purisānaṃ hatthaggāha-veṇiggāha-aṅgapaccaṅgaparāmasanaṃ sādiyantiyopi gabbhaṃ gaṇhanti. Evaṃ kāyasaṃsaggena gabbhaggahaṇaṃ hoti.
而优陀夷长老的前妻比丘尼,用口接取了一部分不净,另一部分则连同布片一起放入女根。她由此而怀胎。如此,通过以布取精而有怀胎。显示巴利原文
Udāyittherassa pana purāṇadutiyikā bhikkhunī taṃ asuciṃ ekadesaṃ mukhena aggahesi, ekadesaṃ coḷakeneva saddhiṃ aṅgajāte pakkhipi. Sā tena gabbhaṃ gaṇhi. Evaṃ coḷaggahaṇena gabbhaggahaṇaṃ hoti.
鹿角苦行者的母亲是一头母鹿,在适孕期来到苦行者的小便处,饮用了混有精液的小便。由此怀胎,生下鹿角。如此,因饮不净而有怀胎。显示巴利原文
Migasiṅgatāpasassa mātā migī utusamaye tāpasassa passāvaṭṭhānaṃ āgantvā sasambhavaṃ passāvaṃ pivi. Sā tena gabbhaṃ gaṇhitvā migasiṅgaṃ vijāyi. Evaṃ asucipānena gabbhaggahaṇaṃ hoti.
至于沙摩菩萨,天帝知道其父母视力衰退后,想送他们一个儿子,便对苦行者杜库罗说:“你们可行淫欲之法吗?”“我等无需此事,已出家修行仙人梵行。”“那么,在她适孕期,请用拇指触摸她的肚脐。”他便照做了。她由此怀胎,生下了名为沙摩的苦行者童子。如此,由触摸肚脐而有怀胎。依此道理,曼达维亚与旃檀波提的故事也应了知。显示巴利原文
Sāmassa pana bodhisattassa mātāpitūnaṃ cakkhuparihāniṃ ñatvā sakko puttaṃ dātukāmo dukūlapaṇḍitaṃ āha – ‘‘vaṭṭati tumhākaṃ methunadhammo’’ti? ‘‘Anatthikā mayaṃ etena, isipabbajjaṃ pabbajitāmhā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi imissā utusamaye aṅguṭṭhena nābhiṃ parāmaseyyāthā’’ti. So tathā akāsi. Sā tena gabbhaṃ gaṇhitvā sāmaṃ tāpasadārakaṃ vijāyi. Evaṃ nābhiparāmasanena gabbhaggahaṇaṃ hoti. Eteneva nayena maṇḍabyassa ca caṇḍapajjotassa ca vatthu veditabbaṃ.
如何由见色而有怀胎?此处,有些妇女在适孕期未得与男子接触,为贪欲所驱使,待在屋内凝视男子,犹如后宫嫔妃,她因此怀胎。如此,由见色而有怀胎。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ rūpadassanena hoti? Idhekaccā itthī utusamaye purisasaṃsaggaṃ alabhamānā chandarāgavasena antogehagatāva purisaṃ upanijjhāyati rājorodhā viya, sā tena gabbhaṃ gaṇhāti. Evaṃ rūpadassanena gabbhaggahaṇaṃ hoti.
而鹳鸟之中,并无雄性,它们在适孕的时节听闻雷声,便得以怀胎。母鸡有时听闻一只公鸡的啼声,许多母鸡也能怀胎;同样,母牛听闻公牛的声音,也是如此。如是,由声而得怀胎。显示巴利原文
Balākāsu pana puriso nāma natthi, tā utusamaye meghasaddaṃ sutvā gabbhaṃ gaṇhanti. Kukkuṭiyopi kadāci ekassa kukkuṭassa saddaṃ sutvā bahukāpi gabbhaṃ gaṇhanti. Tathā gāvī usabhassa. Evaṃ saddena gabbhaggahaṇaṃ hoti.
母牛有时也因闻到公牛的香气而怀胎。如是,由香而得怀胎。显示巴利原文
Gāvī eva ca kadāci usabhagandhena gabbhaṃ gaṇhanti. Evaṃ gandhena gabbhaggahaṇaṃ hoti.
然而此处,她是由不净行而怀胎。正是就此而言:‘父母交合,母亲正值经期,乾闼婆现前,如此三事和合,便有胎儿入胎。’显示巴利原文
Idha panāyaṃ ajjhācārena gabbhaṃ gaṇhi. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘mātāpitaro ca sannipatitā honti, mātā ca utunī hoti, gandhabbo ca paccupaṭṭhito hoti, evaṃ tiṇṇaṃ sannipātā gabbhassāvakkanti hotī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.408).
地居天发出音声,是因为对于造恶者而言,世间实无隐秘。因为,那恶业首先他自己知道,接着守护神知道,然后其他能知他心的天神也知道。因此,那些依止于整个树林、能知他心的地居天,看见那邪行后,便发出了音声。他们如此发出,使得其他天神也能听闻。为何呢?‘唉!无间地狱的……乃至……过患确实出现了。’其义应依《毗兰若品》中所释之理而了知。显示巴利原文
Bhummādevā saddamanussāvesunti yasmā natthi loke raho nāma pāpakammaṃ pakubbato. Sabbapaṭhamaṃ hissa taṃ pāpaṃ attanā jānāti, tato ārakkhadevatā, athaññāpi paracittaviduniyo devatā. Tasmāssa paracittavidū sakalavanasaṇḍanissitā bhummā devā taṃ ajjhācāraṃ disvā saddaṃ anussāvesuṃ. Yathā aññepi devā suṇanti, tathā nicchāresuṃ. Kinti ? Nirabbudo vata, bho…pe… ādīnavo uppāditoti. Tassattho verañjakaṇḍe vuttanayeneva veditabbo.
四大王天听到地居天的音声后,也发出了音声。于此,应知的次第是:空中天听到了地居天的音声;四大王天听到了空中天的音声。梵身天:除了无想有情天与无色界天之外,所有梵天都听到了;听到之后,他们也发出了音声。如是,就在苏定那行邪行的那个刹那,就在他行邪行的那个须臾,音声向上生起,直至梵天界,即上升至阿迦尼吒梵天界。‘Abbhuggacchi’的意思是向上生起、升腾,成为一片巨大的喧哗。显示巴利原文
Bhummānaṃ devānaṃ saddaṃ sutvā cātumahārājikāti ettha pana bhummānaṃ devānaṃ saddaṃ ākāsaṭṭhadevatā assosuṃ; ākāsaṭṭhānaṃ cātumahārājikāti ayamanukkamo veditabbo. Brahmakāyikāti asaññasatte ca arūpāvacare ca ṭhapetvā sabbepi brahmāno assosuṃ; sutvā ca saddamanussāvesunti veditabbo. Itiha tena khaṇenāti evaṃ tena sudinnassa ajjhācārakkhaṇena. Tena muhuttenāti ajjhācāramuhutteneva. Yāva brahmalokāti yāva akaniṭṭhabrahmalokā. Abbhuggacchīti abhiuggacchi abbhuṭṭhāsi ekakolāhalamahosīti.
‘生了一个儿子’:她生了一个如同金像般的最后有者。‘给他取名为种子’:他们没有取别的名字。因为外祖母曾说过‘再给一个种子吧’,此事众所周知,于是他们说‘就让他叫种子吧’,便给他取名‘种子’。而且,由于儿子的名字,他们也为他的父母如此取名。‘后来’:这是指种子和种子的母亲。据说在种子七八岁时,他的母亲在比丘尼僧团中出家,种子则在比丘僧团中出家;二人皆依止善知识,证得阿罗汉果。因此说:‘两人从在家出家而为无家,证得了阿罗汉果。’显示巴利原文
Puttaṃ vijāyīti suvaṇṇabimbasadisaṃ pacchimabhavikasattaṃ janesi. Bījakoti nāmamakaṃsūti na aññaṃ nāmaṃ kātumadaṃsu, ‘‘bījakampi dehī’’ti mātāmahiyā vuttabhāvassa pākaṭattā ‘‘bījako tvevassa nāmaṃ hotū’’ti ‘‘bījako’’ti nāmamakaṃsu. Puttassa pana nāmavaseneva ca mātāpitūnampissa nāmamakaṃsu. Te aparena samayenāti bījakañca bījakamātarañca sandhāya vuttaṃ. Bījakassa kira sattaṭṭhavassakāle tassa mātā bhikkhunīsu so ca bhikkhūsu pabbajitvā kalyāṇamitte upanissāya arahatte patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘ubho agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitvā arahattaṃ sacchākaṃsū’’ti.
37 37. 如是,母子二人的出家有了成果。然而父亲却被追悔所压服。因此说:‘那时,尊者苏定那确实生起了恶作’等等。其中,‘ahudeva’即‘ahu eva’,字母‘d’是连音字,意为‘确实有了’。‘kukkuccaṃ’:指因邪行而起的追悔,‘vippaṭisāro’也是它的同义词。这由于是智者所不应作的可鄙之事,故称‘恶作’;又因无法挽回已作的邪行,心对此产生扭曲的忆念,故称‘追悔’。‘我确实失利了’:意指我确实失败了;那些禅那等功德称为‘利’,它们本是我的,如今却非我所有。‘我确实没有得利’:即使我获得了出家、皈依、受持学处等功德,但由于被邪行所染污,这些也算不得是我的得利。‘我确实恶得’:我虽得到了这教法,却是以恶行而得。‘我确实没有善得’:不像其他良家子弟那样,我并没有得到善得。为什么?‘因为我在如此善说的法与律中……修习梵行’。‘梵行’:指含摄三学的道梵行。‘变得消瘦’:由于不思饮食而羸弱,血肉衰减。‘肤色苍白’:肤色变得枯黄如败叶。‘血管遍布身体’:因血肉耗尽,身体显出……显示巴利原文
37. Evaṃ mātāputtānaṃ pabbajjā saphalā ahosi. Pitā pana vippaṭisārābhibhūto vihāsi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘atha kho āyasmato sudinnassaahudeva kukkucca’’ntiādi. Tattha ahudevāti ahu eva, dakāro padasandhikaro. Ahosiyevāti attho. Kukkuccanti ajjhācārahetuko pacchānutāpo. Vippaṭisārotipi tasseva nāmaṃ. So hi viññūhi akattabbatāya kucchitakiriyabhāvato kukkuccaṃ. Kataṃ ajjhācāraṃ nivattetuṃ asamatthatāya taṃ paṭicca virūpaṃ saraṇabhāvato vippaṭisāroti vuccati. Alābhā vata meti mayhaṃ vata alābhā; ye jhānādīnaṃ guṇānaṃ alābhā nāma, te mayhaṃ, na aññassāti adhippāyo. Na vata me lābhāti yepi me paṭiladdhā pabbajjasaraṇagamanasikkhāsamādānaguṇā, tepi neva mayhaṃ lābhā ajjhācāramalīnattā. Dulladdhaṃ vata meti idaṃ sāsanaṃ laddhampi me dulladdhaṃ. Na vata me suladdhanti yathā aññesaṃ kulaputtānaṃ, evaṃ na vata me suladdhaṃ. Kasmā? Yamahaṃ evaṃ svākkhātedhammavinaye…pe… brahmacariyaṃ caritunti. Brahmacariyanti sikkhattayasaṅgahitaṃ maggabrahmacariyaṃ. Kiso ahosīti khādituṃ vā bhuñjituṃ vā asakkonto tanuko ahosi appamaṃsalohito . Uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātoti sañjātuppaṇḍuppaṇḍukabhāvo paṇḍupalāsappaṭibhāgo. Dhamanisanthatagattoti pariyādinnamaṃsalohitattā sirājāleneva santharitagatto. Antomanoti anusocanavasena abbhantareyeva ṭhitacitto. Hadayavatthuṃ nissāya pavattanavasena pana sabbepi antomanāyeva. Līnamanoti uddese paripucchāya kammaṭṭhāne adhisīle adhicitte adhipaññāya vattapaṭipattipūraṇe ca nikkhittadhuro avipphāriko aññadatthu kosajjavaseneva līno saṅkucito mano assāti līnamano. Dukkhīti cetodukkhena dukkhī. Dummanoti dosena duṭṭhamano, virūpamano vā domanassābhibhūtatāya. Pajjhāyīti vippaṭisāravasena vahacchinno viya gadrabho taṃ taṃ cintayi.
38 38. ‘同伴比丘们’:看到他这般以聚众闲谈的戏论度日,那些与他相熟、言语投合的比丘们便对他这样说。‘诸根明净’:由于净信所依处圆满,他的眼等诸根得以具足圆满。‘你现在’:此处‘dāni’是语气词,意即‘那么你’。‘你是否’:即‘你是不是’。‘不喜乐’:指厌倦,意思是希望还俗。因此,他否定了那种不喜乐,说道:‘贤友,我并非不喜乐。’而是乐于修习增上善法。‘我作了恶业’:意指我作了一件恶业,它存在、可得、现前,时常如同就在眼前。于是,他将此事说明出来,说了:‘与前妻……’等等。显示巴利原文
38.Sahāyakā bhikkhūti taṃ evaṃbhūtaṃ gaṇasaṅgaṇikāpapañcena vītināmentaṃ disvā yassa vissāsikā kathāphāsukā bhikkhū te naṃ etadavocuṃ. Pīṇindriyoti pasādapatiṭṭhānokāsassa sampuṇṇattā paripuṇṇacakkhuādiindriyo. So dāni tvanti ettha dānīti nipāto, so pana tvanti vuttaṃ hoti. Kaccino tvanti kacci nu tvaṃ . Anabhiratoti ukkaṇṭhito; gihibhāvaṃ patthayamānoti attho. Tasmā tameva anabhiratiṃ paṭikkhipanto āha – ‘‘na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, anabhirato’’ti. Adhikusalānaṃ pana dhammānaṃ bhāvanāya abhiratova ahanti . Atthi me pāpakammaṃ katanti mayā kataṃ ekaṃ pāpakammaṃ atthi upalabbhati saṃvijjati, niccakālaṃ abhimukhaṃ viya me tiṭṭhati. Atha naṃ pakāsento ‘‘purāṇadutiyikāyā’’tiādimāha.
‘贤友苏定那,你足以生起恶作了’:意为,贤友苏定那,你的这件恶业,足以、有能力让你生起恶作;也就是说,它有力量令你产生追悔。‘而那恶业’:应如此理解文句的连贯:由于那恶业,你将不能修习梵行,而那恶业足以让你追悔。于是,他们教导他说:‘贤友,世尊难道不是以种种方式……吗?’其中,‘nanu’是表示认同的叹词。‘以种种方式’:即通过各种因缘。‘是为了离欲’:是为了达到离欲的目的。‘不是为了有欲’:不是为了以贪欲去染着。世尊的意思是:‘有情听闻我这个法之后,将会对一切有、一切欲离染,而不会去贪染’,为了这个目的而说法。此理可适用于所有词句。这些只是同一义理的不同措辞表达。‘是为了离系’:是为了从烦恼中解脱。‘不是为了系缚’:不是为了被烦恼束缚。‘是为了无取’:是为了不执取。‘不是为了有取’:不是为了有所执持。显示巴利原文
Alañhi te, āvuso sudinna, kukkuccāyāti āvuso sudinna, tuyhetaṃ pāpakammaṃ alaṃ samatthaṃ kukkuccāya; paṭibalaṃ kukkuccaṃ uppādetunti vuttaṃ hoti. Yaṃ tvanti ādimhi yena pāpena tvaṃ na sakkhissasi brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ, taṃ te pāpaṃ alaṃ kukkuccāyāti evaṃ sambandho veditabbo. Atha naṃ anusāsantā ‘‘nanu āvuso bhagavatā’’tiādimāhaṃsu. Tattha nanūti anumatiggahaṇatthe nipāto. Anekapariyāyenāti anekakāraṇena. Virāgāyāti virāgatthāya. No sarāgāyāti no rāgena rajjanatthāya. Bhagavatā hi ‘‘imaṃ me dhammaṃ sutvā sattā sabbabhavabhogesu virajjissanti, no rajjissantī’’ etadatthāya dhammo desitoti adhippāyo. Esa nayo sabbapadesu. Idaṃ panettha pariyāyavacanamattaṃ. Visaṃyogāyāti kilesehi visaṃyujjanatthāya. No saṃyogāyāti na saṃyujjanatthāya. Anupādānāyāti aggahaṇatthāya. Nosaupādānāyāti na saṅgahaṇatthāya.
此处所言“名为汝”,即在那时你以此名被称。“于有染欲之心作意”,是指对于伴随贪染而现行的淫欲法,你将思念、构想、筹划,并为此目的而精勤努力,这是它的含义。此通释可适用于一切处。复次,从“离染”等九句,是就所证得的出世间涅槃而说的。因此,即便说“为了离染”或“为了摧伏骄慢”,其义也应理解为“为了涅槃”。因为,由于依止涅槃、缘于涅槃、借由涅槃,染欲得以远离、断除,不再存在,故称之为“离染”。又由于依止它,慢、人我慢等诸慢被摧伏、止息,不再现起,故称之为“摧伏骄慢”。又由于依止它,一切欲渴得到调伏、灭尽,故称之为“调伏渴爱”。又由于依止它,对五欲功德的执著被彻底断除,故称之为“断除执著”。又由于依止它,三界轮回被截断,故称之为“截断轮回”。又由于依止它,渴爱完全灭尽、离染、寂灭,故称之为“渴爱灭尽、离染、寂灭”。又由于它出离、脱离、不系属于那名为“结缚”的渴爱——此渴爱编织、系缚、缝合四种生、五趣、七识住、九有情居,令生死相续不断,因此它被称为涅槃。显示巴利原文
Tatthanāma tvanti tasmiṃ nāma tvaṃ. Sarāgāya cetessasīti saha rāgena vattamānāya methunadhammāya cetessasi kappessasi pakappessasi; etadatthaṃ vāyamissasīti attho. Esa nayo sabbattha. Puna rāgavirāgādīni nava padāni nibbattitalokuttaranibbānameva sandhāya vuttāni. Tasmā rāgavirāgāyāti vā madanimmadanāyāti vā vuttepi ‘‘nibbānatthāyā’’ti evameva attho daṭṭhabbo. Nibbānañhi yasmā taṃ āgamma ārabbha paṭicca rāgo virajjati na hoti, tasmā rāgavirāgoti vuccati. Yasmā pana taṃ āgamma mānamada-purisamadādayo madā nimmadā amadā honti vinassanti, tasmā madanimmadananti vuccati. Yasmā ca taṃ āgamma sabbāpi kāmapipāsā vinayaṃ abbhatthaṃ yāti, tasmā pipāsavinayoti vuccati. Yasmā pana taṃ āgamma pañca kāmaguṇālayā samugghātaṃ gacchanti, tasmā ālayasamugghātoti vuccati. Yasmā ca taṃ āgamma tebhūmakavaṭṭaṃ upacchijjati, tasmā vaṭṭupacchedoti vuccati. Yasmā pana taṃ āgamma sabbaso taṇhā khayaṃ gacchati virajjati nirujjhati ca, tasmā taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodhoti vuccati. Yasmā panetaṃ catasso yoniyo, pañca gatiyo, satta viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo, nava ca sattāvāse, aparāparabhāvāya vinanato ābandhanato saṃsibbanato vānanti laddhavohārāya taṇhāya nikkhantaṃ nissaṭaṃ visaṃyuttaṃ, tasmā nibbānanti vuccatīti.
“宣说断除诸欲”:即宣说断除事欲与烦恼欲。“遍知欲想”:从知遍知、度遍知、断遍知这三种遍知,宣说对一切欲想的遍知。“欲渴”:即对诸欲的渴求,或想要饮啜诸欲者。“欲寻”:即与欲相应的寻思。“欲热恼”:即由贪著五欲功德所生起的热恼与内烧。在这五处之中,所宣说的唯是能灭除烦恼的出世间道。然而,在前三处中,应知所说的是世间与出世间相杂之道。显示巴利原文
Kāmānaṃ pahānaṃ akkhātanti vatthukāmānaṃ, kilesakāmānañca pahānaṃ vuttaṃ. Kāmasaññānaṃ pariññāti sabbāsampi kāmasaññānaṃ ñātatīraṇapahānavasena tividhā pariññā akkhātā. Kāmapipāsānanti kāmesu pātabyatānaṃ kāme vā pātumicchānaṃ. Kāmavitakkānanti kāmupasañhitānaṃvitakkānaṃ. Kāmapariḷāhānanti pañcakāmaguṇikarāgavasena uppannapariḷāhānaṃ antodāhānaṃ. Imesu pañcasu ṭhānesu kilesakkhayakaro lokuttaramaggova kathito. Sabbapaṭhamesu pana tīsu ṭhānesu lokiyalokuttaramissako maggo kathitoti veditabbo.
“贤友,这不是”:贤友,这并非如此,你的恶行既不能使未净信者生起净信,也不能令已有如此净信者其净信增长。“而是”:即是此,另有“atha kho tanti”的读法。“为了变异”:即为了净信的变异,为了产生追悔。它让那些尚未通过道证得净信者生起追悔:“我们竟然对这样的法、律生起净信,而其中却有如此恶行的比丘。”然而,对于那些已通过道证得净信者,其净信犹如须弥山不为风动,即使遇到比这更粗恶的事缘,也是如此。因此说“为了某些人的变异”。显示巴利原文
Netaṃ āvusoti na etaṃ āvuso, tava pāpakammaṃ appasannānañca pasādāya evarūpānaṃ pasādatthāya na hoti. Atha khvetanti atha kho etaṃ. Atha kho tantipi pāṭho. Aññathattāyāti pasādaññathābhāvāya vippaṭisārāya hoti. Ye maggena anāgatasaddhā, tesaṃ vippaṭisāraṃ karoti – ‘‘īdisepi nāma dhammavinaye mayaṃ pasannā, yatthevaṃ duppaṭipannā bhikkhū’’ti. Ye pana maggenāgatasaddhā, tesaṃ sineru viya vātehi acalo pasādo īdisehi vatthūhi ito vā dāruṇatarehi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘ekaccānaṃ aññathattāyā’’ti.
39 “向世尊禀告了此事”意指向世尊说明、报告了此事。他们禀告此事,既不是出于讨好,也不是为了制造分裂,既不是要宣扬那位尊者的过失,也不是要将非难加诸教法,更不是心想:“世尊听闻此事后,将不会让此人在教法中立足,会将其摈出。”而是心想:“世尊了知教法中出现的此弊病后,将会制定学处,确立界限、轨范、威令。”因此禀告。显示巴利原文
39.Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesunti bhagavato etaṃ atthaṃ ācikkhiṃsu paṭivedayiṃsu. Ārocayamānā ca neva piyakamyatāya na bhedapurekkhāratāya , na tassāyasmato avaṇṇapakāsanatthāya, na kalisāsanāropanatthāya, nāpi ‘‘idaṃ sutvā bhagavā imassa sāsane patiṭṭhaṃ na dassati, nikkaḍḍhāpessati na’’nti maññamānā ārocesuṃ. Atha kho ‘‘imaṃ sāsane uppannaṃ abbudaṃ ñatvā bhagavā sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessati, velaṃ mariyādaṃ āṇaṃ ṭhapessatī’’ti ārocesuṃ.
“在此因缘、在此事由中”者,此处应知:因为苏定那的违犯恶行是制定学处的缘由,所以称为“因缘”与“事由”。“因”能引生自果,犹如展示“取之”使其生起;又能促使造作,即开始造作或直接造作此事,因此称为“因缘”与“事由”。“佛陀、世尊呵责”是指佛陀、世尊加以呵责与谴责。如同在可赞与可呵者中,无论是称赞还是谴责,最上之人皆如实而行。世尊见到违犯戒律之人,不会起“此人出身某族、某姓、某家,或通达经教,或持头陀行,是知名有声望之人,理应顾念”之心;见到贤善具德之人,也不会起覆藏其功德之心。他只是:应呵责者便呵责,应赞叹者便赞叹。而此人正是应呵责者。因此,安住于如来特相、心不动摇的佛陀、世尊,以“不适当”等语对其呵责。显示巴利原文
Etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇeti ettha sudinnassa ajjhācāravītikkamo sikkhāpadapaññattiyā kāraṇattā nidānañceva pakaraṇañcāti vuttoti veditabbo. Kāraṇañhi yasmā nideti attano phalaṃ ‘‘gaṇhātha na’’nti dassentaṃ viya appeti, pakaroti ca naṃ kattuṃ ārabhati, karotiyeva vā; tasmā nidānañceva pakaraṇañcāti vuccati. Vigarahi buddho bhagavāti buddho bhagavā vigarahi nindi; yathā taṃ vaṇṇāvaṇṇārahānaṃ vaṇṇañca avaṇṇañca bhaṇantesu aggapuggalo. Na hi bhagavato sīlavītikkamakaraṃ puggalaṃ disvā ‘‘ayaṃ jātiyā vā gottena vā kolaputtiyena vā ganthena vā dhutaṅgena vā ñāto yasassī īdisaṃ puggalaṃ rakkhituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti cittaṃ uppajjati, nāpi pesalaṃ guṇavantaṃ disvā tassa guṇaṃ paṭicchādetuṃ cittaṃ uppajjati. Atha kho garahitabbaṃ garahati eva, pasaṃsitabbañca pasaṃsati eva, ayañca garahitabbo; tasmā taṃ tādilakkhaṇe ṭhito avikampamānena cittena vigarahi buddho bhagavā ‘‘ananucchavika’’ntiādīhi vacanehi.
于此,释义如下:愚人!你所做的这无意义之事,对于沙门应行之法、道果涅槃之教而言,是不应理的,不随顺其容色、光辉、庄严,不与之相应,反而远离那些法。因不应理,故为不随顺;不随顺那些法,而是相逆、对立的。因不随顺,故为不相称;不是相称、相似、对应的,而是不相似、不对应的。因不相称,故为非沙门行;不是沙门所应做的。因非沙门行,故为不适合作。凡非沙门所应做的,即不适合作。因不适合作,故为不应作,因为沙门不作不适合作之事。而此事为你所作,因此,愚人!你所做的是不应理……乃至不应作。“何以名为”是指以何原因、见何理由而这样说。接着,为显示全无理由,下文说“愚人!我岂非……”。这些内容即如上所述。显示巴利原文
Tatthāyaṃ atthavaṇṇanā – yadidaṃ tayā, moghapurisa, tucchamanussa kammaṃ kataṃ, taṃ samaṇakaraṇānaṃ dhammānaṃ maggaphalanibbānasāsanānaṃ vā na anucchavikaṃ, tesaṃ chaviṃ chāyaṃ sundarabhāvaṃ na anveti nānugacchati, atha kho ārakāva tehi dhammehi. Ananucchavikattā eva ca ananulomikaṃ, tesaṃ na anulometi; atha kho vilomaṃ paccanīkabhāve ṭhitaṃ. Ananulomikattā eva ca appatirūpaṃ, patirūpaṃ sadisaṃ paṭibhāgaṃ na hoti, atha kho asadisaṃ appaṭibhāgameva. Appatirūpattā eva ca assāmaṇakaṃ, samaṇānaṃ kammaṃ na hoti. Assāmaṇakattā akappiyaṃ. Yañhi samaṇakammaṃ na hoti, taṃ tesaṃ na kappati. Akappiyattā akaraṇīyaṃ. Na hi samaṇā yaṃ na kappati, taṃ karonti. Tañcetaṃ tayā kataṃ, tasmā ananucchavikaṃ te, moghapurisa, kataṃ…pe… akaraṇīyanti. Kathañhi nāmāti kena nāma kāraṇena, kiṃ nāma kāraṇaṃ passantoti vuttaṃ hoti. Tato kāraṇābhāvaṃ dassento parato ‘‘nanu mayā moghapurisā’’tiādimāha. Taṃ sabbaṃ vuttatthameva.
如今,由于他所造的那恶业在成熟时会产生极其剧烈的苦果,为了将此果报明示出来,犹如悲悯的父母以慈爱之心责备犯了错的儿子一般,世尊说了“愚人哪,宁可……”等语。其中,“āsīviso”意为毒蛇,因毒在它身上迅速到来。“ghoraviso”意为毒液猛烈、凶暴,指那条毒蛇的剧毒。“varaṃ”与“pakkittaṃ”相关联,意思是:宁可把生殖器放入这样一条毒液猛烈、凶暴的毒蛇口中;若能放入,那还算好,意即那是好的、善的、妙的。“na tveva”则意为绝非如此,那绝不好、绝不善、绝不妙。此理适用于一切譬喻。“kaṇhasappassa”意为黑蛇。“aṅgārakāsuyā”意为充满火炭的坑,或一堆火炭。“ādittāya”意为燃烧着的、已现火焰之色。“sampajalitāya”意为全面燃烧、火焰四射。“sajotibhūtāya”意为有光亮的,即由四周升起的火焰而成为一片光焰之聚。显示巴利原文
Idāni yasmā yaṃ tena pāpakammaṃ kataṃ, taṃ vipaccamānaṃ ativiya dukkhavipākaṃ hoti, tasmāssa taṃ vipākaṃ dassetuṃ katāparādhaṃ viya puttaṃ anukampakā mātāpitaro dayālukena cittena sudinnaṃ paribhāsanto ‘‘varaṃ te moghapurisā’’tiādimāha. Tattha āsu sīghaṃ etassa visaṃ āgacchatīti āsīviso. Ghoraṃ caṇḍamassa visanti ghoraviso, tassa āsīvisassa ghoravisassa. ‘‘Pakkhitta’’nti etassa ‘‘vara’’nti iminā sambandho . Īdisassa āsīvisassa ghoravisassa mukhe aṅgajātaṃ varaṃ pakkhittaṃ; sace pakkhittaṃ bhaveyya, varaṃ siyā; sundaraṃ sādhu suṭṭhu siyāti attho. Na tvevāti na tu eva varaṃ na sundarameva na sādhumeva na suṭṭhumeva. Esa nayo sabbattha. Kaṇhasappassāti kāḷasappassa. Aṅgārakāsuyāti aṅgārapuṇṇakūpe, aṅgārarāsimhi vā. Ādittāyāti padittāya gahitaaggivaṇṇāya. Sampajjalitāyāti samantato pajjalitāya acciyo muccantiyā. Sajotibhūtāyāti sappabhāya. Samantato uṭṭhitāhi jālāhi ekappabhāsamudayabhūtāyāti vuttaṃ hoti.
“这是出于什么原因呢?”意为:我所说的“宁可”是基于什么原因、什么理由呢?“他或将遭受死亡”意为:若有人将男根放入那里,他或将遭受死亡,或遭受近乎死亡的痛苦。“而且,以此为因……他将投生地狱”意为:将此男根放入妇女产道的行为,以此为因,造此业者将投生地狱。世尊正是看到了此业的极大过患而呵责他,并非希望他遭受痛苦。“你竟然在那……中”意为:在那具有如此大过患的恶行中,你竟然还……。“yaṃ tvaṃ”中的“yaṃ”是表示轻蔑的不变词,“tvaṃ”是“taṃ”的同义词;两者结合,表达“那个被轻蔑、被鄙视的人”之意。“asaddhammaṃ”意为不善法,卑劣者所行之法,即他们应行之法。“gāmadhammaṃ”意为村落之法,即村落居民的行法。“vasaladhammaṃ”意为卑贱者之法,指那些安住于恶法、流漏于恶法的卑贱者、下劣之人所行之法;或者,是导致烦恼流漏的卑贱法。“duṭṭhullaṃ”意为极其被烦恼染污,粗重、不微细,即不精妙的。“odakantikaṃ”意为以水事为终。显示巴利原文
Taṃ kissa hetūti yaṃ mayā vuttaṃ ‘‘vara’’nti taṃ kissa hetu, katarena kāraṇenāti ce? Maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyyāti yo tattha aṅgajātaṃ pakkhipeyya, so maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ. Itonidānañca kho…pe… upapajjeyyāti yaṃ idaṃ mātugāmassa aṅgajāte aṅgajātapakkhipanaṃ, itonidānaṃ tassa kārako puggalo nirayaṃ upapajjeyya; evaṃ kammassa mahāsāvajjataṃ passanto taṃ garahi, na tassa dukkhāgamaṃ icchamāno. Tattha nāma tvanti tasmiṃ nāma evarūpe kamme evaṃ mahāsāvajje samānepi tvaṃ. Yaṃ tvanti ettha yanti hīḷanatthe nipāto. Tvanti taṃ-saddassa vevacanaṃ; dvīhipi yaṃ vā taṃ vā hīḷitamavaññātanti vuttaṃ hoti. Asaddhammanti asataṃ nīcajanānaṃ dhammaṃ; tehi sevitabbanti attho. Gāmadhammanti gāmānaṃ dhammaṃ; gāmavāsikamanussānaṃ dhammanti vuttaṃ hoti. Vasaladhammanti pāpadhamme vasanti paggharantīti vasalā, tesaṃ vasalānaṃ hīnapurisānaṃ dhammaṃ, vasalaṃ vā kilesapaggharaṇakaṃ dhammaṃ. Duṭṭhullanti duṭṭhu ca kilesadūsitaṃ thūlañca asukhumaṃ, anipuṇanti vuttaṃ hoti. Odakantikanti udakakiccaṃ antikaṃ avasānaṃ assāti odakantiko, taṃ odakantikaṃ. Rahassanti rahobhavaṃ, paṭicchanne okāse uppajjanakaṃ. Ayañhi dhammo jigucchanīyattā na sakkā āvi aññesaṃ dassanavisaye kātuṃ, tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘rahassa’’nti. Dvayaṃdvayasamāpattinti dvīhi dvīhi samāpajjitabbaṃ, dvayaṃ dvayaṃ samāpattintipi pāṭho. Dayaṃ dayaṃ samāpattintipi paṭhanti, taṃ na sundaraṃ. Samāpajjissasīti etaṃ ‘‘tattha nāma tva’’nti ettha vuttanāmasaddena yojetabbaṃ ‘‘samāpajjissasi nāmā’’ti.
“对于许多……而言,你是始作俑者、先驱者”,这是就教法而说。在此教法中,对于众多众生,在不善法上你是最初的造作者,因为你是第一个做的;你是先驱者,因为你最先走上了这条路;也就是说,你是开门者、示方便者。这里的意思是:得到这个借口,许多众生将会效仿你,造作种种如猕猴行淫等不善法。显示巴利原文
Bahūnaṃkho…pe… ādikattā pubbaṅgamoti sāsanaṃ sandhāya vadati. Imasmiṃ sāsane tvaṃ bahūnaṃ puggalānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ādikattā, sabbapaṭhamaṃ karaṇato; pubbaṅgamo sabbapaṭhamaṃ etaṃ maggaṃ paṭipannattā; dvāraṃdado, upāyadassakoti vuttaṃ hoti. Imañhi lesaṃ laddhā tava anusikkhamānā bahū puggalā nānappakārake makkaṭiyā methunapaṭisevanādike akusaladhamme karissantīti ayamettha adhippāyo.
“以多种方式”是指:通过这些如“不适当”等所说的方式,以众多理由而说。“说难养……懈怠的过患”,意思是:宣说作为难养等基础的不防护的过患、非难与责备。因为安住于不防护的人,自身会变得难养与难供,所以不防护被称为“难养、难供”。又因为安住于不防护的人,自身在四种资具上会成就多欲,即使得到如须弥山般的资具也不满足,所以不防护被称为“多欲、不满足”。又因为安住于不防护的人,自身会趋向人群的杂聚与烦恼的杂聚,随顺懈怠,成就八种懈怠事,所以不防护被称为“杂聚与懈怠”。显示巴利原文
Anekapariyāyenāti imehi ‘‘ananucchavika’’ntiādinā nayena vuttehi, bahūhi kāraṇehi. Dubbharatāya…pe… kosajjassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitvāti dubbharatādīnaṃ vatthubhūtassa asaṃvarassa avaṇṇaṃ nindaṃ garahaṃ bhāsitvāti attho. Yasmā hi asaṃvare ṭhitassa puggalassa attā dubbharatañceva dupposatañca āpajjati, tasmā asaṃvaro ‘‘dubbharatā, dupposatā’’ti ca vuccati. Yasmā pana asaṃvare ṭhitassa attā catūsu paccayesu mahicchataṃ sineruppamāṇepi ca paccaye laddhā asantuṭṭhitaṃ āpajjati, tasmā asaṃvaro ‘‘mahicchatā, asantuṭṭhitā’’ti ca vuccati. Yasmā ca asaṃvare ṭhitassa attā gaṇasaṅgaṇikāya ceva kilesasaṅgaṇikāya ca saṃvattati, kosajjānugato ca hoti aṭṭhakusītavatthupāripūriyā saṃvattati, tasmā asaṃvaro ‘‘saṅgaṇikā, ceva kosajjañcā’’ti vuccati.
“说易养……精进策励的功德”,意思是:宣说作为易养等基础的防护之功德。因为,舍弃不防护而安住于防护的人,自身是易养、易供的,在四种资具上成就少欲、无渴爱的状态,且对于每一种资具,都能依所得、依能力、依适宜而成就三种差别的知足,所以防护被称为“易养、易供、少欲、知足”。显示巴利原文
Subharatāya…pe… vīriyārambhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitvāti subharatādīnaṃ vatthubhūtassa saṃvarassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitvāti attho. Yasmā hi asaṃvaraṃ pahāya saṃvare ṭhitassa attā subharo hoti suposo, catūsu ca paccayesu appicchataṃ nittaṇhabhāvaṃ āpajjati, ekamekasmiñca paccaye yathālābha-yathābala-yathāsāruppavasena tippabhedāya santuṭṭhiyā saṃvattati, tasmā saṃvaro ‘‘subharatā ceva suposatā ca appiccho ca santuṭṭho cā’’ti vuccati.
又因为,舍弃不防护而安住于防护的人,自身能成就烦恼的削减与抖落,所以防护被称为“削减与抖落”。显示巴利原文
Yasmā pana asaṃvaraṃ pahāya saṃvare ṭhitassa attā kilesasallekhanatāya ceva niddhunanatāya ca saṃvattati, tasmā saṃvaro ‘‘sallekho ca dhuto cā’’ti vuccati.
又因为,舍弃不防护、安住于防护的人,自身远离那些不令人净信、不令人喜悦、不善、不适当的身语恶行,也远离那些不令人净信、不令人喜悦、不善、不适当的三种不善寻;转而圆满成就与之相反的、令人净信、令人喜悦、善、适当的身语善行及三种善寻,所以防护被称为“令人净信的”。显示巴利原文
Yasmā ca asaṃvaraṃ pahāya saṃvare ṭhitassa attā kāyavācānaṃ appāsādikaṃ appasādanīyaṃ asantaṃ asāruppaṃ kāyavacīduccaritaṃ cittassa appāsādikaṃ appasādanīyaṃ asantaṃ asāruppaṃ akusalavitakkattayañca anupagamma tabbiparītassa kāyavacīsucaritassa ceva kusalavitakkattayassa ca pāsādikassa pasādanīyassa santassa sāruppassa pāripūriyā saṃvattati, tasmā saṃvaro ‘‘pāsādiko’’ti vuccati.
又因为,舍弃不防护、安住于防护的人,自身能成就一切烦恼的损减与超脱,并令八种精进策励事得以圆满,所以防护被称为“减损与精进策励”。显示巴利原文
Yasmā pana asaṃvaraṃ pahāya saṃvare ṭhitassa attā sabbakilesāpacayabhūtāya, vivaṭṭāya, aṭṭhavīriyārambhavatthupāripūriyā ca saṃvattati, tasmā saṃvaro ‘‘apacayo ceva vīriyārambho cā’’ti vuccatīti.
“适合比丘、随顺比丘”:对于当时在场的比丘们,世尊即将制定的这条学处,恰是适合而随顺的。又或者说,就由“易护持”等所说的防护,作一场适合它、随顺它、与防护和断除相应、不拘于经、不缚于圣典、随缘开演的法谈——这是其含意。据说,世尊在如此集会中,如同编织五色花鬘或串起宝鬘一般,对那些排斥学处、乐住于不防护的人,以未来轮回的怖畏令其惊惧,并显示种种过患;对那些乐欲学处、安住防护的人,则有的令其安立于阿罗汉果,有的令其安立于不来果、一来果、入流果;即使对缺乏亲依止缘者,也令其安立于天界之道,所说法谈的篇幅可长达长部或中部。正是因此,才说:“为比丘们作了适合、随顺的法谈之后。”显示巴利原文
Bhikkhūnaṃ tadanucchavikaṃ tadanulomikanti tattha sannipatitānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ yaṃ idāni sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessati, tassa anucchavikañceva anulomikañca. Yo vā ayaṃ subharatādīhi saṃvaro vutto, tassa anucchavikañceva anulomikañca saṃvarappahānapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ asuttantavinibaddhaṃ pāḷivinimuttaṃ okkantikadhammadesanaṃ katvāti attho. Bhagavā kira īdisesu ṭhānesu pañcavaṇṇakusumamālaṃ karonto viya, ratanadāmaṃ sajjento viya, ca ye paṭikkhipanādhippāyā asaṃvarābhiratā te samparāyikena vaṭṭabhayena tajjento anekappakāraṃ ādīnavaṃ dassento, ye sikkhākāmā saṃvare ṭhitā te appekacce arahatte patiṭṭhapento appekacce anāgāmi-sakadāgāmi-sotāpattiphalesu upanissayavirahitepi saggamagge patiṭṭhapento dīghanikāyappamāṇampi majjhimanikāyappamāṇampi dhammadesanaṃ karoti. Taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘‘bhikkhūnaṃ tadanucchavikaṃ tadanulomikaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā’’ti.
“那么”是指以苏定那的错误行为作为缘由。“学处”一词中,“应学”故为“学”,“依此而成就”故为“处”,学之住处即是“学处”,意思是证得学处的方便。或者,它被称为根本、依止、安立处。这是对远离淫欲、防护淫欲的增上语。因为防护淫欲是其它的所谓学——戒、定、慧、道等法——依照前述意义而成为“处”,所以在这里被理解为“学处”。而且,此义应当依照《学处分别》中所说的方法来了解。再者,“学处”也应当被理解为能阐明该意义的言说。这也被说过:“学处,即在此处的名身、句身、词身、文身。”或者,如同说“无贪是法句”时,意思是无贪是一个法分,同样地,这里“学处”也应被理解为学的一部分、学的一个分位。显示巴利原文
Tena hīti tena sudinnassa ajjhācārena kāraṇabhūtena. Sikkhāpadanti ettha sikkhitabbāti sikkhā, pajjate imināti padaṃ, sikkhāya padaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ; sikkhāya adhigamupāyoti attho. Atha vā mūlaṃ nissayo patiṭṭhāti vuttaṃ hoti. Methunaviratiyā methunasaṃvarassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Methunasaṃvaro hi tadaññesaṃ sikkhāsaṅkhātānaṃ sīlavipassanājhānamaggadhammānaṃ vuttatthavasena padattā idha ‘‘sikkhāpada’’nti adhippeto. Ayañca attho sikkhāpadavibhaṅge vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Apica tassatthassa dīpakaṃ vacanampi ‘‘sikkhāpada’’nti veditabbaṃ. Vuttampi cetaṃ – ‘‘sikkhāpadanti yo tattha nāmakāyo padakāyo niruttikāyo byañjanakāyo’’ti. Atha vā yathā ‘‘anabhijjhā dhammapada’’nti vutte anabhijjhā eko dhammakoṭṭhāsoti attho hoti, evamidhāpi ‘‘sikkhāpada’’nti sikkhākoṭṭhāso sikkhāya eko padesotipi attho veditabbo.
“基于十种利益”是指:以十种理由、为了学处制定的目的而应证得的利益殊胜,基于、依止、着手于这十种利益殊胜的成就,即观察十种利益殊胜的圆满。现在,为了显示这十种利益,世尊说“为僧团优良”等。其中,“僧团优良”是指僧团的良好状态,如同在“善哉,诸天”的语境中一样,是“善哉,尊者”这种对言语的接受状态。凡是接受如来言教者,那会对他长夜带来利益与安乐,因此,为了僧团以“善哉,尊者”来接受我的言教,我将制定学处——通过显示不接受的过患与接受的功德,而不是以强力压服。为了表明这个意思,世尊说:“为僧团优良”。“为僧团安乐”是指为了僧团的安乐状态,意思是共同生活的安乐住。显示巴利原文
Dasaatthavase paṭiccāti dasa kāraṇavase sikkhāpadapaññattihetu adhigamanīye hitavisese paṭicca āgamma ārabbha, dasannaṃ hitavisesānaṃ nipphattiṃ sampassamānoti vuttaṃ hoti. Idāni te dasa atthavase dassento ‘‘saṅghasuṭṭhutāyā’’tiādimāha. Tattha saṅghasuṭṭhutā nāma saṅghassa suṭṭhubhāvo, ‘‘suṭṭhu devā’’ti āgataṭṭhāne viya ‘‘suṭṭhu, bhante’’ti vacanasampaṭicchanabhāvo . Yo ca tathāgatassa vacanaṃ sampaṭicchati , tassa taṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya hoti, tasmā saṅghassa ‘‘suṭṭhu, bhante’’ti mama vacanasampaṭicchanatthaṃ paññapessāmi, asampaṭicchane ādīnavaṃ sampaṭicchane ca ānisaṃsaṃ dassetvā, na balakkārena abhibhavitvāti etamatthaṃ āvikaronto āha – ‘‘saṅghasuṭṭhutāyā’’ti. Saṅghaphāsutāyāti saṅghassa phāsubhāvāya; sahajīvitāya sukhavihāratthāyāti attho.
“为了折伏无耻之人”:“无耻”是指恶戒之人;那些即使在被质问时也难以生起羞愧,在违犯时或违犯后也不知羞耻的人,为了折伏他们。因为如果没有学处,他们会困扰僧团说:“你们见到了什么?听到了什么?我们做了什么?在什么事情上、以什么罪来指控我们而折伏我们?”然而,当有了学处,僧团便可指出学处,依法、依律、依师教来折伏他们。因此说:“为了折伏无耻之人”。显示巴利原文
Dummaṅkūnaṃ puggalānaṃ niggahāyāti dummaṅkū nāma dussīlapuggalā; ye maṅkutaṃ āpādiyamānāpi dukkhena āpajjanti, vītikkamaṃ karontā vā katvā vā na lajjanti, tesaṃ niggahatthāya; te hi sikkhāpade asati ‘‘kiṃ tumhehi diṭṭhaṃ, kiṃ sutaṃ – kiṃ amhehi kataṃ; katarasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ katamaṃ āpattiṃ āropetvā amhe niggaṇhathā’’ti saṅghaṃ viheṭhessanti, sikkhāpade pana sati te saṅgho sikkhāpadaṃ dassetvā dhammena vinayena satthusāsanena niggahessati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘dummaṅkūnaṃ puggalānaṃ niggahāyā’’ti.
“为了喜戒比丘们的安乐住”:是为了喜爱戒律、乐于持戒的比丘们的安乐住。因为乐于持戒的比丘们,若不了知应作与不应作、有罪与无罪、时限与界限,在努力圆满三学之时便会感到疲惫,为所见所闻所困。然而,若了知应作与不应作、有罪与无罪、时限与界限,在努力圆满三学之时便不会疲惫,也不会为所见所闻所困。因此,为他们制定学处,能带来安乐住。或者,对无惭无愧者的折伏本身,即是这些比丘的安乐住。因为有恶戒之人存在时,布萨无法进行,自恣无法进行,僧团羯磨无法运作,和合无法达成,比丘们也不能安心从事诵经、遍问、修习业处等。然而,当那些恶戒者被折伏后,这一切障碍便不复存在。由此,喜戒的比丘们得以安乐住。如此,“为了喜戒比丘们的安乐住”应知有此两层含义。显示巴利原文
Pesalānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ phāsuvihārāyāti pesalānaṃ piyasīlānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ phāsuvihāratthāya. Piyasīlā hi bhikkhū kattabbākattabbaṃ sāvajjānavajjaṃ velaṃ mariyādaṃ ajānantā sikkhattayapāripūriyā ghaṭamānā kilamanti, sandiṭṭhamānā ubbāḷhā honti. Kattabbākattabbaṃ pana sāvajjānavajjaṃ velaṃ mariyādaṃ ñatvā sikkhattayapāripūriyā ghaṭamānā na kilamanti, sandiṭṭhamānā na ubbāḷhā honti. Tena nesaṃ sikkhāpadapaññāpanā phāsuvihārāya saṃvattati. Yo vā dummaṅkūnaṃ puggalānaṃ niggaho, sveva etesaṃ phāsuvihāro. Dussīlapuggale nissāya hi uposatho na tiṭṭhati , pavāraṇā na tiṭṭhati, saṅghakammāni nappavattanti, sāmaggī na hoti, bhikkhū anekaggā uddesaparipucchākammaṭṭhānādīni anuyuñjituṃ na sakkonti. Dussīlesu pana niggahitesu sabbopi ayaṃ upaddavo na hoti. Tato pesalā bhikkhū phāsu viharanti. Evaṃ ‘‘pesalānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ phāsu vihārāyā’’ti ettha dvidhā attho veditabbo.
“为了防护现世的漏”:“现世的漏”是指,若安住于不防护,即于此生之中所当遭受的种种苦,诸如手打、杖击、断手、断脚、恶名、恶声、追悔等。因此,为了防护、遮蔽、阻挡这些现世的漏——这是其含义。显示巴利原文
Diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ āsavānaṃ saṃvarāyāti diṭṭhadhammikā āsavā nāma asaṃvare ṭhitena tasmiññeva attabhāve pattabbā pāṇippahāra-daṇḍappahāra-hatthaccheda-pādaccheda-akitti-ayasavippaṭisārādayo dukkhavisesā. Iti imesaṃ diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ āsavānaṃ saṃvarāya pidhānāya āgamanamaggathakanāyāti attho.
“为了断除来世的漏”:“来世的漏”是指,若安住于不防护,以所造恶业为根本,于未来世当于地狱等处遭受的种种苦。为了断除、止息、平息这些来世的漏——如此说。显示巴利原文
Samparāyikānaṃ āsavānaṃ paṭighātāyāti samparāyikā āsavā nāma asaṃvare ṭhitena katapāpakammamūlakā samparāye narakādīsu pattabbā dukkhavisesā, tesaṃ paṭighātatthāya paṭippassambhanatthāya vūpasamatthāyāti vuttaṃ hoti.
“为令未生信者生信”:由于学处的制定,那些即使原本未生信心的智者,在了解学处的制定后,或见到比丘们依所制而住时,便会想:‘世间大众所贪染、嗔恚、愚痴之处,这些沙门释子却远离、舍断而住,他们确实在行难行之举,做重大之事。’由此生起信心,如同那位在律藏中见到书册而改变邪见、通达三吠陀的婆罗门一般。所以说“为令未生信者生信”。显示巴利原文
Appasannānaṃ pasādāyāti sikkhāpadapaññattiyā hi sati sikkhāpadapaññattiṃ ñatvā vā yathāpaññattaṃ paṭipajjamāne bhikkhū disvā vā yepi appasannā paṇḍitamanussā, te ‘‘yāni vata loke mahājanassa rajjana-dussana-muyhanaṭṭhānāni, tehi ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā ārakā viratā viharanti, dukkaraṃ vata karonti, bhāriyaṃ vata karontī’’ti pasādaṃ āpajjanti, vinayapiṭake potthakaṃ disvā micchādiṭṭhika-tivedī brāhmaṇo viya. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘appasannānaṃ pasādāyā’’ti.
“为令已生信者信心增广”:那些在教法中已生信心的善男子,在了解学处的制定后,或见到比丘们依所制而行持时,便会想:‘啊!尊者真是难行能行,他们终生受持一食、梵行和律仪防护。’由此信心愈发增广。所以说“为令已生信者信心增广”。显示巴利原文
Pasannānaṃ bhiyyobhāvāyāti yepi sāsane pasannā kulaputtā tepi sikkhāpadapaññattiṃ ñatvā yathāpaññattaṃ paṭipajjamāne bhikkhū vā disvā ‘‘aho ayyā dukkarakārino, ye yāvajīvaṃ ekabhattaṃ brahmacariyaṃ vinayasaṃvaraṃ anupālentī’’ti bhiyyo bhiyyo pasīdanti. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘pasannānaṃ bhiyyobhāvāyā’’ti.
“为令正法久住”:正法有三种:教法正法、行道正法和证得正法。其中,所有摄于三藏中的佛语,名为“教法正法”。十三头陀功德、十四犍度行仪、八十二大行仪以及戒、定、慧,名为“行道正法”。四圣道、四沙门果及涅槃,名为“证得正法”。由于学处的制定,比丘们学习学处及其分别,以及为阐明其义的其他佛语,学习之后,依所制而行持,圆满行道后,便证得由行道所应证得的出世间法。由此,学处的制定能令正法久住。所以说“为令正法久住”。显示巴利原文
Saddhammaṭṭhitiyāti tividho saddhammo – pariyattisaddhammo, paṭipattisaddhammo, adhigamasaddhammoti. Tattha piṭakattayasaṅgahitaṃ sabbampi buddhavacanaṃ ‘‘pariyattisaddhammo’’ nāma. Terasa dhutaguṇā, cuddasa khandhakavattāni, dveasīti mahāvattāni, sīlasamādhivipassanāti ayaṃ ‘‘paṭipattisaddhammo’’ nāma. Cattāro ariyamaggā cattāri ca sāmaññaphalāni nibbānañcāti ayaṃ ‘‘adhigamasaddhammo’’ nāma. So sabbopi yasmā sikkhāpadapaññattiyā sati bhikkhū sikkhāpadañca tassa vibhaṅgañca tadatthajotanatthaṃ aññañca buddhavacanaṃ pariyāpuṇanti, yathāpaññattañca paṭipajjamānā paṭipattiṃ pūretvā paṭipattiyā adhigantabbaṃ lokuttaradhammaṃ adhigacchanti, tasmā sikkhāpadapaññattiyā ciraṭṭhitiko hoti. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘saddhammaṭṭhitiyā’’ti.
“为令律得到护持”:因为有了学处的制定,防护律、断除律、止息律与制定律这四种律便得到护持、获得支撑、善为安立。因此说“为令律得到护持”。显示巴利原文
Vinayānuggahāyāti sikkhāpadapaññattiyā hi sati saṃvaravinayo ca pahānavinayo ca samathavinayo ca paññattivinayo cāti catubbidhopi vinayo anuggahito hoti upatthambhito sūpatthambhito. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘vinayānuggahāyā’’ti.
所有这些语句,都应当与“我将制定学处”这句话相连接。在此,其首尾句的连接方式为:“为了僧团的优越,我将制定学处……为了护持律,我将制定学处”。显示巴利原文
Sabbāneva cetāni padāni ‘‘sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmī’’ti iminā vacanena saddhiṃ yojetabbāni . Tatrāyaṃ paṭhamapacchimapadayojanā – ‘‘saṅghasuṭṭhutāya sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmi, vinayānuggahāya sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmī’’ti.
在此,若依连锁之理:凡能令僧团优越的,即能令僧团安乐;凡能令僧团安乐的,即能调伏恶人。若以各句为根本,作十重关联,则如《附随》中所说:“凡能令僧团优越的,即能令僧团安乐;凡能令僧团优越的,即能调伏恶人。”显示巴利原文
Api cettha yaṃ saṅghasuṭṭhu taṃ saṅghaphāsu, yaṃ saṅghaphāsu taṃ dummaṅkūnaṃ puggalānaṃ niggahāyāti evaṃ saṅkhalikanayaṃ; yaṃ saṅghasuṭṭhu taṃ saṅghaphāsu, yaṃ saṅghasuṭṭhu taṃ dummaṅkūnaṃ puggalānaṃ niggahāyāti evañca ekekapadamūlikaṃ dasakkhattuṃ yojanaṃ katvā yaṃ vuttaṃ parivāre (pari. 334) –
一百种义、一百种法,二百种释词,
四百智,于《义释》论中。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Atthasataṃ dhammasataṃ, dve ca niruttisatāni; Cattāri ñāṇasatāni, atthavase pakaraṇe’’ti.
这一切都应了知。然而,由于这些将在《附随》中详细阐明,故此处不再赘述。显示巴利原文
Taṃ sabbaṃ veditabbaṃ. Taṃ panetaṃ yasmā parivāreyeva āvi bhavissati, tasmā idha na vaṇṇitanti.
如此开示了制立学处的功德之后,为了阐明比丘们对此学处应行之事,世尊说:“诸比丘,你们应如此诵此学处。”这是何意呢?诸比丘,对于我如此开示了功德的此学处,你们应在布萨诵戒中如此诵习、学习、受持,并教导他人。此处的“又(ca)”字起到引出下文的作用,由此引出了如是之义。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ sikkhāpadapaññattiyā ānisaṃsaṃ dassetvā tasmiṃ sikkhāpade bhikkhūhi kattabbakiccaṃ dīpento ‘‘evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyāthā’’ti āha. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Bhikkhave, imaṃ pana mayā iti sandassitānisaṃsaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ evaṃ pātimokkhuddese uddiseyyātha ca pariyāpuṇeyyātha ca dhāreyyātha ca aññesañca vāceyyāthāti. Atirekānayanattho hi ettha ca saddo, tenāyamattho ānīto hotīti.
现在为了显示所说的‘此学处’,故说:‘若比丘行淫法者,是巴拉基咖,不共住。’如是以断除根本的方式坚固地制定了第一巴拉基咖后,为了制定随后的补充规定,又生起了母猴因缘。为了显示其发生,故说此句:‘世尊为诸比丘如是制定此学处’。其义为:世尊为诸比丘如是制定了此学处,而另一因缘又生起了。显示巴利原文
Idāni yaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘imaṃ sikkhāpada’’nti taṃ dassento ‘‘yo pana bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseveyya, pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso’’ti āha. Evaṃ mūlacchejjavasena daḷhaṃ katvā paṭhamapārājike paññatte aparampi anupaññattatthāya makkaṭīvatthu udapādi. Tassuppattidīpanatthametaṃ vuttaṃ – evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hotīti. Tassattho – bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ evaṃ paññattaṃ hoti ca, idañca aññaṃ vatthu udapādīti.
母猴因缘之说显示巴利原文
Makkaṭīvatthukathā
40 现在,为说明所生起的另一事缘,而说“那时”等语。以下解释难解之词:以食物诱引母猴——在大林中,由于比丘们的忍辱、慈爱等功德之力,众多鹿、孔雀、鸡、猴等畜生于精舍处无畏惧地游走。其中,以粥、饭、硬食等食物诱引、笼络了一只母猴,这是所说之义。“对她”是处格。“行淫”指屡屡行淫;此处用现在时,表示习惯性动作。“彼比丘”指那位行淫法的比丘。“巡视房舍而游走”——那些客比丘为见佛陀而来,于清晨得到客食,用完斋后心想“我们去看看比丘们的住处吧”,便四处巡行。因此说“巡视房舍而游走”。“往诸比丘处”——畜生若与一位比丘熟悉后,对其他比丘也会生起同样的心。因此,那只母猴便往那些比丘处去;去后,如同对那位熟悉的比丘一样,对他们也做出同样的动作。显示巴利原文
40. Idāni yaṃ taṃ aññaṃ vatthu uppannaṃ, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘tena kho pana samayenā’’tiādimāha. Tatrāyaṃ anuttānapadavaṇṇanā – makkaṭiṃ āmisenāti mahāvane bhikkhūnaṃ khantimettādiguṇānubhāvena nirāsaṅkacittā bahū migamorakukkuṭamakkaṭādayo tiracchānā padhānāgāraṭṭhānesu vicaranti. Tatra ekaṃ makkaṭiṃ āmisena yāgubhattakhajjakādinā upalāpetvā, saṅgaṇhitvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tassāti bhummavacanaṃ. Paṭisevatīti pacurapaṭisevano hoti; pacuratthe hi vattamānavacanaṃ. So bhikkhūti so methunadhammapaṭisevanako bhikkhu. Senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍantāti te bhikkhū āgantukā buddhadassanāya āgatā pātova āgantukabhattāni labhitvā katabhattakiccā bhikkhūnaṃ nivāsanaṭṭhānāni passissāmāti vicariṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā’’ti. Yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkamīti tiracchānagatā nāma ekabhikkhunā saddhiṃ vissāsaṃ katvā aññesupi tādisaññeva cittaṃ uppādenti. Tasmā sā makkaṭī yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ca attano vissāsikabhikkhusseva tesampi taṃ vikāraṃ dassesi.
“尾”指尾巴。“翘起”指朝向面前竖起。“示现根相”是指她以那样的方式、那样的动作,让他们知道行淫的意图。“彼比丘”指此精舍所属的比丘。“隐于一边”即隐藏于一处。显示巴利原文
Cheppanti naṅguṭṭhaṃ. Oḍḍīti abhimukhaṃ ṭhapesi. Nimittampi akāsīti yena niyāmena yāya kiriyāya methunādhippāyaṃ te jānanti taṃ akāsīti attho . So bhikkhūti yassāyaṃ vihāro. Ekamantaṃ nilīyiṃsūti ekasmiṃ okāse paṭicchannā acchiṃsu.
41 “是的,贤友。”犹如被当场擒获的盗贼,因被当面目睹而受指斥,无法说出“我做了什么”等话,只得说道:“是的,贤友。”“贤友,难道不正是那样吗?”意思是:贤友,如同对人类女性那样,难道对畜生道女性,此学处不也同样适用吗?因为对人类女性而言,见、捉、触、摸、碰皆是粗恶;对畜生道女性,同样皆是粗恶。此处有何差别?你正是在没有借口的地方寻找借口。显示巴利原文
41.Saccaṃ, āvusoti sahoḍḍhaggahito coro viya paccakkhaṃ disvā coditattā ‘‘kiṃ vā mayā kata’’ntiādīni vattuṃ asakkonto ‘‘saccaṃ, āvuso’’ti āha. Nanu, āvuso, tatheva taṃ hotīti āvuso yathā manussitthiyā, nanu tiracchānagatitthiyāpi taṃ sikkhāpadaṃ tatheva hoti. Manussitthiyāpi hi dassanampi gahaṇampi āmasanampi phusanampi ghaṭṭanampi duṭṭhullameva. Tiracchānagatitthiyāpi taṃ sabbaṃ duṭṭhullameva. Ko ettha viseso? Alesaṭṭhāne tvaṃ lesaṃ oḍḍesīti.
42 “乃至与畜生道女性行淫,亦成波罗夷,不共住。”意思是:即使与畜生道女性行淫法,亦成波罗夷。由此,世尊制定了更为严格的学处。学处有两种:世间所呵与制定所呵。其中,若在有心分的方面,其心唯是不善,即名为世间所呵;其余则为制定所呵。对于世间所呵,所生起的随制是约束、关闭门户、截断流注,使其更为严格。而“除增上慢、除梦中”等语,是因无犯且不计犯而说。对于制定所呵,在未作违犯时,所生起的随制是放松、解开、打开门户,并施设种种无犯,如同于众食、次第食等中的随制那样。而像“乃至刹那顷”一类的表述,则是在已作违犯时生起,故仅为随制性的。然而,这第一条学处因是世间所呵,非制定所呵,所以此随制乃是约束、关闭门户、截断流注,使其更为严格而生起。显示巴利原文
42.Antamaso tiracchānagatāyapi pārājiko hoti asaṃvāsoti tiracchānagatāyapi methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitvā pārājiko yeva hotīti daḷhataraṃ sikkhāpadamakāsi. Duvidhañhi sikkhāpadaṃ – lokavajjaṃ, paṇṇattivajjañca. Tattha yassa sacittakapakkhe cittaṃ akusalameva hoti, taṃ lokavajjaṃ nāma. Sesaṃ paṇṇattivajjaṃ. Tattha lokavajje anupaññatti uppajjamānā rundhantī dvāraṃ pidahantī sotaṃ pacchindamānā gāḷhataraṃ karontī uppajjati, aññatra adhimānā, aññatra supinantāti ayaṃ pana vītikkamābhāvā abbohārikattā ca vuttā. Paṇṇattivajje akate vītikkame uppajjamānā sithilaṃ karontī mocentī dvāraṃ dadamānā aparāparampi anāpattiṃ kurumānā uppajjati, gaṇabhojanaparamparabhojanādīsu anupaññattiyo viya. ‘‘Antamaso taṅkhaṇikāyapī’’ti evarūpā pana kate vītikkame uppannattā paññattigatikāva hoti. Idaṃ pana paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ yasmā lokavajjaṃ, na paṇṇattivajjaṃ; tasmā ayamanupaññatti rundhantī dvāraṃ pidahantī sotaṃ pacchindamānā gāḷhataraṃ karontī uppajji.
如此,合并两件事缘,以断除根本的方式使其更为严格。在制定第一波罗夷之后,又为了随制的目的,出现了瓦基子的事缘。为显示此事的出现,故说:“如是,此学处已由世尊为比丘们制定。”其意为:世尊为比丘们如此制定了此学处之后,又出现了另一件事缘。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ dvepi vatthūni sampiṇḍetvā mūlacchejjavasena daḷhataraṃ katvā paṭhamapārājike paññatte aparampi anupaññattatthāya vajjiputtakavatthu udapādi. Tassuppattidassanatthametaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘‘evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hotī’’ti . Tassattho – bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ evaṃ paññattaṃ hoti ca idañca aññampi vatthu udapādīti.
敷具诵分。显示巴利原文
Santhatabhāṇavāro
瓦基子事注释。显示巴利原文
Vajjiputtakavatthuvaṇṇanā
43-44 为说明当时所发生的另一件事,而说“那时”等。此处亦是对难解语句的注释:毗舍离人,即住在毗舍离的人。跋耆子,即跋耆国毗舍离城中家族之子。据说,教法中所有生起的灾祸、过患与不幸,一切都因跋耆子们而起。正如提婆达多也是在获得跋耆子们为党羽后,分裂了僧团。而且,正是在世尊般涅槃百年后,跋耆子们宣扬了非法、非律、非师教。这些人中的一部分,即使在学处已如此制定后,仍恣意受用……乃至……行了淫欲法。显示巴利原文
43-44. Idāni yaṃ taṃ aññampi vatthu uppannaṃ, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘tena kho pana samayenā’’tiādimāha. Tatrāpi ayamanuttānapadavaṇṇanā – vesālikāti vesālivāsino. Vajjiputtakāti vajjiraṭṭhe vesāliyaṃ kulānaṃ puttā. Sāsane kira yo yo upaddavo ādīnavo abbudamuppajji, sabbaṃ taṃ vajjiputtake nissāya. Tathā hi devadattopi vajjiputtake pakkhe labhitvā saṅghaṃ bhindi. Vajjiputtakā eva ca vassasataparinibbute bhagavati uddhammaṃ ubbinayaṃ satthusāsanaṃ dīpesuṃ. Imepi tesaṃ yeva ekacce evaṃ paññattepi sikkhāpade yāvadatthaṃ bhuñjiṃsu…pe… methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseviṃsūti.
“以亲属灾祸”此处,灾祸、不幸、离散、破坏、毁灭,这些都是同义词。亲属的灾祸即亲属灾祸。以彼亲属灾祸,意思是:以王罚、疾病、死亡、离别为因的亲属毁灭。第二句(以财富灾祸)也应如此理解。在第三句中,破坏健康的疾病本身就是疾病灾祸。因为它破坏、离散、毁灭健康,故为灾祸。疾病本身就是灾祸,即疾病灾祸,以彼疾病灾祸。“所触”即被侵袭、被压倒、被具足的意思。显示巴利原文
Ñātibyasanenapīti ettha asanaṃ byasanaṃ vikkhepo viddhaṃsanaṃ vināsoti sabbametaṃ ekatthaṃ. Ñātīnaṃ byasanaṃ ñātibyasanaṃ, tena ñātibyasanena, rājadaṇḍabyādhimaraṇavippavāsanimittena ñātivināsenāti attho. Esa nayo dutiyapadepi. Tatiyapade pana ārogyavināsako rogo eva rogabyasanaṃ. So hi ārogyaṃ byasati vikkhipati vināsetīti byasanaṃ. Rogova byasanaṃ rogabyasanaṃ, tena rogabyasanena. Phuṭṭhāti adhipannā abhibhūtā samannāgatāti attho.
“尊者阿难,我们不是呵佛者。”意思是:尊者阿难,我们不呵责佛陀,不归过于佛。我们不是呵法者,不是呵僧者。我们是自呵者,我们只呵责自己,归过于自己。“无祥”即无光辉。“少福”即福薄。“于善法修观者”:即对于三十八所缘中分别的善法,是那些善法的修观者;也就是说,从各各所缘出起后,观照那些法。“初夜后夜”:夜的前分为初夜,夜的后分为后夜,即初夜分和后夜分。“菩提分”:即属于菩提的方面,是阿罗汉道智的助益者。“修习随行”:即增长的随行。“我们应随行而住”:即舍弃在家障碍和住所障碍,在空闲的住处,专心一致,无其他事务而安住。显示巴利原文
Na mayaṃ, bhante ānanda, buddhagarahinoti bhante ānanda, mayaṃ na buddhaṃ garahāma, na buddhassa dosaṃ dema. Na dhammagarahino, na saṅghagarahino. Attagarahino mayanti attānameva mayaṃ garahāma, attano dosaṃ dema. Alakkhikāti nissirikā. Appapuññāti parittapuññā. Vipassakā kusalānaṃ dhammānanti ye aṭṭhatiṃsārammaṇesu vibhattā kusalā dhammā, tesaṃ vipassakā; tato tato ārammaṇato vuṭṭhāya teva dhamme vipassamānāti attho. Pubbarattāpararattanti rattiyā pubbaṃ pubbarattaṃ, rattiyā aparaṃ apararattaṃ, paṭhamayāmañca pacchimayāmañcāti vuttaṃ hoti. Bodhipakkhikānanti bodhissa pakkhe bhavānaṃ, arahattamaggañāṇassa upakārakānanti attho. Bhāvanānuyoganti vaḍḍhanānuyogaṃ. Anuyuttā vihareyyāmāti gihipalibodhaṃ āvāsapalibodhañca pahāya vivittesu senāsanesu yuttapayuttā anaññakiccā vihareyyāma.
“是的,贤友。”长老并不了解他们的心意,只是听了这番豪言之后心想:“如果他们真能如此,那倒很好。”于是应允道:“是的,贤友。”“这是无理由、无机会的。”这两句都是对理由的否定。所谓理由,即果依于彼而成立;所谓机会,也依于彼而成立,因此说“理由与机会”。否定它们而说:“阿难,这是无理由,亦无机会的。”意思是,这理由与这机会都不存在。也就是说,如来为了瓦基族等……而将已制者废除的理由是不存在的。倘若世尊对那些请求“请让我们得具足戒”的人给予了具足戒,那便会把已经制定的“是波罗夷,不共住”废除。然而,因为世尊并不废除,所以才说“这是无理由的”等语。显示巴利原文
Evamāvusoti thero etesaṃ āsayaṃ ajānanto idaṃ nesaṃ mahāgajjitaṃ sutvā ‘‘sace ime īdisā bhavissanti, sādhū’’ti maññamāno ‘‘evamāvuso’’ti sampaṭicchi. Aṭṭhānametaṃ anavakāsoti ubhayampetaṃ kāraṇapaṭikkhepavacanaṃ. Kāraṇañhi yasmā tattha tadāyattavuttibhāvena phalaṃ tiṭṭhati. Yasmā cassa taṃ okāso hoti tadāyattavuttibhāvena, tasmā ‘‘ṭhānañca avakāso cā’’ti vuccati, taṃ paṭikkhipanto āha – ‘‘aṭṭhānametaṃ, ānanda , anavakāso’’ti. Etaṃ ṭhānaṃ vā okāso vā natthi. Yaṃ tathāgatoti yena tathāgato vajjīnaṃ vā…pe… samūhaneyya, taṃ kāraṇaṃ natthīti attho. Yadi hi bhagavā etesaṃ ‘‘labheyyāma upasampada’’nti yācantānaṃ upasampadaṃ dadeyya, evaṃ sante ‘‘pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso’’ti paññattaṃ samūhaneyya. Yasmā panetaṃ na samūhanati, tasmā ‘‘aṭṭhānameta’’ntiādimāha.
那位来者不应被授予具足戒——世尊了知:“如此来者若获得具足戒,于教法中便无恭敬;然而若安住于沙弥地,既能生起恭敬,又能成就自利。”出于悲悯,世尊说:“那位来者不应被授予具足戒。”那位来者应被授予具足戒——世尊了知:“如此来者安住于比丘身份后,因戒行无缺而于教法中有恭敬,若得资具,不久将证得最上义。”因此说那位来者应被授予具足戒。显示巴利原文
So āgato na upasampādetabboti ‘‘yadi hi evaṃ āgato upasampadaṃ labheyya, sāsane agāravo bhaveyya. Sāmaṇerabhūmiyaṃ pana ṭhito sagāravo ca bhavissati, attatthañca karissatī’’ti ñatvā anukampamāno bhagavā āha – ‘‘so āgato na upasampādetabbo’’ti. So āgato upasampādetabboti evaṃ āgato bhikkhubhāve ṭhatvā avipannasīlatāya sāsane sagāravo bhavissati, so sati upanissaye nacirasseva uttamatthaṃ pāpuṇissatīti ñatvā upasampādetabboti āha.
如此,在显示了行淫法之后来者中不应受具足戒与应受具足戒的情形之后,为将三事合并圆满而制定学处,世尊说:“诸比丘,你们应如是诵此学处。”随后制定了完整的学处:“若比丘……乃至……不共住。”显示巴利原文
Evaṃ methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitvā āgatesu anupasampādetabbañca upasampādetabbañca dassetvā tīṇipi vatthūni samodhānetvā paripuṇṇaṃ katvā sikkhāpadaṃ paññapetukāmo ‘‘evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyāthā’’ti vatvā ‘‘yo pana bhikkhu…pe… asaṃvāso’’ti paripuṇṇaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapesi.
四种律论。显示巴利原文
Catubbidhavinayakathā
45 45. 现在,为了阐明其含义,他开始说:‘yo pana 者,即无论何种’等。然而,对于希求精通该学处、学处分别以及整个律判别的人来说,应当了知四种律——显示巴利原文
45. Idānissa atthaṃ vibhajanto ‘‘yo panāti, yo yādiso’’tiādimāha. Tasmiṃ pana sikkhāpade ca sikkhāpadavibhaṅge ca sakale ca vinayavinicchaye kosallaṃ patthayantena catubbidho vinayo jānitabbo –
具大神力的大长老们,
往昔的结集法者,曾将四种律提取并予以宣说。
显示巴利原文 Catubbidhañhi vinayaṃ, mahātherā mahiddhikā; Nīharitvā pakāsesuṃ, dhammasaṅgāhakā purā.
哪四种?即:经、随顺于经、师说、自意。对此,有言:‘以亲证之句、以意味、以师承、以己见。’其中,‘亲证之句’指经,‘意味’指随顺于经,‘师承’指师说,‘己见’指自意。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ catubbidhaṃ? Suttaṃ, suttānulomaṃ, ācariyavādaṃ, attanomatinti. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘āhaccapadena rasena ācariyavaṃsena adhippāyā’’ti, ettha hi āhaccapadanti suttaṃ adhippetaṃ, rasoti suttānulomaṃ, ācariyavaṃsoti ācariyavādo, adhippāyoti attanomati.
此处所谓“经”,即指整个律藏的巴利经文。显示巴利原文
Tattha suttaṃnāma sakale vinayapiṭake pāḷi.
“随顺于经”指四大教示,即世尊如此所说:“诸比丘,凡我未以‘此不许可’遮止者,若它随顺不许可者,而遮止许可者,则此于你们为不许可。诸比丘,凡我未以‘此不许可’遮止者,若它随顺许可者,而遮止不许可者,则此于你们为许可。诸比丘,凡我未以‘此许可’开许者,若它随顺不许可者,而遮止许可者,则此于你们为不许可。诸比丘,凡我未以‘此许可’开许者,若它随顺许可者,而遮止不许可者,则此于你们为许可。”显示巴利原文
Suttānulomaṃ nāma cattāro mahāpadesā; ye bhagavatā evaṃ vuttā – ‘‘yaṃ, bhikkhave , mayā ‘idaṃ na kappatī’ti appaṭikkhittaṃ, taṃ ce akappiyaṃ anulometi; kappiyaṃ paṭibāhati, taṃ vo na kappati. Yaṃ, bhikkhave, mayā ‘idaṃ na kappatī’ti appaṭikkhittaṃ, taṃ ce kappiyaṃ anulometi; akappiyaṃ paṭibāhati, taṃ vo kappati. Yaṃ, bhikkhave , mayā ‘idaṃ kappatī’ti ananuññātaṃ, taṃ ce akappiyaṃ anulometi, kappiyaṃ paṭibāhati; taṃ vo na kappati. Yaṃ, bhikkhave, mayā ‘idaṃ kappatī’ti ananuññātaṃ, taṃ ce kappiyaṃ anulometi, akappiyaṃ paṭibāhati; taṃ vo kappatī’’ti (mahāva. 305).
‘师说’是指由五百位结集法的阿拉汉所确立、脱离巴利原文而进行、包含判别裁决的注释书。显示巴利原文
Ācariyavādo nāma dhammasaṅgāhakehi pañcahi arahantasatehi ṭhapitā pāḷivinimuttā okkantavinicchayappavattā aṭṭhakathātanti.
‘自意’是指舍弃经、随顺经、师说之后,通过推理、以自己的觉慧、以理趣把握而提出的理由阐述。显示巴利原文
Attanomati nāma sutta-suttānuloma-ācariyavāde muñcitvā anumānena attano anubuddhiyā nayaggāhena upaṭṭhitākārakathanaṃ.
再者,一切在经、律、论注释书中出现的上座部说,也名为‘自意’。然而,持此自意而说者,不应怀坚固执取而说。应审察理由,将义与巴利、巴利与义相互比对后而说。自意应纳入师说中。若能在师说中纳入且相合,则可取;若既不能纳入也不相合,则不可取。因为此自意名为一切中最劣者。师说比自意更有力。显示巴利原文
Apica suttantābhidhammavinayaṭṭhakathāsu āgato sabbopi theravādo ‘‘attanomati’’ nāma. Taṃ pana attanomatiṃ gahetvā kathentena na daḷhaggāhaṃ gahetvā voharitabbaṃ. Kāraṇaṃ sallakkhetvā atthena pāḷiṃ, pāḷiyā ca atthaṃ saṃsanditvā kathetabbaṃ. Attanomati ācariyavāde otāretabbā. Sace tattha otarati ceva sameti ca, gahetabbā. Sace neva otarati na sameti, na gahetabbā. Ayañhi attanomati nāma sabbadubbalā. Attanomatito ācariyavādo balavataro.
师说亦应使其随顺于经。能如是融入且相合者,方可取用;不能者,不可取用。因为随顺于经比师说更有力。显示巴利原文
Ācariyavādopi suttānulome otāretabbo. Tattha otaranto samentoyeva gahetabbo, itaro na gahetabbo. Ācariyavādato hi suttānulomaṃ balavataraṃ.
随顺于经亦应纳入经中。能契入经中、与之相顺者,方可采信;否则不可采信。因为经本身比随顺于经更有力。经是不可逆转的,如同作羯磨的僧团,如同诸佛住世之时。因此,当两位比丘论议时,执己宗者依经而说,执他宗者依随顺于经。他们不应互相轻蔑或指责,而应将随顺于经纳入经中。若能契合相顺,则可采信;若不能,则不可采信,唯应立于经。又,若此人依经而说,另一人依师说,他们亦不应互相轻蔑或指责,而应将师说纳入经中。若能契合相顺,则可取;若不能,则此应受呵责的师说不可取,唯应立于经。显示巴利原文
Suttānulomampi sutte otāretabbaṃ. Tattha otarantaṃ samentameva gahetabbaṃ, itaraṃ na gahetabbaṃ. Suttānulomato hi suttameva balavataraṃ. Suttañhi appaṭivattiyaṃ kārakasaṅghasadisaṃ buddhānaṃ ṭhitakālasadisaṃ. Tasmā yadā dve bhikkhū sākacchanti, sakavādī suttaṃ gahetvā katheti, paravādī suttānulomaṃ. Tehi aññamaññaṃ khepaṃ vā garahaṃ vā akatvā suttānulomaṃ sutte otāretabbaṃ. Sace otarati sameti, gahetabbaṃ. No ce, na gahetabbaṃ; suttasmiṃyeva ṭhātabbaṃ. Athāyaṃ suttaṃ gahetvā katheti, paro ācariyavādaṃ. Tehipi aññamaññaṃ khepaṃ vā garahaṃ vā akatvā ācariyavādo sutte otāretabbo. Sace otarati sameti, gahetabbo. Anotaranto asamento ca gārayhācariyavādo na gahetabbo; suttasmiṃyeva ṭhātabbaṃ.
若此人依经而说,另一人依自意,他们亦不应互相轻蔑或指责,而应将自意纳入经中。若能契入相顺,则可取;若不能,则不可取,唯应立于经。显示巴利原文
Athāyaṃ suttaṃ gahetvā katheti, paro attanomatiṃ. Tehipi aññamaññaṃ khepaṃ vā garahaṃ vā akatvā attanomati sutte otāretabbā. Sace otarati sameti, gahetabbā. No ce, na gahetabbā. Suttasmiṃ yeva ṭhātabbaṃ.
然而,若此人依随顺于经而说,另一人则持经文。应将经文纳入随顺于经的范畴中审察。若能纳入且彼此契合,并明显为三次结集所登载、巴利语所传承者,则应采信。若不能如此明见,不能纳入且不契合,或是外道之经、偈颂,或其他应受呵责的典籍,如《密护方》、《密律》、《毗陀罗》等中所出者,则当不予采信。应唯独确立于随顺于经。显示巴利原文
Atha panāyaṃ suttānulomaṃ gahetvā katheti, paro suttaṃ. Suttaṃ suttānulome otāretabbaṃ. Sace otarati sameti, tisso saṅgītiyo ārūḷhaṃ pāḷiāgataṃ paññāyati, gahetabbaṃ. No ce tathā paññāyati na otarati na sameti, bāhirakasuttaṃ vā hoti siloko vā aññaṃ vā gārayhasuttaṃ guḷhavessantaraguḷhavinayavedallādīnaṃ aññatarato āgataṃ, na gahetabbaṃ. Suttānulomasmiṃyeva ṭhātabbaṃ.
若此人依随顺于经而说,另一人则持师说。应将师说纳入随顺于经的范畴中审察。若能纳入且彼此契合,则应采信;若不能,则当不予采信。应唯独确立于随顺于经。显示巴利原文
Athāyaṃ suttānulomaṃ gahetvā katheti, paro ācariyavādaṃ. Ācariyavādo suttānulome otāretabbo. Sace otarati sameti, gahetabbo. No ce, na gahetabbo. Suttānulomeyeva ṭhātabbaṃ.
若此人依随顺于经而说,另一人则持自意。应将自意纳入随顺于经的范畴中审察。若能纳入且彼此契合,则应采信;若不能,则当不予采信。应唯独确立于随顺于经。显示巴利原文
Athāyaṃ suttānulomaṃ gahetvā katheti, paro attanomatiṃ. Attanomati suttānulome otāretabbā. Sace otarati sameti, gahetabbā. No ce, na gahetabbā. Suttānulomeyeva ṭhātabbaṃ.
又,此人执取师说而作讲述,对方则举出经文。应将经文与师说加以对照。若相符一致,则可以接受。其余应受呵责的经文,则不应接受。应唯依止于师说。显示巴利原文
Atha panāyaṃ ācariyavādaṃ gahetvā katheti, paro suttaṃ. Suttaṃ ācariyavāde otāretabbaṃ. Sace otarati sameti, gahetabbaṃ. Itaraṃ gārayhasuttaṃ na gahetabbaṃ. Ācariyavādeyeva ṭhātabbaṃ.
又,此人执取师说而作讲述,对方则举出随顺经教。应将随顺经教与师说加以对照。若相符一致,则可以接受;其余的则不应接受。应唯依止于师说。显示巴利原文
Athāyaṃ ācariyavādaṃ gahetvā katheti, paro suttānulomaṃ. Suttānulomaṃ ācariyavāde otāretabbaṃ. Otarantaṃ samentameva gahetabbaṃ, itaraṃ na gahetabbaṃ. Ācariyavādeyeva ṭhātabbaṃ.
又,此人执取师说而作讲述,对方则举出自己的见解。当将此见解置于师说中加以对照。若相符一致,则可以接受;否则,不应接受。应唯依止于师说。显示巴利原文
Athāyaṃ ācariyavādaṃ gahetvā katheti, paro attanomatiṃ. Attanomati ācariyavāde otāretabbā. Sace otarati sameti, gahetabbā. No ce, na gahetabbā. Ācariyavādeyeva ṭhātabbaṃ.
再者,此人执持自己的见解而说法,对方则举出经文。应将经文与自己的见解相会通。如果会通契合,则可接受;其他可呵责的经文则不应接受。唯应依止于自己的见解。显示巴利原文
Atha panāyaṃ attanomatiṃ gahetvā katheti, paro suttaṃ. Suttaṃ attanomatiyaṃ otāretabbaṃ. Sace otarati sameti, gahetabbaṃ. Itaraṃ gārayhasuttaṃ na gahetabbaṃ. Attanomatiyameva ṭhātabbaṃ.
再者,此人执持自己的见解而说法,对方则举出随顺经教。应将随顺经教与自己的见解相会通。如果会通契合,则可接受;否则不应接受。唯应依止于自己的见解。显示巴利原文
Athāyaṃ attanomatiṃ gahetvā katheti, paro suttānulomaṃ. Suttānulomaṃ attanomatiyaṃ otāretabbaṃ. Otarantaṃ samentameva gahetabbaṃ, itaraṃ na gahetabbaṃ. Attanomatiyameva ṭhātabbaṃ.
再者,此人执持自己的见解而说法,对方则举出师说。应将师说与自己的见解相会通。如果会通契合,则可接受;否则,可呵责的师说不应接受。唯应依止于自己的见解。应将自己的执取视为更有力。一切情况下,不应有轻蔑或呵责。显示巴利原文
Athāyaṃ attanomatiṃ gahetvā katheti, paro ācariyavādaṃ. Ācariyavādo attanomatiyaṃ otāretabbo. Sace otarati sameti, gahetabbo; itaro gārayhācariyavādo na gahetabbo. Attanomatiyameva ṭhātabbaṃ. Attano gahaṇameva baliyaṃ kātabbaṃ. Sabbaṭṭhānesu ca khepo vā garahā vā na kātabbāti.
又,此人执持‘如法’而说,对方却说‘不如法’。应当对照经与随顺经教。若是如法,便应依止于如法;若是不如法,便应依止于不如法。显示巴利原文
Atha panāyaṃ ‘‘kappiya’’nti gahetvā katheti, paro ‘‘akappiya’’nti. Sutte ca suttānulome ca otāretabbaṃ. Sace kappiyaṃ hoti, kappiye ṭhātabbaṃ. Sace akappiyaṃ, akappiye ṭhātabbaṃ.
又,此人从经中展示众多成立如法性的理由与抉择,对方却找不到理由,则应依止于如法。若对方从经中展示众多成立不如法性的理由与抉择,此人不应执持‘这是我的执取’而固执不舍,应认可‘善哉’而接受,依止于不如法。若双方皆见理由之影,则以被遮止者为善,应依止于不如法。因为涉及律时,在如法与不如法的思择中,应加以约束,应严格,应截断流注,应依止于重处。显示巴利原文
Athāyaṃ tassa kappiyabhāvasādhakaṃ suttato bahuṃ kāraṇañca vinicchayañca dasseti, paro kāraṇaṃ na vindati. Kappiyeva ṭhātabbaṃ. Atha paro tassa akappiyabhāvasādhakaṃ suttato bahuṃ kāraṇañca vinicchayañca dasseti, anena attano gahaṇanti katvā daḷhaṃ ādāya na ṭhātabbaṃ. ‘‘Sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchitvā akappiyeva ṭhātabbaṃ. Atha dvinnampi kāraṇacchāyā dissati, paṭikkhittabhāvoyeva sādhu, akappiye ṭhātabbaṃ. Vinayañhi patvā kappiyākappiyavicāraṇamāgamma rundhitabbaṃ, gāḷhaṃ kattabbaṃ, sotaṃ pacchinditabbaṃ, garukabhāveyeva ṭhātabbaṃ.
又,此人执持‘不如法’而说,对方却说‘如法’。应当对照经与随顺经教。若是如法,便应依止于如法;若是不如法,便应依止于不如法。显示巴利原文
Atha panāyaṃ ‘‘akappiya’’nti gahetvā katheti, paro ‘‘kappiya’’nti. Sutte ca suttānulome ca otāretabbaṃ. Sace kappiyaṃ hoti, kappiye ṭhātabbaṃ. Sace akappiyaṃ, akappiye ṭhātabbaṃ.
又,若此人以众多经教与抉择的依据,指出此事为不许可,而对方找不到依据,便应依止于不许可。若对方以众多经教与抉择的依据,指出此事为许可,而此人找不到依据,便应依止于许可。若双方皆稍见理据之影,则不应放弃自己的见地。正如在‘许可与不许可’、‘不许可与许可’的抉择中所说,在‘无犯与有犯’、‘有犯与无犯’以及‘轻犯与重犯’、‘重犯与轻犯’的抉择中,也应如此了知。此处仅名称有别,而其联系之理则无别,故不详述。显示巴利原文
Athāyaṃ bahūhi suttavinicchayakāraṇehi akappiyabhāvaṃ dasseti, paro kāraṇaṃ na vindati, akappiye ṭhātabbaṃ. Atha paro bahūhi suttavinicchayakāraṇehi kappiyabhāvaṃ dasseti, ayaṃ kāraṇaṃ na vindati, kappiye ṭhātabbaṃ. Atha dvinnampi kāraṇacchāyā dissati, attano gahaṇaṃ na vissajjetabbaṃ. Yathā cāyaṃ kappiyākappiye akappiyakappiye ca vinicchayo vutto; evaṃ anāpattiāpattivāde āpattānāpattivāde ca, lahukagarukāpattivāde garukalahukāpattivāde cāpi vinicchayo veditabbo. Nāmamattaṃyeva hi ettha nānaṃ, yojanānaye nānaṃ natthi, tasmā na vitthāritaṃ.
如是,当有关许可或不许可等的抉择生起时,于经、随经教、师说和自见中,哪一方获得更多的理由,便应依止其说。然而,若全然无法获得任何理由与抉择,则不应舍弃经,惟当依止于经。如此,若欲于这些学处、学处分别乃至整个律的抉择中成就善巧,即应了知这四种律。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ kappiyākappiyādivinicchaye uppanne yo sutta-suttānulomaācariyavādaattanomatīsu atirekakāraṇaṃ labhati, tassa vāde ṭhātabbaṃ. Sabbaso pana kāraṇaṃ vinicchayaṃ alabhantena suttaṃ na jahitabbaṃ, suttasmiṃyeva ṭhātabbanti. Evaṃ tasmiṃ sikkhāpade ca sikkhāpadavibhaṅge ca sakale ca vinayavinicchaye kosallaṃ patthayantena ayaṃ catubbidho vinayo jānitabbo.
而且,即使了知此四种律,持律者亦应具备三相。因为持律者应具有三种特征。哪三种?'于彼,经善来、善转、善抉择,从经与随文',此为一相。'于律,确然安住,不动摇',此为第二相。'于彼,师师相承,善执持、善作意、善受持',此为第三相。显示巴利原文
Imañca pana catubbidhaṃ vinayaṃ ñatvāpi vinayadharena puggalena tilakkhaṇasamannāgatena bhavitabbaṃ. Tīṇi hi vinayadharassa lakkhaṇāni icchitabbāni. Katamāni tīṇi? ‘‘Suttañcassa svāgataṃ hoti suppavatti suvinicchitaṃ suttato anubyañjanato’’ti idamekaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ. ‘‘Vinaye kho pana ṭhito hoti asaṃhīro’’ti idaṃ dutiyaṃ. ‘‘Ācariyaparamparā kho panassa suggahitā hoti sumanasikatā sūpadhāritā’’ti idaṃ tatiyaṃ.
其中,“经”指整个律藏。“经善来”者,是指善巧地掌握。“善转”者,即善巧地运转、熟稔、背诵、善加抉择。“依经与随文”者,即从巴利圣典、从问难、从注释中善加抉择,断除疑惑而受持。显示巴利原文
Tattha suttaṃ nāma sakalaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ. Tañcassa svāgataṃ hotīti suṭṭhu āgataṃ. Suppavattīti suṭṭhu pavattaṃ paguṇaṃ vācuggataṃ suvinicchitaṃ. Suttato anubyañjanatoti pāḷito ca paripucchato ca aṭṭhakathāto ca suvinicchitaṃ hoti, kaṅkhacchedaṃ katvā uggahitaṃ.
所谓“住立于律”,是指以具惭耻心而住立于律。因为无惭者即使多闻,也会因看重利养而歪曲法脉,宣扬非法非律、背离师教,在教法中造成巨大祸害,甚至引发僧团分裂与僧团纷争。然而,具惭者常怀愧悔,乐求于戒学,纵为活命亦不歪曲法脉,唯阐明法与律,尊重师教而安立。正如过去大长老们曾三度发出此言:“未来,具惭者将守护,具惭者将守护,具惭者将守护。”如此,凡具惭者,不舍离律、不逾越律,以具惭耻心而住立于律,即是善安住。所谓“不可动摇”:可动摇者,是指当被问及巴利或注释、前后文句次第时,支吾闪烁、不能安住,随对方所言而转,弃舍自说而取他说。反之,若被问及时,不支吾、不闪烁,如同以镊子拈取每根毛一般回答:“我们如此说,我们的阿阇梨如此说”;其巴利及巴利之决断,犹如置于金器中的狮子脂,不损耗、不枯竭而安住,此人即称为“不可动摇”。显示巴利原文
Vinaye kho pana ṭhito hotīti vinaye lajjībhāvena patiṭṭhito hoti. Alajjī hi bahussutopi samāno lābhagarutāya tantiṃ visaṃvādetvā uddhammaṃ ubbinayaṃ satthusāsanaṃ dīpetvā sāsane mahantaṃ upaddavaṃ karoti. Saṅghabhedampi saṅgharājimpi uppādeti. Lajjī pana kukkuccako sikkhākāmo jīvitahetupi tantiṃ avisaṃvādetvā dhammameva vinayameva ca dīpeti, satthusāsanaṃ garuṃ katvā ṭhapeti. Tathā hi pubbe mahātherā tikkhattuṃ vācaṃ nicchāresuṃ – ‘‘anāgate lajjī rakkhissati, lajjī rakkhissati, lajjī rakkhissatī’’ti. Evaṃ yo lajjī, so vinayaṃ avijahanto avokkamanto lajjībhāvena vinaye ṭhito hoti suppatiṭṭhitoti. Asaṃhīroti saṃhīro nāma yo pāḷiyaṃ vā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vā heṭṭhato vā uparito vā padapaṭipāṭiyā vā pucchiyamāno vitthunati vipphandati santiṭṭhituṃ na sakkoti; yaṃ yaṃ parena vuccati taṃ taṃ anujānāti; sakavādaṃ chaḍḍetvā paravādaṃ gaṇhāti. Yo pana pāḷiyaṃ vā aṭṭhakathāya vā heṭṭhupariyena vā padapaṭipāṭiyā vā pucchiyamāno na vitthunati na vipphandati, ekekalomaṃ saṇḍāsena gaṇhanto viya ‘‘evaṃ mayaṃ vadāma; evaṃ no ācariyā vadantī’’ti vissajjeti; yamhi pāḷi ca pāḷivinicchayo ca suvaṇṇabhājane pakkhittasīhavasā viya parikkhayaṃ pariyādānaṃ agacchanto tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ vuccati ‘‘asaṃhīro’’ti.
所谓“师承善持”,是指他善持长老传承、世系传承。“善作意”者,即善加作意,刚一作意便如点燃的灯般明亮。“善受持”者,即善加受持,从前后关联、义理及理由等方面善加受持;他舍弃己见,依阿阇梨之清净而说:“我的阿阇梨从某阿阇梨处学得,那位又从某处学得”,如此引出一切师承、上座部教说,直至追溯到优波离长老从正自觉者处学得而安立。由此再引出:优波离长老从正自觉者处学得,陀娑迦长老从其戒师优波离长老处学得,索那迦长老从其戒师陀娑迦长老处学得,私伽婆长老从其戒师索那迦长老处学得,目犍连子帝须长老从其戒师私伽婆长老及旃陀跋耆族长老处学得。如此引出一切师承、上座部教说,追溯至自己的阿阇梨而安立。如此学得师承,即是善持。若不能如此,至少也应学得二、三转。以最简略的方式,应了知阿阇梨及阿阇梨之阿阇梨如何说巴利及问难。显示巴利原文
Ācariyaparamparā kho panassa suggahitā hotīti theraparamparā vaṃsaparamparā cassa suu gahitā hoti. Sumanasikatāti suṭṭhu manasikatā; āvajjitamatte ujjalitapadīpo viya hoti. Sūpadhāritāti suṭṭhu upadhāritā pubbāparānusandhito atthato kāraṇato ca upadhāritā; attano matiṃ pahāya ācariyasuddhiyā vattā hoti ‘‘mayhaṃ ācariyo asukācariyassa santike uggaṇhi, so asukassā’’ti evaṃ sabbaṃ ācariyaparamparaṃ theravādaṅgaṃ āharitvā yāva upālitthero sammāsambuddhassa santike uggaṇhīti pāpetvā ṭhapeti. Tatopi āharitvā upālitthero sammāsambuddhassa santike uggaṇhi, dāsakatthero attano upajjhāyassa upālittherassa, soṇakatthero attano upajjhāyassa dāsakattherassa, siggavatthero attano upajjhāyassa soṇakattherassa, moggaliputtatissatthero attano upajjhāyassa siggavattherassa caṇḍavajjittherassa cāti. Evaṃ sabbaṃ ācariyaparamparaṃ theravādaṅgaṃ āharitvā attano ācariyaṃ pāpetvā ṭhapeti. Evaṃ uggahitā hi ācariyaparamparā suggahitā hoti. Evaṃ asakkontena pana avassaṃ dve tayo parivaṭṭā uggahetabbā. Sabbapacchimena hi nayena yathā ācariyo ca ācariyācariyo ca pāḷiñca paripucchañca vadanti, tathā ñātuṃ vaṭṭati.
再者,具足此三种特相的持律者,当僧团为裁决事案而集会,事案已被提出,举罪者与被举罪者各各陈述之后,不应仓促裁决,而应先审察六处。哪六处?应审察事案,应审察总纲,应审察句分别,应审察三法分类,应审察中间罪,应审察无罪。显示巴利原文
Imehi ca pana tīhi lakkhaṇehi samannāgatena vinayadharena vatthuvinicchayatthaṃ sannipatite saṅghe otiṇṇe vatthusmiṃ codakena ca cuditakena ca vutte vattabbe sahasā avinicchinitvāva cha ṭhānāni oloketabbāni. Katamāni cha? Vatthu oloketabbaṃ, mātikā oloketabbā, padabhājanīyaṃ oloketabbaṃ, tikaparicchedo oloketabbo, antarāpatti oloketabbā, anāpatti oloketabbāti.
在审察事案时,他见到“应以草或叶遮蔽而来,绝不应裸身而来;若裸身而来者,犯恶作”这样的某一种罪。他便援引该经,以平息此诤事。显示巴利原文
Vatthuṃ olokentopi hi ‘‘tiṇena vā paṇṇena vā paṭicchādetvā āgantabbaṃ, na tveva naggena āgantabbaṃ; yo āgaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (pārā. 517) evaṃ ekaccaṃ āpattiṃ passati. So taṃ suttaṃ ānetvā taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamessati.
在审察总纲时,他依“故意妄语者,波逸提”等方法,见到五类罪中的某一种罪,他便援引该经,以平息此诤事。显示巴利原文
Mātikaṃ olokentopi ‘‘sampajānamusāvāde pācittiya’’ntiādinā (pāci. 2) nayena pañcannaṃ āpattīnaṃ aññataraṃ āpattiṃ passati, so taṃ suttaṃ ānetvā taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamessati.
在审阅《句分别》时,他依“身体未坏而行不净行者,波罗夷;身体大部分已坏而行不净行者,偷兰遮”等方法(其义相同),见到七种罪中的某一罪,便从《句分别》中引经,以平息此诤事。显示巴利原文
Padabhājanīyaṃ olokentopi ‘‘akkhayite sarīre methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati, āpatti pārājikassa. Yebhuyyena khayite sarīre methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati, āpatti thullaccayassā’’tiādinā (pārā. 59 ādayo, atthato samānaṃ) nayena sattannaṃ āpattīnaṃ aññataraṃ āpattiṃ passati, so padabhājanīyato suttaṃ ānetvā taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamessati.
在审阅三法分别时,他见到“三法桑喀地谢沙”、“三法波逸提”、“三法恶作”,或在三法分别中见到某一罪,便从彼处引经,以平息此诤事。显示巴利原文
Tikaparicchedaṃ olokentopi tikasaṅghādisesaṃ vā tikapācittiyaṃ vā tikadukkaṭaṃ vā aññataraṃ vā āpattiṃ tikaparicchede passati, so tato suttaṃ ānetvā taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamessati.
在审阅中间罪时,他见到如“接受逆风之物,恶作”那样,存在于诸学处之间的中间罪,便引该经,以平息此诤事。显示巴利原文
Antarāpattiṃ olokentopi ‘‘paṭilātaṃ ukkhipati, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (pāci. 355) evaṃ yā sikkhāpadantaresu antarāpatti hoti taṃ passati, so taṃ suttaṃ ānetvā taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamessati.
当他审察无罪时,见到诸学处中分别开示的无罪情况,即:“比丘若不贪著者无罪,无盗心者无罪,无杀意者无罪,无令出房意者无罪,无释放意者无罪,非故意者无罪,失念者无罪,无知者无罪”等。他便引用这段经文以平息该诤事。显示巴利原文
Anāpattiṃ olokentopi ‘‘anāpatti bhikkhu asādiyantassa, atheyyacittassa, na maraṇādhippāyassa, anullapanādhippāyassa, na mocanādhippāyassa, asañcicca, assatiyā, ajānantassā’’ti (pārā. 72 ādayo) evaṃ tasmiṃ tasmiṃ sikkhāpade niddiṭṭhaṃ anāpattiṃ passati, so taṃ suttaṃ ānetvā taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamessati.
若有比丘精通四种律、具足三相,观察此六处后平息诤事,他的判决便不可推翻,犹如佛陀亲自坐下判决一般。若有比丘违犯某条学处后,来到这位善巧判决的比丘面前,询问自己心中的不安。该比丘应善加审察后,若是无犯,便说“无犯”;若是有犯,便说“有犯”;若该罪可依发露而得灭除,则说“可依发露而灭”;若可依出罪而得灭除,则说“可依出罪而灭”。然而,若见到有波罗夷罪的迹象,则暂时不应说“波罗夷罪”。何以故?因为淫欲法的违犯与上人法的违犯是粗重的。而偷盗与杀人的违犯则是微细、心轻的。他以微细的方式违犯,也以微细的方式守护,因此,当被特别就此事所生之不安询问时,不应说“有罪”。若他有亲教师住世,这位比丘应被派遣,对他说:“去问我们的亲教师吧。”若他回来说:“你们的亲教师依经教和理趣观察后,对我说‘此事可救’”,那位比丘便应对他说:“善哉!甚好!亲教师如何说,你便如何做。”若他没有亲教师,但有共同学习的上座,则应差遣他到那位上座处,说:“与我们一同学习的上座是大众之首,去问他吧。”当那位上座也判决为“可救治”……显示巴利原文
Yo hi bhikkhu catubbidhavinayakovido tilakkhaṇasampanno imāni cha ṭhānāni oloketvā adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamessati, tassa vinicchayo appaṭivattiyo, buddhena sayaṃ nisīditvā vinicchitasadiso hoti. Taṃ cevaṃ vinicchayakusalaṃ bhikkhuṃ koci katasikkhāpadavītikkamo bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā attano kukkuccaṃ puccheyya; tena sādhukaṃ sallakkhetvā sace anāpatti hoti, ‘‘anāpattī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Sace pana āpatti hoti, ‘‘āpattī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Sā desanāgāminī ce, ‘‘desanāgāminī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Vuṭṭhānagāminī ce, ‘‘vuṭṭhānagāminī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Athassa pārājikacchāyā dissati, ‘‘pārājikāpattī’’ti na tāva vattabbaṃ. Kasmā? Methunadhammavītikkamo hi uttarimanussadhammavītikkamo ca oḷāriko. Adinnādānamanussaviggahavītikkamā pana sukhumā cittalahukā. Te sukhumeneva āpajjati , sukhumena rakkhati, tasmā visesena taṃvatthukaṃ kukkuccaṃ pucchiyamāno ‘‘āpattī’’ti avatvā sacassa ācariyo dharati, tato tena so bhikkhu ‘‘amhākaṃ ācariyaṃ pucchā’’ti pesetabbo. Sace so puna āgantvā ‘‘tumhākaṃ ācariyo suttato nayato oloketvā ‘satekiccho’ti maṃ āhā’’ti vadati, tato anena so ‘‘sādhu suṭṭhu yaṃ ācariyo bhaṇati taṃ karohī’’ti vattabbo. Atha panassa ācariyo natthi, saddhiṃ uggahitatthero pana atthi, tassa santikaṃ pesetabbo – ‘‘amhehi saha uggahitatthero gaṇapāmokkho, taṃ gantvā pucchā’’ti. Tenāpi ‘‘satekiccho’’ti vinicchite ‘‘sādhu suṭṭhu tassa vacanaṃ karohī’’ti vattabbo. Atha saddhiṃ uggahitattheropi natthi, antevāsiko paṇḍito atthi, tassa santikaṃ pesetabbo – ‘‘asukadaharaṃ gantvā pucchā’’ti. Tenāpi ‘‘satekiccho’’ti vinicchite ‘‘sādhu suṭṭhu tassa vacanaṃ karohī’’ti vattabbo. Atha daharassāpi pārājikacchāyāva upaṭṭhāti, tenāpi ‘‘pārājikosī’’ti na vattabbo. Dullabho hi buddhuppādo, tato dullabhatarā pabbajjā ca upasampadā ca. Evaṃ pana vattabbo – ‘‘vivittaṃ okāsaṃ sammajjitvā divāvihāraṃ nisīditvā sīlāni sodhetvā dvattiṃsākāraṃ tāva manasi karohī’’ti. Sace tassa arogaṃ sīlaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ ghaṭayati, saṅkhārā pākaṭā hutvā upaṭṭhahanti, upacārappanāppattaṃ viya cittampi ekaggaṃ hoti, divasaṃ atikkantampi na jānāti. So divasātikkame upaṭṭhānaṃ āgato evaṃ vattabbo – ‘‘kīdisā te cittappavattī’’ti. Ārocitāya cittappavattiyā vattabbo – ‘‘pabbajjā nāma cittavisuddhatthāya, appamatto samaṇadhammaṃ karohī’’ti.
然而,若他的戒行已破,业处便无法运作,他的心如同被刺棒驱赶而摇摆不定,被追悔之火焚烧,犹如坐在烧热的石板上,即刻便会起身。他回来之后,应被询问:“你的心念如何?”当他陈述心念的状况后,应对他说:“对于造作恶业者,世间并无隐秘。因为最初造恶时,自己便知;随后,守护神、具他心通者、沙门婆罗门及诸天亦皆知。现在,你自己去寻求安稳吧。”显示巴利原文
Yassa pana sīlaṃ bhinnaṃ hoti, tassa kammaṭṭhānaṃ na ghaṭayati, patodābhitunnaṃ viya cittaṃ vikampati, vippaṭisāragginā ḍayhati, tattapāsāṇe nisinno viya taṅkhaṇaññeva vuṭṭhāti. So āgato ‘‘kā te cittappavattī’’ti pucchitabbo. Ārocitāya cittappavattiyā ‘‘natthi loke raho nāma pāpakammaṃ pakubbato. Sabbapaṭhamañhi pāpaṃ karonto attanā jānāti, athassa ārakkhadevatā paracittavidū samaṇabrāhmaṇā aññā ca devatā jānanti, tvaṃyeva dāni tava sotthiṃ pariyesāhī’’ti vattabbo.
比丘词分别释义的注解。显示巴利原文
Bhikkhupadabhājanīyavaṇṇanā
现在,我们将解释学处分别的意义。所谓“若有”等,即“若何等人”等语。其中,“若有”是所要分别的词语;“若何等人”等则是分别它的词语。而在这里,“然”字仅是语助词,“若”字是实义词,且不限定地指示人,故为显示其义,便直接以“若”字作不限定的人称。因此,此处应如此理解:“若有”即是“无论何人”。既然“无论何人”必然依性别、结合、种姓、名字、姓氏、戒行、住处、行境、年龄等方式而被认知,为令明了此点,进而展示各别类别,故说“若何等人”等语。其中,“若何等人”乃依性别,不论其人如何:或高或矮,或黑或白,或黄褐肤色,或消瘦或肥胖,此即其义。“随其结合”乃依事务,不论与何事结合:或与新作事务相结合,或与诵习相结合,或与住持职责相结合,此即其义。“随其种姓”乃依生种,不论何种出身:或刹帝利,或婆罗门,或吠舍,或首陀罗,此即其义。“随其名字”乃依名字,不论取何名:或名“佛护”,或名“法护”,或名“僧护”,此即其义。“随其姓氏”者,显示巴利原文
Idāni sikkhāpadavibhaṅgassa atthaṃ vaṇṇayissāma. Yaṃ vuttaṃ yo panāti yo yādisotiādi. Ettha yo panāti vibhajitabbapadaṃ; yo yādisotiādīni tassa vibhajanapadāni. Ettha ca yasmā panāti nipātamattaṃ; yoti atthapadaṃ; tañca aniyamena puggalaṃ dīpeti, tasmā tassa atthaṃ dassento aniyamena puggaladīpakaṃ yo saddameva āha. Tasmā ettha evamattho veditabbo – yo panāti yo yokocīti vuttaṃ hoti. Yasmā pana yo yokoci nāma, so avassaṃ liṅga-yutta-jāti-nāma-gotta-sīla-vihāra-gocaravayesu ekenākārena paññāyati, tasmā taṃ tathā ñāpetuṃ taṃ pabhedaṃ pakāsento ‘‘yādiso’’tiādimāha. Tattha yādisoti liṅgavasena yādiso vā tādiso vā hotu; dīgho vā rasso vā kāḷo vā odāto vā maṅguracchavi vā kiso vā thūlo vāti attho. Yathāyuttoti yogavasena yena vā tena vā yutto hotu; navakammayutto vā uddesayutto vā vāsadhurayutto vāti attho. Yathājaccoti jātivasena yaṃjacco vā taṃjacco vā hotu; khattiyo vā brāhmaṇo vā vesso vā suddo vāti attho. Yathānāmoti nāmavasena yathānāmo vā tathānāmo vā hotu; buddharakkhito vā dhammarakkhito vā saṅgharakkhito vāti attho. Yathāgottoti gottavasena yathāgotto vā tathāgotto vā yena vā tena vā gottena hotu; kaccāyano vā vāsiṭṭho vā kosiyo vāti attho. Yathāsīloti sīlesu yathāsīlo vā tathāsīlo vā hotu; navakammasīlo vā uddesasīlo vā vāsadhurasīlo vāti attho. Yathāvihārīti vihāresupi yathāvihārī vā tathāvihārī vā hotu; navakammavihārī vā uddesavihārī vā vāsadhuravihārī vāti attho. Yathāgocaroti gocaresupi yathāgocaro vā tathāgocaro vā hotu; navakammagocaro vā uddesagocaro vā vāsadhuragocaro vāti attho. Thero vāti ādīsu vayovuḍḍhādīsu yo vā so vā hotu; paripuṇṇadasavassatāya thero vā ūnapañcavassatāya navo vā atirekapañcavassatāya majjhimo vāti attho. Atha kho sabbova imasmiṃ atthe eso vuccati ‘‘yo panā’’ti.
在“比丘”的解释中,“bhikkhati”意为乞求者;无论得或不得,皆以圣洁的乞求而行乞,这是其含义。因随佛等尊行乞食之行,故称“已接受乞食行者”。凡任何人,舍弃或小或大的财富,离家而出家为非家者,他舍弃靠农耕、牧牛等方式谋生,仅凭接受僧相,便成为已接受乞食行者,故为比丘。或由于生活依赖他人,虽在寺院中食用集体供养的食物,也是已接受乞食行者,故为比丘;或因依止团食而出家,生起精进力,也是已接受乞食行者,故为比丘。穿着因价值、触感、颜色而被破坏的布,故为“穿破布者”。其中,因刀剪裁割造成的价值破坏应当了知。即使价值千金的布,若被刀剪成片,其价值便被破坏,甚至不值原价的一半。因线缝合造成的触感破坏应当了知。即使触感舒适的布,若被线缝合,其触感便被破坏,变得粗糙。因针、垢等造成的颜色破坏应当了知。即使极为洁净的布,从针线活开始,因针垢、手上的汗渍尘垢,以及最后染色等,其颜色便被破坏,失去原本的色泽。如此,因三种方式穿着被破坏的布,故为“穿”显示巴利原文
Bhikkhuniddese bhikkhatīti bhikkhako; labhanto vā alabhanto vā ariyāya yācanāya yācatīti attho. Buddhādīhi ajjhupagataṃ bhikkhācariyaṃ ajjhupagatattā bhikkhācariyaṃ ajjhupagato nāma. Yo hi koci appaṃ vā mahantaṃ vā bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito, so kasigorakkhādīhi jīvikakappanaṃ hitvā liṅgasampaṭicchaneneva bhikkhācariyaṃ ajjhupagatoti bhikkhu. Parapaṭibaddhajīvikattā vā vihāramajjhe kājabhattaṃ bhuñjamānopi bhikkhācariyaṃ ajjhupagatoti bhikkhu; piṇḍiyālopabhojanaṃ nissāya pabbajjāya ussāhajātattā vā bhikkhācariyaṃ ajjhupagatoti bhikkhu. Agghaphassavaṇṇabhedena bhinnaṃ paṭaṃ dhāretīti bhinnapaṭadharo. Tattha satthakacchedanena agghabhedo veditabbo. Sahassagghanakopi hi paṭo satthakena khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṃ chinno bhinnaggho hoti. Purimagghato upaḍḍhampi na agghati. Suttasaṃsibbanena phassabhedo veditabbo. Sukhasamphassopi hi paṭo suttehi saṃsibbito bhinnaphasso hoti. Kharasamphassataṃ pāpuṇāti. Sūcimalādīhi vaṇṇabhedo veditabbo. Suparisuddhopi hi paṭo sūcikammato paṭṭhāya sūcimalena, hatthasedamalajallikāhi, avasāne rajanakappakaraṇehi ca bhinnavaṇṇo hoti; pakativaṇṇaṃ vijahati. Evaṃ tīhākārehi bhinnapaṭadhāraṇato bhinnapaṭadharoti bhikkhu. Gihivatthavisabhāgānaṃ vā kāsāvānaṃ dhāraṇamatteneva bhinnapaṭadharoti bhikkhu.
“依通称”:即依施设、依惯用语。确实,有些人仅凭通称便被认知为“比丘”。例如,在邀请等场合计算比丘人数时,连沙弥也计入,便说“一百位比丘,一千位比丘”。
“依自称”:即依自己的宣称。确实,有些人也凭自称而被认知为“比丘”。应如此看待这种情形:如有人问“谁在这里?”答“贤友,我是比丘”等,这便是阿难陀长老所开示的如法自称。然而,若于夜间有破戒恶行比丘迎面走来,被问“谁在这里?”时,他也会以不如法、虚假的自称说“我们是比丘”。显示巴利原文
Samaññāyāti paññattiyā vohārenāti attho. Samaññāya eva hi ekacco ‘‘bhikkhū’’ti paññāyati. Tathā hi nimantanādimhi bhikkhūsu gaṇiyamānesu sāmaṇerepi gahetvā ‘‘sataṃ bhikkhū sahassaṃ bhikkhū’’ti vadanti. Paṭiññāyāti attano paṭijānanena paṭiññāyapi hi ekacco ‘‘bhikkhū’’ti paññāyati. Tassa ‘‘ko etthāti? Ahaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhū’’ti (a. ni. 10.96) evamādīsu sambhavo daṭṭhabbo . Ayaṃ pana ānandattherena vuttā dhammikā paṭiññā. Rattibhāge pana dussīlāpi paṭipathaṃ āgacchantā ‘‘ko etthā’’ti vutte adhammikāya paṭiññāya abhūtāya ‘‘mayaṃ bhikkhū’’ti vadanti.
「善来,比丘」:所谓「善来比丘」,是指仅凭世尊一句「善来,比丘」之言,便获得比丘身份、成就善来比丘具足戒的人。世尊见到具足善来比丘亲依止缘的人后,便从粪扫衣中伸出如金色般的右手,发出梵音说道:「善来,比丘!修习梵行,为彻底灭尽众苦。」就在世尊话音落下之时,他的在家相随即隐没,出家与具足戒便成就。他成为剃除须发、身着袈裟者。随身一件衣作下衣,一件作上衣,一件披于肩上,左肩角挂着如青莲花色的陶钵——显示巴利原文
Ehi bhikkhūti ehi bhikkhu nāma bhagavato ‘‘ehi bhikkhū’’ti vacanamattena bhikkhubhāvaṃ ehibhikkhūpasampadaṃ patto. Bhagavā hi ehibhikkhubhāvāya upanissayasampannaṃ puggalaṃ disvā rattapaṃsukūlantarato suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ dakkhiṇahatthaṃ nīharitvā brahmaghosaṃ nicchārento ‘‘ehi, bhikkhu, cara brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti vadati. Tassa saheva bhagavato vacanena gihiliṅgaṃ antaradhāyati, pabbajjā ca upasampadā ca ruhati. Bhaṇḍu kāsāyavasano hoti. Ekaṃ nivāsetvā ekaṃ pārupitvā ekaṃ aṃse ṭhapetvā vāmaṃsakūṭe āsattanīluppalavaṇṇamattikāpatto –
三衣与钵,剃刀、针与腰带,
以及滤水囊,此八样,是精勤比丘的资具。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ticīvarañca patto ca, vāsi sūci ca bandhanaṃ; Parissāvanena aṭṭhete, yuttayogassa bhikkhuno’’ti.
彼时,他身上佩戴着所说的八种资具,威仪具足,犹如六十戒腊的长老。他身为佛陀的侍者、以佛陀为戒师,正礼敬正自觉者而立。世尊初成道时,有一段时期唯以“善来比丘”之法授予具足戒。由此获具足戒的比丘有一千三百四十一人,即:五位五群长老、善家子耶舍及其五十四位友伴、三十位贤善群比丘、一千位旧结发外道,连同两位上首弟子在内的二百五十位游方僧,以及盎古利马喇长老。注释书中有此记载:显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vuttehi aṭṭhahi parikkhārehi sarīre paṭimukkehiyeva saṭṭhivassikatthero viya iriyāpathasampanno buddhācariyako buddhupajjhāyako sammāsambuddhaṃ vandamānoyeva tiṭṭhati. Bhagavā hi paṭhamabodhiyaṃ ekasmiṃ kāle ehibhikkhūpasampadāya eva upasampādeti. Evaṃ upasampannāni ca sahassupari ekacattālīsuttarāni tīṇi bhikkhusatāni ahesuṃ; seyyathidaṃ – pañca pañcavaggiyattherā, yaso kulaputto, tassa parivārā catupaṇṇāsa sahāyakā, tiṃsa bhaddavaggiyā, sahassapurāṇajaṭilā, saddhiṃ dvīhi aggasāvakehi aḍḍhateyyasatā paribbājakā, eko aṅgulimālattheroti. Vuttañhetaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ –
“一千三百,又四十一,”
“及一位具慧长老,他们悉为善来比丘。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tīṇi sataṃ sahassañca, cattālīsaṃ punāpare; Eko ca thero sappañño, sabbe te ehibhikkhukā’’ti.
不仅这些,还有众多其他的善来比丘。例如:带领三百随从的塞罗婆罗门、带领一千随从的摩诃劫宾那、一万名迦毗罗卫城的善家子、一万六千名彼岸道婆罗门等。然而,这些人因在律藏的巴利正文中未被明确列出,故此处未加叙述;前面那些则因在该处被明确列出,故在此作了述说。显示巴利原文
Na kevalañca ete eva, aññepi bahū santi. Seyyathidaṃ – tisataparivāro selo brāhmaṇo, sahassaparivāro mahākappino, dasasahassā kapilavatthuvāsino kulaputtā, soḷasasahassā pārāyanikabrāhmaṇāti evamādayo. Te pana vinayapiṭake pāḷiyaṃ na niddiṭṭhattā na vuttā. Ime tattha niddiṭṭhattā vuttāti.
‘‘Sattavīsa sahassāni, tīṇiyeva satāni ca; Etepi sabbe saṅkhātā, sabbe te ehibhikkhukā’’ti.
「以三皈依受具足戒」:即依「我皈依佛」等方式,三次各各宣说而成三皈依,由此受具足戒。此具足戒共有八种:善来比丘具足戒、皈依具足戒、受教诫具足戒、答问具足戒、受八敬法具足戒、遣使具足戒、八言具足戒、白四甘马具足戒。其中,善来比丘具足戒与皈依具足戒,已于前文说毕。显示巴利原文
Tīhi saraṇagamanehi upasampannoti ‘‘buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmī’’tiādinā nayena tikkhattuṃ vācaṃ bhinditvā vuttehi tīhi saraṇagamanehi upasampanno. Ayañhi upasampadā nāma aṭṭhavidhā – ehibhikkhūpasampadā, saraṇagamanūpasampadā, ovādapaṭiggahaṇūpasampadā, pañhabyākaraṇūpasampadā, garudhammapaṭiggahaṇūpasampadā, dūtenūpasampadā, aṭṭhavācikūpasampadā, ñatticatutthakammūpasampadāti. Tattha ehibhikkhūpasampadā, saraṇagamanūpasampadā ca vuttā eva.
「受教诫具足戒」:即是接受如下教诫而得具足戒——「因此,迦叶,你应当这样修学:『我应于上座、新学、中座比丘,生起猛利的惭与愧。』迦叶,你应当这样修学。因此,迦叶,你应当这样修学:『凡我所听闻的与善相应之法,我皆应恭敬作意,一心专注,倾耳谛听。』迦叶,你应当这样修学。因此,迦叶,你应当这样修学:『伴随喜乐的身至念,我将决不放弃。』迦叶,你应当这样修学。」(《相应部》2.154)这是对大迦叶长老开许的具足戒。显示巴利原文
Ovādapaṭiggahaṇūpasampadā nāma ‘‘tasmātiha te, kassapa, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘tibbaṃ me hirottappaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ bhavissati theresu navesu majjhimesu cā’ti. Evañhi te, kassapa, sikkhitabbaṃ. Tasmātiha te, kassapa, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘yaṃ kiñci dhammaṃ sossāmi kusalūpasaṃhitaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ aṭṭhiṃ katvā manasi katvā sabbacetasā samannāharitvā ohitasoto dhammaṃ sossāmī’ti. Evaṃ hi te, kassapa, sikkhitabbaṃ. Tasmātiha te, kassapa, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘sātasahagatā ca me kāyagatāsati na vijahissatī’ti. Evañhi te, kassapa, sikkhitabba’’nti (saṃ. ni. 2.154) iminā ovādapaṭiggahaṇena mahākassapattherassa anuññātaupasampadā.
「答问具足戒」:即是对苏巴卡(Sopāka)所开许的具足戒。据说,世尊在东园经行时,向沙弥苏巴卡问了十个依于不净的疑问:「苏巴卡,所谓『膨胀想』与『色想』,这些法是义异、文异,还是义一、唯文异?」苏巴卡一一解答。世尊称许后,问道:「苏巴卡,你几岁?」「世尊,我七岁。」「苏巴卡,你与我的一切知智相应,回答了问题。」世尊心生欢喜,便允许他受具足戒。这就是答问具足戒。显示巴利原文
Pañhabyākaraṇūpasampadā nāma sopākassa anuññātaupasampadā. Bhagavā kira pubbārāme anucaṅkamantaṃ sopākasāmaṇeraṃ ‘‘‘uddhumātakasaññā’ti vā, sopāka, ‘rūpasaññā’ti vā ime dhammā nānatthā nānābyañjanā , udāhu ekatthā, byañjanameva nāna’’nti dasa asubhanissite pañhe pucchi. So te byākāsi. Bhagavā tassa sādhukāraṃ datvā ‘‘kativassosi tvaṃ, sopākā’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Sattavassohaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Sopāka, tvaṃ mama sabbaññutaññāṇena saddhiṃ saṃsanditvā pañhe byākāsī’’ti āraddhacitto upasampadaṃ anujāni. Ayaṃ pañhabyākaraṇūpasampadā.
所谓“受持重法具足戒”,是指大爱道(Mahāpajāpati)因受持八重法而被允许的具足戒。显示巴利原文
Garudhammapaṭiggahaṇūpasampadā nāma mahāpajāpatiyā aṭṭhagarudhammassa paṭiggahaṇena anuññātaupasampadā.
所谓“遣使具足戒”,是指为妓女半迦尸(Aḍḍhakāsi)所开许的具足戒。显示巴利原文
Dūtenūpasampadā nāma aḍḍhakāsiyā gaṇikāya anuññātaupasampadā.
所谓“八语具足戒”,是指比丘尼先由比丘尼僧团以白四甘马、再由比丘僧团以白四甘马——通过此二种羯磨而受具足戒。显示巴利原文
Aṭṭhavācikūpasampadā nāma bhikkhuniyā bhikkhunisaṅghato ñatticatutthena bhikkhusaṅghato ñatticatutthenāti imehi dvīhi kammehi upasampadā.
“白四甘马具足戒”,即现今比丘所受的具足戒。在这八种具足戒中,世尊说:“诸比丘,我先前允许以三皈依受具足戒,从今日起予以废止。诸比丘,我允许以白四甘马业受具足戒。”(《大品》69)依此开许,即以此具足戒而得具足,这便是此处所说的含义。显示巴利原文
Ñatticatutthakammūpasampadā nāma bhikkhūnaṃ etarahi upasampadā. Imāsu aṭṭhasu upasampadāsu ‘‘yā sā, bhikkhave, mayā tīhi saraṇagamanehi upasampadā anuññātā, taṃ ajjatagge paṭikkhipāmi. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ñatticatutthena kammena upasampādetu’’nti (mahāva. 69) evaṃ anuññātāya imāya upasampadāya upasampannoti vuttaṃ hoti.
“贤善”,即非恶。从善凡夫至阿罗汉,皆因具足贤善的戒、定、慧、解脱与解脱知见,故得名为“贤善比丘”。“坚实”,即由戒蕴等而具足,犹如以靛蓝染就的蓝衣,应知为“坚实比丘”;或由于已远离烦恼的浮木之态,唯漏尽者应知为“坚实”。“有学”,即善凡夫与七圣者,因修学三学,故为有学。他们中的任何一位,应知为“有学比丘”。“不学”,即无学。超越有学法而住于最上果,更无所学者,漏尽者称为“无学”。“以和合僧团”,简而言之,在五众作法的业中,凡参与作法的比丘,因已来集,因已持欲比丘之欲,因现前比丘不反对,而于同一业中和合。“以白四甘马”,即由三次宣告与一次白文而成办的。“以业”,即以如法的律业。“以不动”,因具足事、白、宣告、界与众的成就,而达到不可动摇、不可反对的状态。“以应处”,即合乎理由、合乎大师教法。“具足戒”,即达到上位、已得之义。比丘性是上位,由前述之业而达到,故称为具足戒。在此,白四甘马业仅出现一种。然而,此处举出四种僧伽业而详细解说。显示巴利原文
Bhadroti apāpako. Kalyāṇaputhujjanādayo hi yāva arahā, tāva bhadrena sīlena samādhinā paññāya vimuttiyā vimuttiñāṇadassanena ca samannāgatattā ‘‘bhadro bhikkhū’’ti saṅkhyaṃ gacchanti. Sāroti tehiyeva sīlasārādīhi samannāgatattā nīlasamannāgamena nīlo paṭo viya ‘‘sāro bhikkhū’’ti veditabbo. Vigatakilesapheggubhāvato vā khīṇāsavova ‘‘sāro’’ti veditabbo. Sekhoti puthujjanakalyāṇakena saddhiṃ satta ariyā tisso sikkhā sikkhantīti sekhā. Tesu yo koci ‘‘sekho bhikkhū’’ti veditabbo. Na sikkhatīti asekho. Sekkhadhamme atikkamma aggaphale ṭhito, tato uttari sikkhitabbābhāvato khīṇāsavo ‘‘asekho’’ti vuccati. Samaggena saṅghenāti sabbantimena pariyāyena pañcavaggakaraṇīye kamme yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā, tesaṃ āgatattā chandārahānaṃ chandassa āhaṭattā, sammukhībhūtānañca appaṭikkosanato ekasmiṃ kamme samaggabhāvaṃ upagatena. Ñatticatutthenāti tīhi anussāvanāhi ekāya ca ñattiyā kātabbena. Kammenāti dhammikena vinayakammena. Akuppenāti vatthu-ñatti-anussāvana-sīmā-parisasampattisampannattā akopetabbataṃ appaṭikkositabbatañca upagatena. Ṭhānārahenāti kāraṇārahena satthusāsanārahena. Upasampanno nāma uparibhāvaṃ samāpanno, pattoti attho. Bhikkhubhāvo hi uparibhāvo, tañcesa yathāvuttena kammena samāpannattā ‘‘upasampanno’’ti vuccati. Ettha ca ñatticatutthakammaṃ ekameva āgataṃ. Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne ṭhatvā cattāri saṅghakammāni nīharitvā vitthārato kathetabbānīti sabbaaṭṭhakathāsu vuttaṃ. Tāni ca ‘‘apalokanakammaṃ ñattikammaṃ ñattidutiyakammaṃ ñatticatutthakamma’’nti paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapetvā vitthārena khandhakato parivārāvasāne kammavibhaṅgato ca pāḷiṃ āharitvā kathitāni. Tāni mayaṃ parivārāvasāne kammavibhaṅgeyeva vaṇṇayissāma. Evañhi sati paṭhamapārājikavaṇṇanā ca na bhāriyā bhavissati; yathāṭhitāya ca pāḷiyā vaṇṇanā suviññeyyā bhavissati. Tāni ca ṭhānāni asuññāni bhavissanti; tasmā anupadavaṇṇanameva karoma.
“其中”,即于那些以“乞士”等方式所说的比丘之中。“凡此比丘”,即这位比丘。“以和合僧团……具足戒者”,即在八种具足戒中,唯以白四甘马业而受具足戒者。“此”,即在此“行淫法者波罗夷”的意义中,所指的“比丘”。然而,其他如“乞士”等说法,是为提取意义而说。其中,“乞士”等是依词源而说;“以称呼之比丘”与“以自认之比丘”二者,是依言说而说;“来,比丘”是依以佛陀为和尚而得具足戒而说;皈依比丘是依甘马语未制定时的具足戒而说;“贤善”等则是依功德而说,应当如此了知。显示巴利原文
Tatrāti tesu ‘‘bhikkhako’’tiādinā nayena vuttesu bhikkhūsu. Yvāyaṃ bhikkhūti yo ayaṃ bhikkhu. Samaggena saṅghena…pe… upasampannoti aṭṭhasu upasampadāsu ñatticatuttheneva kammena upasampanno. Ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti ayaṃ imasmiṃ ‘‘methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitvā pārājiko hotī’’ti atthe ‘‘bhikkhū’’ti adhippeto. Itare pana ‘‘bhikkhako’’ti ādayo atthuddhāravasena vuttā. Tesu ca ‘‘bhikkhako’’ti ādayo niruttivasena vuttā, ‘‘samaññāya bhikkhu, paṭiññāya bhikkhū’’ti ime dve abhilāpavasena vuttā, ‘‘ehi bhikkhū’’ti buddhena upajjhāyena paṭiladdhaupasampadāvasena vutto. Saraṇagamanabhikkhu anuppannāya kammavācāya upasampadāvasena vutto, ‘‘bhadro’’tiādayo guṇavasena vuttāti veditabbā.
学与共住词分别释义的注释。显示巴利原文
Sikkhāsājīvapadabhājanīyavaṇṇanā
今“比丘们”一词因无特别含义,故不分别;为明“由成就学与共住故,为比丘们之学与共住成就者”,而说“学”等。其中,“应学”即学。“三”乃是数量的限定。“增上戒学”:增上即最上之戒,是增上戒;彼增上戒且为应学,故称增上戒学。增上心学、增上慧学,亦同此理。显示巴利原文
Idāni ‘‘bhikkhūna’’nti idaṃ padaṃ visesatthābhāvato avibhajitvāva yaṃ sikkhañca sājīvañca samāpannattā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno hoti, taṃ dassento sikkhātiādimāha. Tattha sikkhitabbāti sikkhā. Tissoti gaṇanaparicchedo . Adhisīlasikkhāti adhikaṃ uttamaṃ sīlanti adhisīlaṃ; adhisīlañca taṃ sikkhitabbato sikkhā cāti adhisīlasikkhā. Esa nayo adhicitta-adhipaññāsikkhāsu.
于此,什么是戒?什么是增上戒?什么是心?什么是增上心?什么是慧?什么是增上慧?答:首先,五戒、十戒仅是戒。因为不论佛陀出世或未出世,它都存在于世间。佛陀出世时,佛陀与弟子们劝导大众受持此戒;佛陀未出世时,独觉佛、业论者、如法的沙门婆罗门、转轮王、大国王及大菩萨们也劝导受持。有智的沙门婆罗门亦自行受持。他们圆满此善法已,便享受天界与人间的福乐。而巴帝摩卡律仪戒则称为‘增上戒’,因它如同众光中之日轮、众山中之须弥,是一切世间戒中最胜、最上的,唯于佛陀出世时乃现,不离佛陀之出世。以除佛陀外,更无众生能制这些学处;唯有佛陀断尽身语二门一切恶行之流,为每一违犯安立相应的律仪。较巴帝摩卡律仪更殊胜的,是与道果相应的戒,方为增上戒,但此处并非指此。因为证得此戒的比丘,决无行淫欲法之事。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ panettha sīlaṃ, katamaṃ adhisīlaṃ, katamaṃ cittaṃ, katamaṃ adhicittaṃ, katamā paññā, katamā adhipaññāti? Vuccate – pañcaṅgadasaṅgasīlaṃ tāva sīlameva. Tañhi buddhe uppannepi anuppannepi loke pavattati. Uppanne buddhe tasmiṃ sīle buddhāpi sāvakāpi mahājanaṃ samādapenti. Anuppanne buddhe paccekabuddhā ca kammavādino ca dhammikā samaṇabrāhmaṇā cakkavattī ca mahārājāno mahābodhisattā ca samādapenti. Sāmampi paṇḍitā samaṇabrāhmaṇā samādiyanti. Te taṃ kusalaṃ dhammaṃ paripūretvā devesu ca manussesu ca sampattiṃ anubhonti. Pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ pana ‘‘adhisīla’’nti vuccati, tañhi sūriyo viya pajjotānaṃ sineru viya pabbatānaṃ sabbalokiyasīlānaṃ adhikañceva uttamañca, buddhuppādeyeva ca pavattati, na vinā buddhuppādā. Na hi taṃ paññattiṃ uddharitvā añño satto ṭhapetuṃ sakkoti, buddhāyeva pana sabbaso kāyavacīdvāraajjhācārasotaṃ chinditvā tassa tassa vītikkamassa anucchavikaṃ taṃ sīlasaṃvaraṃ paññapenti. Pātimokkhasaṃvaratopi ca maggaphalasampayuttameva sīlaṃ adhisīlaṃ, taṃ pana idha anadhippetaṃ. Na hi taṃ samāpanno bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati.
然当知八种欲界善心与世间八等至心合为一聚,仅是‘心’。其存在、劝导与受持,可如戒中所说之理了知。而以观智为前导的八等至心,则称为‘增上心’。因此心犹如增上戒之于诸戒,是一切世间心中最胜、最上的,唯于佛陀出世时乃现,不离佛陀之出世。较此更殊胜的,是与道果相应之心,方为增上心,但此处并非指此。因为证得此心的比丘,决无行淫欲法之事。显示巴利原文
Kāmāvacarāni pana aṭṭha kusalacittāni, lokiyaaṭṭhasamāpatticittāni ca ekajjhaṃ katvā cittamevāti veditabbāni. Buddhuppādānuppāde cassa pavatti, samādapanaṃ samādānañca sīle vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Vipassanāpādakaṃ aṭṭhasamāpatticittaṃ pana ‘‘adhicitta’’nti vuccati. Tañhi adhisīlaṃ viya sīlānaṃ sabbalokiyacittānaṃ adhikañceva uttamañca, buddhuppādeyeva ca hoti, na vinā buddhuppādā. Tatopi ca maggaphalacittameva adhicittaṃ, taṃ pana idha anadhippetaṃ. Na hi taṃ samāpanno bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati.
依“有布施、有供养”等理路生起的业自性智,即是慧。因为无论佛陀出现于世间与否,它都存在于世间。佛陀出现时,佛陀及诸佛弟子劝导大众修此慧;佛陀未出现时,独觉佛、业论者、如法的沙门婆罗门、转轮王、大国王及大菩萨等也劝导修习。有智的众生亦自行受持。譬如安古罗曾行大布施长达万年,维拉摩、毗山多罗及许多其他有智者也行了大布施。他们圆满此善法后,享受天界与人间的福报。而能决断三相行相的观智,则称为增上慧。它如同增上戒、增上心之于戒与心一般,是一切世间慧中最殊胜、最上者,且不离佛陀出世而存在于世间。比此更殊胜的,是与道果相应的慧,才是真正的增上慧,但此处并非指它。因为证得此慧的比丘,已不会行淫欲法。显示巴利原文
‘‘Atthi dinnaṃ, atthi yiṭṭha’’nti (dha. sa. 1371; vibha. 793; ma. ni. 3.92) -ādinayappavattaṃ pana kammassakatañāṇaṃ paññā, sā hi buddhe uppannepi anuppannepi loke pavattati. Uppanne buddhe tassā paññāya buddhāpi buddhasāvakāpi mahājanaṃ samādapenti. Anuppanne buddhe paccekabuddhā ca kammavādino ca dhammikā samaṇabrāhmaṇā cakkavattī ca mahārājāno mahābodhisattā ca samādapenti. Sāmampi paṇḍitā sattā samādiyanti. Tathā hi aṅkuro dasavassasahassāni mahādānaṃ adāsi. Velāmo, vessantaro, aññe ca bahū paṇḍitamanussā mahādānāni adaṃsu. Te taṃ kusalaṃ dhammaṃ paripūretvā devesu ca manussesu ca sampattiṃ anubhaviṃsu. Tilakkhaṇākāraparicchedakaṃ pana vipassanāñāṇaṃ ‘‘adhipaññā’’ti vuccati. Sā hi adhisīla-adhicittāni viya sīlacittānaṃ sabbalokiyapaññānaṃ adhikā ceva uttamā ca, na ca vinā buddhuppādā loke pavattati. Tatopi ca maggaphalapaññāva adhipaññā, sā pana idha anadhippetā. Na hi taṃ samāpanno bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevatīti.
“于此”:指此三种学处。“此增上戒学”:即此名为巴帝摩卡戒的增上戒学。“此名为共住”:因来自不同地区、种姓、家族等的比丘们共同生活,同一生计、同分生计、同分行为,故世尊在律中所制定的这一切学处,称为“共住”。“于此学”:将此学处作为心的所缘,以心观察“我是否如学处而学、是否未学”而修学。不仅于此称为共住的学处修学,亦于诸学处修学;但依紧接而来的“此名为共住”一词,而说“于此学”。虽然如此说,此处应如是理解其义:圆满彼学处之修学而学,且于此学处不违犯而学。因此说“共住成就者”,这也是依紧接着的“共住”一词而说。然而,因他亦是学处成就者,故从义理上应知亦为“学处成就者”。如是,“学处共住成就者”一词的释义便得圆满。显示巴利原文
Tatrāti tāsu tīsu sikkhāsu. Yāyaṃ adhisīlasikkhāti yā ayaṃ pātimokkhasīlasaṅkhātā adhisīlasikkhā. Etaṃ sājīvaṃ nāmāti etaṃ sabbampi bhagavatā vinaye ṭhapitaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ, yasmā ettha nānādesajātigottādibhedabhinnā bhikkhū saha jīvanti ekajīvikā sabhāgajīvikā sabhāgavuttino honti, tasmā ‘‘sājīva’’nti vuccati. Tasmiṃ sikkhatīti taṃ sikkhāpadaṃ cittassa adhikaraṇaṃ katvā ‘‘yathāsikkhāpadaṃ nu kho sikkhāmi na sikkhāmī’’ti cittena olokento sikkhati. Na kevalañcāyametasmiṃ sājīvasaṅkhāte sikkhāpadeyeva sikkhati, sikkhāyapi sikkhati, ‘‘etaṃ sājīvaṃ nāmā’’ti imassa pana anantarassa padassa vasena ‘‘tasmiṃ sikkhatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Kiñcāpi taṃ evaṃ vuttaṃ, atha kho ayamettha attho daṭṭhabbo – tassā ca sikkhāya sikkhaṃ paripūrento sikkhati, tasmiñca sikkhāpade avītikkamanto sikkhatīti. Tena vuccati sājīvasamāpannoti idampi anantarassa sājīvapadasseva vasena vuttaṃ. Yasmā pana so sikkhampi samāpanno, tasmā sikkhāsamāpannotipi atthato veditabbo. Evañhi sati ‘‘sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno’’ti etassa padassa padabhājanampi paripuṇṇaṃ hoti.
舍学分别的注解。显示巴利原文
Sikkhāpaccakkhānavibhaṅgavaṇṇanā
“不舍学处、不显露羸弱”:即不舍弃学处,且不表明羸弱之态。因为即使显露了羸弱,学处也未被舍弃;但若学处被舍弃,则羸弱必定显露。因此,“不显露羸弱”一语并无特别的意义。然而,如同说“可二夜三夜同室宿”时,“二夜”一词并无特别意义,仅仅是依世间惯用语,为令文句流畅、顺口而说。同样,此处亦应知是依惯用语,为令文句流畅、顺口而说。显示巴利原文
Sikkhaṃappaccakkhāya dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvāti sikkhañca appaṭikkhipitvā dubbalabhāvañca appakāsetvā. Yasmā ca dubbalye āvikatepi sikkhā appaccakkhātāva hoti, sikkhāya pana paccakkhātāya dubbalyaṃ āvikatameva hoti. Tasmā ‘‘dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā’’ti iminā padena na koci visesattho labbhati. Yathā pana ‘‘dirattatirattaṃ sahaseyyaṃ kappeyyā’’ti vutte dirattavacanena na koci visesattho labbhati, kevalaṃ lokavohāravasena byañjanasiliṭṭhatāya mukhārūḷhatāya etaṃ vuttaṃ. Evamidampi vohāravasena byañjanasiliṭṭhatāya mukhārūḷhatāya vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
又,因为世尊宣说既有义理又有文句之法,故以‘不舍学处’成就其义,以‘不显露羸弱’成就其文。若只说一个没有辅助词的义理之词,便如同没有侍从的国王、没有衣饰庄严的人一般,不得庄严;而有了与义理随顺的辅助词相伴,便显得庄严了。显示巴利原文
Yasmā vā bhagavā sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ dhammaṃ deseti, tasmā ‘‘sikkhaṃ appaccakkhāyā’’ti iminā atthaṃ sampādetvā ‘‘dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā’’ti iminā byañjanaṃ sampādeti. Parivārakapadavirahitañhi ekameva atthapadaṃ vuccamānaṃ parivāravirahito rājā viya, vatthālaṅkāravirahito viya ca puriso na sobhati; parivārakena pana atthānulomena sahāyapadena saddhiṃ taṃ sobhatīti.
又或,因为显露羸弱是舍学处的部分含义,所以针对此,在解释‘不舍学处’一词的含义时,说了‘不显露羸弱’。显示巴利原文
Yasmā vā sikkhāpaccakkhānassa ekaccaṃ dubbalyāvikammaṃ attho hoti, tasmā taṃ sandhāya ‘‘sikkhaṃ appaccakkhāyā’’tipadassa atthaṃ vivaranto ‘‘dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā’’ti āha.
在此,或有人会问:既然并非一切显露羸弱的行为都是舍学处,那么为何先说‘不显露羸弱’,然后为了限定其含义而说‘不舍学处’呢?实则不然。为何?因为这与义理的次第相违。既然已经说‘具足学处与共住’,那么当说‘不舍彼学处’时,正是依于此次第而说其义,而非以其他方式。因此,正是此句先被说出。显示巴利原文
Tattha siyā yasmā na sabbaṃ dubbalyāvikammaṃ sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ, tasmā ‘‘dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā’’ti paṭhamaṃ vatvā tassa atthaniyamanatthaṃ ‘‘sikkhaṃ appaccakkhāyā’’ti vattabbanti, tañca na; kasmā? Atthānukkamābhāvato. ‘‘Sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno’’ti hi vuttattā yaṃ sikkhaṃ samāpanno, taṃ appaccakkhāyāti vuccamāno anukkameneva attho vutto hoti, na aññathā. Tasmā idameva paṭhamaṃ vuttanti.
再者,于此也应随顺次第来理解其义。怎样理解?在“具足戒与共住”这句话中,对于所具足的戒,不舍弃;对于所具足的共住,不于中表露无力。显示巴利原文
Apica anupaṭipāṭiyāpi ettha attho veditabbo. Kathaṃ? ‘‘Sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno’’ti ettha yaṃ sikkhaṃ samāpanno taṃ appaccakkhāya yañca sājīvaṃ samāpanno tattha dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvāti.
现在,为显示舍戒与示弱行为的差别与共通之处,以及舍戒的相状,而说“诸比丘,有……”等。那里,“诸比丘,有……”等是两句论母;在分别解释时,说“诸比丘,如何……”。在此,对不明显词句的注释如下——“如何”指以何种方式。“及示弱行为”指表露无力。“此处”指在此教法中。“厌离者”指因不喜乐此教法而陷入困苦生活者。或者,指内心住于“今天要走,明天要走,从这里走,到那里去”的想法,高举而散乱、不专注者。“不喜乐者”指缺乏对教法的喜乐。显示巴利原文
Idāni sikkhāpaccakkhānadubbalyāvikammānaṃ visesāvisesaṃ sikkhāpaccakkhānalakkhaṇañca dassento ‘‘atthi bhikkhave’’tiādimāha. Tattha atthi bhikkhavetiādīni dve mātikāpadāni; tāni vibhajanto ‘‘kathañca bhikkhave’’tiādimāha. Tatrāyaṃ anuttānapadavaṇṇanā – kathanti kena ākārena. Dubbalyāvikammañcāti dubbalyassa āvikammañca. Idhāti imasmiṃ sāsane. Ukkaṇṭhitoti anabhiratiyā imasmiṃ sāsane kicchajīvikappatto. Atha vā ajja yāmi, sve yāmi, ito yāmi, ettha yāmīti uddhaṃ kaṇṭhaṃ katvā viharamāno, vikkhitto anekaggoti vuttaṃ hoti. Anabhiratoti sāsane abhirativirahito.
“欲从沙门性退堕者”:指想离开沙门状态者。“比丘身份”:以比丘身份,此处是业格用作工具格。而在“因缠绕于颈而苦恼”等句中,则是依其特相而用工具格。“苦恼者”:指像受折磨、受逼迫、受苦一样对待自己;或被比丘身份所折磨、逼迫。“羞惭者”指感到羞耻。“厌嫌者”指像厌恶不净物一样厌嫌它。“希求在家身份者”等的含义明显。“我何不弃舍佛呢”中的“何不”是表示思虑的助词。这是说:“如果我弃舍佛,那对我来说就好了。”他通过说出这些或其他文句,发出言语而说,并令所对之人知晓。“如是亦”的“亦”字是总结后义。如此,这既是示弱行为,也是戒未舍,其他方式亦然。显示巴利原文
Sāmaññā cavitukāmoti samaṇabhāvato apagantukāmo. Bhikkhubhāvanti bhikkhubhāvena. Karaṇatthe upayogavacanaṃ. ‘‘Kaṇṭhe āsattena aṭṭīyeyyā’’tiādīsu (pārā. 162) pana yathālakkhaṇaṃ karaṇavacaneneva vuttaṃ. Aṭṭīyamānoti aṭṭaṃ pīḷitaṃ dukkhitaṃ viya attānaṃ ācaramāno; tena vā bhikkhubhāvena aṭṭo kariyamāno pīḷiyamānoti attho. Harāyamānoti lajjamāno. Jigucchamānoti asuciṃ viya taṃ jigucchanto. Gihibhāvaṃ patthayamānotiādīni uttānatthāniyeva. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ buddhaṃ paccakkheyyanti ettha yaṃnūnāti parivitakkadassane nipāto. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ‘‘sacāhaṃ buddhaṃ paccakkheyyaṃ, sādhu vata me siyā’’ti. Vadati viññāpetīti imamatthaṃ etehi vā aññehi vā byañjanehi vacībhedaṃ katvā vadati ceva, yassa ca vadati, taṃ viññāpeti jānāpeti. Evampīti uparimatthasampiṇḍanatto pikāro. Evampi dubbalyāvikammañceva hoti sikkhā ca appaccakkhātā, aññathāpi.
现在,为说明以其他方式也表现为示弱且不舍戒,而说“或者又……”等。这一切在意义上都相当明显。然而在文句上,此处从一开始,“弃舍佛、弃舍法、弃舍僧、弃舍学、弃舍律、弃舍巴帝摩卡、弃舍诵、弃舍和尚、弃舍阿阇梨、弃舍弟子、弃舍门徒、弃舍同和尚者、弃舍同阿阇梨者、弃舍同梵行者”,这十四句是以弃舍的方式宣说的。显示巴利原文
Idāni taṃ aññathāpi dubbalyāvikammaṃ sikkhāya ca appaccakkhānaṃ dassento ‘‘atha vā panā’’tiādimāha. Taṃ sabbaṃ atthato uttānameva. Padato panettha ādito paṭṭhāya ‘‘buddhaṃ paccakkheyyaṃ, dhammaṃ, saṅghaṃ, sikkhaṃ, vinayaṃ, pātimokkhaṃ, uddesaṃ, upajjhāyaṃ, ācariyaṃ, saddhivihārikaṃ, antevāsikaṃ, samānupajjhāyakaṃ, samānācariyakaṃ, sabrahmacāriṃ paccakkheyya’’nti imāni cuddasa padāni paccakkhānākārena vuttāni.
“愿成为在家者”等——“愿成为在家者、优婆塞、园民、沙弥、外道、外道弟子、非沙门、非释子”这八句,是以“愿成为”这种状态变化的方式宣说的。如此,与“我何不”相关联的共有二十二句。显示巴利原文
Gihī assantiādīni ‘‘gihī, upāsako, ārāmiko, sāmaṇero, titthiyo, titthiyasāvako, assamaṇo, asakyaputtiyo assa’’nti imāni aṭṭha padāni ‘‘assa’’nti iminā bhāvavikappākārena vuttāni. Evaṃ ‘‘yaṃnūnāha’’nti iminā paṭisaṃyuttāni dvāvīsati padāni.
46 46.正如这些一样,与“如果我……”、“或者我……”、“好了,我……”、“对我来说有……”中每一个相关联的,各有二十二句;如此,总计一百一十句。显示巴利原文
46. Yathā ca etāni, evaṃ ‘‘yadi panāhaṃ, apāhaṃ, handāhaṃ, hoti me’’ti imesu ekamekena paṭisaṃyuttāni dvāvīsatīti sabbāneva satañca dasa ca padāni honti.
47 47. 此后,依应忆念之事所示方式而展开的是“我忆念母亲”等十七句。其中,“田”指稻田等;“地”指草、叶、蔬菜、瓜果等生起之处;“手艺”指陶师、织工等手艺。显示巴利原文
47. Tato paraṃ saritabbavatthudassananayena pavattāni ‘‘mātaraṃ sarāmī’’tiādīni sattarasa padāni. Tattha khettanti sālikhettādiṃ. Vatthunti tiṇapaṇṇasākaphalāphalasamuṭṭhānaṭṭhānaṃ. Sippanti kumbhakārapesakārasippādikaṃ.
48 48. 此后,为显示有所系缚与障碍之状态而展开的是“我有母亲,她应由我奉养”等九句。显示巴利原文
48. Tato paraṃ sakiñcanasapalibodhabhāvadassanavasena pavattāni ‘‘mātā me atthi, sā mayā posetabbā’’tiādīni nava padāni.
49 49. 此后,为显示有所依止与支撑之状态而展开的是“我有母亲,她将奉养我”等十六句。显示巴利原文
49. Tato paraṃ sanissayasappatiṭṭhabhāvadassanavasena pavattāni ‘‘mātā me atthi, sā maṃ posessatī’’tiādīni soḷasa padāni.
50 此后,为了显示一食、一卧、梵行的难行性,而展开了“难行”等八句。显示巴利原文
50. Tato paraṃ ekabhattaekaseyyabrahmacariyānaṃ dukkarabhāvadassanavasena pavattāni ‘‘dukkara’’ntiādīni aṭṭha padāni.
此中,“难行”显示了一食等的难行性。“非易行”否定了易行性。同样,“难行”与“非易行”在此处也是如此。“我不能努力”显示了对此缺乏努力、不能做到。“我不能堪忍”显示了不堪忍受。“我不喜乐”显示了无有喜乐。“我不欣乐”显示了无有欣乐。如此,这五十句与前一百六十句,合计二百一十句,应知是在示弱行部分中所说。显示巴利原文
Tattha dukkaranti ekabhattādīnaṃ karaṇe dukkarataṃ dasseti. Na sukaranti sukarabhāvaṃ paṭikkhipati. Evaṃ duccaraṃ na sucaranti ettha. Na ussahāmīti tattha ussāhābhāvaṃ asakkuṇeyyataṃ dasseti. Na visahāmīti asayhataṃ dasseti. Na ramāmīti ratiyā abhāvaṃ dasseti. Nābhiramāmīti abhiratiyā abhāvaṃ dasseti. Evaṃ imāni ca paññāsa, purimāni ca dasuttarasatanti saṭṭhisataṃ padāni dubbalyāvikammavāre vuttānīti veditabbāni.
51 在舍学处的章节中,“诸比丘,如何是……”等开头部分,从义理上来说都是浅显易懂的。然而,就文句而言,此处有“我舍佛、我舍法、我舍僧、我舍学、我舍律、我舍巴帝摩卡、我舍诵戒、我舍和尚、我舍阿阇梨、我舍弟子、我舍门徒、我舍同和尚者、我舍同阿阇梨者、我舍同梵行者”这十四个词,是依舍学处之语而转起的。在所有这些词中,“说、令知”这句话的意思是:发出言语而说,并对所言说的对象,以此言语令其知晓、令其听到、令其明白:“此人欲舍弃教法、欲从教法解脱、欲舍弃比丘身份,而作此语句的表达。”显示巴利原文
51. Sikkhāpaccakkhānavārepi ‘‘kathañca bhikkhave’’ti ādi sabbaṃ atthato uttānameva. Padato panetthāpi ‘‘buddhaṃ paccakkhāmi, dhammaṃ, saṅghaṃ, sikkhaṃ, vinayaṃ, pātimokkhaṃ, uddesaṃ, upajjhāyaṃ, ācariyaṃ, saddhivihārikaṃ, antevāsikaṃ, samānupajjhāyakaṃ, samānācariyakaṃ, sabrahmacāriṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti imāni cuddasa padāni sikkhāpaccakkhānavacanasambandhena pavattāni. Sabbapadesu ca ‘‘vadati viññāpetī’’ti vacanassa ayamattho – vacībhedaṃ katvā vadati, yassa ca vadati taṃ teneva vacībhedena ‘‘ayaṃ sāsanaṃ jahitukāmo sāsanato muccitukāmo bhikkhubhāvaṃ cajitukāmo imaṃ vākyabhedaṃ karotī’’ti viññāpeti sāveti jānāpeti.
然而,若他想说“我舍佛”,却将词序颠倒,说成“舍我佛”等;或以某种蛮族语表达此意;或本想表达“我舍佛”,却乱了次序,说成“我舍法”或“我舍同梵行者”——正如在《上人法分别》中,有人本想说“我入初禅”,却说成了“第二禅”——只要被告知的那个人哪怕仅仅知道“这位比丘想舍弃比丘身份,正在表达此意”,便不算失误;此已落入范畴,学处即已被舍。如同从帝释天或梵天逝去的有情,已从教法中逝去一般。显示巴利原文
Sace panāyaṃ ‘‘buddhaṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti vattukāmo padapaccābhaṭṭhaṃ katvā ‘‘paccakkhāmi buddha’’nti vā vadeyya. Milakkhabhāsāsu vā aññatarabhāsāya tamatthaṃ vadeyya. ‘‘Buddhaṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti vattukāmo uppaṭipāṭiyā ‘‘dhammaṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti vā ‘‘sabrahmacāriṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti vā vadeyya, seyyathāpi uttarimanussadhammavibhaṅge ‘‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjāmī’’ti vattukāmo ‘‘dutiyaṃ jhāna’’nti vadati, sace yassa vadati so ‘‘ayaṃ bhikkhubhāvaṃ cajitukāmo etamatthaṃ vadatī’’ti ettakamattampi jānāti, viraddhaṃ nāma natthi; khettameva otiṇṇaṃ, paccakkhātāva hoti sikkhā. Sakkattā vā brahmattā vā cutasatto viya cutova hoti sāsanā.
若他用过去、未来或假设的表述说“我已舍佛”、“我将舍佛”或“应舍佛”,或派遣使者,或传递消息,或拆解文字,或用手势表示此意,则学处未被舍。然而,在宣说上人法时,即使是以手势,亦得成立。舍学处唯有在面对人类有情,且内心相应、发出言语时,方得成立。即使发出言语令对方知晓,若他指定一人说“只让他知道”,而只有那人知道,学处即被舍;若那人不知,而旁边另一人知道,则学处未被舍。若两人在场,他指定两人说“我告诉他们”,那么无论其中一人知道,还是两人都知道,学处即被舍。对于多人的情况,亦应如此理解。显示巴利原文
Sace pana ‘‘buddhaṃ paccakkhi’’nti vā, ‘‘buddhaṃ paccakkhissāmī’’ti vā, ‘‘buddhaṃ paccakkheyya’’nti vāti atītānāgataparikappavacanehi vadati, dūtaṃ vā pahiṇāti, sāsanaṃ vā peseti, akkharaṃ vā chindati, hatthamuddāya vā tamatthaṃ āroceti, appaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. Uttarimanussadhammārocanaṃ pana hatthamuddāyapi sīsaṃ eti. Sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ manussajātikasattassa santike cittasampayuttaṃ vacībhedaṃ karontasseva sīsaṃ eti. Vacībhedaṃ katvā viññāpentopi ca yadi ‘‘ayameva jānātū’’ti ekaṃ niyametvā āroceti, tañca soyeva jānāti, paccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. Atha so na jānāti, añño samīpe ṭhito jānāti, appaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. Atha dvinnaṃ ṭhitaṭṭhāne dvinnampi niyametvā ‘‘etesaṃ ārocemī’’ti vadati, tesu ekasmiṃ jānantepi dvīsu jānantesupi paccakkhātāva hoti sikkhā. Evaṃ sambahulesupi veditabbaṃ.
然而,若比丘因不喜梵行而苦恼,走近同身份的比丘众,大声说“我舍佛”,想让“任何人知道”,而在不远处站着的新业者或其他懂得此义的人听到后,了知“这位沙门已生厌离,希求在家生活,已从教法中逝去”,则学处即被舍。只是就在那一刹那,不先不后,难以判断。若在作意时即知,如同世间人通常听到言语即知其义那样,学处即被舍。若事后生疑:“他说这话是何意?”过了许久才知,则学处未被舍。因为此舍学处,与后面的妄说上人法、粗恶语、为自欲而说恶秽罪过等学处,同属一类判定。唯有在作意时即知,方得成立;若疑惑“他在说什么”,过了许久才知,则不算成立。正如在此“我舍佛”一词的判定中所说,于一切词中亦应如此理解。显示巴利原文
Sace pana anabhiratiyā pīḷito sabhāge bhikkhū parisaṅkamāno ‘‘yo koci jānātū’’ti uccasaddaṃ karonto ‘‘buddhaṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti vadati, tañca avidūre ṭhito navakammiko vā añño vā samayaññū puriso sutvā ‘‘ukkaṇṭhito ayaṃ samaṇo gihibhāvaṃ pattheti, sāsanato cuto’’ti jānāti, paccakkhātāva hoti sikkhā. Taṅkhaṇaññeva pana apubbaṃ acarimaṃ dujjānaṃ, sace āvajjanasamaye jānāti; yathā pakatiyā loke manussā vacanaṃ sutvā jānanti, paccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. Atha aparabhāge ‘‘kiṃ iminā vutta’’nti kaṅkhanto cirena jānāti, appaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. Idañhi sikkhāpaccakkhānañca upari abhūtārocanaduṭṭhullavācā-attakāmaduṭṭhadosabhūtā-rocanasikkhāpadāni ca ekaparicchedāni. Āvajjanasamaye ñāte eva sīsaṃ enti, ‘‘kiṃ ayaṃ bhaṇatī’’ti kaṅkhatā cirena ñāte sīsaṃ na enti. Yathā cāyaṃ ‘‘buddhaṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti pade vinicchaye vutto; evaṃ sabbapadesu veditabbo.
因为当学处被舍时,纵使未说出“我应舍佛”等语,其羸弱便已显露;因此,在诸语句之末说:“诸比丘,如此既是羸弱的显露,学处也即被舍。”显示巴利原文
Yasmā ca yadā sikkhā paccakkhātā hoti, tadā ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ buddhaṃ paccakkheyya’’ntiādīni avadatāpi dubbalyaṃ āvikatameva hoti; tasmā sabbesaṃ padānaṃ avasāne vuttaṃ – ‘‘evampi, bhikkhave, dubbalyāvikammañceva hoti sikkhā ca paccakkhātā’’ti.
此后,在“请你们持我为居士”这一句中,若他说“我将成为居士”、“我是居士”、“我已生为居士”或“我即是居士”,则学处未被舍。然而,若他说“从今日起,请你们持我为居士”、“请知”、“请认知”或“请作意”,无论是以雅语还是蛮语而说,当此义被表达出来,且所告知之人了知时,学处即被舍。此法则亦适用于其余“优婆塞”等七个词。如是,此八个词与前十四词,合共二十二词。显示巴利原文
Tato paraṃ gihīti maṃ dhārehīti ettha sacepi ‘‘gihī bhavissāmī’’ti vā ‘‘gihī homī’’ti vā ‘‘gihī jātomhī’’ti vā ‘‘gihimhī’’ti vā vadati, appaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. Sace pana ‘‘ajja paṭṭhāya gihīti maṃ dhārehī’’ti vā ‘‘jānāhī’’ti vā ‘‘sañjānāhī’’ti vā ‘‘manasi karohī’’ti vā vadati, ariyakena vā vadati milakkhakena vā; evametasmiṃ atthe vutte yassa vadati, sace so jānāti, paccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. Esa nayo sesesupi ‘‘upāsako’’tiādīsu sattasu padesu. Evaṃ imāni ca aṭṭha, purimāni ca cuddasāti dvāvīsati padāni honti.
52 此后,将前十四词与“我已足够”、“我为何”、“于我无益”、“我善解脱”这四句结合,即成五十六句。其中,“我已足够”意为:足够,已周备。“我为何”意为:我尚有何所应作、何所应办、何所应成就?“于我无益”意为:于我无有利益。“我善解脱”意为:我善得解脱。其余如前述。如是,此五十六句,加上前二十二句,共计七十八句,是依其形态而说。显示巴利原文
52. Ito paraṃ purimāneva cuddasa padāni ‘‘alaṃ me, kinnu me, na mamattho, sumuttāha’’nti imehi catūhi yojetvā vuttāni chappaññāsa honti. Tattha alanti hotu, pariyattanti attho. Kiṃnu meti kiṃ mayhaṃ kiccaṃ, kiṃ karaṇīyaṃ, kiṃ sādhetabbanti attho. Na mamatthoti natthi mama attho. Sumuttāhanti sumutto ahaṃ. Sesamettha vuttanayameva. Evaṃ imāni ca chappaññāsa purimāni ca dvāvīsatīti aṭṭhasattati padāni sarūpeneva vuttāni.
53 然而,由于通过这些同义词也能达成舍学,故说“或其他任何”等。其中,“或其他任何”是指除了巴利经典中出现的“佛”等词之外的其他任何词。佛的同义词,即佛陀的异名……乃至非释迦子者的异名。其中,在《功德庄严》中出现的千名、在《优波离偈》中出现的百名,以及其他依功德而得的名称,应知为“佛的同义词”。一切法的名称,应知为“法的同义词”。此理适用于一切处。显示巴利原文
53. Yasmā pana tesaṃ vevacanehipi sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti, tasmā ‘‘yāni vā panaññānipī’’tiādimāha. Tattha yāni vā panaññānipīti pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘buddha’’ntiādīni āgatapadāni ṭhapetvā yāni aññāni atthi. Buddhavevacanāni vāti buddhassa vā pariyāyanāmāni…pe… asakyaputtiyassa vā. Tattha vaṇṇapaṭṭhāne āgataṃ nāmasahassaṃ upāligāthāsu (ma. ni. 2.76) nāmasataṃ aññāni ca guṇato labbhamānāni nāmāni ‘‘buddhavevacanānī’’ti veditabbāni. Sabbānipi dhammassa nāmāni dhammavevacanānīti veditabbāni. Esa nayo sabbattha.
在此,其义理衔接如下:“我舍佛”——并非以同义词而舍,而是依文句本身的意义而舍。“我舍正自觉者、舍具无量智者、舍具无上智者、舍菩提智慧、舍坚毅者、舍离痴者、舍摧破坚柱者、舍已胜胜利者”——如此以佛的同义词而舍学。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ panettha yojanā – buddhaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevavacanena paccakkhānaṃ yathārutameva. ‘‘Sammāsambuddhaṃ paccakkhāmi, anantabuddhiṃ, anomabuddhiṃ, bodhipaññāṇaṃ, dhīraṃ, vigatamohaṃ, pabhinnakhīlaṃ, vijitavijayaṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti evamādibuddhavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ.
“我舍法”——并非以同义词而舍,而是依文句本身的意义而舍。“我舍善说之法、可现见之法、无时之法、来见之法、导向之法、智者各自应证知之法。我舍无为法;我舍离欲、灭、不死之法。我舍长部、梵网经、中部、根本法门经、相应部、渡瀑流经、增支部、心遍取经、小部、本生、阿毗达摩、善法、不善法、无记法、念处、正勤、神足、根、力、觉支、道、果、涅槃”——在八万四千法蕴中,哪怕仅一个法蕴的名称,也是法的同义词。如此以法的同义词而舍学。显示巴利原文
Dhammaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ, yathārutameva. ‘‘Svākkhātaṃ dhammaṃ paccakkhāmi, sandiṭṭhikaṃ, akālikaṃ, ehipassikaṃ, opaneyyikaṃ, paccattaṃ veditabbaṃ viññūhi dhammaṃ paccakkhāmi. Asaṅkhataṃ dhammaṃ paccakkhāmi; virāgaṃ, nirodhaṃ, amataṃ dhammaṃ paccakkhāmi, dīghanikāyaṃ paccakkhāmi, brahmajālaṃ majjhimanikāyaṃ, mūlapariyāyaṃ, saṃyuttanikāyaṃ, oghataraṇaṃ, aṅguttaranikāyaṃ, cittapariyādānaṃ, khuddakanikāyaṃ, jātakaṃ, abhidhammaṃ, kusalaṃ dhammaṃ, akusalaṃ dhammaṃ, abyākataṃ dhammaṃ, satipaṭṭhānaṃ, sammappadhānaṃ, iddhipādaṃ, indriyaṃ, balaṃ, bojjhaṅgaṃ, maggaṃ, phalaṃ, nibbānaṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti caturāsītidhammakkhandhasahassesu ekadhammakkhandhassapi nāmaṃ dhammavevacanameva. Evaṃ dhammavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.
“我舍僧”——这并非以同义词而舍。“我舍善行道之僧、正直行道之僧、如理行道之僧、正当行道之僧、四双八辈之僧、应供之僧、应请之僧、应施之僧、应合掌之僧、世间无上福田之僧”——如此依僧的同义词,即构成舍学。显示巴利原文
Saṅghaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. ‘‘Suppaṭipannaṃ saṅghaṃ paccakkhāmi, ujuppaṭipannaṃ, ñāyappaṭipannaṃ, sāmīcippaṭipannaṃ saṅghaṃ, catupurisayugaṃ saṅghaṃ, aṭṭhapurisapuggalaṃ saṅghaṃ, āhuneyyaṃ saṅghaṃ, pāhuneyyaṃ, dakkhiṇeyyaṃ, añjalikaraṇīyaṃ, anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ saṅghaṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti evaṃ saṅghavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.
“我舍学”——这并非以同义词而舍。“我舍比丘学、舍比丘尼学、舍增上戒学、舍增上心学、舍增上慧学”——如此依学的同义词,即构成舍学。显示巴利原文
Sikkhaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. ‘‘Bhikkhusikkhaṃ paccakkhāmi, bhikkhunīsikkhaṃ, adhisīlasikkhaṃ, adhicittasikkhaṃ, adhipaññāsikkhaṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti evaṃ sikkhāvevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.
“我舍律”——这并非以同义词而舍。“我舍比丘律、舍比丘尼律、舍第一波罗夷、第二波罗夷、第三波罗夷、第四波罗夷、舍桑喀地谢沙、偷兰遮、波逸提、悔过、恶作、恶说”——如此依律的同义词,即构成舍学。显示巴利原文
Vinayaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. ‘‘Bhikkhuvinayaṃ paccakkhāmi, bhikkhunīvinayaṃ, paṭhamaṃ pārājikaṃ, dutiyaṃ tatiyaṃ catutthaṃ pārājikaṃ, saṅghādisesaṃ, thullaccayaṃ, pācittiyaṃ, pāṭidesanīyaṃ, dukkaṭaṃ, dubbhāsitaṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti evamādivinayavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.
“我舍巴帝摩卡”——这并非以同义词而舍。“我舍比丘巴帝摩卡、我舍比丘尼巴帝摩卡”——如此以巴帝摩卡的同义词,即成舍学。显示巴利原文
Pātimokkhaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. ‘‘Bhikkhupātimokkhaṃ bhikkhunīpātimokkhaṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti evaṃ pātimokkhavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.
“我舍诵”——这并非以同义词而舍。“我舍比丘巴帝摩卡诵、比丘尼巴帝摩卡诵、第一巴帝摩卡诵、第二、第三、第四、第五巴帝摩卡诵、正自觉者诵、具无量智者诵、具无上智者诵、菩提智慧诵、坚毅者诵、离痴者诵、断障者诵、战胜得胜者诵”——如此以诵的同义词,即成舍学。显示巴利原文
Uddesaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. ‘‘Bhikkhupātimokkhuddesaṃ, bhikkhunīpātimokkhuddesaṃ , paṭhamaṃ pātimokkhuddesaṃ, dutiyaṃ tatiyaṃ catutthaṃ pañcamaṃ pātimokkhuddesaṃ, sammāsambuddhuddesaṃ, anantabuddhiuddesaṃ, anomabuddhiuddesaṃ, bodhipaññāṇuddesaṃ, dhīruddesaṃ, vigatamohuddesaṃ, pabhinnakhīluddesaṃ, vijitavijayuddesaṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti evamādiuddesavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.
“我舍和尚”——这并非以同义词而舍。“那位令我出家者、那位令我受具足戒者、我依之而出家者、我依之而受具足戒者、我出家以之为根本者、我受具足戒以之为根本者——我舍此人”——如此以和尚的同义词,即成舍学。显示巴利原文
Upajjhāyaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. ‘‘Yo maṃ pabbājesi, yo maṃ upasampādesi, yassa mūlenāhaṃ pabbajito, yassa mūlenāhaṃ upasampanno, yassamūlikā mayhaṃ pabbajjā, yassamūlikā mayhaṃ upasampadā tāhaṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti evaṃ upajjhāyavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.
若说“我舍阿阇梨”,并非仅以此语便成舍学。而当这样说:“那位令我出家者、那位教授我者、那位我所依止而住者、那位我所教示者、那位我所请问者、那位教授我者、那位令我请问者——我舍此人。”如此以阿阇梨的同义词宣说,方成舍学。显示巴利原文
Ācariyaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. ‘‘Yo maṃ pabbājesi, yo maṃ anussāvesi, yāhaṃ nissāya vasāmi, yāhaṃ uddisāpemi, yāhaṃ paripucchāmi, yo maṃ uddisati, yo maṃ paripucchāpeti tāhaṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti evaṃ ācariyavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.
若说“我舍共住弟子”,并非仅以此语便成舍学。而当这样说:“那位我令其出家者、那位我令其受具足戒者、那位依我为根本而出家者、那位依我为根本而受具足戒者、那位出家以我为根本者、那位受具足戒以我为根本者——我舍此人。”如此以共住弟子的同义词宣说,方成舍学。显示巴利原文
Saddhivihārikaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. ‘‘Yāhaṃ pabbājesiṃ, yāhaṃ upasampādesiṃ, mayhaṃ mūlena yo pabbajito, mayhaṃ mūlena yo upasampanno, mayhaṃmūlikā yassa pabbajjā, mayhaṃ mūlikā yassa upasampadā tāhaṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti evaṃ saddhivihārikavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.
若说“我舍近住弟子”,并非仅以此语便成舍学。而当这样说:“那位我令其出家者、那位我教授者、那位依我而住者、那位令我教示者、那位向我请问者、那位我所教示者、那位我令其请问者——我舍此人。”如此以近住弟子的同义词宣说,方成舍学。显示巴利原文
Antevāsikaṃpaccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. ‘‘Yāhaṃ pabbājesiṃ, yāhaṃ anussāvesiṃ, yo maṃ nissāya vasati, yo maṃ uddisāpeti, yo maṃ paripucchati, yassāhaṃ uddisāmi, yāhaṃ paripucchāpemi taṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti evaṃ antevāsikavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.
“我舍同和尚者”——这并不是以同义词来舍弃。如果说:“我的和尚所令出家的、所令受具足戒的,依他为根本而出家的、依他为根本而受具足戒的,其出家以他为根本的、其受具足戒以他为根本的——我舍此人”,像这样以同和尚者的同义词来陈述,即是舍学。显示巴利原文
Samānupajjhāyakaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. ‘‘Mayhaṃ upajjhāyo yaṃ pabbājesi, yaṃ upasampādesi, yo tassa mūlena pabbajito, yo tassa mūlena upasampanno, yassa tammūlikā pabbajjā, yassa tammūlikā upasampadā taṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti evaṃ samānupajjhāyakavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.
“我舍同师者”——这并不是以同义词来舍弃。如果说:“我的戒师所度我出家的、所教授我的、我所依止而住的,他令其教导我的、他令其询问我的,我的戒师所教导的、所令询问的——我舍此人”,像这样以同师者的同义词来陈述,即是舍学。显示巴利原文
Samānācariyakaṃpaccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. ‘‘Mayhaṃ ācariyo yaṃ pabbājesi, yaṃ anussāvesi, yo taṃ nissāya vasati, yo taṃ uddisāpeti paripucchati, yassa me ācariyo uddisati, yaṃ paripucchāpeti taṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti evaṃ samānācariyakavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.
“我舍同梵行者”——这并不是以同义词来舍弃。如果说:“那个我与他一起修学增上戒、修学增上心、修学增上慧的人——我舍此人”,像这样以同梵行者的同义词来陈述,即是舍学。显示巴利原文
Sabrahmacāriṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. ‘‘Yenāhaṃ saddhiṃ adhisīlaṃ sikkhāmi, adhicittaṃ adhipaññaṃ sikkhāmi taṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti evaṃ sabrahmacārivevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.
“你把我当作在家人吧”——这样说并非以同义词来舍弃。若说“你把我当作住家者、农夫、商人、牧牛者、工匠、束髻者、享受欲乐者吧”,如此用在家人的同义词来说,便成为对学处的舍弃。显示巴利原文
Gihīti maṃ dhārehīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. ‘‘Āgārikoti maṃ dhārehi, kassako, vāṇijo, gorakkho, okallako, moḷibaddho, kāmaguṇikoti maṃ dhārehī’’ti evaṃ gihivevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.
“你把我当作优婆塞吧”——这样说并非以同义词来舍弃。若说“你把我当作二语优婆塞、三语优婆塞,皈依佛者、皈依法者、皈依僧者,持五学处者、持十学处者吧”,如此用优婆塞的同义词来说,便成为对学处的舍弃。显示巴利原文
Upāsakoti maṃ dhārehīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. ‘‘Dvevāciko upāsakoti maṃ dhārehi, tevāciko upāsako, buddhaṃ saraṇagamaniko, dhammaṃ saṅghaṃ saraṇagamaniko, pañcasikkhāpadiko dasasikkhāpadiko upāsakoti maṃ dhārehī’’ti evaṃ upāsakavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.
“你把我当作净人吧”——这样说并非以同义词来舍弃。若说“你把我当作如法行事者、服务者、处理非青草事务者、分粥者、分果者、分硬食者吧”,如此用净人的同义词来说,便成为对学处的舍弃。显示巴利原文
Ārāmikoti maṃ dhārehīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. ‘‘Kappiyakārakoti maṃ dhārehi, veyyāvaccakaro, appaharitakārako, yāgubhājako, phalabhājako, khajjakabhājakoti maṃ dhārehī’’ti evaṃ ārāmikavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.
若说“你把我当作沙弥吧”,这并非以同义词而舍弃学处;若说“你把我当作童子吧”、“着布衣者”、“侍童”、“髻童”、“沙门弟子吧”,这样以沙弥的同义词而说,即构成舍弃学处。显示巴利原文
Sāmaṇeroti maṃ dhārehīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. ‘‘Kumārakoti maṃ dhārehi, cellako, ceṭako, moḷigallo, samaṇuddeso’ti maṃ dhārehī’’ti evaṃ sāmaṇeravecanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.
若说“你把我当作外道吧”,这并非以同义词而舍弃学处;若说“你把我当作尼乾陀吧”、“活命者”、“苦行者”、“游行者”、“白衣者吧”,这样以外道的同义词而说,即构成舍弃学处。显示巴利原文
Titthiyoti maṃ dhārehīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. ‘‘Nigaṇṭhoti maṃ dhārehi, ājīvako, tāpaso, paribbājako, paṇḍaraṅgoti maṃ dhārehī’’ti evaṃ titthiyavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.
若说“你把我当作外道弟子吧”,这并非以同义词而舍弃学处;若说“你把我当作尼乾陀弟子吧”、“活命者弟子”、“苦行者弟子”、“游行者弟子”、“白衣者弟子吧”,这样以外道弟子的同义词而说,即构成舍弃学处。显示巴利原文
Titthiyasāvakotimaṃ dhārehīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. ‘‘Nigaṇṭhasāvakoti maṃ dhārehi’’ ājīvaka tāpasa paribbājaka paṇḍaraṅgasāvakoti maṃ dhārehīti evaṃ titthiyasāvakavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.
说“你把我当作非沙门吧”——这并非以同义词来舍弃。若说:“你把我当作恶戒者吧,恶法者,行仪不净、可疑者,覆藏所作业者,非沙门却自称沙门者,非梵行者却自称梵行者,内里腐败者,漏泄者,如垃圾所生者,残废者吧”——以这些非沙门的同义词来说,即构成对学处的舍弃。显示巴利原文
Assamaṇoti maṃ dhārehīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. ‘‘Dussīloti maṃ dhārehi, pāpadhammo, asucisaṅkassarasamācāro, paṭicchannakammanto, assamaṇo samaṇapaṭiñño, abrahmacārī brahmacāripaṭiñño, antopūti, avassuto, kasambujāto, koṇṭho’ti maṃ dhārehī’’ti evaṃ assamaṇavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.
说“你把我当作非释迦子吧”——这并非以同义词来舍弃。若说:“你把我当作非正自觉者之子吧,非无量智者之子,非无上智者之子,非菩提智者之子,非坚忍者之子,非离痴者之子,非已断除悭吝之桩者之子,非已战胜、已征服者之子吧”——以这些非释迦子的同义词来说,即构成对学处的舍弃。显示巴利原文
Asakyaputtiyoti maṃ dhārehīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. ‘‘Na sammāsambuddhaputtoti maṃ dhārehi, na anantabuddhiputto, na anomabuddhiputto, na bodhipaññāṇaputto, na dhīraputto, na vigatamohaputto, na pabhinnakhīlaputto , na vijitavijayaputtoti maṃ dhārehī’’ti evamādiasakyaputtiyavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.
“以那些行相、以那些表相、以那些征相”——这是指以“佛陀的同义词”等方式如前所述所说的佛陀等的同义词。这些同义词因为是舍弃学处的因,故说为“行相”;因为能表明佛陀等的形态,或者说其本身就是舍弃学处的形态,故说为“表相”;又因为它们是认知舍弃学处的因缘,如同人身上的痣相等,故说为“征相”。“诸比丘,如是”——这是为了确定而说,因为除此之外再无其他舍弃学处的因。此处的意思是:如此,这既是显示软弱的所作,也正是舍弃学处,除此之外再无他因。显示巴利原文
Tehi ākārehi tehi liṅgehi tehi nimittehīti tehi ‘‘buddhavevacanāni vā’’tiādinā nayena vuttehi buddhādīnaṃ vevacanehi. Vevacanāni hi sikkhāpaccakkhānassa kāraṇattā ākārāni, buddhādīnaṃ saṇṭhānadīpanattā sikkhāpaccakkhānasaṇṭhānattā eva vā liṅgāni, sikkhāpaccakkhānassa sañjānanahetuto manussānaṃ tilakādīni viya nimittānīti vuccanti. Evaṃ kho bhikkhaveti ito paraṃ aññassa sikkhāpaccakkhānakāraṇassa abhāvato niyamento āha. Ayañhettha attho, evameva dubbalyāvikammañceva hoti sikkhāpaccakkhānañca, na ito paraṃ kāraṇamatthīti.
54 如此展示了舍弃学处的特征之后,为于未舍弃时不致迷惑,并为了显示该舍弃学处特征依人等的失败情形,而说“诸比丘,云何为不舍弃?”等。其中,“以他们行相”等如前所述。疯狂者:指被鬼附的癫狂者,或因胆汁失调而癫狂者,凡具有颠倒想者,虽行舍弃,其学处仍非舍弃。于疯狂者前:指于如是疯狂者面前;若正常人于如此疯狂者面前舍弃学处,而疯狂者不知,其学处亦非舍弃。心散乱者:指被鬼附的癫狂者。前句中则依疯狂者的总称说为“被鬼附的癫狂者,或因胆汁失调而癫狂者”。两者之差别将于无犯篇章中显明。如是,心散乱者若舍弃学处,亦非舍弃。若于其面前舍弃,而彼不知,亦非舍弃。显示巴利原文
54. Evaṃ sikkhāpaccakkhānalakkhaṇaṃ dassetvā appaccakkhāne asammohatthaṃ tasseva ca sikkhāpaccakkhānalakkhaṇassa puggalādivasena vipattidassanatthaṃ ‘‘kathañca, bhikkhave, appaccakkhātā’’tiādimāha. Tattha yehi ākārehītiādi vuttanayameva. Ummattakoti yakkhummattako vā pittummattako vā yo koci viparītasañño, so sace paccakkhāti, appaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. Ummattakassāti tādisasseva ummattakassa; tādisassa hi santike sace pakatatto sikkhaṃ paccakkhāti, ummattako na jānāti, appaccakkhātāva hoti sikkhā. Khittacittoti yakkhummattako vuccati. Purimapade pana ummattakasāmaññena vuttaṃ ‘‘yakkhummattako vā pittummattako vā’’ti. Ubhinnampi viseso anāpattivāre āvi bhavissati . Evaṃ khittacitto sikkhaṃ paccakkhāti, appaccakkhātāva hoti. Tassa santike paccakkhātāpi tamhi ajānante appaccakkhātāva hoti.
受剧苦者:指被强烈苦受所触、陷入昏迷者;彼于哀嚎哭喊中虽行舍弃,亦非舍弃。若于如此受剧苦者面前舍弃,而彼不知,亦非舍弃。显示巴利原文
Vedanāṭṭoti balavatiyā dukkhavedanāya phuṭṭho mucchāpareto; tena vilapantena paccakkhātāpi appaccakkhātāva hoti. Tassa santike paccakkhātāpi tamhi ajānante appaccakkhātā hoti.
于天众前:从地居天开始,乃至阿迦腻咤天,于任何天众面前舍弃,亦非舍弃。于畜生前:如龙童子、金翅鸟童子,或紧那罗、象、猴等,于任何畜生面前舍弃,亦非舍弃。于那些处中,于疯狂者等前,因彼不知故,说为非舍弃。于天众前,则因了知极为迅速故。天众有大智慧,具三因结生,了知极为迅速,而心是疾速转变者。是故,为他们心轻快者故,以“勿使极速令之毁灭”之心念,而遮止在天众前舍弃学处。显示巴利原文
Devatāya santiketi bhummadevataṃ ādiṃ katvā yāva akaniṭṭhadevatāya santike paccakkhātāpi appaccakkhātāva hoti. Tiracchānagatassāti nāgamāṇavakassa vā supaṇṇamāṇavakassa vā kinnara-hatthi-makkaṭādīnaṃ vā yassa kassaci santike paccakkhātāpi appaccakkhātāva hoti . Tatra ummattakādīnaṃ santike ajānanabhāvena appaccakkhātāti āha. Devatāya santike atikhippaṃ jānanabhāvena. Devatā nāma mahāpaññā tihetukapaṭisandhikā atikhippaṃ jānanti, cittañca nāmetaṃ lahuparivattaṃ. Tasmā cittalahukassa puggalassa cittavaseneva ‘‘mā atikhippaṃ vināso ahosī’’ti devatāya santike sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ paṭikkhipi.
然而,对人类并无定规。无论是对同类或异类、在家众或出家众,只要在有智者面前舍戒,即成为已舍戒;若对方不能理解,则非已舍戒。为明此义,故说“以圣者语”等。其中,“圣者语”是圣者的语言,即摩揭陀语。“蛮族语”是指非圣者之语,如安达罗人、达弥罗人等。“他不理解”指,因不通他语,或因于佛陀时代未通达法义,以致不明白“他正在说此义”。“出于戏弄”指,忽欲说余语,而突然说出“我舍佛”。“出于喧嚷”指,于喧乱之中,本想说此却说成了彼。若问此与前者的区别:前者是智者也会因一时猝然说错;而此则是由于愚钝、痴迷、忘恩负义,在口误时,本想说此却说成了彼。显示巴利原文
Manussesu pana niyamo natthi. Yassa kassaci sabhāgassa vā visabhāgassa vā gahaṭṭhassa vā pabbajitassa vā viññussa santike paccakkhātā paccakkhātāva hoti. Sace pana so na jānāti, appaccakkhātāva hotīti etamatthaṃ dassento ‘‘ariyakenā’’tiādimāha. Tattha ariyakaṃ nāma ariyavohāro, māgadhabhāsā. Milakkhakaṃ nāma yo koci anariyako andhadamiḷādi. So ca na paṭivijānātīti bhāsantare vā anabhiññatāya, buddhasamaye vā akovidatāya ‘‘idaṃ nāma atthaṃ esa bhaṇatī’’ti nappaṭivijānāti. Davāyāti sahasā aññaṃ bhaṇitukāmo sahasā ‘‘buddhaṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti bhaṇati. Ravāyāti ravābhaññena, ‘‘aññaṃ bhaṇissāmī’’ti aññaṃ bhaṇanto. Purimena ko visesoti ce? Purimaṃ paṇḍitassāpi sahasāvasena aññabhaṇanaṃ. Idaṃ pana mandattā momūhattā apakataññuttā pakkhalantassa ‘‘aññaṃ bhaṇissāmī’’ti aññabhaṇanaṃ.
“不欲告知而告知”是指,对于这条学处,教授、提问、学习、读诵、解说其巴利文,这称为“不欲告知而告知”。“欲告知而不告知”是指,在舍戒时,显露软弱之相,却未以言语表达,这称为“欲告知而不告知”。“向无智者告知”是指,对年迈如书模之人,或对教法不通、智慧迟钝者,或已达愚痴状态的村童告知。“向有智者不告知”是指,对能了别的有智者不予告知。“或者以任何方式完全不告知”是指,于“我舍佛”等表述中,无论以何种方式舍戒,他连一句言语的表白都未作出。如此,“不告知”的相状得以确定。这里的意思是:“像这样,学处即成为未舍,并非由于其他因缘。”显示巴利原文
Asāvetukāmo sāvetīti imassa sikkhāpadassa pāḷiṃ vāceti paripucchati uggaṇhāti sajjhāyaṃ karoti vaṇṇeti, ayaṃ vuccati ‘‘asāvetukāmo sāvetī’’ti. Sāvetukāmo na sāvetīti dubbalabhāvaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhanto vacībhedaṃ na karoti, ayaṃ vuccati ‘‘sāvetukāmo na sāvetī’’ti. Aviññussa sāvetīti mahallakassa vā potthakarūpasadisassa, garumedhassa vā samaye akovidassa, gāmadārakānaṃ vā aviññutaṃ pattānaṃ sāveti. Viññussa na sāvetīti paṇḍitassa ñātuṃ samatthassa na sāveti. Sabbaso vā panāti ‘‘buddhaṃ paccakkhāmī’’tiādīsu yena yena pariyāyena sikkhā paccakkhātā hoti, tato ekampi vacībhedaṃ katvā na sāveti. Evaṃ khoti appaccakkhānalakkhaṇaṃ niyameti. Ayaṃ hettha attho – ‘‘evameva sikkhā appaccakkhātā hoti, na aññena kāraṇenā’’ti.
根本制戒注释显示巴利原文
Mūlapaññattivaṇṇanā
55 现在,为显示“应行淫法”等含义,而说“淫法者”等。其中,“淫法者”是所要阐释的淫法的标目。“非法”是指不善者、卑劣者之法。“村法”是指村民所行之法。“贱民法”是指贱民之法;或因烦恼的流注,其本身即是贱法,故称“贱民法”。“粗恶”是指,因被烦恼染污而极为鄙恶,且粗重不细,故为“粗恶”。此后,于三处中,应将“那种”转换为“那种”来连接:“那种粗恶,那种水边,那种秘密”。其中,由于那种行为的伴随部分——看、取、触、摩、碰皆是粗恶,所以那种行为本身也是粗恶。那种粗恶,就是淫法。在其终了为求清净而取水,故称“水边”,“水边”即是“水边法”;那种水边法,就是淫法。因须在隐秘、遮蔽之处而行,故称“秘密”。那种秘密,就是淫法。应如此理解连接。显示巴利原文
55. Idāni ‘‘methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseveyyā’’tiādīnaṃ atthadassanatthaṃ ‘‘methunadhammo nāmā’’tiādimāha. Tattha methunadhammo nāmāti idaṃ niddisitabbassa methunadhammassa uddesapadaṃ. Asaddhammoti asataṃ nīcajanānaṃ dhammo. Gāmadhammoti gāmavāsīnaṃ sevanadhammo. Vasaladhammoti vasalānaṃ dhammo; kilesavassanato vā sayameva vasalo dhammoti vasaladhammo. Duṭṭhullanti duṭṭhuñca kilesehi duṭṭhattā, thūlañca anipuṇabhāvatoti duṭṭhullaṃ. Ito paṭṭhāya ca tīsu padesu ‘‘yo so’’ti idaṃ parivattetvā ‘‘yaṃ ta’’nti katvā yojetabbaṃ – ‘‘yaṃ taṃ duṭṭhullaṃ, yaṃ taṃ odakantikaṃ, yaṃ taṃ rahassa’’nti. Ettha ca yasmā tassa kammassa parivārabhūtaṃ dassanampi gahaṇampi āmasanampi phusanampi ghaṭṭanampi duṭṭhullaṃ, tasmāpi taṃ kammaṃ duṭṭhullaṃ. Yaṃ taṃ duṭṭhullaṃ so methunadhammo. Udakaṃ assa ante suddhatthaṃ ādīyatīti udakantaṃ, udakantameva odakantikaṃ; yaṃ taṃ odakantikaṃ , so methunadhammo. Raho paṭicchanne okāse kattabbatāya rahassaṃ. Yaṃ taṃ rahassaṃ, so methunadhammoti evaṃ yojanā veditabbā.
由于是由两者彼此成就而得,故称“双双成就”。其中文句的衔接为:“那种双双成就,即是所谓的淫法。”在此,将这一切总括而说:“这即是所谓的淫法。”为何称为淫法呢?因为它是两者皆染着、贪求、漏泄、被缠缚、两者相合之法,因此之故,称为淫法。显示巴利原文
Dvayena dvayena samāpajjitabbato dvayaṃdvayasamāpatti. Tattha yojanā – ‘‘yā sā dvayaṃdvayasamāpatti so methunadhammo nāmā’’ti. Idha pana taṃ sabbaṃ ekajjhaṃ nigamento āha ‘‘eso methunadhammo nāmā’’ti. Kiṃ kāraṇā vuccati methunadhammoti? Ubhinnaṃ rattānaṃ sārattānaṃ avassutānaṃ pariyuṭṭhitānaṃ ubhinnaṃ sadisānaṃ dhammoti, taṃ kāraṇā vuccati methunadhammoti.
“行”者,这是为了说明在“应行”一词中,是以何种方式而说为“应行”,所设立的论母句。在“以自根入他根”等处,若有比丘以女性根入于己根,以女性生殖器入于己之生殖器,乃至以最末后的量,哪怕仅如一颗芝麻粒大小,在不为风所触的湿润处进入,这便称为“行”;由此即成就破戒,成为波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Paṭisevati nāmāti idaṃ ‘‘paṭiseveyyā’’ti ettha yenākārena paṭiseveyyāti vuccati, tassākārassa dassanatthaṃ mātikāpadaṃ. Yo nittena nimittantiādīsu yo bhikkhu itthiyā nimittena attano nimittaṃ, itthiyā aṅgajātena attano aṅgajātaṃ sabbantimena pamāṇena ekatilabījamattampi vātena asamphuṭṭhe allokāse paveseti, eso paṭisevati nāma; ettakena sīlabhedaṃ pāpuṇāti, pārājiko hoti.
在此,于女性根中,可得四个侧面及中间,共五处。于男性根中,可得四个侧面、中间及上方,共六处。因此,于女性根中,从下方进入者,是波罗夷;从上方进入者,从两侧进入者,舍四处而从中进入者,也是波罗夷。于男性根,以触其下方而进入者,是波罗夷;以触其上方而进入者,以触其两侧而进入者,仅以触其中间而进入者,以及如收紧手指以中节背侧之状收紧后触其上方而进入者,也是波罗夷。其中,如同天平横梁般进入者,亦有四个侧面和中间,共五处;收紧后进入者,亦有四个侧面及上方中间,共五处。如是,于男性根中,总计有十处。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca itthinimitte cattāri passāni, vemajjhañcāti pañca ṭhānāni labbhanti. Purisanimitte cattāri passāni, majjhaṃ, uparicāti cha. Tasmā itthinimitte heṭṭhā pavesentopi pārājiko hoti. Uparito pavesentopi, ubhohi passehi pavesentopi cattāri ṭhānāni muñcitvā majjhena pavesentopi pārājiko hoti. Purisanimittaṃ pana heṭṭhābhāgena chupantaṃ pavesentopi pārājiko hoti. Uparibhāgena chupantaṃ pavesentopi, ubhohi passehi chupantaṃ pavesentopi, majjheneva chupantaṃ pavesentopi samañchitaṅguliṃ viya majjhimapabbapiṭṭhiyā saṅkocetvā uparibhāgena chupantaṃ pavesentopi pārājiko hoti. Tattha tulādaṇḍasadisaṃ pavesentassāpi cattāri passāni, majjhañcāti pañca ṭhānāni; saṅkocetvā pavesentassāpi cattāri passāni, uparibhāgamajjhañcāti pañca ṭhānāni – evaṃ sabbānipi purisanimitte dasa ṭhānāni honti.
将生支插入有生命的女根、或皮瘤、或疮肿,犯波罗夷罪。将生支插入无生命的女根、或干皮、或干疮肿,犯恶作罪。以淫欲心将阴毛、或手指、拇指、种子等插入者,亦犯恶作罪。而这所谓的淫欲之论,因为是粗恶语、非圣者语,所以在讲述此段或律中其他相似之处时,应当先修不净想、沙门想,提起惭与愧,生起对正自觉者的恭敬,并忆念那位对众生怀有无等悲悯的世间怙主的悲德,然后方可讲述。彼世尊虽已完全离欲,但出于对众生的怜愍、对世间的悲悯,为悲愍众生而制定学处,才宣说了这样的法。应如此忆念世间怙主的悲德:‘啊,大师的悲德!’然后再作讲述。显示巴利原文
Nimitte jātaṃ anaṭṭhakāyappasādaṃ cammakhīlaṃ vā piḷakaṃ vā paveseti, āpatti pārājikassa. Naṭṭhakāyappasādaṃ matacammaṃ vā sukkhapiḷakaṃ vā paveseti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Methunassādena lomaṃ vā aṅguli-aṅguṭṭhabījādīni vā pavesentassāpi dukkaṭameva. Ayañca methunakathā nāma yasmā duṭṭhullā kathā asabbhikathā, tasmā etaṃ vā aññaṃ vā vinaye īdisaṃ ṭhānaṃ kathentena paṭikkūlamanasikārañca samaṇasaññañca hirottappañca paccupaṭṭhapetvā sammāsambuddhe gāravaṃ uppādetvā asamakāruṇikassa lokanāthassa karuṇāguṇaṃ āvajjetvā kathetabbaṃ. So hi nāma bhagavā sabbaso kāmehi vinivattamānasopi sattānuddayāya lokānukampāya sattesu kāruññataṃ paṭicca sikkhāpadapaññāpanatthāya īdisaṃ kathaṃ kathesi. ‘‘Aho satthu karuṇāguṇo’’ti evaṃ lokanāthassa karuṇāguṇaṃ āvajjetvā kathetabbaṃ.
再者,如果世尊不以一切方式讲述这样的法,谁会知道:‘在这么多……显示巴利原文
Apica yadi bhagavā sabbākārena īdisaṃ kathaṃ na katheyya, ko jāneyya ‘‘ettakesu
在哪些处犯波罗夷,在这么多处犯偷兰遮,在这么多处犯恶作。’因此,无论是听者还是说者,都不应掩口露齿而笑地坐着。应当如此思惟:‘即使是正自觉者也讲述过这样的法’,心怀庄重,具足惭与愧,以与大师相应的态度而说。显示巴利原文
Ṭhānesu pārājikaṃ, ettakesu thullaccayaṃ, ettakesu dukkaṭa’’nti. Tasmā suṇantenapi kathentenapi bījakena mukhaṃ apidhāya dantavidaṃsakaṃ hasamānena na nisīditabbaṃ. ‘‘Sammāsambuddhenāpi īdisaṃ kathita’’nti paccavekkhitvā gabbhitena hirottappasampannena satthupaṭibhāgena hutvā kathetabbanti.
在随制分中——‘乃至’是指以最低限度来限定。‘对畜生女亦’是指依结生而投生于畜生道的雌性。‘何况人类女人’是指首先对人类种姓的女人。而此处,作为波罗夷事由的畜生女,应理解为畜生女,并非所有畜生女。此处的界定是——显示巴利原文
Anupaññattivāre – antamasoti sabbantimena paricchedena. Tiracchānagatāyapīti paṭisandhivasena tiracchānesu gatāyapi. Pageva manussitthiyāti paṭhamataraṃ manussajātikāya itthiyā. Pārājikavatthubhūtā eva cettha tiracchānagatitthī tiracchānagatāti gahetabbā, na sabbā. Tatrāyaṃ paricchedo –
Apadānaṃ ahi macchā, dvipadānañca kukkuṭī; Catuppadānaṃ majjārī, vatthu pārājikassimāti.
其中,以‘蛇’一词,涵盖了诸如蟒蛇、黑蛇等一切长形类。因此,于长形类中,若于三道之任一道,能容入芝麻粒大小之物,此即波罗夷事由;其余则为恶作事由。以‘鱼’一词,涵盖了诸如鱼、龟、蛙等一切水生类。于此,亦当依长形类中所说,了知波罗夷事由与恶作事由。然而,此处有一差别:有一种名为‘飞蝗口蛙’者,其口形虽大,孔却极小,不可容入;但其口形可纳入疮口之列,故应知为偷兰遮事由。以‘鸡’一词,涵盖了诸如鸦、鸽等一切鸟类。于此,亦当依所说之法,了知波罗夷事由与恶作事由。以‘猫’一词,涵盖了诸如树狗、獴、蜥蜴等一切四足类。于此,亦当依所说之法,了知波罗夷事由与恶作事由。显示巴利原文
Tattha ahiggahaṇena sabbāpi ajagaragonasādibhedā dīghajāti saṅgahitā. Tasmā dīghajātīsu yattha tiṇṇaṃ maggānaṃ aññatarasmiṃ sakkā tilaphalamattampi pavesetuṃ, sā pārājikavatthu. Avasesā dukkaṭavatthūti veditabbā. Macchaggahaṇena sabbāpi macchakacchapamaṇḍūkādibhedā odakajāti saṅgahitā. Tatrāpi dīghajātiyaṃ vuttanayeneva pārājikavatthu ca dukkaṭavatthu ca veditabbaṃ. Ayaṃ pana viseso – pataṅgamukhamaṇḍūkā nāma honti tesaṃ mukhasaṇṭhānaṃ mahantaṃ, chiddaṃ appakaṃ, tattha pavesanaṃ nappahoti; mukhasaṇṭhānaṃ pana vaṇasaṅkhepaṃ gacchati, tasmā taṃ thullaccayavatthūti veditabbaṃ. Kukkuṭiggahaṇena sabbāpi kākakapotādibhedā pakkhijāti saṅgahitā. Tatrāpi vuttanayeneva pārājikavatthu ca dukkaṭavatthu ca veditabbaṃ. Majjāriggahaṇena sabbāpi rukkhasunakha-muṅgusa-godhādibhedā catuppadajāti saṅgahitā. Tatrāpi vuttanayeneva pārājikavatthu ca dukkaṭavatthu ca veditabbaṃ.
“波罗夷”者,即已败、已遭败。此“波罗夷”一词通用于学处、犯戒及人。其中,用于学处者,如说:“阿难,如来不可能因跋耆人或跋耆子的缘故而废止已为弟子制立的波罗夷学处,此事既无根据,亦无可能。”(波罗夷43)应如是了知。用于犯戒者,如说:“比丘,你犯了波罗夷罪。”(波罗夷67)用于人者,如说:“我们不是波罗夷,那个偷盗者才是波罗夷。”(波罗夷155)应如是了知。而于“应以波罗夷法举罪”等(波罗夷384)中,则用于法。然而,此处所谓“法”有时指犯戒,有时仅指学处本身,故不另列。其中,学处能击败那违越它的人,故称波罗夷;犯戒能击败那犯之者,故称波罗夷;人因已败、已遭败,故称波罗夷。正是为了说明此义,《附随》中亦说:显示巴利原文
Pārājikoti parājito, parājayaṃ āpanno. Ayañhi pārājikasaddo sikkhāpadāpattipuggalesu vattati. Tattha ‘‘aṭṭhānametaṃ, ānanda, anavakāso yaṃ tathāgato vajjīnaṃ vā vajjiputtakānaṃ vā kāraṇā sāvakānaṃ pārājikaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ samūhaneyyā’’ti (pārā. 43) evaṃ sikkhāpade vattamāno veditabbo. ‘‘Āpattiṃ tvaṃ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājika’’nti (pārā. 67) evaṃ āpattiyaṃ. ‘‘Na mayaṃ pārājikā, yo avahaṭo so pārājiko’’ti (pārā. 155) evaṃ puggale vattamāno veditabbo. ‘‘Pārājikena dhammena anuddhaṃseyyā’’tiādīsu (pārā. 384) pana dhamme vattatīti vadanti. Yasmā pana tattha dhammoti katthaci āpatti , katthaci sikkhāpadameva adhippetaṃ, tasmā so visuṃ na vattabbo. Tattha sikkhāpadaṃ yo taṃ atikkamati, taṃ parājeti, tasmā ‘‘pārājika’’nti vuccati. Āpatti pana yo naṃ ajjhāpajjati, taṃ parājeti, tasmā ‘‘pārājikā’’ti vuccati. Puggalo yasmā parājito parājayamāpanno, tasmā ‘‘pārājiko’’ti vuccati. Etameva hi atthaṃ sandhāya parivārepi –
所谓“波罗夷”者,如其实相,汝当谛听:显示巴利原文
‘‘Pārājikanti yaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ suṇohi yathātathaṃ;
已堕、已败、已失,从正法中被摒弃;
于他亦无共住,因此,如是称说。
显示巴利原文 Cuto paraddho bhaṭṭho ca, saddhammā hi niraṅkato; Saṃvāsopi tahiṃ natthi, tenetaṃ iti vuccatī’’ti vuttaṃ. (pari. 339);
此处之义为:“违越彼学处而犯戒之人,即是已堕者”,应如此综合理解。“因此称”是指:由于何种原因,他成为非沙门、非释子、被摒弃、被切断、从教法中败亡,故如此称说。如何称说?称说“是波罗夷”。显示巴利原文
Ayañhettha attho – ‘‘taṃ sikkhāpadaṃ vītikkamanto āpattiñca āpanno puggalo cuto hotīti sabbaṃ yojetabbaṃ. Tena vuccatīti yena kāraṇena assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo paribhaṭṭho chinno parājito sāsanato, tena vuccati. Kinti? ‘‘Pārājiko hotī’’ti.
“共住”意为他们共同居住于此,为了说明此,先说“共住者”,然后说“同一羯磨”等。此处,结合注释如下:四种僧羯磨,由于是由界内清净比丘共同执行的,故称“同一羯磨”。同样,五种巴帝摩卡诵,由于是共同诵出的,故称“同一诵”。而所制定的学处,由于是所有具惭者都应平等修学的,故称“平等学”。在此,由于所有具惭者都共同参与这些羯磨等,无一人被排除在外,因此总括这一切而说“此名为共住”。而如此所说的共住,于彼人并不存在,因此,那波罗夷之人被称为“不共住”。显示巴利原文
Saha vasanti etthāti saṃvāso, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘saṃvāso nāmā’’ti vatvā ‘‘ekakamma’’ntiādimāha. Tatrāyaṃ saddhiṃ yojanāya vaṇṇanā – catubbidhampi saṅghakammaṃ sīmāparicchinnehi pakatattehi bhikkhūhi ekato kattabbattā ekakammaṃ nāma. Tathā pañcavidhopi pātimokkhuddeso ekato uddisitabbattā ekuddeso nāma. Paññattaṃ pana sikkhāpadaṃ sabbehipi lajjīpuggalehi samaṃ sikkhitabbabhāvato samasikkhatā nāma. Ettha yasmā sabbepi lajjino etesu kammādīsu saha vasanti, na ekopi tato bahiddhā sandissati, tasmā tāni sabbānipi gahetvā ‘‘eso saṃvāso nāmā’’ti āha. So ca vuttappakāro saṃvāso tena puggalena saddhiṃ natthi, tena kāraṇena so pārājiko puggalo asaṃvāsoti vuccatīti.
56 如此,依序分别已开示之学处后,现在为了说明“若行淫”这一句中,以何种方式被称为“行淫”,先安置“名为行淫”这一论母句,而后宣说“以相入相,以生殖器入生殖器”。其中,因为并非仅是女性的相即属波罗夷事,亦非仅限人类女性,且金、银等所造的女性相也并非事,所以为了显示哪些是事、哪些不是,先以“三种女性”等方法指出那些拥有相与事的众生,然后以“于人类女性的三道”等方法宣说了那些事。显示巴利原文
56. Evaṃ uddiṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ padānukkamena vibhajitvā idāni yaṃ taṃ ‘‘paṭiseveyyā’’ti ettha yenākārena paṭiseveyyāti vuccati, tassākārassa dassanatthaṃ ‘‘paṭisevati nāmā’’ti idaṃ mātikāpadaṃ ṭhapetvā ‘‘nimittena nimittaṃ aṅgajātena aṅgajāta’’nti vuttaṃ. Tattha yasmā na kevalaṃ itthiyā eva nimittaṃ pārājikavatthu, na ca manussitthiyā eva, suvaṇṇarajatādimayānañca itthīnampi nimittaṃ vatthumeva na hoti; tasmā yaṃ yaṃ vatthu hoti, taṃ taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘tisso itthiyo’’tiādinā nayena yesaṃ nimittāni vatthūni honti, te satte vatvā ‘‘manussitthiyā tayo magge’’tiādinā nayena tāni vatthūni āha.
其中,三种女性、三种双性人、三种黄门、三种男性,作为波罗夷事诸相的所依,共有十二种众生。此中,女性和男性是显而易知的。黄门与双性人的分类,将于《出家犍度》的注释中明了。显示巴利原文
Tattha tisso itthiyo, tayo ubhatobyañjanakā, tayo paṇḍakā, tayo purisāti pārājikavatthūnaṃ nimittānaṃ nissayā dvādasa sattā honti. Tesu itthipurisā pākaṭā eva . Paṇḍakaubhatobyañjanakabhedo pabbajjākhandhakavaṇṇanāyaṃ pākaṭo bhavissati.
“于人类女性的三道行淫法者”这句中,应知有“在人类女性的三道中”的意思。一切处都是如此。所有这一切,即:人类女性的三道、非人女性的三道、畜生女性的三道,合为九种;人类双性人的三道等合为九种;人类黄门等各计二道,合为六种;同样,人类男性等也是如此,总计三十种道。在这些称为相的道中,无论于何处,将自己的男根哪怕仅如枣核大小一般置入而行淫法者,即犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Manussitthiyā tayo magge methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevantassāti ettha ca manussitthiyā tīsu maggesūti attho veditabbo. Evaṃ sabbattha. Sabbe eva cete manussitthiyā tayo maggā, amanussitthiyā tayo, tiracchānagatitthiyā tayoti nava; manussaubhatobyañjanakādīnaṃ nava; manussapaṇḍakādīnaṃ dve dve katvā cha; tathā manussapurisādīnanti samatiṃsa maggā honti. Etesu nimittasaṅkhātesu yattha katthaci attano aṅgajātaṃ tilaphalamattampi pavesetvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevanto pārājikaṃ āpajjati.
第一四项论说注释显示巴利原文
Paṭhamacatukkakathāvaṇṇanā
57 然而,犯戒者之所以犯戒,纯因有淫心,并非离此而有犯。因此,为了显示这一特征,世尊说:“比丘生起淫心时……”等。其中,“比丘”是指行淫的比丘。“生起淫心”是位格用作主格,意思是“当淫心现前时”。“将生支导入粪道者”是指,将自己的生支——即男性相,哪怕小如枣核——导入排泄粪便的通道。“犯波罗夷罪”意思是,他犯下了波罗夷罪;或者,“犯”指违犯的行为,“波罗夷”指波罗夷法。此原则适用于一切处。显示巴利原文
57. Āpajjanto pana yasmā sevanacitteneva āpajjati, na vinā tena; tasmā taṃ lakkhaṇaṃ dassento bhagavā ‘‘bhikkhussa sevanacittaṃ upaṭṭhite’’tiādimāha. Tattha bhikkhussāti methunasevanakassa bhikkhussa. Sevanacittaṃ upaṭṭhiteti bhummatthe paccattavacanaṃ, sevanacitte paccupaṭṭhiteti attho. Vaccamaggaṃ aṅgajātaṃ pavesentassāti yena maggena vaccaṃ nikkhamati taṃ maggaṃ attano aṅgajātaṃ purisanimittaṃ tilaphalamattampi pavesentassa. Āpatti pārājikassāti āpatti pārājikā assa hotīti attho. Atha vā āpattīti āpajjanaṃ hoti. Pārājikassāti pārājikadhammassa. Esa nayo sabbattha.
58 如此显示了仅以淫心导入所犯的罪过后,现在,因为那种导入并非仅由自己努力而发生,也会由他人努力而发生。而且,只有对此心生欢喜、具足淫心者才有罪,其他人则无。因此,为了保护那些以信心出家、正行而住的善男子,即使在他力导入时也不生欢喜,世尊宣说了:“比丘的怨敌将人类女性……”等。显示巴利原文
58. Evaṃ sevanacitteneva pavesentassa āpattiṃ dassetvā idāni yasmā taṃ pavesanaṃ nāma na kevalaṃ attūpakkameneva, parūpakkamenāpi hoti . Tatrāpi ca sādiyantasseva āpatti paṭisevanacittasamaṅgissa, na itarassa. Tasmā ye saddhāpabbajitā kulaputtā sammāpaṭipannakā parūpakkamena pavesanepi sati na sādiyanti, tesaṃ rakkhaṇatthaṃ ‘‘bhikkhupaccatthikā manussitthi’’ntiādimāha.
其中,“怨敌”是指希望对方遭殃的人。“比丘怨敌”即比丘的怨敌,是对那些不友善、心怀怨恨的比丘的称呼。“将人类女性带到比丘近处后”是指,那些怨敌出于嫉妒,想要毁掉该比丘,便用财物引诱,或借朋友情谊说“请为我们做这件事”,于是在夜间将某个人类女性带到那位比丘的住处后。“以粪道将生支坐入”是指,紧紧抓住那位比丘的手、脚、头等,使其无法动弹,然后将比丘的生支坐入女性的粪道;意即进行交合。显示巴利原文
Tattha paṭipakkhaṃ atthayanti icchantīti paccatthikā, bhikkhū eva paccatthikā bhikkhupaccatthikā; visabhāgānaṃ veribhikkhūnametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Manussitthiṃ bhikkhussa santike ānetvāti issāpakatā taṃ bhikkhuṃ nāsetukāmā āmisena vā upalāpetvā mittasanthavavasena vā ‘‘idaṃ amhākaṃ kiccaṃ karohī’’ti vatvā kañci manussitthiṃ rattibhāge tassa bhikkhussa vasanokāsaṃ ānetvā. Vaccamaggena aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdentīti taṃ bhikkhuṃ hatthapādasīsādīsu suggahitaṃ nipparipphandaṃ gahetvā itthiyā vaccamaggena tassa bhikkhuno aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdenti; sampayojentīti attho.
在“如果那位……”等句中,若比丘对男根进入粪道内部欢喜、忍受,于彼时生起淫心;对已进入欢喜、忍受,于进入时生起淫心;对已住立欢喜、忍受,于住立时及泄精时生起淫心;对抽出欢喜、忍受,于抽出时生起淫心。如此于四种情况欢喜者,不能称说“此乃我之仇敌沙门对我所为”,他正犯波罗夷罪。正如对四种情况皆欢喜者犯戒,若前一种不欢喜而后三种欢喜,或两种不欢喜而两种欢喜,或三种不欢喜而一种欢喜,亦犯戒。然而,全不欢喜者,视进入之男根如毒蛇口、如火坑,则不犯戒。是故说:“于进入不欢喜……于抽出不欢喜,无罪。”世尊为护持如是已着手修观、于身命无所贪恋、视一切感官领域如十一火所焚、视五种欲如持刀杀人之修行者,并为摧伏怨敌之欲,而设此“于进入不欢喜”等四项分类。显示巴利原文
So cetiādīsu so ce bhikkhu vaccamaggabbhantaraṃ attano aṅgajātassa pavesanaṃ sādiyati adhivāseti tasmiṃ khaṇe sevanacittaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti. Paviṭṭhaṃ sādiyati adhivāseti, paviṭṭhakāle sevanacittaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti. Ṭhitaṃ sādiyati adhivāseti, ṭhānappattakāle sukkavissaṭṭhisamaye sevanacittaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti. Uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati adhivāseti, nīharaṇakāle paṭisevanacittaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti. Evaṃ catūsu ṭhānesu sādiyanto ‘‘mama verisamaṇehi idaṃ kata’’nti vattuṃ na labhati, pārājikāpattimeva āpajjati. Yathā ca imāni cattāri sādiyanto āpajjati; evaṃ purimaṃ ekaṃ asādiyitvā tīṇi sādiyantopi, dve asādiyitvā dve sādiyantopi, tīṇi asādiyitvā ekaṃ sādiyantopi āpajjatiyeva. Sabbaso pana asādiyanto āsīvisamukhaṃ viya aṅgārakāsuṃ viya ca paviṭṭhaṃ aṅgajātaṃ maññamāno nāpajjati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘pavesanaṃ na sādiyati…pe… uddharaṇaṃ na sādiyati, anāpattī’’ti. Imañhi evarūpaṃ āraddhavipassakaṃ kāye ca jīvite ca anapekkhaṃ ekādasahi aggīhi sampajjalitāni ca sabbāyatanāni ukkhittāsike viya ca vadhake pañca kāmaguṇe passantaṃ puggalaṃ rakkhanto bhagavā paccatthikānañcassa manorathavighātaṃ karonto imaṃ ‘‘pavesanaṃ na sādiyatī’’tiādikaṃ catukkaṃ nīharitvā ṭhapesīti.
一减七十三之二四法论显示巴利原文
Ekūnasattatidvisatacatukkakathā
59-60 开示第一组四项已,今因与比丘为敌者引来女人,非仅令由大便道行淫,亦由小便道及口。且引来女人时,有引醒觉者,有引睡眠者,有引醉酒者,有引疯狂者,有引放逸、心不在焉、散乱心者——此是义。有引已死、未被啃食者,意指未被犬、豺等啃食其部位者。有引已死、大部分未被啃食者;所谓大部分未被啃食,是指其大便道、小便道或口等部位多分未被啃食。有引已死、大部分已被啃食者;所谓大部分已被啃食,谓其大便道等部位多分已被啃食,仅少分未啃食。又非仅引来人类女人,亦引来非人女人、畜生女人;非唯引来如是女人,亦引来双性人、黄门、男人。是故依这些为开示余四项而说:“与比丘为敌者引来醒觉之人类女人”等。显示巴利原文
59-60. Evaṃ paṭhamacatukkaṃ dassetvā idāni yasmā bhikkhupaccatthikā itthiṃ ānetvā na kevalaṃ vaccamaggeneva abhinisīdenti, atha kho passāvamaggenapi mukhenapi. Itthiṃ ānetvāpi ca keci jāgarantiṃ ānenti, keci suttaṃ, keci mattaṃ, keci ummattaṃ, keci pamattaṃ aññavihitaṃ vikkhittacittanti attho. Keci mataṃ akkhāyitaṃ, soṇasiṅgālādīhi akkhāyitanimittanti attho. Keci mataṃ yebhuyyena akkhāyitaṃ, yebhuyyena akkhāyitā nāma yassā nimitte vaccamagge passāvamagge mukhe vā bahutaro okāso akkhāyito hoti. Keci mataṃ yebhuyyena khāyitaṃ, yebhuyyena khāyitā nāma yassā vaccamaggādike nimitte bahuṃ khāyitaṃ hoti, appaṃ akkhāyitaṃ. Na kevalañca manussitthimeva ānenti, atha kho amanussitthimpi tiracchānagatitthimpi. Na kevalañca vuttappakāraṃ itthimeva, ubhatobyañjanakampi paṇḍakampi purisampi ānenti. Tasmā tesaṃ vasena aññānipi catukkāni dassento ‘‘bhikkhupaccatthikā manussitthiṃ jāgaranti’’ntiādimāha.
此中,为于巴利无疑,应知所说诸四项其数如此:依人类女人三道,有三组纯净四项、三组醒觉四项、三组睡眠四项、三组醉酒四项、三组疯狂四项、三组放逸四项、三组已死未被啃食四项、三组大部分未被啃食四项、三组大部分已被啃食四项,合二十七组四项。依非人女人亦然;依畜生女人亦然。如是在女人分有八十一组四项。于双性人分亦同。于黄门、男人分,依二道各有五十四组四项。如是总有二百七十组四项,其义显然。显示巴利原文
Tattha pāḷiyā asammohatthaṃ vuttacatukkāni evaṃ saṅkhyāto veditabbāni – manussitthiyā tiṇṇaṃ maggānaṃ vasena tīṇi suddhikacatukkāni, tīṇi jāgarantīcatukkāni, tīṇi suttacatukkāni, tīṇi mattacatukkāni, tīṇi ummattacatukkāni, tīṇi pamattacatukkāni, tīṇi mataakkhāyitacatukkāni, tīṇi yebhuyyena akkhāyitacatukkāni, tīṇi yebhuyyena khāyitacatukkānīti sattavīsati catukkāni. Tathā amanussitthiyā; tathā tiracchānagatitthiyāti itthivāre ekāsīti catukkāni. Yathā ca itthivāre evaṃ ubhatobyañjanakavāre. Paṇḍakapurisavāresu pana dvinnaṃ maggānaṃ vasena catupaṇṇāsa catupaṇṇāsa honti. Evaṃ sabbānipi dvesatāni, sattati ca catukkāni honti, tāni uttānatthāniyeva.
然而,于所有处中,就“已死、大部分未被啃食、已被啃食”这一处,有这样的判定:据说在铜掌岛(锡兰),曾有两位同师承的持律长老——优波提舍长老与普沙提婆长老。大怖畏发生时,他们护持并保存了律藏。其中,优波提舍长老更为精通。他也有两位弟子——大莲华长老与大善慧长老。其中,大善慧长老听闻律藏九遍;大莲华长老与他一同听闻九遍,又独自听闻九遍,共听闻十八遍,于他们中最为精通。大善慧长老听闻律藏九遍后,离开师长去了恒河彼岸。于是,大莲华长老感叹道:“啊,这位持律者竟如此勇猛,以为可在师长在世时离去而住于他方。师长在世时,即便已多次领受律藏与注释,难道不应不舍弃、恒时听闻、每年反复诵习吗?”显示巴利原文
Sabbavāresu panettha ‘‘mataṃ yebhuyyena akkhāyitaṃ khāyita’’nti etasmiṃ ṭhāne ayaṃ vinicchayo – tambapaṇṇidīpe kira dve vinayadharā samānācariyakā therā ahesuṃ – upatissatthero ca, phussadevatthero ca. Te mahābhaye uppanne vinayapiṭakaṃ pariharantā rakkhiṃsu. Tesu upatissatthero byattataro. Tassāpi dve antevāsikā ahesuṃ – mahāpadumatthero ca mahāsumatthero ca. Tesu mahāsumatthero nakkhattuṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ assosi, mahāpadumatthero tena saddhiṃ navakkhattuṃ, visuñca ekakova navakkhattunti aṭṭhārasakkhattuṃ assosi; ayameva tesu byattataro . Tesu mahāsumatthero navakkhattuṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ sutvā ācariyaṃ muñcitvā aparagaṅgaṃ agamāsi. Tato mahāpadumatthero āha – ‘‘sūro vata, re, esa vinayadharo yo dharamānakaṃyeva ācariyaṃ muñcitvā aññattha vasitabbaṃ maññati. Nanu ācariye dharamāne vinayapiṭakañca aṭṭhakathā ca anekakkhattuṃ gahetvāpi na vissajjetabbaṃ, niccakālaṃ sotabbaṃ, anusaṃvaccharaṃ sajjhāyitabba’’nti.
在那些敬重律藏的比丘的时代,有一天,优波提舍长老正坐着,为以大莲华长老为首的五百弟子讲解这第一波罗夷学处的这一段。弟子们问他:“尊者,在大部分未被啃食的情况下是波罗夷,在大部分已被啃食的情况下是偷兰遮,那么一半被啃食的情况应判为什么?”长老说:“贤友们,诸佛在制定波罗夷时,并非有所保留,而是毫无保留、穷尽彻底、断绝后续,在波罗夷事上只制定波罗夷。因为这条学处是世间过犯,而非制限过犯。因此,若一半被啃食的情况应是波罗夷,正自觉者必会制定。然而,这里不见波罗夷的影子,唯见偷兰遮的影子。”显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vinayagarukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ kāle ekadivasaṃ upatissatthero mahāpadumattherappamukhānaṃ pañcannaṃ antevāsikasatānaṃ paṭhamapārājikasikkhāpade imaṃ padesaṃ vaṇṇento nisinno hoti. Taṃ antevāsikā pucchiṃsu – ‘‘bhante, yebhuyyena akkhāyite pārājikaṃ, yebhuyyena khāyite thullaccayaṃ, upaḍḍhakkhāyite kena bhavitabba’’nti? Thero āha – ‘‘āvuso, buddhā nāma pārājikaṃ paññapentā na sāvasesaṃ katvā paññapenti, anavasesaṃyeva katvā sabbaṃ pariyādiyitvā sotaṃ chinditvā pārājikavatthusmiṃ pārājikameva paññapenti. Idañhi sikkhāpadaṃ lokavajjaṃ, na paṇṇattivajjaṃ. Tasmā yadi upaḍḍhakkhāyite pārājikaṃ bhaveyya, paññapeyya sammāsambuddho. Pārājikacchāyā panettha na dissati, thullaccayameva dissatī’’ti.
而且,应知:世尊就死尸制定波罗夷时,将其安立于“大部分未被啃食”,是为了显示“此后更无波罗夷”;制定偷兰遮时,将其安立于“大部分已被啃食”,也是为了显示“此后更无偷兰遮”。所谓“已被啃食与未被啃食”,唯就死尸而言,不适用于活人。因为在活人身上,即使只有指甲片大小的皮、肉或筋存在,也仍是波罗夷。即便相状完全被啃食、无皮肉,但相状形状仍可辨认且能进入,也仍是波罗夷。然而,若相状完全无余,整个相状被切断、全面削平、被拔除,则依伤口相续判为偷兰遮。若对从相状脱落的肉片行淫,便是恶作。而在死尸上,即使整个身体已被啃食或未被啃食,只要三道未被啃食,对之行淫即是波罗夷;大部分未被啃食的情况下,是波罗夷;一半被啃食及大部分已被啃食的情况下,是偷兰遮。显示巴利原文
Apica matasarīre pārājikaṃ paññapento bhagavā yebhuyyena akkhāyite ṭhapesi ‘‘tato paraṃ pārājikaṃ natthī’’ti dassetuṃ. Thullaccayaṃ paññapento yebhuyyena khāyite ṭhapesi ‘‘tato paraṃ thullaccayaṃ natthī’’ti dassetuntipi veditabbaṃ. Khāyitākhāyitañca nāmetaṃ matasarīrasmiṃyeva veditabbaṃ, na jīvamāne. Jīvamāne hi nakhapiṭṭhippamāṇepi chavimaṃse vā nhārumhi vā sati pārājikameva hoti. Yadipi nimittaṃ sabbaso khāyitaṃ chavicammaṃ natthi, nimittasaṇṭhānaṃ paññāyati, pavesanaṃ jāyati, pārājikameva. Nimittasaṇṭhānaṃ pana anavasesetvā sabbasmiṃ nimitte chinditvā samantato tacchetvā uppāṭite vaṇasaṅkhepavasena thullaccayaṃ. Nimittato patitāya maṃsapesiyā upakkamantassa dukkaṭaṃ. Matasarīre pana yadipi sabbaṃ sarīraṃ khāyitaṃ hoti, yadipi akkhāyitaṃ, tayo pana maggā akkhāyitā, tesu upakkamantassa pārājikaṃ. Yebhuyyena akkhāyite pārājikameva. Upaḍḍhakkhāyite ca yebhuyyena khāyite ca thullaccayaṃ.
于活人的身体,在眼、鼻、耳孔、膀胱口等处,以刀等造成伤口,或因淫欲将男根插入,哪怕仅如芝麻粒大小,皆犯偷兰遮。在其余身体部位,如腋窝等处,则犯恶作。对于已死的尸体,若尚未腐烂,在波罗夷范围处犯波罗夷,在偷兰遮范围处犯偷兰遮,在恶作范围处犯恶作。然而,当尸体肿胀、腐烂、青瘀、布满苍蝇、聚集虫蛆、从九疮口流脓,因腐尸之故令人无法靠近时,则波罗夷事与偷兰遮事皆不成立;在这样的尸体上,无论何处造作,唯是恶作。对于畜生,如象、马、牛、驴、骆驼、水牛等,入其鼻者,犯偷兰遮;入其膀胱口者,亦犯偷兰遮。一切畜生的眼、耳等处伤口,犯恶作;其余身体部位,亦犯恶作。对于死畜生,若尸体未腐烂,在波罗夷范围处犯波罗夷,在偷兰遮范围处犯偷兰遮,在恶作范围处犯恶作。显示巴利原文
Manussānaṃ jīvamānakasarīre akkhināsakaṇṇacchiddavatthikosesu satthakādīhi katavaṇe vā methunarāgena tilaphalamattampi aṅgajātaṃ pavesentassa thullaccayameva. Avasesasarīre upakacchakādīsu dukkaṭaṃ. Mate allasarīre pārājikakkhette pārājikaṃ, thullaccayakkhette thullaccayaṃ, dukkaṭakkhette dukkaṭaṃ. Yadā pana sarīraṃ uddhumātakaṃ hoti kuthitaṃ nīlamakkhikasamākiṇṇaṃ kimikulasamākulaṃ navahi vaṇamukhehi paggaḷitapubbakuṇapabhāvena upagantumpi asakkuṇeyyaṃ, tadā pārājikavatthuñca thullaccayavatthuñca vijahati; tādise sarīre yattha katthaci upakkamato dukkaṭameva. Tiracchānagatānaṃ hatthi-assa-goṇa-gadrabha-oṭṭhamahiṃsādīnaṃ nāsāya thullaccayaṃ. Vatthikose thullaccayameva. Sabbesampi tiracchānagatānaṃ akkhikaṇṇavaṇesu dukkaṭaṃ, avasesasarīrepi dukkaṭameva. Matānaṃ allasarīre pārājikakkhette pārājikaṃ, thullaccayakkhette thullaccayaṃ, dukkaṭakkhette dukkaṭaṃ.
然而,对于腐烂的尸骸,如前所述,一切处皆是恶作。若以身触欲或淫欲,对活着的男子,未插入其膀胱口,而以生殖器触生殖器,是恶作。若以淫欲,对女人,未插入而以生殖器触生殖器,是偷兰遮。然而在《大注》中说:‘以淫欲用口触女人生殖器,是偷兰遮。’在《皮革犍度》中,因‘六群比丘在阿致罗筏底河中,对渡河的母牛,捉其角、捉其耳、捉其颈、捉其尾、骑其背,乃至以染心触其生殖器’(《大品》252)这一事缘,而总说:‘诸比丘,不应以染心触生殖器,若触者,犯偷兰遮。’(《大品》252)所有这些,应综合理解,使其不相违。如何不相违?首先,《大注》所说‘以淫欲用口触’,那里‘口’意指生殖器口。且因说‘以淫欲’,故应知此处意趣即是如此。因为对女人生殖器,以通常之口并非淫欲加行。在《犍度》中,那些骑背者,若以淫欲用生殖器触生殖器,应知是针对他们而说偷兰遮。否则,应是恶作。有些人说:‘在《犍度》中,也是针对用口触,因业粗重而说偷兰遮。在《注》中,也是取此意而说“以淫欲用口触,是偷兰遮”。’因此,应善加抉择,于两种判断中,取更为合理者。然而,通达律者称赞前一种。若以身触欲,以通常之口或生殖器口触女人生殖器,是桑喀地谢沙。对雌性畜生,以生殖器口触其尿道,依前述之理,是偷兰遮。若以身触欲,是恶作。显示巴利原文
Kuthitakuṇape pana pubbe vuttanayeneva sabbattha dukkaṭaṃ. Kāyasaṃsaggarāgena vā methunarāgena vā jīvamānakapurisassa vatthikosaṃ appavesento nimittena nimittaṃ chupati, dukkaṭaṃ. Methunarāgena itthiyā appavesento nimittena nimittaṃ chupati, thullaccayaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘itthinimittaṃ methunarāgena mukhena chupati thullaccaya’’nti vuttaṃ. Cammakkhandhake ‘‘chabbaggiyā bhikkhū aciravatiyā nadiyā gāvīnaṃ tarantīnaṃ visāṇesupi gaṇhanti, kaṇṇesupi gaṇhanti, gīvāyapi gaṇhanti, cheppāyapi gaṇhanti, piṭṭhimpi abhiruhanti, rattacittāpi aṅgajātaṃ chupantī’’ti (mahāva. 252) imissā aṭṭhuppattiyā avisesena vuttaṃ – ‘‘na ca, bhikkhave, rattacittena aṅgajātaṃ chupitabbaṃ, yo chupeyya, āpatti thullaccayassā’’ti (mahāva. 252). Taṃ sabbampi saṃsanditvā yathā na virujjhati tathā gahetabbaṃ. Kathañca na virujjhati? Yaṃ tāva mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘methunarāgena mukhena chupatī’’ti. Tatra kira nimittamukhaṃ mukhanti adhippetaṃ. ‘‘Methunarāgenā’’ti ca vuttattāpi ayameva tattha adhippāyoti veditabbo. Na hi itthinimitte pakatimukhena methunupakkamo hoti. Khandhakepi ye piṭṭhiṃ abhiruhantā methunarāgena aṅgajātena aṅgajātaṃ chupiṃsu, te sandhāya thullaccayaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Itarathā hi dukkaṭaṃ siyā. Keci panāhu ‘‘khandhakepi mukheneva chupanaṃ sandhāya oḷārikattā kammassa thullaccayaṃ vuttaṃ. Aṭṭhakathāyampi taṃ sandhāyabhāsitaṃ gahetvāva methunarāgena mukhena chupati thullaccayanti vutta’’nti. Tasmā suṭṭhu sallakkhetvā ubhosu vinicchayesu yo yuttataro so gahetabbo. Vinayaññū pana purimaṃ pasaṃsanti. Kāyasaṃsaggarāgena pana pakatimukhena vā nimittamukhena vā itthinimittaṃ chupantassa saṅghādiseso. Tiracchānagatitthiyā passāvamaggaṃ nimittamukhena chupantassa vuttanayeneva thullaccayaṃ. Kāyasaṃsaggarāgena dukkaṭanti.
铺展四法分别之论显示巴利原文
Santhatacatukkabhedakathā
61-62 61-62. 世尊如此为护持如法行持的比丘,开示了二百七十九之四法后,思惟:‘未来将有恶比丘,故意找借口说“这铺盖物,并无任何执受触执受,此处有何过失?”他们将因此不能在教法中立足。’为显示此义,将二百七十九之四法中的每一个四法,以四种铺盖等分类加以分别,而说‘比丘的怨家将女人带到比丘近前,以大便道、小便道、口,令坐其男根上,以有盖触无盖’等语。显示巴利原文
61-62. Evaṃ bhagavā paṭipannakassa bhikkhuno rakkhaṇatthaṃ sattatidvisatacatukkāni nīharitvā ‘‘idāni ye anāgate pāpabhikkhū ‘santhataṃ imaṃ na kiñci upādinnakaṃ upādinnakena phusati, ko ettha doso’ti sañcicca lesaṃ oḍḍessanti, tesaṃ sāsane patiṭṭhā eva na bhavissatī’’ti disvā tesu sattatidvisatacatukkesu ekamekaṃ catukkaṃ catūhi santhatādibhedehi bhinditvā dassento bhikkhupaccatthikā manussitthiṃ bhikkhussa santike ānetvā vaccamaggena passāvamaggena mukhena aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdenti santhatāya asanthatassātiādimāha.
于“以有盖触无盖”等句中,应知其配合之理如下:有盖女人,即其大便道、小便道或口中任何一道,以布、叶、树皮条、皮革、铅锡片等,或缠裹,或填塞其中而作遮盖者。有盖,亦指其男根以同样那些布等任何一物遮盖。以有盖女人遮盖之道,令坐无盖比丘的男根。于此,不论执受触非执受、非执受触执受、非执受触非执受,还是执受触执受,只要进入的深度达到所谓“若入此量,即犯波罗夷”的程度,于一切处,若属有乐受者,在波罗夷分量的范围内犯波罗夷,在偷兰遮分量的范围内犯偷兰遮,在恶作分量的范围内犯恶作。若将女人女根做成桩状而有盖,触此桩者,恶作。若将男人男根做成桩状而有盖,入此桩者,恶作。若两者皆做成桩状而有盖,以桩触桩者,恶作。若于女人女根中放入竹管节等任何物,触及管节下部而入如芝麻粒许者,波罗夷。若触及上部,或任一侧而入者,波罗夷。若四处皆不触及,进入后触及其底部者,波罗夷。然而,若侧边及底部皆不触及,唯悬空入而复出者,恶作。于外触桩者,唯恶作。正如对女人女根所说,应知于一切处皆具此特征。显示巴利原文
Tattha santhatāya asanthatassātiādīsu santhatāya itthiyā vaccamaggena passāvamaggena mukhena asanthatassa bhikkhussa aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdentīti iminā nayena yojanā veditabbā. Tattha santhatā nāma yassā tīsu maggesu yo koci maggo paliveṭhetvā vā anto vā pavesetvā yena kenaci vatthena vā paṇṇena vā vākapaṭṭena vā cammena vā tipusīsādīnaṃ paṭṭena vā paṭicchanno. Santhato nāma yassa aṅgajātaṃ tesaṃyeva vatthādīnaṃ yena kenaci paṭicchannaṃ. Tattha upādinnakena vā anupādinnakaṃ ghaṭṭiyatu, anupādinnakena vā upādinnakaṃ, anupādinnakena vā anupādinnakaṃ, upādinnakena vā upādinnakaṃ, sace yattake paviṭṭhe pārājikaṃ hotīti vuttaṃ, tattakaṃ pavisati, sabbattha sādiyantassa pārājikakkhette pārājikaṃ; thullaccayakkhette thullaccayaṃ, dukkaṭakkhette dukkaṭameva hoti. Sace itthinimittaṃ khāṇuṃ katvā santhataṃ, khāṇuṃ ghaṭṭentassa dukkaṭaṃ. Sace purisanimittaṃ khāṇuṃ katvā santhataṃ, khāṇuṃ pavesentassa dukkaṭaṃ. Sace ubhayaṃ khāṇuṃ katvā santhataṃ, khāṇunā khāṇuṃ ghaṭṭentassa dukkaṭaṃ. Sace itthinimitte veḷunaḷapabbādīnaṃ kiñci pakkhittaṃ, tassa heṭṭhābhāgaṃ cepi phusanto tilaphalamattaṃ paveseti, pārājikaṃ. Uparibhāgaṃ cepi ubhosu passesu ekapassaṃ cepi phusanto paveseti, pārājikaṃ. Cattāripi passāni aphusanto pavesetvā tassa talaṃ cepi phusati, pārājikaṃ. Yadi pana passesu vā tale vā aphusanto ākāsagatameva katvā pavesetvā nīharati, dukkaṭaṃ. Bahiddhā khāṇuke phusati dukkaṭameva. Yathā ca itthinimitte vuttaṃ, evaṃ sabbattha lakkhaṇaṃ veditabbanti.
比丘之敌对者四法分别之解释显示巴利原文
Bhikkhupaccatthikacatukkabhedavaṇṇanā
63-64 如此,在讲完了有盖物的四种分类后,现在,因为不仅将女人等带到比丘跟前,也会将比丘带到她们跟前,为显示此种分类,便以“比丘的仇敌将比丘带到女人处”等方式,再次将所有的四种分类加以提取、显示。其中,应知判断即依前说之法了知。显示巴利原文
63-64. Evaṃ santhatacatukkabhedaṃ vatvā idāni yasmā na kevalaṃ manussitthiādike bhikkhussa eva santike ānenti. Atha kho bhikkhumpi tāsaṃ santike ānenti, tasmā tappabhedaṃ dassento ‘‘bhikkhupaccatthikā bhikkhuṃ manussitthiyā santike’’ti ādinā nayena sabbāni tāni catukkāni punapi nīharitvā dassesi. Tesu vinicchayo vuttanayeneva veditabboti.
关于国王敌对者等四类分别的论述显示巴利原文
Rājapaccatthikādicatukkabhedakathā
65 然而,并非只有比丘的仇敌这样做,国王的仇敌等也会如此。因此,为了显示那种分类,便说“国王的仇敌”等。其中,国王即是仇敌,故称国王的仇敌。应知他们或亲自带来,或命人带来,皆是带来。盗贼即是仇敌,故称盗贼的仇敌。恶徒,指沉迷于淫欲之乐的城市无赖男子,或好色者、好酒者等;恶徒即是仇敌,故称恶徒的仇敌。所谓“香”,即指心脏;拔取心脏者,名为取香者;取香者即是仇敌,故称取香者的仇敌。据说这些人不以农耕、经商等为生,而是靠拦路抢劫、屠村等养活妻儿。他们为求事业成功而祈求天神,为向天神献祭便拔取人心。然而,人总是难得的,住在林野的比丘却容易获得。他们擒获持戒比丘,心中念想:“据说杀害持戒者是重罪”,为了破其戒行,便将女人等带来彼处,或将他带到女人那里。这便是此处的差别。余者应依前说之法了知。在这四种情形中,四种分类应随比丘的仇敌品中已说之法了知。但在圣典中,是以简略的方式而说。显示巴利原文
65. Yasmā pana na bhikkhupaccatthikā eva evaṃ karonti, rājapaccatthikādayopi karonti. Tasmā tampi pabhedaṃ dassento ‘‘rājapaccatthikā’’tiādimāha. Tattha rājāno eva paccatthikā rājapaccatthikā. Te ca sayaṃ ānentāpi aññehi āṇāpentāpi ānentiyevāti veditabbā. Corā eva paccatthikā corapaccatthikā. Dhuttāti methunupasaṃhitakhiḍḍāpasutā nāgarikakerāṭiyapurisā, itthidhuttasurādhuttādayo vā; dhuttā eva paccatthikā dhuttapaccatthikā. Gandhanti hadayaṃ vuccati, taṃ uppāṭentīti uppalagandhā, uppalagandhā eva paccatthikā uppalagandhapaccatthikā. Ete kira na kasivaṇijjādīhi jīvanti, panthaghātagāmaghātādīni katvā puttadāraṃ posenti. Te kammasiddhiṃ patthayamānā devatānaṃ āyācetvā tāsaṃ balikammatthaṃ manussānaṃ hadayaṃ uppāṭenti. Sabbakāle ca manussā dullabhā. Bhikkhū pana araññe viharantā sulabhā honti. Te sīlavantaṃ bhikkhuṃ gahetvā ‘‘sīlavato vadho nāma bhāriyo hotī’’ti maññamānā tassa sīlavināsanatthaṃ manussitthiādike vā ānenti; taṃ vā tattha nenti. Ayamettha viseso. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Bhikkhupaccatthikavāre vuttanayeneva ca imesu catūsupi vāresu catukkāni veditabbāni. Pāḷiyaṃ pana saṃkhittena vuttāni.
犯与不犯段的注释显示巴利原文
Āpattānāpattivāravaṇṇanā
66 66. 现在,对于所说“与女人在三道中行淫法”等,为免混淆,此处说“以道入道”等。其中,“以道入道”是指以女人三道中的某一道,将自己的生殖器插入;或者,在二道破裂相通时,以尿道入粪道,或以粪道入尿道。“以道入非道”是指将生殖器插入尿道等道后,从其附近的伤口抽出。“以非道入道”是指从道附近的伤口插入,然后从道抽出。“以非道入非道”是指在两个破裂相通的伤口中,从一个伤口插入,从另一个伤口抽出。依经文次第,总括一切伤口的简略说,应知为粗罪。显示巴利原文
66. Idāni yaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘manussitthiyā tayo magge methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevantassā’’tiādi, ettha asammohatthaṃ ‘‘maggena magga’’ntiādimāha. Tattha maggena magganti itthiyā tīsu maggesu aññatarena maggena attano aṅgajātaṃ paveseti atha vā sambhinnesu dvīsu maggesu passāvamaggena vaccamaggaṃ vaccamaggena vā passāvamaggaṃ paveseti. Maggena amagganti passāvādimaggena pavesetvā tassa sāmantā vaṇena nīharati. Amaggena magganti maggasāmantena vaṇena pavesetvā maggena nīharati. Amaggena amagganti dvīsu sambhinnavaṇesu ekena vaṇena pavesetvā dutiyena nīharati. Imassa suttassa anulomavasena sabbattha vaṇasaṅkhepe thullaccayaṃ veditabbaṃ.
现在,对于后文将说“不知者、不欢喜者无犯”,为免混淆,此处说“比丘对熟睡比丘”等。此处意谓:觉醒后若生欢喜者,纵使说“他在我熟睡时对我行非礼,我不知情”,亦不能免除。两者皆应灭摈,即皆以灭摈摈出。其中,侵犯者不须令其承认;被侵犯者则应被询问,若承认则灭摈。若不欢喜,则不应灭摈。此法亦适用于沙弥品。显示巴利原文
Idāni yaṃ parato vakkhati ‘‘anāpatti ajānantassa asādiyantassā’’ti, tattha asammohatthaṃ ‘‘bhikkhu suttabhikkhumhī’’tiādimāha. Tatrāyaṃ adhippāyo – yo paṭibuddho sādiyati so ‘‘suttamhi mayi eso vippaṭipajji, nāhaṃ jānāmī’’ti na muccati. Ubho nāsetabbāti cettha dvepi liṅganāsanena nāsetabbā. Tatra dūsakassa paṭiññākaraṇaṃ natthi, dūsito pucchitvā paṭiññāya nāsetabbo. Sace na sādiyati, na nāsetabbo. Esa nayo sāmaṇeravārepi.
如此于各处显示犯与不犯已,今唯显不犯,故说“不知者无犯”等。其中,“不知者”指进入深睡、完全不知他人所作行为者,如于毘舍离大林中昼日安住的比丘。于此类人无犯。此事亦曾说过:“世尊,我不知道。”“比丘,不知者无犯。”“不欢喜者”指虽知而不欢喜者,犹如当场立即起身的比丘。此亦曾说过:“世尊,我不欢喜。”“比丘,不欢喜者无犯。”显示巴利原文
Evaṃ tattha tattha taṃ taṃ āpattiñca anāpattiñca dassetvā idāni anāpattimeva dassento ‘‘anāpatti ajānantassā’’tiādimāha. Tattha ajānanto nāma yo mahāniddaṃ okkanto parena kataṃ upakkamampi na jānāti vesāliyaṃ mahāvane divāvihāragato bhikkhu viya. Evarūpassa anāpatti. Vuttampi cetaṃ – ‘‘‘nāhaṃ bhagavā jānāmī’ti; ‘anāpatti, bhikkhu, ajānantassā’’’ti (pārā. 75). Asādiyanto nāma yo jānitvāpi na sādiyati, tattheva sahasā vuṭṭhitabhikkhu viya. Vuttampi cetaṃ – ‘‘‘nāhaṃ bhagavā sādiyi’nti. ‘Anāpatti, bhikkhu, asādiyantassā’’ti.
“疯狂者”是指因胆汁而疯狂者。胆汁有两种:固定胆汁和非固定胆汁。其中,非固定胆汁如血液般遍布全身,当它紊乱时,众生便会出现瘙痒、疥疮、身体颤抖等症状,这些可通过医药治疗而平息。而固定胆汁则位于胆囊中,当它紊乱时,众生便成为疯狂者,有颠倒想,舍弃惭愧,行不适当的行为。即使违犯了轻戒或重戒,也无所觉知;医药治疗对此亦不起效用。对这样的疯狂者,无犯。显示巴利原文
Ummattako nāma pittummattako. Duvidhañhi pittaṃ – baddhapittaṃ, abaddhapittañcāti. Tattha abaddhapittaṃ lohitaṃ viya sabbaṅgagataṃ, tamhi kupite sattānaṃ kaṇḍukacchusarīrakampādīni honti. Tāni bhesajjakiriyāya vūpasamanti. Baddhapittaṃ pana pittakosake ṭhitaṃ. Tamhi kupite sattā ummattakā honti vipallatthasaññā hirottappaṃ chaḍḍetvā asāruppācāraṃ caranti. Lahukagarukāni sikkhāpadāni maddantāpi na jānanti. Bhesajjakiriyāyapi atekicchā honti. Evarūpassa ummattakassa anāpatti.
“心散乱者”是指心被放纵、被非人附体而疯狂者。据说,非人通过示现恐怖所缘,或将手从口伸入、按压心色,使众生心散乱、有颠倒想。对这样的心散乱者,无犯。然而,这两者的差别如下:因胆汁而疯狂者,恒常疯狂,从不得正常想;被非人附体而疯狂者,则有时能获得正常想。但在此处,无论是因胆汁而疯狂者,还是被非人附体而疯狂者,凡是完全失念、一无所知,将火与金、粪与檀香等视之而行者,对这样的人无犯。然而,若时而获得知觉、明知而作,则有犯。显示巴利原文
Khittacitto nāma vissaṭṭhacitto yakkhummattako vuccati. Yakkhā kira bheravāni vā ārammaṇāni dassetvā mukhena hatthaṃ pavesetvā hadayarūpaṃ vā maddantā satte vikkhittacitte vipallatthasaññe karonti. Evarūpassa khittacittassa anāpatti. Tesaṃ pana ubhinnaṃ ayaṃ viseso – pittummattako niccameva ummattako hoti, pakatisaññaṃ na labhati. Yakkhummattako antarantarā pakatisaññaṃ paṭilabhatīti. Idha pana pittummattako vā hotu yakkhummattako vā, yo sabbaso muṭṭhassati kiñci na jānāti, aggimpi suvaṇṇampi gūthampi candanampi ekasadisaṃ maddantova vicarati, evarūpassa anāpatti. Antarantarā saññaṃ paṭilabhitvā ñatvā karontassa pana āpattiyeva.
“受痛苦逼迫者”是指因极度苦受逼迫而一无所知者。对这样的人,无犯。显示巴利原文
Vedanāṭṭo nāma yo adhimattāya dukkhavedanāya āturo kiñci na jānāti, evarūpassa anāpatti.
所谓最初造作者,是指在某一行为上最先之人。然而在此,苏定长老是最初造作者,故他无犯;其余如猴子、跋耆子等比丘等,则有犯。显示巴利原文
Ādikammiko nāma yo tasmiṃ tasmiṃ kamme ādibhūto. Idha pana sudinnatthero ādikammiko, tassa anāpatti. Avasesānaṃ makkaṭīsamaṇavajjiputtakādīnaṃ āpattiyevāti.
在此学处中,为通达善巧,应了知此杂项:显示巴利原文
Imasmiṃ pana sikkhāpade kosallatthaṃ idaṃ pakiṇṇakaṃveditabbaṃ –
生起与作业,以及想与有心;
世间罪与业,以及善与受。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Samuṭṭhānañca kiriyā, atho saññā sacittakaṃ; Lokavajjañca kammañca, kusalaṃ vedanāya cā’’ti.
其中,“生起”者:以总摄而言,有六种学处之生起。这些将在《附随》中阐明。简言之,所谓学处——有六种生起、四种生起、三种生起、咖提那生起、羊毛生起、弃舍责任等生起。显示巴利原文
Tattha ‘‘samuṭṭhāna’’nti sabbasaṅgāhakavasena cha sikkhāpadasamuṭṭhānāni. Tāni parivāre āvi bhavissanti. Samāsato pana sikkhāpadaṃ nāma – atthi chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, atthi catusamuṭṭhānaṃ, atthi tisamuṭṭhānaṃ, atthi kathinasamuṭṭhānaṃ, atthi eḷakalomasamuṭṭhānaṃ, atthi dhuranikkhepādisamuṭṭhānanti.
其中,有些由作业生起,有些由非作业生起,有些由作业非作业生起;有些则或是作业、或是非作业生起;有些则或是作业、或是作业非作业生起。显示巴利原文
Tatrāpi kiñci kiriyato samuṭṭhāti, kiñci akiriyato samuṭṭhāti, kiñci kiriyākiriyato samuṭṭhāti, kiñci siyā kiriyato, siyā akiriyato samuṭṭhāti, kiñci siyā kiriyato siyā kiriyākiriyato samuṭṭhāti.
其中,有些属于有想解脱,有些属于无想解脱。在那里,凡是能获得心支的,即为有想解脱;其他的则为无想解脱。显示巴利原文
Tatrāpi atthi saññāvimokkhaṃ, atthi nosaññāvimokkhaṃ. Tattha yaṃ cittaṅgaṃ labhatiyeva, taṃ saññāvimokkhaṃ; itaraṃ nosaññāvimokkhaṃ.
再者,有些是有心的,有些是无心的。凡是伴随心而生起所犯的,是有心的;凡是不伴随心亦能生起所犯的,是无心的。这一切又可分为世间罪与制立罪二种。这些的特征已如前文所说。显示巴利原文
Puna atthi sacittakaṃ, atthi acittakaṃ. Yaṃ saheva cittena āpajjati, taṃ sacittakaṃ; yaṃ vināpi cittena āpajjati, taṃ acittakaṃ . Taṃ sabbampi lokavajjaṃ paṇṇattivajjanti duvidhaṃ. Tesaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ vuttameva.
又依业、善、受来分,在此有些学处属于身业,有些学处属于语业。其中,应知凡由身门所起的,为身业;凡由语门所起的,为语业。还有的学处是善的,有的学处是不善的,有的学处是无记的。共有三十二种能生起犯戒的心——八种欲界善心、十二种不善心、十种欲界唯作心,以及善与唯作的二种神通心。其中,凡是以善心而犯的,为善;以其余心而犯的,为其余。又有些学处具备三受,有些学处具备二受,有些学处具备一受。其中,凡是犯时具足三受中某一受而犯的,为三受;凡是犯时具足乐受或具足舍受而犯的,为二受;凡是犯时唯具足苦受而犯的,应知为一受。如是。显示巴利原文
Kammakusalavedanāvasenāpi cettha atthi sikkhāpadaṃ kāyakammaṃ, atthi vacīkammaṃ. Tattha yaṃ kāyadvārikaṃ, taṃ kāyakammaṃ; yaṃ vacīdvārikaṃ, taṃ vacīkammanti veditabbaṃ. Atthi pana sikkhāpadaṃ kusalaṃ, atthi akusalaṃ, atthi abyākataṃ. Dvattiṃseva hi āpattisamauṭṭhāpakacittāni – aṭṭha kāmāvacarakusalāni, dvādasa akusalāni, dasa kāmāvacarakiriyacittāni, kusalato ca kiriyato ca dve abhiññācittānīti. Tesu yaṃ kusalacittena āpajjati, taṃ kusalaṃ; itarehi itaraṃ. Atthi ca sikkhāpadaṃ tivedanaṃ, atthi dvivedanaṃ, atthi ekavedanaṃ. Tattha yaṃ āpajjanto tīsu vedanāsu aññataravedanāsamaṅgī hutvā āpajjati, taṃ tivedanaṃ; yaṃ āpajjanto sukhasamaṅgī vā upekkhāsamaṅgī vā āpajjati, taṃ dvivedanaṃ; yaṃ āpajjanto dukkhavedanāsamaṅgīyeva āpajjati, taṃ ekavedananti veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ –
‘‘Samuṭṭhānañca kiriyā, atho saññā sacittakaṃ; Lokavajjañca kammañca, kusalaṃ vedanāya cā’’ti.
了知此杂项后,就他们的生起等方面而言,此学处从生起角度说为一种生起;从支分角度说则为二种生起,由身与心而生起。同时也是作业生起,因为唯有在正在造作时才犯此戒。由于没有与淫欲相应的欲想而得以脱离,故为想解脱。‘不知者、不乐者无犯’——此已宣说。唯以淫欲心而犯此,并非离心而犯,故为有心者。唯由贪欲而应犯故,为世间罪。唯由身门生起故,为身业。然而此处心仅为支分,并非依止心而得业性。由贪心而应犯故,为不善心。在犯时或具足乐受,或具足舍受,故应知为二受。凡此一切,于犯中皆相合。然依学处之名义,于一切注释书中已载此说,故如是言。显示巴利原文
Imaṃ pakiṇṇakaṃ viditvā tesu samuṭṭhānādīsu idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ samuṭṭhānato ekasamuṭṭhānaṃ. Aṅgavasena dukasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kāyacittato samuṭṭhāti. Kiriyasamuṭṭhānañca karontoyeva hi etaṃ āpajjati. Methunapaṭisaṃyuttāya kāmasaññāya abhāvena muccanato saññāvimokkhaṃ. ‘‘Anāpatti ajānantassa asādiyantassā’’ti hi vuttaṃ. Methunacitteneva naṃ āpajjati, na vinā cittenāti sacittakaṃ. Rāgavaseneva āpajjitabbato lokavajjaṃ. Kāyadvāreneva samuṭṭhānato kāyakammaṃ. Cittaṃ panettha aṅgamattaṃ hoti, na tassa vasena kammabhāvo labbhati. Lobhacittena āpajjitabbato akusalacittaṃ. Sukhasamaṅgī vā upekkhāsamaṅgī vā taṃ āpajjatīti dvivedananti veditabbaṃ. Sabbañcetaṃ āpattiyaṃ yujjati. Sikkhāpadasīsena pana sabbaaṭṭhakathāsudesanā ārūḷhā, tasmā evaṃ vuttaṃ.
制伏事注释显示巴利原文
Vinītavatthuvaṇṇanā
“猴子、跋耆子……乃至……老年出家者、鹿”——这是指世尊亲自决断的诸制伏事之摄颂。这些事由结集法的长老们安立,为令“持律者易于学习”。而事偈则是优波离长老在佛陀住世时所立,为令“以此相状,未来持律者将于律中决断”。因此,于此善察所说之相后,应依此决断第一学处。第二等亦随制伏事中所说之相而决断。因为制伏事对于持律者,犹如工匠之隐密样板,乃是隐秘之事。显示巴利原文
Makkaṭīvajjiputtā ca…pe… vuḍḍhapabbajito migoti idaṃ kiṃ? Imā vinītavatthūnaṃ bhagavatā sayaṃ vinicchitānaṃ tesaṃ tesaṃ vatthūnaṃ uddānagāthā nāma. Tāni vatthūni ‘‘sukhaṃ vinayadharā uggaṇhissantī’’ti dhammasaṅgāhakattherehi ṭhapitāni. Vatthugāthā pana dharamāneyeva bhagavati upālittherena ṭhapitā ‘‘iminā lakkhaṇena āyatiṃ vinayadharā vinayaṃ vinicchinissantī’’ti. Tasmā ettha vuttalakkhaṇaṃ sādhukaṃ sallakkhetvā paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ vinicchinitabbaṃ. Dutiyādīnañca vinītavatthūsu vuttalakkhaṇena dutiyādīni. Vinītavatthūni hi sippikānaṃ paṭicchannakarūpāni viya vinayadharānaṃ paṭicchannakavatthūni hontīti.
67 67. 其中,前二事之义在随制中已说。第三事中,“以在家相”者,即是在家装扮,穿着白衣。第四事无可说者。此后七事中,“茅衣”即是以茅草编结之衣。“树皮衣”即是苦行者的树皮衣。“木板衣”即是将木板缝缀成衣状之衣。“发毯”即是以发为线织成的毯。“尾毛毯”即是以牦牛尾毛织成的毯。“枭羽衣”即是以枭鸟羽毛制成的衣。“兽皮”即是带毛带蹄的鹿皮。第十二事中,“贪染”即以身触之贪而染着;世尊知其贪已,说:“犯桑喀地谢沙”。显示巴利原文
67. Tattha purimāni dve vatthūni anupaññattiyaṃyeva vuttatthāni. Tatiye vatthumhi gihiliṅgenāti gihivesena odātavattho hutvā. Catutthe natthi kiñci vattabbaṃ. Tato paresu sattasu vatthūsu kusacīranti kuse ganthetvā katacīraṃ. Vākacīraṃ nāma tāpasānaṃ vakkalaṃ. Phalakacīraṃ nāma phalakasaṇṭhānāni phalakāni sibbitvā katacīraṃ. Kesakambaloti kesehi tante vāyitvā katakambalo. Vālakambaloti camaravālehi vāyitvā katakambalo. Ulūkapakkhikanti ulūkasakuṇassa pakkhehi katanivāsanaṃ. Ajinakkhipanti salomaṃ sakhuraṃ ajinamigacammaṃ. Dvādasame vatthumhi sārattoti kāyasaṃsaggarāgena sāratto; taṃ rāgaṃ ñatvā bhagavā ‘‘āpatti saṅghādisesassā’’ti āha.
68 68. 第十三事中,“青莲花色”是指那位长老尼,她是舍卫城一位富豪之女,于十万劫前已圆满誓愿。她天生肤色极其悦目,呈青莲花色,而内在因无烦恼热恼,更显光彩。她即因那肤色之殊妙,得名“青莲花色”。“心被系缚”是指从在家时起便心生爱染,据说他是她的亲戚童子。而“那时”是一个不间断的接续词,意指就在她坐于床榻后立刻。因为白天从外归来、闭门坐下的人,起初会感到黑暗。他就在那片黑暗尚未从她消散之时,做了此事,这是其义。“玷污”即是侵犯。然而长老尼并无过失,她提起自己的沙门想,不怀悦纳地坐着,对于以非正法意图的触碰,恰如一堆火、一根石柱、一段坚木桩。他满足自己的欲愿后离去。就在他离开那位长老尼的视线范围时,这大地虽能承载须弥山,却仿佛无法承受那恶人仅一臂长的身躯,裂开而现出缝隙。他刹那之间便成了无间地狱火焰的薪柴。世尊听闻此事后说:“诸比丘,不怀悦纳者无罪”,并于《法句经》中针对长老尼说了此偈——显示巴利原文
68. Terasame vatthumhi uppalavaṇṇāti sā therī sāvatthiyaṃ seṭṭhidhītā satasahassakappe abhinīhārasampannā. Tassā pakatiyāpi atidassanīyā nīluppalavaṇṇā kāyacchavi, abbhantare pana kilesasantāpassa abhāvena ativiya virocati. Sā tāyeva vaṇṇapokkharatāya ‘‘uppalavaṇṇā’’ti nāmaṃ labhi. Paṭibaddhacittoti gihikālato paṭṭhāya rattacitto; so kira tassā ñātidārako hoti. Atha khoti anantaratthe nipāto; mañcake nisinnānantaramevāti vuttaṃ hoti. Divā bāhirato āgantvā dvāraṃ pidhāya nisinnānañhi paṭhamaṃ andhakāraṃ hoti. So yāvassā taṃ andhakāraṃ na nassati, tāvadeva evamakāsīti attho. Dūsesīti padhaṃsesi. Therī pana anavajjā attano samaṇasaññaṃ paccupaṭṭhapetvā asādiyantī nisīdi asaddhammādhippāyena parāmaṭṭhā aggikkhandha-silāthambha-khadirasārakhāṇukā viya. Sopi attano manorathaṃ pūretvā gato. Tassā theriyā dassanapathaṃ vijahantasseva ayaṃ mahāpathavī sinerupabbataṃ dhāretuṃ samatthāpi taṃ pāpapurisaṃ byāmamattakaḷevaraṃ dhāretuṃ asakkontī viya bhijjitvā vivaramadāsi. So taṅkhaṇaññeva avīcijālānaṃ indhanabhāvaṃ agamāsi. Bhagavā taṃ sutvā ‘‘anāpatti, bhikkhave, asādiyantiyā’’ti vatvā theriṃ sandhāya dhammapade imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
如水不沾莲叶,如芥子不落锥尖;
于诸欲中不染著者,我称彼为婆罗门。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vāri pokkharapatteva, āraggeriva sāsapo; Yo na limpati kāmesu, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇa’’nti. (dha. pa. 401);
69 第六十九事。于第十四个事中,“女性相显现”是指:在夜间入睡时,男性特征——如胡须等——全部消失,女性特征生起。“同一位戒师、同一次具足戒”是指:我允许其仍以原先所受的戒师为戒师,以原先所受的具足戒为具足戒,无需另请戒师,亦无需再受具足戒。“同样的戒腊”是指:从比丘受具足戒以来所计的戒腊,我允许即以此为准,不必重新计算。“与比丘尼共处”是指:我允许其与比丘尼们共处、共住、相伴。这即是说:她已不适于住在比丘众中,应前往比丘尼寺,与比丘尼们同住。“那些比丘与比丘尼共通的犯行”是指那些或属对说、或属别住的犯行,为比丘与比丘尼所共通。对于这些犯行,“应在比丘尼面前出罪”是指:所有这类犯行,应由比丘尼们作律仪后,允许其在比丘尼面前出罪。“于彼犯行无罪”是指那些比丘与比丘尼不共通的犯行,如故意出精等,于这些犯行无罪。由于性别转变,他们犯行即已出罪。即使后来原本的性别再次生起,彼于他们犯行亦属无罪。这是此处依律的判定。显示巴利原文
69. Cuddasame vatthumhi itthiliṅgaṃ pātubhūtanti rattibhāge niddaṃ okkantassa purisasaṇṭhānaṃ massudāṭhikādi sabbaṃ antarahitaṃ itthisaṇṭhānaṃ uppannaṃ. Tameva upajjhaṃ tameva upasampadanti pubbe gahitaupajjhāyameva pubbe kataupasampadameva anujānāmi. Puna upajjhā na gahetabbā; upasampadā na kātabbāti attho. Tāniyevavassānīti bhikkhuupasampadato pabhuti yāva vassagaṇanā, taṃyeva vassagaṇanaṃ anujānāmi. Na ito paṭṭhāya vassagaṇanā kātabbāti attho. Bhikkhunīhi saṅgamitunti bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṅgamituṃ saṅgantuṃ samaṅgī bhavituṃ anujānāmīti attho. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – appatirūpaṃ dānissā bhikkhūnaṃ majjhe vasituṃ, bhikkhunupassayaṃ gantvā bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ vasatūti. Yā āpattiyo bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīhi sādhāraṇāti yā desanāgāminiyo vā vuṭṭhānagāminiyo vā āpattiyo bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ sādhāraṇā. Tā āpattiyo bhikkhunīnaṃ santike vuṭṭhātunti tā sabbāpi bhikkhunīhi kātabbaṃ vinayakammaṃ katvā bhikkhunīnaṃ santike vuṭṭhātuṃ anujānāmīti attho. Tāhi āpattīhi anāpattīti yā pana bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīhi asādhāraṇā sukkavissaṭṭhi-ādikā āpattiyo, tāhi anāpatti. Liṅgaparivattanena tā āpattiyo vuṭṭhitāva honti. Puna pakatiliṅge uppannepi tāhi āpattīhi tassa anāpattiyevāti ayaṃ tāvettha pāḷivinicchayo.
然而,这是在律文之外对性转的判定——这两种性别中,男性相为胜,女性相为劣。是故,男性相因强力的不善业而消失,女性相因弱力的善业而住立。而女性相消失时,是因弱力的不善业而消失;男性相住立时,是因强力的善业而住立。如此,二者皆由不善业而消失,由善业而获得。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana pāḷimutto okkantikavinicchayo – imesu tāva dvīsu liṅgesu purisaliṅgaṃ uttamaṃ, itthiliṅgaṃ hīnaṃ; tasmā purisaliṅgaṃ balavaakusalena antaradhāyati. Itthiliṅgaṃ dubbalakusalena patiṭṭhāti. Itthiliṅgaṃ pana antaradhāyantaṃ dubbalaakusalena antaradhāyati. Purisaliṅgaṃ balavakusalena patiṭṭhāti. Evaṃ ubhayampi akusalena antaradhāyati, kusalena paṭilabbhati.
其中,若两位比丘一同诵经或讨论法义后,在同一房舍躺下入睡,其中一人现出女性特征,则两人皆犯共宿罪。若他醒来后,看到自己这种变化,痛苦而忧恼,于夜间告知另一人,那人应安慰他说:‘无妨,不必忧恼。此是轮回之过患。正自觉者已打开了大门,无论是比丘还是比丘尼,法门不闭,天道无阻。’安慰之后,应这样说:‘你们可以前往比丘尼住处。你们有相熟的比丘尼吗?’若他有那样的比丘尼,便说‘有’;若没有,便说‘没有’。那位比丘应说:‘请照顾我;先带我去比丘尼住处。’那位比丘应当带着他,前往他所认识或自己所认识的比丘尼那里。去时不应独行,应与四、五位比丘一起,带上火炬与手杖,解除原先的伪装后说‘我们去某地’而后出发。若寺院在村外远处,途中对于过村、渡河、夜间离宿、脱离僧团等罪,无犯。到了比丘尼住处后,应对那些比丘尼说:‘你们认识某位比丘吗?’‘认识,尊者。’‘他现出了女性特征,请你们照顾他。’若她们说:‘好的,尊者,现在我们也诵经、听法,你们请回。’然后给予照顾,并且她们是令人满意、善于照顾、有惭耻心的,显示巴利原文
Tattha sace dvinnaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ekato sajjhāyaṃ vā dhammasākacchaṃ vā katvā ekāgāre nipajjitvā niddaṃ okkantānaṃ ekassa itthiliṅgaṃ pātubhavati, ubhinnampi sahaseyyāpatti hoti. So ce paṭibujjhitvā attano taṃ vippakāraṃ disvā dukkhī dummano rattibhāgeyeva itarassa āroceyya, tena samassāsetabbo – ‘‘hotu, mā cintayittha. Vaṭṭasseveso doso. Sammāsambuddhena dvāraṃ dinnaṃ, bhikkhu vā hotu bhikkhunī vā, anāvaṭo dhammo avārito saggamaggo’’ti. Samassāsetvā ca evaṃ vattabbaṃ – ‘‘tumhehi bhikkhunupassayaṃ gantuṃ vaṭṭati. Atthi vo kāci sandiṭṭhā bhikkhuniyo’’ti. Sacassā honti tādisā bhikkhuniyo atthīti, no ce honti natthīti vatvā so bhikkhu vattabbo – ‘‘mama saṅgahaṃ karotha; idāni maṃ paṭhamaṃ bhikkhunupassayaṃ nethā’’ti. Tena bhikkhunā taṃ gahetvā tassā vā sandiṭṭhānaṃ attano vā sandiṭṭhānaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ santikaṃ gantabbaṃ. Gacchantena ca na ekakena gantabbaṃ. Catūhi pañcahi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ jotikañca kattaradaṇḍañca gahetvā saṃvidahanaṃ parimocetvā ‘‘mayaṃ asukaṃ nāma ṭhānaṃ gacchāmā’’ti gantabbaṃ. Sace bahigāme dūre vihāro hoti, antarāmagge gāmantara-nadīpāra-rattivippavāsa-gaṇaohīyanāpattīhi anāpatti. Bhikkhunupassayaṃ gantvā tā bhikkhuniyo vattabbā – ‘‘asukaṃ nāma bhikkhuṃ jānāthā’’ti? ‘‘Āma, ayyā’’ti. ‘‘Tassa itthiliṅgaṃ pātubhūtaṃ, saṅgahaṃ dānissa karothā’’ti. Tā ce ‘‘sādhu, ayyā, idāni mayampi sajjhāyissāma, dhammaṃ sossāma, gacchatha tumhe’’ti vatvā saṅgahaṃ karonti, ārādhikā ca honti saṅgāhikā lajjiniyo, tā kopetvā aññattha na gantabbaṃ. Gacchati ce, gāmantara-nadīpāra-rattivippavāsa-gaṇaohīyanāpattīhi na muccati. Sace pana lajjiniyo honti, na saṅgāhikāyo; aññattha gantuṃ labbhati. Sacepi alajjiniyo honti, saṅgahaṃ pana karonti; tāpi pariccajitvā aññattha gantuṃ labbhati. Sace lajjiniyo ca saṅgāhikā ca, ñātikā na honti, āsannagāme pana aññā ñātikāyo honti paṭijagganikā, tāsampi santikaṃ gantuṃ vaṭṭatīti vadanti. Gantvā sace bhikkhubhāvepi nissayapaṭipanno, patirūpāya bhikkhuniyā santike nissayo gahetabbo. Mātikā vā vinayo vā uggahito suggahito, puna uggaṇhanakāraṇaṃ natthi. Sace bhikkhubhāve parisāvacaro, tassa santikeyeva upasampannā sūpasampannā. Aññassa santike nissayo gahetabbo. Pubbe taṃ nissāya vasantehipi aññassa santikeyeva nissayo gahetabbo. Paripuṇṇavassasāmaṇerenāpi aññassa santikeyeva upajjhā gahetabbā.
而他在比丘身份时所决意的三衣和钵,其决意失效,应重新决意。须受持覆肩衣和浴衣。若有以戒律程序处理后存放的额外衣或额外钵,所有这些戒律程序皆失效,应重新办理。已受持的油、蜂蜜、糖浆等也失去受持。若在受持后的第七天性征转变,重新受持后仍可在七日内使用。然而,在比丘时所受持的属于其他比丘的物品,该受持不失效。两人共有而未分配的物品,由保持原状者保管。而已分配、专属此人的物品,其受持失效。这在《附随》中也有说:显示巴利原文
Yaṃ panassa bhikkhubhāve adhiṭṭhitaṃ ticīvarañca patto ca, taṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahati, puna adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Saṅkaccikā ca udakasāṭikā ca gahetabbā. Yaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ vā atirekapatto vā vinayakammaṃ katvā ṭhapito hoti, taṃ sabbampi vinayakammaṃ vijahati, puna kātabbaṃ. Paṭiggahitatelamadhuphāṇitādīnipi paṭiggahaṇaṃ vijahanti. Sace paṭiggahaṇato sattame divase liṅgaṃ parivattati, puna paṭiggahetvā sattāhaṃ vaṭṭati. Yaṃ pana bhikkhukāle aññassa bhikkhuno santakaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ, taṃ paṭiggahaṇaṃ na vijahati. Yaṃ ubhinnaṃ sādhāraṇaṃ avibhajitvā ṭhapitaṃ, taṃ pakatatto rakkhati. Yaṃ pana vibhattaṃ etasseva santakaṃ, taṃ paṭiggahaṇaṃ vijahati. Vuttampi cetaṃ parivāre –
油、蜂蜜、糖浆及酥油,
自己接受后便存放起来;
在七日未过之时,
若具足因缘而受用者,无罪。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Telaṃ madhuṃ phāṇitañcāpi sappiṃ; Sāmaṃ gahetvāna nikkhipeyya; Avītivatte sattāhe; Sati paccaye paribhuñjantassa āpatti; Pañhā mesā kusalehi cintitā’’ti. (pari. 480);
这确实是就性征转变而说的。所谓“受持”,因性征转变、死亡、舍戒、还俗、给予未受具足戒者、无所顾惜地舍弃,或被夺走而失效。因此,即使只受持了一小块诃子并存着,他所有的受持也全部失效。而在比丘住处,凡属于她的物品,不论已受持或未受持而存放的,都归于她,应取来受用。但其中属于她的固定资具,如住所或楼阁等,则可给予她所欲之人。在十三种许可中,凡在身为比丘时所得的许可,全部失效。先前的住所分配也失效。若在后来的住所分配已得时发生性征转变,比丘尼僧团想给予她所获的利养,则应征求同意后再给。若比丘尼因共通的覆藏罪正住别住时发生性征转变,只应给予半月别住。若在正行别住时转变,也只应再给予半月别住。若在别住已行毕时转变,应由比丘尼作出罪羯磨。若恶作已尽、正行半月别住时再次发生性征转变,只应给予六夜别住。若半月别住已行毕时转变,则应由比丘作出罪羯磨。显示巴利原文
Idañhi liṅgaparivattanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Paṭiggahaṇaṃ nāma liṅgaparivattanena, kālaṃkiriyāya, sikkhāpaccakkhānena, hīnāyāvattanena, anupasampannassa dānena, anapekkhavissajjanena, acchinditvā gahaṇena ca vijahati. Tasmā sacepi harītakakhaṇḍampi paṭiggahetvā ṭhapitamatthi, sabbamassa paṭiggahaṇaṃ vijahati. Bhikkhuvihāre pana yaṃkiñcissā santakaṃ paṭiggahetvā vā appaṭiggahetvā vā ṭhapitaṃ, sabbassa sāva issarā, āharāpetvā gahetabbaṃ. Yaṃ panettha thāvaraṃ tassā santakaṃ senāsanaṃ vā uparopakā vā, te yassicchati tassa dātabbā. Terasasu sammutīsu yā bhikkhukāle laddhā sammuti, sabbā sā paṭippassambhati. Purimikāya senāsanaggāho paṭippassambhati. Sace pacchimikāya senāsane gahite liṅgaṃ parivattati, bhikkhunisaṅgho cassā uppannaṃ lābhaṃ dātukāmo hoti, apaloketvā dātabbo. Sace bhikkhunīhi sādhāraṇāya paṭicchannāya āpattiyā parivasantassa liṅgaṃ parivattati, pakkhamānattameva dātabbaṃ. Sace mānattaṃ carantassa parivattati, puna pakkhamānattameva dātabbaṃ. Sace ciṇṇamānattassa parivattati, bhikkhunīhi abbhānakammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Sace akusalavipāke parikkhīṇe pakkhamānattakāle punadeva liṅgaṃ parivattati, chārattaṃ mānattameva dātabbaṃ. Sace ciṇṇe pakkhamānatte parivattati, bhikkhūhi abbhānakammaṃ kātabbanti.
在紧接着比丘尼转变性别的事例中,一切裁决应依照此处所说的方法了知。然而,这里有一差别:即使在她为比丘尼时所犯的作媒罪是覆藏的,也不给予别住,只应给予六夜敬悦。若正行半月敬悦时转变性别,此无妨碍,仍只应给予六夜敬悦。若已行敬悦之后转变性别,则比丘们不必再给予敬悦,应为其出罪。若比丘们尚未给予敬悦,她又转变性别,则比丘尼们只应给予半月敬悦。若正行六夜敬悦时又转变性别,只应给予半月敬悦。若已行敬悦之后发生性别转变,应由比丘尼作出罪羯磨。若再次转变性别,即便她安住于比丘尼身份,先前已如法平息的诸罪,仍是妥善平息的。显示巴利原文
Anantare bhikkhuniyā liṅgaparivattanavatthumhi idha vuttanayeneva sabbo vinicchayo veditabbo. Ayaṃ pana viseso – sacepi bhikkhunikāle āpannā sañcarittāpatti paṭicchannā hoti, parivāsadānaṃ natthi, chārattaṃ mānattameva dātabbaṃ. Sace pakkhamānattaṃ carantiyā liṅgaṃ parivattati, na tenattho, chārattaṃ mānattameva dātabbaṃ. Sace ciṇṇamānattāya parivattati, puna mānattaṃ adatvā bhikkhūhi abbhetabbo. Atha bhikkhūhi mānatte adinne puna liṅgaṃ parivattati, bhikkhunīhi pakkhamānattameva dātabbaṃ. Atha chārattaṃ mānattaṃ carantassa puna parivattati, pakkhamānattameva dātabbaṃ. Ciṇṇamānattassa pana liṅgaparivatte jāte bhikkhunīhi abbhānakammaṃ kātabbaṃ . Puna parivatte ca liṅge bhikkhunibhāve ṭhitāyapi yā āpattiyo pubbe paṭippassaddhā, tā suppaṭippassaddhā evāti.
70 70. 自此以下,“与母行淫法”等四事,其义自明。显示巴利原文
70. Ito parāni ‘‘mātuyā methunaṃ dhamma’’ntiādīni cattāri vatthūni uttānatthāniyeva.
71 71. 在软背事中,据说那位比丘过去曾是舞者。他为了精湛技艺而做预备练习,因此背部柔软。所以他能够如此行事。显示巴利原文
71. Mudupiṭṭhikavatthumhi so kira bhikkhu naṭapubbako. Tassa sippakosallatthaṃ parikammakatā piṭṭhi mudukā ahosi. Tasmā evaṃ kātuṃ asakkhi.
在“垂者”事中,那位比丘的男根长而垂下,故被称为“垂者”。显示巴利原文
Lambīvatthumhi tassa bhikkhussa aṅgajātaṃ dīghaṃ hoti lambati, tasmā lambīti vutto.
自此以下,两个“伤口事”其义自明。在“彩画事”中,“彩画”即指彩绘的图像。显示巴利原文
Ito parāni dve vaṇavatthūni uttānāneva. Lepacittavatthumhi lepacittaṃ nāma cittakammarūpaṃ.
在“木偶事”中,“木偶”即指木制的人像。正如在这两事中一样,于其他如牙像、布像、铜像等无执受的女性像,若以淫欲心对密处行不净行,无论不净泄出与否,唯是恶作。若以身触的欲心行不净行,同样唯是恶作。然而,若以泄精的欲心行不净行,泄精则犯桑喀地谢沙,未泄精则犯偷兰遮。显示巴利原文
Dārudhītalikavatthumhi dārudhītalikā nāma kaṭṭharūpaṃ. Yathā ca imesu dvīsu evaṃ aññesupi dantarūpa-potthakarūpa-loharūpādīsu anupādinnakesu itthirūpesu nimitte methunarāgena upakkamantassa asuci muccatu vā mā vā, dukkaṭameva. Kāyasaṃsaggarāgena upakkamantassāpi tatheva dukkaṭaṃ. Mocanarāgena pana upakkamantassa mutte saṅghādiseso, amutte thullaccayanti.
72 孙陀罗事中,这位名为孙陀罗者是王舍城的良家子,凭信心出家;因其容貌端严,得名“孙陀罗”。那位妇女见到他在路上行走,心生欲贪,便对他作出这些非礼之举。然而,那位长老是阿那含圣者,因此他并未接受。这种事对其他人而言,则非所能及。显示巴利原文
72. Sundaravatthumhi ayaṃ sundaro nāma rājagahe kuladārako saddhāya pabbajito; attabhāvassa abhirūpatāya ‘‘sundaro’’ti nāmaṃ labhi. Taṃ rathikāya gacchantaṃ disvā samuppannachandarāgā sā itthī imaṃ vippakāraṃ akāsi. Thero pana anāgāmī. Tasmā so na sādiyi. Aññesaṃ pana avisayo eso.
从此以下四事中,那些比丘愚痴无智,听信了女人的话,依此行事后,心生追悔。显示巴利原文
Ito paresu catūsu vatthūsu te bhikkhū jaḷā dummedhā mātugāmassa vacanaṃ gahetvā tathā katvā pacchā kukkuccāyiṃsu.
73 所咬等三事,其义自明。关于两个断头之事,裁决如下:在圆形张开的口中,若将男根放入时,使其触碰到下侧、上侧或两侧中的任何一侧,是为波罗夷。若放入时不触碰四侧,而内部触碰到上颚,亦是波罗夷。若不触碰四侧及上颚,仅置于空虚之中放入又取出,则为恶作。然而,若牙齿紧密闭合,口中无有空隙,且牙齿外部被唇肉覆盖,于彼不被风所触的湿润处,即使放入仅如芝麻果大小,亦是波罗夷。若唇肉被割除,仅在牙齿上作意,则为偷兰遮。若牙齿外露突出,无法以唇覆盖,于此处作意,或以伸出外部的舌头作意,亦唯是偷兰遮。对于活人的身体,以伸出外部的舌头作意,亦唯是偷兰遮。但若以外部舌头缠绕后放入口中,则为波罗夷。对于颈部以上被砍断的头颅,从下方将男根放入并触碰到上颚,亦是波罗夷。显示巴利原文
73. Akkhāyitādīni tīṇi vatthūni uttānatthāneva. Dvīsu chinnasīsavatthūsu ayaṃ vinicchayo – vaṭṭakate mukhe vivaṭe aṅgajātaṃ pavesento sace heṭṭhā vā upari vā ubhayapassehi vā chupantaṃ paveseti, pārājikaṃ. Catūhipi passehi achupantaṃ pavesetvā abbhantare tālukaṃ chupati, pārājikameva. Cattāri passāni tālukañca achupanto ākāsagatameva katvā paveseti ca nīharati ca, dukkaṭaṃ. Yadi pana dantā suphusitā, antomukhe okāso natthi, dantā ca bahi oṭṭhamaṃsena paṭicchannā, tattha vātena asamphuṭṭhaṃ allokāsaṃ tilaphalamattampi pavesentassa pārājikameva. Uppāṭite pana oṭṭhamaṃse dantesuyeva upakkamantassa thullaccayaṃ. Yopi danto bahi nikkhamitvā tiṭṭhati , na sakkā oṭṭhehi pidahituṃ. Tattha upakkamantepi bahi nikkhantajivhāya upakkamantepi thullaccayameva. Jīvamānakasarīrepi bahi nikkhantajivhāya thullaccayameva. Yadi pana bahijivhāya paliveṭhetvā antomukhaṃ paveseti, pārājikameva. Uparigīvāya chinnasīsassapi adhobhāgena aṅgajātaṃ pavesetvā tālukaṃ chupantassa pārājikameva.
于骨事中,即使前往冢墓,亦是恶作。收集骨头亦复如是;以淫欲心对准密处作意,以及以身触欲心作意,不论泄出与否,唯是恶作。然而,若以泄欲心作意,泄出则犯桑喀地谢沙,未泄出则犯偷兰遮。显示巴利原文
Aṭṭhikavatthumhi susānaṃ gacchantassāpi dukkaṭaṃ. Aṭṭhikāni saṅkaḍḍhantassāpi, nimitte methunarāgena upakkamantassāpi, kāyasaṃsaggarāgena upakkamantassāpi, muccatu vā mā vā, dukkaṭameva. Mocanarāgena pana upakkamantassa muccante saṅghādiseso, amuccante thullaccayameva.
于雌龙事中,无论是雌龙少女,或是紧那罗女等中任何一种,一切皆犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Nāgīvatthumhi nāgamāṇavikā vā hotu kinnarīādīnaṃ vā aññatarā, sabbattha pārājikaṃ.
于雌夜叉事中,一切天女皆是雌夜叉。显示巴利原文
Yakkhīvatthumhi sabbāpi devatā yakkhīyeva.
在《饿鬼事》中,被焦灼、干渴等苦所逼的雌饿鬼,甚至无法依附于人。然而,也有住于宫殿的雌饿鬼:她们于黑分月时恶业成熟,于白分月时则如天女般享受福报。对于这样的雌饿鬼或雌夜叉,若显现出见、捉、摸、触、碰等相,即犯波罗夷。若不见,但显现其余诸相,亦犯波罗夷。若不见、不捉,仅以摸、触、碰而显现,令彼人失去知觉,满足己欲后离去,此名为“非境界”。因此,于非境界事中无罪。黄门之事已显然可知。显示巴利原文
Petīvatthumhi nijjhāmataṇhikādipetiyo allīyitumpi na sakkā. Vimānapetiyo pana atthi; yāsaṃ kāḷapakkhe akusalaṃ vipaccati, juṇhapakkhe devatā viya sampattiṃ anubhonti. Evarūpāya petiyā vā yakkhiyā vā sace dassana-gahaṇa-āmasana-phusana-ghaṭṭanāni paññāyanti, pārājikaṃ. Athāpi dassanaṃ natthi, itarāni paññāyanti, pārājikameva. Atha dassanagahaṇāni na paññāyanti, āmasanaphusanaghaṭṭanehi paññāyamānehi taṃ puggalaṃ visaññaṃ katvā attano manorathaṃ pūretvā gacchati, ayaṃ avisayo nāma. Tasmā ettha avisayattā anāpatti. Paṇḍakavatthu pākaṭameva.
在根坏事中,“根坏”者,是指身净色已坏,如同木桩或荆棘一般,无法感受乐与苦。即使无所觉受,若以享受之心而作,亦结罪。显示巴利原文
Upahatindriyavatthumhi upahatindriyoti upahatakāyappasādo khāṇukaṇṭakamiva sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā na vedayati. Avedayantassāpi sevanacittavasena āpatti.
在仅触碰事中,若有人心想“我将行淫法”而捉住女人,随后对淫法生起厌离并追悔,则唯犯恶作。因为行淫的前方便,如捉手等,在未至头部之前,皆处于恶作。至头部时则犯波罗夷。因为第一波罗夷的方便罪唯是恶作,其余三者的方便罪则是偷兰遮。然而,应知此比丘虽于淫法生起厌离,却接受了身触,因此世尊说:“犯桑喀地谢沙罪。”显示巴利原文
Chupitamattavatthusmiṃ yo ‘‘methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevissāmī’’ti mātugāmaṃ gaṇhitvā methune virajjitvā vippaṭisārī hoti, dukkaṭamevassa hoti. Methunadhammassa hi pubbapayogā hatthaggāhādayo yāva sīsaṃ na pāpuṇāti, tāva dukkaṭe tiṭṭhanti. Sīse patte pārājikaṃ hoti. Paṭhamapārājikassa hi dukkaṭameva sāmantaṃ. Itaresaṃ tiṇṇaṃ thullaccayaṃ. Ayaṃ pana bhikkhu methunadhamme virajjitvā kāyasaṃsaggaṃ sādiyīti veditabbo. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘āpatti saṅghādisesassā’’ti.
74 七十四、关于跋提亚之事。“跋提亚”是那座城的名字。“迦提耶园”,因盛产迦提花丛而得名,位于该城近郊。他在那里躺下,借着风力支撑而沉沉入睡。此时唯有单一味的有分心在相续。所谓“见到被弄脏”,即见到为不净所染。显示巴利原文
74. Bhaddiyavatthusmiṃ bhaddiyaṃ nāma taṃ nagaraṃ. Jātiyāvanaṃ nāma jātipupphagumbānaṃ ussannatāya evaṃ laddhanāmaṃ; taṃ tassa nagarassa upacāre vanaṃ hoti. So tattha nipanno tena vātupatthambhena mahāniddaṃ okkami. Ekarasaṃ bhavaṅgameva vattati. Kilinnaṃ passitvāti asucikiliṭṭhaṃ passitvā.
75 七十五、此后有四个与接受相关的因缘,以及一个不知因缘,这五个因缘其义自明。显示巴利原文
75. Ito parāni sādiyanapaṭisaṃyuttāni cattāri vatthūni, ajānanavatthu cāti pañca uttānatthāneva.
76 七十六、在关于两个不接受因缘中:“突然起身”,意为犹如被毒蛇咬到或被火烧灼一般急速起身。“踩踏后使之滚动”,是指不放逸、已修观、具足正念的比丘,在迅速起身的同时,随即踩踏,令它在地上翻滚、转侧、碾压而倒下。因为在如此场合中,须由善凡夫守护其心;而这位比丘,正是其中一位如战场前锋勇士般的比丘。显示巴利原文
76. Dvīsu asādiyanavatthūsu sahasā vuṭṭhāsīti āsīvisena daṭṭho viya agginā daḍḍho viya ca turitaṃ vuṭṭhāsi. Akkamitvā pavattesīti appamatto bhikkhu āraddhavipassako upaṭṭhitassati khippaṃ vuṭṭhahantova akkamitvā bhūmiyaṃ vaṭṭento parivaṭṭento viheṭhento pātesi. Puthujjanakalyāṇakena hi evarūpesu ṭhānesu cittaṃ rakkhitabbaṃ. Ayañca tesaṃ aññataro saṅgāmasīsayodho bhikkhu.
77 在开门而卧的因缘中,“白天独处”指白天躺卧。“关门独处”指关上门躺卧。这里,虽然律藏中并未说“这是某某罪”,但由于不关门而卧的过失所引生的因缘中,世尊说:“诸比丘,允许白天独处者关门而独处”,因此,不关门而独处者犯恶作。因为了知世尊的意趣后,由优波离长老等建立了这样的注释。由此,“此罪白天犯,非夜晚”(《附随》323)也得以成立。显示巴利原文
77. Dvāraṃ vivaritvā nipannavatthumhi divā paṭisallīyantenāti divā nipajjantena. Dvāraṃ saṃvaritvā paṭisallīyitunti dvāraṃ pidahitvā nipajjituṃ. Ettha ca kiñcāpi pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘ayaṃ nāma āpattī’’ti na vuttā. Vivaritvā nipannadosena pana uppanne vatthusmiṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, divā paṭisallīyantena dvāraṃ saṃvaritvā paṭisallīyitu’’nti vuttattā asaṃvaritvā paṭisallīyantassa dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ. Bhagavato hi adhippāyaṃ ñatvā upālittherādīhi aṭṭhakathā ṭhapitā. ‘‘Atthāpatti divā āpajjati no ratti’’nti (pari. 323) imināpi cetaṃ siddhaṃ.
那么,怎样的门应当关闭,怎样的门不应关闭?以木片、竹片、草席、树叶等任何一种做成门扇,插入下部门臼和上部门楣而制成的旋转门,才应当关闭。其他如牛栏中那样的木栓门、荆棘门,像村庄门那样装有轮子的门,在木板或草席上装两三个轮子而做成的滑动草席门,如店铺中所做的上翻草席门,在叶屋中于两三处绑缚竹条而成的插销门,布幔门、麻布门——这样的门不应关闭。然而,当手持钵推开旋转门扇时,只有布幔门或麻布门是无犯的,推开其余的门则有犯。对于白天独处者,只有旋转门是犯的所依处,其余的门无论关闭或不关闭而躺卧,皆无犯。但应当关门而卧,这是应尽的义务。显示巴利原文
Kīdisaṃ pana dvāraṃ saṃvaritabbaṃ, kīdisaṃ na saṃvaritabbaṃ? Rukkhapadaraveḷupadarakilañjapaṇṇādīnaṃ yena kenaci kavāṭaṃ katvā heṭṭhā udukkhale upari uttarapāsake ca pavesetvā kataṃ parivattakadvārameva saṃvaritabbaṃ. Aññaṃ gorūpānaṃ vajesu viya rukkhasūcikaṇṭakadvāraṃ, gāmathakanakaṃ cakkalakayuttadvāraṃ, phalakesu vā kiṭikāsu vā dve tīṇi cakkalakāni yojetvā kataṃ saṃsaraṇakiṭikadvāraṃ, āpaṇesu viya kataṃ ugghāṭanakiṭikadvāraṃ, dvīsu tīsu ṭhānesu veṇusalākā gopphetvā paṇṇakuṭīsu kataṃ salākahatthakadvāraṃ, dussasāṇidvāranti evarūpaṃ dvāraṃ na saṃvaritabbaṃ. Pattahatthassa kavāṭappaṇāmane pana ekaṃ dussasāṇidvārameva anāpattikaraṃ, avasesāni paṇāmentassa āpatti. Divā paṭisallīyantassa pana parivattakadvārameva āpattikaraṃ, sesāni saṃvaritvā vā asaṃvaritvā vā nipannassa āpatti natthi. Saṃvaritvā pana nipajjitabbaṃ, etaṃ vattaṃ.
旋转门怎样才算关闭?当插上针闩、搭扣等时,即算关闭。而且,即使只插上针状物也适宜,只扣上搭扣也适宜,门扇触及门框而掩上也适宜,稍微未触及也适宜。以最下限的方式,只要头部不能进入,即使未触及也适宜。若是多人使用的场所,可对比丘或沙弥说“贤友,请看管门”后躺卧。若比丘们正坐着做衣或其他工作,作意“他们会看管门”后躺卧也适宜。在《库伦达注释》中说:“即使告知优婆塞,或作意‘他会看管’后躺卧,也适宜。唯独不可告知比丘尼或女人。”若门的下部门臼或上部门楣破损或未安装,无法关闭;或为了新建工程,砖堆、泥土等堆放在门内;或搭建高台,以致无法关闭——有这类障碍时,不关门而躺卧也适宜。若没有门扇,则如已得许可。睡在上方者,应收起梯子后躺卧。若梯子顶端有盖板,盖好后躺卧。在内室躺卧者,关闭内室门或前门中的任何一扇后躺卧即可。若在单间屋子的两侧开了两扇门并使用,两扇门都应看管。显示巴利原文
Parivattakadvāraṃ pana kittakena saṃvutaṃ hoti? Sūcighaṭikādīsu dinnāsu saṃvutameva hoti. Apica kho sūcimattepi dinne vaṭṭati. Ghaṭikamattepi dinne vaṭṭati. Dvārabāhaṃ phusitvā pihitamattepi vaṭṭati. Īsakaṃ aphusitepi vaṭṭati. Sabbantimena vidhinā yāvatā sīsaṃ nappavisati tāvatā aphusitepi vaṭṭatīti. Sace bahūnaṃ vaḷañjanaṭṭhānaṃ hoti, bhikkhuṃ vā sāmaṇeraṃ vā ‘‘dvāraṃ, āvuso, jaggāhī’’ti vatvāpi nipajjituṃ vaṭṭati. Atha bhikkhū cīvarakammaṃ vā aññaṃ vā kiñci karontā nisinnā honti, ‘‘ete dvāraṃ jaggissantī’’ti ābhogaṃ katvāpi nipajjituṃ vaṭṭati. Kurundaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘upāsakampi āpucchitvā vā, ‘esa jaggissatī’ti ābhogaṃ katvā vā nipajjituṃ vaṭṭati. Kevalaṃ bhikkhuniṃ vā mātugāmaṃ vā āpucchituṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Atha dvārassa udukkhalaṃ vā uttarapāsako vā bhinno vā hoti aṭṭhapito vā, saṃvarituṃ na sakkoti, navakammatthaṃ vā pana iṭṭhakapuñjo vā mattikādīnaṃ vā rāsi antodvāre kato hoti, aṭṭaṃ vā bandhanti, yathā saṃvarituṃ na sakkoti; evarūpe antarāye sati asaṃvaritvāpi nipajjituṃ vaṭṭati. Yadi pana kavāṭaṃ natthi, laddhakappameva. Upari sayantena nisseṇiṃ āropetvā nipajjitabbaṃ. Sace nisseṇimatthake thakanakaṃ hoti, thaketvāpi nipajjitabbaṃ. Gabbhe nipajjantena gabbhadvāraṃ vā pamukhadvāraṃ vā yaṃkiñci saṃvaritvā nipajjituṃ vaṭṭati. Sace ekakuṭṭake gehe dvīsu passesu dvārāni katvā vaḷañjanti, dvepi dvārāni jaggitabbāni.
哪怕是三层的殿堂,门也应当看护。如果众多比丘从托钵归来,进入如铁殿一般的殿堂作日间住,僧团上座应对守门人说‘请看护门’,或者作意‘看门是他的职责’之后,再进入躺卧。乃至僧团中最下座者,也应当如此而行。对于先进入者,作意‘看门是后入者的职责’,这也是适合的。如果不告知,也不作意,在室内未关门,或在室外躺卧,便有所违犯。在室内或室外躺卧时,作意‘看门是大门处守门人的职责’之后躺卧,也是适合的。在铁殿等处的露台上躺卧时,也应关好门再躺卧。显示巴利原文
Tibhūmakepi pāsāde dvāraṃ jaggitabbameva. Sace bhikkhācārā paṭikkamma lohapāsādasadisaṃ pāsādaṃ bahū bhikkhū divāvihāratthaṃ pavisanti, saṅghattherena dvārapālassa ‘‘dvāraṃ jaggāhī’’ti vatvā vā ‘‘dvārajagganaṃ etassa bhāro’’ti ābhogaṃ katvā vā pavisitvā nipajjitabbaṃ . Yāva saṅghanavakena evameva kattabbaṃ. Pure pavisantānaṃ ‘‘dvārajagganaṃ nāma pacchimānaṃ bhāro’’ti evaṃ ābhogaṃ kātumpi vaṭṭati. Anāpucchā vā ābhogaṃ vā akatvā antogabbhe vā asaṃvutadvāre bahi vā nipajjantānaṃ āpatti. Gabbhe vā bahi vā nipajjanakālepi ‘‘dvārajagganaṃ nāma mahādvāre dvārapālassa bhāro’’ti ābhogaṃ katvā nipajjituṃ vaṭṭatiyeva. Lohapāsādādīsu ākāsatale nipajjantenāpi dvāraṃ saṃvaritabbameva.
此处略释如下——这是关于日间独处的规定,适用于任何有围墙、有门可关闭的处所。因此,无论在露天、树下还是凉亭,凡在有门可关闭之处躺下,都必须关好门再躺卧。如果是大庭院,如同大菩提广场、铁殿广场那样众人出入之处,门即便关上也无法保持紧闭,人们找不到门便会攀墙行走,在这种地方则无需关门。夜间开门而卧,在破晓时起身,则无所违犯。若醒来后又继续睡眠,便有所违犯。若有人决意‘我将在破晓时起身’,却未关门而于夜间躺卧,且未在决意的时间起身,便有所违犯。而《大筏注》中说:‘如此躺卧者,即便生起无敬重心的恶作,也不得免除。’显示巴利原文
Ayañhettha saṅkhepo – idaṃ divāpaṭisallīyanaṃ yena kenaci parikkhitte sadvārabandhe ṭhāne kathitaṃ. Tasmā abbhokāse vā rukkhamūle vā maṇḍape vā yattha katthaci sadvārabandhe nipajjantena dvāraṃ saṃvaritvāva nipajjitabbaṃ. Sace mahāpariveṇaṃ hoti, mahābodhiyaṅgaṇalohapāsādaṅgaṇasadisaṃ bahūnaṃ osaraṇaṭṭhānaṃ, yattha dvāraṃ saṃvutampi saṃvutaṭṭhāne na tiṭṭhati, dvāraṃ alabhantā pākāraṃ āruhitvāpi vicaranti, tattha saṃvaraṇakiccaṃ natthi. Rattiṃ dvāraṃ vivaritvā nipanno aruṇe uggate uṭṭhahati, anāpatti. Sace pabujjhitvā puna supati, āpatti. Yo pana ‘‘aruṇe uggate vuṭṭhahissāmī’’ti paricchinditvāva dvāraṃ asaṃvaritvā rattiṃ nipajjati, yathāparicchedameva ca na vuṭṭhāti, tassa āpattiyeva. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana ‘‘evaṃ nipajjanto anādariyadukkaṭāpi na muccatī’’ti vuttaṃ.
如果有人彻夜不眠,或长途跋涉之后,白日疲惫不堪,坐在床上,双脚尚未离地便因睡意而躺下,并无违犯。但如果已经入睡,乃至不知不觉地将脚抬到床上,便有所违犯。倚坐着靠卧而睡,并无违犯。如果为了驱除睡意而经行时摔倒,随即迅速起身,也无违犯。但是,如果摔倒后就在那里躺着而不起身,便有所违犯。显示巴利原文
Yo pana bahudeva rattiṃ jaggitvā addhānaṃ vā gantvā divā kilantarūpo mañce nisinno pāde bhūmito amocetvāva niddāvasena nipajjati, tassa anāpatti. Sace okkantaniddo ajānantopi pāde mañcakaṃ āropeti, āpattiyeva. Nisīditvā apassāya supantassa anāpatti. Yopi ca ‘‘niddaṃ vinodessāmī’’ti caṅkamanto patitvā sahasāva vuṭṭhāti, tassāpi anāpatti. Yo pana patitvā tattheva sayati, na vuṭṭhāti, tassa āpatti.
何人得免除,何人不得免除?《大筏注》中先说:‘唯以单次折断而躺下者得免除。然而,双脚离地而躺下者,纵使被夜叉附体或失去意识,亦不得免除。’《库伦达复注》则说:‘被捆绑而令其躺下者得免除。’《大复注》中说:‘若有人在经行时解脱后跌倒,便就地而卧,因其无自主能力,不见有犯。但诸师长不如此说,故大莲华长老言:仍有犯。然而,有兩種人確實從犯中得免除:一為被夜叉附体者,二為被捆绑而令其躺下者。’显示巴利原文
Ko muccati, ko na muccatīti? Mahāpaccariyaṃ tāva ‘‘ekabhaṅgena nipannakoyeva muccati. Pāde pana bhūmito mocetvā nipanno yakkhagahitakopi visaññībhūtopi na muccatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Kurundaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘bandhitvā nipajjāpitova muccatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘yo caṅkamanto muccitvā patito tattheva supati, tassāpi avisayattā āpatti na dissati. Ācariyā pana evaṃ na kathayanti. Tasmā āpattiyevāti mahāpadumattherena vuttaṃ. Dve pana janā āpattito muccantiyeva, yo ca yakkhagahitako, yo ca bandhitvā nipajjāpito’’ti.
78 于巴拉卡恰卡事中,‘梦遗者无犯’——因在梦中无自主能力,故有此判。如是,优波离长老以推理的方式,判决了这件世尊未曾判决过的事。世尊听后说:‘说得好,诸比丘,优波离说得好!优波离解此问,犹如于无路处开辟道路,于虚空中显现足迹。’并将长老置于首位:‘诸比丘,在我比丘弟子中,持律第一者,即是优波离。’此后,关于梦遗等事,其义自明。显示巴利原文
78. Bhārukacchakavatthumhi anāpatti supinantenāti yasmā supinante avisayattā evaṃ hoti, tasmā upālitthero bhagavatā avinicchitapubbampi imaṃ vatthuṃ nayaggāhena vinicchini. Bhagavāpi ca sutvā ‘‘sukathitaṃ, bhikkhave, upālinā; apade padaṃ karonto viya, ākāse padaṃ dassento viya upāli imaṃ pañhaṃ kathesī’’ti vatvā theraṃ etadagge ṭhapesi – ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vinayadharānaṃ yadidaṃ upālī’’ti (a. ni. 1.219, 228). Ito parāni supabbādīni vatthūni uttānatthāneva.
80 在与比丘尼交往等事中,他们离车族少年耽著嬉戏,因自身不正之行,造作了此事。自此以后,离车族便走向毁灭。显示巴利原文
80. Bhikkhunīsampayojanādīsu te licchavikumārakā khiḍḍāpasutā attano anācārena evaṃ akaṃsu. Tato paṭṭhāya ca licchavīnaṃ vināso eva udapādi.
82 在年长出家事中,“前往见面”是指:那位比丘出于悲悯,心想“我要去看望他”而前往其家。随后,那位女子向他百般诉说自己和孩子们的孤苦无依。见他无动于衷,她便恼怒起来,强行抓住他说:“来,你还俗吧!”他为了挣脱而向后闪避,因年老体弱仰面摔倒。她于是满足了自己的欲望。然而那位比丘是阿那含,已断尽欲贪,因此并未领受。显示巴利原文
82. Vuḍḍhapabbajitavatthumhi dassanaṃ agamāsīti anukampāya ‘‘taṃ dakkhissāmī’’ti gehaṃ agamāsi. Athassa sā attano ca dārakānañca nānappakārehi anāthabhāvaṃ saṃvaṇṇesi. Anapekkhañca naṃ ñatvā kupitā ‘‘ehi vibbhamāhī’’ti balakkārena aggahesi. So attānaṃ mocetuṃ paṭikkamanto jarādubbalatāya uttāno paripati. Tato sā attano manaṃ akāsi. So pana bhikkhu anāgāmī samucchinnakāmarāgo tasmā na sādiyīti.
83 鹿崽事,其义自明。显示巴利原文
83. Migapotakavatthu uttānatthamevāti.
此处,在《普端严》之普端严性中——显示巴利原文
Tatridaṃ samantapāsādikāya samantapāsādikattasmiṃ –
由师资相承,由阐明缘起与事由之差别;
由远离他宗,及自宗清净;
由净化文句,由词义及巴利句之连缀次第;
由学处的决择,及分别与理趣差别的显示,
正观者于此不见任何不清净处;
因此,为智者所认可,故称为“普端严”。
此注释依善于调伏所化众生的世尊所宣说的律藏而展开;
由悲悯世间之世间怙主所宣说故。
显示巴利原文 Ācariyaparamparato, nidānavatthuppabhedadīpanato; Parasamayavivajjanato, sakasamayavisuddhito ceva. Byañjanaparisodhanato, padatthato pāḷiyojanakkamato; Sikkhāpadanicchayato, vibhaṅganayabhedadassanato. Sampassataṃ na dissati, kiñci apāsādikaṃ yato ettha; Viññūnamayaṃ tasmā, samantapāsādikātveva. Saṃvaṇṇanā pavattā, vinayassa vineyyadamanakusalena; Vuttassa lokanāthena, lokamanukampamānenāti.
二、第二波罗夷显示巴利原文
2. Dutiyapārājikaṃ
第二条,由无与伦比的胜者所开示;
此波罗夷,如今已至注释的次第。
因此,凡是先前已阐明、易于了知的内容,
舍弃那一切之后,而有此注释。
显示巴利原文 Dutiyaṃ adutiyena, yaṃ jinena pakāsitaṃ; Pārājikaṃ tassa dāni, patto saṃvaṇṇanākkamo. Yasmā tasmā suviññeyyaṃ, yaṃ pubbe ca pakāsitaṃ; Taṃ sabbaṃ vajjayitvāna, hoti saṃvaṇṇanā ayaṃ.
达尼亚事释显示巴利原文
Dhaniyavatthuvaṇṇanā
84 84. “那时,世尊住在王舍城的鹫峰山”——其中,“王舍城”是一座如此命名的城市,因其曾被曼陀多王、大瞿文提等所拥有,故称王舍城。关于此名,也有其他解释,但何必多言!这即是该城的名字。此城在佛陀时代和转轮王时代为城市,其余时间则空无一人,被夜叉占据,成为他们的居所。在示明了行境村落后,再说明住处:“在鹫峰山”。应知,因有鹫鸟栖息于其山峰,或其山峰形状似鹫,故称鹫峰山。显示巴利原文
84.Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbateti tattha rājagaheti evaṃnāmake nagare, tañhi mandhātu-mahāgovindādīhi pariggahitattā ‘‘rājagaha’’nti vuccati. Aññepettha pakāre vaṇṇayanti. Kiṃ tehi! Nāmametaṃ tassa nagarassa. Taṃ panetaṃ buddhakāle ca cakkavattikāle ca nagaraṃ hoti. Sesakāle suññaṃ hoti yakkhapariggahitaṃ, tesaṃ vasantavanaṃ hutvā tiṭṭhati. Evaṃ gocaragāmaṃ dassetvā nivāsanaṭṭhānamāha – gijjhakūṭe pabbateti. So ca gijjhā tassa kūṭesu vasiṃsu, gijjhasadisāni vā tassa kūṭāni; tasmā gijjhakūṭoti vuccatīti veditabbo.
“众多”:依律藏,三人称为众多,超过此数则称为僧团。依经藏,三人即称为三人,从三人以上始称众多。此处应知是依经藏而说为众多。“现见者”:指不可信赖、非牢固的朋友;因为他们只是在此处彼处相遇而相识,故称现见者。“熟伴者”:指极为信赖、牢固的朋友;因为他们彼此善待、亲近,共享同一受用,故称熟伴者。“在伊西吉利山侧”:伊西吉利是一座山名,其山侧即山脚下。据说从前约有五百位独觉佛在迦尸、拘萨罗等国土中托钵乞食后,于食后聚集到那座山中,以等至安住。人们只见他们进入,不见出来,便说:“这座山吞掉了这些仙人。”由此,该山便得到了“伊西吉利”的名称。显示巴利原文
Sambahulāti vinayapariyāyena tayo janā sambahulāti vuccanti, tato paraṃ saṅgho. Suttantapariyāyena tayo tayo eva, tato paṭṭhāya sambahulā. Idha pana te suttantapariyāyena sambahulāti veditabbā. Sandiṭṭhāti nātivissāsikā na daḷhamittā; tattha tattha saṅgamma diṭṭhattā hi te sandiṭṭhāti vuccanti. Sambhattāti ativissāsikā daḷhamittā; te hi suṭṭhu bhattā bhajamānā ekasambhogaparibhogāti katvā ‘‘sambhattā’’ti vuccanti. Isigilipasseti isigili nāma pabbato, tassa passe. Pubbe kira pañcasatamattā paccekabuddhā kāsikosalādīsu janapadesu piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ tasmiṃ pabbate sannipatitvā samāpattiyā vītināmenti. Manussā te pavisanteva passanti na nikkhamante. Tato āhaṃsu – ‘‘ayaṃ pabbato ime isayo gilatī’’ti. Tadupādāya tassa ‘‘isigili’’tveva samaññā udapādi, tassa passe pabbatapāde.
“搭建了草屋”:建造了以草覆盖、设有门闩的草屋。入雨安居时,即使是修习头陀支者,也必须住于五种覆盖物之一所覆盖、带有门闩的住所。经中这样说:“诸比丘,不得无住所而入雨安居。若入者,犯恶作。”因此,在雨安居期间,若得到住所,那是好的;若得不到,则应寻求劳作后建造。若得不到劳作,则应自己建造。但决不可无住所而入雨安居,这是随顺法。因此,那些比丘搭建了草屋,划定了夜间住处与日间住处等,确立了共住规约与犍度所规定的义务,于三学中修学,入雨安居。显示巴利原文
Tiṇakuṭiyo karitvāti tiṇacchadanā sadvārabandhā kuṭiyo katvā. Vassaṃ upagacchantena hi nālakapaṭipadaṃ paṭipannenāpi pañcannaṃ chadanānaṃ aññatarena channeyeva sadvārabandhe senāsane upagantabbaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, asenāsanikena vassaṃ upagantabbaṃ. Yo upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (mahāva. 204). Tasmā vassakāle sace senāsanaṃ labhati, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ; no ce labhati, hatthakammaṃ pariyesitvāpi kātabbaṃ. Hatthakammaṃ alabhantena sāmampi kātabbaṃ. Na tveva asenāsanikena vassaṃ upagantabbaṃ. Ayamanudhammatā. Tasmā te bhikkhū tiṇakuṭiyo karitvā rattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhānādīni paricchinditvā katikavattāni ca khandhakavattāni ca adhiṭṭhāya tīsu sikkhāsu sikkhamānā vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu.
“具寿达尼耶也”:并非只有那些长老是此学处的始犯者,具寿达尼耶也是。“陶师之子”:即陶师的儿子;他名为达尼耶,父亲是陶师,因此说“达尼耶陶师之子”。“入雨安居”:与那些长老们在同一处所建造草屋后,入雨安居。“雨安居已住”:从前雨安居入者,于大自恣时自恣后,从初一日起,称为“已住雨安居者”。他如此成为已住雨安居者后。显示巴利原文
Āyasmāpi dhaniyoti na kevalaṃ te therāva imassa sikkhāpadassa ādikammiko āyasmā dhaniyopi. Kumbhakāraputtoti kumbhakārassa putto; tassa hi nāmaṃ dhaniyo, pitā kumbhakāro, tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto’’ti. Vassaṃ upagacchīti tehi therehi saddhiṃ ekaṭṭhāneyeva tiṇakuṭikaṃ karitvā vassaṃ upagacchi. Vassaṃvutthāti purimikāya upagatā mahāpavāraṇāya pavāritā pāṭipadadivasato paṭṭhāya ‘‘vutthavassā’’ti vuccanti. Evaṃ vassaṃvutthā hutvā.
“拆毁草屋”:并非用棍棒、锤子等将其砸得粉碎,而是依义务将草以及木藤等取下。若草屋建在寺院附近,若有常住比丘,则应告知他们:“若有人愿意照料此草屋并居住,就请给他。”然后离去。若草屋建在森林中,或找不到照料者,则应将其收拾好,心想“其他人还可以使用”,然后离去。而那些比丘在森林中建造草屋后,找不到照料者,便将草和木料收拾、存放好,并且放置得不会被白蚁啃食,也不会漏雨,心想“此地将对想要来住的梵行同伴有所裨益”,如此履行了离去义务。显示巴利原文
Tiṇakuṭiyo bhinditvāti na daṇḍamuggarādīhi cuṇṇavicuṇṇaṃ katvā, vattasīsena pana tiṇañca dāruvalli-ādīni ca oropetvāti attho. Yena hi vihārapaccante kuṭi katā hoti, tena sace āvāsikā bhikkhū honti, te āpucchitabbā. ‘‘Sace imaṃ kuṭiṃ paṭijaggitvā koci vasituṃ ussahati, tassa dethā’’ti vatvā pakkamitabbaṃ. Yena araññe vā katā hoti , paṭijagganakaṃ vā na labhati, tena ‘‘aññesampi paribhogaṃ bhavissatī’’ti paṭisāmetvā gantabbaṃ. Te pana bhikkhū araññe kuṭiyo katvā paṭijagganakaṃ alabhantā tiṇañca kaṭṭhañca paṭisāmetvā saṅgopetvāti attho. Yathā ca ṭhapitaṃ taṃ upacikāhi na khajjati , anovassakañca hoti, tathā ṭhapetvā ‘‘idaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgantvā vasitukāmānaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ upakārāya bhavissatī’’ti gamiyavattaṃ pūretvā.
“出发游行人间”:即各自前往合意的地方。而具寿达尼耶陶师之子就在那里住雨安居等,其义自明。“乃至三次”:即乃至第三次。“无缺”:即 anuavayo,由于连音而省略了 u 音。意为随顺的支分,凡是陶师所应做的一切,于一切处都无缺、技艺圆满。“于自己”:即对于自己的。“于师传”:即对于师传的技艺。“于陶师业”:即对于陶师的业;意为陶师们所应做之业。由此,显示了他自己师传技艺的具体面貌。“技艺纯熟”:即技艺清净。虽已无缺,但意谓与其他人的技艺不相似。显示巴利原文
Janapadacārikaṃ pakkamiṃsūti attano attano cittānukūlaṃ janapadaṃ agamaṃsu. Āyasmā pana dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto tattheva vassaṃ vasītiādi uttānatthameva. Yāvatatiyakanti yāvatatiyavāraṃ. Anavayoti anuavayo, sandhivasena ukāralopo. Anu anu avayo, yaṃ yaṃ kumbhakārehi kattabbaṃ nāma atthi, sabbattha anūno paripuṇṇasippoti attho. Saketi attano santake. Ācariyaketi ācariyakamme. Kumbhakārakammeti kumbhakārānaṃ kamme; kumbhakārehi kattabbakammeti attho. Etena sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ sarūpato dassitaṃ hoti. Pariyodātasippoti parisuddhasippo. Anavayattepi sati aññehi asadisasippoti vuttaṃ hoti.
“全部以泥制成”:意为除了门闩、门板、门锁、窗板之外,其余诸如墙壁、屋顶、砖、柱等一切房屋构件,皆以泥制成。“将草、木、牛粪聚集起来,烧制了那座小屋”:即将那座纯泥制成的小屋,用手掌摩擦,晒干后,涂上油铜泥,内外填充草等,烧制至熟透。便这样烧成了那座小屋。美丽:形态优美。令人愉悦:能令生起净信。红色:就是红颜色。发出叮当声:即如同叮当网发出的声音。据说,如同各种宝石制成的叮当网所发之声,风吹入窗隙等处撞击小屋,也发出了这样的声音。由此显示其内外都已烧制熟透。而《大注疏》中说:“‘叮当’是指铜器,因此,如同铜器被敲击所发出的声音,风吹小屋也发出了这样的声音。”显示巴利原文
Sabbamattikāmayanti piṭṭhasaṅghāṭakakavāṭasūcighaṭikavātapānakavāṭamattaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ bhittichadaniṭṭhakathambhādibhedaṃ sabbaṃ gehasambhāraṃ mattikāmayameva katvāti attho. Tiṇañca kaṭṭhañca gomayañca saṅkaḍḍhitvā taṃ kuṭikaṃ pacīti taṃ sabbamattikāmayaṃ katvā pāṇikāya ghaṃsitvā sukkhāpetvā telatambamattikāya parimajjitvā anto ca bahi ca tiṇādīhi pūretvā yathā pakkā supakkā hoti, evaṃ paci. Evaṃ pakkā ca pana sā ahosi kuṭikā . Abhirūpāti surūpā. Pāsādikāti pasādajanikā. Lohitikāti lohitavaṇṇā. Kiṅkaṇikasaddoti kiṅkaṇikajālassa saddo. Yathā kira nānāratanehi katassa kiṅkaṇikajālassa saddo hoti, evaṃ tassā kuṭikāya vātapānantarikādīhi paviṭṭhena vātena samāhatāya saddo ahosi. Etenassā anto ca bahi ca supakkabhāvo dassito hoti. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘kiṅkaṇikā’’ti kaṃsabhājanaṃ, tasmā yathā abhihatassa kaṃsabhājanassa saddo, evamassā vātappahatāya saddo ahosī’’ti vuttaṃ.
85 “这是什么,诸比丘?”在此,世尊虽已了知,但为引发话题而发问。比丘们向世尊禀告此事:他们从最初开始,禀报了整间纯泥造小屋的建造情况。“诸比丘,他怎么会……建造小屋呢?”这是以未来时态表达过去义,意思是“他造了”。其语法特征应从语法书中探求。“诸比丘,那个愚人对众生确实不会有呵护、悲悯、不害”,在此,“呵护”即保护,以此显示慈心的前行;“悲悯”是因他人之苦而心颤;“不害”即不伤害,以此显示悲心的前行。这是说:“诸比丘,那个愚人在挖地、捣泥、烧火时,伤害、毁灭了许多大大小小的众生。对于这些众生,他确实不会有慈与悲的前行,甚至连呵护、悲悯、不害的一丝一毫都不会有。”“愿未来世人不于众生行残害”,即愿未来的群体不在众生身上行残害之事。这是说:不要以为“佛陀时代比丘们也这样做,在这些地方杀生者没有过失”,从而效仿这种做法;愿未来世人不要这样想:“对于应被残害、应被杀戮的众生(这样做无过失)。”显示巴利原文
85.Kiṃ etaṃ, bhikkhaveti ettha jānantova bhagavā kathāsamuṭṭhāpanatthaṃ pucchi. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesunti sabbamattikāmayāya kuṭikāya karaṇabhāvaṃ ādito paṭṭhāya bhagavato ārocesuṃ. Kathañhi nāma so, bhikkhave…pe… kuṭikaṃ karissatīti idaṃ atītatthe anāgatavacanaṃ; akāsīti vuttaṃ hoti. Tassa lakkhaṇaṃ saddasatthato pariyesitabbaṃ. Na hi nāma, bhikkhave, tassa moghapurisassa pāṇesu anuddayā anukampā avihesā bhavissatīti ettha anuddayāti anurakkhaṇā; etena mettāpubbabhāgaṃ dasseti. Anukampāti paradukkhena cittakampanā. Avihesāti avihiṃsanā; etehi karuṇāpubbabhāgaṃ dasseti. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ‘‘bhikkhave , tassa moghapurisassa pathavīkhaṇanacikkhallamaddanaaggidānesu bahū khuddānukhuddake pāṇe byābādhentassa vināsentassa tesu pāṇesu mettākaruṇānaṃ pubbabhāgamattāpi anuddayā anukampā avihesā na hi nāma bhavissati appamattakāpi nāma na bhavissatī’’ti. Mā pacchimā janatā pāṇesu pātabyataṃ āpajjīti pacchimo janasamūho pāṇesu pātabyabhāvaṃ mā āpajji. ‘‘Buddhakālepi bhikkhūhi evaṃ kataṃ, īdisesu ṭhānesu pāṇātipātaṃ karontānaṃ natthi doso’’ti maññitvā imassa diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjamānā pacchimā janatā mā pāṇesu pātabye ghaṃsitabbe evaṃ maññīti vuttaṃ hoti.
如此呵责达尼耶后,世尊为防未来,禁止建造那样的纯泥小屋:“诸比丘,不应建造纯泥小屋。”禁止之后,又制说:“若有人建造,犯恶作。”因此,即使有人不通过挖地等残害众生而建造那样的小屋,也犯恶作。若通过挖地等残害众生,则随其所犯,一一犯下所说之罪。达尼耶长老因是初犯,故无罪。其余比丘若违越学处而建造,或获得已建成的而居住其中,皆犯恶作。然而,若混入木材等材料,无论如何混合,皆可开许;唯独纯泥造者,不得开许。若以砖块砌成,可算作砖瓦房,则可开许。“是的,世尊!”……他们拆毁了那间小屋:即领受世尊教示后,以木棍和石块将其砸碎拆毁。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ dhaniyaṃ garahitvā na ca, bhikkhave, sabbamattikāmayā kuṭikā kātabbāti āyatiṃ tādisāya kuṭikāya karaṇaṃ paṭikkhipi; paṭikkhipitvā ca ‘‘yo kareyya āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti sabbamattikāmayakuṭikākaraṇe āpattiṃ ṭhapesi. Tasmā yopi pathavīkhaṇanādinā pāṇesu pātabyataṃ anāpajjanto tādisaṃ kuṭikaṃ karoti, sopi dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati. Pathavīkhaṇanādīhi pana pāṇesu pātabyataṃ āpajjanto yaṃ yaṃ vatthuṃ vītikkamati, tattha tattha vuttameva āpattiṃ āpajjati. Dhaniyattherassa ādikammikattā anāpatti. Sesānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ atikkamitvā karontānampi kataṃ labhitvā tattha vasantānampi dukkaṭameva. Dabbasambhāramissakā pana yathā vā tathā vā missā hotu, vaṭṭati. Suddhamattikāmayāva na vaṭṭati. Sāpi iṭṭhakāhi giñjakāvasathasaṅkhepena katā vaṭṭati. Evaṃ bhanteti kho…pe… taṃ kuṭiṃ bhindiṃsūti bhagavato vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā kaṭṭhehi ca pāsāṇehi ca taṃ kuṭikaṃ vikirantā bhindiṃsu.
“那时,具寿达尼耶……”等的简要意思是:达尼耶在一边坐着昼间休息,听到那声音后,来到那些比丘跟前问道:“贤友们,你们为何拆毁我的小屋?”听闻“世尊令拆”后,出于善顺,他便接受了。显示巴利原文
Atha kho āyasmā dhaniyotiādimhi ayaṃ saṅkhepattho – dhaniyo ekapasse divāvihāraṃ nisinno tena saddena āgantvā te bhikkhū ‘‘kissa me tumhe, āvuso, kuṭiṃ bhindathā’’ti pucchitvā ‘‘bhagavā bhedāpetī’’ti sutvā subbacatāya sampaṭicchi.
然而,世尊为何以如此巨大的努力,令人拆毁为自住而造的小屋?难道其中没有耗费的功夫吗?虽然确有,但世尊因其不如法而令人拆毁,因其是外道标志而令人拆毁。这是此处的决断。在注释书中,还说了其他原因:出于悲悯众生、为守护钵与衣、为制止对住所的贪多等。因此,即使现在,若有博学多闻、通达律藏的比丘,见到其他比丘持着不如法的资具而行,将其砍断或拆毁,也无可非难,既不应被举罪,亦不应被令忆念;不能说:‘我的资具被你毁了,把它还给我。’显示巴利原文
Kasmā pana bhagavā iminā atimahantena ussāhena attano vasanatthaṃ kataṃ kuṭikaṃ bhedāpesi, nanu etassettha vayakammampi atthīti? Kiñcāpi atthi, atha kho naṃ bhagavā akappiyāti bhindāpesi, titthiyadhajoti bhindāpesi. Ayamettha vinicchayo. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana aññānipi kāraṇāni vuttāni – sattānuddayāya, pattacīvaraguttatthāya, senāsanabāhullapaasedhanāyātiādīni. Tasmā idānipi yo bhikkhu bahussuto vinayaññū aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ akappiyaṃ parikkhāraṃ gahetvā vicarantaṃ disvā taṃ chindāpeyya vā bhindāpeyya vā anupavajjo , so neva codetabbo na sāretabbo; na taṃ labbhā vattuṃ ‘‘mama parikkhāro tayā nāsito, taṃ me dehī’’ti.
巴利文外决择显示巴利原文
Pāḷimuttakavinicchayo
此处是律藏之外的如法、不如法资具之抉择:有人用五色线缝制贝叶伞的内面或外面,做成彩饰,这是不允许的。若用一种颜色——或青色、或黄色等任何一种线——来缝制伞的内面或外面,或绑缚伞柄握把、伞骨框架,则是允许的。但那只是为了使其坚固,而非为了彩饰。在伞叶上,切割成鳄齿形或半月形是不允许的。在伞柄上,如同在家屋柱那样,做成瓶状或猛兽形像是不允许的。即便处处用针尖刻划出线条,也是不允许的。瓶状与猛兽形像应打碎后方可持用。线条也应磨掉或去除,或者用线将伞柄缠裹。在伞柄顶端,蘑菇状的形状是允许的。为防风吹动,人们用绳系住伞轮,绑在柄上,并在绑缚处旋刻出环状线条,这是允许的。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ pāḷimuttako kappiyākappiyaparikkhāravinicchayo – keci tālapaṇṇacchattaṃ anto vā bahi vā pañcavaṇṇena suttena sibbantā vaṇṇamaṭṭhaṃ karonti, taṃ na vaṭṭati. Ekavaṇṇena pana nīlena vā pītakena vā yena kenaci suttena anto vā bahi vā sibbituṃ chattadaṇḍaggāhakaṃ salākapañjaraṃ vā vinandhituṃ vaṭṭati. Tañca kho thirakaraṇatthaṃ, na vaṇṇamaṭṭhatthāya. Chattapaṇṇakesu makaradantakaṃ vā aḍḍhacandakaṃ vā chindituṃ na vaṭṭati. Chattadaṇḍe gehathambhesu viya ghaṭako vā vāḷarūpakaṃ vā na vaṭṭati. Sacepi sabbattha āraggena lekhā dinnā hoti, sāpi na vaṭṭati. Ghaṭakampi vāḷarūpampi bhinditvā dhāretabbaṃ. Lekhāpi ghaṃsitvā vā apanetabbā, suttakena vā daṇḍo veṭhetabbo. Daṇḍabunde pana ahicchattakasaṇṭhānaṃ vaṭṭati. Vātappahārena acalanatthaṃ chattamaṇḍalikaṃ rajjukehi gāhetvā daṇḍe bandhanti, tasmiṃ bandhanaṭṭhāne valayamiva ukkiritvā lekhaṃ ṭhapenti, sā vaṭṭati.
为装饰衣,用种种线缝制如蜈蚣状、安上客条,或做其他任何针线活的变形——如在条端或边缘做辫子、链子等——如此一切皆不允许,唯有平常的针线活方许。制作纽扣条与纽扣孔条时,若做成八角、十六角,并在其上显示门柱、杵等图案,或刻出蟹眼,一切皆不允许,唯四角方许。衣角上的线结,若在染色的衣上难以辨认,则可允许。不可将衣浸入酸粥、米粉糊等中。但在做衣时,为洗去手上污垢与针垢等,以及衣脏时为了洗涤,则可允许。不可将香料、虫漆或油放入染料中。显示巴利原文
Cīvaramaṇḍanatthāya nānāsuttakehi satapadīsadisaṃ sibbantā āgantukapaṭṭaṃ ṭhapenti, aññampi yaṃkiñci sūcikammavikāraṃ karonti, paṭṭamukhe vā pariyante vā veṇiṃ vā saṅkhalikaṃ vā, evamādi sabbaṃ na vaṭṭati, pakatisūcikammameva vaṭṭati. Gaṇṭhikapaṭṭakañca pāsakapaṭṭañca aṭṭhakoṇampi soḷasakoṇampi karonti, tattha agghiyagayamuggarādīni dassenti, kakkaṭakkhīni ukkiranti, sabbaṃ na vaṭṭati, catukoṇameva vaṭṭati. Koṇasuttapiḷakā ca cīvare ratte duviññeyyarūpā vaṭṭanti. Kañjikapiṭṭhakhaliādīsu cīvaraṃ pakkhipituṃ na vaṭṭati. Cīvarakammakāle pana hatthamalasūcimalādīnaṃ dhovanatthaṃ kiliṭṭhakāle ca dhovanatthaṃ vaṭṭati. Gandhaṃ vā lākhaṃ vā telaṃ vā rajane pakkhipituṃ na vaṭṭati.
染衣之后,不得以贝壳、宝石或任何物品摩擦。不得双膝跪地,用双手抓住衣在槽中搓揉。但若将衣放在槽中或木板上,让人抓住两端,用手拍打,则是允许的;然而也不得用拳头捶打。古时的长老们甚至不将衣放在槽中。一人站着握持,另一人用手执持,以手拍打。衣的耳线是不允许的,应在染色时将其剪断。然世尊曾开许:‘诸比丘,我允许耳线’(《大品》344)。那是在染色时为了悬挂,应在顺纬处做成环扣系上。在纽扣上,为美观而刻划线条或做出凸粒,也是不允许的,应去除后方可使用。显示巴利原文
Cīvaraṃ rajitvā saṅkhena vā maṇinā vā yena kenaci na ghaṭṭetabbaṃ. Bhūmiyaṃ jāṇukāni nihantvā hatthehi gahetvā doṇiyampi na ghaṃsitabbaṃ. Doṇiyaṃ vā phalake vā ṭhapetvā ante gāhāpetvā hatthehi paharituṃ pana vaṭṭati; tampi muṭṭhinā na kātabbaṃ. Porāṇakattherā pana doṇiyampi na ṭhapesuṃ. Eko gahetvā tiṭṭhati; aparo hatthe katvā hatthena paharati. Cīvarassa kaṇṇasuttakaṃ na vaṭṭati, rajitakāle chinditabbaṃ. Yaṃ pana ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kaṇṇasuttaka’’nti (mahāva. 344) evaṃ anuññātaṃ, taṃ anuvāte pāsakaṃ katvā bandhitabbaṃ rajanakāle lagganatthāya. Gaṇṭhikepi sobhākaraṇatthaṃ lekhā vā piḷakā vā na vaṭṭati, nāsetvā paribhuñjitabbaṃ.
于钵或盘的内侧或外侧,用尖针刺划线条,皆不允许。将钵装上轮轴,打磨后烧制时,若心想“我要做成宝石色”,不允许;但做成油色,则允许。在钵面上作壁画式纹样,不允许;而刻上摩羯鱼齿纹,则允许。显示巴利原文
Patte vā thālake vā āraggena lekhaṃ karonti, anto vā bahi vā na vaṭṭati. Pattaṃ bhamaṃ āropetvā majjitvā pacanti – ‘‘maṇivaṇṇaṃ karissāmā’’ti, na vaṭṭati; telavaṇṇo pana vaṭṭati. Pattamaṇḍale bhittikammaṃ na vaṭṭati, makaradantakaṃ pana vaṭṭati.
在扇风伞盖的上方、下方或鼓风箱内部,刻划线条,不允许;在伞盖口沿处刻划,则允许。显示巴利原文
Dhamakaraṇachattakassa upari vā heṭṭhā vā dhamakaraṇakucchiyaṃ vā lekhā na vaṭṭati, chattamukhavaṭṭiyaṃ panassa lekhā vaṭṭati.
为求腰带美观,于各处将线叠为双股,做出蟹眼状凸起,不允许。但在两端为使带端牢固而叠成双股,允许。于带端做成罐形、鳄鱼口形或水蛇头形等任何变形,皆不允许。于各处显露线眼,制成花鬘纹、蔓草纹等再行编织的腰带,亦不允许。唯独做成笔直的鱼骨形、枣叶形或光滑板条状来编织,允许。腰带的带端,一条、两条、三条乃至四条,皆允许;超过此数,则不允许。绳式腰带,唯有一条允许。环钏形腰带,即使一条也不允许。然而,带端作成环钏形,允许。将多条绳合并,再用一股绳无间断地缠绕而成者,不应称为“多股绳”,此为允许。显示巴利原文
Kāyabandhanassa sobhanatthaṃ tahiṃ tahiṃ diguṇaṃ suttaṃ koṭṭenti, kakkaṭacchīni uṭṭhapenti, na vaṭṭati. Ubhosu pana antesu dasāmukhassa thirabhāvāya diguṇaṃ koṭṭetuṃ vaṭṭati. Dasāmukhe pana ghaṭakaṃ vā makaramukhaṃ vā deḍḍubhasīsaṃ vā yaṃkiñci vikārarūpaṃ kātuṃ na vaṭṭati. Tattha tattha acchīni dassetvā mālākammalatākammādīni vā katvā koṭṭitakāyabandhanampi na vaṭṭati. Ujukameva pana macchakaṇṭakaṃ vā khajjuripattakaṃ vā maṭṭhapaṭṭikaṃ vā katvā koṭṭituṃ vaṭṭati. Kāyabandhanassa dasā ekā vaṭṭati, dve tīṇi cattāripi vaṭṭanti; tato paraṃ na vaṭṭanti. Rajjukakāyabandhanaṃ ekameva vaṭṭati. Pāmaṅgasaṇṭhānaṃ pana ekampi na vaṭṭati. Dasā pana pāmaṅgasaṇṭhānāpi vaṭṭati. Bahurajjuke ekato katvā ekena nirantaraṃ veṭhetvā kataṃ bahurajjukanti na vattabbaṃ, taṃ vaṭṭati.
在腰带扣上,不得有任何八吉祥等变形纹饰,仅允许划出分界线。在带扣两端,为使其牢固而制成罐形,这也是允许的。显示巴利原文
Kāyabandhanavidhe aṭṭhamaṅgalādikaṃ yaṃkiñci vikārarūpaṃ na vaṭṭati, paricchedalekhāmattaṃ vaṭṭati. Vidhakassa ubhosu antesu thirakaraṇatthāya ghaṭakaṃ karonti, ayampi vaṭṭati.
在眼药管上,不得有女人、男人、四足兽、鸟等形像,或花鬘纹、蔓草纹、摩羯齿纹、牛尿纹、半月纹等种种变形纹饰。应将之磨去或削除,或以线缠绕至原纹不可辨识,方可使用。只允许使用笔直的四角形、八角形或十六角形的眼药管。在管的下方,允许有两三条环形线。在管颈处,为系缚盖子,允许有一条环形线。显示巴利原文
Añjaniyaṃ itthipurisacatuppadasakuṇarūpaṃ vā mālākamma-latākammamakaradantaka-gomuttakaaḍḍhacandakādibhedaṃ vā vikārarūpaṃ na vaṭṭati. Ghaṃsitvā vā chinditvā vā yathā vā na paññāyati, tathā suttena veṭhetvā vaḷañjetabbā. Ujukameva pana caturaṃsā vā aṭṭhaṃsā vā soḷasaṃsā vā añjanī vaṭṭati. Heṭṭhato pissā dve vā tisso vā vaṭṭalekhāyo vaṭṭanti. Gīvāyampissā pidhānakabandhanatthaṃ ekā vaṭṭalekhā vaṭṭati.
眼药棒上不得有彩色装饰。眼药袋上也不得以任何杂色线制作彩色装饰。这一原则同样适用于钥匙袋。钥匙上不得有彩色装饰,钥匙盒亦然。然而,在这些物品上用单色线随意缝制则是允许的。显示巴利原文
Añjanisalākāyapi vaṇṇamaṭṭhakammaṃ na vaṭṭati. Añjanitthavikāyampi yaṃkiñci nānāvaṇṇena suttena vaṇṇamaṭṭhakammaṃ na vaṭṭati. Eseva nayo kuñcikākosakepi. Kuñcikāya vaṇṇamaṭṭhakammaṃ na vaṭṭati, tathā sipāṭikāyaṃ. Ekavaṇṇasuttena panettha yena kenaci sibbituṃ vaṭṭati.
在锥子上,环形珠饰或其它彩绘装饰是不允许的;但在颈部,分界刻线是允许的。在小刀上,也不允许做出珠饰、凸粒或任何凸起的装饰;但在刀柄上,分界刻线是允许的。他们制作的指甲剪仅带皱纹,因此这是允许的。在上火钻木、下火钻木、火钻弓或上压棒上,花鬘纹等任何彩绘装饰都是不允许的;但压棒中间有一圆面,在此处仅分界刻线是允许的。他们制作夹针器,用以夹持针进行磨擦,在那上面,摩羯鱼口形等任何彩绘装饰都是不允许的;但为夹针而仅设一处口部,这是允许的。显示巴利原文
Ārakaṇṭakepi vaṭṭamaṇikaṃ vā aññaṃ vā vaṇṇamaṭṭhaṃ na vaṭṭati. Gīvāyaṃ pana paricchedalekhā vaṭṭati. Pipphalikepi maṇikaṃ vā piḷakaṃ vā yaṃkiñci uṭṭhapetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Daṇḍake pana paricchedalekhā vaṭṭati. Nakhacchedanaṃ valitakaṃyeva karonti, tasmā taṃ vaṭṭati. Uttarāraṇiyaṃ vā adharāraṇiyaṃ vā araṇidhanuke vā uparipellanadaṇḍake vā mālākammādikaṃ yaṃkiñci vaṇṇamaṭṭhaṃ na vaṭṭati, pellanadaṇḍakassa pana vemajjhe maṇḍalaṃ hoti, tattha paricchedalekhāmattaṃ vaṭṭati. Sūcisaṇḍāsaṃ karonti, yena sūciṃ ḍaṃsāpetvā ghaṃsanti, tattha makaramukhādikaṃ yaṃkiñci vaṇṇamaṭṭhaṃ na vaṭṭati, sūciḍaṃsanatthaṃ pana mukhamattaṃ hoti, taṃ vaṭṭati.
在截齿木刀上,任何彩绘装饰也是不允许的;唯可用如法的金属在两侧制成笔直的四角形或八角形镶边,这是允许的。在剪刀柄上,任何彩绘装饰也是不允许的;下方一条或两条环形线条,以及上方仅一个蛇伞状或花蕾状的装饰,这是允许的。显示巴利原文
Dantakaṭṭhacchedanavāsiyampi yaṃkiñci vaṇṇamaṭṭhaṃ na vaṭṭati, ujukameva kappiyalohena ubhosu vā passesu caturaṃsaṃ vā aṭṭhaṃsaṃ vā bandhituṃ vaṭṭati. Kattaradaṇḍepi yaṃkiñci vaṇṇamaṭṭhaṃ na vaṭṭati, heṭṭhā ekā vā dve vā vaṭṭalekhā upari ahicchattakamakuḷamattañca vaṭṭati.
在盛油容器上,除了角器、管器、葫芦器或木果器上不得刻划女人像与男人像之外,其余一切彩绘装饰都是允许的。显示巴利原文
Telabhājanesu visāṇe vā nāḷiyaṃ vā alābuke vā āmaṇḍasārake vā ṭhapetvā itthirūpaṃ purisarūpañca avasesaṃ sabbampi vaṇṇamaṭṭhakammaṃ vaṭṭati.
床、凳、床垫、枕头、地敷、擦脚布、经行垫、扫帚、垃圾簸箕、染衣槽、饮水瓢、饮水罐、足凳、板座、环架、杖架、钵盖、扇子、拂尘——于此类物品,一切花鬘纹等彩绘装饰皆属允许。于僧房门板、窗板等处,乃至一切宝石所成的彩绘装饰,亦皆允许。显示巴利原文
Mañcapīṭhe bhisibimbohane bhūmattharaṇe pādapuñchane caṅkamanabhisiyā sammuñjaniyaṃ kacavarachaḍḍanake rajanadoṇikāya pānīyauḷuṅke pānīyaghaṭe pādakathalikāya phalakapīṭhake valayādhārake daṇḍādhārakepattapidhāne tālavaṇṭe vījaneti – etesu sabbaṃ mālākammādivaṇṇamaṭṭhakammaṃ vaṭṭati. Senāsane pana dvārakavāṭavātapānakavāṭādīsu sabbaratanamayampi vaṇṇamaṭṭhakammaṃ vaṭṭati.
关于住所,除有争议的住所外,并无其他需要禁止的。所谓有争议的住所,是指在他人界内由国王宠臣建造的住所。因此,对于建造此类住所者,应对他们说:‘不要在我们的界内建造住所。’若他们不加理会而继续建造,则应再次对他们说:‘请勿如此行事,不要对我们的布萨和自恣造成障碍,不要破坏和合。即便你们建成此住所,它也不会留在所建之处。’如果他们仍强行建造,待他们徒众中具惭耻者增多,且能获得如法裁决时,那时应派人去对他们说:‘请搬走你们的住处。’若派人说了三次,他们搬走了,这便很好;若仍不搬走,除菩提树与塔庙外,其余住所应当拆除。然而,不应由非其使用者来拆除,而应按次第取下屋顶、椽子、砖瓦等,然后派人送还,说:‘请搬走你们的建筑材料。’若他们搬走,很好;若仍不搬走,之后那些建筑材料因雪、雨、风、日晒等而朽坏,或被贼偷去,或被火烧毁,界内比丘并无过失,不可指责说:‘你们毁坏了我们的建筑材料’或‘这是你们的责任’。而由界内比丘所建造的,才真正是妥善建造的。显示巴利原文
Senāsane kiñci paṭisedhetabbaṃ natthi, aññatra viruddhasenāsanā. Viruddhasenāsanaṃ nāma aññesaṃ sīmāya rājavallabhehi katasenāsanaṃ vuccati, tasmā ye tādisaṃ senāsanaṃ karonti, te vattabbā – ‘‘mā amhākaṃ sīmāya senāsanaṃ karothā’’ti. Anādiyitvā karontiyeva, punapi vattabbā – ‘‘mā evaṃ akattha, mā amhākaṃ uposathapavāraṇānaṃ antarāyamakattha, mā sāmaggiṃ bhindittha, tumhākaṃ senāsanaṃ katampi kataṭṭhāne na ṭhassatī’’ti. Sace balakkārena karontiyeva, yadā tesaṃ lajjiparisā ussannā hoti, sakkā ca hoti laddhuṃ dhammiko vinicchayo, tadā tesaṃ pesetabbaṃ – ‘‘tumhākaṃ āvāsaṃ harathā’’ti. Sace yāva tatiyaṃ pesite haranti, sādhu; no ce haranti, ṭhapetvā bodhiñca cetiyañca avasesasenāsanāni bhinditabbāni, no ca kho aparibhogaṃ karontehi, paṭipāṭiyā pana chadana-gopānasī-iṭṭhakādīni apanetvā tesaṃ pesetabbaṃ – ‘‘tumhākaṃ dabbasambhāre harathā’’ti. Sace haranti, sādhu; no ce haranti, atha tesu dabbasambhāresu himavassavātātapādīhi pūtibhūtesu vā corehi vā haṭesu agginā vā daḍḍhesu sīmasāmikā bhikkhū anupavajjā, na labbhā codetuṃ ‘‘tumhehi amhākaṃ dabbasambhārā nāsitā’’ti vā ‘‘tumhākaṃ gīvā’’ti vā. Yaṃ pana sīmasāmikehi bhikkhūhi kataṃ, taṃ sukatameva hotīti.
86 86. 为了显示小屋被拆除后,达尼耶的思虑以及为再次建造小屋的精勤,故说‘那时,尊者……’等语。其中,‘木材库的看守’指国王木材仓库中的木材保管员。‘神宫之木’指被天神所取用的木材,即已被国王接收的木材。‘城镇修缮用材’指用于城镇修缮的材料。‘为灾难而存放的’指因火灾、老旧,或因敌国围攻等,导致城门、瞭望塔、王宫、象厩等毁坏,此称为灾难。为此目的而存放的,即是此意。‘令其切割成一段一段’指按照自己小屋的尺寸,将木材在顶部、中部、根部分别截断成段。显示巴利原文
86. Evaṃ bhinnāya pana kuṭikāya dhaniyassa parivitakkañca puna kuṭikaraṇatthāya ussāhañca dassetuṃ ‘‘atha kho āyasmato’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha dārugahe gaṇakoti rañño dārubhaṇḍāgāre dārugopako. Devagahadārūnīti devena gahitadārūni. Rājapaṭiggahitabhūtāni dārūnīti attho. Nagarapaṭisaṅkhārikānīti nagarassa paṭisaṅkhārūpakaraṇāni. Āpadatthāya nikkhittānīti aggidāhena vā purāṇabhāvena vā paṭirājūparundhanādinā vā gopuraṭṭālakarājantepurahatthisālādīnaṃ vipatti āpadāti vuccati. Tadatthaṃ nikkhittānīti vuttaṃ hoti. Khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṃ chedāpetvāti attano kuṭiyā pamāṇaṃ sallakkhetvā kiñci agge kiñci majjhe kiñci mūle khaṇḍākhaṇḍaṃ karonto chedāpesi.
87 “瓦沙卡罗”是那位婆罗门的名字。“摩揭陀大臣”指摩揭陀国的大臣,是一位具足大权势之人,亦即摩揭陀国王的大臣,意为大官。“正在巡察”指在各处走动观察。“说”是对高位者下属人员的称呼。“命令捆绑”:那位婆罗门本就对他心怀嫉妒,他听到国王只说“命令吧”而未说“召请”,便心想“我应绑住他的手脚再下令”,于是命人捆绑。尊者达尼耶如何看见此事呢?据说他通过某种方式得知木材被偷,便心想:“无疑,他会因这木材之事被从王宫处死或捆绑,到那时我将亲自解救他。”因此他时常留意打探他的消息。所以当时他立刻前往并亲眼看见。故此说“尊者达尼耶看见了”。“因木材之事”指由于木材的缘故。“在我被杀之前”即趁我被杀之前;意思是趁我尚未被杀,你快来吧。显示巴利原文
87.Vassakāroti tassa brāhmaṇassa nāmaṃ. Magadhamahāmattoti magadharaṭṭhe mahāmatto, mahatiyā issariyamattāya samannāgato, magadharañño vā mahāmatto; mahāamaccoti vuttaṃ hoti. Anusaññāyamānoti tattha tattha gantvā paccavekkhamāno. Bhaṇeti issarānaṃ nīcaṭṭhānikapurisālapanaṃ. Bandhaṃ āṇāpesīti brāhmaṇo pakatiyāpi tasmiṃ issāpakatova. So rañño ‘‘āṇāpehī’’ti vacanaṃ sutvā yasmā ‘‘pakkosāpehī’’ti rañño na vuttaṃ, tasmā ‘‘naṃ hatthesu ca pādesu ca bandhaṃ katvā āṇāpessāmī’’ti bandhaṃ āṇāpesi. Addasa kho āyasmā dhaniyoti kathaṃ addasa? So kira attanā lesena dārūnaṃ haṭabhāvaṃ ñatvā ‘‘nissaṃsayaṃ esa dārūnaṃ kāraṇā rājakulato vadhaṃ vā bandhaṃ vā pāpuṇissati, tadā naṃ ahameva mocessāmī’’ti niccakālaṃ tassa pavattiṃ suṇantoyeva vicarati. Tasmā takhaṇaññeva gantvā addasa. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘addasa kho āyasmā dhaniyo’’ti. Dārūnaṃ kiccāti dārūnaṃ kāraṇā. Purāhaṃ haññāmīti ahaṃ purā haññāmi; yāva ahaṃ na haññāmi, tāva tvaṃ eyyāsīti attho.
88 “来吧,尊者,请回忆”中,“来吧”是不变词,表催促。“初次灌顶后”指灌顶后初次。“说了这样的话”指“沙门婆罗门们应享用已给予的草、木、水”这样的话。你灌顶后初次便说过这样的话,如今你亲口说出后,是记得还是不记得呢?据说国王们刚一灌顶便会令人敲响法鼓,宣告:“沙门婆罗门们应享用已给予的草、木、水。”他正是就此而言。“我是针对他们而说”指我此言是针对那些即使对小事也生悔、已止息恶行的沙门婆罗门们取用草、木、水而说,并非针对像你这样的人——这是他的意图。“而且,那是在森林中的无主之物”指那些草、木、水皆属森林中无主之物;他表明自己正是就此而言。显示巴利原文
88.Iṅgha, bhante, sarāpehīti ettha iṅghāti codanatthe nipāto. Paṭhamābhisittoti abhisitto hutvā paṭhamaṃ. Evarūpiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitāti ‘‘dinnaññeva samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ tiṇakaṭṭhodakaṃ paribhuñjantū’’ti imaṃ evarūpiṃ vācaṃ abhisitto hutvā paṭhamameva yaṃ tvaṃ abhāsi, taṃ sayameva bhāsitvā idāni sarasi, na sarasīti vuttaṃ hoti. Rājāno kira abhisittamattāyeva dhammabheriṃ carāpenti – ‘‘dinnaññeva samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ tiṇakaṭṭhodakaṃ paribhuñjantū’’ti taṃ sandhāya esa vadati. Tesaṃ mayā sandhāya bhāsitanti tesaṃ appamattakepi kukkuccāyantānaṃ samitabāhitapāpānaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ tiṇakaṭṭhodakaharaṇaṃ sandhāya mayā etaṃ bhāsitaṃ; na tumhādisānanti adhippāyo. Tañca kho araññe apariggahitanti tañca tiṇakaṭṭhodakaṃ yaṃ araññe apariggahitaṃ hoti; etaṃ sandhāya mayā bhāsitanti dīpeti.
“你因毛而解脱”中的“毛”,毛犹如此,是指何物呢?是指出家标志。这是什么意思呢?譬如有一群骗子说“我们要吃肉”,便抓住一只毛价昂贵的羊。另有一位明眼之人见状,心想:“这只羊的肉大约只值一个迦哈波那,但其毛在每次剪毛时却值许多迦哈波那。”于是他用两只没有如此毛的羊换来那只羊。就这样,那只羊因为遇到明眼之人,凭借其毛而得以解脱。同样地,你由于造作了此业,本应被处死或受捆绑。然而,因为阿罗汉的旗帜在善士当中是无有过失的形象,而你已在教法中出家,持有着作为出家标志的阿罗汉旗帜。因此,你凭借这出家标志之毛,如同那只羊遇到明眼之人一样,得以解脱。显示巴利原文
Lomena tvaṃ muttosīti ettha lomamiva lomaṃ, kiṃ pana taṃ? Pabbajjāliṅgaṃ. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yathā nāma dhuttā ‘‘maṃsaṃ khādissāmā’’ti mahagghalomaṃ eḷakaṃ gaṇheyyuṃ. Tamenaṃ añño viññupuriso disvā ‘‘imassa eḷakassa maṃsaṃ kahāpaṇamattaṃ agghati. Lomāni pana lomavāre lomavāre aneke kahāpaṇe agghantī’’ti dve alomake eḷake datvā gaṇheyya. Evaṃ so eḷako viññupurisamāgamma lomena mucceyya. Evameva tvaṃ imassa kammassa katattā vadhabandhanāraho. Yasmā pana arahaddhajo sabbhi avajjharūpo, tvañca sāsane pabbajitattā yaṃ pabbajjāliṅgabhūtaṃ arahaddhajaṃ dhāresi. Tasmā tvaṃ iminā pabbajjāliṅgalomena eḷako viya viññupurisamāgamma muttosīti.
“人们起心动念”:指在国王的集会上,当他讲说时,人们当面与背后听闻后,在各处起心动念、不满、轻视,并对此思量、观察,或以低劣的方式去想——这是其含义。“khiyyanti”指他们宣说、揭露其过失。“vipācenti”指加以详细阐述、到处散布;此义应依声明之学来了知。而此处的连接是——思惟着“这些释迦子沙门是无惭无愧者”而起心动念;说着“他们没有沙门性”等而揭露过失;将“这些沙门已远离沙门性”等在各处详细阐述、散布。依此方式,这些词句于后文各处出现时,也应依随文句的适当方式来理解其关联。“梵行者”指行最胜行者。“沙门性”即沙门的状态。“梵性”即最胜的状态。其余文义明显可解。显示巴利原文
Manussā ujjhāyantīti rañño parisati bhāsamānassa sammukhā ca parammukhā ca sutvā tattha tattha manussā ujjhāyanti, avajjhāyanti, avajānantā taṃ jhāyanti olokenti lāmakato vā cintentīti attho. Khiyyantīti tassa avaṇṇaṃ kathenti pakāsenti. Vipācentīti vitthārikaṃ karonti, sabbattha pattharanti; ayañca attho saddasatthānusārena veditabbo. Ayaṃ panettha yojanā – ‘‘alajjino ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā’’tiādīni cintentā ujjhāyanti. ‘‘Natthi imesaṃ sāmañña’’ntiādīni bhaṇantā khiyyanti. ‘‘Apagatā ime sāmaññā’’tiādīni tattha tattha vitthārentā vipācentīti. Etena nayena imesaṃ padānaṃ ito parampi tattha tattha āgatapadānurūpena yojanā veditabbā. Brahmacārinoti seṭṭhacārino. Sāmaññanti samaṇabhāvo. Brahmaññanti seṭṭhabhāvo. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
在“国王的木材”等句中,“他将拿取未给予之物”是起心动念的含义。而为了显示他所拿取的正是那未给予之物,所以说“国王的木材”。如此,当言辞有所不同时,应由能辨别而不混淆者了知其含义。“古时的司法官大臣”:由于他在出家成为比丘之前,于在家时曾从事审判断案之事务,故以“司法官”之称而闻名的大臣。显示巴利原文
Rañño dārūnītiādimhi ‘‘adinnaṃ ādiyissatī’’ti ayaṃ ujjhāyanattho. Yaṃ panetaṃ adinnaṃ ādiyi, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘rañño dārūnī’’ti vuttaṃ. Iti vacanabhede asammuyhantehi attho veditabbo. Purāṇavohāriko mahāmattoti bhikkhubhāvato purāṇe gihikāle vinicchayavohāre niyuttattā ‘‘vohāriko’’ti saṅkhaṃ gato mahāamacco.
“那时,世尊对那位比丘这样说”:世尊不仅自己了知世间惯例,也了知过去诸佛的制定——“过去的诸佛以这么多而制定波罗夷,以这么多而制定偷兰遮,以这么多而制定恶作”。尽管如此,若不先与其余了知世间惯例的智者商议,而仅以四分之一钱就制定波罗夷,便会有人如此非难:“所谓的戒律防护,即使对一位比丘而言也是不可计量、不可胜数的,如同大地、海洋、虚空一般极其广大,世尊为何仅以四分之一钱就将其破坏呢?”于是,那些不了知如来智力的人可能会违犯学处,而即使已经制定的学处也可能无法安立于恰当的位置。然而,与了知世间惯例的智者商议后而制定,便不会有那样的非难。相反,会有人这样说:“连在家众也会因四分之一钱而处死、捆绑、驱逐盗贼,世尊为何不应驱逐那连他人所有的一草一叶都不应拿取的出家人呢?”而且他们将会了知如来的智力。所制定的学处也将不可动摇,安立于恰当的位置。因此,世尊希望与了知世间惯例的智者商议后再作制定,便环顾整个大众。那时,世尊见那位比丘坐于不远处,便对他说:“比丘,摩揭陀国频婆娑罗王捉到盗贼后,是以多少来处死、捆绑……”。显示巴利原文
Atha kho bhagavā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocāti bhagavā sāmaṃyeva lokavohārampi jānāti, atītabuddhānaṃ paññattimpi jānāti – ‘‘pubbepi buddhā ettakena pārājikaṃ paññapenti, ettakena thullaccayaṃ, ettakena dukkaṭa’’nti. Evaṃ santepi sace aññehi lokavohāraviññūhi saddhiṃ asaṃsanditvā pādamattena pārājikaṃ paññapeyya, tenassa siyuṃ vattāro ‘‘sīlasaṃvaro nāma ekabhikkhussapi appameyyo asaṅkhyeyyo mahāpathavī-samudda-ākāsāni viya ativitthiṇṇo, kathañhi nāma bhagavā pādamattakena nāsesī’’ti! Tato tathāgatassa ñāṇabalaṃ ajānantā sikkhāpadaṃ kopeyyuṃ, paññattampi sikkhāpadaṃ yathāṭhāne na tiṭṭheyya. Lokavohāraviññūhi pana saddhiṃ saṃsanditvā paññatte so upavādo na hoti. Aññadatthu evaṃ vattāro honti – ‘‘imehi nāma agārikāpi pādamattena coraṃ hanantipi bandhantipi pabbājentipi. Kasmā bhagavā pabbajitaṃ na nāsessati; yena parasantakaṃ tiṇasalākamattampi na gahetabba’’nti! Tathāgatassa ca ñāṇabalaṃ jānissanti. Paññattampi ca sikkhāpadaṃ akuppaṃ bhavissati, yathāṭhāne ṭhassati. Tasmā lokavohāraviññūhi saddhiṃ saṃsanditvā paññapetukāmo sabbāvantaṃ parisaṃ anuvilokento atha kho bhagavā avidūre nisinnaṃ disvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca ‘‘kittakena kho bhikkhu rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro coraṃ gahetvā hanati vā bandhati vā pabbājeti vā’’ti.
其中,“摩揭陀人”(māgadha)指摩揭陀国的君主。“有军队者”(seniya)指具备军队。“频婆娑罗”(bimbisāra)是他的名字。“或驱逐”(pabbājeti)指逐出国境。此处其余文义是明显的。“五摩沙迦为四分之一”:那时在王舍城,一迦诃波那等于二十摩沙迦,因此五摩沙迦即为四分之一。依此标准,一切国土中,迦诃波那的四分之一部分应知为“四分之一”。而且这是就古代的蓝色迦诃波那而言,并非依别的如鲁陀罗达摩迦等钱币。因为以此四分之一,过去诸佛制定了波罗夷,未来诸佛也将制定。于一切诸佛,波罗夷事或波罗夷并无差别。就是这四种波罗夷事,就是这四种波罗夷,无少于或多于此。因此,世尊在呵责檀尼耶之后,正是以四分之一来制定第二波罗夷,而说:“若比丘,以盗心取未给予之物……”等。显示巴利原文
Tattha māgadhoti magadhānaṃ issaro. Seniyoti senāya sampanno. Bimbisāroti tassa nāmaṃ. Pabbājeti vāti raṭṭhato nikkhāmeti. Sesamettha uttānatthameva. Pañcamāsako pādoti tadā rājagahe vīsatimāsako kahāpaṇo hoti, tasmā pañcamāsako pādo. Etena lakkhaṇena sabbajanapadesu kahāpaṇassa catuttho bhāgo ‘‘pādo’’ti veditabbo. So ca kho porāṇassa nīlakahāpaṇassa vasena, na itaresaṃ rudradāmakādīnaṃ. Tena hi pādena atītabuddhāpi pārājikaṃ paññapesuṃ, anāgatāpi paññapessanti. Sabbabuddhānañhi pārājikavatthumhi vā pārājike vā nānattaṃ natthi. Imāneva cattāri pārājikavatthūni . Imāneva cattāri pārājikāni. Ito ūnaṃ vā atirekaṃ vā natthi. Tasmā bhagavāpi dhaniyaṃ vigarahitvā pādeneva dutiyapārājikaṃ paññapento ‘‘yo pana bhikkhu adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhāta’’ntiādimāha.
如此,以断除根本的方式坚固地制定了第二波罗夷后,为后来的随制,又发生了染衣物品之事。为说明其生起,而说:“那时,世尊为比丘们如此制定了学处。”其含义及与随制的关联,应依第一波罗夷注释中所说的方法来了知。如同此处,在之后的所有学处中也是如此。凡先前已说过的,都将全部略去,只对往后未曾说过者进行注释。因为若对已说过的方法一再注释,何时才能结束注释呢?因此,凡先前已说过的,都应善加注意,在各处了知其含义与连接。而对于任何前所未说、意义不明显者,则全部由我们来注释。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ mūlacchejjavasena daḷhaṃ katvā dutiyapārājike paññatte aparampi anupaññattatthāya rajakabhaṇḍikavatthu udapādi, tassuppattidīpanatthametaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘‘evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hotī’’ti. Tassattho ca anupaññattisambandho ca paṭhamapārājikavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Yathā ca idha, evaṃ ito paresu sabbasikkhāpadesu. Yaṃ yaṃ pubbe vuttaṃ, taṃ taṃ sabbaṃ vajjetvā uparūpari apubbameva vaṇṇayissāma. Yadi hi yaṃ yaṃ vuttanayaṃ, taṃ taṃ punapi vaṇṇayissāma, kadā vaṇṇanāya antaṃ gamissāma! Tasmā yaṃ yaṃ pubbe vuttaṃ, taṃ taṃ sabbaṃ sādhukaṃ upasallakkhetvā tattha tattha attho ca yojanā ca veditabbā. Apubbaṃ pana yaṃkiñci anuttānatthaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ mayameva vaṇṇayissāma.
90 “前往染衣处”(rajakattharaṇaṃ gantvā):指前往染衣的渡口;因染衣者在该处铺展衣物,故称“染衣处”。“染衣物品”(rajakabhaṇḍika):指染衣者们的物品捆;染衣者们在傍晚时分进入城中时,将许多衣物各自捆成一捆。在他们因放逸而未察觉时,取走其中一捆而偷盗——这是其含义。显示巴利原文
90.Rajakattharaṇaṃ gantvāti rajakatitthaṃ gantvā; tañhi yasmā tattha rajakā vatthāni attharanti, tasmā rajakattharaṇanti vuccati. Rajakabhaṇḍikanti rajakānaṃ bhaṇḍikaṃ; rajakā sāyanhasamaye nagaraṃ pavisantā bahūni vatthāni ekekaṃ bhaṇḍikaṃ bandhanti. Tato ekaṃ bhaṇḍikaṃ tesaṃ pamādena apassantānaṃ avaharitvā thenetvāti attho.
词句分别释显示巴利原文
Padabhājanīyavaṇṇanā
92 所谓“村庄名”等语,是为了说明“或村或林”中所说村与林的分类。若一村庄仅有一间小屋、一所房屋,譬如摩罗耶地区那样,即称为单屋村。依此类推,其余也应理解。所谓“非人”,是指由于完全无人,而为夜叉所占据之处;或人们因某种原因离去后,仍打算再回来的地方。所谓“被围绕”,是指以砖墙等为首,乃至最低限度以荆棘枝条等所围绕。所谓“如牛卧般建立”,是指不按街道布局等而建立,而是像牛随处三两成群躺卧一般,随处建起两三间房屋而立。所谓“商队”,是指徒步商队、车乘商队等中的任何一种。于此学处中,当知聚落、城镇也都包含在“村”的范畴内。显示巴利原文
92.Gāmonāmāti evamādi ‘‘gāmā vā araññā vā’’ti ettha vuttassa gāmassa ca araññassa ca pabhedadassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha yasmiṃ gāme ekā eva kuṭi, ekaṃ gehaṃ seyyathāpi malayajanapade; ayaṃ ekakuṭiko gāmo nāma. Etena nayena aparepi veditabbā. Amanussonāma yo sabbaso vā manussānaṃ abhāvena yakkhapariggahabhūto; yato vā manussā kenaci kāraṇena punapi āgantukāmā eva apakkantā. Parikkhittonāma iṭṭhakapākāraṃ ādiṃ katvā antamaso kaṇṭakasākhāhipi parikkhitto. Gonisādiniviṭṭhonāma vīthisannivesādivasena anivisitvā yathā gāvo tattha tattha dve tayo nisīdanti, evaṃ tattha tattha dve tīṇi gharāni katvā niviṭṭho. Satthoti jaṅghasatthasakaṭasatthādīsu yo koci. Imasmiñca sikkhāpade nigamopi nagarampi gāmaggahaṇeneva gahitanti veditabbaṃ.
所谓“村界”等,是为了说明林的界限。“站在界柱处”,是指对于像阿努罗陀补罗那样有两根界柱的村庄,站在其内侧的界柱处;因其外侧界柱依阿毗达摩的方法,归入林的范畴。若只有一根界柱,则指站在村门两臂的中间。纵使没有界柱之处,村门两臂的中间即称作“界柱”。因此说“站在村门两臂的中间”。所谓“中等”,是指力量中等,而非尺寸中等;既非力量微弱,也非力量强大,即指具有中等力量。所谓“土块所落处”,是指不像妇女驱赶乌鸦时直直举起手投掷土块,也不像泼水时那样泼出,而是如同年轻人展示力量时伸展手臂投掷土块那样,所投出土块的落地之处。落地后滚动所到之处,则不应取。显示巴利原文
Gāmūpacārotiādi araññaparicchedadassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Indakhīle ṭhitassāti yassa gāmassa anurādhapurasseva dve indakhīlā, tassa abbhantarime indakhīle ṭhitassa; tassa hi bāhiro indakhīlo ābhidhammikanayena araññasaṅkhepaṃ gacchati. Yassa pana eko, tassa gāmadvārabāhānaṃ vemajjhe ṭhitassa. Yatrāpi hi indakhīlo natthi, tatra gāmadvārabāhānaṃ vemajjhameva ‘‘indakhīlo’’ti vuccati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘gāmadvārabāhānaṃ vemajjhe ṭhitassā’’ti. Majjhimassāti thāmamajjhimassa, no pamāṇamajjhimassa, neva appathāmassa, na mahāthāmassa; majjhimathāmassāti vuttaṃ hoti. Leḍḍupātoti yathā mātugāmo kāke uḍḍāpento ujukameva hatthaṃ ukkhipitvā leḍḍuṃ khipati, yathā ca udakukkhepe udakaṃ khipanti, evaṃ akhipitvā yathā taruṇamanussā attano balaṃ dassentā bāhaṃ pasāretvā leḍḍuṃ khipanti, evaṃ khittassa leḍḍussa patanaṭṭhānaṃ. Patito pana luṭhitvā yattha gacchati, taṃ na gahetabbaṃ.
对于无围栏的村庄,“站在屋界处的中等力量男子的土块所落处”一句中,库伦达注释说:站在无围栏房屋的泼水处,中等力量男子扬箕所落之处或杵所落之处,称为屋界。人立于此屋界处,所投土块的落地处,即是村界。大帕查利注释也与此相同。而大注释中,先列出“屋、屋界、村、村界”的纲目,然后说:无围栏房屋泼水处以内,称为屋。而站在门口的女人,泼洒洗器皿水所落之处;女人在屋内以通常方式向外投掷扬箕或扫帚所落之处;以及在屋前连接两角、中间安设木针门以防牛畜进入所做之围栏——这一切都称为屋界。于此屋界处站立的中等力量男子,所投土块的落地处以内,称为村。由此以外的另一土块落地处以内,称为村界。这就是此处的标准。如同此处,在一切处所中,凡是后来所说的注释之说或长老之说,都应视为标准。显示巴利原文
Aparikkhittassa gāmassa gharūpacāre ṭhitassa majjhimassa purisassa leḍḍupātoti ettha pana nibbakosassa udakapātaṭṭhāne ṭhitassa majjhimassa purisassa suppapāto vā musalapāto vā gharūpacāro nāma. Tasmiṃ gharūpacāre ṭhitassa leḍḍupāto gāmūpacāroti kurundaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Mahāpaccariyampi tādisameva. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘gharaṃ nāma, gharūpacāro nāma, gāmo nāma, gāmūpacāro nāmā’’ti mātikaṃ ṭhapetvā nibbakosassa udakapātaṭṭhānabbhantaraṃ gharaṃ nāma. Yaṃ pana dvāre ṭhito mātugāmo bhājanadhovanaudakaṃ chaḍḍeti, tassa patanaṭṭhānañca mātugāmeneva antogehe ṭhitena pakatiyā bahi khittassa suppassa vā sammuñjaniyā vā patanaṭṭhānañca, gharassa purato dvīsu koṇesu sambandhitvā majjhe rukkhasūcidvāraṃ ṭhapetvā gorūpānaṃ pavesananivāraṇatthaṃ kataparikkhepo ca ayaṃ sabbopi gharūpacāro nāma. Tasmiṃ gharūpacāre ṭhitassa majjhimassa purisassa leḍḍupātabbhantaraṃ gāmo nāma. Tato aññassa leḍḍupātassa abbhantaraṃ gāmūpacāro nāmāti vuttaṃ. Idamettha pamāṇaṃ. Yathā cettha, evaṃ sabbattha yo yo aṭṭhakathāvādo vā theravādo vā pacchā vuccati so pamāṇato daṭṭhabbo.
而大注释中所说的这个,看似与巴利文相违。因为巴利文中只说:“站在屋界处的中等力量男子的土块所落处”,仅此而已。但注释中却将该土块所落处作为村的范畴,然后说自此之外是村界,这是为何?答:巴利文所说的确是事实,但此处应理解其意趣。而这意趣唯有注释师们了知。因此,如同“站在屋界处”这一句中,屋界的特征虽在巴利文中未说,却依注释所说而取用;同样,其余也应如此取用。显示巴利原文
Yañcetaṃ mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ pāḷiyā viruddhamiva dissati. Pāḷiyañhi – ‘‘gharūpacāre ṭhitassa majjhimassa purisassa leḍḍupāto’’ti ettakameva vuttaṃ. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana taṃ leḍḍupātaṃ gāmasaṅkhepaṃ katvā tato paraṃ gāmūpacāro vuttoti? Vuccate – saccameva pāḷiyaṃ vuttaṃ , adhippāyo panettha veditabbo. So ca aṭṭhakathācariyānameva vidito. Tasmā yathā ‘‘gharūpacāre ṭhitassā’’ti ettha gharūpacāralakkhaṇaṃ pāḷiyaṃ avuttampi aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttavasena gahitaṃ. Evaṃ sesampi gahetabbaṃ.
此处的理趣如下:这里所谓的村有两种——有围栏的和无围栏的。其中,有围栏的村即以围栏为界限。因此,不为它另立界限,而在巴利文中说:“有围栏村的村界,是站在界柱处的中等力量男子的土块所落处。”而对于无围栏的村,则应说明村的界限。因此,为了显示其村的界限,而说:“无围栏村的村界,是站在屋界处的中等力量男子的土块所落处。”村的界限既已显示,村界的特征依前所述之理即可了知,故不再重复说“站在该处的中等力量男子的土块所落处”。若有人将站在屋界处的土块所落处本身称为“村界”,则他的屋界就成了村。由此,屋、屋界、村、村界的区分便混淆了。而在非时入村等情形中,应知此中的判定是不混淆的。因此,应结合巴利文与注释,依所述之理来理解此处的村与村界。又,若一个村庄先前很大,后来家族消亡而变小,则应以屋界处的土块所落处来划分界限。而其先前的界限,无论是有围栏还是无围栏,都无效。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ nayo – idha gāmo nāma duvidho hoti – parikkhitto ca aparikkhitto ca. Tatra parikkhittassa parikkhepoyeva paricchedo. Tasmā tassa visuṃ paricchedaṃ avatvā ‘‘gāmūpacāro nāma parikkhittassa gāmassa indakhīle ṭhitassa majjhimassa purisassa leḍḍupāto’’ti pāḷiyaṃ vuttaṃ. Aparikkhittassa pana gāmassa gāmaparicchedo vattabbo. Tasmā tassa gāmaparicchedadassanatthaṃ ‘‘aparikkhittassa gāmassa gharūpacāre ṭhitassa majjhimassa purisassa leḍḍupāto’’ti vuttaṃ. Gāmaparicchede ca dassite gāmūpacāralakkhaṇaṃ pubbe vuttanayeneva sakkā ñātunti puna ‘‘tattha ṭhitassa majjhimassa purisassa leḍḍupāto’’ti na vuttaṃ. Yo pana gharūpacāre ṭhitassa leḍḍupātaṃyeva ‘‘gāmūpacāro’’ti vadati, tassa gharūpacāro gāmoti āpajjati. Tato gharaṃ, gharūpacāro, gāmo , gāmūpacāroti esa vibhāgo saṅkarīyati. Asaṅkarato cettha vinicchayo veditabbo vikāle gāmappavesanādīsu. Tasmā pāḷiñca aṭṭhakathañca saṃsanditvā vuttanayenevettha gāmo ca gāmūpacāro ca veditabbo. Yopi ca gāmo pubbe mahā hutvā pacchā kulesu naṭṭhesu appako hoti, so gharūpacārato leḍḍupāteneva paricchinditabbo. Purimaparicchedo panassa parikkhittassāpi aparikkhittassāpi appamāṇamevāti.
所谓“林野”,是指除了村庄及村庄周边区域——即依上述特征所说的村庄与村庄周边区域——之外,在此不偷盗学处中,其余的部分应知为“林野”。然而在阿毗达摩中说:“所谓林野,是出离之后,在界标之外的一切皆为林野。”(《分别论》529)在阿兰若学处中说:“所谓阿兰若住所,是指最后(距离村庄)五百弓(的范围)。”(《波罗夷》654)应知那是从界标开始,以架起的师匠之弓量度,为五百弓的量。如此,世尊在分别“或于村、或于林野”之义时,为了杜绝恶比丘的狡辩余地,而开示了五种分类:家、家周边、村、村周边、林野。因此,应知无论是在家、家周边、村、村周边还是林野中,从价值一足价(五摩沙迦)之物开始,偷取有主之物品者,即犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Araññaṃ nāma ṭhapetvā gāmañca gāmūpacārañcāti imaṃ yathāvuttalakkhaṇaṃ gāmañca gāmūpacārañca ṭhapetvā imasmiṃ adinnādānasikkhāpade avasesaṃ ‘‘araññaṃ’’ nāmāti veditabbaṃ. Abhidhamme pana ‘‘araññanti nikkhamitvā bahi indakhīlā sabbametaṃ arañña’’nti (vibha. 529) vuttaṃ. Āraññakasikkhāpade ‘‘āraññakaṃ nāma senāsanaṃ pañcadhanusatikaṃ pacchima’’nti (pārā. 654) vuttaṃ. Taṃ indakhīlato paṭṭhāya āropitena ācariyadhanunā pañcadhanusatappamāṇanti veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ bhagavatā ‘‘gāmā vā araññā vā’’ti etassa atthaṃ vibhajantena ‘‘gharaṃ, gharūpacāro, gāmo, gāmūpacāro arañña’’nti pāpabhikkhūnaṃ lesokāsanisedhanatthaṃ pañca koṭṭhāsā dassitā. Tasmā ghare vā gharūpacāre vā gāme vā gāmūpacāre vā araññe vā pādagghanakato paṭṭhāya sassāmikaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharantassa pārājikamevāti veditabbaṃ.
现在,为说明“不与取、称为偷盗、取用”等词的意义,而说“所谓不与取”等。其中,不与取:在嚼齿木学处中,即使属于自己的物品,若未经受持而取用许可之食,也称为不与取。但在此处,凡是他人所持有、有主人的任何物品,主人若未以身或语施与,则为“不与”;若未从自己手中或原放置处舍弃,则为“未舍”;虽在原处,但因无顾念而未放弃,是为“未弃”;有守护安排从而被保护,是为“被护”;放入箱箧等而受保管,是为“被守”;因“此为我”之渴爱所执持,是为“所执”;那些物品由主人以不舍、保护、守护等方式而持有,故为“他人所持有”。此即名为不与取。显示巴利原文
Idāni ‘‘adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyeyyā’’tiādīnaṃ atthadassanatthaṃ ‘‘adinnaṃ nāmā’’tiādimāha. Tattha adinnanti dantaponasikkhāpade attano santakampi appaṭiggahitakaṃ kappiyaṃ ajjhoharaṇīyaṃ vuccati. Idha pana yaṃkiñci parapariggahitaṃ sassāmikaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ, tadetaṃ tehi sāmikehi kāyena vā vācāya vā na dinnanti adinnaṃ. Attano hatthato vā yathāṭhitaṭṭhānato vā na nissaṭṭhanti anissaṭṭhaṃ. Yathāṭhāne ṭhitampi anapekkhatāya na pariccattanti apariccattaṃ. Ārakkhasaṃvidhānena rakkhitattā rakkhitaṃ. Mañjūsādīsu pakkhipitvā gopitattā gopitaṃ. ‘‘Mama ida’’nti taṇhāmamattena mamāyitattā mamāyitaṃ. Tāhi apariccāgarakkhaṇagopanāhi tehi bhaṇḍasāmikehi parehi pariggahitanti parapariggahitaṃ. Etaṃ adinnaṃ nāma.
“称为偷盗”中:thena 即盗贼,thenassa bhāvo 为盗贼的状态,此即偷盗;这是偷取心的异名。“saṅkhā”与“saṅkhāta”意义相同,乃是分类的异名,如《经集》880 所说“因想为缘而有戏论之分类”等。偷盗且是分类,故为“偷盗分类”,即称为偷盗心的一个心之分类,此是词义。语法上,此词以主格表示具格的意义,故应知为“以偷盗分类(之心)”。而凡以偷盗分类之心取用者,因其有偷盗心,为显示此义,不泥于字面而说“有偷盗心、有偷取心”为其句之分别,应如是理解。显示巴利原文
Theyyasaṅkhātanti ettha thenoti coro, thenassa bhāvo theyyaṃ; avaharaṇacittassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ‘‘Saṅkhā, saṅkhāta’’nti atthato ekaṃ; koṭṭhāsassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ, ‘‘saññānidānā hi papañcasaṅkhā’’tiādīsu (su. ni. 880) viya. Theyyañca taṃ saṅkhātañcāti theyyasaṅkhātaṃ, theyyacittasaṅkhāto eko cittakoṭṭhāsoti attho. Karaṇatthe cetaṃ paccattavacanaṃ, tasmā theyyasaṅkhātenāti atthato daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yo ca theyyasaṅkhātena ādiyati, so yasmā theyyacitto hoti, tasmā byañjanaṃ anādiyitvā atthameva dassetuṃ theyyacitto avaharaṇacittoti evamassa padabhājanaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
“取用、带走、偷取、改变威仪、移离原处、越过约定标记”中,应知第一词是依侵占而言,第二词是依带走他人财物而行去而言,第三词是依寄存物品而言,第四词是依有情之物而言,第五词是依放置于陆地等而言,第六词是依约定或偷税而言。此处的组合,有依单一物品及依多种物品两种方式。依单一物品,唯由有情之物可成办;依多种物品,则可由有情与无情混合之物成办。显示巴利原文
Ādiyeyya, hareyya, avahareyya, iriyāpathaṃ vikopeyya, ṭhānā cāveyya, saṅketaṃ vītināmeyyāti ettha pana paṭhamapadaṃ abhiyogavasena vuttaṃ, dutiyapadaṃ aññesaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ harantassa gacchato vasena, tatiyapadaṃ upanikkhittabhaṇḍavasena, catutthaṃ saviññāṇakavasena, pañcamaṃ thale nikkhittādivasena, chaṭṭhaṃ parikappavasena vā suṅkaghātavasena vā vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Yojanā panettha ekabhaṇḍavasenapi nānābhaṇḍavasenapi hoti. Ekabhaṇḍavasena ca saviññāṇakeneva labbhati, nānābhaṇḍavasena saviññāṇakāviññāṇakamissakena.
其中,先就多种物品而言,应如此理解:“取用”——若侵占园地,犯恶作罪;若令物主生起疑惑,犯偷兰遮罪;若物主放弃责任而想“这将不是我的了”,犯波罗夷罪。显示巴利原文
Tattha nānābhaṇḍavasena tāva evaṃ veditabbaṃ – ādiyeyyāti ārāmaṃ abhiyuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Sāmikassa vimatiṃ uppādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa. Sāmiko ‘‘na mayhaṃ bhavissatī’’ti dhuraṃ nikkhipati, āpatti pārājikassa.
“带走”——若以盗心触摸他人头上所负之物,犯恶作罪;若令其动摇,犯偷兰遮罪;若将其卸下肩,犯波罗夷罪。显示巴利原文
Hareyyāti aññassa bhaṇḍaṃ haranto sīse bhāraṃ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa. Khandhaṃ oropeti, āpatti pārājikassa.
“偷取”——当被索讨“还我物品”时,若对寄存物说“我没拿”,犯恶作罪;若令物主生起疑惑,犯偷兰遮罪;若物主放弃责任而想“他不会还我了”,犯波罗夷罪。显示巴利原文
Avahareyyāti upanikkhittaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ ‘‘dehi me bhaṇḍa’’nti vuccamāno ‘‘nāhaṃ gaṇhāmī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Sāmikassa vimatiṃ uppādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa. Sāmiko ‘‘na mayhaṃ dassatī’’ti dhuraṃ nikkhipati, āpatti pārājikassa .
“改变威仪” —— 若以“我将带走此物连同携物者”的盗心,先移动其第一只脚,犯偷兰遮罪;移动第二只脚,犯波罗夷罪。显示巴利原文
Iriyāpathaṃvikopeyyāti ‘‘sahabhaṇḍahārakaṃ nessāmī’’ti paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ saṅkāmeti, āpatti thullaccayassa. Dutiyaṃ pādaṃ saṅkāmeti, āpatti pārājikassa.
“移离原处” —— 以盗心触摸放置在陆地上的物品,犯恶作罪;若令其动摇,犯偷兰遮罪;若将其移离原处,犯波罗夷罪。显示巴利原文
Ṭhānā cāveyyāti thalaṭṭhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa. Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.
“越过约定标记” —— 越过预先约定之处,先跨第一只脚,犯偷兰遮罪;跨第二只脚,犯波罗夷罪。或者,越过关税关卡,先跨第一只脚,犯偷兰遮罪;跨第二只脚,犯波罗夷罪。这是此处依不同物品而作的连属解释。显示巴利原文
Saṅketaṃ vītināmeyyāti parikappitaṭṭhānaṃ paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti thullaccayassa. Dutiyaṃ pādaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti pārājikassa. Atha vā paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ suṅkaghātaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti thullaccayassa. Dutiyaṃ pādaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti pārājikassāti – ayamettha nānābhaṇḍavasena yojanā.
就单一物品而言:以如上所述的侵占等方式,对于有主人的奴隶或畜生,若取走、带走、偷走,或改变其威仪、或使其离开原位、或逾越界限——这便是此处依单一物品的搭配。显示巴利原文
Ekabhaṇḍavasena pana sassāmikaṃ dāsaṃ vā tiracchānaṃ vā yathāvuttena abhiyogādinā nayena ādiyati vā harati vā avaharati vā iriyāpathaṃ vā vikopeti, ṭhānā vā cāveti, paricchedaṃ vā atikkāmeti – ayamettha ekabhaṇḍavasena yojanā.
二十五种用法论显示巴利原文
Pañcavīsatiavahārakathā
再者,在解释这六个词时,应将它们归纳为五类五分,从而开显二十五种不与取。唯有如此解说,这条不与取波罗夷才算善加阐明。然而在此处,所有的注释书都混乱、错杂,令人难以了知其中的判定。正如在一切注释书中,那些依巴利圣典所说“以五相取未与之物……”等的不与取支,也被引来,有的地方显示一类五分,有的地方与“以六相”所说合并,显示两类五分。而这些并非真正的五分。因为,凡仅凭单个词即能成立的不与取,才称为一类五分。但在此处,依所有这些词,不与取只有一种。而且那些注释书中所显示的、仅能得见的一些所谓五分,也并未阐明其全部意义。由此可见,在此处,所有注释书都混乱、错杂,令人难以了知其中的判定。因此,将五类五分归纳后所显示的这二十五种不与取,应当善加注意。显示巴利原文
Apica imāni cha padāni vaṇṇentena pañca pañcake samodhānetvā pañcavīsati avahārā dassetabbā. Evaṃ vaṇṇayatā hi idaṃ adinnādānapārājikaṃ suvaṇṇitaṃ hoti. Imasmiñca ṭhāne sabbaaṭṭhakathā ākulā luḷitā duviññeyyavinicchayā. Tathā hi sabbaaṭṭhakathāsu yāni tāni pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘pañcahākārehi adinnaṃ ādiyantassa āpatti pārājikassa, parapariggahitañca hotī’’tiādinā nayena avahāraṅgāni vuttāni, tānipi gahetvā katthaci ekaṃ pañcakaṃ dassitaṃ, katthaci ‘‘chahākārehī’’ti āgatehi saddhiṃ dve pañcakāni dassitāni. Etāni ca pañcakāni na honti. Yattha hi ekekena padena avahāro sijjhati, taṃ pañcakaṃ nāma vuccati. Ettha pana sabbehipi padehi ekoyeva avahāro. Yāni ca tattha labbhamānāniyeva pañcakāni dassitāni, tesampi na sabbesaṃ attho pakāsito. Evamimasmiṃ ṭhāne sabbaaṭṭhakathā ākulā luḷitā duviññeyyavinicchayā. Tasmā pañca pañcakesamodhānetvā dassiyamānā ime pañcavīsati avahārā sādhukaṃ sallakkhetabbā.
所谓五类五分,即是:种种物品五分、单一物品五分、亲手五分、事前方便五分、盗窃不与取五分。其中,种种物品五分和单一物品五分,是依“取走、带走、偷走、改变威仪、移离原位”这些词而得,应按前面已结合显示的方式来理解。而所谓第六词“逾越约定”,则是意想不与取和放舍不与取的共通词。因此,它应配合第三和第五类五分中所获之词来结合。以上便是种种物品五分与单一物品五分。显示巴利原文
Pañca pañcakāni nāma – nānābhaṇḍapañcakaṃ, ekabhaṇḍapañcakaṃ, sāhatthikapañcakaṃ, pubbapayogapañcakaṃ , theyyāvahārapañcakanti. Tattha nānābhaṇḍapañcakañca ekabhaṇḍapañcakañca ‘‘ādiyeyya, hareyya, avahareyya, iriyāpathaṃ vikopeyya, ṭhānā cāveyyā’’ti imesaṃ padānaṃ vasena labbhanti. Tāni pubbe yojetvā dassitanayeneva veditabbāni. Yaṃ panetaṃ ‘‘saṅketaṃ vītināmeyyā’’ti chaṭṭhaṃ padaṃ, taṃ parikappāvahārassa ca nissaggiyāvahārassa ca sādhāraṇaṃ. Tasmā taṃ tatiyapañcamesu pañcakesu labbhamānapadavasena yojetabbaṃ. Vuttaṃ nānābhaṇḍapañcakañca ekabhaṇḍapañcakañca.
什么是亲手五分?有五种不与取:亲手、命令、放舍、利益成就与放弃责任。其中,亲手,指亲手偷取他人之物。命令,指命令他人说:‘你去偷某人的物品。’放舍,指站在课税关卡内侧,将物品扔到关卡外侧,即犯波罗夷;在此,依‘逾越约定’而说为不与取。利益成就,指命令说:‘当你有能力时,就去偷名为某人的物品。’若那人毫无障碍地去偷了,命令者在发出命令的当下便构成波罗夷,偷取者则在行窃时构成。这是利益成就。放弃责任,应依寄存物品的道理来理解。这便是亲手五分。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ sāhatthikapañcakaṃ? Pañca avahārā – sāhatthiko, āṇattiko, nissaggiyo, atthasādhako, dhuranikkhepoti. Tattha sāhatthiko nāma parassa bhaṇḍaṃ sahatthā avaharati. Āṇattiko nāma ‘‘asukassa bhaṇḍaṃ avaharā’’ti aññaṃ āṇāpeti. Nissaggiyo nāma antosuṅkaghāte ṭhito bahisuṅkaghātaṃ pāteti, āpatti pārājikassāti, iminā ca saddhiṃ ‘‘saṅketaṃ vītināmeyyā’’ti idaṃ padayojanaṃ labhati. Atthasādhako nāma ‘‘asukaṃ nāma bhaṇḍaṃ yadā sakkosi, tadā avaharā’’ti āṇāpeti. Tattha sace paro anantarāyiko hutvā taṃ avaharati, āṇāpako āṇattikkhaṇeyeva pārājiko hoti, avahārako pana avahaṭakāle. Ayaṃ atthasādhako. Dhuranikkhepo pana upanikkhittabhaṇḍavasena veditabbo. Idaṃ sāhatthikapañcakaṃ.
什么是前行努力五分?另有五种不与取:前行努力、俱行努力、共谋不与取、约定行为与标记行为。其中,前行努力应依命令来理解;俱行努力应依令物移离原处来理解。其余三种,则依圣典中所说的方法来理解。这是前行努力五分。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ pubbapayogapañcakaṃ? Aparepi pañca avahārā – pubbapayogo, sahapayogo, saṃvidāvahāro, saṅketakammaṃ, nimittakammanti. Tattha āṇattivasena pubbapayogo veditabbo. Ṭhānā cāvanavasena sahapayogo. Itare pana tayo pāḷiyaṃ (pārā. 118-120) āgatanayeneva veditabbāti. Idaṃ pubbapayogapañcakaṃ.
什么是偷盗不与取五分?另有五种不与取:偷盗不与取、强迫不与取、意想不与取、隐藏不与取与草标不与取。这五种,我们将在‘有比丘在僧团分配衣服时,以盗心移动草标而取衣’这一移动草标的事例中加以解说。这是偷盗不与取五分。如此,综合这五类五分,当知共有二十五种不与取。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ theyyāvahārapañcakaṃ? Aparepi pañca avahārā – theyyāvahāro, pasayhāvahāro, parikappāvahāro , paṭicchannāvahāro, kusāvahāroti. Te pañcapi ‘‘aññataro bhikkhu saṅghassa cīvare bhājiyamāne theyyacitto kusaṃ saṅkāmetvā cīvaraṃ aggahesī’’ti (pārā. 138) etasmiṃ kusasaṅkāmanavatthusmiṃ vaṇṇayissāma. Idaṃ theyyāvahārapañcakaṃ. Evamimāni pañca pañcakāni samodhānetvā ime pañcavīsati avahārā veditabbā.
然而,在这五种五类之中,善巧的持律者不应仓促对发生的事实作出裁断,而应先观察五处。对此,古德曾说:显示巴利原文
Imesu ca pana pañcasu pañcakesu kusalena vinayadharena otiṇṇaṃ vatthuṃ sahasā avinicchinitvāva pañca ṭhānāni oloketabbāni. Yāni sandhāya porāṇā āhu –
事、时与地点,价值及第五项——使用;
权衡此五处,智者当持守其义。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vatthuṃ kālañca desañca, agghaṃ paribhogapañcamaṃ; Tulayitvā pañca ṭhānāni, dhāreyyatthaṃ vicakkhaṇo’’ti.
其中,物品指货物。即使偷取者说“我偷了某物”,也不应即刻定罪,而应审察该物品是有主物还是无主物。如果是有主物,还应审察物主对它有执著还是无执著。如果在物主有执著时偷取,则应对物品估价后定罪;如果在物主无执著时偷取,则不应以波罗夷罪处置。但是,如果物主要求归还,则应归还物品。这是此处的正确做法。显示巴利原文
Tattha vatthunti bhaṇḍaṃ; avahārakena hi ‘‘mayā idaṃ nāma avahaṭa’’nti vuttepi āpattiṃ anāropetvāva taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ sassāmikaṃ vā assāmikaṃ vāti upaparikkhitabbaṃ. Sassāmikepi sāmikānaṃ sālayabhāvo vā nirālayabhāvo vā upaparikkhitabbo. Sace tesaṃ sālayakāle avahaṭaṃ, bhaṇḍaṃ agghāpetvā āpatti kātabbā. Sace nirālayakāle , na pārājikena kāretabbo. Bhaṇḍasāmikesu pana bhaṇḍaṃ āharāpentesu bhaṇḍaṃ dātabbaṃ. Ayamettha sāmīci.
为阐明这一义理,有这样一个事例:据说,在婆提耶王时期,适逢大塔供养,从南方来了一位比丘,将一领七肘长的黄褐色袈裟搭在肩上,进入塔院。那时,国王也前来礼敬佛塔。当时正在驱散人群,大众十分拥挤。这位比丘被人群拥挤所迫,没有觉察到袈裟从肩上滑落,便走出了塔院。出来后不见袈裟,心中思忖:“在如此拥挤的人群中,谁能捡到袈裟呢?现在它已不属于我了。”于是作舍弃想后便离开了。后来,另一位比丘随后到来,看见那件袈裟,以盗心生起拿取之后,又追悔地想:“我现在已非沙门,应当还俗。”虽然生起这念头,但他又想:“我须问过持律者后再作决定。”显示巴利原文
Imassa panatthassa dīpanatthamidaṃ vatthu – bhātiyarājakāle kira mahācetiyapūjāya dakkhiṇadisato eko bhikkhu sattahatthaṃ paṇḍukāsāvaṃ aṃse karitvā cetiyaṅgaṇaṃ pāvisi; taṅkhaṇameva ca rājāpi cetiyavandanatthaṃ āgato. Tattha ussāraṇāya vattamānāya mahājanasammaddo ahosi. Atha so bhikkhu janasammaddapīḷito aṃsato patantaṃ kāsāvaṃ adisvāva nikkhanto; nikkhamitvā ca kāsāvaṃ apassanto ‘‘ko īdise janasammadde kāsāvaṃ lacchati, na dāni taṃ mayha’’nti dhuranikkhepaṃ katvā gato. Athañño bhikkhu pacchā āgacchanto taṃ kāsāvaṃ disvā theyyacittena gahetvā puna vippaṭisārī hutvā ‘‘assamaṇo dānimhi, vibbhamissāmī’’ti citte uppannepi ‘‘vinayadhare pucchitvā ñassāmī’’ti cintesi.
当时,有一位名为小须曼那的长老,通达一切教典,为持律上首,住在大寺。那位比丘来到长老跟前,顶礼之后请求开许,询问自己的恶作。长老得知在他之后到来的人拿取了那件袈裟,心想:“现在还有机会。”便说:“如果你能把那件袈裟的主人——那位比丘带来,或许能让你得以安立。”比丘问:“尊者,我怎样才能见到他呢?”长老答:“到各处去寻找。”他找遍了五所大寺,也没有见到。于是长老问他:“比丘们大多从哪个方向来?”答:“从南方来,尊者。”长老说:“既然如此,你把那件袈裟的长宽量好,放在那里。放好后,顺着南方各个寺院的顺序逐一询问,把那位比丘带来。”他照办后,见到了那位比丘,便带至长老面前。长老问:“这件袈裟是你的吗?”答:“是的,尊者。”长老问:“你在哪里丢失的?”他便详细叙述。长老听了丢弃袈裟的原委后,又问另一位比丘:“你在哪里见到并拿取这件袈裟的?”他也如实禀告。于是长老对他说:“如果你是以清净心拿取,原本无犯;但因是以盗心拿取,你犯了恶作罪。忏悔此罪后,你便无犯。而这件袈裟,你应先收归自己所有,然后布施给这位比丘。”显示巴利原文
Tena ca samayena cūḷasumanatthero nāma sabbapariyattidharo vinayācariyapāmokkho mahāvihāre paṭivasati. So bhikkhu theraṃ upasaṅkamitvā vanditvā okāsaṃ kāretvā attano kukkuccaṃ pucchi. Thero tena bhaṭṭhe janakāye pacchā āgantvā gahitabhāvaṃ ñatvā ‘‘atthi dāni ettha okāso’’ti cintetvā āha – ‘‘sace kāsāvasāmikaṃ bhikkhuṃ āneyyāsi, sakkā bhaveyya tava patiṭṭhā kātu’’nti. ‘‘Kathāhaṃ, bhante, taṃ dakkhissāmī’’ti? ‘‘Tahiṃ tahiṃ gantvā olokehī’’ti. So pañcapi mahāvihāre oloketvā neva addakkhi. Tato naṃ thero pucchi – ‘‘katarāya disāya bahū bhikkhū āgacchantī’’ti? ‘‘Dakkhiṇadisāya, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi kāsāvaṃ dīghato ca tiriyañca minitvā ṭhapehi. Ṭhapetvā dakkhiṇadisāya vihārapaṭipāṭiyā vicinitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ ānehī’’ti. So tathā katvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ disvā therassa santikaṃ ānesi. Thero pucchi – ‘‘tavedaṃ kāsāva’’nti? ‘‘Āma, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Kuhiṃ te pātita’’nti? So sabbaṃ ācikkhi. Thero pana tena kataṃ dhuranikkhepaṃ sutvā itaraṃ pucchi – ‘‘tayā idaṃ kuhiṃ disvā gahita’’nti? Sopi sabbaṃ ārocesi. Tato naṃ thero āha – ‘‘sace te suddhacittena gahitaṃ abhavissa, anāpattiyeva te assa. Theyyacittena pana gahitattā dukkaṭaṃ āpannosi. Taṃ desetvā anāpattiko hohi. Idañca kāsāvaṃ attano santakaṃ katvā etasseva bhikkhuno dehī’’ti. So bhikkhu amateneva abhisitto paramassāsappatto ahosīti. Evaṃ vatthu oloketabbaṃ.
“时”是指偷取的时间。同一物品,有时价值一般,有时价值更高。因此,该物品在何时被偷取,即应依当时其价值来判定罪。如此,应审察“时”。显示巴利原文
Kāloti avahārakālo. Tadeva hi bhaṇḍaṃ kadāci samagghaṃ hoti, kadāci mahagghaṃ. Tasmā taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ yasmiṃ kāle avahaṭaṃ, tasmiṃyeva kāle yo tassa aggho hoti, tena agghena āpatti kāretabbā. Evaṃ kālo oloketabbo.
“处”是指偷取的地点。同一物品,在何处被偷取,即应依彼处其价值来判定罪。在物品的所在地,价值一般;若在他处,则价值更高。显示巴利原文
Desoti avahāradeso. Tañhi bhaṇḍaṃ yasmiṃ dese avahaṭaṃ, tasmiṃyeva dese yo tassa aggho hoti, tena agghena āpatti kāretabbā. Bhaṇḍuṭṭhānadese hi bhaṇḍaṃ samagghaṃ hoti, aññattha mahagghaṃ.
为了说明此义理,还有这样一个事例:据说,在大海之中,有一位比丘获得一个形状美好的椰子,装上提环,做成一个如螺贝钵般令人悦意的饮水钵,放置在那里后,便前往支提山。后来,另一位比丘来到大海之中,住在那座寺院里,见到那个钵,以盗心取走后,也来到了支提山。当他在那里喝粥时,钵的主人比丘看见那个钵,问道:“你从哪里得到这个?”他回答:“我从大海之中带来的。”钵主比丘说:“这不是你的,你是以盗心拿取的。”于是将他带到僧团中。在那里未能得到裁决,他们便前往大寺。到了大寺,他们令人击鼓,在大支提附近集会,开始裁决。持律的长老们说明了偷取的情形。显示巴利原文
Imassāpi ca atthassa dīpanatthamidaṃ vatthu – antarasamudde kira eko bhikkhu susaṇṭhānaṃ nāḷikeraṃ labhitvā bhamaṃ āropetvā saṅkhathālakasadisaṃ manoramaṃ pānīyathālakaṃ katvā tattheva ṭhapetvā cetiyagiriṃ agamāsi. Athañño bhikkhu antarasamuddaṃ gantvā tasmiṃ vihāre paṭivasanto taṃ thālakaṃ disvā theyyacittena gahetvā cetiyagirimeva āgato. Tassa tattha yāguṃ pivantassa taṃ thālakaṃ disvā thālakasāmiko bhikkhu āha – ‘‘kuto te idaṃ laddha’’nti? ‘‘Antarasamuddato me ānīta’’nti. So taṃ ‘‘netaṃ tava santakaṃ, theyyāya te gahita’’nti saṅghamajjhaṃ ākaḍḍhi. Tattha ca vinicchayaṃ alabhitvā mahāvihāraṃ agamiṃsu. Tattha bheriṃ paharāpetvā mahācetiyasamīpe sannipātaṃ katvā vinicchayaṃ ārabhiṃsu. Vinayadharattherā avahāraṃ saññāpesuṃ.
在那次集会中,有一位精通戒律的长老,名阿毗达摩论师瞿达陀。他这样问道:“此钵是他在何处偷取的?”答:“在大海中间偷取的。”问:“在那里,此钵价值多少?”答:“毫无价值。因为那里的人把椰子打破,吃了椰肉后,便将椰壳丢弃,它只当木柴用。”问:“这位比丘在它上面所施的手工价值多少?”答:“一摩沙迦或不足一摩沙迦。”问:“正自觉者可曾在任何地方,因一摩沙迦或不足一摩沙迦而制定波罗夷?”如此说后,大众发出一次称善之声:“善哉!善哉!说得好!裁决得好!”那时,巴提耶王也正为礼敬支提而从城中出来,听到那个声音,问:“这是何事?”在依次听完一切后,他令人在城中击鼓宣告:“有我在,比丘、比丘尼及在家众的诤事,由阿毗达摩论师瞿达陀长老所作的裁决,是善裁决。凡不遵从此裁决者,我以王令处置。”如此,应审察“处”。显示巴利原文
Tasmiñca sannipāte ābhidhammikagodattatthero nāma vinayakusalo hoti. So evamāha – ‘‘iminā idaṃ thālakaṃ kuhiṃ avahaṭa’’nti? ‘‘Antarasamudde avahaṭa’’nti. ‘‘Tatridaṃ kiṃ agghatī’’ti? ‘‘Na kiñci agghati. Tatra hi nāḷikeraṃ bhinditvā miñjaṃ khāditvā kapālaṃ chaḍḍenti, dāruatthaṃ pana pharatī’’ti. ‘‘Imassa bhikkhuno ettha hatthakammaṃ kiṃ agghatī’’ti? ‘‘Māsakaṃ vā ūnamāsakaṃ vā’’ti. ‘‘Atthi pana katthaci sammāsambuddhena māsakena vā ūnamāsakena vā pārājikaṃ paññatta’’nti. Evaṃ vutte ‘‘sādhu! Sādhu! Sukathitaṃ suvinicchita’’nti ekasādhukāro ahosi. Tena ca samayena bhātiyarājāpi cetiyavandanatthaṃ nagarato nikkhamanto taṃ saddaṃ sutvā ‘‘kiṃ ida’’nti pucchitvā sabbaṃ paṭipāṭiyā sutvā nagare bheriṃ carāpesi – ‘‘mayi sante bhikkhūnampi bhikkhūnīnampi gihīnampi adhikaraṇaṃ ābhidhammikagodattattherena vinicchitaṃ suvinicchitaṃ, tassa vinicchaye atiṭṭhamānaṃ rājāṇāya ṭhapemī’’ti. Evaṃ deso oloketabbo.
“价”是指物品的价值。因为新物品的价值,后来会减损。例如,一个刚打磨好的钵,价值八摩沙迦或十摩沙迦,但后来若破损、有洞或被铆钉修补,便价值低微。因此,并非任何时候都应以物品的原初价值来定罪。如此,应审察“价”。显示巴利原文
Agghoti bhaṇḍaggho. Navabhaṇḍassa hi yo aggho hoti, so pacchā parihāyati; yathā navadhoto patto aṭṭha vā dasa vā agghati, so pacchā bhinno vā chiddo vā āṇigaṇṭhikāhato vā appaggho hoti tasmā na sabbadā bhaṇḍaṃ pakatiaggheneva kātabbanti. Evaṃ aggho oloketabbo.
“使用”即物品的使用。因为通过使用,斧头等物品的价值也会减损。因此应如此审察:若有人拿走他人价值一帕陀的斧头,应询问斧主:“你这斧头是以多少钱买的?”“以帕陀,尊者。”“那么,你是买来就放着,还是使用过它?”若他说:“我曾用它砍过一天的牙签、或染色树皮、或煮钵的柴火,或曾磨利过它。”则应知它原有的价值已失。如同斧头,对于眼药罐、眼药棒、钥匙、稻草、谷壳、砖粉,仅一次擦拭或清洗,价值即失。对于铅环,仅切割掉摩羯鱼齿状装饰或仅擦拭一下;对于浴衣,仅一次穿着或披覆,或仅以使用为名搭在肩上或头上;对于米等,仅扬簸或从中取出一粒两粒,乃至仅取出一颗小石子丢弃;对于酥油等,仅换到另一个容器,乃至仅从中取出苍蝇或蚂蚁丢弃;对于糖块,为了知道甜味而用指甲刺取极少量,价值即失。因此,凡是价值一帕陀的物品,由物主以上述方式通过使用而使其减损者,拿走它的比丘不应被判为波罗夷。应如此观察‘使用’。如此,权衡这五处后,智者应牢记,以便依处判定有罪或无罪、重罪或轻罪。显示巴利原文
Paribhogoti bhaṇḍaparibhogo. Paribhogenāpi hi vāsiādibhaṇḍassa aggho parihāyati. Tasmā evaṃ upaparikkhitabbaṃ, sace koci kassaci pādagghanakaṃ vāsiṃ harati, tatra vāsisāmiko pucchitabbo – ‘‘tayā ayaṃ vāsi kittakena kītā’’ti? ‘‘Pādena, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ pana te kiṇitvāva ṭhapitā, udāhu taṃ vaḷañjesī’’ti? Sace vadati ‘‘ekadivasaṃ me dantakaṭṭhaṃ vā rajanachalliṃ vā pattapacanakadāruṃ vā chinnaṃ, ghaṃsitvā vā nisitā’’ti. Athassā porāṇo aggho bhaṭṭhoti veditabbo. Yathā ca vāsiyā evaṃ añjaniyā vā añjanisalākāya vā kuñcikāya vā palālena vā thusehi vā iṭṭhakacuṇṇena vā ekavāraṃ ghaṃsitvā dhovanamattenāpi aggho bhassati. Tipumaṇḍalassa makaradantacchedanenāpi parimajjitamattenāpi, udakasāṭikāya sakiṃ nivāsanapārupanenāpi paribhogasīsena aṃse vā sīse vā ṭhapanamattenāpi, taṇḍulādīnaṃ papphoṭanenāpi tato ekaṃ vā dve vā apanayanenāpi, antamaso ekaṃ pāsāṇasakkharaṃ uddharitvā chaḍḍitamattenāpi, sappitelādīnaṃ bhājanantarapaavattanenāpi, antamaso tato makkhikaṃ vā kipillikaṃ vā uddharitvā chaḍḍitamattenāpi, guḷapiṇḍakassa madhurabhāvajānanatthaṃ nakhena vijjhitvā aṇumattaṃ gahitamattenāpi aggho bhassati. Tasmā yaṃkiñci pādagghanakaṃ vuttanayeneva sāmikehi paribhogena ūnaṃ kataṃ hoti, na taṃ avahaṭo bhikkhu pārājikena kātabbo. Evaṃ paribhogo oloketabbo. Evaṃ imāni tulayitvā pañca ṭhānāni dhāreyyatthaṃ vicakkhaṇo, āpattiṃ vā anāpattiṃ vā garukaṃ vā lahukaṃ vā āpattiṃ yathāṭhāne ṭhapeyyāti.
今对“何种不与取”等加以分别,因而说“名为何等”等。其中,“何等”即依其种类。然而,由于这是从波陀开始,故说“一波陀、或值一波陀之物、或超值一波陀之物”。其中,“一波陀”指迦哈波那的四分之一,这是非净物。“值一波陀”是指价值一波陀的净物。“超值一波陀”则包摄两者。如此,便以一切方式显示了第二波罗夷的所依事。显示巴利原文
Idāni yadidaṃ ‘‘yathārūpe adinnādāne’’tiādīni vibhajantena ‘‘yathārūpaṃ nāmā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha yathārūpanti yathājātikaṃ. Taṃ pana yasmā pādato paṭṭhāya hoti, tasmā ‘‘pādaṃ vā pādārahaṃ vā atirekapādaṃ vā’’ti āha. Tattha pādena kahāpaṇassa catutthabhāgaṃ akappiyabhaṇḍameva dasseti. Pādārahena pādagghanakaṃ kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ. Atirekapādena ubhayampi. Ettāvatā sabbākārena dutiyapārājikappahonakavatthu dassitaṃ hoti.
“大地之王”:全大地之王,犹如转轮王、如阿育王,或是任何一洲之王,如锡兰王。“地方王”:一洲中部分地区的统治者,如频婆娑罗、波斯匿等。“曼荼罗主”:在一洲的地区中,各别领有一方曼荼罗者。“中间领主”:两王之间若干村落的主人。“裁判官”:依法判决者,他们坐在法庭中,依据罪行轻重,对盗贼等下令执行断手、断足等刑罚。若有获得官位的臣子或王子犯罪,他们则呈报国王,自己不对重案作出判决。“大臣”:获得官位的大臣;他们也在各处村落或城镇坐堂,执行王事。“或又有”:即其他任何依附王族、或依附自己领主而执行割截刑罚者。在此义中,这一切都被视为“王”。显示巴利原文
Pathabyā rājāti sakalapathaviyā rājā dīpacakkavattī asokasadiso, yo vā panaññopi ekadīpe rājā, sīhaḷarājasadiso. Padesarājāti ekadīpassa padesissaro, bimbisāra-pasenadi-ādayo viya. Maṇḍalikā nāma ye dīpapadesepi ekamekaṃ maṇḍalaṃ bhuñjanti. Antarabhogikā nāma dvinnaṃ rājūnaṃ antarā katipayagāmasāmikā. Akkhadassāti dhammavinicchanakā, te dhammasabhāyaṃ nisīditvā aparādhānurūpaṃ corānaṃ hatthapādacchejjādiṃ anusāsanti. Ye pana ṭhānantarappattā amaccā vā rājakumārā vā katāparādhā honti, te rañño ārocenti, garukaṃ ṭhānaṃ sayaṃ na vinicchinanti. Mahāmattāti ṭhānantarappattā mahāamaccā; tepi tattha tattha gāme vā nigame vā nisīditvā rājakiccaṃ karonti. Ye vā panāti aññepi ye rājakulanissitā vā sakissariyanissitā vā hutvā chejjabhejjaṃ anusāsanti, sabbepi te imasmiṃ atthe ‘‘rājāno’’ti dasseti.
“应打杀”:即应捶打和割截。“应驱逐”:即应赶出。“你是贼”等语,是以这些话语呵责,因此说“此为呵责”。“依前者”:指依行淫法而犯波罗夷罪之人。其余如前面所说,词义明显,故已清楚。显示巴利原文
Haneyyunti potheyyuñceva chindeyyuñca. Pabbājeyyunti nīhareyyuṃ. Corosīti evamādīni ca vatvā paribhāseyyuṃ; tenevāha – ‘‘paribhāso eso’’ti. Purimaṃ upādāyāti methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitvā pārājikaṃ āpattiṃ āpannaṃ puggalaṃ upādāya. Sesaṃ pubbe vuttanayattā uttānapadatthattā ca pākaṭamevāti.
93 以上是依词序对已诵学处所作的分别。现在,对于以“应取”等六句略示的取用,及以“一帕陀、或等值一帕陀之物、或超值一帕陀之物”略示的应取物品,为在未来遮止恶比丘们生起狡辩的余地,将依其所在之处、依其取用方式,作详细开示。因此,先以“地上物、陆上物”等方式列出论母,再以“地上物,即放置在地上的物品”等方式作其分别。显示巴利原文
93. Evaṃ uddiṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ padānukkamena vibhajitvā idāni yaṃ taṃ ādiyeyyātiādīhi chahi padehi saṅkhepato ādānaṃ dassetvā saṅkhepatoeva ‘‘pādaṃ vā pādārahaṃ vā atirekapādaṃ vā’’ti ādātabbabhaṇḍaṃ dassitaṃ, taṃ yattha yattha ṭhitaṃ, yathā yathā ādānaṃ gacchati, anāgate pāpabhikkhūnaṃ lesokāsanirundhanatthaṃ tathā tathā vitthārato dassetuṃ ‘‘bhūmaṭṭhaṃ thalaṭṭha’’ntiādinā nayena mātikaṃ ṭhapetvā ‘‘bhūmaṭṭhaṃ nāma bhaṇḍaṃ bhūmiyaṃ nikkhittaṃ hotī’’tiādinā nayena tassa vibhaṅgaṃ āha.
94 此处是第九十四条,包含对难解词句的注释及裁决论说。所谓“埋入”,是指在地上挖掘后放置。所谓“覆盖”,是指用尘土、砖块等覆盖。对于“地上的物品……乃至……若前往,犯恶作”这句,其含义是:如此埋入或覆盖而放置于地中的物品,若有比丘以某种方法得知后,生起盗心,心想“我要取走它”,于夜间起身前往,即使尚未到达物品所在处,在一切身表、语表的动作中,皆犯恶作。如何犯?当他为了取走那物品而起身时,无论活动哪个肢节,处处都是恶作。整理下衣上衣,每一动手即犯恶作。若心想“大宝藏一人无法取走,我要寻找第二个同伴”,想去某同伴处而开门,在举足、动手时皆犯恶作。然而,在关门或其他对前往无帮助的行为中,无罪。他走到同伴躺卧之处,呼叫“某某”,告知此事后说“来,我们走”,每一言语皆犯恶作。同伴因他的话而起身,同伴也犯恶作。起身后想去他那里,整理下衣上衣,开门后走到他近旁,在动手、举足的一切处皆犯恶作。他问同伴:“某某和某某在哪里?去叫某某和某某来”,每一言语皆犯恶作。见到所有人聚集后,说:“我在某处发现了这样的宝藏,我们显示巴利原文
94. Tatrāyaṃ anuttānapadavaṇṇanāya saddhiṃ vinicchayakathā. Nikhātanti bhūmiyaṃ khaṇitvā ṭhapitaṃ. Paṭicchannanti paṃsuiṭṭhakādīhi paṭicchannaṃ. Bhūmaṭṭhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ…pe… gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassāti taṃ evaṃ nikhaṇitvā vā paṭicchādetvā vā ṭhapitattā bhūmiyaṃ ṭhitaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ yo bhikkhu kenacideva upāyena ñatvā ‘‘āharissāmī’’ti theyyacitto hutvā rattibhāge uṭṭhāya gacchati, so bhaṇḍaṭṭhānaṃ appatvāpi sabbakāyavacīvikāresu dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati. Kathaṃ? So hi tassa āharaṇatthāya uṭṭhahanto yaṃ yaṃ aṅgapaccaṅgaṃ phandāpeti, sabbattha dukkaṭameva. Nivāsanapārupanaṃ saṇṭhapeti, hatthavāre hatthavāre dukkaṭaṃ. ‘‘Mahantaṃ nidhānaṃ na sakkā ekena āharituṃ, dutiyaṃ pariyesissāmī’’ti kassaci sahāyassa santikaṃ gantukāmo dvāraṃ vivarati, padavāre ca hatthavāre ca dukkaṭaṃ. Dvārapidahane pana aññasmiṃ vā gamanassa anupakāre anāpatti. Tassa nipannokāsaṃ gantvā ‘‘itthannāmā’’ti pakkosati, tamatthaṃ ārocetvā ‘‘ehi gacchāmā’’ti vadati, vācāya vācāya dukkaṭaṃ. So tassa vacanena uṭṭhahati, tassāpi dukkaṭaṃ. Uṭṭhahitvā tassa santikaṃ gantukāmo nivāsanapārupanaṃ saṇṭhapeti, dvāraṃ vivaritvā tassa samīpaṃ gacchati, hatthavārapadavāresu sabbattha dukkaṭaṃ. So taṃ pucchati ‘‘asuko ca asuko ca kuhiṃ, asukañca asukañca pakkosāhī’’ti, vācāya vācāya dukkaṭaṃ. Sabbe samāgate disvā ‘‘mayā asukasmiṃ nāma ṭhāne evarūpo nidhi upaladdho, gacchāma taṃ gahetvā puññāni ca karissāma, sukhañca jīvissāmā’’ti vadati, vācāya vācāya dukkaṭameva.
得到同伴后,他去寻找锄头。如果他自己有锄头,心想“我去取来”,在前往、拿取、取来的过程中,于一切动手、举足之处皆犯恶作。如果没有,就去向其他比丘或在家人乞求。在乞求时,如果不撒谎而说“请给我锄头,我需要用锄头做些事,做完后还你”,每一言语皆犯恶作。如果撒谎说“有水沟要清理,寺院里有地面工程要做”,凡是妄语之处,处处犯波逸提。然而《大注疏》中说,无论说真话还是假话,都只是恶作,应知那是书写时的疏漏。因为在偷盗的前方便中,于波逸提的场合,绝没有恶作这回事。但如果锄头没有柄,心想“我要做柄”,便磨利刀或斧,为此而前往,去了之后砍伐干木、削木、敲打,在一切动手、举足之处皆犯恶作。若砍伐生木,犯波逸提。此后的一切努力皆犯恶作。在《简要注疏》和《大护法注》中还提到,为了砍伐那里生长的木杆藤蔓而寻找刀斧的人,也犯恶作。如果他们这样想:“乞求刀、斧、锄头会被人怀疑,我们筹集铁来自己打造吧”,于是去森林挖掘土地以获取铁矿石。挖掘非净地者,在恶作的同时还犯波逸提,这是《大护法注》所说。如同此处,在显示巴利原文
Evaṃ laddhasahāyo kudālaṃ pariyesati. Sace panassa attano kudālo atthi, ‘‘taṃ āharissāmī’’ti gacchanto ca gaṇhanto ca āharanto ca sabbattha hatthavārapadavāresu dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati . Sace natthi, aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ vā gahaṭṭhaṃ vā gantvā yācati, yācanto ca sace ‘‘kudālaṃ me dehi, kudālena me attho , kiñci kātabbamatthi, taṃ katvā paccāharissāmī’’ti musā abhaṇanto yācati, vācāya vācāya dukkaṭaṃ. Sace ‘‘mātikā sodhetabbā atthi, vihāre bhūmikammaṃ kātabbaṃ atthī’’ti musāpi bhaṇati, yaṃ yaṃ vacanaṃ musā, tattha tattha pācittiyaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana saccepi alikepi dukkaṭameva vuttaṃ, taṃ pamādalikhitanti veditabbaṃ. Na hi adinnādānassa pubbapayoge pācittiyaṭṭhāne dukkaṭaṃ nāma atthi. Sace pana kudālassa daṇḍo natthi, ‘‘daṇḍaṃ karissāmī’’ti vāsiṃ vā pharasuṃ vā niseti, tadatthāya gacchati, gantvā sukkhakaṭṭhaṃ chindati tacchati ākoṭeti, sabbattha hatthavārapadavāresu dukkaṭaṃ. Allarukkhaṃ chindati, pācittiyaṃ. Tato paraṃ sabbapayogesu dukkaṭaṃ. Saṅkhepaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana mahāpaccariyañca tattha jātakakaṭṭhalatāchedanatthaṃ vāsipharasuṃ pariyesantānampi dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ. Sace pana tesaṃ evaṃ hoti ‘‘vāsipharasukudāle yācantā āsaṅkitā bhavissāma, lohaṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā karomā’’ti. Tato araññaṃ gantvā lohabījatthaṃ pathaviṃ khaṇanti, akappiyapathaviṃ khaṇantānaṃ dukkaṭehi saddhiṃ pācittiyānīti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. Yathā ca idha, evaṃ sabbattha pācittiyaṭṭhāne dukkaṭā na muccati. Kappiyapathaviṃ khaṇantānaṃ dukkaṭāniyeva. Bījaṃ pana gahetvā tato paraṃ sabbakiriyāsu payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ.
在寻找筐子时,于手动、举步的每一处,皆依前说方法犯恶作。若说妄语,则犯波逸提;因欲作筐而割取藤蔓,亦犯波逸提。凡此一切,应依前述方法了知。至于“若前往,犯恶作”一句,其义为:如此寻得同伴、锄头与筐子后,前往藏宝处,每一步皆犯恶作。然而,若于前往时生起善心,心想“得此宝藏后,我将用于供佛、供法或供僧”,以善心前往即无罪。何以故?因文中说“以盗心……乃至……若前往,犯恶作”。如同此处,于一切情况中,若非盗心,即得无罪。离开道路,为赴藏宝处而另辟蹊径,若损毁草木,犯波逸提;若砍伐干木,犯恶作。显示巴利原文
Piṭakapariyesanepi hatthavārapadavāresu vuttanayeneva dukkaṭaṃ. Musāvāde pācittiyaṃ. Piṭakaṃ kātukāmatāya vallicchedane pācittiyanti sabbaṃ purimanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Gacchati vā āpatti dukkaṭassāti evaṃ pariyiṭṭhasahāyakudālapiṭako nidhiṭṭhānaṃ gacchati, padavāre padavāre dukkaṭaṃ. Sace pana gacchanto ‘‘imaṃ nidhiṃ laddhā buddhapūjaṃ vā dhammapūjaṃ vā saṅghabhattaṃ vā karissāmī’’ti kusalaṃ uppādeti, kusalacittena gamane anāpatti. Kasmā? ‘‘Theyyacitto dutiyaṃ vā…pe… gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti vuttattā. Yathā ca idha, evaṃ sabbattha atheyyacittassa anāpatti. Maggato okkamma nidhānaṭṭhānaṃ gamanatthāya maggaṃ karonto bhūtagāmaṃ chindati, pācittiyaṃ. Sukkhakaṭṭhaṃ chindati, dukkaṭaṃ.
所谓“那里生长的”,是指久埋的陶缸上面所生之物。所谓“木杆或藤蔓”,并非仅仅指木杆和藤蔓,凡是割断任何生或干的草、树木、藤蔓等,由于同属一方便业,皆唯犯恶作。显示巴利原文
Tatthajātakanti ciranihitāya kumbhiyā upari jātakaṃ. Kaṭṭhaṃ vā lataṃ vāti na kevalaṃ kaṭṭhalatameva, yaṃkiñci allaṃ vā sukkhaṃ vā tiṇarukkhalatādiṃ chindantassa sahapayogattā dukkaṭameva hoti.
在此,长老们将八种恶作归纳如下:前方便恶作、俱方便恶作、不可触恶作、恶行恶作、律仪恶作、知而恶作、白告恶作、承诺恶作。其中,“以盗心第二次寻找锄头或筐子,或前往寻找,犯恶作”,此即称为前方便恶作。于此,在恶作处即为恶作,在波逸提处则为波逸提。“砍伐那里生长的树木或藤蔓,犯恶作”,此即称为俱方便恶作。然而在此,波逸提事与恶作事皆立于恶作之处。何以故?以是与偷盗俱行的方便故。至于触摸十种宝物、七种谷物,以及一切武器等物品所犯的恶作,此即称为不可触恶作。触摸芭蕉、椰子等“那里生长的”果实所犯的恶作,即称为恶行恶作。于乞食时,若钵中有灰尘落入,不先接过钵而向下倾倒,或在那里接取食物时所犯的恶作,此即称为律仪恶作。“听闻后不说,犯恶作”(波罗夷 419),此即称为知而恶作。在十一种劝告中,“于白告时犯恶作”(波罗夷 414)所说者,此即称为白告恶作。“诸比丘,那位比丘的前行不明确,且于承诺时犯恶作”(大品 207),此即称为承诺恶作。然而,此(偷盗过程中的砍伐等)是俱方便恶作。因此说:“凡是砍伐任何生的或干的草、树、藤等”显示巴利原文
Aṭṭhavidhaṃ hetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ nāma imasmiṃ ṭhāne samodhānetvā therehi dassitaṃ – pubbapayogadukkaṭaṃ , sahapayogadukkaṭaṃ, anāmāsadukkaṭaṃ, durupaciṇṇadukkaṭaṃ, vinayadukkaṭaṃ, ñātadukkaṭaṃ, ñattidukkaṭaṃ, paṭissavadukkaṭanti. Tattha ‘‘theyyacitto dutiyaṃ vā kudālaṃ vā piṭakaṃ vā pariyesati gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti idaṃ pubbapayogadukkaṭaṃ nāma. Ettha hi dukkaṭaṭṭhāne dukkaṭaṃ, pācittiyaṭṭhāne pācittiyameva hoti. ‘‘Tatthajātakaṃ kaṭṭhaṃ vā lataṃ vā chindati, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti idaṃ sahapayogadukkaṭaṃ nāma. Ettha pana pācittiyavatthu ca dukkaṭavatthu ca dukkaṭaṭṭhāneyeva tiṭṭhati. Kasmā? Avahārassa sahapayogattāti. Yaṃ pana dasavidhaṃ ratanaṃ, sattavidhaṃ dhaññaṃ, sabbañca āvudhabhaṇḍādiṃ āmasantassa dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ, idaṃ anāmāsadukkaṭaṃ nāma. Yaṃ kadalināḷikerādīnaṃ tatthajātakaphalāni āmasantassa dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ, idaṃ durupaciṇṇadukkaṭaṃ nāma. Yaṃ pana piṇḍāya carantassa patte raje patite pattaṃ appaṭiggahetvā adhovitvā vā tattha bhikkhaṃ gaṇhantassa dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ, idaṃ vinayadukkaṭaṃ nāma. ‘‘Sutvā na vadanti, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (pārā. 419) idaṃ ñātadukkaṭaṃ nāma. Yaṃ ekādasasu samanubhāsanāsu ‘‘ñattiyā dukkaṭa’’nti (pārā. 414) vuttaṃ, idaṃ ñattidukkaṭaṃ nāma. ‘‘Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimikā ca na paññāyati, paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (mahāva. 207) idaṃ paṭissavadukkaṭaṃ nāma. Idaṃ pana sahapayogadukkaṭaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘yaṃkiñci allaṃ vā sukkhaṃ vā tiṇarukkhalatādiṃ chindantassa sahapayogattā dukkaṭameva hotī’’ti.
然而,若他在砍伐该处生长的草木、藤蔓等时,心生惭耻、生起防护,则因砍伐这一缘,说罪恶作后便得清净。若他不舍精进,仍怀热忱地挖土,则砍伐的恶作止息,转而处于挖掘的恶作。即使所挖掘的是非净地,由于此处是俱作业的缘故,唯犯恶作。但若他将地整个挖开,达到罐底时心生惭耻,则因挖掘这一缘,说罪恶作后便得清净。显示巴利原文
Sace panassa tatthajātake tiṇarukkhalatādimhi chinnepi lajjidhammo okkamati, saṃvaro uppajjati, chedanapaccayā dukkaṭaṃ desetvā muccati. Atha dhuranikkhepaṃ akatvā saussāhova paṃsuṃ khaṇati, chedanadukkaṭaṃ paṭippassambhati, khaṇanadukkaṭe patiṭṭhāti. Akappiyapathaviṃ khaṇantopi hi idha sahapayogattā dukkaṭameva āpajjati. Sace panassa sabbadisāsu khaṇitvā kumbhimūlaṃ pattassāpi lajjidhammo okkamati, khaṇanapaccayā dukkaṭaṃ desetvā muccati.
“或拨开”,即若他仍怀热忱将土拨开,在一边堆积,则挖掘的恶作止息,转而处于拨开的恶作。将那些土在各处堆积时,每一动作均犯恶作。然而,若堆成堆后他便放弃精进,心生惭耻,则说拨开恶作罪后得清净。“或取出”,即若他仍怀热忱将土取出抛到外面,则拨开的恶作止息,转而处于取出的恶作。而以锄头、手或篮子将土到处抛掷时,每一动作均犯恶作。然而,若将所有土都运出,使罐安立于干地后,心生惭耻,则说取出恶作罪后得清净。若他仍怀热忱触碰罐子,则取出的恶作止息,转而处于触碰的恶作。触碰后,若心生惭耻,则说触碰恶作罪后得清净。若他仍怀热忱摇动罐子,则触碰的恶作止息,转而处于所说的‘因摇动而犯偷兰遮’的偷兰遮罪。显示巴利原文
Byūhati vāti atha pana saussāhova paṃsuṃ viyūhati, ekapasse rāsiṃ karoti, khaṇanadukkaṭaṃ paṭippassambhati, viyūhanadukkaṭe patiṭṭhāti. Tañca paṃsuṃ tattha tattha puñjaṃ karonto payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati. Sace pana rāsiṃ katvāpi dhuranikkhepaṃ karoti, lajjidhammaṃ āpajjati , viyūhanadukkaṭaṃ desetvā muccati. Uddharati vāti atha pana saussāhova paṃsuṃ uddharitvā bahi pāteti, viyūhanadukkaṭaṃ paṭippassambhati, uddharaṇadukkaṭe patiṭṭhāti. Paṃsuṃ pana kudālena vā hatthehi vā pacchiyā vā tahiṃ tahiṃ pātento payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati. Sace pana sabbaṃ paṃsuṃ nīharitvā kumbhiṃ thalaṭṭhaṃ katvāpi lajjidhammaṃ āpajjati, uddharaṇadukkaṭaṃ desetvā muccati. Atha pana saussāhova kumbhiṃ āmasati, uddharaṇadukkaṭaṃ paṭippassambhati, āmasanadukkaṭe patiṭṭhāti. Āmasitvāpi ca lajjidhammaṃ āpajjanto āmasanadukkaṭaṃ desetvā muccati. Atha saussāhova kumbhiṃ phandāpeti, āmasanadukkaṭaṃ paṭippassambhati, ‘‘phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassā’’ti vuttathullaccaye patiṭṭhāti.
此处,恶作与偷兰遮二词的含义如下:首先在此,恶作者,即‘恶所作’,因背离导师所教导的应作之事而行,故为恶作;或可解作‘所作丑恶’,此行为丑陋,于比丘种种行为中不显庄严,故亦称恶作。正如偈颂所说:显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ dukkaṭathullaccayānaṃ dvinnampi vacanattho – paṭhamaṃ tāvettha duṭṭhu kataṃ satthārā vuttakiccaṃ virādhetvā katanti dukkaṭaṃ. Atha vā duṭṭhaṃ kataṃ, virūpā sā kiriyā bhikkhukiriyānaṃ majjhe na sobhatīti evampi dukkaṭaṃ. Vuttañcetaṃ –
所言“恶作”,你当如实而听:
违犯、背离与失误,即是恶作。
人若造恶,或显或隐;
他们宣说此为恶作,因此得名恶作。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dukkaṭaṃ iti yaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ suṇohi yathātathaṃ; Aparaddhaṃ viraddhañca, khalitaṃ yañca dukkaṭaṃ. ‘‘Yaṃ manusso kare pāpaṃ, āvi vā yadi vā raho; Dukkaṭanti pavedenti, tenetaṃ iti vuccatī’’ti. (pari. 339);
另一种罪(偷兰遮),因粗大、因罪过而称为偷兰遮。此处应知,正如“于来世有恶趣”(《相应部·有偈品》1.49)、“彼有苦果”(《法句经》66;《导论》91)等句中那样,此为合称之义。在应于一人面前发露的诸罪中,没有比它更粗大的罪了。因此说“因粗大故、因罪过故,而称偷兰遮”。此有偈云:显示巴利原文
Itaraṃ pana thūlattā, accayattā ca thullaccayaṃ. ‘‘Samparāye ca duggati’’ (saṃ. ni. 1.49), ‘‘yaṃ hoti kaṭukapphala’’ntiādīsu (dha. pa. 66; netti. 91) viya cettha saṃyogabhāvo veditabbo. Ekassa santike desetabbesu hi accayesu tena samo thūlo accayo natthi. Tasmā vuttaṃ ‘‘thūlattā accayattā ca thullaccaya’’nti. Vuttañcetaṃ –
所谓偷兰遮者,请如实谛听:显示巴利原文
‘‘Thullaccayanti yaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ suṇohi yathātathaṃ;
在一人跟前宣说者,以及接受者;
无有罪过与这些同,故说名为如是。
显示巴利原文 Ekassa mūle yo deseti, yo ca taṃ paṭiggaṇhati; Accayo tena samo natthi, tenetaṃ iti vuccatī’’ti. (pari. 339);
于每次令其动摇的加行中,即犯偷兰遮。令其动摇后,若生起羞耻法,则忏除偷兰遮便得解脱。此处,从同一加行开始,前前的罪便依次止息。然而,若未作同一加行而生起羞耻法,则在先前加行中所犯的恶作与波逸提,皆须一一忏悔。在同一加行中,于其中所生的断除里,即使有多个恶作,至挖土时便止息,唯成一个挖土恶作。挖土时,纵然有多个拨开;拨开时,纵然有多个取出;取出时,纵然有多个触摩;触摩时,纵然有多个令动摇——一旦到达,即止息。于挖土等情形中,若生起羞耻法,即使有多条罪,仅忏悔一条便得解脱,这是《库伦达注》中所说。而所谓‘前罪止息’之说,仅在‘由白文得恶作,由二甘马语得偷兰遮,皆止息’(《波罗夷》414)这样的随说经文中出现。然而,在此第二波罗夷中,应依注释书阿阇梨的权威来理解。显示巴利原文
Phandāpentassa ca payoge payoge thullaccayaṃ. Phandāpetvāpi ca lajjidhammaṃ okkanto thullaccayaṃ desetvā muccati. Sahapayogato paṭṭhāyeva cettha purimā purimā āpatti paṭippassambhati. Sahapayogaṃ pana akatvā lajjidhammaṃ okkantena yā pubbapayoge dukkaṭapācittiyā āpannā, sabbā tā desetabbā. Sahapayoge ca tatthajātakacchedane bahukānipi dukkaṭāni paṃsukhaṇanaṃ patvā paṭippassambhanti. Ekaṃ khaṇanadukkaṭameva hoti. Khaṇane bahukānipi viyūhanaṃ, viyūhane bahukānipi uddharaṇaṃ, uddharaṇe bahukānipi āmasanaṃ, āmasane bahukānipi phandāpanaṃ patvā paṭippassambhanti. Paṃsukhaṇanādīsu ca lajjidhamme uppanne bahukāpi āpattiyo hontu, ekameva desetvā muccatīti kurundaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Purimāpattipaṭippassaddhi ca nāmesā ‘‘ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ, dvīhi kammavācāhi thullaccayā paṭippassambhantī’’ti (pārā. 414) evaṃ anusāvanāsuttesuyeva āgatā. Idha pana dutiyapārājike aṭṭhakathācariyappamāṇena gahetabbāti.
“令离原位”:即犯波罗夷。意思是,若有人令其动摇后,尚未生起羞耻法,便使该瓶从原位移动哪怕发尖之量,即犯波罗夷。此处的“令离原位”应知有六种方式。哪六种?抓住瓶口边缘,往自己方向拉,使此端所触之处越过彼端,哪怕仅发尖之量,波罗夷。同样抓住后,往对面推,使彼端所触之处因此端而越过,哪怕仅发尖之量,波罗夷。向左侧或右侧移开,使左端所触之处以右端越过,哪怕仅发尖之量,波罗夷;或以右端所触之处以左端越过,哪怕仅发尖之量,波罗夷。向上举起,使瓶脱离地面哪怕发尖之量,波罗夷。将瓶下挖后往下沉,使底部所触之处越过瓶口边缘,哪怕仅发尖之量,波罗夷。这是对安住于一处之瓶而言。若在瓶口边缘作套索,将铁桩或金合欢木心等桩打入地中,以链条系于彼处而安置:若于一方以一条链条系缚,则得二处;若于二、三、四方以四条链条系缚,则得五处。显示巴利原文
Ṭhānācāveti, āpatti pārājikassāti yo pana phandāpetvāpi lajjidhammaṃ anokkamitvāva taṃ kumbhiṃ ṭhānato antamaso kesaggamattampi cāveti, pārājikameva āpajjatīti attho. Ṭhānā cāvanañcettha chahi ākārehi veditabbaṃ. Kathaṃ? Kumbhiṃ mukhavaṭṭiyaṃ gahetvā attano abhimukhaṃ ākaḍḍhanto iminā antena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ kesaggamattampi pārimantena atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. Tatheva gahetvā parato pellento pārimantena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ kesaggamattampi iminā antena atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. Vāmato vā dakkhiṇato vā apanāmento vāmantena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ kesaggamattampi dakkhiṇantena atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. Dakkhiṇantena vā phuṭṭhokāsaṃ kesaggamattampi vāmantena atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. Uddhaṃ ukkhipanto kesaggamattampi bhūmito moceti, pārājikaṃ. Khaṇitvā heṭṭhato osīdento bundena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ kesaggamattampi mukhavaṭṭiyā atikkāmeti, pārājikanti evaṃ ekaṭṭhāne ṭhitāya kumbhiyā. Yadi pana kumbhimukhavaṭṭiyā pāsaṃ katvā lohakhāṇuṃ vā khadirasārādikhāṇuṃ vā pathaviyaṃ ākoṭetvā tattha saṅkhalikāya bandhitvā ṭhapenti, ekissā disāya ekāya saṅkhalikāya baddhāya dve ṭhānāni labbhanti, dvīsu tīsu catūsu disāsu catūhi saṅkhalikāhi baddhāya pañca ṭhānāni labbhanti.
其中,对于系于单桩的瓶:若先拔桩或断链,犯偷兰遮;随后依前述方式使瓶离原位哪怕发尖之量,犯波罗夷。若先取瓶,犯偷兰遮;随后使桩离原位哪怕发尖之量,或断链,犯波罗夷。依此方法,对于系于二桩、三桩、四桩的瓶,在最后令离原位时犯波罗夷,其余应知为偷兰遮。显示巴利原文
Tattha ekakhāṇuke baddhakumbhiyā paṭhamaṃ khāṇukaṃ vā uddharati, saṅkhalikaṃ vā chindati, thullaccayaṃ. Tato kumbhiṃ yathāvuttanayena kesaggamattampi ṭhānā cāveti, pārājikaṃ. Atha paṭhamaṃ kumbhiṃ uddharati, thullaccayaṃ. Tato khāṇukaṃ kesaggamattampi ṭhānā cāveti, saṅkhalikaṃ vā chindati, pārājikaṃ. Etena upāyena dvīsu tīsu catūsu khāṇukesu baddhakumbhiyāpi pacchime ṭhānācāvane pārājikaṃ. Sesesu thullaccayaṃ veditabbaṃ.
若无桩,于链端作环,套入彼处长出的根部:若先取瓶,然后断根取出环,犯波罗夷。若不断根,仅将环从此处移往彼处,则不犯。然而,纵使未从根部取出,但以手抓住而使其处于空中,亦犯波罗夷。此是此处之差别,其余如前所述。显示巴利原文
Sace khāṇu natthi, saṅkhalikāya agge valayaṃ katvā tatthajātake mūle pavesitaṃ hoti, paṭhamaṃ kumbhiṃ uddharitvā pacchā mūlaṃ chetvā valayaṃ nīharati, pārājikaṃ. Atha mūlaṃ acchetvā valayaṃ ito cito ca sāreti, rakkhati. Sace pana mūlato anīharitvāpi hatthena gahetvā ākāsagataṃ karoti, pārājikaṃ. Ayamettha viseso. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
然而,有些人为了作标记等目的,在瓶顶种植榕树等,树根缠绕瓶子而安立。若心想“我断根取瓶”而砍断,每作一次加行即犯恶作。断根后腾出空间,使瓶移动原位哪怕如发尖之量,即犯波罗夷。若正断根时,根断而瓶落入低处,此时应作守护;从所落处取出,犯波罗夷。若诸根断后,瓶仅靠一根而安立,而彼心想“断此根时瓶当堕落”而断之,断时即犯波罗夷。若瓶仅以一根安立,恰如系于绳套之猪,更无其他任何附着物,彼断此根时亦犯波罗夷。若瓶顶放有大石,有人欲以杖挑而移开,因此砍伐瓶顶所生之树,犯恶作。若是为了取瓶而砍伐附近所生之树,因该树非瓶上所生,砍伐彼树犯波逸提。显示巴利原文
Keci pana nimittatthāya kumbhimatthake nigrodharukkhādīni ropenti, mūlāni kumbhiṃ vinandhitvā ṭhitāni honti, ‘‘mūlāni chinditvā kumbhiṃ gahessāmī’’ti chindantassa payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Chinditvā okāsaṃ katvā kumbhiṃ kesaggamattampi ṭhānā cāveti, pārājikaṃ. Mūlāni chindatova luṭhitvā kumbhī ninnaṭṭhānaṃ gatā, rakkhati tāva. Gataṭṭhānato uddharati, pārājikaṃ. Sace chinnesu mūlesu ekamūlamattena kumbhī tiṭṭhati, so ca taṃ ‘‘imasmiṃ mūle chinne patissatī’’ti chindati, chinnamatte pārājikaṃ. Sace pana ekamūleneva pāse baddhasūkaro viya ṭhitā hoti, aññaṃ kiñci lagganakaṃ natthi, tasmimpi mūle chinnamatte pārājikaṃ. Sace kumbhimatthake mahāpāsāṇo ṭhapito hoti, taṃ daṇḍena ukkhipitvā apanetukāmo kumbhimatthake jātarukkhaṃ chindati, dukkaṭaṃ. Tassā samīpe jātakaṃ chetvā āharati, atatthajātakattā taṃ chindato pācittiyaṃ.
“自己的容器”:若无法取出瓶,为了取瓶内物品而将自己的容器放入,以盗心触碰到瓶内价值五摩沙迦或超过五摩沙迦之物,犯恶作。此处所说界限是为了判定波罗夷。然而,以盗心触碰不足五摩沙迦之物,亦犯恶作。显示巴利原文
Attano bhājananti sace pana kumbhiṃ uddharituṃ asakkonto kumbhigatabhaṇḍaggahaṇatthaṃ attano bhājanaṃ pavesetvā antokumbhiyaṃ pañcamāsakaṃ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paricchedo cettha pārājikaniyamanatthaṃ vutto. Theyyacittena pana ūnapañcamāsakampi āmasanto dukkaṭaṃ āpajjatiyeva.
“令动摇”:此处,只要尚未与自己的容器成为一体而放入,即名为“令动摇”。而且,将物品从此处往彼处拨开,亦是令动摇,彼犯偷兰遮。然而,当一合之性断坏时,瓶内之物唯在瓶内,容器内之物亦唯在容器内,那时即名为“自己容器内之物”。作如是已,即使未将容器从瓶中取出,亦犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Phandāpetīti ettha yāva ekābaddhaṃ katvā attano bhājanaṃ paveseti, tāva phandāpetīti vuccati. Api ca ito cito ca apabyūhantopi phandāpetiyeva, so thullaccayaṃ āpajjati. Yadā pana ekābaddhabhāvo chinno, kumbhigataṃ kumbhiyameva, bhājanagatampi bhājaneyeva hoti, tadā attano bhājanagataṃ nāma hoti. Evaṃ katvā kumbhito anīhatepi ca bhājane pārājikaṃ āpajjati.
“或断拳”:在此,例如从指缝间掉出的迦诃波那钱币不触瓶内迦诃波那钱币,如此作拳者即名为“断拳”;作拳者也犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Muṭṭhiṃ vā chindatīti ettha yathā aṅgulantarehi nikkhantakahāpaṇā kumbhigate kahāpaṇe na samphusanti, evaṃ muṭṭhiṃ karonto muṭṭhiṃ chindati nāma; sopi pārājikaṃ āpajjati.
“经中所载”指于经中所载;这是对以线贯穿之物及线所成之物的称呼。腰带等有金制、银制,也有线制,珠串等也归属此类。“缠头”指缠头布。若对其中任何物品以盗心触摸,犯恶作;若令其动摇,犯偷兰遮。若抓住腰带等的一端,未使其悬空而举起,犯偷兰遮。显示巴利原文
Suttārūḷhanti sutte ārūḷhaṃ; suttena āvutassāpi suttamayassāpi etaṃ adhivacanaṃ . Pāmaṅgādīnihi sovaṇṇamayānipi honti rūpiyamayānipi suttamayānipi, muttāvaliādayopi ettheva saṅgahaṃ gatā. Veṭhananti sīsaveṭhanapaṭo vuccati. Etesu yaṃkiñci theyyacitto āmasati, dukkaṭaṃ. Phandāpeti, thullaccayaṃ. Pāmaṅgādīni koṭiyaṃ gahetvā ākāsaṭṭhaṃ akaronto uccāreti, thullaccayaṃ.
“摩擦而取”在此是指:在满缸的上方,将另一缸平口朝下放置;或将一端置于底部、一端置于缸口边缘放置。若摩擦而取,犯偷兰遮;若从缸口脱出,则犯波罗夷。然而,若放置在半缸或空缸中,则以物品所触之处为处所,非以全缸为处所。因此,即使摩擦而取,只要从所置处移动毛发尖许,即犯波罗夷。若缸满或不满,径直向上提起,从底部所置处移动即犯波罗夷。对于缸内所置任何价值足以构成波罗夷的物品,若令其在全缸内移动,以及摩擦取出腰带等,在未超过缸口边缘时,仅犯偷兰遮。因为《简要大灯》等中说“全缸皆为处所”。然而,《大注》中说:“唯所置处为处所,非全缸。因此,从所置处移动毛发尖许,即犯波罗夷。”此说为准。另一说法,即未使其处于空中者,是依衣架上所置衣缠的道理而说,不可取。因为于《律分别》中,应取重者,此是律的性质。而且,依“或使其入于己器,或断其束”之语,应知此义。正如缸内所置物品,非全缸为处所。显示巴利原文
Ghaṃsanto nīharatīti ettha pana paripuṇṇāya kumbhiyā upari samatittikaṃ kumbhiṃ katvā ṭhapitaṃ vā ekaṃ koṭiṃ bunde ekaṃ koṭiṃ mukhavaṭṭiyaṃ katvā ṭhapitaṃ vā ghaṃsantassa nīharato thullaccayaṃ. Kumbhimukhā mocentassa pārājikaṃ. Yaṃ pana upaḍḍhakumbhiyaṃ vā rittakumbhiyaṃ vā ṭhapitaṃ, tassa attano phuṭṭhokāsova ṭhānaṃ, na sakalā kumbhī, tasmā taṃ ghaṃsantassāpi nīharato patiṭṭhitokāsato kesaggamatte mutte pārājikameva. Kumbhiyā pana paripuṇṇāya vā ūnāya vā ujukameva uddharantassa heṭṭhimakoṭiyā patiṭṭhitokāsā muttamatteva pārājikaṃ. Antokumbhiyaṃ ṭhapitaṃ yaṃkiñci pārājikappahonakaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ sakalakumbhiyaṃ cārentassa, pāmaṅgādiñca ghaṃsitvā nīharantassa yāva mukhavaṭṭiṃ nātikkamati, tāva thullaccayameva. Tassa hi sabbāpi kumbhī ṭhānanti saṅkhepamahāpaccariyādīsu vuttaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘ṭhapitaṭṭhānameva ṭhānaṃ, na sakalā kumbhī. Tasmā yathāṭhitaṭṭhānato kesaggamattampi mocentassa pārājikamevā’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ pamāṇaṃ. Itaraṃ pana ākāsagataṃ akarontassa cīvaravaṃse ṭhapitacīvaraveṭhanakanayena vuttaṃ, taṃ na gahetabbaṃ. Vinayavinicchaye hi āgate garuke ṭhātabbaṃ, esā vinayadhammatā. Apica ‘‘attano bhājanagataṃ vā karoti, muṭṭhiṃ vā chindatī’’ti vacanato petaṃ veditabbaṃ. Yathā antokumbhiyaṃ ṭhitassa na sabbā kumbhī ṭhānanti.
关于酥油等:若一次饮用,饮下即犯波罗夷——这是《大注》所说。然而《大灯》等注疏中则显示了这样的分别:“若饮时口未离器而吸饮,若那入于他人喉中的部分尚不值一足,须与口中部分合计方值一足,此时仍属防护。唯以咽喉截断时,方犯波罗夷。若以唇截断而闭唇,亦犯波罗夷。若以莲茎、竹管、苇管等饮用,唯那入他人喉中的部分已值一足,即犯波罗夷;若须与口中部分合计方值,则尚未犯波罗夷。若破坏与莲茎等中物的一体性,以唇断时,犯波罗夷。若需与莲茎等中物合计方足值,而以手指按住莲茎等底部取饮,犯波罗夷。若足值之物未入他人喉,在莲茎等中及口中虽超过一足值,仍为一体而住,则仍属防护。”这一切都与“或令其入己器,或断其束”之理趣相顺,故为善说。以上是一体之理趣。显示巴利原文
Sappiādīsu yaṃkiñci pivato ekapayogena pītamatte pārājikanti mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Mahāpaccariyādīsu pana ayaṃ vibhāgo dassito – ‘‘mukhaṃ anapanetvā ākaḍḍhantassa pivato sace paragalagataṃ pādaṃ na agghati, mukhagatena saddhiṃ agghati, rakkhati tāva. Kaṇṭhena pana paricchinnakāleyeva pārājikaṃ hoti. Sacepi oṭṭhehi paricchindanto oṭṭhe pidahati, pārājikameva. Uppaladaṇḍaveḷunāḷinaḷanāḷiādīhi pivantassāpi sace paragalagatameva pādaṃ agghati, pārājikaṃ. Sace saha mukhagatena agghati, na tāva pārājikaṃ hoti. Uppaladaṇḍādigatena saddhiṃ ekābaddhabhāvaṃ kopetvā oṭṭhehi paricchinnamatte pārājikaṃ. Sace uppaladaṇḍādigatena saddhiṃ agghati, uppaladaṇḍādīnaṃ bunde aṅguliyāpi pihitamatte pārājikaṃ. Pādagghanake paragalaṃ appaviṭṭhe uppaladaṇḍādīsu ca mukhe ca atirekapādārahampi ekābaddhaṃ hutvā tiṭṭhati, rakkhatiyevā’’ti. Taṃ sabbampi yasmā ‘‘attano bhājanagataṃ vā karoti , muṭṭhiṃ vā chindatī’’ti imaṃ nayaṃ bhajati, tasmā sudassitameva. Esa tāva ekābaddhe nayo.
然而,若以手、钵、盘等任何器皿取饮,当令足值之物充满的动作完成时,即犯波罗夷。如果物品昂贵,即使用匙一次也能取足值之量,那么仅一次取出便犯波罗夷。若将器皿沉入而取,只要所取之物仍为一体,则仍属防护;若以缸口边缘为界截断而取出,即犯波罗夷。然而,当将酥油、或油、或清如油的蜜糖从缸倾注于自器中时,因其清澈而无一体性,故当足值之物从缸口边缘滴落时,便犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Sace pana hatthena vā pattena vā thālakādinā vā kenaci bhājanena gahetvā pivati, yamhi payoge pādagghanakaṃ pūreti, tamhi gate pārājikaṃ. Atha mahagghaṃ hoti, sippikāyapi ekapayogeneva pādagghanakaṃ gahetuṃ sakkā hoti, ekuddhāreyeva pārājikaṃ. Bhājanaṃ pana nimujjāpetvā gaṇhantassa yāva ekābaddhaṃ hoti, tāva rakkhati. Mukhavaṭṭiparicchedena vā uddhārena vā pārājikaṃ. Yadā pana sappiṃ vā telaṃ vā acchaṃ telasadisameva madhuphāṇitaṃ vā kumbhiṃ āviñchetvā attano bhājane paveseti, tadā tesaṃ acchatāya ekābaddhatā natthīti pādagghanake mukhavaṭṭito gaḷitamatte pārājikaṃ.
然而,熬煮后放置的蜜糖,如胶般粘稠,可牵可引,若生疑惑时,它仍为一体而能取出。此物虽出缸口而入器,因与外部尚为一体,故仍属防护;唯从缸口边缘断时,才犯波罗夷。若以偷心,将值一足之酥油、或油、或任何可饮之物、或贵价衣、或一块皮革等任何一物,投入他人缸中,从手脱时,即犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Pacitvā ṭhapitaṃ pana madhuphāṇitaṃ sileso viya cikkanaṃ ākaḍḍhanavikaḍḍhanayoggaṃ hoti, uppanne kukkucce ekābaddhameva hutvā paṭinīharituṃ sakkoti, etaṃ mukhavaṭṭiyā nikkhamitvā bhājane paviṭṭhampi bāhirena saddhiṃ ekābaddhattā rakkhati, mukhavaṭṭito chinnamatte pana pārājikaṃ. Yopi theyyacittena parassa kumbhiyā pādagghanakaṃ sappiṃ vā telaṃ vā avassapivanakaṃ yaṃkiñci dukūlasāṭakaṃ vā cammakhaṇḍādīnaṃ vā aññataraṃ pakkhipati, hatthato muttamatte pārājikaṃ.
了知空缸“即将倒油”,以偷心将某物投入,若于油倒入后,他饮得价值五摩沙迦之物,饮时即犯波罗夷,此为《大注》所说。然而,这与该处就干池、干渠所作的直判之理相违,且此处并无盗取之相,故不足取。而《大灯》等中说,于取出该物时犯波罗夷,此说合理。显示巴利原文
Rittakumbhiyā ‘‘idāni telaṃ ākirissantī’’ti ñatvā yaṃkiñci bhaṇḍaṃ theyyacitto pakkhipati, taṃ ce tattha tele ākiṇṇe pañcamāsakaagghanakaṃ pivati, pītamatte pārājikanti mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Taṃ pana tattheva sukkhataḷāke sukkhamātikāya ujukaraṇavinicchayena virujjhati, avahāralakkhaṇañcettha na paññāyati, tasmā na gahetabbaṃ. Mahāpaccariyādīsu pana tassa uddhāre pārājikaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ yuttaṃ.
为保管他人的空罐而放入物品,后有人向罐中倒油,若他因害怕“此事若被知晓,我会受牵累”而以盗心取出沾有脚价量油的物品,即犯波罗夷。若以清净心取出,当物主索还时,应作赔偿。所谓赔偿物品,是指他人丢失的物品,应赔偿其等值之物或原物。若不赔偿,物主放弃追索时,即犯波罗夷。若有人往罐中另倒入酥油或油,而此人以盗心将沾有饮用油的物品投入其中,依前述方式,同样犯波罗夷。了知自己的空罐被他人倒入酥油或油后,以盗心放入物品,依前述方式,于取出时犯波罗夷。以清净心放入后,后来以盗心取出,同样犯波罗夷。若始终以清净心取出,则既非不与取,亦非偷兰遮;然《大筏》中只说为无罪。《古伦地》中说:“‘你为何在我的罐中倒油?’心怀愤怒,取出自己的物品弃之,此不构成赔偿物品。”以盗心抓住罐口边缘拖拽罐子,欲令油流出,当脚价量的油流出时,即犯波罗夷。以盗心故意弄裂罐子,心想“油会渗流而出”,当脚价量的油渗流而出时,即犯波罗夷。以盗心打孔,做成向下孔、向上孔或横向孔,然而这是容易混淆之处,故应仔细辨别。此处的判断如下:向下显示巴利原文
Parassa rittakumbhiyā saṅgopanatthāya bhaṇḍaṃ ṭhapetvā tattha tele ākiṇṇe ‘‘sace ayaṃ jānissati, maṃ palibujjhissatī’’ti bhīto pādagghanakaṃ telaṃ pītaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ theyyacittena uddharati, pārājikaṃ. Suddhacittena uddharati, pare āharāpente bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ nāma yaṃ parassa naṭṭhaṃ, tassa mūlaṃ vā tadeva vā bhaṇḍaṃ dātabbanti attho. No ce deti, sāmikassa dhuranikkhepe pārājikaṃ. Sace parassa kumbhiyā añño sappiṃ vā telaṃ vā ākirati, tatra cāyaṃ theyyacittena telapivanakaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ pakkhipati, vuttanayeneva pārājikaṃ. Attano rittakumbhiyā parassa sappiṃ vā telaṃ vā ākiraṇabhāvaṃ ñatvā theyyacittena bhaṇḍaṃ nikkhipati, pubbe vuttanayeneva uddhāre pārājikaṃ. Suddhacitto nikkhipitvā pacchā theyyacittena uddharati, pārājikameva. Suddhacittova uddharati, neva avahāro, na gīvā; mahāpaccariyaṃ pana anāpattimattameva vuttaṃ. ‘‘‘Kissa mama kumbhiyaṃ telaṃ ākirasī’ti kupito attano bhaṇḍaṃ uddharitvā chaḍḍeti, no bhaṇḍadeyya’’nti kurundiyaṃ vuttaṃ. Theyyacittena mukhavaṭṭiyaṃ gahetvā kumbhiṃ āviñchati telaṃ gaḷetukāmo, pādagghanake gaḷite pārājikaṃ. Theyyacitteneva jajjaraṃ karoti ‘‘savitvā gamissatī’’ti pādagghanake savitvā gate pārājikaṃ. Theyyacitteneva chiddaṃ karoti omaṭṭhaṃ vā ummaṭṭhaṃ vā vemaṭṭhaṃ vā, idaṃ pana sammohaṭṭhānaṃ; tasmā suṭṭhu sallekkhetabbaṃ. Ayañhettha vinicchayo – omaṭṭhaṃ nāma adhomukhachiddaṃ; ummaṭṭhaṃ nāma uddhaṃmukhachiddaṃ; vemaṭṭhaṃ nāma uḷuṅkasseva ujugatachiddaṃ. Tatra omaṭṭhassa bahi paṭṭhāya katassa abbhantarantato pādagghanake tele gaḷite bahi anikkhantepi pārājikaṃ. Kasmā? Yasmā tato gaḷitamattameva bahigataṃ nāma hoti, na kumbhigatasaṅkhyaṃ labhati. Anto paṭṭhāya katassa bāhirantato pādagghanake gaḷite pārājikaṃ. Ummaṭṭhassa yathā tathā vā katassa bāhirantato pādagghanake gaḷite pārājikaṃ. Tañhi yāva bāhirantato na gaḷati, tāva kumbhigatameva hoti. ‘‘Vemaṭṭhassa ca kapālamajjhato gaḷitavasena kāretabbo’’ti aṭṭhakathāsu vuttaṃ. Taṃ pana anto ca bahi ca paṭṭhāya majjhe ṭhapetvā katachidde taḷākassa ca mariyādabhedena sameti. Anto paṭṭhāya kate pana bāhirantena, bahi paṭṭhāya kate abbhantarantena kāretabboti idamettha yuttaṃ. Yo pana ‘‘vaṭṭitvā gacchissatī’’ti theyyacittena kumbhiyā ādhārakaṃ vā upatthambhanaleḍḍuke vā apaneti, vaṭṭitvā gatāya pārājikaṃ. Telākiraṇabhāvaṃ pana ñatvā rittakumbhiyā jajjarabhāve vā chiddesu vā katesu pacchā nikkhantatelappamāṇena bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ hoti. Aṭṭhakathāsau pana katthaci pārājikantipi likhitaṃ, taṃ pamādalikhitaṃ.
在装满的罐子上方,以盗心将石板或石块系得不牢或放置不稳,心想:“它会掉落打碎罐子,油便会流出。”如此做完时,即犯波罗夷。在空罐子上方这样做,后来罐子装满时掉落打碎,构成赔偿物品。因为在这些情形中,于物品尚不存在时即行方便,故最初不犯波罗夷。然由于实施了毁坏物品的方便,构成赔偿物品。若物主索还时不给予,因物主放弃追索,即犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Paripuṇṇāya kumbhiyā upari kathalaṃ vā pāsāṇaṃ vā ‘‘patitvā bhindissati, tato telaṃ paggharissatī’’ti theyyacittena dubbandhaṃ vā karoti, duṭṭhapitaṃ vā ṭhapeti, avassapatanakaṃ tathā karontassa katamatte pārājikaṃ. Rittakumbhiyā upari karoti, taṃ pacchā puṇṇakāle patitvā bhindati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Īdisesu hi ṭhānesu bhaṇḍassa natthikāle katapayogattā āditova pārājikaṃ na hoti. Bhaṇḍavināsadvārassa pana katattā bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ hoti. Āharāpentesu adadato sāmikānaṃ dhuranikkhepena pārājikaṃ.
若以盗心将水渠弄直,心想“水将冲走或越过堤岸”,无论水是冲走或越过堤岸,在弄直之时即犯波罗夷戒。因为这类加行属于前加行不与取。干涸的水渠被弄直后,后来水来时冲走或越过堤岸,则构成应赔偿物品。何以故?因为没有实施令物离处的加行。其相状将在船的部分阐明。显示巴利原文
Theyyacittena mātikaṃ ujukaṃ karoti ‘‘vaṭṭitvā vā gamissati, velaṃ vā uttarāpessatī’’ti ; vaṭṭitvā vā gacchatu, velaṃ vā uttaratu, ujukaraṇakāle pārājikaṃ. Īdisā hi payogā pubbapayogāvahāre saṅgahaṃ gacchanti. Sukkhamātikāya ujukatāya pacchā udake āgate vaṭṭitvā vā gacchatu, velaṃ vā uttaratu, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Kasmā? Ṭhānā cāvanapayogassa abhāvā. Tassa lakkhaṇaṃ nāvaṭṭhe āvi bhavissati.
在“就在那里打破”等处,注疏中先说:“打破,即用锤子击打而打破。丢弃,即倒入水或沙而使其溢出。焚烧,即取来木柴焚烧。作不可用,即作成不可食或不可饮;若投入粪便、尿、毒药、残食或尸体,由于没有使物离开原处,故犯恶作罪,这属于佛陀的领域。虽然是恶作,但在他人要求归还时,应赔偿物品。”其中,前两种情形并不相符,因为它们与弄裂罐子和弄直水渠具有相同的特征。而后两种情形即使不使物离开原处也能做到。因此,这里如此决断:“据说注疏中‘因没有使物离开原处故为恶作’这句话是针对后两种情形说的。因为即使不使物离开原处,也可以出于盗心或欲毁坏而焚烧或作不可用。而在前两种情形中,如所说的方法打破或丢弃时,有使物离开原处的行为,因此那样做时,若出于欲毁坏则构成赔偿物品,若以盗心则犯波罗夷戒。”若问:“因为巴利文中说‘恶作’,所以不合理?”答:不,因为应理解为不同的含义。因为在巴利文中,关于盗心方面,有人这样说:“打破,即以水弄破;丢弃,即在那里呕吐或丢弃小便。”显示巴利原文
Tattheva bhindati vātiādīsu aṭṭhakathāyaṃ tāva vuttaṃ – ‘‘bhindati vāti muggarena pothetvā bhindati. Chaḍḍeti vāti udakaṃ vā vālikaṃ vā ākiritvā uttarāpeti. Jhāpeti vāti dārūni āharitvā jhāpeti. Aparibhogaṃ vā karotīti akhāditabbaṃ vā apātabbaṃ vā karoti; uccāraṃ vā passāvaṃ vā visaṃ vā ucchiṭṭhaṃ vā kuṇapaṃ vā pātesi, āpatti dukkaṭassāti ṭhānācāvanassa natthitāya dukkaṭaṃ, buddhavisayo nāmeso. Kiñcāpi dukkaṭaṃ, āharāpente pana bhaṇḍadeyya’’nti. Tattha purimadvayaṃ na sameti. Tañhi kumbhijajjarakaraṇena ca mātikāujukaraṇena ca saddhiṃ ekalakkhaṇaṃ. Pacchimaṃ pana dvayaṃ ṭhānā acāventenāpi sakkā kātuṃ. Tasmā ettha evaṃ vinicchayaṃ vadanti – ‘‘aṭṭhakathāyaṃ kira ‘ṭhānā cāvanassa natthitāya dukkaṭa’nti idaṃ pacchimadvayaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Ṭhānā cāvanaṃ akarontoyeva hi theyyacittena vā vināsetukāmatāya vā jhāpeyyapi, aparibhogampi kareyya. Purimadvaye pana vuttanayena bhindantassa vā chaḍḍentassa vā ṭhānā cāvanaṃ atthi, tasmā tathā karontassa vināsetukāmatāya bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ, theyyacittena pārājika’’nti. Pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘dukkaṭa’’nti vuttattā ayuttanti ce? Na; aññathā gahetabbatthato. Pāḷiyañhi theyyacittapakkhe ‘‘bhindati vāti udakena sambhindati, chaḍḍeti vāti tattha vamati vā passāvaṃ vā chaḍḍetī’’ti evameke vadanti.
然而,此处的要义是:如同在《调伏事》中,割草者只是不想让草离开原位而仅仅将其折断,但由于折断,油等便流了出来;而其中凝固的部分则保持为一个整体。同样地,他只是不想丢弃而仅仅往其中投入水、沙等,但由于投入,油便被丢弃了。因此,依世俗言说而称为“折断或丢弃”。应当如此理解这些词句的含义。而在意图毁坏的情况下,以其他方式也说得通。因为如此解说时,巴利原文与注疏便能前后连贯地解说了。即便如此,也不应满足于此,应当亲近师长而了知裁决。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ panettha sāro – vinītavatthumhi tiṇajjhāpako viya ṭhānā acāvetukāmova kevalaṃ bhindati, bhinnattā pana telādīni nikkhamanti, yaṃ vā panettha patthinnaṃ, taṃ ekābaddhameva tiṭṭhati. Achaḍḍetukāmoyeva ca kevalaṃ tattha udakavālikādīni ākirati, ākiṇṇattā pana telaṃ chaḍḍīyati. Tasmā vohāravasena ‘‘bhindati vā chaḍḍeti vā’’ti vuccatīti. Evametesaṃ padānaṃ attho gahetabbo. Nāsetukāmatāpakkhe pana itarathāpi yujjati. Evañhi kathiyamāne pāḷi ca aṭṭhakathā ca pubbāparena saṃsanditvā kathitā honti. Ettāvatāpi ca santosaṃ akatvā ācariye payirupāsitvā vinicchayo veditabboti.
95 所谓“置于陆地者”,应知是指放置在地面、岩石表面、山顶等任何有覆盖或无覆盖之处。若物品堆成一堆,应依容器内器皿中物的握拳截断判定法来判定。若是如岩石、树脂等连成一体的整块,则应依生蜜、糖蜜的判定法来判定。若是如铁块、糖块、油罐、蜜罐等沉重成捆之物,应依容器中移离原位的判定法来判定。若以锁链系缚,应注意其所在之处的破坏。若将物品铺开放置,如外衣、毯子、布料等,径直抓住拖拽,当远端越过近端所触之处时,犯波罗夷。如此应观一切方位。若将物品卷起后提举,即使只令其如发端般离开地面,也犯波罗夷。其余如前所说。显示巴利原文
95. Thalaṭṭhe thale nikkhittanti bhūmitale vā pāsāṇatalapabbatatalādīsu vā yattha katthaci paṭicchanne vā appaṭicchanne vā ṭhapitaṃ thalaṭṭhanti veditabbaṃ. Taṃ sace rāsikataṃ hoti, antokumbhiyaṃ bhājanagatakaraṇamuṭṭhicchedanavinicchayena vinicchinitabbaṃ. Sace ekābaddhaṃ silesaniyyāsādi pakkamadhuphāṇitavinicchayena vinicchinitabbaṃ. Sace garukaṃ hoti bhārabaddhaṃ lohapiṇḍi-guḷapiṇḍi-telamadhughaṭādi vā, kumbhiyaṃ ṭhānācāvanavinicchayena vinicchinitabbaṃ. Saṅkhalikabaddhassa ca ṭhānabhedo sallakkhetabbo. Pattharitvā ṭhapitaṃ pana pāvārattharaṇasāṭakādiṃ ujukaṃ gahetvā ākaḍḍhati, pārimante orimantena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ atikkante pārājikaṃ. Evaṃ sabbadisāsu sallakkhetabbaṃ. Veṭhetvā uddharati, kesaggamattaṃ ākāsagataṃ karontassa pārājikaṃ. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
96 对于空中的孔雀,应以六种方式了知其位置界限:前方以喙端为界,后方以尾端为界,两侧以翼尖为界,下方以脚爪尖为界,上方以冠尖为界。若比丘心想“我将捉取有主的空中孔雀”,而站于其前或伸出手,孔雀便在空中振翅,乘风阻断去路而停住,该比丘犯恶作。若未令其移动而仅以手触碰,亦犯恶作。若虽未使其离开原位却令其动弹,犯偷兰遮。然而,若用手捉住或未捉住,而令喙所触之处越过尾端,或令尾端所触之处越过喙端,犯波罗夷。同样,令左翼尖所触之处越过右翼尖,或令右翼尖所触之处越过左翼尖,犯波罗夷。同样,令脚爪尖所触之处越过冠尖,或令冠尖所触之处越过脚爪尖,犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
96. Ākāsaṭṭhe morassa chahi ākārehi ṭhānaparicchedo veditabbo – purato mukhatuṇḍakena, pacchato kalāpaggena, ubhayapassesu pakkhapariyantehi, adho pādanakhasikhāya, uddhaṃ sikhaggenāti. Bhikkhu ‘‘sassāmikaṃ ākāsaṭṭhaṃ moraṃ gahessāmī’’ti purato vā tiṭṭhati, hatthaṃ vā pasāreti, moro ākāseyeva pakkhe cāreti, vātaṃ gāhāpetvā gamanaṃ upacchinditvā tiṭṭhati. Tassa bhikkhuno dukkaṭaṃ. Taṃ aphandento hatthena āmasati, dukkaṭameva. Ṭhānā acāvento phandāpeti, thullaccayaṃ. Hatthena pana gahetvā vā aggahetvā vā mukhatuṇḍakena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ kalāpaggaṃ, kalāpaggena vā phuṭṭhokāsaṃ mukhatuṇḍakaṃ atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. Tathā vāmapakkhapariyantena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ dakkhiṇapakkhapariyantaṃ, dakkhiṇapakkhapariyantena vā phuṭṭhokāsaṃ vāmapakkhapariyantaṃ atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. Tathā pādanakhasikhāya phuṭṭhokāsaṃ sikhaggaṃ, sikhaggena vā phuṭṭhokāsaṃ pādanakhasikhaṃ atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ.
在空中飞行的孔雀,若停落在头等肢体上,该处便是其位置。因此,若使其停于手上而左右移动,也只是令其动弹而已;然而,若用另一只手捉住而使其离开原位,则犯波罗夷。若将另一只手移近,孔雀自行飞起停落其上,则无犯。明知其停落于肢体上,以盗心行一步,犯偷兰遮;行第二步,犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Ākāsena gacchanto moro sīsādīsu yasmiṃ aṅge nilīyati, taṃ tassa ṭhānaṃ. Tasmā taṃ hatthe nilīnaṃ ito cito ca karontopi phandāpetiyeva, yadi pana itarena hatthena gahetvā ṭhānā cāveti, pārājikaṃ . Itaraṃ hatthaṃ upaneti, moro sayameva uḍḍetvā tattha nilīyati, anāpatti . Aṅge nilīnabhāvaṃ ñatvā theyyacittena ekaṃ padavāraṃ gacchati, thullaccayaṃ. Dutiye pārājikaṃ.
当孔雀站在地上时,依其两足与尾羽,共有三个触地点。若有人将它提起,只要还有一处接触地面,即犯偷兰遮;一旦连如发尖般细微的触地也脱离,便犯波罗夷。将关在笼中的孔雀连同笼子一起提起,犯波罗夷。然而,若孔雀之足并无价值,则一切应依价值来判。若以盗心将正在内院行走的孔雀步步引向院外,当它越过门槛时,即犯波罗夷。正如牛栏是栏中牛的位置所在,内院便是孔雀的位置。然而,若用手捉住孔雀,即使在内院中将它举入空中,也犯波罗夷。若孔雀正在村内行走,而令它越过村界,犯波罗夷。如果孔雀自己走出,在村界或院界附近走动,有盗心的人以木棍或瓦片恐吓它,想将它赶向森林,但孔雀飞起后却落在村内、内院中或屋顶上,它便仍被守护。然而,若孔雀朝森林方向飞起或走去,而偷盗者并非抱着‘先把它赶入森林再捉’的意图,那么当它如发尖般从地面飞起的刹那,或踏出第二步时,即犯波罗夷。这是什么缘故呢?因为孔雀一旦出了村,其站立之处便成为它的位置。以上即是关于孔雀等鸟类的判定。显示巴利原文
Bhūmiyaṃ ṭhitamoro dvinnaṃ vā pādānaṃ kalāpassa ca vasena tīṇi ṭhānāni labhati. Taṃ ukkhipantassa yāva ekampi ṭhānaṃ pathaviṃ phusati, tāva thullaccayaṃ. Kesaggamattampi pathaviyā mocitamatte pārājikaṃ. Pañjare ṭhitaṃ saha pañjarena uddharati, pārājikaṃ. Yadi pana pādaṃ na agghati, sabbattha agghavasena kātabbaṃ. Antovatthumhi carantaṃ moraṃ theyyacittena padasā bahivatthuṃ nīharanto dvāraparicchedaṃ atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. Vaje ṭhitabalībaddassa hi vajo viya antovatthu tassa ṭhānaṃ. Hatthena pana gahetvā antovatthusmimpi ākāsagataṃ karontassa pārājikameva. Antogāme carantampi gāmaparikkhepaṃ atikkāmentassa pārājikaṃ . Sayameva nikkhamitvā gāmūpacāre vā vatthūpacāre vā carantaṃ pana theyyacitto kaṭṭhena vā kathalāya vā utrāsetvā aṭavimukhaṃ karoti, moro uḍḍetvā antogāme vā antovatthumhi vā chadanapiṭṭhe vā nilīyati, rakkhati. Sace pana aṭavimukhe uḍḍeti vā gacchati vā ‘‘aṭaviṃ pavesetvā gahessāmī’’ti parikappe asati pathavito kesaggamattampi uḍḍitamatte vā dutiyapadavāre vā pārājikaṃ. Kasmā? Yasmā gāmato nikkhantassa ṭhitaṭṭhānameva ṭhānaṃ hoti. Kapiñjarādīsupi ayameva vinicchayo.
所谓‘或布料’,是指被风吹起后,如同铺展在地面上一般,在空中飞行的成捆布料。当它迎面飞来时,有人用手抓住其一端,若只是左右移动而未使它离开原位,在阻断其行进时犯恶作。若未使其离位而摇动它,令它动颤时犯偷兰遮。若使它离开原位,犯波罗夷。其位置的界限,应如对孔雀的判定那样,以六种方式来了解。显示巴利原文
Sāṭakaṃ vāti vātavegukkhittaṃ pathavitale pattharitvā ṭhapitamiva ākāsena gacchantaṃ khalibaddhaṃ sāṭakaṃ abhimukhāgataṃ hatthena ekasmiṃ ante gaṇhāti, ito cito ca ṭhānaṃ avikopentoyeva gamanupacchede dukkaṭaṃ. Ṭhānācāvanaṃ akaronto cāleti, phandāpane thullaccayaṃ. Ṭhānā cāveti, pārājikaṃ. Ṭhānaparicchedo cassa morasseva chahi ākārehi veditabbo.
然而,若布料并未成捆,抓住一端时另一端便垂下着地,这时它有两个位置——手和地面。若将布料从最初抓持的位置移动开来,犯偷兰遮。随后,若用另一只手或脚将布料从地面提起来,犯波罗夷。或者,先把它从地面提起,犯偷兰遮;然后再令它离开手所抓持的区域,犯波罗夷。又或者,不松开手,直接将手垂下让布料着地,再用同一只手将它提起,犯波罗夷。对于成卷的布料,这便是判定。显示巴利原文
Abaddhasāṭako pana ekasmiṃ ante gahitamatteva dutiyenantena patitvā bhūmiyaṃ patiṭṭhāti, tassa dve ṭhānāni honti – hattho ceva bhūmi ca. Taṃ yathāgahitameva paṭhamaṃ gahitokāsappadesato cāleti, thullaccayaṃ. Pacchā bhūmito dutiyahatthena vā pādena vā ukkhipati, pārājikaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ vā bhūmito uddharati, thullaccayaṃ. Pacchā gahitokāsappadesato cāveti, pārājikaṃ. Gahaṇaṃ vā amuñcanto ujukameva hatthaṃ onāmetvā bhūmigataṃ katvā teneva hatthena ukkhipati, pārājikaṃ. Veṭhanepi ayameva vinicchayo.
当人们切割黄金、纯金饰品——如项链等装饰物,或金匠切割金条时,金块截断而掉落。若有比丘以盗心用手接取从空中飞来的该金块,仅接取便构成偷盗的基座。若将手从接取处移开,即犯波罗夷。若金块落在衣上,用手拾取,犯波罗夷;若不拾取而径直走开,于第二步时波罗夷。落入钵中的情况,道理相同。若金块落在头上、口中或脚上,用手执取,犯波罗夷;若不执取而径直走开,于第二步时波罗夷。金块无论落于何处,即以所落之处为基座,而非以整个肢体或衣钵为基座。显示巴利原文
Hiraññaṃvā suvaṇṇaṃ vā chijjamānanti manussānaṃ alaṅkarontānaṃ gīveyyakādipiḷandhanaṃ vā suvaṇṇasalākaṃ chindantānaṃ suvaṇṇakārānaṃ suvaṇṇakhaṇḍaṃ vā chijjamānaṃ patati, tañce bhikkhu ākāsena āgacchantaṃ theyyacitto hatthena gaṇhāti, gahaṇameva ṭhānaṃ. Gahitappadesato hatthaṃ apaneti, pārājikaṃ. Cīvare patitaṃ hatthena ukkhipati, pārājikaṃ. Anuddharitvāva yāti, dutiye padavāre pārājikaṃ. Patte patitepi eseva nayo. Sīse vā mukhe vā pāde vā patiṭṭhitaṃ hatthena gaṇhāti, pārājikaṃ. Aggahetvāva yāti, dutiye padavāre pārājikaṃ. Yattha katthaci patati, tassa patitokāsova ṭhānaṃ, na sabbaṃ aṅgapaccaṅgaṃ pattacīvaraṃ vāti.
空中事注释显示巴利原文
Vehāsaṭṭhakathā
97 对于放置在床、椅等上的物品,无论有覆盖或无覆盖,若以盗心触摸,犯恶作。而对于床、椅上所置物品的判断,此处应依‘陆地事’中所说的方法处理。然而,此处的差别在于:若系于床柱的布单铺在床或椅上,中间不触及床面而仅触床脚,则应以床脚为基座——只要超过床脚时上方所触之处,即犯波罗夷。若连同床、椅一起搬运,则应以床脚、椅脚的安立处为基座。显示巴利原文
97. Vehāsaṭṭhe mañcapīṭhādīsu ṭhapitaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ āmāsaṃ vā hotu anāmāsaṃ vā, theyyacittena āmasantassa dukkaṭaṃ. Mañcapīṭhesu ṭhapitabhaṇḍesu panettha thalaṭṭhe vuttanayena vinicchayo veditabbo. Ayaṃ pana viseso – sace khaliyā baddhasāṭako mañce vā pīṭhe vā patthaṭo majjhena mañcatalaṃ na phusati, mañcapādeva phusati, tesaṃ vasena ṭhānaṃ veditabbaṃ. Pādānaṃ upari phuṭṭhokāsameva hi atikkamitamattena tattha pārājikaṃ hoti. Saha mañcapīṭhehi harantassa pana mañcapīṭhapādānaṃ patiṭṭhitokāsavasena ṭhānaṃ veditabbaṃ.
‘衣竿’是指为置放衣物而绑设的竹竿或木棍。对于收叠好后,从一端绕过另端成环状放置的衣,其安立处所触之处即为基座,而非整根衣竿。因此,若以盗心抓住该衣的绕圈处拉拽,当从衣在竿上那端的安立处,超出此端衣所触竿之处,仅仅拉拽一二指许,即犯波罗夷。抓住衣端拉拽的道理亦同此。若在衣竿上将衣向左或向右移动,当左端超过右端所在位置,或右端超过左端所在位置,仅仅移动十指、十二指许,即犯波罗夷。向上提起者,仅提起发端之量即犯波罗夷。对于用绳绑缚而放置的衣,无论触不触及衣竿,若解开绳结,犯偷兰遮;一经解开,即犯波罗夷。因为衣既解开,便算作‘离于基座’。对于缠绕在竿上的衣,若将其解下,犯偷兰遮;刚解下时即犯波罗夷。对于做成环状放置的衣,若切断环,或解开环,或从一端竿头解下取出,犯偷兰遮;在刚切断、刚解开、刚取出时,即犯波罗夷。若不如此操作,而仅在衣竿上左右移动,则衣仍属守护——因为对于环状放置的衣而言,整根衣竿皆是其基座。何以故?因其在该处有滑动之特性。然而,若用手将衣执取至空中,犯波罗夷。对于展开而放置的衣,其安立处所触之处即为基座。显示巴利原文
Cīvaravaṃse vāti cīvaraṭhapanatthāya bandhitvā ṭhapite vaṃse vā kaṭṭhadaṇḍake vā. Tattha saṃharitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā ṭhapitacīvarassa patiṭṭhitokāsena phuṭṭhokāsova ṭhānaṃ, na sabbo cīvaravaṃso. Tasmā theyyacittena taṃ bhoge gahetvā ākaḍḍhantassa pārato vaṃse patiṭṭhitokāsaṃ orato cīvarena vaṃsassa phuṭṭhappadesaṃ atikkāmentassa ekadvaṅgulamattākaḍḍhaneneva pārājikaṃ. Ante gahetvā ākaḍḍhantassāpi eseva nayo. Tattheva pana cīvaravaṃse vāmato vā dakkhiṇato vā sārentassa vāmantena dakkhiṇantaṭṭhānaṃ dakkhiṇantena vā vāmantaṭṭhānaṃ atikkantamatte dasadvādasaṅgulamattasāraṇeneva pārājikaṃ. Uddhaṃ ukkhipantassa kesaggamattukkhipanena pārājikaṃ. Cīvaravaṃsaṃ phusantaṃ vā aphusantaṃ vā rajjukena bandhitvā ṭhapitacīvaraṃ mocentassa thullaccayaṃ, mutte pārājikaṃ. Muttamattameva hi taṃ ‘‘ṭhānā cuta’’nti saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Vaṃse veṭhetvā ṭhapitaṃ nibbeṭhentassa thullaccayaṃ, nibbeṭhitamatte pārājikaṃ. Valayaṃ katvā ṭhapite valayaṃ chindati vā moceti vā ekaṃ vā vaṃsakoṭiṃ mocetvā nīharati, thullaccayaṃ . Chinnamatte muttamatte nīhaṭamatte ca pārājikaṃ. Tathā akatvāva cīvaravaṃse ito cito ca sāreti, rakkhati tāva. Valayassa hi sabbopi cīvaravaṃso ṭhānaṃ. Kasmā? Tattha saṃsaraṇadhammatāya. Yadā pana naṃ hatthena gahetvā ākāsagataṃ karoti, pārājikaṃ. Pasāretvā ṭhapitassa patiṭṭhitokāsena phuṭṭhokāsova ṭhānaṃ. Tattha saṃharitvā ṭhapite vuttanayena vinicchayo veditabbo. Yaṃ pana ekenantena bhūmiṃ phusitvā ṭhitaṃ hoti, tassa cīvaravaṃse ca bhūmiyañca patiṭṭhitokāsavasena dve ṭhānāni. Tattha bhūmiyaṃ ekenantena patiṭṭhite abaddhasāṭake vuttanayeneva vinicchayo veditabbo. Cīvararajjuyāpi ayameva vinicchayo.
至于挂在钩上的物品,如药壶或药袋,若放置时既不触墙、也不触地,在摩擦挂钩而取出时,甫一离开钩端,即犯波罗夷。若物品系缚于挂钩,执其底部向上提举,令其悬空,纵然尚未离开钩端,亦犯波罗夷。若物品倚靠墙壁,先离钩端,犯偷兰遮;随后令其离墙,即犯波罗夷。若先令离墙,再从钩上取出,理亦同此。然而,若因物品过重而难以取出,自行将其倚墙后从钩取下,则纵使此后未再令其离墙,一旦离于钩端,即犯波罗夷。因为自行造作之处,并非真正的基座。若物品触地而置,则有二种基座,于此应如前述加以判定。若物品装入网袋后悬挂,无论从网袋中取出,还是连同网袋一并从钩上取下,均犯波罗夷。这里的倚墙、触地等情形,亦应依此了知基座的差别。显示巴利原文
Aṅkusake laggetvā ṭhapitabhaṇḍaṃ pana bhesajjaghaṭo vā bhesajjatthavikā vā sace bhittiṃ vā bhūmiṃ vā aphusitvā ṭhapitaṃ lagganakaṃ ghaṃsantassa nīharato aṅkusakoṭito nikkhantamatte pārājikaṃ. Lagganakaṃ baddhaṃ hoti, bundena ukkhipitvā ākāsagataṃ karontassa aṅkusakoṭito anikkhantepi pārājikaṃ. Bhittinissitaṃ hoti, paṭhamaṃ aṅkusakoṭito nīharati, thullaccayaṃ. Pacchā bhittiṃ moceti, pārājikaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ bhittiṃ mocetvā pacchā aṅkusato nīharantassāpi eseva nayo. Sace pana bhāriyaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ nīharituṃ asakkonto sayaṃ bhittinissitaṃ katvā aṅkusato nīharati, puna bhittiṃ amocetvāpi aṅkusato nīhaṭamatteyeva pārājikaṃ. Attanā kataṭṭhānañhi ṭhānaṃ na hoti. Bhūmiṃ phusitvā ṭhitassa pana dve eva ṭhānāni. Tattha vuttoyeva vinicchayo . Yaṃ pana sikkāya pakkhipitvā laggitaṃ hoti, taṃ sikkāto nīharantassāpi saha sikkāya aṅkusato nīharantassāpi pārājikaṃ. Bhittibhūmisannissitavasena cettha ṭhānabhedopi veditabbo.
所谓墙钉,是指垂直钉入墙中者,或自然生于彼处者;而象钩则是弯曲钉入者。将物品挂于其上而存放,应依前述钩处的方法进行判定。然而,若物品被架在并排竖立的两根或三根桩上,有人执矛或叉的尖部或根部,提举拖拽,一旦超出每一桩所触的范围,即犯波罗夷。因为彼处即以各桩所触的范围为基座,并不同于一切钉与象钩的情形。倘若面墙而立,捉住中间拖拽,当一端超出所触范围、另一端亦超出时,即犯波罗夷。从对面推拽者,亦同此理。以手抓取并垂直上提,哪怕仅离地面毛发之距,也犯波罗夷。拖拽倚墙放置的物品而摩擦墙壁,当尖部超出根部所触范围,或者根部超出尖部所触范围时,即犯波罗夷。面墙站立而拖拽,当一端超出所触范围而至另一端时,即犯波罗夷。垂直向上提举,哪怕仅离地面毛发之距,亦犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Bhittikhīloti ujukaṃ katvā bhittiyaṃ ākoṭito vā tatthajātako eva vā; nāgadanto pana vaṅko ākoṭito eva. Tesu laggetvā ṭhapitaṃ aṅkusake vuttanayeneva vinicchinitabbaṃ. Dvīsu tīsu pana paṭipāṭiyā ṭhitesu āropetvā ṭhapitaṃ kuntaṃ vā bhindivālaṃ vā agge vā bunde vā gahetvā ākaḍḍhati, ekamekassa phuṭṭhokāsamatte atikkante pārājikaṃ. Phuṭṭhokāsamattameva hi tesaṃ ṭhānaṃ hoti, na sabbe khīlā vā nāgadantā vā. Bhittiabhimukho ṭhatvā majjhe gahetvā ākaḍḍhati, orimantena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ pārimantena atikkantamatte pārājikaṃ. Parato pellentassāpi eseva nayo. Hatthena gahetvā ujukaṃ ukkhipanto kesaggamattampi ākāsagataṃ karoti, pārājikaṃ. Bhittiṃ nissāya ṭhapitaṃ bhittiṃ ghaṃsanto ākaḍḍhati, aggena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ bundaṃ, bundena vā phuṭṭhokāsaṃ aggaṃ atikkāmentassa pārājikaṃ . Bhittiabhimukho ṭhatvā ākaḍḍhanto ekenantena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ aparantaṃ atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. Ujukaṃ ukkhipanto kesaggamattaṃ ākāsagataṃ karoti, pārājikaṃ.
挂在树上,是指将物品悬于多罗树等树上所设的钩等之类,应依前述钩等处的方法来进行判定。至于摇动自然长成的多罗果串,则犯偷兰遮。若某一果实中盛满达到波罗夷量值的物品,彼系缚解脱的刹那,即犯波罗夷。砍断果串,犯波罗夷。用尖端将叶腋处抬起而放置的物品,获得两种基座——即放置处与茎柄处;对此应依前述方法判定。然而,若有人担心“一砍断便会发出声响”,而自行用尖端抬起叶腋再来砍断,则在砍下的当下便犯波罗夷。因为自行造作之处,并非物品的所在之处。一切树上的花与果,皆应以此方法来进行判定。显示巴利原文
Rukkhe vā laggitanti tālarukkhādīsu āropetvā laggite aṅkusakādīsu vuttanayena vinicchayo veditabbo. Tatthajātakaṃ pana tālapiṇḍiṃ cālentassa thullaccayaṃ. Yasmiṃ phale pārājikavatthu pūrati, tasmiṃ bandhanā muttamatte pārājikaṃ. Piṇḍiṃ chindati, pārājikaṃ. Aggena paṇṇantaraṃ āropetvā ṭhapitā dve ṭhānāni labhati – ṭhapitaṭṭhānañca vaṇṭaṭṭhānañca; tattha vuttanayena vinicchayo veditabbo. Yo pana ‘‘chinnamattā patamānā saddaṃ kareyyā’’ti bhayena sayaṃ aggena paṇṇantaraṃ āropetvā chindati, chinnamatte pārājikaṃ . Attanā kataṭṭhānañhi ṭhānaṃ na hoti. Etena upāyena sabbarukkhānaṃ pupphaphalesu vinicchayo veditabbo.
所谓“在钵托上”:此处,无论是树托、环托、棒托,乃至篮子等任何放置钵的器具,都统称为钵托。钵放置其上时,与钵托接触的空间范围即是“所在之处”。对于树托,所在范围的界定有五种方式。抓住放置其上的钵的钵口边缘,向四方任一方向拖拽,当一端越过所接触的空间范围而到达另一端时,即犯波罗夷罪。向上提起即使只如毛发之距,亦犯波罗夷罪。若连同钵托一并拿走,也依同样的方法判为波罗夷罪。显示巴利原文
Pattādhārakepīti ettha rukkhādhārako vā hotu valayādhārako vā daṇḍādhārako vā yaṃkiñci pattaṭṭhapanakaṃ pacchikāpi hotu pattādhārako tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Tattha ṭhapitapattassa pattena phuṭṭhokāso eva ṭhānaṃ. Tattha rukkhādhārake pañcahākārehi ṭhānaparicchedo hoti. Tattha ṭhitaṃ pattaṃ mukhavaṭṭiyaṃ gahetvā catūsu disāsu yato kutoci kaḍḍhanto ekenantena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ aparantaṃ atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. Uddhaṃ kesaggamattaṃ ukkhipato pārājikaṃ. Sahādhārakena harantassāpi eseva nayoti.
98 第九十八条 水中所在:所谓“放入水中”,是指因畏惧国王等,将不会被水毁坏的铜器、金属器皿等妥善覆盖后,放入池塘等不流动的水中。其安立之处即是所在,而非全部水域。在不深的水中涉水而行,每走一步犯一次恶作罪。在深水中用手或脚划动时,每挥动一次手或每踏一次脚,于每一次努力犯一次恶作罪。此方法同样适用于为取水罐而进行的下潜和上浮。然而,若在途中见到水蛇或凶鱼,因恐惧而逃走,则无罪。对于触摸等情况,应如在地面水罐处所说明的方法来加以理解判定。不过此处有一差别:在那里是挖地拖拽,在此处则是陷入泥中。如此,所在范围的界定有六种方式。显示巴利原文
98. Udakaṭṭhe – udake nikkhittaṃ hotīti rājabhayādibhītehi udakena avinassanadhammesu tambalohabhājanādīsu suppaṭicchannaṃ katvā pokkharaṇīādīsu asandanake udake nikkhittaṃ. Tassa patiṭṭhitokāsoyeva ṭhānaṃ, na sabbaṃ udakaṃ. Gacchati vā āpatti dukkaṭassāti agambhīre udake padasā gacchantassa padavāre padavāre dukkaṭaṃ. Gambhīre hatthehi vā pādehi vā payogaṃ karontassa hatthavārehi vā padavārehi vā payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Eseva nayo kumbhigahaṇatthaṃ nimujjanummujjanesu. Sace pana antarā kiñci udakasappaṃ vā vāḷamacchaṃ vā disvā bhīto palāyati, anāpatti. Āmasanādīsu bhūmigatāya kumbhiyā vuttanayeneva vinicchayo veditabbo . Ayaṃ pana viseso – tattha bhūmiṃ khaṇitvā kaḍḍhati, idha kaddame osāreti. Evaṃ chahākārehi ṭhānaparicchedo hoti.
在青莲花等花中,若某朵花中装满了物品,当该花朵被切断时,即犯波罗夷罪。在此,对于青莲花类,只要任何一侧的纤维尚未被切断,就仍受保护。对于红莲花类,若花茎被切断,即使内部纤维未断,也不再受保护。若有物主砍下并放置的青莲花等,在装满物品的那朵花被拔起时,即犯波罗夷罪。若有捆成手束的花,在装满物品的那一束被拔起时,即犯波罗夷罪。若捆成担的花,以六种方式中的任何一种使其离开所在之处,则如同在地面水罐处所说的方法,犯波罗夷罪。若有长茎的青莲花等,以花或茎编成花鬘,铺草于水面的绳索上而放置或系缚,对于这些,应知所在移动的界定有六种方式:纵向以花顶端和茎末端为界,横向以周边为界,下方以安立之处为界,上方以覆盖于其上的物体背面为界。显示巴利原文
Uppalādīsu yasmiṃ pupphe vatthuṃ pūreti, tasmiṃ chinnamatte pārājikaṃ. Uppalajātikānañcettha yāva ekasmimpi passe vāko na chijjati, tāva rakkhati. Padumajātikānaṃ pana daṇḍe chinne abbhantare suttaṃ acchinnampi na rakkhati. Sāmikehi chinditvā ṭhapitāni uppalādīni honti, yaṃ vatthuṃ pūreti, tasmiṃ uddhaṭe pārājikaṃ. Hatthakabaddhāni honti, yasmiṃ hatthake vatthu pūrati, tasmiṃ uddhaṭe pārājikaṃ. Bhārabaddhāni honti, taṃ bhāraṃ channaṃ ākārānaṃ yena kenaci ākārena ṭhānā cāventassa bhūmaṭṭhakumbhiyaṃ vuttanayena pārājikaṃ. Dīghanāḷāni uppalādīni honti, pupphesu vā nāḷesu vā veṇiṃ katvā udakapiṭṭhe rajjukesu tiṇāni santharitvā ṭhapenti vā bandhanti vā, tesaṃ dīghato pupphaggena ca nāḷantena ca tiriyaṃ pariyantehi heṭṭhā patiṭṭhitokāsena uddhaṃ upari ṭhitassa piṭṭhiyāti chahākārehi ṭhānā cāvanaparicchedo veditabbo.
若有人摇动水面,令放置于水面的花束产生波浪,哪怕仅令其从原处移动毛发许,即犯波罗夷。然而,若他心想“我将在此处捉取它”,则在此之前仍受保护;一旦花到达所缘处而取出时,即犯波罗夷。对于完全高出水面的花,整个水域皆为其处所;若将其连茎拔起并垂直向上取出,当茎末端超出水面毛发许时,即犯波罗夷。若抓住花、将其拨开后拖拽而拔起,则水域并非其处所,在拔起之际即犯波罗夷。将捆成束的花系缚后放置于水中某处、树上或灌木上,若不先解开系缚而将其移来移去,犯偷兰遮;系缚刚一解开,即犯波罗夷。先解开系缚,然后再拿走——关于此处的处所范围界定有六种方式,这两点在《大义释》等中有说。对于想连同莲株一起取走莲池中的花的人,应根据花茎和叶茎所接触的水域,来理解上方及横向的处所范围。然而,若他不拔起莲株,而将花或叶拉向自己,犯偷兰遮;在拔起之际,即犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Yopi udakapiṭṭhiyaṃ ṭhapitapupphakalāpaṃ udakaṃ cāletvā vīciṃ uṭṭhāpetvā kesaggamattampi yathāṭhitaṭṭhānato cāveti, pārājikaṃ. Atha pana parikappeti ‘‘ettha gataṃ gahessāmī’’ti, rakkhati tāva; gataṭṭhāne pana uddharato pārājikaṃ. Udakato accuggatassa pupphassa sakalamudakaṃ ṭhānaṃ, taṃ uppāṭetvā ujukaṃ uddharantassa nāḷante kesaggamattaṃ udakato atikkante pārājikaṃ. Pupphe gahetvā apanāmetvā ākaḍḍhanto uppāṭeti, na udakaṃ ṭhānaṃ, uppāṭitamatte pārājikaṃ. Kalāpabaddhāni pupphāni udakaṭṭhāne vā rukkhe vā gacche vā bandhitvā ṭhapenti, bandhanaṃ amocetvā ito cito ca karontassa thullaccayaṃ, bandhane muttamatte pārājikaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ bandhanaṃ mocetvā pacchā harati, ettha chahākārehi ṭhānaparicchedoti idaṃ ubhayaṃ mahāpaccariyādīsu vuttaṃ. Paduminiyaṃ pupphāni saha paduminiṃyā gaṇhitukāmassa pupphanāḷehi ca pattanāḷehi ca phuṭṭhaudakavasena uddhañceva tiriyañca ṭhānaparicchedo veditabbo. Taṃ panassa paduminiṃ anuppāṭetvā pupphāni vā pattāni vā attano abhimukhaṃ ākaḍḍhantassa thullaccayaṃ. Uppāṭitamatte pārājikaṃ.
在花叶柄处,即使未令其离开原位,若先拔起莲花丛,犯偷兰遮。之后若令花叶柄离位,则犯波罗夷。然而,对于已被拔起的莲花丛,若采摘其花,则需估量物品价值后再作处置。对于放置在外、堆集成束、捆扎成把、打包成担的花,也是同样的道理。若拔起足以构成一物的藕或藕茎,犯波罗夷。此处以泥中所触及的空间来界定处所。若拔起它们时,即使细根未断,仍属受保护。藕节上长出的叶或花,亦受保护,此说见于《大注》。然而,藕节上的刺,犹如青春期者面上的粉刺,因其不长,故不保护。其余与青莲花等所述的方法相同。显示巴利原文
Pupphapattanāḷe ṭhānato acāvetvāpi paṭhamaṃ paduminiṃ uppāṭentassa thullaccayaṃ. Pacchā pupphapattanāḷesu ṭhānā cāvitesu pārājikaṃ. Uppāṭitāya paduminiyā pupphaṃ gaṇhanto pana bhaṇḍaṃ agghāpetvā kāretabbo. Bahi ṭhapite rāsikatakalāpabaddhabhārabaddhapupphepi eseva nayo. Bhisaṃ vā muḷālaṃ vā yena vatthu pūrati, taṃ uppāṭentassa pārājikaṃ. Kaddame phuṭṭhokāsavasena cettha ṭhānaṃ paricchinditabbaṃ. Tāni uppāṭentassa sukhumampi mūlaṃ acchinnaṃ hoti, rakkhati tāva. Bhisapabbe jātaṃ pattaṃ vā pupphaṃ vā hoti, tampi rakkhatīti mahāaṭṭhakathāyameva vuttaṃ. Bhisagaṇṭhimhi pana kaṇṭako hoti yobbanappattānaṃ mukhapiḷakā viya, ayaṃ adīghattā na rakkhati. Sesaṃ uppalādīsu vuttanayameva.
对于有主的鱼、龟等,在池塘等处,整个水域皆为其处所。因此,若有人在养护处用钓钩、渔网、鱼笼或手捕捉有主的鱼,当那条鱼足以构成一物时,只要它被从水中提起毛发许,即犯波罗夷。有些鱼在被捕捉时四处逃窜,或跃向空中,或落于岸上;捕捉停在空中或落于岸上的鱼,同样犯波罗夷。对于外出觅食而爬至陆地的龟,捕捉时亦同此理。然而,若将水栖生物带离水面而捉取,即犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Macchakacchapānaṃ sassāmikānaṃ vāpiādīsu sakalamudakaṃ ṭhānaṃ. Tasmā yo paṭijagganaṭṭhāne sassāmikaṃ macchaṃ baḷisena vā jālena vā kumanena vā hatthena vā gaṇhāti, tassa yena macchena vatthu pūrati, tasmiṃ kesaggamattampi udakato uddhaṭamatte pārājikaṃ. Koci maccho gayhamāno ito cito ca dhāvati, ākāsaṃ vā uppatati, tīre vā patati, ākāse vā ṭhitaṃ tīre vā patitaṃ gaṇhatopi pārājikameva. Kacchapampi bahi gocaratthaṃ gataṃ gaṇhato eseva nayo. Udakaṭṭhaṃ pana udakā mocayato pārājikaṃ.
然而,于诸地区,人们依靠大湖的排水管,挖掘一条共用的、类似小河的引水渠。尔后引出小支渠,并在支渠末端各自挖掘自用的水坑。当他们需用水时,便疏通水坑、小支渠与引水渠,打开排水管。于是,鱼便随水流出,依次进入水坑并栖息其中。对于湖中与引水渠中的鱼,人们捕捉时并不遮止。但对于进入各自小支渠和水坑的鱼,则不允许捕捉,予以遮止;若有人在湖中、排水管或引水渠中捕鱼,不应按不与取处置。然而,若捕捉进入小支渠或水坑的鱼,则应依所取物品的价值处置。如果被捉的鱼从那里跃向空中,或落在岸上,捕捉停在空中或岸上、已脱离水中的鱼,不构成不与取。何以故?因为其主人仅对停留在自己执受处所的鱼拥有所有权。那里有这样的约定。对于龟,也是同样的道理。显示巴利原文
Tesu tesu pana janapadesu sabbasādhāraṇassa mahātaḷākassa niddhamanatumbaṃ nissāya sabbasādhāraṇameva kunnadīsadisaṃ udakavāhakaṃ khaṇanti. Tato khuddakamātikāyo nīharitvā mātikākoṭiyaṃ attano attano vaḷañjanatthāya āvāṭe khaṇanti. Tesaṃ pana yadā udakena attho hoti, tadā āvāṭe khuddakamātikāyo udakavāhakañca sodhetvā niddhamanatumbaṃ ugghāṭenti. Tato udakena saddhiṃ macchā nikkhamitvā anupubbena āvāṭe patvā vasanti. Tattha taḷāke ca udakavāhakesu ca macche gaṇhante na vārenti. Khuddakāsu pana attano attano mātikāsu udakaāvāṭesu ca paviṭṭhamacche gaṇhituṃ na denti, vārenti; tattha yo taḷāke vā niddhamanatumbe vā udakavāhake vā macche gaṇhāti, avahārena so na kāretabbo. Khuddakamātikāsu pana āvāṭesu vā paviṭṭhaṃ gaṇhanto gahitassa agghavasena kāretabbo. Sace tato gayhamāno maccho ākāse vā uppatati, tīre vā patati, taṃ ākāsaṭṭhaṃ vā tīraṭṭhaṃ vā udakavinimuttaṃ gaṇhato avahāro natthi. Kasmā? Yasmā attano pariggahaṭṭhāne ṭhitasseva te sāmikā. Evarūpā hi tattha katikā. Kacchapepi eseva nayo.
然而,若被捕捉的鱼从水坑爬上小支渠,在那里捕捉它,仍构成不与取。但若鱼从小支渠爬上引水渠,继而再爬上湖,捕捉它则不构成不与取。若有人从水坑用饭粒引诱鱼,使其爬上支渠后捕捉,即构成不与取。但若从那里引诱鱼,使其爬上引水渠后捕捉,则不构成不与取。有些人从某处共有水域将鱼带来,投入后方自己挖掘的水坑中饲养,每日宰杀两三条作为额外的菜肴。对于这样的鱼,无论它在水中、空中或岸上,于任何处捕捉,都构成不与取。对于龟,也是同样的道理。显示巴利原文
Sace pana maccho gayhamāno āvāṭato khuddakamātikaṃ āruhati, tattha naṃ gaṇhatopi avahāroyeva. Khuddakamātikāto pana udakavāhakaṃ, tato ca taḷākaṃ ārūḷhaṃ gaṇhato avahāro natthi. Yo āvāṭato bhattasitthehi palobhetvā mātikaṃ āropetvā gaṇhāti, avahārova. Tato pana palobhetvā udakavāhakaṃ āropetvā gaṇhantassa avahāro natthi. Keci pana kutocideva sabbasādhāraṇaṭṭhānato macche ānetvā pacchimavatthubhāge udakāvāṭe khipitvā posetvā divase divase dve tīṇi uttaribhaṅgatthāya mārenti. Evarūpaṃ macchaṃ udake vā ākāse vā tīre vā yattha katthaci ṭhitaṃ gaṇhato avahāro eva. Kacchapepi eseva nayo.
旱季时,河流断流,水积存在某些低洼处。人们为了捕鱼,投入醉鱼果毒等后离去。鱼吞食这些毒物而死,翻着肚子漂浮在水面上。若有人去到那里,心想『趁主人还未到,我要把这些鱼捉走』而捕捉,应按价值处置。若以粪扫衣想而取,则不构成不与取;但若让人拿来,则应偿付物品之价。投放鱼毒后离去的人们,会带着容器回来,装满鱼后离去。只要他们还怀有『我们还会再来』的顾念,那些鱼便是有主的。然而,当他们毫无顾念地离去,心想『我们够了』,从那时起,以盗心捕捉者犯恶作。以粪扫衣想取者无罪。正如对鱼和龟的辨别,对一切水生生物也应如此了知辨别。显示巴利原文
Nidāghakāle pana nadiyā sote pacchinne katthaci ninnaṭṭhāne udakaṃ tiṭṭhati, tattha manussā macchānaṃ vināsāya madanaphalavasādīni pakkhipitvā gacchanti, macchā tāni khādantā maritvā uttānā udake plavantā tiṭṭhanti. Yo tattha gantvā ‘‘yāva sāmikā nāgacchanti, tāvime macche gaṇhissāmī’’ti gaṇhāti, agghavasena kāretabbo. Paṃsukūlasaññāya gaṇhato avahāro natthi, āharāpente pana bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Macchavisaṃ pakkhipitvā gatamanussā bhājanāni āharitvā pūretvā gacchanti, yāva ‘‘punapi āgacchissāmā’’ti sālayā honti, tāva te sassāmikamacchāva. Yadā pana te ‘‘alaṃ amhāka’’nti nirālayā pakkamanti, tato paṭṭhāya theyyacittena gaṇhantassa dukkaṭaṃ. Paṃsukūlasaññissa anāpatti. Yathā ca macchakacchapesu, evaṃ sabbāyapi odakajātiyā vinicchayo veditabboti.
99 第九十九·船处。先说明船的定义:“所谓船,即用以渡水者。”因此,此处乃至染布槽、竹筏,也应知为“船”。然而在结界时,固定的船——或凿掘而成,或以木板钉合——最低限度须能运载三人方可。但在此处,即使只能运载一人,也称为“船”。置于船中者,指任何与根相连或不与根相连之物;其不与取的特征,应如陆地物中所说的方法了知。至于“我将偷船”等,其中第二次的寻访、前往、触摸、动摇,皆如前说。关于“解开系缚”:在此,若船于系缚解开时不会离开原位,则在系缚未解时犯恶作;一旦解开,则犯偷兰遮乃至波罗夷,后文将予以阐明。其余如前说。此为义注。显示巴利原文
99. Nāvaṭṭhe – paṭhamaṃ tāva nāvaṃ dassento ‘‘nāvā nāma yāya taratī’’ti āha. Tasmā idha antamaso rajanadoṇikāpi veṇukalāpakopi ‘‘nāvā’’tveva veditabbo. Sīmāsammannane pana dhuvanāvā anto khaṇitvā vā phalakehi bandhitvā vā katā sabbantimena paricchedena tiṇṇaṃ vāhanikā eva vaṭṭati. Idha pana ekassapi vāhanikā ‘‘nāvā’’ tveva vuccati. Nāvāya nikkhittanti yaṃkiñci indriyabaddhaṃ vā anindriyabaddhaṃ vā; tassa avahāralakkhaṇaṃ thalaṭṭhe vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Nāvaṃ avaharissāmītiādimhi ca dutiyapariyesanagamanaāmasanaphandāpanāni vuttanayāneva. Bandhanaṃ mocetīti ettha pana yā bandhane muttamatte ṭhānā na cavati, tassā bandhanaṃ yāva na muttaṃ hoti, tāva dukkaṭaṃ. Mutte pana thullaccayampi pārājikampi hoti, taṃ parato āvi bhavissati. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva. Ayaṃ tāva pāḷivaṇṇanā.
然而,此处为圣典之外的判释:在急流中系缚而停放的船,只有系缚处这一个位置;当船从该处被解开时,即犯波罗夷。此中理趣如前所述。所谓“漂失之船”,它漂流并停泊在哪片水域,那片水域就是它的位置。因此,若有人将船向上抬起,或向下沉没,或向四方移动,以至超出所触的范围,即犯波罗夷。在静水中,对于未系缚、随自性停泊的船,若有人向前、向后、向左或向右拖拽,当船的一端超出先前所触的范围,而另一端仍在水里停泊时,即犯波罗夷。当船向上被从水中抬起哪怕发梢许,下方船底所触的范围,当其超出边缘时,即犯波罗夷。对于系缚在岸边、停放在静水中的船,则有系缚处与停泊处两个位置。若先解开系缚,犯偷兰遮;之后再以六种方式中的任何一种使其离开位置,犯波罗夷。若先使其离开位置,之后再解开系缚,也依此理。对于拖上岸后翻转朝上放置的船,所触的范围就是其位置。应知以五种方式来确定其位置的范围。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ panettha pāḷimuttakavinicchayo – caṇḍasote bandhitvā ṭhapitanāvāya ekaṃ ṭhānaṃ bandhanameva , tasmiṃ muttamatte pārājikaṃ. Tattha yutti pubbe vuttā eva. Vippanaṭṭhā nāvā pana yaṃ yaṃ udakappadesaṃ pharitvā ṭhitā hoti, svāssā ṭhānaṃ. Tasmā taṃ uddhaṃ vā uccārentassa, adho vā opilāpentassa, catūsu vā disāsu phuṭṭhokāsaṃ atikkāmentassa atikkantamatte pārājikaṃ. Niccale udake abandhanaṃ attano dhammatāya ṭhitanāvaṃ purato vā pacchato vā vāmadakkhiṇapassato vā kaḍḍhantassa ekenantena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ aparena udake patiṭṭhitantena atikkantamatte pārājikaṃ. Uddhaṃ kesaggamattaṃ udakato mocite adho nāvātalena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ mukhavaṭṭiṃ atikkantamatte pārājikaṃ. Tīre bandhitvā niccale udake ṭhapitanāvāya bandhanañca ṭhitokāso cāti dve ṭhānāni. Taṃ paṭhamaṃ bandhanā moceti, thullaccayaṃ. Pacchā channaṃ ākārānaṃ aññatarena ṭhānā cāveti, pārājikaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ ṭhānā cāvetvā pacchā bandhanamocanepi eseva nayo. Thale ussādetvā ukkujjitvā ṭhapitanāvāya phuṭṭhokāsova ṭhānaṃ. Tassā pañcahākārehi ṭhānaparicchedo veditabbo.
然而,对于翻转朝下放置的船,其边缘所触的范围就是位置。对于此船,也应以五种方式了知位置的范围后,当从任何一处将所触的范围向上超出哪怕发梢许时,应知即犯波罗夷。对于在陆地上拖上岸后,放置在两根木垫块上的船,木垫块所触的范围就是位置。因此,在此处,应如所述的方法,如同对待铺开绑在床脚顶端的布,以及挂在象牙桩上的枪矛一般,来理解其判释。显示巴利原文
Nikkujjitvā ṭhapitanāvāya pana mukhavaṭṭiyā phuṭṭhokāsova ṭhānaṃ, tassāpi pañcahākārehi ṭhānaparicchedaṃ ñatvā yato kutoci phuṭṭhokāsaṃ uddhañca kesaggamattaṃ atikkantamatte pārājikaṃ veditabbaṃ. Thale pana ussādetvā dvinnaṃ dārughaṭikānaṃ upari ṭhapitanāvāya dārughaṭikānaṃ phuṭṭhokāsoyeva ṭhānaṃ, tasmā tattha mañcapādamatthakesuyeva patthaṭabaddhasāṭake nāgadantesu ṭhapitabhindivāle ca vuttanayena vinicchayo veditabbo.
然而,对于用绳索系缚的船,若不解开那六十或七十寻长的绳索而拖拽,显示巴利原文
Yottabaddhāya pana nāvāya saṭṭhisattatibyāmappamāṇaṃ yottaṃ amocetvāva ākaḍḍhitvā
将船拖至陆地,连绳索一起停放在地上,此处的“处所”并非仅指船体所触的范围。应知:从绳索末端起,直至船在陆地上固定处的最后边缘为止,此为纵向长度;横向则依船与绳索在陆地上固定处的边际为范围,此即为“处所”。倘若有人纵向或横向拖拽,当一端已超离原触之地,而另一端尚在陆地固定处时,或将船连同绳索哪怕是向上提离地面发梢许,即犯波罗夷。然而,若有人登上停泊于渡口的船,以盗心用桨或篙将船撑离,犯波罗夷。若是他撑开伞,或以脚踏、手提起衣袍作帆招风,而船为强风所带走,此船为风所移,则此人不犯偷盗。此虽有行为,却非令船移离本处之行为。但是如果在他这样做的时候,船在行进中,他却中断其自然行程,将船带往别处,则犯波罗夷。若船自行抵达某村落渡口时,他尚未使船移离本处便将其卖出而后离去,则不犯偷盗,但应照价赔偿所取之物。显示巴利原文
Pathavilaggaṃ katvā saha yottena thale ṭhapitāya nāvāya na phuṭṭhokāsamattameva ṭhānaṃ. Atha kho yottakoṭito paṭṭhāya yāva nāvāya pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhitokāsassa pacchimanto tāva dīghato, tiriyaṃ pana nāvāya ca yottassa ca pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhitapariyantappamāṇaṃ ṭhānanti veditabbaṃ. Taṃ dīghato vā tiriyato vā kaḍḍhantassa ekenantena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ aparena pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhitantena atikkantamatte, uddhaṃ kesaggamattaṃ saha yottena pathavito mocite pārājikaṃ. Yo pana titthe ṭhitanāvaṃ āruhitvā theyyacitto arittena vā phiyena vā pājeti, pārājikaṃ. Sace pana chattaṃ vā paṇāmetvā cīvaraṃ vā pādehi akkamitvā hatthehi ukkhipitvā laṅkārasadisaṃ katvā vātaṃ gaṇhāpeti, balavā ca vāto āgamma nāvaṃ harati, vāteneva sā haṭā hoti; puggalassa natthi avahāro. Payogo atthi, so pana ṭhānā cāvanapayogo na hoti. Yadi pana taṃ nāvaṃ evaṃ gacchantiṃ pakatigamanaṃ upacchinditvā aññaṃ disābhāgaṃ neti, pārājikaṃ. Sayameva yaṃkiñci gāmatitthaṃ sampattaṃ ṭhānā acāventova vikkiṇitvā gacchati, neva atthi avahāro. Bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ pana hotīti.
100 100. 在车乘的部分——为说明车乘,先说:“所谓车乘,即轿子”等。其中,上方覆有类似亭阁的木板遮棚,或以布幔完全遮盖而成者,名为轿子。两侧安装金、银等材质的椽条,仿金翅鸟翼之形制成者,名为敞篷车。战车与货车则显而易见。于这些车乘中,无论所载为有生命的或是无生命的货物,但凡以堆叠等方式放置者,若有人以盗心令其移离本处,应知如同在船和陆地部分所述之法一样,犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
100. Yānaṭṭhe – yānaṃ tāva dassento ‘‘yānaṃ nāma vayha’’ntiādimāha. Tattha upari maṇḍapasadisaṃ padaracchannaṃ sabbapaliguṇṭhimaṃ vā chādetvā kataṃ vayhaṃ. Ubhosu passesu suvaṇṇarajatādimayā gopānasiyo datvā garuḷapakkhakanayena katā sandamānikā. Ratho ca sakaṭañca pākaṭameva. Tesu yattha katthaci saviññāṇakaṃ vā aviññāṇakaṃ vā rāsiādivasena ṭhapitaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ theyyacittena ṭhānā cāventassa nāvaṭṭhe ca thalaṭṭhe ca vuttanayeneva pārājikaṃ veditabbaṃ.
然而,此处略有差别——对于车乘上所载的米等货物,若有人以容器盗取,即使容器尚未被提起,只要破坏了米等货物的整体状态,即犯波罗夷。在陆地等情况中,此理趣同样适用。于“我将偷盗车乘”等情形中,第二次寻找等环节,如前所述。在“使其移离本处”这方面,对于双牛所驾之车,两头牛的八只脚与两个车轮,合为十个位置。若有人以盗心坐于车辕上驱赶牛只,当牛的脚抬起时,犯偷兰遮;而当车轮超出触地范围哪怕发梢许时,即犯波罗夷。然而,若牛心里知道‘此人不是我们的主人’,便甩脱车轭,或站立不动,或在被拖拽中挣扎,此时,车乘仍受保护。若复将牛调理正直,套上车轭,牢牢系紧,以刺棒刺打驱赶,如前所述:当其脚抬起时,犯偷兰遮;当车轮超出时,犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana viseso – yānaṭṭhaṃ taṇḍulādibhaṇḍaṃ piṭakena gaṇhato piṭake anukkhittepi piṭakaṃ apaharitvā taṇḍulādīnaṃ ekābaddhabhāve vikopite pārājikaṃ. Thalaṭṭhādīsupi ayaṃ nayo labbhati. Yānaṃ avaharissāmītiādimhi dutiyapariyesanādīni vuttanayāneva. Ṭhānā cāvetīti ettha pana dukayuttassa yānassa dvinnaṃ goṇānaṃ aṭṭha pādā, dve ca cakkānīti dasa ṭhānāni. Taṃ theyyacittassa dhure nisīditvā pājayato goṇānaṃ pāduddhāre thullaccayaṃ. Cakkānaṃ pana pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhitappadesato kesaggamatte atikkante pārājikaṃ. Sace pana goṇā ‘‘nāyaṃ amhākaṃ sāmiko’’ti ñatvā dhuraṃ chaḍḍetvā ākaḍḍhantā tiṭṭhanti vā phandanti vā, rakkhati tāva. Goṇe puna ujukaṃ paṭipādetvā dhuraṃ āropetvā daḷhaṃ yojetvā pācanena vijjhitvā pājentassa vuttanayeneva tesaṃ pāduddhāre thullaccayaṃ. Cakkātikkame pārājikaṃ.
即便是在泥泞的路上,一个车轮陷入泥中,另一车轮被牛拉着转动前行,由于一个车轮尚停驻,此时还不构成偷盗。然而,若将牛重新调直后驱赶,当停驻的车轮超出所触处哪怕发尖许,即犯波罗夷。四牛所驾之车,有十八个位置;八牛所驾之车,有三十四个位置——应以此方法了知各驾车的种种位置差别。显示巴利原文
Sacepi sakaddame magge ekaṃ cakkaṃ kaddame laggaṃ hoti, dutiyaṃ cakkaṃ goṇā parivattentā pavattenti, ekassa ṭhitattā na tāva avahāro hoti . Goṇe pana puna ujukaṃ paṭipādetvā pājentassa ṭhitacakke kesaggamattaṃ phuṭṭhokāsaṃ atikkante pārājikaṃ. Catuyuttakassa pana aṭṭhārasa ṭhānāni, aṭṭhayuttakassa catuttiṃsāti – etenupāyena yuttayānassa ṭhānabhedo veditabbo.
然而,若在轭处不当地仅以一根从后方及两根支撑柱加以支撑而安放,则依三根支撑柱及轮子而有五个支点。若轭处的支撑柱下部经过加工处理,则有六个支点。若后方无支撑,仅靠轭处支撑者,依支撑柱则有三或四个支点。依托轭而置于木板或木块之上者,有三个支点。置于地面者亦然。若拖拽或抬起该轭,使其前后支点移动者,为粗罪。轮子所立之处若移动超过一发尖,则为波罗夷。卸下轮子,以两轴端置于木头上者,有两个支点。若拖拽或抬起它而使其越过所触处,则为波罗夷。置于地面者,依轭及四根轴柱而立,有五个支点。抓住轭拖拽时,若轴柱的后端越过前端,则为波罗夷。抓住轴柱拖拽时,若轴柱的前端越过后端,则为波罗夷。抓住侧面拖拽时,仅因轴柱横向越过所立之处,即为波罗夷。抓住中间抬起时,只要离开地面一发尖,即为波罗夷。再者,若无轴柱桩,而是将臂部做成平齐,于中间穿孔,将轴端插入,则该轮以下面整个平面触地而住。于此,应知因在四方及上方越过所触处而犯波罗夷。轮子以轮毂置于地面者,唯有一个支点,其界限有五种方式。以轮辋侧面及轮毂触地而住者……显示巴利原文
Yaṃ pana ayuttakaṃ dhure ekāya pacchato ca dvīhi upatthambhinīhi upatthambhetvā ṭhapitaṃ, tassa tiṇṇaṃ upatthambhinīnaṃ cakkānañca vasena pañca ṭhānāni. Sace dhure upatthambhinī heṭṭhābhāge kappakatā hoti, cha ṭhānāni. Pacchato pana anupatthambhetvā dhure upatthambhitasseva upatthambhinīvasena tīṇi vā cattāri vā ṭhānāni. Dhurena phalakassa vā dārukassa vā upari ṭhapitassa tīṇi ṭhānāni. Tathā pathaviyaṃ ṭhapitassa. Taṃ dhuraṃkaḍḍhitvā vā ukkhipitvā vā purato ca pacchato ca ṭhānā cāventassa thullaccayaṃ. Cakkānaṃ patiṭṭhitaṭṭhāne kesaggamattaṃ atikkante pārājikaṃ. Cakkāni apanetvā dvīhi akkhasīsehi dārūnaṃ upari ṭhapitassa dve ṭhānāni. Taṃ kaḍḍhanto vā ukkhipanto vā phuṭṭhokāsaṃ atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. Bhūmiyaṃ ṭhapitassa dhurena ca catūhi ca akkhuddhīhi patiṭṭhitavasena pañca ṭhānāni. Taṃ dhure gahetvā kaḍḍhato uddhīnaṃ pacchimantehi purimante atikkante pārājikaṃ. Uddhīsu gahetvā kaḍḍhato uddhīnaṃ purimantehi pacchimante atikkante pārājikaṃ. Passe gahetvā kaḍḍhato uddhīnaṃyeva tiriyaṃ patiṭṭhitaṭṭhānassa atikkamena pārājikaṃ. Majjhe gahetvā ukkhipato kesaggamattaṃ pathavito mutte pārājikaṃ. Atha uddhikhāṇukā na honti, samameva bāhaṃ katvā majjhe vijjhitvā akkhasīsāni pavesitāni honti, taṃ heṭṭhimatalassa samantā sabbaṃ pathaviṃ phusitvā tiṭṭhati. Tattha catūsu disāsu uddhañca phuṭṭhaṭṭhānātikkamavasena pārājikaṃ veditabbaṃ. Bhūmiyaṃ nābhiyā ṭhapitacakkassa ekameva ṭhānaṃ, tassa pañcahākārehi paricchedo. Nemipassena ca nābhiyā ca phusitvā ṭhitassa dve ṭhānāni. Nemiyā uṭṭhitabhāgaṃ pādena akkamitvā bhūmiyaṃ phusāpetvā aresu vā nemiyā vā gahetvā ukkhipantassa attanā kataṭṭhānaṃ ṭhānaṃ na hoti, tasmā tasmiṃ ṭhitepi avasesaṭṭhāne atikkantamatte pārājikaṃ.
依靠墙壁放置的轮子也有两个支点。于此,先使其离开墙壁者,为粗罪;后再使其离开地面哪怕一发尖,则为波罗夷。然而,若先使其离开地面,而依靠墙壁的支点并未动摇,则同理。若抓住辐条向下拖拽,使得触墙而住之处的上缘越过下缘,则为波罗夷。行路中的车辆,车主因事下车离开道路,此时另一比丘迎面而来,见无人看护,心想‘我要偷车’而登车,若其尚未作任何努力,牛已自行走开,则无偷盗。其余与船中所说相似。显示巴利原文
Bhittiṃ nissāya ṭhapitacakkassāpi dve ṭhānāni. Tattha paṭhamaṃ bhittito mocentassa thullaccayaṃ. Pacchā pathavito kesaggamattuddhāre pārājikaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ bhūmito mocentassa pana sace bhittiyaṃ patiṭṭhitaṭṭhānaṃ na kuppati, eseva nayo. Atha aresu gahetvā heṭṭhā kaḍḍhantassa bhittiṃ phusitvā ṭhitokāsassa uparimo anto heṭṭhimaṃ atikkamati, pārājikaṃ. Maggappaṭipanne yāne yānasāmiko kenacideva karaṇīyena orohitvā maggā okkanto hoti, athañño bhikkhu paṭipathaṃ āgacchanto ārakkhasuññaṃ passitvā, ‘‘yānaṃ avaharissāmī’’ti ārohati, tassa payogaṃ vināyeva goṇā gahetvā pakkantā, avahāro natthi. Sesaṃ nāvāyaṃ vuttasadisanti.
负荷的注释显示巴利原文
Bhāraṭṭhakathā
101 此后,即是‘负担’本身。它依头负担等而被示为四种。其中,为了对头负担等不起混淆,应了知头等的界限。于此,先说头的下界:前喉处为喉窝,后颈处有些人有发旋,有些人头发向后颈两侧向下生长,称为耳鬓。耳鬓以下为下界,以上为头。处于此范围内的负担,名为头负担。显示巴利原文
101. Ito paraṃ bhāroyeva bhāraṭṭhaṃ. So sīsabhārādivasena catudhā dassito. Tattha sīsabhārādīsu asammohatthaṃ sīsādīnaṃ paricchedo veditabbo. Tattha sīsassa tāva purimagale galavāṭako, piṭṭhigale kesañci kesante āvaṭṭo hoti, galasseva ubhosu passesu kesañci kesā oruyha jāyanti, ye kaṇṇacūḷikāti vuccanti, tesaṃ adhobhāgo cāti ayaṃ heṭṭhimaparicchedo, tato upari sīsaṃ. Etthantare ṭhitabhāro sīsabhāro nāma.
于身体两侧,从耳鬓以下、肘以上;从后颈发旋与喉窝以下,从后背中脊与胸间心窝以上——此为肩。处于此范围内的负担,名为肩负担。显示巴利原文
Ubhosu passesu kaṇṇacūḷikāhi paṭṭhāya heṭṭhā, kapparehi paṭṭhāya upari, piṭṭhigalāvattato ca galavāṭakato ca paṭṭhāya heṭṭhā, piṭṭhivemajjhāvattato ca uraparicchedamajjhe hadayaāvāṭato ca paṭṭhāya upari khandho. Etthantare ṭhitabhāro khandhabhāro nāma.
从后背中脊与心窝以下,直至脚趾尖,此为腰的范围。遍在于全身、处于此范围内的负担,名为腰负担。显示巴利原文
Piṭṭhivemajjhāvattato pana hadayaāvāṭato ca paṭṭhāya heṭṭhā yāva pādanakhasikhā, ayaṃ kaṭiparicchedo. Etthantare samantato sarīre ṭhitabhāro kaṭibhāro nāma.
从肘部以下直至指尖,这一范围为悬挂物的界限。住于此界限内的负担,称为“悬挂负担”。显示巴利原文
Kapparato paṭṭhāya pana heṭṭhā yāva hatthanakhasikhā, ayaṃ olambakaparicchedo. Etthantare ṭhitabhāro olambako nāma.
现在,关于“头负担”等,有如下前所未见的判定:若比丘未经物主吩咐“拿此物去那里”,而自己心想“把这个给我,我来替你们搬货”,便以头顶着他们的货物行走,当以盗心触碰该货物时,即犯恶作。仅在上述头界限内来回移挪或退返,而未越过界限,则犯粗罪。一旦将货物从肩上卸下,即使物主心想“让他搬吧”,也因未经他们吩咐而构成波罗夷。然而,即使未卸下肩,只要令货物离开头界哪怕一发尖的距离,亦为波罗夷。至于双负担——一个在头上,一个在背上,应依两处支点来作判定。不过,此处的教示仅就头负担等而展开。凡在头负担中所说的判定,于肩负担等中也同样适用。显示巴利原文
Idāni sīse bhārantiādīsu ayaṃ apubbavinicchayo – yo bhikkhu ‘‘idaṃ gahetvā ettha yāhī’’ti sāmikehi anāṇatto sayameva ‘‘mayhaṃ idaṃ nāma detha, ahaṃ vo bhaṇḍaṃ vahāmī’’ti tesaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ sīsena ādāya gacchanto theyyacittena taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ āmasati, dukkaṭaṃ. Yathāvuttasīsaparicchedaṃ anatikkāmentova ito cito ca ghaṃsanto sāretipi paccāsāretipi, thullaccayaṃ. Khandhaṃ oropitamatte kiñcāpi sāmikānaṃ ‘‘vahatū’’ti cittaṃ atthi, tehi pana anāṇattattā pārājikaṃ. Khandhaṃ pana anoropetvāpi sīsato kesaggamattaṃ mocentassa pārājikaṃ. Yamakabhārassa pana eko bhāro sīse patiṭṭhāti, eko piṭṭhiyaṃ, tattha dvinnaṃ ṭhānānaṃ vasena vinicchayo veditabbo. Ayaṃ pana suddhasīsabhārādīnaṃyeva vasena desanā āraddhā. Yo cāyaṃ sīsabhāre vutto, khandhabhārādīsupi ayameva vinicchayo.
『手中负担』者:于此,因为是用手执取,悬垂之物被称为『手中之负担』。显示巴利原文
Hatthebhāranti ettha pana hatthena gahitattā olambako ‘‘hatthe bhāro’’ti vutto.
无论它最初是从地面拿起,还是以清净心用头顶等运持,一概只算作“手负担”。若以盗心见到那样的放置处,而将其放在地上、路上等处,只要从手中脱离,即成波罗夷。关于“从地面拿起”:此处,若先前以清净心为早餐等缘故,将那些负担中的任何一种置于地上,随后又以盗心将其抬起,哪怕仅仅一发尖的高度,亦属波罗夷。显示巴利原文
So paṭhamaṃyeva bhūmito vā gahito hotu, suddhacittena sīsādīhi vā, ‘‘hatthe bhāro’’ tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati . Taṃ theyyacittena tādisaṃ gahanaṭṭhānaṃ disvā bhūmiyaṃ vā gacchādīsu vā nikkhipantassa hatthato muttamatte pārājikaṃ. Bhūmito gaṇhātīti ettha pana tesaṃ bhārānaṃ yaṃkiñci pātarāsādikāraṇā suddhacittena bhūmiyaṃ nikkhipitvā puna theyyacittena kesaggamattaṃ uddharantassa pārājikanti.
园苑义注释显示巴利原文
Ārāmaṭṭhakathā
102 关于园地——先说明园地:“所谓园地,即花圃、果园。”其中,种植雨季花等的为花圃;种植芒果等果实的为果园。对园地中由四种方式放置之物的判定,与在地面等处所述的方法相同。显示巴利原文
102. Ārāmaṭṭhepi – ārāmaṃ tāva dassento ‘‘ārāmo nāma pupphārāmo phalārāmo’’ti āha. Tesu vassikādīnaṃ pupphanako pupphārāmo. Ambaphalādīnaṃ phalanako phalārāmo. Ārāme catūhi ṭhānehi nikkhittassa vinicchayo bhūmaṭṭhādīsu vuttanayo eva.
在“彼处生起”中,所谓根——即如香根草、岩兰草等任何根,若拔取或拿取已被拔起的根,以此根令物品价值满足,则犯波罗夷。块茎亦包含于根之中。在此,拔取时若连少许也未断,则犯偷兰遮。其判定应依莲藕中所说的方法了知。所谓皮——即任何可作药用或染色的树皮;若剥取或拿取已被剥取的皮,依根中所说的方法犯波罗夷。所谓花——即如雨季花、茉莉花等任何花,若摘取或拿取已被摘取的花,依青莲花、红莲花中所说的方法犯波罗夷。因为花亦由未断的花梗或绑束所守护。然而,有些花梗内部有针状物,此不构成守护。所谓果——即如芒果、棕榈果等任何果,若从树上拿取,其判定已于“附着于树”的论述中说。若被移开而放置,则归入地面等处。显示巴利原文
Tatthajātake pana mūlanti usīrahiriverādikaṃ yaṃkiñci mūlaṃ, taṃ uppāṭetvā vā uppāṭitaṃ vā gaṇhantassa yena mūlena vatthu pūrati, tasmiṃ gahite pārājikaṃ. Kandopi mūleneva saṅgahito. Uppāṭentassa cettha appamattakepi acchinne thullaccayameva. Tattha vinicchayo bhise vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Tacanti bhesajjatthāya vā rajanatthāya vā upayogagamanūpagaṃ yaṃkiñci rukkhattacaṃ; taṃ uppāṭetvā vā uppāṭitaṃ vā gaṇhantassa mūle vuttanayena pārājikaṃ. Pupphanti vassikamallikādikaṃ yaṃkiñci pupphaṃ, taṃ ocinitvā vā ocinitaṃ vā gaṇhantassa uppalapadumesu vuttanayena pārājikaṃ. Pupphānampi hi vaṇṭaṃ vā bandhanaṃ vā acchinnaṃ rakkhati. Vaṇṭabbhantare pana kesañci sūcikā hoti, sā na rakkhati. Phalanti ambaphalatālaphalādikaṃ yaṃkiñci, taṃ rukkhato gaṇhantassa vinicchayo rukkhe laggitakathāyaṃ vutto. Apanetvā ṭhapitaṃ bhūmaṭṭhādisaṅgahitameva.
“侵占园地”:若谎称“这是我的”而侵占他人财物,因是不与取的加行,犯恶作。“令所有者生疑”:由于精通判定,或依仗强力、有靠山等,而令园主产生疑惑。如何产生呢?园主看见那人如此热衷于判定,便心想:“我能将此园地夺回吗?还是不能?”他因而生起疑惑。这疑惑既由那人所引生,因此犯偷兰遮。显示巴利原文
Ārāmaṃ abhiyuñjatīti parasantakaṃ ‘‘mama santako aya’’nti musā bhaṇitvā abhiyuñjati, adinnādānassa payogattā dukkaṭaṃ. Sāmikassa vimatiṃuppādetīti vinicchayakusalatāya balavanissitādibhāvena vā ārāmasāmikassa saṃsayaṃ janeti. Kathaṃ? Tañhi tathā vinicchayappasutaṃ disvā sāmiko cinteti – ‘‘sakkhissāmi nu kho ahaṃ imaṃ ārāmaṃ attano kātuṃ, na sakkhissāmi nu kho’’ti. Evaṃ tassa vimati uppajjamānā tena uppāditā hoti, tasmā thullaccayaṃ āpajjati.
“放下负担”:当物主心想“此人顽固粗暴,甚至可能障碍我的活命与梵行,我现在不再需要此园地了”而放下负担时,侵占者即犯波罗夷。若侵占者自己已放下负担,然而即使物主放下了负担,侵占者仍未放下负担,心里想着“我要好好逼迫他,显示我的权威,让他顺从之后再还给他”,对应当归还的状态仍怀有热忱,此时仍未犯波罗夷。若侵占者心想“我已经夺过来了,现在不再把他还给他”而放下负担,但物主尚未放下负担,还在寻求支援、等待时机,想着“我先找到有羞愧心的群众,然后再作打算”,对重新取回仍怀有热忱,此时仍未犯波罗夷。当侵占者心想“我不给”,物主也想“我得不到了”——如此双方都放下负担时,侵占者便犯波罗夷。若在侵占行为发生后进行裁决,在裁决尚未完成、物主尚未放下负担时,明知自己并非物主,却从该处拿取任何花果,则应按所取物品的价值加以处罚。显示巴利原文
Dhuraṃnikkhipatīti yadā pana sāmiko ‘‘ayaṃ thaddho kakkhaḷo jīvitabrahmacariyantarāyampi me kareyya, alaṃ dāni mayhaṃ iminā ārāmenā’’ti dhuraṃ nikkhipati, abhiyuñjako pārājikaṃ āpajjati. Sace sayampi katadhuranikkhepo hoti, atha ca pana sāmikena dhure nikkhittepi abhiyuñjako dhuraṃ anikkhipitvāva ‘‘imaṃ suṭṭhu pīḷetvā mama āṇāpavattiṃ dassetvā kiṅkārappaṭissāvibhāve naṃ ṭhapetvā dassāmī’’ti dātabbabhāve saussāho hoti, rakkhati tāva. Athāpi abhiyuñjako ‘‘acchinditvā na dāni naṃ imassa dassāmī’’ti dhuraṃ nikkhipati, sāmiko pana na dhuraṃ nikkhipati, pakkhaṃ pariyesati, kālaṃ āgameti, ‘‘lajjiparisaṃ tāva labhāmi, pacchā jānissāmī’’ti puna gahaṇeyeva saussāho hoti, rakkhatiyeva. Yadā pana sopi ‘‘na dassāmī’’ti, sāmikopi ‘‘na lacchāmī’’ti – evaṃ ubhopi dhuraṃ nikkhipanti, tadā abhiyuñjakassa pārājikaṃ. Atha pana abhiyuñjitvā vinicchayaṃ kurumāno aniṭṭhite vinicchaye sāmikenapi dhuranikkhepe akate attano assāmikabhāvaṃ jānantoyeva tato kiñci pupphaṃ vā phalaṃ vā gaṇhāti, bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo.
“行法者”:即在比丘僧团中或王室中主持裁决的人。“令物主败诉”:即通过向裁决者行贿、引入伪证,使园主败诉的意思。“犯波罗夷”:不仅是他自己,凡为了帮助他达成目的而故意运作的伪裁决者、伪证人,这一切人都犯波罗夷。在此,应知物主以放下负担即为败诉;未放下负担者,则未败诉。“行法者败诉”:即使依正法、律、师的教导而进行裁决,若自己导致败诉,他也因以妄语加害物主之缘而犯偷兰遮。显示巴利原文
Dhammaṃ carantoti bhikkhusaṅghe vā rājakule vā vinicchayaṃ karonto. Sāmikaṃ parājetīti vinicchayikānaṃ ukkocaṃ datvā kūṭasakkhiṃ otāretvā ārāmasāmikaṃ jinātīti attho. Āpatti pārājikassāti na kevalaṃ tasseva, sañcicca tassa atthasādhane pavattānaṃ kūṭavinicchayikānampi kūṭasakkhīnampi sabbesaṃ pārājikaṃ. Ettha ca sāmikassa dhuranikkhepavaseneva parājayo veditabbo. Anikkhittadhuro hi aparājitova hoti. Dhammaṃ caranto parajjatīti sacepi dhammena vinayena satthusāsanena vinicchayassa pavattattā sayaṃ parājayaṃ pāpuṇāti; evampi musāvādena sāmikānaṃ pīḷākaraṇapaccayā thullaccayaṃ āpajjatīti.
住处义注释显示巴利原文
Vihāraṭṭhakathā
103 103. 关于住处——以四处放置之物,其方法如前所述。在此,关于侵占:若侵占为四方僧众而施与比丘的住处、别院、僧园,无论大小,其侵占不成立,亦不能夺取。何以故?因一切皆未放下负担。在此,并非一切四方比丘皆放下负担。然而,若侵占属于某诵长部者等团体或单个人的所有物而夺取,则能令他们放下负担。因此,在此应依园地中所说的方法了知判定。显示巴利原文
103. Vihāraṭṭhepi – catūhi ṭhānehi nikkhittaṃ vuttanayameva. Abhiyogepi cettha cātuddisaṃ saṅghaṃ uddissa bhikkhūnaṃ dinnaṃ vihāraṃ vā pariveṇaṃ vā āvāsaṃ vā mahantampi khuddakampi abhiyuñjato abhiyogo na ruhati. Acchinditvā gaṇhitumpi na sakkoti. Kasmā? Sabbesaṃ dhuranikkhepābhāvato. Na hettha sabbe cātuddisā bhikkhū dhuranikkhepaṃ karontīti . Dīghabhāṇakādibhedassa pana gaṇassa ekapuggalassa vā santakaṃ abhiyuñjitvā gaṇhanto sakkoti te dhuraṃ nikkhipāpetuṃ. Tasmā tattha ārāme vuttanayena vinicchayo veditabboti.
田地注疏显示巴利原文
Khettaṭṭhakathā
104 说到田地,先作说明:“所谓田地,即生长早熟谷物或晚熟谷物之处。”其中,早熟谷物指稻等七种谷物;晚熟谷物指绿豆、黑豆等;甘蔗田等也包含在此。此处以四种安置物品的情形,其判定方法如前。若在田间,压折稻穗等,或用手逐一折断,或用镰刀割取,或连根拔起多株而取,当以种子、穗、一把或绿豆、黑豆等果实使物品价值满足时,在结缚解脱之际,即犯波罗夷。然而,在谷物被折断而未取走时,即使少许的茎、纤维或皮壳,也仍受保护。显示巴利原文
104. Khettaṭṭhepi – khettaṃ tāva dassento ‘‘khettaṃ nāma yattha pubbaṇṇaṃ vā aparaṇṇaṃ vā jāyatī’’ti āha. Tattha pubbaṇṇanti sāliādīni satta dhaññāni; aparaṇṇanti muggamāsādīni; ucchukhettādikampi ettheva saṅgahitaṃ. Idhāpi catūhi ṭhānehi nikkhittaṃ vuttanayameva. Tatthajātake pana sālisīsādīni nirumbhitvā vā ekamekaṃ hattheneva chinditvā vā asitena lāyitvā vā bahūni ekato uppāṭetvā vā gaṇhantassa yasmiṃ bīje vā sīse vā muṭṭhiyaṃ vā muggamāsādiphale vā vatthu pūrati, tasmiṃ bandhanā mocitamatte pārājikaṃ. Acchijjamāno pana daṇḍako vā vāko vā taco vā appamattakopi rakkhati.
谷管虽长,也有保护范围:只要谷穗茎秆尚未从管内露出,便始终处于守护之下。若茎秆从管底露出哪怕发尖之量,即应依物品价值治罚。但是,如果用镰刀割取,谷粒已握在手中,即使下方已被割断,只要穗头还缠结在一起,仍属守护;若解开后取起哪怕发尖之量,且物品价值满足,即犯波罗夷。若主人割下后放置,不论带糠或去糠而取走,当所取之物价值满足时,即犯波罗夷。若他这样想:‘我将碾磨、扬簸后只取精实’,此时仍属守护。在碾磨、扬簸时,即使将其移离原位,亦不犯波罗夷;直到后来将谷物放入容器时,才犯波罗夷。此处的追诉方式如前所述。显示巴利原文
Vīhināḷaṃ dīghampi hoti, yāva antonāḷato vīhisīsadaṇḍako na nikkhamati, tāva rakkhati. Kesaggamattampi nāḷato daṇḍakassa heṭṭhimatale nikkhante bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. Asitena lāyitvā gaṇhato pana muṭṭhigatesu heṭṭhā chinnesupi sace sīsāni jaṭitāni, rakkhanti tāva. Vijaṭetvā pana kesaggamattampi ukkhipato sace vatthu pūrati, pārājikaṃ. Sāmikehi pana lāyitvā ṭhapitaṃ sabhusaṃ vā abhusaṃ vā katvā gaṇhato yena vatthu pūrati, tasmiṃ gahite pārājikaṃ. Sace parikappeti ‘‘idaṃ madditvā papphoṭetvā sārameva gaṇhissāmī’’ti rakkhati tāva. Maddanapapphoṭanesu ṭhānā cāventassāpi pārājikaṃ natthi, pacchā bhājanagate katamatte pārājikaṃ. Abhiyogo panettha vuttanayo eva.
在木桩、移界等情形中,土地被视为无价。因此,若仅用一根木桩,便将哪怕发尖之量的土地——无论主人看见与否——占为己有,当该木桩(无论刻名与否)移置完成时,他及与其同心者,皆犯波罗夷。若须用两根木桩才能取得,第一根木桩犯偷兰遮,第二根犯波罗夷。若须用三根,第一根犯恶作,第二根犯偷兰遮,第三根犯波罗夷。若用多根,也应了知:除最后两根外,之前各根犯恶作;最后两根中,一根犯偷兰遮,另一根犯波罗夷。而这一切皆以主人放弃责任为条件,所有情形均是如此。显示巴利原文
Khīlasaṅkamanādīsu pathavī nāma anagghā. Tasmā sace ekeneva khīlena ito kesaggamattampi pathavippadesaṃ sāmikānaṃ passantānaṃ vā apassantānaṃ vā attano santakaṃ karoti, tasmiṃ khīle nāmaṃ chinditvā vā acchinditvā vā saṅkāmitamatte tassa ca, ye cassa ekacchandā, sabbesaṃ pārājikaṃ. Sace pana dvīhi khīlehi gahetabbaṃ hoti, paṭhame khīle thullaccayaṃ; dutiye pārājikaṃ. Sace tīhi gahetabbaṃ hoti, paṭhame dukkaṭaṃ, dutiye thullaccayaṃ, tatiye pārājikaṃ. Evaṃ bahukesupi avasāne dve ṭhapetvā purimehi dukkaṭaṃ, avasāne dvinnaṃ ekena thullaccayaṃ, itarena pārājikaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tañca kho sāmikānaṃ dhuranikkhepena. Evaṃ sabbattha.
“或绳”者,若欲表示“这是我的”,而拉绳或投竿,犯恶作。若想“我当以两次动作将其占为己有”,其中第一次犯偷兰遮,第二次犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Rajjuṃ vāti ‘‘mama santakaṃ ida’’nti ñāpetukāmo rajjuṃ vā pasāreti, yaṭṭhiṃ vā pāteti, dukkaṭaṃ. ‘‘Idāni dvīhi payogehi attano santakaṃ karissāmī’’ti tesaṃ paṭhame thullaccayaṃ, dutiye pārājikaṃ.
“或篱笆”者,若欲以围篱将他人的田地占为己有而埋设木桩,每一次作犯恶作。当最后一桩未入时犯偷兰遮,该桩入时犯波罗夷。若仅凭木桩不能完成,还需借助枝条围护才能占为己有,则抛掷枝条亦同此理。凡是以任何方式围护后而能占为己有,此前的诸动作皆犯恶作;应知最后二者中,前一个犯偷兰遮,后一个犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Vatiṃ vāti parassa khettaṃ parikkhepavasena attano kātukāmo dārūni nikhaṇati, payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Ekasmiṃ anāgate thullaccayaṃ, tasmiṃ āgate pārājikaṃ. Sace tattakena asakkonto sākhāparivāreneva attano kātuṃ sakkoti, sākhāpātanepi eseva nayo. Evaṃ yena yena parikkhipitvā attano kātuṃ sakkoti, tattha tattha paṭhamapayogehi dukkaṭaṃ. Avasāne dvinnaṃ ekena thullaccayaṃ, itarena pārājikaṃ veditabbaṃ.
‘或界限’者,若欲使他人的田地被认为是‘这是我的’,而将自己的田地界限……显示巴利原文
Mariyādaṃ vāti parassa khettaṃ ‘‘mama ida’’nti ñāpetukāmo attano khettamariyādaṃ
移动田埂,使其越过他人田地,或以泥土等加宽扩大,或新立原本没有的田埂,前诸动作犯恶作;最后二者中,一者犯偷兰遮,另一者犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Kedārapāḷiṃ yathā parassa khettaṃ atikkamati, evaṃ saṅkāmeti, paṃsumattikādīhi vā vaḍḍhetvā vitthataṃ karoti, akataṃ vā pana patiṭṭhāpeti, purimapayogehi dukkaṭaṃ. Dvinnaṃ pacchimānaṃ ekena thullaccayaṃ, itarena pārājikanti.
地基注疏显示巴利原文
Vatthuṭṭhakathā
105 105. 关于地基,先说明“地基”:所谓地基,即指“园地基、寺地基”。其中,仅平整土地,不播种子,不植苗木,无论以三种围墙之一围起或未围起,为花园等用途而设的地块,即名园地基。依此同理,为一座寺院、经行廊、住所等用途而设的地块,称为寺地基。纵然先前是园林或寺院,后来毁坏,仅存土地,不再用作园林或寺院,它仍属于园地基或寺地基的范畴。此处的判定与田地基所述相似。显示巴利原文
105. Vatthuṭṭhepi – vatthuṃ tāva dassento vatthu nāma ‘‘ārāmavatthu vihāravatthū’’ti āha. Tattha bījaṃ vā uparopake vā aropetvāva kevalaṃ bhūmiṃ sodhetvā tiṇṇaṃ pākārānaṃ yena kenaci parikkhipitvā vā aparikkhipitvā vā pupphārāmādīnaṃ atthāya ṭhapito bhūmibhāgo ārāmavatthu nāma. Eteneva nayena ekavihārapariveṇaāvāsānaṃ atthāya ṭhapito bhūmibhāgo vihāravatthu nāma. Yopi pubbe ārāmo ca vihāro ca hutvā pacchā vinassitvā bhūmimatto ṭhito, ārāmavihārakiccaṃ na karoti, sopi ārāmavihāravatthusaṅgaheneva saṅgahito. Vinicchayo panettha khettaṭṭhe vuttasadisoyevāti.
106 106. 关于村落,须说明的已如前所说。显示巴利原文
106. Gāmaṭṭhe yaṃ vattabbaṃ taṃ vuttameva.
林野注疏显示巴利原文
Araññaṭṭhakathā
107 107. 关于林野,先说明“林野”:所谓林野,即指“凡人们所执受者,即是林野”。在此,林野有被人执受的,也有未被执受的;但这里所指的,是那种被执受、有守护,若未付代价则不得取走柴木、蔓草等的林野。因此,先标举“凡人们所执受者”,再指出“林野”,以此表达如下含义:并非“被执受的状态”即是林野的相状;而是以林野本来的相状而为林野,且为人所执受者,于此义中,即为林野。此处的判定与园地等所述相似。显示巴利原文
107. Araññaṭṭhe – araññaṃ tāva dassento ‘‘araññaṃ nāma yaṃ manussānaṃ pariggahitaṃ hoti, taṃ arañña’’nti āha. Tattha yasmā araññaṃ nāma manussānaṃ pariggahitampi atthi, apariggahitampi; idha pana yaṃ pariggahitaṃ sārakkhaṃ, yato na vinā mūlena kaṭṭhalatādīni gahetuṃ labbhanti, taṃ adhippetaṃ. Tasmā ‘‘yaṃ manussānaṃ pariggahitaṃ hotī’’ti vatvā puna ‘‘arañña’’nti vuttaṃ. Tena imamatthaṃ dasseti – ‘‘na pariggahitabhāvo araññassa lakkhaṇaṃ. Yaṃ pana attano araññalakkhaṇena araññaṃ manussānañca pariggahitaṃ, taṃ imasmiṃ atthe arañña’’nti. Tattha vinicchayo ārāmaṭṭhādīsu vuttasadiso.
在此,凡于该处生长的树木——即便是贵重的大树——一经砍断,即犯波羅夷。‘或蔓藤’者:此处,藤条与蔓藤都属蔓藤;凡藤条或蔓藤很长,贯穿或缠绕大树、灌木而生长者,若仅断其根,不构成偷盗;若仅断其梢,亦不构成偷盗;但若根与梢俱被砍断,则构成偷盗。若其缠树而立,当从树上解下时,即构成偷盗。显示巴利原文
Tatthajātakesu panettha ekasmimpi mahaggharukkhe chinnamatte pārājikaṃ. Lataṃ vāti ettha ca vettopi latāpi latā eva; tattha yo vetto vā latā vā dīghā hoti, mahārukkhe ca gacche ca vinivijjhitvā vā veṭhetvā vā gatā, sā mūle chinnāpi avahāraṃ na janeti agge chinnāpi, yadā pana aggepi mūlepi chinnā hoti, tadā avahāraṃ janeti. Sace pana veṭhetvā ṭhitā hoti, veṭhetvā ṭhitā pana rukkhato mocitamattā avahāraṃ janeti.
‘茅草等’:此处,无论是茅草还是树叶,一切皆摄于‘茅草’的总称之中。若为覆盖房屋等目的,取用他人已割下者,或自己割下后取用,应依物品价值处罚。不仅限于茅草、树叶,其他任何如树皮、纤维等,只要物主尚存执著,取用者都应依物品价值处罚。已砍削并放置的半干树木,亦不应取用。然而,若树木的顶端与根部皆已被砍断,其枝条已朽,树皮也已剥落,则可视为‘物主已弃舍’而取用。纵使树木刻有标记,当标记为树皮所裹覆时,亦可取用。为建造房屋等而砍伐的树木,当那些房屋建成且有人居住后,那些木材在林中为雨水与阳光所朽坏,见此木材,亦可视为‘已被弃置’而取用。何以故?盖森林之主对这些木材已无所主权。那些向森林之主施物后方砍伐的木材,其主权方属施者,而他们已弃舍这些木材,于他们已无所执著。显示巴利原文
Tiṇaṃvāti ettha tiṇaṃ vā hotu paṇṇaṃ vā, sabbaṃ tiṇaggahaṇeneva gahitaṃ; taṃ gehacchadanādīnamatthāya parehi chinnaṃ vā attanā chinditvā vā gaṇhanto bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. Na kevalañca tiṇapaṇṇameva, aññampi yaṃkiñci vākachalli ādi, yattha sāmikā sālayā, taṃ gaṇhanto bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. Tacchetvā ṭhapito addhagatopi rukkho na gahetabbo. Yo pana agge ca mūle ca chinno hoti, sākhāpissa pūtikā jātā, challiyopi gaḷitā, ‘‘ayaṃ sāmikehi chaḍḍito’’ti gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Lakkhaṇacchinnassāpi yadā lakkhaṇaṃ challiyā pariyonaddhaṃ hoti, tadā gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Gehādīnaṃ atthāya rukkhe chinditvā yadā tāni katāni ajjhāvutthāni ca honti, dārūnipi araññe vassena ca ātapena ca vinassanti, īdisānipi disvā ‘‘chaḍḍitānī’’ti gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Kasmā? Yasmā araññasāmikā etesaṃ anissarā. Yehi araññasāmikānaṃ deyyadhammaṃ datvā chinnāni, te eva issarā, tehi ca tāni chaḍḍitāni, nirālayā tattha jātāti.
若有比丘先向守林人施与物品,而后进入森林,随心所欲令人伐取树木,纵使未往守林人之哨站,亦可沿所喜之道通行。若其入时未作布施,心想‘出时再行布施’,而令人伐木,出时以所应施之物给与他们后离去,此亦可行。若其念‘我将布施’而离去,当被请求‘请施与’时,答以‘我将布施’,则于被请求时即应布施。若有人自出钱财言:‘请许比丘通行’,此已得许可,可以通行。然而,若有势力者不施钱财,唯加阻止言:‘勿向比丘等收取份额’,而守林人们说:‘我们若不向比丘与苦行者收取份额,又从何处获得收入?尊者,请布施吧’,则比丘必须布施。显示巴利原文
Yopi bhikkhu paṭhamaṃyeva araññapālānaṃ deyyadhammaṃ datvā araññaṃ pavisitvā yathārucite rukkhe gāhāpeti, tassa tesaṃ ārakkhaṭṭhānaṃ agantvāpi yathārucitena maggena gantuṃ vaṭṭati. Athāpi pavisanto adatvā ‘‘nikkhamanto dassāmī’’ti rukkhe gāhāpetvā nikkhamanto tesaṃ dātabbaṃ datvā gacchati, vaṭṭati eva. Athāpi ābhogaṃ katvā gacchati ‘‘dehī’’ti vutte ‘‘dassāmī’’ti, ‘‘dehī’’ti vutte dātabbameva. Sace koci attano dhanaṃ datvā ‘‘bhikkhussa gantuṃ dethā’’ti vadati, laddhakappameva, gantuṃ vaṭṭati. Sace pana koci issarajātiko dhanaṃ adatvāva ‘‘bhikkhūnaṃ bhāgaṃ mā gaṇhathā’’ti vāreti, araññapālā ca ‘‘mayaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ tāpasānañca bhāgaṃ agaṇhantā kuto lacchāma, detha, bhante’’ti vadanti, dātabbameva.
若森林守护者正在睡觉、沉迷嬉戏或去了他处时,有人前来呼喊“森林守护者在哪里”,未曾见到便离去的,这属于应赔偿物品的情况。若有人到达守护哨站后,因专心于业处等、心不在焉或失念而越过哨站的,这也属于应赔偿物品的情况。若有人到达该处时,有盗贼、大象、猛兽或大暴雨出现,为了从这些灾厄中逃脱而匆忙越过哨站,虽可免罪,但仍属于应赔偿物品的情况。然而,这森林中的守护哨站比偷税关卡更为严重:对于偷税关卡,若未进入其范围而从远处绕行,仅犯恶作;但对此守护哨站,若以盗心绕行,纵使从空中飞过,也犯波罗夷。因此,对此应不放逸。显示巴利原文
Yo pana araññapālesu niddāyantesu vā kīḷāpasutesu vā katthaci pakkantesu vā āgantvā ‘‘kuhiṃ araññapālā’’ti pakkositvāpi adisvā gacchati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Yopi ārakkhaṭṭhānaṃ patvā kammaṭṭhānādīni manasikaronto vā aññavihito vā assatiyā atikkamati, bhaṇḍadeyyameva. Yassāpi taṃ ṭhānaṃ pattassa coro vā hatthī vā vāḷamigo vā mahāmegho vā vuṭṭhahati, so ca tamhā upaddavā muccitukamyatāya sahasā taṃ ṭhānaṃ atikkamati, rakkhati tāva, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ pana hoti. Idaṃ pana araññe ārakkhaṭṭhānaṃ nāma suṅkaghātatopi garukataraṃ. Suṅkaghātassa hi paricchedaṃ anokkamitvā dūratova pariharanto dukkaṭameva āpajjati. Idaṃ pana theyyacittena pariharantassa ākāsena gacchatopi pārājikameva. Tasmā ettha appamattena bhavitabbanti.
108 关于水:容器中的水,是指在缺水时节储存于水缸等容器中的水。若有人拉开该容器、或在容器上穿孔,或在水池、湖泊等处将自带的容器探入取水,应依照酥油等所述的方法进行判释。显示巴利原文
108. Udake pana – bhājanagatanti udakadullabhakāle udakamaṇikādīsu bhājanesu saṅgopetvā ṭhapitaṃ; taṃ yasmiṃ bhājane ṭhapitaṃ hoti, taṃ bhājanaṃ āviñchitvā vā chiddaṃ katvā vā tattha pokkharaṇītaḷākesu ca attano bhājanaṃ pavesetvā gaṇhantassa sappitelesu vuttanayena vinicchayo veditabbo.
关于破坏堤坝:若有人连同当地生长的草木一起破坏堤坝,此属不与取的加行,犯恶作,且每一下打击各犯一次恶作。站在堤内面朝外破坏的,依外部部分处断;站在堤外面朝内破坏的,依内部部分处断;将内外都破坏后,留下中间部分再行破坏的,则依中间部分处断。若有人使堤坝变得脆弱后,自己或让村童呼唤牛,牛前来用角破坏堤坝,则堤坝因此被破坏。若有人使堤坝变得脆弱后,将牛赶入水中,或让村童将牛赶入水中,那些牛激起的水波便会冲破堤坝而去。若有人对村童说“你们在水里玩吧”,或在村童玩耍时惊吓他们,由他们激起的水波也会冲破堤坝而去。若有人砍伐水内生起的树木,或令人砍伐,树木倒下时激起的水波冲破堤坝而去,则堤坝因此被破坏。若有人使堤坝变得脆弱后,为了保护湖泊而堵塞从湖泊排出的水流或排水管,或为使流向别处的水流入此处而筑堤,或修直水渠,或破坏自己位于上游的湖泊,致使溢出的水冲走堤坝而去,则堤坝因此被破坏。在一切情况下,应依流出水的价值,以相应的偷盗罪处断。显示巴利原文
Mariyādacchedane pana tattha jātakabhūtagāmena saddhimpi mariyādaṃ chindantassa adinnādānapayogattā dukkaṭaṃ. Tañca pana pahāre pahāre hoti. Antoṭhatvā bahimukho chindanto bahi antena kāretabbo. Bahi ṭhatvā antomukho chindanto antoantena kāretabbo. Anto ca bahi ca chinditvā majjhe ṭhapetvā taṃ chindanto majjhena kāretabbo. Mariyādaṃ dubbalaṃ katvā gāvo pakkosati, gāmadārakehi vā pakkosāpeti, tā āgantvā khurehi mariyādaṃ chindanti, teneva chinnā hoti. Mariyādaṃ dubbalaṃ katvā gāvo udake paveseti, gāmadārakehi vā pavesāpeti, tāhi uṭṭhāpitavīciyo mariyādaṃ bhinditvā gacchanti. Gāmadārake vā ‘‘udake kīḷathā’’ti vadati, kīḷante vā utrāseti, tehi uṭṭhāpitavīciyopi mariyādaṃ chinditvā gacchanti. Antoudake jātarukkhaṃ chindati, aññena vā chindāpeti, tenapi patantena uṭṭhāpitavīciyo mariyādaṃ chinditvā gacchanti, teneva chinnā hoti. Mariyādaṃ dubbalaṃ katvā taḷākarakkhaṇatthāya taḷākato nibbahanaudakaṃ vā niddhamanatumbaṃ vā pidahati, aññato gacchantaṃ vā udakaṃ yathā ettha pavisati, evaṃ pāḷiṃ vā bandhati, mātikaṃ vā ujukaṃ karoti, tassa uparibhāge ṭhitaṃ attano taḷākaṃ vā bhindati, ussannaṃ udakaṃ mariyādaṃ gahetvā gacchati, teneva chinnā hoti. Sabbattha nikkhantaudakagghānurūpena avahārena kāretabbo.
打开排水管取水的人,道理也是如此。然而,如果堤坝因被弄得太脆弱,牛只自行前来,或未被指使的村童把牛赶来,用角冲破了堤坝;或者牛只自行入水,或未被指使的村童将牛赶入水中,激起了水波;或者村童们自己入水嬉戏,激起了水波;或者水中的树木被他人砍伐倒下,激起了水波,这些水波冲破了堤坝;又或者,使堤坝变得脆弱后,堵塞了干涸湖泊的排水口或排水管,或在流向别处的通道上筑起堤坝,或将干涸的水渠修直,后来天降大雨,水涌来时冲破了堤坝——在这些情形下,都构成应赔偿物品的情形。显示巴利原文
Niddhamanapanāḷiṃ ugghāṭetvā nīharantassāpi eseva nayo. Sace pana tena mariyādāya dubbalāya katāya attano dhammatāya āgantvā vā anāṇattehi gāmadārakehi āropitā vā gāviyo khurehi mariyādaṃ bhindanti, attanoyeva dhammatāya anāṇattehi vā gāmadārakehi udake pavesitā vīciyo uṭṭhāpenti, gāmadārakā vā sayameva pavisitvā kīḷantā uṭṭhāpenti antoudake vā rukkho aññena chijjamāno patitvā uṭṭhāpeti, uṭṭhāpitā vīciyo mariyādaṃ chindanti, sacepi mariyādaṃ dubbalaṃ katvā sukkhataḷākassa udakanibbahanaṭṭhānaṃ vā udakaniddhamanatumbaṃ vā pidahati, aññato gamanamagge vā pāḷiṃ bandhati, sukkhamātikaṃ vā ujukaṃ karoti, pacchā deve vuṭṭhe udakaṃ āgantvā mariyādaṃ bhindati, sabbattha bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ.
若有人在旱季将干涸池塘的堤岸挖至池底,造成毁坏,此后天降雨水,流来的水便流失,这属于应赔偿物。纵然有庄稼因此因缘而得以生长,若连一脚掌价值的物品也不赔偿给物主,他便因放弃应尽的责任而成为非沙门。显示巴利原文
Yo pana nidāghe sukkhavāpiyā mariyādaṃ yāva talaṃ pāpetvā chindati, pacchā deve vuṭṭhe āgatāgataṃ udakaṃ palāyati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Yattakaṃ tappaccayā sassaṃ uppajjati, tato pādamattagghanakampi adento sāmikānaṃ dhuranikkhepena assamaṇo hoti.
然而,若是众人共有的池塘,池塘中的水,所有人都是主人。在池塘下方,人们种植庄稼,为保护庄稼,从池塘引出大水渠,流经田野中央,这条水渠在常流时节也是众人共有的。再从大水渠引出小水渠,将水引入各自的田畦,这些水不允许他人取用。在旱季,当水变少时,便按轮次供水;若轮到水次时得不到水,他的庄稼便会枯萎。因此,在他人的轮次中,其他人不得取水。在此,若有比丘以盗心将他人的小水渠或田畦中的水,引入自己或他人的水渠或田畦,或引向森林入口,这便构成偷盗。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ pana sabbasādhāraṇaṃ taḷākaṃ hoti; taḷāke udakassa sabbepi manussā issarā. Heṭṭhato panassa sassāni karonti, sassapālanatthaṃ taḷākato mahāmātikā nikkhamitvā khettamajjhena yāti, sāpi sadā sandanakāle sabbasādhāraṇā. Tato pana khuddakamātikā nīharitvā attano attano kedāresu udakaṃ pavesenti. Taṃ aññesaṃ gahetuṃ na denti. Nidāghasamayeva udake mandībhūte vārena udakaṃ denti, yo udakavāre sampatte na labhati, tassa sassāni milāyanti; tasmā aññesaṃ vāre añño gahetuṃ na labhati. Tattha yo bhikkhu paresaṃ khuddakamātikāto vā kedārato vā udakaṃ theyyacittena attano vā parassa vā mātikaṃ vā kedāraṃ vā paveseti, aṭavimukhaṃ vā vāheti, avahāro vassa hoti.
又若「我的水轮将久后才到,而此庄稼正在枯萎」,于他人的田地中显示巴利原文
Yopi ‘‘cirena me udakavāro bhavissati, idañca sassaṃ milāyatī’’ti paresaṃ kedāre
若有人堵住流入他人田地的水口,将水引入自家田地,这即是偷盗。然而,若在池塘的水尚未流出、尚未到达他人水渠口时,水渠只是干涸的,他便在各处筑堤,使得流来的水不进入他人田地,只流入自家田地。在水未流出时所筑的堤,称为‘善筑’;在水已流出时所筑的堤,则属于赔偿物。若自己前往池塘,打开排水管,将水导入自家田地,则不构成偷盗。何以故?因为田地是依池塘而造的。但在《库伦迪》等注疏中却说‘是偷盗’,这与‘依处所、时间、地域’的特征不符。因此,唯有《大注释》中所说才是合理的。显示巴利原文
Pavisantassa udakassa pavisanamaggaṃ pidahitvā attano kedāraṃ paveseti, avahāro eva. Sace pana taḷākato aniggate paresaṃ mātikāmukhaṃ asampatteva udake sukkhamātikaṃyeva yathā āgacchantaṃ udakaṃ aññesaṃ kedāre appavisitvā attanoyeva kedāraṃ pavisati, evaṃ tattha tattha bandhati. Anikkhante baddhā subaddhā, nikkhante baddhā, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Taḷākaṃ gantvā sayameva niddhamanapanāḷiṃ ugghāṭetvā attano kedāraṃ pavesentassāpi natthi avahāro. Kasmā? Taḷākaṃ nissāya khettassa katattā. Kurundiyādīsu pana ‘‘avahāro’’ti vuttaṃ. Taṃ ‘‘vatthuṃ kālañca desañcā’’ti iminā lakkhaṇena na sameti. Tasmā mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttameva yuttanti.
109 109. 齿木应依园林所属物的判定方法来判定。但这里有一点不同:若有人受雇于僧团,按日、或每半月、每月轮次地拿来齿木,他拿来后,即使已切断,只要还未交付比丘僧团,便仍属于他。因此,以盗心取用者,应按物品价值处罚。而当地所生的则属重物,若取用由比丘僧团守护、保管的此类物品,也应按物品价值处罚。同样的判定原则,也适用于已切断或未切断的、属于团体、个人或在家人之物品。在那些园林、苑囿土地上生长的齿木,沙弥们按轮次为比丘僧团拿来时,也为阿阇梨与和尚拿来。那些齿木在切断并交付僧团之前,全都属于他们。因此,以盗心取用此物者,也应按物品价值处罚。然而,当他们切断后交付僧团,放在齿木台上,并说:‘请比丘僧团随意取用’时,自此以后便无偷盗。但应知有如此规矩:若有人每日来僧团中,应每日只取一根齿木。若有人并非常来,而是住在精舍,仅在闻法或布萨时才出现于堂中,他便应估量所需,取四五根齿木,放在自己住处嚼用。待到这些用完后,若齿木台上仍有许多,可以再取来嚼用。但若未曾估量数量便取,自己这些齿木尚未用完,台上的却已耗尽,那时,有些长老就会说:显示巴利原文
109. Dantapoṇaṃ ārāmaṭṭhakavinicchayena vinicchinitabbaṃ. Ayaṃ pana viseso – yo saṅghassa vetanabhato hutvā devasikaṃ vā pakkhamāsavārena vā dantakaṭṭhaṃ āharati, so taṃ āharitvā chinditvāpi yāva bhikkhusaṅghaṃ na sampaṭicchāpeti, tāva tasseva hoti. Tasmā taṃ theyyacittena gaṇhanto bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. Tatthajātakaṃ pana garubhaṇḍaṃ, tampi bhikkhusaṅghena rakkhitagopitaṃ gaṇhanto bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. Eseva nayo gaṇapuggalagihimanussasantakepi chinnake acchinnake ca. Tesaṃ ārāmuyyānabhūmīsu jātaṃ sāmaṇerā vārena bhikkhusaṅghassa dantakaṭṭhaṃ āharantā ācariyupajjhāyānampi āharanti, taṃ yāva chinditvā saṅghaṃ na paṭicchāpenti, tāva sabbaṃ tesaṃyeva hoti. Tasmā tampi theyyacittena gaṇhanto bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. Yadā pana te chinditvā saṅghassa paṭicchāpetvā dantakaṭṭhamāḷake nikkhipanti, ‘‘yathāsukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅgho paribhuñjatū’’ti; tato paṭṭhāya avahāro natthi, vattaṃ pana jānitabbaṃ. Yo hi devasikaṃ saṅghamajjhe osarati, tena divase divase ekameva dantakaṭṭhaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Yo pana devasikaṃ na osarati, padhānaghare vasitvā dhammasavane vā uposathagge vā dissati, tena pamāṇaṃ sallakkhetvā cattāri pañcadantakaṭṭhāni attano vasanaṭṭhāne ṭhapetvā khāditabbāni. Tesu khīṇesu sace punapi dantakaṭṭhamāḷake bahūni hontiyeva, punapi āharitvā khāditabbāni. Yadi pana pamāṇaṃ asallakkhetvā āharati, tesu akkhīṇesuyeva māḷake khīyanti, tato keci therā ‘‘yehi gahitāni, te paṭiāharantū’’ti vadeyyuṃ, keci ‘‘khādantu, puna sāmaṇerā āharissantī’’ti, tasmā vivādapariharaṇatthaṃ pamāṇaṃ sallakkhetabbaṃ. Gahaṇe pana doso natthi. Maggaṃ gacchantenāpi ekaṃ vā dve vā thavikāya pakkhipitvā gantabbanti.
110 110. ‘林主’意为森林之主,这是对森林中最年长大树的称呼。但在此处,它是指所有被人们执受的树木,如芒果树、面包果树、菠萝蜜树等。又或者在那些种植胡椒藤等的地方,当这样的树被砍伐时,若它哪怕仅由一丝树皮、或韧皮、或一小片木片、或边材相连而倒在地上,它依然受保护。显示巴利原文
110. Vanassa patīti vanappati; vanajeṭṭhakarukkhassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Idha pana sabbopi manussehi pariggahitarukkho adhippeto ambalabujapanasādiko. Yattha vā pana maricavalliādīni āropenti, so chijjamāno sace ekāyapi challiyā vā vākena vā sakalikāya vā pheggunā vā sambaddhova hutvā bhūmiyaṃ patati, rakkhati tāva.
然而,如果树已被砍断,却因藤蔓或邻近树枝的缠连支撑而直立不倒,或倒下而未触及地面,于此情形并无免除,即构成偷盗。以锯锯断,却看似未断而照样直立,也同样适用此理。显示巴利原文
Yo pana chinnopi vallīhi vā sāmantarukkhasākhāhi vā sambaddho sandhāritattā ujukameva tiṭṭhati, patanto vā bhūmiṃ na pāpuṇāti, natthi tattha parihāro, avahāro eva hoti. Yopi kakacena chinno acchinno viya hutvā tatheva tiṭṭhati, tasmimpi eseva nayo.
若有人先使树变得脆弱,再摇晃使之倒下,或令他人摇晃;或于其近处砍倒另一棵树,使其倾压于此树,或令他人倾压;或驱赶猴子,令其攀上此树,或令他人驱赶猴子攀上;或将狐蝠放上此树,或令他人放上——这些因缘导致该树倒下,便构成他的偷盗。显示巴利原文
Yo pana rukkhaṃ dubbalaṃ katvā pacchā cāletvā pāteti, aññena vā cālāpeti; aññaṃ vāssa santike rukkhaṃ chinditvā ajjhottharati, parena vā ajjhottharāpeti; makkaṭe vā paripātetvā tattha āropeti, aññena vā āropāpeti; vagguliyo vā tattha āropeti, parena vā āropāpeti; tā taṃ rukkhaṃ pātenti, tasseva avahāro.
若被树压倒,或猿猴、蝙蝠依其本性攀爬上去,或他人未经指示而将物品放上去,或他自己清理风口,或强风来将树吹倒——一切情况皆应赔偿物品。然而,此处所谓清理风口,是指在风尚未到来时,以整治干涸河床使其平直等方法来对治,而非其他方式。若以刀斧砍斫树木,或放火焚烧,或钉入蛙刺或毒药,导致树木死亡,一切情况皆应赔偿物品。显示巴利原文
Rukkhena vā ajjhottharati, attano dhammatāya makkaṭā vā vagguliyo vā ārohanti, paro vā anāṇatto āropeti, sayaṃ vā esa vātamukhaṃ sodheti, balavavāto āgantvā rukkhaṃ pāteti; sabbattha bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Vātamukhasodhanaṃ panettha asampatte vāte sukkhamātikāya ujukaraṇādīhi sameti, no aññathā. Rukkhaṃ āvijjhitvā satthena vā ākoṭeti, aggiṃ vā deti, maṇḍukakaṇṭakaṃ vā visaṃ vā ākoṭeti, yena so marati, sabbattha bhaṇḍadeyyamevāti.
111 关于夺取者——若有人以盗心触摸他人所持的货物,即见他人以头顶等方式携带货物而行,心想“我要夺取此物”,便快速前往并触摸,至此他犯恶作。若令其动摇,即行拉拽推扯而物主不放手,他犯偷兰遮。若使物离开原位,即拉拽后使物从物主手中脱离,他犯波罗夷。然而,若物主起身扑打后,又将该物夺回并取走,比丘在第一次取得时即已犯波罗夷。若从头部、耳部、颈部或手部截断或解开装饰品而取走,当装饰品从头等处脱离的刹那,即犯波罗夷。然而,若对手上的手镯或臂钏不取出,只是摩擦上臂或来回移动,或使其处于空中,则仍受保护。如同树根处的衣竿上的手镯一样,不构成波罗夷。何以故?因有执受之物。凡在有执受的部分中,只要尚未从那里取出,就仍属于那里。此理同样适用于指环、脚镯、臂钏、腰带等装饰品。显示巴利原文
111. Haraṇake – aññassa haraṇakaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ theyyacitto āmasatīti paraṃ sīsabhārādīhi bhaṇḍaṃ ādāya gacchantaṃ disvā ‘‘etaṃ harissāmī’’ti vegena gantvā āmasati, ettāvatā assa dukkaṭaṃ. Phandāpetīti ākaḍḍhanavikaḍḍhanaṃ karoti, sāmiko na muñcati, tenassa thullaccayaṃ. Ṭhānā cāvetīti ākaḍḍhitvā sāmikassa hatthato moceti, tenassa pārājikaṃ. Sace pana taṃ bhaṇḍasāmiko uṭṭhahitvā pothetvā puna taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ mocāpetvā gaṇheyya, bhikkhu paṭhamaggahaṇeneva pārājiko. Sīsato vā kaṇṇato vā gīvato vā hatthato vā alaṅkāraṃ chinditvā vā mocetvā vā gaṇhantassa sīsādīhi mocitamatte pārājikaṃ. Hatthe pana valayaṃ vā kaṭakaṃ vā anīharitvā aggabāhaṃ ghaṃsantova aparāparaṃ vā sāreti, ākāsagataṃ vā karoti, rakkhati tāva. Rukkhamūlacīvaravaṃsesu valayamiva na pārājikaṃ janeti. Kasmā? Saviññāṇakattā. Saviññāṇakakoṭṭhāsagatañhi yāva tato na nīhaṭaṃ, tāva tattheva hoti. Eseva nayo aṅgulimuddikapādakaṭakakaṭūpagapiḷandhanesu.
若有人抢夺他人所穿的衣布,而对方因羞耻心而急忙不放手,盗贼从一边拉拽,他人从另一边拉拽,此时仍受保护。当衣布从他人手中脱离的刹那,即犯波罗夷。再者,若在拉拽时衣布断裂,一部分留在手中,而该部分价值达到一足价,亦犯波罗夷。关于令持货人同行者——若心想“我要将持货人连同货物一起带走”,便威胁持货人说“从那里过来”,持货人因恐惧而面向盗贼所指定的方向,跨出一步,盗贼犯偷兰遮;跨出第二步,犯波罗夷。关于令其放下者——若盗贼看见持货人手中持有武器而生起畏惧,想令其放下后再夺取,便退到一边进行恐吓而令其放下,当货物从他人手中脱离的刹那,即犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Yo pana parassa nivatthasāṭakaṃ acchindati, paro ca salajjitāya sahasā na muñcati, ekenantena coro kaḍḍhati, ekenantena paro, rakkhati tāva. Parassa hatthato muttamatte pārājikaṃ. Athāpi taṃ kaḍḍhantassa chijjitvā ekadeso hatthagato hoti, so ca pādaṃ agghati pārājikameva. Sahabhaṇḍahārakanti ‘‘sabhaṇḍahārakaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ nessāmī’’ti cintetvā ‘‘ito yāhī’’ti bhaṇḍahārakaṃ tajjeti, so bhīto corena adhippetadisābhimukho hutvā ekaṃ pādaṃ saṅkāmeti, corassa thullaccayaṃ; dutiye pārājikaṃ. Pātāpetīti athāpi coro bhaṇḍahārakassa hatthe āvudhaṃ disvā sāsaṅko hutvā pātāpetvā gahetukāmo ekamantaṃ paṭikkamma santajjetvā pātāpeti, parassa hatthato muttamatte pārājikaṃ.
“令其放下,犯恶作”等说法,是依计划而说。若有人令货物放下后,心想“我所喜欢的,我将取走”,如此计划后令其放下,则他在令放及触摸时犯恶作,在令物动摇时犯偷兰遮。若令价值一足价之物离开原位,犯波罗夷。此后,即使他随后追悔而放手,也绝无沙门性。若有人看见持货人经过,便追赶并说“站住,站住,把货物放下”而令其放下,当货物从那人手中脱离的刹那,他也犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Pātāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassātiādi pana parikappavasena vuttaṃ. Yo hi bhaṇḍaṃ pātāpetvā ‘‘yaṃ mama ruccati, taṃ gahessāmī’’ti parikappetvā pātāpeti, tassa pātāpane ca āmasane ca dukkaṭaṃ, phandāpane thullaccayaṃ. Pādagghanakassa ṭhānā cāvane pārājikaṃ. Taṃ pacchā paṭipātiyamānassa muñcatopi natthiyeva samaṇabhāvo. Yopi bhaṇḍahārakaṃ atikkamantaṃ disvā anubandhanto ‘‘tiṭṭha, tiṭṭha, bhaṇḍaṃ pātehī’’ti vatvā pātāpeti, tassāpi tena hatthato muttamatte pārājikaṃ.
然而,如果有人只说“站住、站住”,却不说“放下”;而对方看见他后心想:“若此人抓住我,可能连我也杀了”,便因恐惧而将货物投入隐蔽处,心想“日后再回来取”并离去,则不因令其放下的因缘而犯波罗夷。如果后来他返回后以盗心取走,在举起时犯波罗夷。若他这样想:“在我令其放下时,此物已成我所有”,从而以己物想取走,取走时仍受保护,但应赔偿物品。若物主说“还给我”而他拒不归还,在物主放弃责任时犯波罗夷。若他以粪扫衣想而取走,心想“他已丢弃此物离去,现在这是无主物”,此理亦同。然而,若物主仅因听到“站住、站住”而回头看见他,便想“现在此物已非我所有”,从而放弃责任,无所留恋地丢弃后逃走,其他人以盗心取走,在举起时犯恶作。若物主令其归还,他应归还;若不归还,则犯波罗夷。何以故?因为此物是因他的行为而被丢弃的——此说见于大注疏;但在其他注疏中则无此辨析。依前所述之理,无论以己物想还是以粪扫衣想而取走,此即为决断。显示巴利原文
Yo pana ‘‘tiṭṭha tiṭṭhā’’ti vadati, ‘‘pātehī’’ti na vadati; itaro ca taṃ oloketvā ‘‘sace esa maṃ pāpuṇeyya, ghāteyyāpi ma’’ nti sālayova hutvā taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ gahanaṭṭhāne pakkhipitvā ‘‘puna nivattitvā gahessāmī’’ti pakkamati, pātanapaccayā pārājikaṃ natthi. Āgantvā pana theyyacittena gaṇhato uddhāre pārājikaṃ. Atha panassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘mayā pātāpenteneva idaṃ mama santakaṃ kata’’nti tato naṃ sakasaññāya gaṇhāti; gahaṇe rakkhati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ pana hoti. ‘‘Dehī’’ti vutte adentassa sāmikānaṃ dhuranikkhepe pārājikaṃ. ‘‘So imaṃ chaḍḍetvā gato, anajjhāvutthakaṃ dāni ida’’nti paṃsukūlasaññāya gaṇhatopi eseva nayo. Atha pana sāmiko ‘‘tiṭṭha tiṭṭhā’’ti vuttamatteneva olokento taṃ disvā ‘‘na dāni idaṃ mayha’’nti dhuranikkhepaṃ katvā nirālayo chaḍḍetvā palāyati, taṃ theyyacittena gaṇhato uddhāre dukkaṭaṃ. Āharāpente dātabbaṃ, adentassa pārājikaṃ. Kasmā? Tassa payogena chaḍḍitattāti mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Aññesu pana vicāraṇā eva natthi. Purimanayeneva sakasaññāya vā paṃsukūlasaññāya vā gaṇhantepi ayameva vinicchayoti.
112 关于寄存物——即使故意妄语说“我不拿”,由于有不与取的加行,也是恶作。说“你们这是什么话?这既不合我的身份,也不合你们的身份”等语者,同样犯恶作。若物主生起疑心:“他私下将此物放在我手中,没有旁人知道,他到底会不会还给我?”对比丘而言是偷兰遮。物主见到他的粗鲁等行为后,放下责任想:“他不会还给我了。”此时,若该比丘在归还方面尚有努力,心想“我要让他吃点苦头再还”,则仍属守护。即使他在归还方面已无努力,但物主在索回方面仍有努力,也还守护。然而,若他在归还方面已无努力,物主也放下责任想:“他不会还给我了。”如此,因双方都放下责任,比丘犯波罗夷。即使口中说“我会还”,但心里不想给,在物主放下责任时,亦犯波罗夷。所谓“寄存”,是指他人为保管而放在自己手中的物品。为将其从无守护处移至有守护处而持去者,无罪。即使以盗心将其移离原处,也不构成“拿取”。何以故?因为物品是放在他自己手中,但构成“物债”。以盗心受用者,同理。暂时借用的情况也是如此。“行持正法”等,如前所述。以上是圣典注释。显示巴利原文
112. Upanidhimhi – nāhaṃ gaṇhāmīti sampajānamusāvādepi adinnādānassa payogattā dukkaṭaṃ. ‘‘Kiṃ tumhe bhaṇatha? Nevidaṃ mayhaṃ anurūpaṃ, na tumhāka’’ntiādīni vadantassāpi dukkaṭameva. ‘‘Raho mayā etassa hatthe ṭhapitaṃ, na añño koci jānāti, ‘dassati nu kho me no’’’ti sāmiko vimatiṃ uppādeti, bhikkhussa thullaccayaṃ. Tassa pharusādibhāvaṃ disvā sāmiko ‘‘na mayhaṃ dassatī’’ti dhuraṃ nikkhipati, tatra sacāyaṃ bhikkhu ‘‘kilametvā naṃ dassāmī’’ti dāne saussāho, rakkhati tāva. Sacepi so dāne nirussāho, bhaṇḍassāmiko pana gahaṇe saussāho , rakkhateva. Yadi pana so dāne nirussāho bhaṇḍasāmikopi ‘‘na mayhaṃ dassatī’’ti dhuraṃ nikkhipati, evaṃ ubhinnaṃ dhuranikkhepena bhikkhuno pārājikaṃ . Yadipi mukhena ‘‘dassāmī’’ti vadati, cittena pana adātukāmo, evampi sāmikassa dhuranikkhepe pārājikaṃ. Taṃ pana upanidhi nāma saṅgopanatthāya attano hatthe parehi ṭhapitabhaṇḍaṃ, aguttadesato ṭhānā cāvetvā guttaṭṭhāne ṭhapanatthāya harato anāpatti. Theyyacittenapi ṭhānā cāventassa avahāro natthi. Kasmā? Attano hatthe nikkhittattā, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ pana hoti. Theyyacittena paribhuñjatopi eseva nayo. Tāvakālikaggahaṇepi tatheva. Dhammaṃ carantotiādi vuttanayameva. Ayaṃ tāva pāḷivaṇṇanā.
然而,此处依钵的四分类等而作的圣典外裁决,如是说:据说有一位比丘,对他人一个十分贵重的钵生起贪欲,想要偷走,便仔细记住放置之处,也将自己的钵放在那附近。他在凌晨时分到来,令诵法后,对正在睡眠的大长老说:“我顶礼,尊者。”“你是谁?”“尊者,我是客比丘。我想一早就走,我的钵用这样的肩带系着,放在那样的钵袋里,搁在某处。尊者,我若能取回它就好了。”长老便进屋去拿那个钵。在取出之时,盗贼即犯波罗夷。如果长老出来问:“你是谁?在不恰当的时间来此?”他因害怕而逃跑,逃跑时即已犯波罗夷。然而,由于长老心念清净,故无罪。如果长老心想“我要拿那个”,却拿了另一个,同理。不过,这仅适用于拿了另一个但完全相似之物的情况,如同在关于人的教诫等类似事例中。但在《库伦达》中说:“应以步数处罚”,这适用于拿了不相似之物的情况。显示巴利原文
Pāḷimuttakavinicchayo panettha pattacatukkādivasena evaṃ vutto – eko kira bhikkhu parassa mahagghe patte lobhaṃ uppādetvā taṃ haritukāmo ṭhapitaṭṭhānamassa suṭṭhu sallakkhetvā attanopi pattaṃ tasseva santike ṭhapesi. So paccūsasamaye āgantvā dhammaṃ vācāpetvā niddāyamānaṃ mahātheramāha – ‘‘vandāmi, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Ko eso’’ti? ‘‘Ahaṃ, bhante, āgantukabhikkhu, kālassevamhi gantukāmo, asukasmiñca me ṭhāne īdisena nāma aṃsabaddhakena īdisāya pattatthavikāya patto ṭhapito. Sādhāhaṃ, bhante, taṃ labheyya’’nti thero pavisitvā taṃ gaṇhi. Uddhāreyeva corassa pārājikaṃ. Sace āgantvā ‘‘kosi tvaṃ avelāya āgato’’ti vutto bhīto palāyati, pārājikaṃ patvāva palāyati. Therassa pana suddhacittattā anāpatti. Thero ‘‘taṃ gaṇhissāmī’’ti aññaṃ gaṇhi, eseva nayo. Ayaṃ pana aññaṃ tādisameva gaṇhante yujjati, manussaviggahe āṇattasadisavatthusmiṃ viya. Kurundiyaṃ pana ‘‘padavārena kāretabbo’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ atādisameva gaṇhante yujjati.
若长老误以为是那个,而取了自己的钵给他,因是物主交予盗贼,故不犯波罗夷;但因以不清净心拿取,故犯恶作。若误以为是那个,而取了盗贼自己的钵给他,此时,因是盗贼自有之物,故不犯波罗夷;但同样因以不清净心拿取,犯恶作。在一切情况下,长老无罪。显示巴利原文
Taṃ maññamāno attano pattaṃ gaṇhitvā adāsi, corassa sāmikena dinnattā pārājikaṃ natthi, asuddhacittena pana gahitattā dukkaṭaṃ. Taṃ maññamāno corasseva pattaṃ gaṇhitvā adāsi, idhāpi corassa attano santakattā pārājikaṃ natthi, asuddhacittena pana gahitattā dukkaṭameva. Sabbattha therassa anāpatti.
复有一人,心想“我要偷钵”,便在长老睡眠时上前顶礼。长老问:“是谁?”他答道:“尊者,我是病比丘,请先给我一个钵,我要去村口取药。”长老思惟:“此处没有病人,这人定是盗贼。”便取出自己怨敌比丘的钵,心想“让他拿走这个吧”,交给了他。就在取出钵时,两人皆犯波罗夷。若以“这是怨敌比丘的钵”的想法而取出另一个钵,道理与此相同。然而,若以“这是怨敌的”的想法,而取出盗贼自己的钵给他,如前所述,长老犯波罗夷,盗贼犯恶作。若以为“这是怨敌的”,而取了自己的钵给他,如前所述,两人皆犯恶作。显示巴利原文
Aparo ‘‘pattaṃ coressāmī’’ti tatheva niddāyamānaṃ theraṃ vandi. ‘‘Ko aya’’nti ca vutte ‘ahaṃ, bhante, gilānabhikkhu, ekaṃ tāva me pattaṃ detha, gāmadvāraṃ gantvā bhesajjaṃ āharissāmī’’ti. Thero ‘‘idha gilāno natthi, coro ayaṃ bhavissatī’’ti sallakkhetvā ‘‘imaṃ haratū’’ti attano veribhikkhussa pattaṃ nīharitvā adāsi, dvinnampi uddhāreyeva pārājikaṃ. ‘‘Veribhikkhussa patto’’ti saññāya aññassa pattaṃ uddharantepi eseva nayo. Sace pana ‘‘verissāya’’nti saññāya corasseva pattaṃ uddharitvā deti, vuttanayeneva therassa pārājikaṃ, corassa dukkaṭaṃ. Atha ‘‘verissāya’’nti maññamāno attano pattaṃ deti, vuttanayeneva ubhinnampi dukkaṭaṃ.
一位大长老对侍者年轻比丘说:“取衣钵,我们去某村乞食。”年轻比丘取了衣钵,跟在长老后面行走,此时生起盗心。若他仅将头上所顶的负担移到肩上,不犯波罗夷。何以故?因为是受命而取。然而,若他离开道路进入森林,应按所行步数计罪。若他转身朝着寺院方向逃跑,进入寺院后继续行走,在越过近行地时便犯波罗夷。或者,他从大长老换下下衣之处朝着村落方向逃跑,在越过村的近行地时犯波罗夷。倘若两人都已乞食,无论已食或仅取了食,然后出来,长老又对他说:“取衣钵,我们要回寺院了。”此时,若他如前以盗心将头上所顶的负担移到肩上,衣钵仍处于守护状态。若进入森林,应按步数计罪。若他转身只朝着村落逃跑,在越过村的近行地时犯波罗夷。若他先朝着寺院逃跑,在寺院中未曾停步、未曾坐下,以未止息的盗心继续行走,在越过近行地时犯波罗夷。然而,若是未经教令而擅自拿取者,即便只是将负担移到肩上等时,也已犯波罗夷。其余情形,与前述相似。显示巴利原文
Eko mahāthero upaṭṭhākaṃ daharabhikkhuṃ ‘‘pattacīvaraṃ gaṇha, asukaṃ nāma gāmaṃ gantvā piṇḍāya carissāmā’’ti āha. Daharo gahetvā therassa pacchato pacchato gacchanto theyyacittaṃ uppādetvā sace sīse bhāraṃ khandhe karoti, pārājikaṃ natthi. Kasmā? Āṇattiyā gahitattā. Sace pana maggato okkamma aṭaviṃ pavisati, padavārena kāretabbo. Atha nivattitvā vihārābhimukho palāyitvā vihāraṃ pavisitvā gacchati, upacārātikkame pārājikaṃ. Athāpi mahātherassa nivāsanaparivattanaṭṭhānato gāmābhimukho palāyati, gāmūpacārātikkame pārājikaṃ. Yadi pana ubhopi piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjitvā vā gahetvā vā nikkhamanti, thero ca punapi taṃ vadati – ‘‘pattacīvaraṃ gaṇha, vihāraṃ gamissāmā’’ti. Tatra ce so purimanayeneva theyyacittena sīse bhāraṃ khandhe karoti, rakkhati tāva. Aṭaviṃ pavisati, padavārena kāretabbo. Nivattitvā gāmābhimukho eva palāyati, gāmūpacārātikkame pārājikaṃ. Purato vihārābhimukho palāyitvā vihāre aṭṭhatvā anisīditvā avūpasanteneva theyyacittena gacchati, upacārātikkame pārājikaṃ. Yo pana anāṇatto gaṇhāti, tassa sīse bhāraṃ khandhe karaṇādīsupi pārājikaṃ. Sesaṃ purimasadisameva.
然而,若有人被吩咐:“去某寺院,把衣服洗了、染了再回来。”他答“好的”而拿了去,他在途中生起盗心,在将头上的负担移到肩上等时,不犯巴拉基嘎。若离开道路,应以步数处罚。到了那寺院,就住在那里,以盗心受用,令其耗损,或盗贼偷走了它,不构成“拿取”,但构成“物债”。从那里出来返回时,同理。显示巴利原文
Yo pana ‘‘asukaṃ nāma vihāraṃ gantvā cīvaraṃ dhovitvā rajitvā vā ehī’’ti vutto ‘‘sādhū’’ti gahetvā gacchati, tassapi antarāmagge theyyacittaṃ uppādetvā sīse bhāraṃ khandhe karaṇādīsu pārājikaṃ natthi. Maggā okkamane padavārena kāretabbo. Taṃ vihāraṃ gantvā tattheva vasanto theyyacittena paribhuñjanto jīrāpeti, corā vā tassa taṃ haranti, avahāro natthi, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ pana hoti. Tato nikkhamitvā āgacchatopi eseva nayo.
若有比丘未经长老指示,或长老作出暗示时,或自己察觉衣已污垢后,说:‘尊者,请给我衣,我将前往某村染色后带回。’取衣后出行。若他在途中生起盗心,将衣从头上移到肩上等,即犯巴拉基咖。何以故?因未经指示而取故。即使他离开道路、折返回到原寺院、越过寺院界,亦依前述道理犯巴拉基咖。到达该处、染色后返回时,若生起盗心,道理亦同。然而,若他到达目的地后,或在途中、或在寺院、或返回原寺院后,住于其一边而未越过近行界,以盗心使用令衣破损,或盗贼抢走该衣,或以任何方式毁失,则属赔偿物。若越过近行界,则犯巴拉基咖。显示巴利原文
Yo pana anāṇatto therena nimitte vā kate sayameva vā kiliṭṭhaṃ sallakkhetvā ‘‘detha, bhante, cīvaraṃ; asukaṃ nāma gāmaṃ gantvā rajitvā āharissāmī’’ti gahetvā gacchati; tassa antarāmagge theyyacittaṃ uppādetvā sīse bhāraṃ khandhe karaṇādīsu pārājikaṃ. Kasmā? Anāṇattiyā gahitattā. Maggā okkamatopi paṭinivattitvā tameva vihāraṃ āgantvā vihārasīmaṃ atikkamatopi vuttanayeneva pārājikaṃ. Tattha gantvā rajitvā paccāgacchatopi theyyacitte uppanne eseva nayo. Sace pana yattha gato, tattha vā antarāmagge vihāre vā tameva vihāraṃ paccāgantvā tassa ekapasse vā upacārasīmaṃ anatikkamitvā vasanto theyyacittena paribhuñjanto jīrāpeti, corā vā tassa taṃ haranti, yathā vā tathā vā nassati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Upacārasīmaṃ atikkamato pana pārājikaṃ.
若有比丘在长老作出暗示时,说:‘尊者,请给我,我染色后带回。’并问:‘尊者,我去何处染色?’长老告诉他:‘你想去哪里就去哪里染色。’此人名为‘已放行使者’。即使他以盗心逃走,也不应以不与取罪处置。然而,若他以盗心逃走,或以使用、或以其他方式毁失该物,则仅属赔偿物。若比丘托人带某资具到另一比丘手中,说:‘请交给某寺的某比丘。’当此人对此生起盗心时,一切处之判决,与‘前往某寺洗衣或染色后回来’此处所说相似。显示巴利原文
Yo pana therena nimitte kayiramāne ‘‘detha, bhante, ahaṃ rajitvā āharissāmī’’ti vatvā ‘‘kattha gantvā, bhante, rajāmī’’ti pucchati. Thero ca naṃ ‘‘yattha icchasi, tattha gantvā rajāhī’’ti vadati, ayaṃ ‘‘vissaṭṭhadūto’’ nāma. Theyyacittena palāyantopi na avahārena kāretabbo. Theyyacittena pana palāyatopi paribhogena vā aññathā vā nāsayatopi bhaṇḍadeyyameva hoti. Bhikkhu bhikkhussa hatthe kiñci parikkhāraṃ pahiṇati – ‘‘asukavihāre asukabhikkhussa dehī’’ti, tassa theyyacitte uppanne sabbaṭṭhānesu ‘‘asukaṃ nāma vihāraṃ gantvā cīvaraṃ dhovitvā rajitvā vā ehī’’ti ettha vuttasadiso vinicchayo.
另有一比丘想派人送物,作一暗示:“谁能把东西取去呢?”若其中一人应声:“尊者,请交给我,我去取。”取了之后便出行。若他生起盗心,一切情形下的判决,都与前面所说“尊者,请给我衣,我将前往某村染色后带回”类似。若长老为作衣得到布料,寄放在护持者家中,其弟子想取走那块布料,便到那里假托长老派遣,说:“请把那块布给我。”若优婆塞、优婆夷或任何人信以为实,取出所寄存的布料交给他,这便是不与取,犯巴拉基咖。然而,若长老的护持者将自己的布料存放起来,心想“我们把这布给长老”,其弟子想取走那块布,便到那里说:“听说你们想给长老布,请把那块布给我。”他们信以为实,说:“尊者,我们存放此布,原打算供养后再给;喏,拿去吧。”因为物主已经交付,故不犯巴拉基咖;但以不清净心取物,犯恶作,且该物属应赔偿之物。显示巴利原文
Aparo bhikkhuṃ pahiṇitukāmo nimittaṃ karoti – ‘‘ko nu kho gahetvā gamissatī’’ti, tatra ce eko – ‘‘detha, bhante, ahaṃ gahetvā gamissāmī’’ti gahetvā gacchati, tassa theyyacitte uppanne sabbaṭṭhānesu ‘‘detha, bhante, cīvaraṃ, asukaṃ nāma gāmaṃ gantvā rajitvā āharissāmī’’ti ettha vuttasadiso vinicchayo. Therena cīvaratthāya vatthaṃ labhitvā upaṭṭhākakule ṭhapitaṃ hoti. Athassa antevāsiko vatthaṃ haritukāmo tatra gantvā ‘‘taṃ kira vatthaṃ dethā’’ti therena pesito viya vadati; tassa vacanaṃ saddahitvā upāsakena ṭhapitaṃ upāsikā vā, upāsikāya ṭhapitaṃ upāsako vā añño vā, koci nīharitvā deti, uddhāreyevassa pārājikaṃ. Sace pana therassa upaṭṭhākehi ‘‘imaṃ therassa dassāmā’’ti attano vatthaṃ ṭhapitaṃ hoti. Athassa antevāsiko taṃ haritukāmo tattha gantvā ‘‘therassa kira vatthaṃ dātukāmattha, taṃ dethā’’ti vadati. Te cassa saddahitvā ‘‘mayaṃ, bhante, bhojetvā dassāmāti ṭhapayimha, handa gaṇhāhī’’ti denti. Sāmikehi dinnattā pārājikaṃ natthi, asuddhacittena pana gahitattā dukkaṭaṃ, bhaṇḍadeyyañca hoti.
有比丘告知另一比丘后前往村落,说道:“某某会给我雨安居衣,请你拿到后代为存放。”另一比丘答:“善。”他将那人所给的高价衣与自己得到的廉价衣放在一处。那人回来后,无论是否知道自己的高价衣已被取得,便说:“把我的雨安居衣给我。”这比丘说:“你那件粗质衣已经在这里,而我的衣价值更高,两件都放在某处,你进去取吧。”那人便进去取了粗质衣,另一人则取了另一件,这便是不与取,犯巴拉基咖。或者,他在自己衣上写上那比丘的名字,在那比丘衣上写上自己的名字,说:“去,按名字认取。”此中道理亦同。然而,若他将自己与那人所得的衣放在一处,这样说:“你我所得的二衣都放在内室,去,选你想要的取走吧。”那人出于惭愧,只取了原住者所得的粗质衣,此时原住者取剩下的另一件,则无罪。客比丘在常住比丘们作衣时,将钵和衣放在近处,心想“他们会照管”,然后去沐浴或去别处。若常住比丘们照管,便好;若未照管而致衣物遗失,彼无责任。若他说:“尊者,请代为存放。”然后离去,而常住比丘们忙于己事未加留意,道理亦同。若常住比丘们被请求“尊者,请代为存放”时拒绝道:“我们正忙。”而他仍不听,心想——“显示巴利原文
Bhikkhu bhikkhussa vatvā gāmaṃ gacchati, ‘‘itthannāmo mama vassāvāsikaṃ dassati, taṃ gahetvā ṭhapeyyāsī’’ti. ‘‘Sādhū’’ti so bhikkhu tena dinnaṃ mahagghasāṭakaṃ attanā laddhena appagghasāṭakena saddhiṃ ṭhapetvā tena āgatena attano mahagghasāṭakassa laddhabhāvaṃ ñatvā vā añatvā vā ‘‘dehi me vassāvāsika’’nti vutto ‘‘tava thūlasāṭako laddho, mayhaṃ pana sāṭako mahaggho, dvepi asukasmiṃ nāma okāse ṭhapitā, pavisitvā gaṇhāhī’’ti vadati. Tena pavisitvā thūlasāṭake gahite itarassa itaraṃ gaṇhato uddhāre pārājikaṃ. Athāpi tassa sāṭake attano nāmaṃ attano ca sāṭake tassa nāmaṃ likhitvā ‘‘gaccha nāmaṃ vācetvā gaṇhāhī’’ti vadati, tatrāpi eseva nayo. Yo pana attanā ca tena ca laddhasāṭake ekato ṭhapetvā taṃ evaṃ vadati – ‘‘tayā ca mayā ca laddhasāṭakā dvepi antogabbhe ṭhapitā, gaccha yaṃ icchasi, taṃ vicinitvā gaṇhāhī’’ti. So ca lajjāya āvāsikena laddhaṃ thūlasāṭakameva gaṇheyya, tatrāvāsikassa vicinitvā gahitāvasesaṃ itaraṃ gaṇhato anāpatti. Āgantuko bhikkhu āvāsikānaṃ cīvarakammaṃ karontānaṃ samīpe pattacīvaraṃ ṭhapetvā ‘‘ete saṅgopessantī’’ti maññamāno nhāyituṃ vā aññatra vā gacchati. Sace naṃ āvāsikā saṅgopenti, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce, naṭṭhe gīvā na hoti. Sacepi so ‘‘idaṃ, bhante, ṭhapethā’’ti vatvā gacchati, itare ca sakiccappasutattā na jānanti, eseva nayo. Athāpi te ‘‘idaṃ, bhante, ṭhapethā’’ti vuttā ‘‘mayaṃ byāvaṭā’’ti paṭikkhipanti, itaro ca ‘‘avassaṃ ṭhapessantī’’ti anādiyitvā gacchati, eseva nayo. Sace pana tena yācitā vā ayācitā vā ‘‘mayaṃ ṭhapessāma, tvaṃ gacchā’’ti vadanti; taṃ saṅgopitabbaṃ. No ce saṅgopenti, naṭṭhe gīvā. Kasmā? Sampaṭicchitattā.
若有比丘担任库管,于凌晨时分便将比丘们的钵与衣搬下楼,关上门,不告知他们便去远处乞食。若盗贼偷走那些衣,库管负有责任。然而,若有比丘被众人告知:“尊者,请把钵和衣搬下来,该取筹了。”他问:“都到齐了吗?”答:“是的,都到齐了。”他便把钵衣取出放好,锁上库房门,嘱咐道:“你们取了钵和衣之后,关好楼下门再离去。”然后才离去。众比丘中有一懒惰比丘,等众人离去后,许久才揉着眼睛起身,去水边洗脸。盗贼趁此机会,偷走了他的钵和衣,这真算是一次巧妙的偷窃。库管没有责任。显示巴利原文
Yo bhikkhu bhaṇḍāgāriko hutvā paccūsasamaye eva bhikkhūnaṃ pattacīvarāni heṭṭhāpāsādaṃ oropetvā dvāraṃ apidahitvā tesampi anārocetvāva dūre bhikkhācāraṃ gacchati; tāni ce corā haranti, tasseva gīvā. Yo pana bhikkhūhi ‘‘oropetha, bhante, pattacīvarāni; kālo salākaggahaṇassā’’ti vutto ‘‘samāgatatthā’’ti pucchitvā ‘‘āma, samāgatamhā’’ti vutte pattacīvarāni nīharitvā nikkhipitvā bhaṇḍāgāradvāraṃ bandhitvā ‘‘tumhe pattacīvarāni gahetvā heṭṭhāpāsādadvāraṃ paṭijaggitvā gaccheyyāthā’’ti vatvā gacchati. Tatra ceko alasajātiko bhikkhu bhikkhūsu gatesu pacchā akkhīni puñchanto uṭṭhahitvā udakaṭṭhānaṃ mukhadhovanatthaṃ gacchati, taṃ khaṇaṃ disvā corā tassa pattacīvaraṃ haranti, suhaṭaṃ. Bhaṇḍāgārikassa gīvā na hoti.
即使有人未通知库房管理员而将自己的资具放在库房中,若该资具丢失,管理员无责任。然而,若管理员看到后认为“放在不当之处”而将其收起存放,丢失时则有他的责任。若放置的比丘说:“尊者,我将如此这般的资具放在这里,请您留意。”管理员回答“好的”并接受,或认为放置不当而将其移至他处,丢失时仍是该管理员的责任。若管理员拒绝说“我不知道”,则无责任。若有人在管理员亲眼目睹时放置资具,且未让管理员承诺保管,丢失便单纯是丢失。若管理员将其移至他处,丢失时便有责任。若库房妥善防护,僧团与塔庙的所有资具都存放在那里,而管理员愚钝不精明,开门去听法或做其他事,盗贼趁机而入,所盗取的一切皆由管理员负责。若管理员从库房出来,在外经行,或开门让身体纳凉,或就地坐着修习沙门法,或就地坐下忙于某事,或因大小便急迫而在库房附近有方便处时去往外面,或以任何其他方式放逸,致使门开着或敞着进入,或盗贼破墙而入,凡因管理员放逸而被盗贼取走的一切,皆由管理员负责。然而,据说在暑热时开窗躺卧是允许的。若因便急而附近无方便处,须往他处,及因病者之状态。显示巴利原文
Sacepi koci bhaṇḍāgārikassa anārocetvāva bhaṇḍāgāre attano parikkhāraṃ ṭhapeti, tasmimpi naṭṭhe bhaṇḍāgārikassa gīvā na hoti. Sace pana bhaṇḍāgāriko taṃ disvā ‘‘aṭṭhāne ṭhapita’’nti gahetvā ṭhapeti, naṭṭhe tassa gīvā. Sacepi ṭhapitabhikkhunā ‘‘mayā, bhante, īdiso nāma parikkhāro ṭhapito, upadhāreyyāthā’’ti vutto ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchati, dunnikkhittaṃ vā maññamāno aññasmiṃ ṭhāne ṭhapeti, tasseva gīvā. ‘‘Nāhaṃ jānāmī’’ti paṭikkhipantassa pana natthi gīvā. Yopi tassa passantasseva ṭhapeti, bhaṇḍāgārikañca na sampaṭicchāpeti , naṭṭhaṃ sunaṭṭhameva. Sace taṃ bhaṇḍāgāriko aññatra ṭhapeti, naṭṭhe gīvā. Sace bhaṇḍāgāraṃ suguttaṃ, sabbo saṅghassa ca cetiyassa ca parikkhāro tattheva ṭhapīyati, bhaṇḍāgāriko ca bālo abyatto dvāraṃ vivaritvā dhammakathaṃ vā sotuṃ, aññaṃ vā kiñci kātuṃ katthaci gacchati, taṃ khaṇaṃ disvā yattakaṃ corā haranti, sabbaṃ tassa gīvā. Bhaṇḍāgārato nikkhamitvā bahi caṅkamantassa vā dvāraṃ vivaritvā sarīraṃ utuṃ gāhāpentassa vā tattheva samaṇadhammānuyogena nisinnassa vā tattheva nisīditvā kenaci kammena byāvaṭassa vā uccārapassāvapīḷitassāpi tato tattheva upacāre vijjamāne bahi gacchato vā aññena vā kenaci ākārena pamattassa sato dvāraṃ vivaritvā vā vivaṭameva pavisitvā vā sandhiṃ chinditvā vā yattakaṃ tassa pamādapaccayā corā haranti, sabbaṃ tasseva gīvā. Uṇhasamaye pana vātapānaṃ vivaritvā nipajjituṃ vaṭṭatīti vadanti. Uccārapīḷitassa pana tasmiṃ upacāre asati aññattha gacchantassa gilānapakkhe ṭhitattā avisayo; tasmā gīvā na hoti.
若有人因内急热恼,将门妥善锁好后外出,盗贼抓住他说“开门”,直到第三次都不应开。然而,若那些盗贼举起斧头等说:“若不开门,我们便杀了你,并破门夺走资具。”此时心想“我若死了,僧团与住所毁坏,毫无利益”,则可以开门。据说在此情况下,因不在其能力范围内,故无责任。若有外来者交付钥匙或开门,盗贼所取走的一切,皆由该人负责。若僧团为守护库房而装配了针锁和钥匙封印交付,管理员仅插上门闩便躺下,盗贼开门取走资具,责任全在管理员。若装配了针锁和钥匙封印后躺下,盗贼来令开门,应依前述方法应对。如此妥善防护后躺下,若盗贼破墙或破屋顶,或挖地道进入而取走,管理员无责任。若库房中还有其他长老居住,门开着时各自取走自己的资具离去,管理员在他们离去后不照看门,若有物品被窃,因管理员有主管之责,责任仍在管理员。然而,长老们应作为助手。此是此处之规矩。显示巴利原文
Yo pana anto uṇhapīḷito dvāraṃ suguttaṃ katvā bahi nikkhamati, corā ca naṃ gahetvā ‘‘dvāraṃ vivarā’’ti vadanti, yāva tatiyaṃ na vivaritabbaṃ. Yadi pana te corā ‘‘sace na vivarasi, tañca māressāma, dvārañca bhinditvā parikkhāraṃ harissāmā’’ti pharasuādīni ukkhipanti. ‘‘Mayi ca mate saṅghassa ca senāsane vinaṭṭhe guṇo natthī’’ti vivarituṃ vaṭṭati. Idhāpi avisayattā gīvā natthīti vadanti. Sace koci āgantuko kuñcikaṃ vā deti, dvāraṃ vā vivarati, yattakaṃ corā haranti, sabbaṃ tassa gīvā. Saṅghena bhaṇḍāgāraguttatthāya sūciyantakañca kuñcikamuddikā ca yojetvā dinnā hoti, bhaṇḍāgāriko ghaṭikamattaṃ datvā nipajjati, corā vivaritvā parikkhāraṃ haranti, tasseva gīvā. Sūciyantakañca kuñcikamuddikañca yojetvā nipannaṃ panetaṃ sace corā āgantvā ‘‘vivarā’’ti vadanti, tattha purimanayeneva paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Evaṃ guttaṃ katvā nipanne pana sace bhittiṃ vā chadanaṃ vā bhinditvā umaṅgena vā pavisitvā haranti, na tassa gīvā. Sace bhaṇḍāgāre aññepi therā vasanti, vivaṭe dvāre attano attano parikkhāraṃ gahetvā gacchanti, bhaṇḍāgāriko tesu gatesu dvāraṃ na jaggati, sace tattha kiñci avaharīyati, bhaṇḍāgārikassa issaratāya bhaṇḍāgārikasseva gīvā. Therehi pana sahāyehi bhavitabbaṃ. Ayaṃ tattha sāmīci.
若库房管理员说:“你们就站在外面取你们的资具,不要进来。”而他们中有一位放逸的大长老,与沙弥和侍者一起进入库房,又坐又躺,若有物品丢失,全归他负责。然而,库房管理员应与其余长老作为助手。若库房管理员自己带着放逸的沙弥和侍者,在库房里又坐又躺,那里若有丢失,全归他负责。因此,库房管理员应自己住在那里。其余人即使住在树下,也不应住在库房中。显示巴利原文
Yadi bhaṇḍāgāriko ‘‘tumhe bahi ṭhatvāva tumhākaṃ parikkhāraṃ gaṇhatha, mā pavisitthā’’ti vadati, tesañca eko lolamahāthero sāmaṇerehi ceva upaṭṭhākehi ca saddhiṃ bhaṇḍāgāraṃ pavisitvā nisīdati ceva nipajjati ca, yattakaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ nassati, sabbaṃ tassa gīvā. Bhaṇḍāgārikena pana avasesattherehi ca sahāyehi bhavitabbaṃ. Atha bhaṇḍāgārikova lolasāmaṇere ca upaṭṭhāke ca gahetvā bhaṇḍāgāre nisīdati ceva nipajjati ca, yaṃ tattha nassati, sabbaṃ tasseva gīvā. Tasmā bhaṇḍāgārikeneva tattha vasitabbaṃ. Avasesehi appeva rukkhamūle vasitabbaṃ, na ca bhaṇḍāgāreti.
若比丘们将资具存放在各自同侣比丘的住室中,一旦资具丢失,由放置者自己负责;其他人则应从中协助。如果僧团就在库房管理员的住处供给粥食,而管理员仍去村中托钵,其间若有遗失,由其自行负责。为守护多余衣物所设的住处守护者,若在已领得粥食等供给的情况下尚且出去托钵,彼时若有遗失,全由他负责。不仅如此,正如库房管理员一样,凡是因其放逸而导致的丢失,皆由他一人承担。显示巴利原文
Ye pana attano attano sabhāgabhikkhūnaṃ vasanagabbhesu parikkhāraṃ ṭhapenti, parikkhāre naṭṭhe yehi ṭhapito, tesaṃyeva gīvā. Itarehi pana sahāyehi bhavitabbaṃ. Yadi pana saṅgho bhaṇḍāgārikassa vihāreyeva yāgubhattaṃ dāpeti, so ca bhikkhācāratthāya gāmaṃ gacchati, naṭṭhaṃ tasseva gīvā. Bhikkhācāraṃ pavisantehi atirekacīvararakkhaṇatthāya ṭhapitavihāravārikassāpi yāgubhattaṃ vā nivāpaṃ vā labhamānasseva bhikkhācāraṃ gacchato yaṃ tattha nassati, sabbaṃ gīvā. Na kevalañca ettakameva, bhaṇḍāgārikassa viya yaṃ tassa pamādappaccayā nassati, sabbaṃ gīvā.
若寺院很大,前往守护其他区域的人,其放在另一区域的物品被人偷走,因不在其看管范围,不须负责。在这样的寺院中,应将资具放置在中央众人会集之处,然后坐下守护。应安立两三位寺院守护者。若他们勤加守护、处处看顾而仍有物品遗失,不须负责。若盗贼绑走寺院守护者并抢走待搬运的物品,或守护者因盗贼拦路而改行他道时物品被劫,也不须他们负责。如果寺院未供给守护者粥、食或分配粮,他们可从应得份额中额外留出两三份粥筹以及足够他们食用的食筹,这样做是允许的。但不应固定设置,因为人们会生懊恼,心想:‘寺院守护者独享我们的食物。’因此应轮替安立。若有同修比丘将筹食带给他们,这样很好;若无人带来,则应使他们在轮值后自行取出。如果寺院守护者得到两三份粥筹、四五份食筹之后,仍然去托钵乞食,则如同库房管理员一样,所有遗失物品皆须由其负责。若僧团不曾供给寺院守护者食物或分配粮,比丘们应承担寺院的轮值守护,各自照顾自己的依止者;轮到值时不应推辞,应一如其他比丘之所行。但不应将轮值分派给无同伴、或仅有一同伴且没有同修比丘能带来食物给予的比丘。显示巴利原文
Sace vihāro mahā hoti, aññaṃ padesaṃ rakkhituṃ gacchantassa aññasmiṃ padese nikkhittaṃ haranti, avisayattā gīvā na hoti. Īdise pana vihāre vemajjhe sabbesaṃ osaraṇaṭṭhāne parikkhāre ṭhapetvā nisīditabbaṃ. Vihāravārikā vā dve tayo ṭhapetabbā. Sace tesaṃ appamattānaṃ ito cito ca rakkhataṃyeva kiñci nassati, gīvā na hoti. Vihāravārike bandhitvā haritabhaṇḍampi corānaṃ paṭipathaṃ gatesu aññena maggena haritabhaṇḍampi na tesaṃ gīvā. Sace vihāravārikānaṃ vihāre dātabbaṃ yāgubhattaṃ vā nivāpo vā na hoti, tehi pattabbalābhato atirekā dve tisso yāgusalākā, tesaṃ pahonakabhattasalākā ca ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭati. Nibaddhaṃ katvā pana na ṭhapetabbā, manussā hi vippaṭisārino honti, ‘‘vihāravārikāyeva amhākaṃ bhattaṃ bhuñjantī’’ti. Tasmā parivattetvā ṭhapetabbā. Sace tesaṃ sabhāgā salākabhattāni āharitvā denti, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ; no ce denti, vāraṃ gāhāpetvā nīharāpetabbāni. Sace vihāravāriko dve tisso yāgusalākā, cattāri pañca salākabhattāni ca labhamānova bhikkhācāraṃ gacchati, bhaṇḍāgārikassa viya sabbaṃ naṭṭhaṃ gīvā hoti. Sace saṅghassa vihārapālānaṃ dātabbaṃ bhattaṃ vā nivāpo vā natthi, bhikkhū vihāravāraṃ gahetvā attano attano nissitake jaggenti, sampattavāraṃ aggahetuṃ na labhanti, yathā aññe bhikkhū karonti, tatheva kātabbaṃ. Bhikkhūhi pana asahāyakassa vā attadutiyassa vā yassa sabhāgo bhikkhu bhattaṃ ānetvā dātā natthi, evarūpassa vāro na pāpetabbo.
为备办伙食而存放在寺院的物品,受用该物而生活者应当留守;不倚靠此物生活者,不应令其轮值。为守护果实而安置比丘在寺中,经守护保管后,按果实轮次分与食用;食用这些果实者应当留守,不受用者不应令其轮值。为守护住所、床、凳及铺盖物而安置者,住在寺院内者应当留守;但露宿者或树下住者,不应令其轮值。显示巴利原文
Yampi pākavattatthāya vihāre ṭhapenti, taṃ gahetvā upajīvantena ṭhātabbaṃ. Yo taṃ na upajīvati , so vāraṃ na gāhāpetabbo. Phalāphalatthāyapi vihāre bhikkhuṃ ṭhapenti, jaggitvā gopetvā phalavārena bhājetvā khādanti. Yo tāni khādati, tena ṭhātabbaṃ. Anupajīvanto na gāhāpetabbo. Senāsanamañcapīṭhapaccattharaṇarakkhaṇatthāyapi ṭhapenti, āvāse vasantena ṭhātabbaṃ. Abbhokāsiko pana rukkhamūliko vā na gāhāpetabbo.
有一位新学比丘,虽是新学,却多闻博学,能为众人教授法义、解答疑问、阐释经句、说法开示,并且承担僧团事务。此人即使受用利养、住在寺院,也不可安排他轮值。他们说:‘当知这是特殊人才。’显示巴利原文
Eko navako hoti, bahussuto pana bahūnaṃ dhammaṃ vāceti, paripucchaṃ deti, pāḷiṃ vaṇṇeti, dhammakathaṃ katheti, saṅghassa bhāraṃ nittharati, ayaṃ lābhaṃ paribhuñjantopi āvāse vasantopi vāraṃ na gāhetabbo. ‘‘Purisaviseso nāma ñātabbo’’ti vadanti.
对于守护布萨堂与佛像殿者,应每日供给双份粥食、每年一纳利米、三衣,以及价值十或二十摩沙迦的如法物品。若他得到这些,却因放逸而丢失任何物品,全归他负责。然而,若被捆绑后遭强力抢夺,则不算责任。在彼处,可用佛塔的财物守护佛塔的财物,这是可以的。不可用佛塔的财物守护僧团的财物。但若僧团的财物与佛塔的财物放在一起,守护佛塔财物时也同时守护了僧团财物,这样是可以的。即使按半月轮值守护布萨堂等处,若因放逸而丢失,仍归他负责。显示巴利原文
Uposathāgārapaṭimāgharajaggakassa pana diguṇaṃ yāgubhattaṃ devasikaṃ taṇḍulanāḷi saṃvacchare ticīvaraṃ, dasavīsagghanakaṃ kappiyabhaṇḍañca dātabbaṃ. Sace pana tassa taṃ labhamānasseva pamādena tattha kiñci nassati, sabbaṃ gīvā. Bandhitvā balakkārena acchinnaṃ pana na gīvā. Tattha cetiyassa vā saṅghassa vā santakena cetiyassa santakaṃ rakkhāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. Cetiyassa santakena saṅghassa santakaṃ rakkhāpetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Yaṃ pana cetiyassa santakena saddhiṃ saṅghassa santakaṃ ṭhapitaṃ hoti, taṃ cetiyasantake rakkhāpite rakkhitameva hotīti evaṃ vaṭṭati. Pakkhavārena uposathāgārādīni rakkhatopi pamādavasena naṭṭhaṃ gīvāyevāti.
113 113. “破坏关税”意为在那里破坏关税,故称“关税破坏”;这是关税处的别名。因为当人们将应课税的物品不纳税而带出时,便损害、毁坏了国王的关税,因此说为“关税破坏”。“进入其中”,即进入国王在山谷等处划定界限后设置的关税处。“国王应得之物”,指属于国王的物品;凡是应缴纳给国王价值五摩沙迦或超过五摩沙迦关税的物品,即此国王应得之物。也有“国王所爱”的异读,意义相同。“以盗心”,即生起“我不给国王关税”的盗心后,触碰该物品,犯恶作。从放置处拿起放入袋中,或在隐蔽处将其与大腿绑在一起,犯偷兰遮。因关税处已经划定界限,故不涉及“移离原处”。当第二只脚越过关税处界限时,即犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
113. Suṅkaṃ tato hanantīti suṅkaghātaṃ; suṅkaṭṭhānassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tañhi yasmā tato suṅkārahaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ suṅkaṃ adatvā nīharantā rañño suṅkaṃ hananti vināsenti, tasmā suṅkaghātanti vuttaṃ. Tatra pavisitvāti tatra pabbatakhaṇḍādīsu raññā paricchedaṃ katvā ṭhapite suṅkaṭṭhāne pavisitvā. Rājaggaṃ bhaṇḍanti rājārahaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ; yato rañño pañcamāsakaṃ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ suṅkaṃ dātabbaṃ hoti, taṃ bhaṇḍanti attho. Rājakantipi pāṭho, ayamevattho. Theyyacittoti ‘‘ito rañño suṅkaṃ na dassāmī’’ti theyyacittaṃ uppādetvā taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ āmasati, dukkaṭaṃ. Ṭhapitaṭṭhānato gahetvā thavikāya vā pakkhipati, paṭicchannaṭṭhāne vā ūrunā saddhiṃ bandhati, thullaccayaṃ. Suṅkaṭṭhānena paricchinnattā ṭhānācāvanaṃ na hoti. Suṅkaṭṭhānaparicchedaṃ dutiyaṃ pādaṃ atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ.
“使其落到关税处之外”:看见国王的官员正忙于他事,便站在关税处内,为了将物品投落到外面而投掷。若该物必然落下,则从手中脱离的刹那即成波罗夷。若该物被树或树桩挡住,或被强风吹起后又落回关税处内,则不犯。再拿起投掷,依前述方式,波罗夷。落地后又滚动进入关税处内,仍是波罗夷。但在《库伦迪疏略》中说:“若落到外面后停住,再滚动进入,波罗夷。若未停住而直接滚动进入,则不犯。”显示巴利原文
Bahisuṅkaghātaṃ pātetīti rājapurisānaṃ aññavihitabhāvaṃ passitvā anto ṭhitova bahi patanatthāya khipati. Tañce avassaṃ patanakaṃ, hatthato muttamatte pārājikaṃ. Tañce rukkhe vā khāṇumhi vā paṭihataṃ balavavātavegukkhittaṃ vā hutvā puna antoyeva patati, rakkhati. Puna gaṇhitvā khipati, pubbe vuttanayeneva pārājikaṃ. Bhūmiyaṃ patitvā vaṭṭantaṃ puna anto pavisati, pārājikameva. Kurundīsaṅkhepaṭṭhakathāsu pana ‘‘sace bahi patitaṃ ṭhatvā vaṭṭantaṃ pavisati, pārājikaṃ. Sace atiṭṭhamānaṃyeva vaṭṭitvā pavisati rakkhatī’’ti vuttaṃ.
站在关税处内,用手、脚或棍棒使物品滚动,或令他人使其滚动,若物品未停住而滚动出去,波罗夷。站在关税处内,眼看着物品正向外移动,心想“它会滚动出去”或“别人会使其滚动”,之后将物品放在关税处内,后来该物品自行滚动或被他人滚动而出去,仍不算犯。但若以清净心放置,而物品如此出去,则无可指责。将两个包裹绑在一起放在关税处边界上,即使外面包裹的关税仅值一足价,但因与内包裹绑在一起,内包裹不算犯。但若翻转过来,将内包裹放在外面,波罗夷。于扁担上绑在一起放置的,同理。但若未绑在一起,仅是放在扁担末端,波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Anto ṭhatvā hatthena vā pādena vā yaṭṭhiyā vā vaṭṭeti, aññena vā vaṭṭāpeti, sace aṭṭhatvā vaṭṭamānaṃ gataṃ, pārājikaṃ. Anto ṭhatvā bahi gacchantaṃ rakkhati, ‘‘vaṭṭitvā gamissatī’’ti vā ‘‘añño naṃ vaṭṭessatī’’ti vā anto ṭhapitaṃ pacchā sayaṃ vā vaṭṭamānaṃ aññena vā vaṭṭitaṃ bahi gacchati, rakkhatiyeva. Suddhacittena ṭhapite pana tathā gacchante vattabbameva natthi. Dve puṭake ekābaddhe katvā suṅkaṭṭhānasīmantare ṭhapeti, kiñcāpi bahipuṭake suṅkaṃ pādaṃ agghati, tena saddhiṃ ekābaddhatāya pana anto puṭako rakkhati. Sace pana parivattetvā abbhantarimaṃ bahi ṭhapeti, pārājikaṃ. Kājepi ekabaddhaṃ katvā ṭhapite eseva nayo. Sace pana abandhitvā kājakoṭiyaṃ ṭhapitamattameva hoti, pārājikaṃ.
在行驶的车乘中,或在马背等处的放置物品,若心想“稍后会取出”,即使已取出,也不构成不与取,亦不构成应缴物品之罪。何以故?因为说“让进入此处者缴纳关税”,而此物品位于关税处之外,且并非由他带出,因此既不构成应缴物品之罪,也不构成波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Gacchante yāne vā assapiṭṭhiādīsu vā ṭhapeti ‘‘bahi nīharissatī’’ti nīhaṭepi avahāro natthi, bhaṇḍadeyyampi na hoti. Kasmā? ‘‘Atra paviṭṭhassa suṅkaṃ gaṇhantū’’ti vuttattā idañca suṅkaṭṭhānassa bahi ṭhitaṃ, na ca tena nītaṃ, tasmā neva bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ na pārājikaṃ.
对于停放在车乘等上的物品,若未经此人操作而车乘等自行移动,即使他怀有偷盗之心,也不构成不与取。但是,若放置之后驱赶车乘等使其越过界限,或者因为大象等受过绳索训练,他站在前面呼唤“来啊”,一旦越过界限,即犯波罗夷。在羊毛戒中,在此种情形下令他人取走,则无犯;而在当前的情形下,则犯波罗夷。在那里,若不知情而将他人的物品放入他人的车乘或物品中,并令其越过三由旬,则该物品成为舍堕。在此处,则无犯。显示巴利原文
Ṭhitayānādīsu ṭhapite vinā tassa payogaṃ gatesu theyyacittepi sati nevatthi avahāro. Yadi pana ṭhapetvā yānādīni pājento atikkāmeti , hatthisuttādīsu vā kataparicayattā purato ṭhatvā ‘‘ehi, re’’ti pakkosati, sīmātikkame pārājikaṃ. Eḷakalomasikkhāpade imasmiṃ ṭhāne aññaṃ harāpeti, anāpatti, idha pārājikaṃ. Tatra aññassa yāne vā bhaṇḍe vā ajānantassa pakkhipitvā tiyojanaṃ atikkāmeti, nissaggiyāni hontīti pācittiyaṃ. Idha anāpatti.
在关税处,应缴纳关税后方可通行。有一位比丘心中作意:“若有人说‘缴纳关税’,我便缴纳;若无人说,我便离去。”见此情形,一位税吏说:“这位比丘要走了,抓住他,收他的关税。”另一位税吏说:“出家人哪有关税,让他走吧。”此时便算得到许可,可以通行。若有人说:“比丘不缴关税不得通行,诸位居士,抓住他。”而另一人说:“向比丘收关税,恐怕得拿走他的钵和衣,何必如此,让他走吧。”此时也算得到许可。若税吏在睡觉,或在赌博,或去了别处,而这位比丘呼唤“税吏何在”也未找到,此时同样算得到许可。若到达关税处时,比丘因别事分心,或正在思惟某事,或正在诵经,或正在修习业处,或因盗贼、大象、狮子、老虎等突然出现而被追赶,或见大云生起而想进入前方的厅堂,因而越过该处,此时仍算得到许可。显示巴利原文
Suṅkaṭṭhāne suṅkaṃ datvāva gantuṃ vaṭṭati. Eko ābhogaṃ katvā gacchati ‘‘sace ‘suṅkaṃ dehī’ti vakkhanti, dassāmi; no ce vakkhanti, gamissāmī’’ti. Taṃ disvā eko suṅkiko ‘‘eso bhikkhu gacchati, gaṇhatha naṃ suṅka’’nti vadati, aparo ‘‘kuto pabbajitassa suṅkaṃ, gacchatū’’ti vadati, laddhakappaṃ hoti, gantabbaṃ. ‘‘Bhikkhūnaṃ suṅkaṃ adatvā gantuṃ na vaṭṭati, gaṇha upāsakā’’ti vutte pana ‘‘bhikkhussa suṅkaṃ gaṇhantehi pattacīvaraṃ gahetabbaṃ bhavissati, kiṃ tena, gacchatū’’ti vuttepi laddhakappameva. Sacepi suṅkikā niddāyanti vā, jūtaṃ vā kīḷanti, yattha katthaci vā gatā, ayañca ‘‘kuhiṃ suṅkikā’’ti pakkositvāpi na passati, laddhakappameva. Sacepi suṅkaṭṭhānaṃ patvā aññavihito, kiñci cintento vā sajjhāyanto vā manasikāraṃ anuyuñjanto vā corahatthisīhabyagghādīhi sahasā vuṭṭhāya samanubaddho vā, mahāmeghaṃ uṭṭhitaṃ disvā purato sālaṃ pavisitukāmo vā hutvā taṃ ṭhānaṃ atikkamati, laddhakappameva.
“逃避关税”者,在此,即使进入近行范围后逃避,仍是不与取。显示巴利原文
Suṅkaṃpariharatīti ettha upacāraṃ okkamitvā kiñcāpi pariharati, avahāroyevāti
《库伦达义注》如此说。而《大义注》中则说:“‘国王的差役会骚扰逃避者’,如此仅显示过患之后,进入近行范围而逃避者,犯恶作;未进入近行范围而逃避者,无犯。”这与巴利圣典相符。在此,应以两掷土块的距离来界定近行范围。显示巴利原文
Kurundaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃpana ‘‘‘pariharantaṃ rājapurisā viheṭhentī’ti kevalaṃ ādīnavaṃ dassetvā upacāraṃ okkamitvā pariharato dukkaṭaṃ, anokkamitvā pariharato anāpattī’’ti vuttaṃ. Idaṃ pāḷiyā sameti. Ettha dvīhi leḍḍupātehi upacāro paricchinditabboti.
114 114. 此后,为明确揭示足以构成不与取的有情,说“人趣有情”。若带走自由人,不构成不与取。即便自由人是由父母所安置,或自己将自己抵押而取得五十或六十钱,带走此人亦不构成不与取;然而,财物在所在之处会增长。若带走家生奴、财买奴、战俘奴等类别的奴隶,则构成不与取。正是为此而说:“有情,即人趣有情。”其中,家生奴指家中女奴所生之奴,财买奴指以财物买来之奴,战俘奴指从其他国家掠来令为奴者。若对此类有情怀“我将带走”的念头而触摸,犯恶作。若抓住手或脚抬起,令其挣扎,犯偷兰遮。若抬起后欲逃走的当下,即使仅移动毛发尖的距离,即犯波罗夷。若抓住头发或手拖拽,应以脚步数来判定。显示巴利原文
114. Ito parasmiṃ ekaṃsena avahārappahonakapāṇaṃ dassento ‘‘manussapāṇo’’ti āha. Tampi bhujissaṃ harantassa avahāro natthi. Yopi bhujisso mātarā vā pitarā vā āṭhapito hoti, attanā vā attano upari katvā paññāsaṃ vā saṭṭhiṃ vā aggahesi, tampi harantassa avahāro natthi; dhanaṃ pana gataṭṭhāne vaḍḍhati. Antojātaka-dhanakkīta-karamarānītappabhedaṃ pana dāsaṃyeva harantassa avahāro hoti. Tameva hi sandhāya idaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘‘pāṇo nāma manussapāṇo vuccatī’’ti. Ettha ca gehadāsiyā kucchimhi dāsassa jāto antojātako, dhanena kīto dhanakkīto, paradesato paharitvā ānetvā dāsabyaṃ upagamito karamarānītoti veditabbo. Evarūpaṃ pāṇaṃ ‘‘harissāmī’’ti āmasati, dukkaṭaṃ. Hatthe vā pāde vā gahetvā ukkhipanto phandāpeti, thullaccayaṃ. Ukkhipitvā palāyitukāmo kesaggamattampi ṭhitaṭṭhānato atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. Kesesu vā hatthesu vā gahetvā kaḍḍhati, padavārena kāretabbo.
若以“我要踢你”进行威胁或殴打,或者说“你离开这里”,听者依所说方向而行,于迈出第二步时即犯波罗夷。即使与彼同心者,亦于同一刹那皆犯波罗夷。比丘见奴隶后,无论是否询问苦乐,若说:“去吧,逃走后安乐生活”,若该奴隶因此逃走,于第二步时犯波罗夷。若有其他比丘对来到自己跟前的人说“逃吧”,乃至对依次来到自己跟前的百位比丘说,则所有说者皆犯波罗夷。然而,若对正在快速逃跑的人说“逃吧,趁主人还未抓住你”,不犯波罗夷。但若对缓慢行走的人说,而那人因他的话而开始快速行走,则犯波罗夷。若见某人已逃至他村或他处后,又令其从该处逃走,亦犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Padasānessāmīti tajjento vā paharanto vā ‘‘ito gacchāhī’’ti vadati, tena vuttadisābhāgaṃ gacchantassa dutiyapadavārena pārājikaṃ. Yepi tena saddhiṃ ekacchandā honti, sabbesaṃ ekakkhaṇe pārājikaṃ. Bhikkhu dāsaṃ disvā sukhadukkhaṃ pucchitvā vā apucchitvā vā ‘‘gaccha, palāyitvā sukhaṃ jīvā’’ti vadati, so ce palāyati, dutiyapadavāre pārājikaṃ. Taṃ attano samīpaṃ āgataṃ añño ‘‘palāyā’’ti vadati, sace bhikkhusataṃ paṭipāṭiyā attano samīpamāgataṃ vadati, sabbesaṃ pārājikaṃ. Yo pana vegasā palāyantaṃyeva ‘‘palāya, yāva taṃ sāmikā na gaṇhantī’’ti bhaṇati, anāpatti pārājikassa. Sace pana saṇikaṃ gacchantaṃ bhaṇati, so ca tassa vacanena sīghaṃ gacchati, pārājikaṃ. Palāyitvā aññaṃ gāmaṃ vā desaṃ vā gataṃ disvā tatopi palāpentassa pārājikameva.
“不与取”者,以方便而脱罪。若如是说:“你在此做什么?显示巴利原文
Adinnādānaṃ nāma pariyāyena muccati. Yo hi evaṃ vadati – ‘‘tvaṃ idha kiṃ karosi,
若说:“难道你不可以逃走吗?”或“难道你不可以去某处安乐生活吗?”或“奴隶们逃到某地后安乐生活”,而对方闻其语后逃走,不构成不与取。若说:“我们要去某地,到那里的人安乐生活,与我们同行者途中亦无资具等疲累”,然后带着自愿同行者以行路方式而去,而非以偷盗心,则不构成不与取。若途中盗贼出现,说:“喂!盗贼来了,快逃,快来,走吧”,因是为解救盗贼之难而说,故不称为不与取。显示巴利原文
Kiṃ te palāyituṃ na vaṭṭatīti vā, kiṃ katthaci gantvā sukhaṃ jīvituṃ na vaṭṭatīti vā, dāsadāsiyo palāyitvā amukaṃ nāma padesaṃ gantvā sukhaṃ jīvantī’’ti vā, so ca tassa vacanaṃ sutvā palāyati, avahāro natthi. Yopi ‘‘mayaṃ amukaṃ nāma padesaṃ gacchāma, tatrāgatā sukhaṃ jīvanti, amhehi ca saddhiṃ gacchantānaṃ antarāmaggepi pātheyyādīhi kilamatho natthī’’ti vatvā sukhaṃ attanā saddhiṃ āgacchantaṃ gahetvā gacchati maggagamanavasena, na theyyacittena; nevatthi avahāro. Antarāmagge ca coresu uṭṭhitesu ‘‘are! Corā uṭṭhitā, vegena palāya, ehi yāhī’’ti vadantassāpi corantarāya mocanatthāya vuttattā avahāraṃ na vadantīti.
无足者中,“蛇”者,名为有主之蛇,即被耍蛇者等所捕捉的蛇;他们戏弄之……显示巴利原文
Apadesu ahi nāma sassāmiko ahituṇḍikādīhi gahitasappo; yaṃ kīḷāpentā
即使得到半帕达、一帕达或一个钱币,他们放生时也是拿了金银才放。他们去到某位比丘的坐处,放下蛇笼后,或在那里睡着,或往别处去。若该比丘以盗心触碰那个笼子,犯恶作;若令其动摇,犯偷兰遮;若使其移离原位,犯波罗夷。若打开笼子后抓住蛇的颈部,犯恶作;若将蛇提起,犯偷兰遮;若将蛇竖直提起,当蛇尾从笼底脱离,哪怕只有一毫毛尖时,即犯波罗夷。若摩擦着拖出,当蛇尾从笼口脱离时,即犯波罗夷。若将笼口稍微打开,或给予打击,并叫唤‘喂,出来!’而令蛇出笼,犯波罗夷。同样地,打开笼口后,发出蛙声或鼠声,或撒谷粒,并叫唤其名,或弹指,如此令蛇出笼,亦犯波罗夷。即使不打开笼口而做这些行为,若饥饿的蛇以头撞击笼盖,打开空间后逃走,亦犯波罗夷。然而,若在笼口敞开时,蛇自行出笼逃走,则属赔偿物品。又或者,无论打开或不打开笼口,仅只是发出蛙声、鼠声或撒谷粒,而不叫唤其名,也不弹指,蛇因饥饿想‘我要吃蛙等’而出笼逃走,亦仅属赔偿物品。鱼在此处,仅因‘无足’的归类而被纳入。于此应说之义,已在水处中说。显示巴利原文
Aḍḍhampi pādampi kahāpaṇampi labhanti, muñcantāpi hiraññaṃ vā suvaṇṇaṃ vā gahetvāva muñcanti. Te kassaci bhikkhuno nisinnokāsaṃ gantvā sappakaraṇḍaṃ ṭhapetvā niddāyanti vā, katthaci vā gacchanti, tatra ce so bhikkhu theyyacittena taṃ karaṇḍaṃ āmasati, dukkaṭaṃ. Phandāpeti, thullaccayaṃ. Ṭhānā cāveti, pārājikaṃ. Sace pana karaṇḍakaṃ ugghāṭetvā sappaṃ gīvāya gaṇhāti, dukkaṭaṃ. Uddharati, thullaccayaṃ. Ujukaṃ katvā uddharantassa karaṇḍatalato sappassa naṅguṭṭhe kesaggamatte mutte pārājikaṃ. Ghaṃsitvā kaḍḍhantassa naṅguṭṭhe mukhavaṭṭito muttamatte pārājikaṃ . Karaṇḍamukhaṃ īsakaṃ vivaritvā pahāraṃ vā datvā ‘‘ehi, re’’ti nāmena pakkositvā nikkhāmeti, pārājikaṃ . Tatheva vivaritvā maṇḍūkasaddaṃ vā mūsikasaddaṃ vā lājāvikiraṇaṃ vā katvā nāmena pakkosati, accharaṃ vā paharati, evaṃ nikkhantepi pārājikaṃ. Mukhaṃ avivaritvāpi evaṃ kate chāto sappo sīsena karaṇḍapuṭaṃ āhacca okāsaṃ katvā palāyati, pārājikameva. Sace pana mukhe vivarite sayameva sappo nikkhamitvā palāyati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Athāpi mukhaṃ vivaritvā vā avivaritvā vā kevalaṃ maṇḍūkamūsikasaddaṃ lājāvikiraṇameva ca karoti, na nāmaṃ gahetvā pakkosati, na accharaṃ vā paharati, sappo ca chātattā ‘‘maṇḍūkādīni khādissāmī’’ti nikkhamitvā palāyati, bhaṇḍadeyyameva. Maccho kevalaṃ idha apadaggahaṇena āgato. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ udakaṭṭhe vuttamevāti.
115 115. 于二足中——为说明那些能被偷走的,他说‘人类与有翼类’。然而天神不能被偷走。‘有翼类’即翼已生起者。它们有毛翼、皮翼、骨翼三种。其中,孔雀、鸡等为毛翼,蝙蝠等为皮翼,蜂等为骨翼,当如此了知。所有这些人类与有翼类,在此仅因‘二足’的归类而被纳入。于此应说之义,已依空中与生命中的所说方式。显示巴利原文
115. Dvipadesu – ye avaharituṃ sakkā, te dassento ‘‘manussā pakkhajātā’’ti āha. Devatā pana avaharituṃ na sakkā. Pakkhā jātā etesanti pakkhajātā. Te lomapakkhā cammapakkhā aṭṭhipakkhāti tividhā. Tattha morakukkuṭādayo lomapakkhā, vagguliādayo cammapakkhā, bhamarādayo aṭṭhipakkhāti veditabbā. Te sabbepi manussā ca pakkhajātā ca kevalaṃ idha dvipadaggahaṇena āgatā. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ ākāsaṭṭhe ca pāṇe ca vuttanayamevāti.
116 116. 于四足中——‘兽类’当知是指律藏中所提及的其余一切四足种类。象等是明显的。其中,以盗心触碰象者,犯恶作;令其动摇者,犯偷兰遮。若有大力者仗恃力强,以头从肚脐下方顶起幼小的bhiṅka雏象而捉持,当其四足及象鼻从地面脱离,哪怕只有一毫毛尖时,即犯波罗夷。然而,有的象被绑在象厩中放置,有的未绑而站立,有的在内院中站立,有的在王宫广场站立。其中,在象厩中被绑颈而放置者,有颈绑与四足共五处。若颈与一足以铁链绑者,有六处。若颈与两足被绑者,有七处。依这些,当知动摇与移离原位的情形。未绑者,整个象厩为一处。若越出此处,犯波罗夷。在内院中站立者,整个内院为一处。若越出院门,犯波罗夷。在王宫广场站立者,整个城市为一处。若越出城门,犯波罗夷。在城外站立者,其所立之处即为一处。若将其带走,则按每一步来判定。卧倒者,唯有一处。以盗心令其起立者,当它刚起立时,即犯波罗夷。对于马,此亦为同样的判定。然而,若它四足被绑,当知有八处。此理亦适用于骆驼。显示巴利原文
116. Catuppadesu – pasukāti pāḷiyaṃ āgatāvasesā sabbā catuppadajātīti veditabbā. Hatthiādayo pākaṭāyeva. Tattha theyyacittena hatthiṃ āmasantassa dukkaṭaṃ, phandāpentassa thullaccayaṃ. Yo pana mahābalo balamadena taruṇaṃ bhiṅkacchāpaṃ nābhimūle sīsena uccāretvā gaṇhanto cattāro pāde, soṇḍaṃ ca bhūmito kesaggamattampi moceti, pārājikaṃ. Hatthī pana koci hatthisālāyaṃ bandhitvā ṭhapito hoti, koci abaddhova tiṭṭhati, koci antovatthumhi tiṭṭhati, koci rājaṅgaṇe tiṭṭhati, tattha hatthisālāyaṃ gīvāya bandhitvā ṭhapitassa gīvābandhanañca cattāro ca pādāti pañca ṭhānāni honti. Gīvāya ca ekasmiñca pāde ayasaṅkhalikāya baddhassa cha ṭhānāni. Gīvāya ca dvīsu ca pādesu baddhassa satta ṭhānāni. Tesaṃ vasena phandāpanaṭhānācāvanāni veditabbāni. Abaddhassa sakalā hatthisālā ṭhānaṃ. Tato atikkamane, pārājikaṃ. Antovatthumhi ṭhitassa sakalaṃ antovatthumeva ṭhānaṃ. Tassa vatthudvārātikkamane pārājikaṃ. Rājaṅgaṇe ṭhitassa sakalanagaraṃ ṭhānaṃ. Tassa nagaradvārātikkamane pārājikaṃ. Bahinagare ṭhitassa ṭhitaṭṭhānameva ṭhānaṃ. Taṃ haranto padavārena kāretabbo. Nipannassa ekameva ṭhānaṃ. Taṃ theyyacittena uṭṭhāpentassa uṭṭhitamatte pārājikaṃ. Assepi ayameva vinicchayo. Sace pana so catūsu pādesu baddho hoti, aṭṭha ṭhānāni veditabbāni. Esa nayo oṭṭhepi.
同样地,有的牛被系缚安置于屋内,有的则未绑而站立;有的被系缚安置于牛栏内,有的亦未绑而站立。其中,系缚于屋内者,计其四足及系缚处,共为五处;未绑者,则以整座房屋为一处。在牛栏内被系缚者,同样计为五处。未绑者,以整个牛栏为一处。若使其越过牛栏门,犯波罗夷。若破栏而牵走,使其越过栏之缺口,犯波罗夷。若开门或破栏后,立于外间,呼唤其名令其走出,犯波罗夷。若示以树枝相召,亦同此理。若不开门、不破栏,仅摇动树枝召唤,牛因饥饿而跳越牛栏出,亦犯波罗夷。然而,若于门敞或栏损时,牛自行走出,则属赔偿物品。又或以物,不论开门破栏与否,仅摇动树枝而不召唤,牛因饥饿或步行或跳越而出,亦仅属赔偿物品。一头牛在村落中,有的被绑而站立,有的卧倒。站立之牛有多处,卧牛则计为二处;依此诸处,应知动摇与移离原位的情形。显示巴利原文
Goṇopi koci gehe bandhitvā ṭhapito hoti. Koci abaddhova tiṭṭhati, koci pana vaje bandhitvā ṭhapito hoti, koci abaddhova tiṭṭhati. Tattha gehe bandhitvā ṭhapitassa cattāro pādā, bandhanañcāti pañca ṭhānāni; abaddhassa sakalaṃ gehaṃ. Vajepi baddhassa pañca ṭhānāni. Abaddhassa sakalo vajo. Taṃ vajadvāraṃ atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. Vajaṃ bhinditvā haranto khaṇḍadvāraṃ atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. Dvāraṃ vā vivaritvā vajaṃ vā bhinditvā bahi ṭhito nāmena pakkositvā nikkhāmeti, pārājikaṃ. Sākhābhaṅgaṃ dassetvā pakkosantassāpi eseva nayo. Dvāraṃ avivaritvā vajaṃ abhinditvā sākhābhaṅgaṃ cāletvā pakkosati, goṇo chātatāya vajaṃ laṅghetvā nikkhamati, pārājikameva. Sace pana dvāre vivarite vaje vā bhinne sayameva nikkhamati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Dvāraṃ vivaritvā vā avivaritvā vā vajampi bhinditvā vā abhinditvā vā kevalaṃ sākhābhaṅgaṃ cāleti, na pakkosati, goṇo chātatāya padasā vā laṅghetvā vā nikkhamati, bhaṇḍadeyyameva. Eko majjhe gāme baddho ṭhito, eko nipanno. Ṭhitagoṇassa pañca ṭhānāni honti, nipannassa dve ṭhānāni; tesaṃ vasena phandāpanaṭhānācāvanāni veditabbāni.
若有人不将卧牛扶起,便于彼处将其杀死,则属赔偿物品。然而,若在围墙坚固、设有村门的村落中,站立的牛以整个村落为一处。在无围墙处,无论是站立或行走的牛,其足所踏之处即为一处。对于驴及其他畜生,亦依此判定。显示巴利原文
Yo pana nipannaṃ anuṭṭhāpetvā tattheva ghāteti, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Suparikkhitte pana dvārayutte gāme ṭhitagoṇassa sakalagāmo ṭhānaṃ. Aparikkhitte ṭhitassa vā carantassa vā pādehi akkantaṭṭhānameva ṭhānaṃ gadrabhapasukāsupi ayameva vinicchayoti.
117 117. 于多足中:若以一只百足虫即构成犯戒事,当按足牵引它时,犯九十九个偷兰遮,及一个波罗夷。其余依已说之理。显示巴利原文
117. Bahuppadesu – sace ekāya satapadiyā vatthu pūrati, taṃ padasā nentassa navanavuti thullaccayāni, ekaṃ pārājikaṃ. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
118 “Ocarati”意为潜入,即于各处进入内部,这是所说的意思。“Ocaritvā”意为观察注意、审度确认后,这是其含义。“Ācikkhati”意为将他人家里或寺院等处放置不当、未妥善保管的物品,告知其他有能力行窃的人。两人皆犯巴拉基咖罪:对于必定会被取走的物品,在潜入者下达指令的当下,另一人即因被从原位移出而犯巴拉基咖罪,因此两人同犯。然而,若有人以“屋里没有男人,物品就放在某处,未妥善保管,门也未关,只要过去就能取到,难道就没有一个靠男人本事吃饭的人去把它取来吗?”等方式说暗示性的话,他人听后心想“那我现在就去取”,便取走了物品,那么取走者因被从原位移出而犯巴拉基咖罪,但说暗示语者无罪。因为通过暗示的方式,他从不予而取的罪行中得以解脱。显示巴利原文
118. Ocaratīti ocarako, tattha tattha anto anupavisatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Ocaritvāti sallakkhetvā, upadhāretvāti attho. Ācikkhatīti parakulesu vā vihārādīsu vā duṭṭhapitaṃ asaṃvihitārakkhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ aññassa corakammaṃ kātuṃ paṭibalassa āroceti. Āpatti ubhinnaṃ pārājikassāti avassaṃ hāriye bhaṇḍe ocarakassa āṇattikkhaṇe itarassa ṭhānācāvaneti evaṃ āpatti ubhinnaṃ pārājikassa. Yo pana ‘‘puriso gehe natthi, bhaṇḍaṃ asukasmiṃ nāma padese ṭhapitaṃ asaṃvihitārakkhaṃ, dvāraṃ asaṃvutaṃ, gatamatteneva sakkā harituṃ, natthi nāma koci purisakārūpajīvī, yo taṃ gantvā hareyyā’’tiādinā nayena pariyāyakathaṃ karoti, tañca sutvā añño ‘‘ahaṃ dāni harissāmī’’ti gantvā harati, tassa ṭhānācāvane pārājikaṃ, itarassa pana anāpatti. Pariyāyena hi adinnādānato muccatīti.
保管货物者之论显示巴利原文
Oṇirakkhakathā
“守护货物者,谓货物守护者。”凡他人运至自己住处之货物,言“此显示巴利原文
Oṇiṃ rakkhatīti oṇirakkho. Yo parena attano vasanaṭṭhāne ābhataṃ bhaṇḍaṃ ‘‘idaṃ
“尊者,请稍候片刻,待我办完这件事回来”,受如此嘱托而守护者,即是此词所指。因此说:“保管货物者,即守护被运来物品的人。”其中,保管货物者大多不打开被捆扎、悬挂放置的物品,而是从下方割开袋或包,取走少许后,再将缝线等恢复原状。对此,若有人以“我要如此取”的意图而触碰等,应知其有相应的罪。显示巴利原文
Tāva, bhante, muhuttaṃ oloketha, yāva ahaṃ idaṃ nāma kiccaṃ katvā āgacchāmī’’ti vutto rakkhati, tassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tenevāha – ‘‘oṇirakkho nāma āhaṭaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ gopento’’ti. Tattha oṇirakkho yebhuyyena bandhitvā laggetvā ṭhapitabhaṇḍaṃ amocetvāva heṭṭhā pasibbakaṃ vā puṭakaṃ vā chinditvā kiñcimattaṃ gahetvā sibbanādiṃ puna pākatikaṃ karoti, ‘‘evaṃ gaṇhissāmī’’ti āmasanādīni karontassa anurupā āpattiyo veditabbāti.
共谋取物之论显示巴利原文
Saṃvidāvahārakathā
“共谋取物”即共谋后取走,意为通过互相教唆而完成的取走。“共谋后”的意思是出于同一意欲、同一意向而商议后。此处的判断如下:众多比丘共谋前往,说:“我们去某家,或破屋顶,或拆门窗,取走物品。”其中一人于彼处取走物品,当该物品被取走时,所有人都犯巴拉基咖罪。在《附随》中也是这样说的——显示巴利原文
Saṃvidhāya avahāro saṃvidāvahāro; aññamaññasaññattiyā katāvahāroti vuttaṃ hoti. Saṃvidahitvāti ekacchandatāya ekajjhāsayatāya sammantayitvāti attho. Tatrāyaṃ vinicchayo – sambahulā bhikkhū ‘‘asukaṃ nāma gehaṃ gantvā, chadanaṃ vā bhinditvā, sandhiṃ vā chinditvā bhaṇḍaṃ harissāmā’’ti saṃvidahitvā gacchanti. Tesu eko bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati. Tassuddhāre sabbesaṃ pārājikaṃ. Parivārepi cetaṃ vuttaṃ –
四人共谋,取走重物;
三人犯波罗夷,一人不犯波罗夷;
此问题由智者所思考。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Caturo janā saṃvidhāya, garubhaṇḍaṃ avāharuṃ; Tayo pārājikā, eko na pārājiko; Pañhā mesā kusalehi cintitā’’ti. (pari. 479);
其含义如下:有师徒四人,欲取价值六摩沙迦的重物。其中,老师说:“你取一摩沙迦,你取一摩沙迦,你取一摩沙迦,我取三摩沙迦。”然而弟子中,第一位弟子说:“尊者,你们取三,你取一,你取一,我取一。”其他二人也这样说。其中,每位弟子各有一摩沙迦亲手取,故犯恶作罪;有五摩沙迦是教唆取,故三人均犯波罗夷罪。而老师有三摩沙迦亲手取,故犯偷兰遮罪;有三摩沙迦教唆取,亦犯偷兰遮罪。在此不与取学处中,亲手取不可构成教唆取,教唆取亦不可构成亲手取。亲手取唯由亲手取成,教唆取唯由教唆取成。因此说:“四人共谋……此问题由智者所思。”显示巴利原文
Tassāyaṃ attho – cattāro janā ācariyantevāsikā chamāsakaṃ garubhaṇḍaṃ āharitukāmā jātā. Tattha ācariyo ‘‘tvaṃ ekaṃ māsakaṃ hara, tvaṃ ekaṃ, tvaṃ ekaṃ, ahaṃ tayo harissāmī’’ti āha. Antevāsikesu pana paṭhamo ‘‘tumhe, bhante, tayo haratha, tvaṃ ekaṃ hara, tvaṃ ekaṃ, ahaṃ ekaṃ harissāmī’’ti āha. Itarepi dve evameva āhaṃsu. Tattha antevāsikesu ekamekassa ekeko māsako sāhatthiko hoti, tena nesaṃ dukkaṭāpattiyo; pañca āṇattikā, tehi tiṇṇampi pārājikaṃ. Ācariyassa pana tayo sāhatthikā, tehissa thullaccayaṃ. Tayo āṇattikā, tehipi thullaccayameva. Imasmiñhi adinnādānasikkhāpade sāhatthikaṃ vā āṇattikassa, āṇattikaṃ vā sāhatthikassa aṅgaṃ na hoti. Sāhatthikaṃ pana sāhatthikeneva kāretabbaṃ, āṇattikaṃ āṇattikeneva. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘caturo janā saṃvidhāya…pe… pañhā mesā kusalehi cintitā’’ti.
此外,于共谋取物中,为除疑惑,应从意义上了解此四种情况:“一物一处,一物多处;多物一处,多物多处。”其中,“一物一处”:若见一店铺柜台上放置不当的、价值五摩沙迦的物品,众多比丘教唆一人:“去取彼物。”当彼物被取时,所有人犯波罗夷罪。“一物多处”:若见一店铺的五处柜台上,各放置不当的一摩沙迦物品,众多比丘教唆一人:“去取他们。”当第五摩沙迦被取时,所有人犯波罗夷罪。“多物一处”:若见多处人的、价值五摩沙迦或超五摩沙迦的物品放置不当于一处,众多比丘教唆一人:“去取彼物。”当彼物被取时,所有人犯波罗夷罪。“多物多处”:若见五家五处店铺柜台上各放置不当的一摩沙迦物品,众多比丘教唆一人:“去取他们。”当第五摩沙迦被取时,所有人犯波罗夷罪。显示巴利原文
Apica saṃvidāvahāre asammohatthaṃ ‘‘ekabhaṇḍaṃ ekaṭṭhānaṃ, ekabhaṇḍaṃ nānāṭhānaṃ; nānābhaṇḍaṃ ekaṭṭhānaṃ, nānābhaṇḍaṃ nānāṭhāna’’nti idampi catukkaṃ atthato sallakkhetabbaṃ. Tattha ekabhaṇḍaṃ ekaṭṭhānanti ekakulassa āpaṇaphalake pañcamāsakaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ duṭṭhapitaṃ disvā sambahulā bhikkhū ekaṃ āṇāpenti ‘‘gacchetaṃ āharā’’ti, tassuddhāre sabbesaṃ pārājikaṃ. Ekabhaṇḍaṃ nānāṭhānanti ekakulassa pañcasu āpaṇaphalakesu ekekamāsakaṃ duṭṭhapitaṃ disvā sambahulā ekaṃ āṇāpenti ‘‘gacchete āharā’’ti, pañcamassa māsakassa uddhāre sabbesaṃ pārājikaṃ. Nānābhaṇḍaṃ ekaṭṭhānanti bahūnaṃ santakaṃ pañcamāsakaṃ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ ekasmiṃ ṭhāne duṭṭhapitaṃ disvā sambahulā ekaṃ āṇāpenti ‘‘gacchetaṃ āharā’’ti, tassuddhāre sabbesaṃ pārājikaṃ. Nānābhaṇḍaṃ nānāṭhānanti pañcannaṃ kulānaṃ pañcasu āpaṇaphalakesu ekekamāsakaṃ duṭṭhapitaṃ disvā sambahulā ekaṃ āṇāpenti ‘‘gacchete āharā’’ti, pañcamassa māsakassa uddhāre sabbesaṃ pārājikanti.
约定行动之论显示巴利原文
Saṅketakammakathā
119 119.“约定行为”即提示行为;其含义是:依时间界限而作提示。在此,若说“于食前取走”,无论是今日食前取,或明日,或未来年中取,皆不违背约定;二人均按前述盗贼之例犯波罗夷。然而,若说“今日食前取”,却于明日食前取,则因超越“今日”这一约定限制,成为事后取。若说“明日食前取”,却于今日食前取,则因未达“明日”这一约定限制,成为事前取;如此取时,取者犯波罗夷,根本吩咐者无罪。若于说“明日食前”之后,在当日或明日食后取走,当知亦是约定前或约定后取。此理亦适用于食后、夜间、白天。于此,也当以初夜、中夜、后夜、黑月、白月、月、季节、年等了知约定与违背约定义。若说“食前取”,而某人作意“唯在食前取”,却于食后完成;此应如何判?大善长老先言:“此仍是食前之努力,故根本吩咐者不免罪。”然大莲长老言:“因超越时间界限,属违约定,故根本吩咐者无罪。”显示巴利原文
119.Saṅketakammanti sañjānanakammaṃ; kālaparicchedavasena saññāṇakaraṇanti attho. Ettha ca ‘‘purebhattaṃ avaharā’’ti vutte ajja vā purebhattaṃ avaharatu, sve vā, anāgate vā saṃvacchare, natthi visaṅketo; ubhinnampi ocarake vuttanayeneva pārājikaṃ. Sace pana ‘‘ajja purebhattaṃ avaharā’’ti vutte sve purebhattaṃ avaharati, ‘‘ajjā’’ti niyāmitaṃ taṃ saṅketaṃ atikkamma pacchā avahaṭaṃ hoti. Sace ‘‘sve purebhattaṃ avaharā’’ti vutte ajja purebhattaṃ avaharati , ‘‘sve’’ti niyāmitaṃ taṃ saṅketaṃ appatvā pure avahaṭaṃ hoti; evaṃ avaharantassa avahārakasseva pārājikaṃ, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti. ‘‘Sve purebhatta’’nti vutte tadaheva vā sve pacchābhattaṃ vā harantopi taṃ saṅketaṃ pure ca pacchā ca haratīti veditabbo. Esa nayo pacchābhattarattindivesupi. Purimayāma-majjhimayāma-pacchimayāma-kāḷajuṇha-māsa-utu-saṃvaccharādivasenāpi cettha saṅketavisaṅketatā veditabbā. ‘‘Purebhattaṃ harā’’ti vutte ‘‘purebhattameva harissāmī’’ti vāyamantassa pacchābhattaṃ hoti; ettha kathanti? Mahāsumatthero tāva āha – ‘‘purebhattapayogova eso, tasmā mūlaṭṭho na muccatī’’ti. Mahāpadumatthero panāha – ‘‘kālaparicchedaṃ atikkantattā visaṅketaṃ, tasmā mūlaṭṭho muccatī’’ti.
关于作相行为的论说。显示巴利原文
Nimittakammakathā
120 「作相行为」指为了令人产生认知而作出某种相状。这以「我将眨眼」等方式分为三种。此外,这里还应涵盖举手、拍手、弹指、抬头、咳嗽等种种方式。其余内容与前述约定行为中的判摄相同。显示巴利原文
120.Nimittakammanti saññuppādanatthaṃ kassaci nimittassa karaṇaṃ, taṃ ‘‘akkhiṃ vā nikhaṇissāmī’’tiādinā nayena tidhā vuttaṃ. Aññampi panettha hatthalaṅghana-pāṇippahāraaṅguliphoṭana-gīvunnāmana-ukkāsanādianekappakāraṃ saṅgahetabbaṃ. Sesamettha saṅketakamme vuttanayamevāti.
关于教令的论说。显示巴利原文
Āṇattikathā
121 现在,为了对这些约定行为和作相行为不加混淆,而说「比丘命令比丘」等语。其中,「他以为是那个」:盗取者将吩咐者通过作相标记所指的物品,以为是「这个」而盗取该物,两人皆犯波罗夷。「他以为是那个,却取了另一个」:将被告知「取走」的物品,以为是「这个」,却盗取了放在同一处的另一件物品,最初的吩咐者无罪。「以为是另一个,却取了那个」:吩咐者以作相标记指出的是价值较低之物,令盗取者以为「是另一个」,而盗取了放在其附近的贵重物品,两人皆犯波罗夷。「以为是另一个,也取了另一个」:如前面情况,将放在附近的另一件贵重物品当作「另一个」而取走,如那确实是另一件物品,则盗取者犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
121. Idāni etesveva saṅketakammanimittakammesu asammohatthaṃ ‘‘bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpetī’’tiādimāha. Tattha so taṃ maññamāno tanti so avahārako yaṃ āṇāpakena nimittasaññaṃ katvā vuttaṃ, taṃ etanti maññamāno tameva avaharati, ubhinnaṃ pārājikaṃ. So taṃ maññamāno aññanti yaṃ avaharāti vuttaṃ, taṃ etanti maññamāno aññaṃ tasmiṃyeva ṭhāne ṭhapitaṃ avaharati, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti. Aññaṃ maññamāno tanti āṇāpakena nimittasaññaṃ katvā vuttabhaṇḍaṃ appagghaṃ, idaṃ aññaṃ tasseva samīpe ṭhapitaṃ sārabhaṇḍanti evaṃ aññaṃ maññamāno tameva avaharati, ubhinnampi pārājikaṃ. Aññaṃ maññamāno aññanti purimanayeneva idaṃ aññaṃ tasseva samīpe ṭhapitaṃ sārabhaṇḍanti maññati, tañce aññameva hoti, tasseva pārājikaṃ.
在「告诉某某」等句中,应知有一位老师与三位名为佛护、法护、僧护的弟子。其中,「比丘命令比丘」:老师注意到某处有物品,为了盗取它而命令佛护。「告诉某某」:佛护,你去把此事告诉法护。「某某告诉某某」:法护也应告诉僧护。「某某盗取某某物品」:如是,由你命令的法护所命令的僧护,应盗取某某物品,因他在我们当中是英勇者,有能力成办此事。「犯恶作罪」:如此发令的老师先犯恶作。若该命令按他的意图传达,则下文的偷兰遮罪,于命令当下便成立。倘若该物品必定被取走,则如后文所说「所有人犯波罗夷」,此人于命令当下即犯波罗夷。这一理趣应处处了知。显示巴利原文
Itthannāmassa pāvadātiādīsu eko ācariyo tayo buddharakkhita-dhammarakkhita-saṅgharakkhitanāmakā antevāsikā daṭṭhabbā. Tattha bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpetīti ācariyo kiñci bhaṇḍaṃ katthaci sallakkhetvā tassa haraṇatthāya buddharakkhitaṃ āṇāpeti. Itthannāmassa pāvadāti gaccha tvaṃ, buddharakkhita, etamatthaṃ dhammarakkhitassa pāvada. Itthannāmo itthannāmassa pāvadatūti dhammarakkhitopi saṅgharakkhitassa pāvadatu. Itthannāmo itthannāmaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharatūti evaṃ tayā āṇattena dhammarakkhitena āṇatto saṅgharakkhito itthannāmaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharatu, so hi amhesu vīrajātiko paṭibalo imasmiṃ kammeti. Āpatti dukkaṭassāti evaṃ āṇāpentassa ācariyassa tāva dukkaṭaṃ. Sace pana sā āṇatti yathādhippāyaṃ gacchati, yaṃ parato thullaccayaṃ vuttaṃ, āṇattikkhaṇe tadeva hoti. Atha taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avassaṃ hāriyaṃ hoti, yaṃ parato ‘‘sabbesaṃ āpatti pārājikassā’’ti vuttaṃ, tato imassa taṅkhaṇeyeva pārājikaṃ hotīti ayaṃ yutti sabbattha veditabbā.
“他告诉另一人”:佛护告诉法护,法护又告诉僧护:“我们的老师说:‘据说应盗取某某物品,你素以我们中的勇士闻名。’”如此,他们也犯恶作。“盗取者接受”:僧护答应说:“好,我这就去取。”根本吩咐者犯偷兰遮——僧护一答应,老师便犯偷兰遮,因为他已指使大众为恶。“他盗取那物品”:如果僧护盗取了那物品,则所有四人皆犯波罗夷。不仅如此,以此方法,若不违背约定而辗转命令,纵有百千沙门,也全部犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
So itarassa ārocetīti buddharakkhito dhammarakkhitassa, dhammarakkhito ca saṅgharakkhitassa ‘‘amhākaṃ ācariyo evaṃ vadati – ‘itthannāmaṃ kira bhaṇḍaṃ avahara, tvaṃ kira amhesu ca vīrapuriso’’’ti āroceti, evaṃ tesampi dukkaṭaṃ. Avahārako paṭiggaṇhātīti ‘‘sādhu harissāmī’’ti saṅgharakkhito sampaṭicchati. Mūlaṭṭhassa āpatti thullaccayassāti saṅgharakkhitena paṭiggahitamatte ācariyassa thullaccayaṃ, mahājano hi tena pāpe niyojitoti. So taṃ bhaṇḍanti so ce saṅgharakkhito taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati, sabbesaṃ catunnampi janānaṃ pārājikaṃ. Na kevalañca catunnaṃ, etena upāyena visaṅketaṃ akatvā paramparāya āṇāpentaṃ samaṇasataṃ samaṇasahassaṃ vā hotu, sabbesaṃ pārājikameva.
第二种情况:“他命令另一人”——那位受老师教令的佛护,没有见到法护或不愿说,便直接到僧护那里命令道:“我们的老师说:‘据说应盗取某某物品。’”“犯恶作罪”:对此命令,佛护先犯恶作。“接受,犯恶作罪”:当僧护答应时,应知根本吩咐者犯恶作。然而,如果僧护盗取了那物品,命令者佛护与盗取者僧护两人都犯波罗夷。但根本吩咐者老师因违背了最初的约定,不犯波罗夷。法护因不知情,完全无罪。佛护虽令两人免罪,自己却堕落了。显示巴利原文
Dutiyavāre – so aññaṃ āṇāpetīti so ācariyena āṇatto buddharakkhito dhammarakkhitaṃ adisvā vā avattukāmo vā hutvā saṅgharakkhitameva upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘amhākaṃ ācariyo evamāha – ‘itthannāmaṃ kira bhaṇḍaṃ avaharā’’’ti āṇāpeti. Āpatti dukkaṭassāti āṇattiyā tāva buddharakkhitassa dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassāti saṅgharakkhitena sampaṭicchite mūlaṭṭhasseva dukkaṭanti veditabbaṃ. Sace pana so taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati, āṇāpakassa ca buddharakkhitassa, avahārakassa ca saṅgharakkhitassāti ubhinnampi pārājikaṃ. Mūlaṭṭhassa pana ācariyassa visaṅketattā pārājikena anāpatti. Dhammarakkhitassa ajānanatāya sabbena sabbaṃ anāpatti. Buddharakkhito pana dvinnaṃ sotthibhāvaṃ katvā attanā naṭṭho.
此后,在其他四种教令方式中,首先,“他去后又回来”,是指他到了物品存放处,看见内外都有守卫,无法下手,便折返。“何时办得到,那时再去”:意思是“难道今天就要偷到手吗?去吧,什么时候能办得到,就什么时候把它偷来。”这样再次教令也犯恶作。然而,如果那物品注定要被取走,那么“成就义利的思心所”便如同道心之后紧随的果心一般,因而教令者在发出教令的当下就犯波罗夷。即使窃盗者过了六十年才偷那物品,而教令者在此期间或已去世,或已还俗——他(教令者)将以非沙门的身份死去,或还俗——窃盗者在偷盗的当下也仍然犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Ito paresu catūsu āṇattivāresu paṭhame tāva so gantvā puna paccāgacchatīti bhaṇḍaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā anto ca bahi ca ārakkhaṃ disvā avaharituṃ asakkonto āgacchati. Yadā sakkosi, tadāti kiṃ ajjeva avahaṭaṃ hoti? Gaccha yadā sakkosi tadā naṃ avaharāti. Āpatti dukkaṭassāti evaṃ puna āṇattiyāpi dukkaṭameva hoti. Sace pana taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avassaṃ hāriyaṃ hoti, atthasādhakacetanā nāma maggānantaraphalasadisā, tasmā ayaṃ āṇattikkhaṇeyeva pārājiko. Sacepi avahārako saṭṭhivassātikkamena taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati, āṇāpako ca antarāyeva kālaṃ vā karoti, hīnāya vā āvattati; assamaṇova hutvā kālaṃ vā karissati, hīnāya vā āvattissati, avahārakassa pana avahārakkhaṇeyeva pārājikaṃ.
在第二种方式中——因为或是低声说那句话,或是由于那人耳聋,而未能让他听到‘不要偷’这句话,显示巴利原文
Dutiyavāre – yasmā taṃ saṇikaṃ vā bhaṇanto tassa vā badhiratāya ‘‘mā avaharī’’ti
因此,根本施令者不脱罪。在第三种方式中,因为让他听到了,故得脱罪。在第四种方式中,因为此人让他听到了,而另一人答应“好的”后便作罢,两人都脱罪。显示巴利原文
Etaṃ vacanaṃ na sāveti, tasmā mūlaṭṭho na mutto. Tatiyavāre – pana sāvitattā mutto. Catutthavāre – tena ca sāvitattā, itarena ca ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchitvā oratattā ubhopi muttāti.
122 122. 现在,为说明依各处所说“从原位移开”而犯不与取的构成要素,及依物品类别所犯戒的差别,故说“以五种方式”等。其中,“以五种方式”即由五种原因,意思是具足五支。在此略说其义:对于偷盗者,以“是他人所有物”等方法所说的五种方式具足,即犯波罗夷,不具足则不犯。这五种方式即是:他人所有、作他人所有想、物品为重物、有盗心、从原位移开。此后,又依两种方式说明了对于轻物品,随物品类别而犯的偷兰遮与恶作。显示巴利原文
122. Idāni tattha tattha ṭhānā cāvanavasena vuttassa adinnādānassa aṅgaṃ vatthubhedena ca āpattibhedaṃ dassento ‘‘pañcahi ākārehī’’tiādimāha. Tattha pañcahi ākārehīti pañcahi kāraṇehi; pañcahi aṅgehīti vuttaṃ hoti. Tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepattho – adinnaṃ ādiyantassa ‘‘parapariggahitañca hotī’’tiādinā nayena vuttehi pañcahākārehi pārājikaṃ hoti, na tato ūnehīti. Tatrime pañca ākārā – parapariggahitaṃ, parapariggahitasaññitā , parikkhārassa garukabhāvo, theyyacittaṃ, ṭhānācāvananti. Ito parehi pana dvīhi vārehi lahuke parikkhāre vatthubhedena thullaccayañca dukkaṭañca dassitaṃ.
125 125. 然而,依“以六种方式”等所说三种情况,应知这六种方式为:非己物想、非亲厚取、非暂时借、物品为重物、有盗心、从原位移开。此处依物品类别,第一种情况犯波罗夷,第二、第三种情况说为偷兰遮和恶作。此后,在其他三种情况中,即便物品有别,但因物品非他人所有,只说犯恶作。其中所谓“非他人所有”,是指无人居住处的、丢弃的、断根的、无主物,或自己的物品,这两类都算作“非他人所有”。然而,因为在此有他人所有想,且以盗心拿取,故不说无罪。显示巴利原文
125.‘‘Chahākārehī’’tiādinā nayena vuttavārattaye pana na sakasaññitā, na vissāsaggāhitā, na tāvakālikatā, parikkhārassa garukabhāvo, theyyacittaṃ, ṭhānācāvananti evaṃ cha ākārā veditabbā. Vatthubhedena panetthāpi paṭhamavāre pārājikaṃ. Dutiyatatiyesu thullaccayadukkaṭāni vuttāni. Tato paresu pana tīsu vāresu vijjamānepi vatthubhede vatthussa parehi apariggahitattā dukkaṭameva vuttaṃ. Tatra yadetaṃ ‘‘na ca parapariggahita’’nti vuttaṃ, taṃ anajjhāvutthakaṃ vā hotu chaḍḍitaṃ chinnamūlakaṃ assāmikavatthu, attano santakaṃ vā, ubhayampi ‘‘na ca parapariggahita’’ntveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Yasmā panettha parapariggahitasaññā ca atthi, theyyacittena ca gahitaṃ, tasmā anāpatti na vuttāti.
131 131. 如此,依物品与依心念显示了犯戒的差别后,现在为显示无犯的差别,而说“己物想者无犯”等。其中,“己物想者”是指作己物想者,即认为“这是我的物品”而作己物想者,即使拿了他人之物,在拿取时无犯,但拿了之后应归还。如果物主说“还给我”后仍不归还,则当物主放弃追索时,犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
131. Evaṃ vatthuvasena ca cittavasena ca āpattibhedaṃ dassetvā idāni anāpattibhedaṃ dassento ‘‘anāpatti sasaññissā’’tiādimāha. Tattha sasaññissāti sakasaññissa, ‘‘mayhaṃ santakaṃ idaṃ bhaṇḍa’’nti evaṃ sasaññissa parabhaṇḍampi gaṇhato gahaṇe anāpatti, gahitaṃ pana puna dātabbaṃ. Sace sāmikehi ‘‘dehī’’ti vutto na deti, tesaṃ dhuranikkhepe pārājikaṃ.
亲厚取者,亦无犯。亲厚取的特征应依此经了知:“比丘们,我允许对具足五支者行亲厚取——即相知者、亲密者、曾允许者、尚存活者,且对所取物满意者。”(《大品》356)其中,“相知者”指仅见过面的朋友;“亲密者”指深交的朋友;“曾允许者”指曾说过“我的东西,你想要什么就拿吧,拿时无需问我”的人。“尚存活者”指即使卧于不起之床,只要命根未断。“对所取物满意”指拿取时心生欢喜。对于这样的人,知道“我拿了之后他会满意”而拿取是合适的。这五支是无余宣说的。然而,亲厚取以三支成就:即相知、存活且对所取物满意;或亲密、存活且对所取物满意;或曾允许、存活且对所取物满意。显示巴利原文
Vissāsaggāheti vissāsaggahaṇepi anāpatti. Vissāsaggāhalakkhaṇaṃ pana iminā suttena jānitabbaṃ – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatassa vissāsaṃ gahetuṃ – sandiṭṭho ca hoti, sambhatto ca, ālapito ca, jīvati ca, gahite ca attamano’’ti (mahāva. 356). Tattha sandiṭṭhoti diṭṭhamattakamitto, sambhattoti daḷhamitto, ālapitoti ‘‘mama santakaṃ yaṃ icchasi, taṃ gaṇheyyāsi, āpucchitvā gahaṇe kāraṇaṃ natthī’’ti vutto. Jīvatīti anuṭṭhānaseyyāya sayitopi yāva jīvitindriyupacchedaṃ na pāpuṇāti. Gahite ca attamanoti gahite tuṭṭhacitto hoti, evarūpassa santakaṃ ‘‘gahite me attamano bhavissatī’’ti jānantena gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Anavasesapariyādānavasena cetāni pañcaṅgāni vuttāni. Vissāsaggāho pana tīhi aṅgehi ruhati – sandiṭṭho, jīvati, gahite attamano; sambhatto, jīvati, gahite attamano; ālapito, jīvati, gahite attamanoti.
然而,若人已命终,或对所取物不满意,其物品虽以亲厚取而得,也应归还。归还时,死者的财物应先给予对其财物有支配权的在家人或出家人。对不满意者的物品,应归还给他本人。若有人起初以言语或仅以心生欢喜,说:“你拿我的东西,做得很好。”后来却因某种原因生气,他不可要求索回。若有人虽不想给,但心里默许,什么也不说,他后来也不能要求索回。然而,若有人说:“我拿了或者用了你们的东西。”对方回应:“拿了也好,用了也好,但我因某事而存放着,请恢复原状。”此时他可以要求索回。显示巴利原文
Yo pana na jīvati, na ca gahite attamano hoti; tassa santakaṃ vissāsaggāhena gahitampi puna dātabbaṃ. Dadamānena ca matakadhanaṃ tāva ye tassa dhane issarā gahaṭṭhā vā pabbajitā vā, tesaṃ dātabbaṃ. Anattamanassa santakaṃ tasseva dātabbaṃ. Yo pana paṭhamaṃyeva ‘‘suṭṭhu kataṃ tayā mama santakaṃ gaṇhantenā’’ti vacībhedena vā cittuppādamattena vā anumoditvā pacchā kenaci kāraṇena kupito, paccāharāpetuṃ na labhati. Yopi adātukāmo cittena pana adhivāseti, na kiñci vadati, sopi puna paccāharāpetuṃ na labhati. Yo pana ‘‘mayā tumhākaṃ santakaṃ gahitaṃ vā paribhuttaṃ vā’’ti vutte ‘‘gahitaṃ vā hotu paribhuttaṃ vā, mayā pana taṃ kenacideva karaṇīyena ṭhapitaṃ, pākatikaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vadati. Ayaṃ paccāharāpetuṃ labhati.
所谓“暂时借”,即怀着“我当归还、我当偿还”的想法而取用时,纵然只是暂时借用,亦无犯。然而,若取得之后,物品的主人——无论是个人或团体——允许说“这归你吧”,这样固好。若不允许,则在被索还时应当归还。如果是僧团之物,则必须归还。显示巴利原文
Tāvakāliketi ‘‘paṭidassāmi paṭikarissāmī’’ti evaṃ gaṇhantassa tāvakālikepi gahaṇe anāpatti. Gahitaṃ pana sace bhaṇḍasāmiko puggalo vā gaṇo vā ‘‘tuyhevetaṃ hotū’’ti anujānāti, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce anujānāti, āharāpente dātabbaṃ. Saṅghasantakaṃ pana paṭidātumeva vaṭṭati.
关于“鬼物的保管”:此处,即便是投生于鬼界的众生,或死后就在同一生存状态中再生的有情,乃至四大王天等诸天,都一概归入“鬼”的范畴,对这些鬼物的保管,无犯。纵然帝释天王正展开店铺而坐,具天眼的比丘知晓后,为了自己衣料之需,即使对方连连说“莫拿、莫拿”,他取了价值十万的布料离去,也是可以的。至于人们为祭祀天神而系在树上等的布料,更不待言。显示巴利原文
Petapariggaheti ettha pana pettivisaye upapannāpi kālaṃ katvā tasmiṃyeva attabhāve nibbattāpi cātumahārājikādayo devāpi sabbe ‘‘petā’’ tveva saṅkhyaṃ gatā, tesaṃ pariggahe anāpatti. Sacepi hi sakko devarājā āpaṇaṃ pasāretvā nisinno hoti, dibbacakkhuko ca bhikkhu taṃ ñatvā attano cīvaratthāya satasahassagghanakampi sāṭakaṃ tassa ‘‘mā gaṇha, mā gaṇhā’’ti vadantassāpi gahetvā gacchati, vaṭṭati. Devatā pana uddissa balikammaṃ karontehi rukkhādīsu laggitasāṭake vattabbameva natthi.
关于“畜生的保管”:对畜生的保管,亦无犯。即使龙王或金翅鸟青年化作人形开设店铺,若有比丘如前述方式取走属于他的物品离去,也是可以的。假如狮子或老虎等杀死鹿、水牛等物正在吞食,若比丘为饥饿所逼,最初不应去阻止,因为它们甚至会施以伤害。然而,若在它们稍食一些之后能够阻止,阻止后取走,这样是许可的。对于军队等携带肉食行进者,令其掉落再取走,也是许可的。显示巴利原文
Tiracchānagatapariggaheti tiracchānagatānampi pariggahe anāpatti. Sacepi hi nāgarājā vā supaṇṇamāṇavako vā manussarūpena āpaṇaṃ pasāreti, tato cassa santakaṃ koci bhikkhu purimanayeneva gahetvā gacchati, vaṭṭati. Sīho vā byaggho vā migamahiṃsādayo vadhitvā khādanto jighacchāpīḷito āditova na vāretabbo. Anatthampi hi kareyya. Yadi pana thoke khāyite vāretuṃ sakkoti, vāretvā gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Senādayopi āmisaṃ gahetvā gacchante pātāpetvā gaṇhituṃ vaṭṭati.
作粪扫衣想者:对于无主物,起“此为粪扫衣”想而取者,无犯。若是有主物,在物主追索时应归还。疯癫者:如前所述那种疯癫者,亦无犯。最初犯者:此处以达尼耶为最初犯者,他无犯。至于其他偷窃洗衣物等的盗贼、六群比丘等,则有犯。显示巴利原文
Paṃsukūlasaññissāti assāmikaṃ ‘‘idaṃ paṃsukūla’’nti evaṃsaññissāpi gahaṇe anāpatti. Sace pana taṃ sassāmikaṃ hoti, āharāpente dātabbaṃ . Ummattakassāti pubbe vuttappakārassa ummattakassāpi anāpatti. Ādikammikassāti idha dhaniyo ādikammiko, tassa anāpatti. Avasesānaṃ pana rajakabhaṇḍikādicorānaṃ chabbaggiyādīnaṃ āpattiyevāti.
Samuṭṭhānañca kiriyā, atho saññā sacittakaṃ; Lokavajjañca kammañca, kusalaṃ vedanāya cāti.
在杂论中,此学处有三种起缘:亲手作者,由身与心而起;命令作者,由语与心而起;亲手命令作者,由身、语与心而起。此属行为起缘,做时才犯,不做不犯。因无“我取不与物”之想而得以免除,故是想解脱。此为有心,是世间罪,是身业、语业、不善心。犯时不论乐受、苦受或舍受,皆具三受。这一切应如第一学处中所说的方法来理解。显示巴利原文
Imasmiṃ pana pakiṇṇake idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – sāhatthikaṃ kāyato ca cittato ca samuṭṭhāti, āṇattikaṃ vācato ca cittato ca samuṭṭhāti, sāhatthikāṇattikaṃ kāyato ca vācato ca cittato ca samuṭṭhāti. Kiriyāsamuṭṭhānañca, karontoyeva hi etaṃ āpajjati na akaronto. ‘‘Adinnaṃ ādiyāmī’’ti saññāya abhāvena muccanato saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ , lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, tuṭṭho vā bhīto vā majjhatto vā taṃ āpajjatīti tivedananti sabbaṃ paṭhamasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
已决断事注释显示巴利原文
Vinītavatthuvaṇṇanā
132 132. 在决断事例中,六群比丘的因缘,于随制中已说。显示巴利原文
132. Vinītavatthukathāsu chabbaggiyavatthu anupaññattiyaṃ vuttameva.
在第二事中:所谓心,凡夫之心因贪等而舍弃本然,奔驰、流转、散乱。如果世尊仅凭心生起,即使没有身门、语门的破坏就制定罪,谁能让自己成为无罪者呢?因此他说:“比丘,心生起无罪。”然而,不应成为心的奴隶,应以如理作意的力量来制止心。显示巴利原文
Dutiyavatthumhi – cittaṃ nāma puthujjanānaṃ rāgādivasena pakatiṃ vijahitvā dhāvati sandhāvati vidhāvati. Sace bhagavā kāyavacīdvārabhedaṃ vināpi cittuppādamattena āpattiṃ paññapeyya, ko sakkuṇeyya anāpattikaṃ attānaṃ kātuṃ! Tenāha – ‘‘anāpatti bhikkhu cittuppāde’’ti. Cittavasikena pana na bhavitabbaṃ, paṭisaṅkhānabalena cittaṃ nivāretabbamevāti.
133-4 触摸、摇动、移离处等事,其义自明。此后至“以盗心从地取”等事,乃至事毕。显示巴利原文
133-4. Āmasana-phandāpana-ṭhānācāvanavatthūni uttānatthāneva. Tato parāni ca theyyacitto bhūmito aggahesīti vatthupariyosānāni.
135 在“语词方式”一事中,“取了”即拿取,“你是贼”即指责。而另一人被问“被谁偷了?”时,以问句形式回答“被我偷了”,便是作了承认。因为若另一人问的是“被谁拿了?被谁移走了?被谁放置了?”,那么此人也会说“被我拿了、移走了、放置了”。口,本为进食与言语而设,不过,若无盗心,则不构成偷盗。因此世尊说:“比丘,于语词方式无罪。”意即仅在世俗言说上无罪。此后,缠绕事等直至结束,一切其义自明。显示巴利原文
135. Niruttipathavatthusmiṃ 1.329 ādiyīti gaṇhi, ‘‘corosi tva’’nti parāmasi. Itaro pana ‘‘kena avahaṭa’’nti vutte ‘‘mayā avahaṭa’’nti pucchāsabhāgena paṭiññaṃ adāsi. Yadi hi itarena ‘‘kena gahitaṃ, kena apanītaṃ, kena ṭhapita’’nti vuttaṃ abhavissa, atha ayampi ‘‘mayā gahitaṃ, apanītaṃ, ṭhapita’’nti vā vadeyya. Mukhaṃ nāma bhuñjanatthāya ca kathanatthāya ca kataṃ, theyyacittaṃ pana vinā avahāro natthi. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘anāpatti bhikkhu niruttipathe’’ti. Vohāravacanamatte anāpattīti attho. Tato paraṃ veṭhanavatthu pariyosānaṃ sabbaṃ uttānatthameva.
137 在“不分离身体”一事中,“住着”指因对布料的渴爱而于同一身体中再生。“不理会”指不听其言,或不表尊重。“使那身体起来”指鬼以自身神力令那身体起来,故说“使那身体起来”。“关了门”指比丘的寺院紧邻冢墓,胆小的比丘迅速进入后便关上门。“就在那里倒下”指门关上后,鬼对布料无所执着,舍弃身体,随业而去,那身体即于彼处倒下。显示巴利原文
137. Abhinnasarīravatthusmiṃ adhivatthoti sāṭakataṇhāya tasmiṃyeva sarīre nibbatto. Anādiyantoti tassa vacanaṃ agaṇhanto, ādaraṃ vā akaronto. Taṃ sarīraṃ uṭṭhahitvāti peto attano ānubhāvena taṃ sarīraṃ uṭṭhāpesi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘taṃ sarīraṃ uṭṭhahitvā’’ti. Dvāraṃ thakesīti bhikkhussa susānasamīpeyeva vihāro, tasmā bhīrukajātiko bhikkhu khippameva tattha pavisitvā dvāraṃ thakesi. Tattheva paripatīti dvāre thakite peto sāṭake nirālayo hutvā taṃ sarīraṃ pahāya yathākammaṃ gato, tasmā taṃ sarīraṃ tattheva paripati, patitanti vuttaṃ hoti.
“在不破裂的身体上”,指尚有体温的鲜活身体,不可取其作为粪扫衣。若取,则会有此类灾祸,并犯恶作。而身体若已破裂,则允许取。怎样才算破裂呢?哪怕只是被乌鸦、秃鹫、狗、豺狼等用喙或牙稍稍撕裂一点,也算破裂。若仅是因倒下蹭破表皮、皮尚未破,这仍属不破裂;皮已破,则为破裂。若生前即有破裂的疮、麻风疮或伤口,也属破裂。从第三天起,因膨胀等状态而呈现尸体样貌的,亦属破裂。然而,即使是不破裂的身体,也可让守墓者或其他俗人为己取来。若找不到别人,则应用刀或其他工具弄出伤口后自取。对于异性身体,则应提起正念,作沙门想,在头部或手脚背上弄出伤口后再取。显示巴利原文
Abhinne sarīreti abbhuṇhe allasarīre paṃsukūlaṃ na gahetabbaṃ, gaṇhantassa evarūpā upaddavā honti, dukkaṭañca āpajjati. Bhinne pana gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Kittāvatā pana bhinnaṃ hoti? Kāka-kulala-soṇa-siṅgālādīhi mukhatuṇḍakena vā dāṭhāya vā īsakaṃ phālitamattenāpi. Yassa pana patato ghaṃsanena chavimattaṃ chinnaṃ hoti, cammaṃ acchinnaṃ, etaṃ abhinnameva; camme pana chinne bhinnaṃ. Yassāpi sajīvakāleyeva pabhinnā gaṇḍakuṭṭhapiḷakā vā vaṇo vā hoti, idampi bhinnaṃ. Tatiyadivasato pabhuti uddhumātakādibhāvena kuṇapabhāvaṃ upagatampi bhinnameva. Sabbena sabbaṃ pana abhinnepi susānagopakehi vā aññehi vā manussehi gāhāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. No ce aññaṃ labhati, satthakena vā kenaci vā vaṇaṃ katvā gahetabbaṃ. Visabhāgasarīre pana satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā samaṇasaññaṃ uppādetvā sīse vā hatthapādapiṭṭhiyaṃ vā vaṇaṃ katvā gahetuṃ vaṭṭati.
草传送事论显示巴利原文
Kusasaṅkāmanavatthukathā
138 紧接着,在此事中,他将草移开后拿了衣。意思是:先前在解释“应取”一语的义注中,仅以名称列出的偷盗取、强夺取、计谋取、隐藏取、草取等取法之中,此处是以草取的方式偷取。显示巴利原文
138. Tadanantare vatthusmiṃ kusaṃ saṅkāmetvā cīvaraṃ aggahesīti pubbe ‘‘ādiyeyyā’’ti imassa padassa atthavaṇṇanāyaṃ nāmamattena dassitesu theyyāvahāra-pasayhāvahāra-parikappāvahārapaacchannāvahāra-kusāvahāresu kusāvahārena avaharīti attho.
这些取法的差别应当这样了知:若有人不论夜间或白昼,以破墙凿洞等方式,不为人见地窃取有主之物,或以伪秤、伪币等欺骗而取,这种拿取的方式,应知为“偷盗取”。显示巴利原文
Imesaṃ pana avahārānaṃ evaṃ nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ – yo hi koci sassāmikaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ rattibhāge vā divasabhāge vā sandhicchedādīni katvā adissamāno avaharati, kūṭamānakūṭakahāpaṇādīhi vā vañcetvā gaṇhāti, tassevaṃ gaṇhato avahāro ‘‘theyyāvahāro’’ti veditabbo.
若有人以强力制伏他人,或以恐吓令生怖畏而取得其财物,犹如拦路劫匪、屠村盗贼般出于忿怒掠夺他人家宅,又如国王、大臣等依仗自身权势,过度以强力夺取者——他如此拿取的行为,应知为“强夺取”。显示巴利原文
Yo pana pare pasayha balasā abhibhuyya, atha vā pana santajjetvā bhayaṃ dassetvā tesaṃ santakaṃ gaṇhāti, panthaghāta-gāmaghātādīni karontā dāmarikacorā viya kodhavasena paragharavilopaṃ karontā attano pattabalito ca adhikaṃ balakkārena gaṇhantā rāja-rājamahāmattādayo viya; tassevaṃ gaṇhato avahāro ‘‘pasayhāvahāro’’ti veditabbo.
经过计谋后拿取的行为,称为“计谋取”。它依物品计谋与场所计谋而有两种。其中,物品计谋如下:有欲得布者进入内室,计谋道:“若是布,我就拿;若是线,我就不拿”,于黑暗中拿了袋子。若那里是布,在拿起的当下即犯波罗夷。若是线,则无罪。拿出外面解开后,知道是线,再拿回放回原处,仍无罪。若知道是线,却想“既已得到,便应取走”而离去,则按所行步数治罪。若放在地上后拿取,在拿起的当下犯波罗夷。若被物主们围住喊“贼!贼!”而丢弃逃跑,无罪。物主们看见后拿取,这是善的。若有其他人拿取,应赔偿物品。若物主们返回后,他自己看见那物品,心想“这是我之前拿出来的,现在是我的了”而拿取,无罪,但应赔偿物品。以“若是线,我就拿;若是布,我就不拿”“若是酥油,我就拿;若是油,我就不拿”等方式计谋后拿取者,也是同样的道理。显示巴利原文
Parikappetvā gaṇhato pana avahāro ‘‘parikappāvahāro’’ti vuccati, so bhaṇḍaparikappa-okāsaparikappavasena duvidho . Tatrāyaṃ bhaṇḍaparikappo – idhekacco sāṭakatthiko antogabbhaṃ pavisitvā ‘‘sace sāṭako bhavissati, gaṇhissāmi; sace suttaṃ, na gaṇhissāmī’’ti parikappetvā andhakāre pasibbakaṃ gaṇhāti, sāṭako ce tatra hoti, uddhāreyeva pārājikaṃ. Suttaṃ ce hoti, rakkhati. Bahi nīharitvā muñcitvā ‘‘sutta’’nti ñatvā puna āharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapeti, rakkhatiyeva. ‘‘Sutta’’nti ñatvāpi ‘‘yaṃ laddhaṃ, taṃ gahetabba’’nti gacchati, padavārena kāretabbo. Bhūmiyaṃ ṭhapetvā gaṇhāti, uddhāre pārājikaṃ. ‘‘Coro, coro’’ti sāmikehi pariyuṭṭhito chaḍḍetvā palāyati, rakkhati. Sāmikā taṃ disvā gaṇhanti, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. Añño ce koci gaṇhāti, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Atha nivattesu sāmikesu sayameva taṃ disvā ‘‘pagevetaṃ mayā nīhaṭaṃ, mama dāni santaka’’nti gaṇhāti, rakkhati; bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ pana hoti. ‘‘Sace suttaṃ bhavissati, gaṇhissāmi; sace sāṭako, na gaṇhissāmi. Sace sappi bhavissati, gaṇhissāmi; sace telaṃ, na gaṇhissāmī’’tiādinā nayena parikappetvā gaṇhantassāpi eseva nayo.
然而,《大护持》等中说:“欲得布者,拿了布袋后出来,站在外面解开,看见是布后离去,应仅按所行步数治罪。”在这里,由于已计谋“若是布,我就拿”,可见计谋的存在;但因为是在看见后才拿取的,所以不见计谋取。而《大义注》中说:“所计谋之物,在未看见而仅处于计谋状态时拿取,这称为取法,因此那里可见计谋取。”这也与“以为是彼而偷取彼”的圣典相符。其中,那种以“若是布,我就拿”等方式生起的计谋,名为“物品计谋”。显示巴利原文
Mahāpaccariyādīsu pana ‘‘sāṭakatthikopi sāṭakapasibbakameva gahetvā nikkhanto bahi ṭhatvā muñcitvā ‘sāṭako aya’nti disvā gacchanto paduddhāreneva kāretabbo’’ti vuttaṃ. Ettha pana ‘‘sace sāṭako bhavissati, gaṇhissāmī’’ti parikappitattā parikappo dissati, disvā haṭattā parikappāvahāro na dissati. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana yaṃ parikappitaṃ taṃ adiṭṭhaṃ parikappitabhāve ṭhitaṃyeva uddharantassa avahāro vutto, tasmā tattha parikappāvahāro dissati. ‘‘Taṃ maññamāno taṃ avaharī’’ti pāḷiyā ca sametīti. Tattha yvāyaṃ ‘‘sace sāṭako bhavissati, gaṇhissāmī’’tiādinā nayena pavatto parikappo, ayaṃ ‘‘bhaṇḍaparikappo’’ nāma.
“场所计谋”应如此了知:此处,一位贪欲比丘进入他人的精舍、俗家或林中的作业堂等处,坐着与人交谈时,看见某样可贪的资具。他看见后,便以门口、楼下、殿堂、精舍门、库房、树根等为界限,心中计谋:“若在此范围内有人见我,我便装作因想看而拿着把玩的样子,示予人看;若无人看见,我便取走。”他拿着此物,一旦越过所计谋的界限,即犯巴拉基卡。若他计谋的是近行界,而他在行走趋向彼处时,因思惟业处等或心不在焉,无意中越过近行界,应赔偿物品。若到达时,有盗贼、大象、猛兽或大暴雨出现,他为脱离这些灾难而匆忙越过该处,亦仅应赔偿物品。然而,此中有些说:“因为根本是以盗心取物,故非无罪,即是取法。”《大义注》的意旨如此。而在《大护持》中则说:“即使他在界限内骑上象或马,不驱赶它,也不令他人驱赶,即使越过了界限,亦无巴拉基卡,仅应赔偿物品。”其中,那种以“若在此范围内有人见我,我便装作因想看而拿着把玩的样子,示予人看”而生起的计谋,名为“场所计谋”。显示巴利原文
Okāsaparikappo pana evaṃ veditabbo – idhekacco lolabhikkhu parapariveṇaṃ vā kulagharaṃ vā araññe kammantasālaṃ vā pavisitvā tattha kathāsallāpena nisinno kiñci lobhaneyyaṃ parikkhāraṃ oloketi, olokento ca pana disvā dvārapamukhaheṭṭhāpāsādapariveṇadvārakoṭṭhakarukkhamūlādivasena paricchedaṃ katvā ‘‘sace maṃ etthantare passissanti, daṭṭhukāmatāya gahetvā vicaranto viya etesaṃyeva dassāmi; no ce passissanti, harissāmī’’ti parikappeti. Tassa taṃ ādāya parikappitaparicchedaṃ atikkantamatte pārājikaṃ. Sace upacārasīmaṃ parikappeti, tadabhimukhova gacchanto kammaṭṭhānādīni manasi karonto vā aññavihito vā asatiyā upacārasīmaṃ atikkamati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Athāpissa taṃ ṭhānaṃ pattassa coro vā hatthī vā vāḷamigo vā mahāmegho vā vuṭṭhahati, so ca tamhā upaddavā muccitukamyatāya sahasā taṃ ṭhānaṃ atikkamati, bhaṇḍadeyyameva. Keci panettha ‘‘yasmā mūleva theyyacittena gahitaṃ, tasmā na rakkhati, avahāroyevā’’ti vadanti. Ayaṃ tāva mahāaṭṭhakathānayo. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana ‘‘sacepi so antoparicchede hatthiṃ vā assaṃ vā abhiruhitvā taṃ neva pājeti, na pājāpeti; paricchede atikkantepi pārājikaṃ natthi, bhaṇḍadeyyamevā’’ti vuttaṃ. Tatra yvāyaṃ ‘‘sace maṃ etthantare passissanti, daṭṭhukāmatāya gahetvā vicaranto viya etesaṃyeva dassāmī’’ti pavatto parikappo, ayaṃ ‘‘okāsaparikappo’’ nāma.
如此,依这两种计谋而取物的行为,应知为“计谋取物”。显示巴利原文
Evamimesaṃ dvinnampi parikappānaṃ vasena parikappetvā gaṇhato avahāro ‘‘parikappāvahāro’’ti veditabbo.
遮盖后取走,名为“遮掩取物”。应如是知:此处,有比丘见人们在园林等处游戏或进入时,解下并放置的装饰物品,心想:“若我弯腰取之,他们会认出‘这沙门在拿东西’而伤害我”,于是用尘土或树叶等遮盖,心想“稍后再取”。至此尚未取出,故还不构成取物。当那些人欲入村中,寻找那件物品而不得见,心想“现在天已黑,明日当知”,便回到住处。此时,若他取出该物品,于取出时即犯巴拉基卡。若他以“遮盖时即已是我的”之己物想,或以“他们已离去,此为丢弃物”之粪扫想而拿取,则属应赔偿物品。那些人第二日回来寻找,不见后放弃寻找而离去,所取之物仍属应赔偿物品。何以故?因其方便,令他们不见故。然而,若有人见如是物品,置于原处而不遮盖,以盗心用脚将其踏入泥中或沙中,于踏入之际,即犯巴拉基卡。显示巴利原文
Paṭicchādetvā pana avaharaṇaṃ paṭicchannāvahāro. So evaṃ veditabbo – yo bhikkhu manussānaṃ uyyānādīsu kīḷantānaṃ vā pavisantānaṃ vā omuñcitvā ṭhapitaṃ alaṅkārabhaṇḍaṃ disvā ‘‘sace onamitvā gahessāmi, ‘kiṃ samaṇo gaṇhātī’ti maṃ jānitvā viheṭheyyu’’nti paṃsunā vā paṇṇena vā paṭicchādeti – ‘‘pacchā gaṇhissāmī’’ti, tassa ettāvatā uddhāro natthīti na tāva avahāro hoti. Yadā pana te manussā antogāmaṃ pavisitukāmā taṃ bhaṇḍakaṃ vicinantāpi apassitvā ‘‘idāni andhakāro, sve jānissāmā’’ti sālayā eva gatā honti. Athassa taṃ uddharato uddhāre pārājikaṃ. ‘‘Paṭicchannakāleyeva taṃ mama santaka’’nti sakasaññāya vā ‘‘gatā dāni te, chaḍḍitabhaṇḍaṃ ida’’nti paṃsukūlasaññāya vā gaṇhantassa pana bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Tesu dutiyadivase āgantvā vicinitvā adisvā dhuranikkhepaṃ katvā gatesupi gahitaṃ bhaṇḍadeyyameva. Kasmā? Yasmā tassa payogena tehi na diṭṭhaṃ, yo pana tathārūpaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ disvā yathāṭhāne ṭhitaṃyeva appaṭicchādetvā theyyacitto pādena akkamitvā kaddame vā vālikāya vā paveseti, tassa pavesitamatteyeva pārājikaṃ.
通过移动草签取走他物,称为“草签取物”。应如此理解:当比丘们以草签抽签分配布料时,若有比丘想把自己份额旁价值较低、较高或相等的他人份额取走,便拿起自己份额上落下的草签,想要投到他人份额上,此时尚属守护。他将草签投到他人份额上时,仍属守护。然而,当草签落下后,他从他人份额中拿起他人的草签,在拿起时即犯波罗夷。如果他先拿起他人份额中的草签,想投到自己份额上,在拿起时守护,投下时守护。而当他从自己份额中拿起自己的草签,仅在拿起时守护。拿起后投到他人份额上,在离手的当下即犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Kusaṃ saṅkāmetvā pana avaharaṇaṃ ‘‘kusāvahāro’’ti vuccati. Sopi evaṃ veditabbo – yo bhikkhu kusaṃ pātetvā cīvare bhājiyamāne attano koṭṭhāsassa samīpe ṭhitaṃ appagghataraṃ vā mahagghataraṃ vā samasamaṃ vā agghena parassa koṭṭhāsaṃ haritukāmo attano koṭṭhāse patitaṃ kusadaṇḍakaṃ parassa koṭṭhāse pātetukāmo uddharati, rakkhati tāva. Parassa koṭṭhāse pāteti, rakkhateva. Yadā pana tasmiṃ patite parassa koṭṭhāsato parassa kusadaṇḍakaṃ uddharati, uddhaṭamatte pārājiko hoti. Sace paṭhamataraṃ parakoṭṭhāsato kusadaṇḍakaṃ uddharati attano koṭṭhāse pātetukāmatāya uddhāre rakkhati , pātane rakkhati. Attano koṭṭhāsato pana attano kusadaṇḍakaṃ uddharati, uddhāreyeva rakkhati. Taṃ uddharitvā parakoṭṭhāse pātentassa hatthato muttamatte pārājikaṃ.
然而,如果他把落在两份中的草签都隐藏起来,其余比丘离开后,另一人说:“尊者,我的草签不见了。”“贤友,我的也不见了。”“那么,尊者,哪一份是我的?”“这份是你的。”他指明自己的份额后,无论是否争论,那人取走该份额后离开,另一人取出他的份额,在取出时犯波罗夷。即使那人说“我不把我的份额给你,你认准自己的份额拿走”,他明知“这不是我的”却仍取走那人的份额,在取出时犯波罗夷。然而,如果另一人想“这是你的份额,这是我的份额,何必为此争论”,便说“无论是我的还是你的,你们拿走好的那份吧”,这称为已给与而取,此处不犯取物罪。如果那位害怕争论的比丘被说“你喜欢的就拿走”,便留下自己得到的好份额,只拿走差的离开,另一人寻找后取走剩下的,也不犯取物罪。显示巴利原文
Sace pana dvīsupi koṭṭhāsesu patitadaṇḍake adassanaṃ gameti, tato avasesabhikkhūsu gatesu itaro ‘‘‘mayhaṃ, bhante, daṇḍako na paññāyatī’ti. ‘Mayhampi, āvuso, na paññāyatī’ti. ‘Katamo pana, bhante, mayhaṃ bhāgo’ti? ‘Ayaṃ tuyhaṃ bhāgo’’’ti attano bhāgaṃ dasseti, tasmiṃ vivaditvā vā avivaditvā vā taṃ gaṇhitvā gate itaro tassa bhāgaṃ uddharati, uddhāre pārājikaṃ. Sacepi tena ‘‘ahaṃ mama bhāgaṃ tuyhaṃ na demi, tvaṃ pana attano bhāgaṃ ñatvā gaṇhā’’ti vutte ‘‘nāyaṃ mamā’’ti jānantopi tasseva bhāgaṃ gaṇhāti, uddhāre pārājikaṃ. Sace pana itaro ‘‘ayaṃ tuyhaṃ bhāgo, ayaṃ mayhaṃ bhāgoti kiṃ iminā vivādenā’’ti cintetvā ‘‘mayhaṃ vā patto hotu, tumhākaṃ vā, yo varabhāgo taṃ tumhe gaṇhathā’’ti vadati, dinnakaṃ nāma gahitaṃ hoti, natthettha avahāro. Sacepi so vivādabhīruko bhikkhu ‘‘yaṃ tuyhaṃ ruccati, taṃ gaṇhā’’ti vutto attano pattaṃ varabhāgaṃ ṭhapetvā lāmakaṃyeva gahetvā gacchati, tato itarassa vicinitāvasesaṃ gaṇhantassāpi avahāro natthevāti.
而在注疏中说:“此处仅以移动草签的方式提到了衣料的分配,但是应当引出四种资具的生起和分配方式来加以说明。”如此说后,在《衣犍度》中以耆婆故事为始,引出衣料生起之说:“尊者,愿世尊接受我这缝制的一对布料,并允许为比丘僧团设立居士衣。”(《大品》337)在《卧坐具犍度》中以“那时,王舍城发生饥荒,众人无力供养僧团饮食,于是想设置指定食、邀请食、筹食、半月食、斋日食、初日食”等经文为始,引出钵食之说。(《小品》325)同样在《卧坐具犍度》中以“那时,十七群比丘在某边远的大寺修葺,心想:我们将在此处安居。六群比丘看见十七群比丘在修葺寺院”等六群比丘故事为始,引出卧坐具之说。(《小品》316)其末尾则详细讲述了熟酥等药之说。然而,我们将在各自出现的地方讲述所有这些内容;如此讲述的理由,前文已作说明。显示巴利原文
Aṭṭhakathāsupana vuttaṃ – ‘‘imasmiṃ ṭhāne kusasaṅkāmanavasena cīvarabhājanīyameva ekaṃ āgataṃ, catunnampi pana paccayānaṃ uppattiñca bhājanīyañca nīharitvā dassetabba’’nti evañca vatvā cīvarakkhandhake‘‘paṭiggaṇhātu me, bhante, bhagavā sīveyyakaṃ dussayugaṃ; bhikkhusaṅghassa ca gahapaticīvaraṃ anujānātū’’ti (mahāva. 337) idaṃ jīvakavatthuṃ ādiṃ katvā uppannacīvarakathā, senāsanakkhandhake ‘‘tena kho pana samayena rājagahaṃ dubbhikkhaṃ hoti, manussā na sakkonti saṅghabhattaṃ kātuṃ, icchanti uddesabhattaṃ nimantanaṃ salākabhattaṃ pakkhikaṃ uposathikaṃ pāṭipadikaṃ kātu’’nti (cūḷava. 325) idaṃ suttamādiṃ katvā piṇḍapātakathā, senāsanakkhandhakeyeva ‘‘tena kho pana samayena sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū aññataraṃ paccantimaṃ mahāvihāraṃ paṭisaṅkharonti – ‘idha mayaṃ vassaṃ vasissāmā’ti. Addasaṃsu kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sattarasavaggiye bhikkhū vihāraṃ paṭisaṅkharonte’’ti (cūḷava. 316) idaṃ chabbaggiyavatthuṃ ādiṃ katvā āgatasenāsanakathā, tadavasāne ca sappiādibhesajjakathā vitthārena kathitā. Mayaṃ pana taṃ sabbaṃ āgatāgataṭṭhāneyeva kathayissāma; evaṃ kathane kāraṇaṃ pubbe vuttameva.
139 此后,暖房之事的意义便显而易见。显示巴利原文
139. Ito paraṃ jantāgharavatthu uttānatthameva.
140 在五种残食事中,那些比丘让未受具足戒者将食物作净后食用。而取用残食时,应取用他们吃剩后所丢弃的食物。若能在他们进食时,让其丢弃后再取用,这也是容许的。然而,为了守护自身,以及出于对他人的悲悯,则不应取用。显示巴利原文
140. Pañcasu vighāsavatthūsu te bhikkhū anupasampannena kappiyaṃ kārāpetvā paribhuñjiṃsu. Vighāsaṃ pana gaṇhantena khāditāvasesaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Yadi sakkoti khādante chaḍḍāpetvā gaṇhituṃ, etampi vaṭṭati. Attaguttatthāya pana parānuddayatāya ca na gahetabbaṃ.
141 在米饭、硬食、糕点、甘蔗、枣子、容器等事中,对并不存在的人说“给另一人一份”,这是无根据的执取。他这样拿取,是在物主们正给予时发生的。“比丘不犯波罗夷”是指他拿取了物主们所给的东西,因此说他不犯。在故意妄语上犯波逸提,是指他所说的故意妄语,于此判为波逸提,如同后面的三合米粥事例一样。然而,关于拿取,这里的判断是:拿取属于僧团、由被选定者或被吩咐的净人等所给予的物品,以及属于在家人、由物主或被吩咐者所给予的物品时,若说“给另一人一份”后拿取,属于应赔偿的物品。拿取由其他人所给予的物品时,应按物品价值处罚。在由未被选定者或未被吩咐者给予时,若说“再给另一份”后拿取,或计算虚假年份后拿取,如同四钵份事例一样,在其追回时,应按物品价值处罚。拿取由其他人如此给予的物品,属于应赔偿的物品。然而,由于物主吩咐说“给此人”而让人给予的,或自己亲手给予的,则是如法施与的——这是此处从一切注释的判断中所提炼的精要。显示巴利原文
141. Odanakhādanīyapūvaucchutimbarūsakabhājanīyavatthūsu aparassa bhāgaṃ dehīti asantaṃ puggalaṃ āha. Amūlakaṃ aggahesīti sāmikesu dentesu evaṃ aggahesi. Anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassāti sāmikehi dinnaṃ aggahesi; tenassa anāpatti vuttā. Āpatti sampajānamusāvāde pācittiyassāti yo panānena sampajānamusāvādo vutto, tasmiṃ pācittiyaṃ āha; parato tekaṭulayāguvatthumhi viya. Gahaṇe pana ayaṃ vinicchayo – saṅghassa santakaṃ sammatena vā āṇattehi vā ārāmikādīhi diyyamānaṃ, gihīnañca santakaṃ sāmikena vā āṇattena vā diyyamānaṃ ‘‘aparassa bhāgaṃ dehī’’ti vatvā gaṇhato bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Aññena diyyamānaṃ gaṇhanto bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. Asammatena vā anāṇattena vā diyyamāne ‘‘aparampi bhāgaṃ dehī’’ti vatvā vā kūṭavassāni gaṇetvā vā gaṇhanto pattacatukke viya tassuddhāreyeva bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. Itarehi diyyamānaṃ evaṃ gaṇhato bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Sāmikena pana ‘‘imassa dehī’’ti dāpitaṃ vā sayaṃ dinnaṃ vā sudinnanti ayamettha sabbaaṭṭhakathāvinicchayato sāro.
142-3 在饭屋等住所的案例中——“饭屋”指售卖饭食的炊饭屋。“肉铺”指售卖肉类的煮肉屋。“糕点屋”指售卖嚼食的煮糕点屋。此处其余内容,以及资具案例中的内容,其义易明。显示巴利原文
142-3. Odaniyagharādivatthūsu – odaniyagharaṃ nāma vikkāyikabhattapacanagharaṃ. Sūnagharaṃ nāma vikkāyikamaṃsapacanagharaṃ. Pūvagharaṃ nāma vikkāyikakhajjakapacanagharaṃ. Sesamettha, parikkhāravatthūsu ca pākaṭameva.
144 在凳子的案例中——那位比丘作了意后,心想“我将拿取到达此处的东西”,便进行了移动。对他而言,在移动中并无偷盗。然而,移动之后,从所意之处拿取时,即被判为波罗夷。如此搬运时,若对凳子无盗心,则应对袋子估价后处罚。若对凳子亦有盗心,便应对两者估价后处罚。坐垫等三个案例,其义易明。显示巴利原文
144. Pīṭhavatthusmiṃ – so bhikkhu parikappetvā ‘‘etaṃ ṭhānaṃ sampattaṃ gaṇhissāmī’’ti saṅkāmesi. Tenassa saṅkāmane avahāro natthi. Saṅkāmetvā pana parikappitokāsato gahaṇe pārājikaṃ vuttaṃ. Evaṃ haranto ca yadi pīṭhake theyyacittaṃ natthi, thavikaṃ agghāpetvā kāretabbo. Atha pīṭhakepi atthi, ubho agghāpetvā kāretabboti. Bhisiādīni tīṇi vatthūni pākaṭāneva.
146 在亲厚取用等三个案例中,自行拿取时无犯,若令人取来,则成应偿之物。入村托钵者的份额,只可在近行界内站立时取用。然而,若施主们说:“尊者,即使近行界外的部分也请取用,我们会前来受用。”如此,则即便是村内的位置亦可取用。此处其余内容,其义易晓。显示巴利原文
146. Vissāsaggāhādīsu tīsu vatthūsu gahaṇe anāpatti, āharāpentesu bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Piṇḍāya paviṭṭhassa paṭiviso antoupacārasīmāyaṃ ṭhitasseva gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Yadi pana dāyakā ‘‘bahiupacāraṭṭhānampi bhante, bhāgaṃ gaṇhatha, āgantvā paribhuñjissantī’’ti vadanti, evaṃ antogāmaṭṭhānampi gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Sesamettha uttānatthameva.
148-9 148-149. 在七个偷芒果贼等事例中,若以粪扫衣想而拿取,无犯;若使人拿来,则属应赔偿之物;若以盗心受用,则犯波罗夷。此处判别如下:若物主与盗贼皆有贪着,以粪扫衣想食用者,属应赔偿之物;以盗心拿取者,在主人追回时即构成偷盗,应估价物品后处罚。若物主有贪着而盗贼无贪着,同理。若物主无贪着而盗贼有贪着,心想“我们还会再来取用”而将物品弃置于取用之处后离去,同理。若两者都无贪着,以粪扫衣想食用者,无犯;以盗心食用者,犯恶作。显示巴利原文
148-9. Sattasu ambacorakādivatthūsu paṃsukūlasaññāya gahaṇe anāpatti, āharāpentesu bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ, theyyacittena paribhoge pārājikaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ vinicchayo – sāmikāpi sālayā, corāpi sālayā, paṃsukūlasaññāya khādantassa bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ, theyyacittena gaṇhato uddhāreyeva avahāro, bhaṇḍaṃ agghāpetvā kāretabbo. Sāmikā sālayā, corā nirālayā, eseva nayo. Sāmikā nirālayā, corā sālayā; ‘‘puna gaṇhissāmā’’ti kismiñcideva gahanaṭṭhāne khipitvā gatā, eseva nayo. Ubhopi nirālayā, paṃsukūlasaññāya khādato anāpatti, theyyacittena dukkaṭaṃ.
然而,对于僧团的芒果等物品,无论是生于僧园中的,还是被带来后供养的,若偷取价值五摩沙迦或超过五摩沙迦之物,犯波罗夷。在边境因盗贼之难而村落荒废时,比丘们亦舍弃寺院,心怀“待日后人们再来此居住时,我们便返回”的期望离去。比丘们到达这样的寺院后,若以“此是弃物”的粪扫衣想而受用芒果等熟果,无犯;若以盗心受用,则构成偷盗,应估价物品后处罚。显示巴利原文
Saṅghassa ambādīsu pana saṅghārāme jātaṃ vā hotu, ānetvā dinnaṃ vā pañcamāsakaṃ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ avaharantassa pārājikaṃ. Paccante corupaddavena gāmesu vuṭṭhahantesu bhikkhūpi vihāre chaḍḍetvā ‘‘puna āvasante janapade āgamissāmā’’ti saussāhāva gacchanti. Bhikkhū tādisaṃ vihāraṃ patvā ambapakkādīni ‘‘chaḍḍitakānī’’ti paṃsukūlasaññāya paribhuñjanti, anāpatti; theyyacittena paribhuñjato avahāro hoti, bhaṇḍaṃ agghāpetvā kāretabbo.
而在《大筏》与《简要义释》中则一致说道:“在已废弃的寺院中,若以盗心受用果实或非果实,犯波罗夷。何以故?因此为已来者与未来者之所属物。”对于僧团共有物与个人私有物,唯以是否怀有重返之期望为标准。若从该处取芒果等熟果,为摄护俗家而施与者,犯污家恶作。若以盗心施与,则应按价值处罚。对于僧团物,道理相同。将为住所指定的物品为摄护俗家而施与者,犯恶作;以主人心态施与者,犯偷兰遮;以盗心施与者,犯波罗夷。若物品不足,应估价后处罚。若坐于近行界外,以主人心态受用者,即是偷盗(喉部)。敲钟并宣布时间后,心想“愿此归属我得”而食用或享用者,是如法受用、善受用。若不敲钟仅宣布时间,或仅敲钟而不宣布时间,或不敲钟亦不宣布时间,知他人不在后,心想“愿此归属我得”而食用或享用者,亦是如法受用、善受用。两个花圃之事例,其义易了。显示巴利原文
Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana saṅkhepaṭṭhakathāyañca avisesena vuttaṃ – ‘‘chaḍḍitavihāre pana phalāphalaṃ theyyacittena paribhuñjato pārājikaṃ. Kasmā? Āgatānāgatānaṃ santakattā’’ti. Gaṇasantake pana puggalike ca saussāhamattameva pamāṇaṃ. Sace pana tato ambapakkādiṃ kulasaṅgahaṇatthāya deti, kuladūsakadukkaṭaṃ. Theyyacittena dento agghena kāretabbo. Saṅghikepi eseva nayo. Senāsanatthāya niyamitaṃ kulasaṅgahaṇatthāya dadato dukkaṭaṃ, issaravatāya thullaccayaṃ, theyyacittena pārājikaṃ. No ce vatthu pahoti, agghena kāretabbo. Bahi upacārasīmāya nisīditvā issaravatāya paribhuñjato gīvā. Ghaṇṭiṃ paharitvā kālaṃ ghosetvā ‘‘mayhaṃ pāpuṇātī’’ti khāditaṃ sukhāditaṃ. Ghaṇṭiṃ apaharitvā kālameva ghosetvā, ghaṇṭimeva paharitvā kālaṃ aghosetvā, ghaṇṭimpi apaharitvā kālampi aghosetvā aññesaṃ natthibhāvaṃ ñatvā ‘‘mayhaṃ pāpuṇātī’’ti khāditampi sukhāditameva. Pupphārāmavatthudvayaṃ pākaṭameva.
150 在三个依言而行的事例中,“依言而说”的意思是:被你吩咐后,“我依你的话而说”。“比丘不犯波罗夷”是指,因为物品由物主们给予,所以不犯。再者,诸比丘,不应说“依言而说”,意思是:一个比丘不应被另一个比丘这样吩咐——“我被你吩咐后,依你的话而说”。然而,作了限定后,说“我将依你的话取某某”,这是允许的。“依言而施”的意思是:被我吩咐后,依我的话而施与。其余如前所述。在这两个事例中,作了限定后说,也是允许的。因为到此为止,他便从指责中解脱了。显示巴利原文
150. Vuttavādakavatthuttaye vutto vajjemīti tayā vutto hutvā ‘‘tava vacanena vadāmī’’ti attho. Anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassāti sāmikehi dinnattā anāpatti. Na ca, bhikkhave, ‘‘vutto vajjemī’’ti vattabboti ‘‘ahaṃ tayā vutto hutvā tava vacanena vadāmī’’ti evaṃ añño bhikkhu aññena bhikkhunā na vattabboti attho. Paricchedaṃ pana katvā ‘‘itthannāmaṃ tava vacanena gaṇhissāmī’’ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Vutto vajjehīti mayā vutto hutvā mama vacanena vadehīti attho. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva. Imesupi ca dvīsu vatthūsu paricchedaṃ katvā vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Ettāvatā hi upārambhā mutto hotīti.
151-2 在三个摩尼珠事例的中间事例中——“我非无病”的意思是“我正患病”。其余都是显而易见的。显示巴利原文
151-2. Maṇivatthuttayassa majjhime vatthusmiṃ – nāhaṃ akallakoti nāhaṃ gilānoti attho. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva.
153 关于两个野猪陷阱的事例——虽然第一位比丘见野猪饥饿而心生悲悯,将其释放,故而无罪。然而,若物主不接受,则应赔偿物品:要么找来一头同样大小的死野猪给予,要么赔偿等值的物品。若到处都见不到陷阱的主人,则应将等值的布、袈裟或钵等,放在陷阱附近他们回来时能看见的合适地方,然后才可离去。若以盗心释放,则犯波罗夷。在此,有的野猪用脚拖拽陷阱,陷阱刚被弄断时,它因尚未离开原地而仍停留在原处,如同急流中被系缚的船;有的依其自性而停留;有的卧着;有的被机关陷阱所缚。所谓机关陷阱,是指其末端绑有弓、钩或其他棍棒,这些棍棒随处挂在树等上面,阻止野猪逃走。其中,对于拖拽陷阱后仍停留者,陷阱的绑缚处只有一处,因为它在陷阱松开或断裂的当下便逃跑。对于依自性而停留者,绑缚处和四足共五处。对于卧者,绑缚处和卧处共两处。对于被机关陷阱所缚者,它所到之处,每一处都是绑缚处。因此,从各处将其释放的比丘,即使有十位、二十位乃至百位,也都犯波罗夷。如同见到各处来的奴隶而只放走一个奴隶一样。显示巴利原文
153. Sūkaravatthudvaye – kiñcāpi paṭhamassa bhikkhuno chātajjhattaṃ disvā kāruññena mocitattā anāpatti. Sāmikesu pana asampaṭicchantesu bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ, tāva mahanto vā matasūkaro āharitvā dātabbo, tadagghanakaṃ vā bhaṇḍaṃ. Sace pāsasāmike kuhiñcipi na passati, pāsasāmantā tadagghanakaṃ sāṭakaṃ vā kāsāvaṃ vā thālakaṃ vā yathā te āgatā passanti, īdise ṭhāne ṭhapetvāva gantabbaṃ, theyyacittena pana mocentassa pārājikameva. Ettha ca koci sūkaro pāsaṃ pādena kaḍḍhitvā chinnamatte pāse ṭhānācāvanadhammena ṭhānena ṭhito hoti caṇḍasote baddhanāvā viya. Koci attano dhammatāya ṭhito, koci nipanno, koci kūṭapāsena baddho hoti. Kūṭapāso nāma yassa ante dhanukaṃ vā aṅkusako vā añño vā koci daṇḍako baddho hoti, yo tattha tattha rukkhādīsu laggitvā sūkarassa gamanaṃ nivāreti. Tatra pāsaṃ kaḍḍhitvā ṭhitassa ekameva ṭhānaṃ pāsabandhanaṃ, so hi pāse muttamatte vā chinnamatte vā palāyati. Attano dhammatāya ṭhitassa bandhanañca cattāro ca pādāti pañca ṭhānāni. Nipannassa bandhanañca sayanañcāti dve ṭhānāni. Kūṭapāsabaddhassa yattha yattha gacchati, taṃ tadeva ṭhānaṃ. Tasmā taṃ tato tato mocentā dasapi vīsatipi satampi bhikkhū pārājikaṃ āpajjanti. Tattha tattha āgataṃ disvā ekameva dāsaṃ palāpento viya.
关于前三种四足动物,应依前文所说的方法,了知此处的令动与令离原处之判据。对于被狗咬伤的野猪,若以悲悯心令人放走,应赔偿物品;若以盗心,则犯波罗夷。若在未到陷阱前或未到狗附近时,于半路迎上先行将其赶走,则不构成不与取。若有人给被缚的野猪草与水,令其获得力气,而后发出大声喊叫,心想‘它受惊就会逃跑’,若它因此逃跑,犯波罗夷。将陷阱弄弱后,以喊叫声使其逃跑者,亦同此法。显示巴利原文
Purimānaṃ pana tiṇṇaṃ catuppadakathāyaṃ vuttanayena phandāpanaṭhānācāvanāni veditabbāni. Sunakhadaṭṭhaṃ sūkaraṃ vissajjāpentassāpi kāruññādhippāyena bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ, theyyacittena pārājikaṃ. Pāsaṭṭhānaṃ pana sunakhasamīpaṃ vā asampattaṃ paṭipathaṃ gantvā paṭhamameva palāpentassa avahāro natthi. Yopi baddhasūkarassa ghāsañca pānīyañca datvā balaṃ gāhāpetvā ukkuṭṭhiṃ karoti – ‘‘utrasto palāyissatī’’ti; so ce palāyati, pārājikaṃ. Pāsaṃ dubbalaṃ katvā ukkuṭṭhisaddena palāpentassāpi eseva nayo.
若有人给野猪草与水后离去,心想‘它获得力气就会逃跑’,若它因此逃跑,应赔偿物品。将陷阱弄弱后离去者,亦同此法。若在陷阱附近放置刀或火,心想‘绳子断开或被烧它就会逃跑’,野猪摇动陷阱时,绳子断开或被烧而逃跑,应赔偿物品。若将陷阱连同棍子一起推倒,后来野猪踩踏着它而逃走,应赔偿物品。若野猪被压石压住,有人想放走它,出于悲悯将压石抬起,应赔偿物品;若以盗心,则犯波罗夷。若抬起时它未立即逃走,而是后来才逃走,应赔偿物品。若将已抬起的压石重新放下,后来野猪踩踏着它而逃走,应赔偿物品。对于落入陷阱的野猪,若出于悲悯将其拉出,应赔偿物品;若以盗心,则犯波罗夷。若填平陷阱后离去,后来野猪踩踏着它而逃走,应赔偿物品。对于被尖桩刺中的野猪,若出于悲悯将其拔出,应赔偿物品;若以盗心,则犯波罗夷。若将尖桩拔出后丢弃,应赔偿物品。显示巴利原文
Yo pana ghāsañca pānīyañca datvā gacchati, ‘‘balaṃ gahetvā palāyissatī’’ti; so ce palāyati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Pāsaṃ dubbalaṃ katvā gacchantassāpi eseva nayo. Pāsasantike satthaṃ vā aggiṃ vā ṭhapeti ‘‘chinne vā daḍḍhe vā palāyissatī’’ti. Sūkaro pāsaṃ cālento chinne vā daḍḍhe vā palāyati, bhaṇḍadeyyameva. Pāsaṃ yaṭṭhiyā saha pāteti, pacchā sūkaro taṃ maddanto gacchati , bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Sūkaro adūhalapāsāṇehi akkanto hoti, taṃ palāpetukāmassa adūhalaṃ kāruññena ukkhipato bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ, theyyacittena pārājikaṃ. Sace ukkhittamatte agantvā pacchā gacchati, bhaṇḍadeyyameva. Ukkhipitvā ṭhapitaṃ adūhalaṃ pāteti, pacchā sūkaro taṃ maddanto gacchati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Opāte patitasūkarampi kāruññena uddharato bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ, theyyacittena pārājikaṃ. Opātaṃ pūretvā nāseti, pacchā sūkaro taṃ maddanto gacchati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Sūle viddhaṃ kāruññena uddharati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ, theyyacittena pārājikaṃ. Sūlaṃ uddharitvā chaḍḍeti, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ.
若有人在寺院地界内设置陷阱或压石,应加以制止:‘这里是野兽的庇护所,不要在此做这些事。’若他们说:‘尊者,请让人拿走。’则可令人将其拿走。若他们自行拿走,那最好。若他们既不拿走,也不让人拿走,则可请求守护者许可后,令人拿走。人们在守护庄稼时,会在田中设置陷阱和压石等,心想:‘我们靠吃肉来保护庄稼。’庄稼季节过后,当他们已不再关心而离开时,对于那里被缚或落入陷阱的动物,可以将其释放。显示巴利原文
Vihārabhūmiyaṃ pana pāse vā adūhalaṃ vā oḍḍentā vāretabbā – ‘‘migarūpānaṃ paṭisaraṇaṭṭhānametaṃ, mā idha evaṃ karothā’’ti. Sace ‘‘harāpetha, bhante’’ti vadanti, harāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. Atha sayaṃ haranti, sundarameva. Atha neva haranti, na harituṃ denti, rakkhaṃ yācitvā harāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. Manussā sassarakkhaṇakāle khettesu pāse ca adūhalapāsāṇādīni ca karonti – ‘‘maṃsaṃ khādantā sassāni rakkhissāmā’’ti. Vītivatte sassakāle tesu anālayesu pakkantesu tattha baddhaṃ vā patitaṃ vā mocetuṃ vaṭṭatīti.
如同对鹿陷阱的论述,对猪陷阱的判决也是如此。显示巴利原文
Migavatthudvayepi sūkaravatthūsu vuttasadisoyeva vinicchayo.
关于两个鱼的故事,方法亦同。然而,此处的差别是:若打开鱼笼口,或解开尾部囊,或从侧面穿孔,将鱼从鱼笼中赶出走脱,犯波罗夷。若示现饭粒而如此放走,亦犯波罗夷。连同鱼笼一起提走,亦犯波罗夷。若仅仅打开鱼笼口,解开尾部囊,或穿孔,而鱼自行逃走,则应赔偿物品。如此做后示现饭粒,鱼为觅食而出并逃走,亦应赔偿物品。若不打开笼口,不解开尾部囊,不从侧面穿孔,仅仅示现饭粒,而鱼因饥饿以头撞击弄出空间,为觅食而出并逃走,亦应赔偿物品。对于空的鱼笼,若打开笼口,或解开尾部囊,或穿孔,来往的鱼到达门口后从囊孔逃走,亦应赔偿物品。若拿起空的鱼笼扔入草丛,亦应赔偿物品。如同车上物品、凳上袋子的情况。显示巴利原文
Macchavatthudvayepi eseva nayo. Ayaṃ pana viseso – kumīnamukhaṃ vivaritvā vā pacchāpuṭakaṃ muñcitvā vā passena chiddaṃ katvā vā kumīnato macche pothetvā palāpentassa pārājikaṃ. Bhattasitthāni dassetvā evaṃ palāpentassāpi pārājikaṃ. Saha kumīnena uddharatopi pārājikaṃ. Kevalaṃ kumīnamukhaṃ vivarati, pacchāpuṭakaṃ muñcati, chiddaṃ vā karoti, macchā pana attano dhammatāya palāyanti, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Evaṃ katvā bhattasitthāni dasseti, macchā gocaratthāya nikkhamitvā palāyanti, bhaṇḍadeyyameva. Mukhaṃ avivaritvā pacchāpuṭakaṃ amuñcitvā passena chiddaṃ akatvā kevalaṃ bhattasitthāni dasseti, macchā pana chātajjhattā sīsena paharitvā okāsaṃ katvā gocaratthāya nikkhamitvā palāyanti, bhaṇḍadeyyameva. Tucchakumīnassa mukhaṃ vā vivarati, pacchāpuṭakaṃ vā muñcati, chiddaṃ vā karoti, āgatāgatā macchā dvāraṃ pattā puṭakachiddehi palāyanti, bhaṇḍadeyyameva. Tucchakumīnaṃ gahetvā gumbe khipati, bhaṇḍadeyyamevāti. Yāne bhaṇḍaṃ pīṭhe thavikāya sadisaṃ.
关于肉片的故事:若在空中抓取,抓取之处即为所在处。应知,以六种方式确定后,即构成‘令离原处’。此处其余内容,应按木守护者、染衣者衣物以及芒果贼等故事中所述的方法来判定。显示巴利原文
Maṃsapesivatthumhi – sace ākāse gaṇhāti, gahitaṭṭhānameva ṭhānaṃ. Taṃ chahākārehi paricchinditvā ṭhānācāvanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Sesamettha dārugopālakarajakasāṭakavatthūsu ca ambacorakādivatthūsu vuttanayena vinicchinitabbaṃ.
155 关于瓮器之事:若有人取了酥油等价值不足一足价之物,立下防护,决心说“我不再这样做”,但第二天等又生起同样的心,于是如此放下防护而受用,即使全部受用,也不犯波罗夷。但犯恶作或偷兰遮,然而该物属于应当赔偿的物品。那位比丘正是这样做的,因此说“比丘不犯波罗夷”。然而,若未放下防护,心想“我将每日受用”,一点点地受用,那么在哪一天达到一足价,那一天便犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
155.Kumbhivatthusmiṃ – yo sappitelādīni apādagghanakāni gahetvā ‘‘na puna evaṃ karissāmī’’ti saṃvare ṭhatvā dutiyadivasādīsupi puna citte uppanne evameva dhuranikkhepaṃ katvā paribhuñjanto sabbampi taṃ paribhuñjati, nevatthi pārājikaṃ. Dukkaṭaṃ vā thullaccayaṃ vā āpajjati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ pana hoti. Ayampi bhikkhu evamevamakāsi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassā’’ti. Dhuranikkhepaṃ pana akatvā ‘‘divase divase paribhuñjissāmī’’ti thokaṃ thokampi paribhuñjato yasmiṃ divase pādagghanakaṃ pūrati, tasmiṃ pārājikaṃ.
共谋搬运之事,应依共谋搬运中的判断方法了知;一把之事,在施食处等事中;两件残食之事,在芒果贼等事中,都应依前述的判断方法了知。两件草之事,其义自明。显示巴利原文
Saṃvidāvahāravatthūni saṃvidāvahāre, muṭṭhivatthūni odaniyagharādivatthūsu dve vighāsavatthūni ambacorakādivatthūsu vuttavinicchayanayena veditabbāni. Dve tiṇavatthūni uttānatthāneva.
156 关于分芒果等事:那些比丘前往一座常住比丘确定的村落住处。那里的住众虽在受用果实,但当客众比丘到来时,并未对净人说:“给长老们果实。”于是客众比丘心想:“难道僧团之物我们不应有份吗?”便敲钟分果,并按照雨安居年数分给他们一份,然后自己受用。因此,世尊对他们说:“诸比丘,为受用故,无犯。”所以,乃至今日,在任何地方,若住众不给客众,在分配果实的时候,当自己的那份已经确定,若以盗心吃了别人应得的果实,在那里,客众可以敲钟分而受用。显示巴利原文
156.Ambabhājāpanādivatthūsu te bhikkhū ekaṃ gāmakāvāsaṃ paricchinnabhikkhukaṃ agamaṃsu. Tattha bhikkhū phalāphalaṃ paribhuñjamānāpi tesu āgatesu ‘‘therānaṃ phalāni dethā’’ti kappiyakārake na avocuṃ. Atha te bhikkhū ‘‘kiṃ saṅghikaṃ amhākaṃ na pāpuṇātī’’ti ghaṇṭiṃ paharitvā bhājāpetvā tesampi vassaggena bhāgaṃ datvā attanāpi paribhuñjiṃsu. Tena nesaṃ bhagavā ‘‘anāpatti, bhikkhave, paribhogatthāyā’’ti āha. Tasmā idānipi yattha āvāsikā āgantukānaṃ na denti, phalavāre ca sampatte aññesaṃ atthibhāvaṃ disvā corikāya attanāva khādanti, tattha āgantukehi ghaṇṭiṃ paharitvā bhājetvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati.
然而,若住众守护树木,在果实分配时节到来时,将果实分配食用,并如法提供四种资具,那么客众对此无权。即使是那些被指定用于衣物的树木,客众同样无权。对于被指定用于其余资具的树木,道理也是如此。显示巴利原文
Yattha pana āvāsikā rukkhe rakkhitvā phalavāre sampatte bhājetvā khādanti, catūsu paccayesu sammā upanenti, anissarā tattha āgantukā. Yepi rukkhā cīvaratthāya niyametvā dinnā, tesupi āgantukā anissarā. Eseva nayo sesapaccayatthāya niyametvā dinnesupi.
然而,若那些树木未被如此指定,住众守护、保管后却以盗心受用,他们便不应依共住规约来确立。若树木是为受用果实而给予,住众却未加守护、保管,而是如法提供,他们则应依共住规约来确立。然而,《大护持》中说:‘对于指定给予的四种资具,若以盗心受用,应估量物品后予以处罚;若仅是依受用方式分配受用,则须赔偿物品。其中,被指定为住所用的,若仅是依受用方式分配受用,则犯偷兰遮并须赔偿物品。’显示巴利原文
Ye pana tathā aniyamitā, āvāsikā ca te rakkhitvā gopetvā corikāya paribhuñjanti, na tesu āvāsikānaṃ katikāya ṭhātabbaṃ. Ye phalaparibhogatthāya dinnā, āvāsikāpi ne rakkhitvā gopetvā sammā upanenti, tesuyeva tesaṃ katikāya ṭhātabbaṃ. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana vuttaṃ – ‘‘catunnaṃ paccayānaṃ niyametvā dinnaṃ theyyacittena paribhuñjanto bhaṇḍaṃ agghāpetvā kāretabbo. Paribhogavaseneva taṃ bhājetvā paribhuñjantassa bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Yaṃ panettha senāsanatthāya niyamitaṃ, taṃ paribhogavaseneva bhājetvā paribhuñjantassa thullaccayañca bhaṇḍadeyyañcā’’ti.
限定用于衣物的,应只用于衣。若遇饥荒,比丘们因乞食而困苦,衣物却容易获得,为僧团的利益,作告白羯磨后,也可用于乞食。若比丘们因住所或医药而困苦,为僧团的利益,作告白羯磨后,同样可用于该目的。对于限定用于乞食、医药而给予的,道理也是一样。然而,限定用于住所而给予的,属于重物,应当守护、保管后只用于该目的。但若遇饥荒,比丘们无法依靠乞食维生,此时,因国王、疾病、盗贼、恐惧等缘故前往他处者的寺院会荒废,棕榈、椰子等也会毁坏,而依靠住所资具却能维持生命。在这样的时期,即使舍弃住所,为了维护住所而受用,也为世尊所允许。因此,可保留一两处上等住所,将其余下等的舍弃用于乞食。但不可断除根本而使用。显示巴利原文
Odissa cīvaratthāya dinnaṃ cīvareyeva upanetabbaṃ. Sace dubbhikkhaṃ hoti, bhikkhū piṇḍapātena kilamanti, cīvaraṃ pana sulabhaṃ, saṅghasuṭṭhutāya apalokanakammaṃ katvā piṇḍapātepi upanetuṃ vaṭṭati. Senāsanena gilānapaccayena vā kilamantesu saṅghasuṭṭhutāya apalokanakammaṃ katvā tadatthāyapi upanetuṃ vaṭṭati. Odissa piṇḍapātatthāya gilānapaccayatthāya ca dinnepi eseva nayo. Odissa senāsanatthāya dinnaṃ pana garubhaṇḍaṃ hoti, taṃ rakkhitvā gopetvā tadatthameva upanetabbaṃ. Sace pana dubbhikkhaṃ hoti, bhikkhū piṇḍapātena na yāpenti. Ettha rājarogacorabhayādīhi aññattha gacchantānaṃ vihārā palujjanti, tālanāḷikerādike vināsenti, senāsanapaccayaṃ pana nissāya yāpetuṃ sakkā hoti. Evarūpe kāle senāsanaṃ vissajjetvāpi senāsanajagganatthāya paribhogo bhagavatā anuññāto. Tasmā ekaṃ vā dve vā varasenāsanāni ṭhapetvā itarāni lāmakakoṭiyā piṇḍapātatthāya vissajjetuṃ vaṭṭati. Mūlavatthucchedaṃ pana katvā na upanetabbaṃ .
若一处园林被指定为四种资具所用而施与,则不应作告白羯磨。但若某种资具短缺,可将其用于该目的。园林应当维护,即使支付工资,也应令人维护。那些领了工资而住在园林中守护的人,若以椰子或棕榈果等供养来访的比丘,只有僧团允许的——“你们每天可取用这么多”——他们才能给那么多;超出此量,即便他们给,也不可接受。显示巴利原文
Yo pana ārāmo catuppaccayatthāya niyametvā dinno, tattha apalokanakammaṃ na kātabbaṃ. Yena pana paccayena ūnaṃ, tadatthaṃ upanetuṃ vaṭṭati. Ārāmo jaggitabbo, vetanaṃ datvāpi jaggāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. Ye pana vetanaṃ labhitvā ārāmeyeva gehaṃ katvā vasantā rakkhanti, te ce āgatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ nāḷikeraṃ vā tālapakkaṃ vā denti, yaṃ tesaṃ saṅghena anuññātaṃ hoti – ‘‘divase divase ettakaṃ nāma khādathā’’ti tadeva te dātuṃ labhanti; tato uttari tesaṃ dadantānampi gahetuṃ na vaṭṭati.
若有人以租约取得园林,只将四种资具所需的应得物品供给僧团,此人也能获得很多。为佛塔的灯明或修补破损而施与的园林,也应当维护;即使支付工资,也应令人维护。而且,此处佛塔所属物和僧团所属物均可作为工资给付。对于此园林,以工资住于彼处守护者,以及以租约取得而供给应得物品者,他们布施该处所产果实的方式,应依前述方法了知。显示巴利原文
Yo pana ārāmaṃ keṇiyā gahetvā saṅghassa catuppaccayatthāya kappiyabhaṇḍameva deti, ayaṃ bahukampi dātuṃ labhati. Cetiyassa padīpatthāya vā khaṇḍaphullapaṭisaṅkharaṇatthāya vā dinno ārāmopi paṭijaggitabbo; vetanaṃ datvāpi jaggāpetabbo. Vetanañca panettha cetiyasantakampi saṅghasantakampi dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Etampi ārāmaṃ vetanena tattheva vasitvā rakkhantānañca keṇiyā gahetvā kappiyabhaṇḍadāyakānañca tattha jātakaphaladānaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
在庵婆波利等事中:“比丘们,守护者所施,无犯。”在此,哪种守护者之施是允许的,哪种是不允许的呢?大须摩长老首先说:“那种限定给守护者的——‘你每天拿这么多’——只有那部分允许,超过则不允许。”大莲华长老则说:“难道有给守护者立下字据或作标记而施与的吗?对于交到他们手中的东西,他们就是主人,因此他们给的即使很多也允许。”《库伦达注疏》中说:“人们的花园或其他果非果物,由童仆守护,他们所施的允许。但叫他们拿来后,则不应接受。在僧团物和塔庙物中,只有以租金收取而守护者的施与才允许。以工资守护者,只允许他自己份额的部分。”《大护法注》中说:“在家人的园丁施给比丘的,这允许。而僧团的园丁,从自己工资中扣除而施的,这允许。若有人以一半花园或某些树作为工资而守护,他也只允许从自己所得的树施与。以租金收取而守护者,则全部允许。”然而,这一切在文句上虽有差异,在义理上却是同一的;因此,应了知其意趣而接受。显示巴利原文
Ambapālakādivatthūsu – anāpatti, bhikkhave, gopakassa dāneti ettha kataraṃ pana gopakadānaṃ vaṭṭati, kataraṃ na vaṭṭatīti? Mahāsumatthero tāva āha – ‘‘yaṃ gopakassa paricchinditvā dinnaṃ hoti – ‘ettakaṃ divase divase gaṇhā’ti tadeva vaṭṭati; tato uttari na vaṭṭatī’’ti. Mahāpadumatthero panāha – ‘‘kiṃ gopakānaṃ paṇṇaṃ āropetvā nimittasaññaṃ vā katvā dinnaṃ atthi, etesaṃ hatthe vissaṭṭhakassa ete issarā, tasmā yaṃ te denti taṃ bahukampi vaṭṭatī’’ti. Kurundaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana vuttaṃ – ‘‘manussānaṃ ārāmaṃ vā aññaṃ vā phalāphalaṃ dārakā rakkhanti, tehi dinnaṃ vaṭṭati . Āharāpetvā pana na gahetabbaṃ. Saṅghike pana cetiyasantake ca keṇiyā gahetvā rakkhantasseva dānaṃ vaṭṭati. Vetanena rakkhantassa attano bhāgamattaṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana ‘‘yaṃ gihīnaṃ ārāmarakkhakā bhikkhūnaṃ denti, etaṃ vaṭṭati. Bhikkhusaṅghassa pana ārāmagopakā yaṃ attano bhatiyā khaṇḍetvā denti, etaṃ vaṭṭati. Yopi upaḍḍhārāmaṃ vā kecideva rukkhe vā bhatiṃ labhitvā rakkhati, tassāpi attano pattarukkhatoyeva dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Keṇiyā gahetvā rakkhantassa pana sabbampi vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Etaṃ pana sabbaṃ byañjanato nānaṃ, atthato ekameva; tasmā adhippāyaṃ ñatvā gahetabbaṃ.
在木材事中——“世尊,我是暂时的。”这是想说“世尊,我是暂时心”的人所说。“暂时心”的意思是“我会再取来归还”这样的心。世尊说:“在暂用的情形下,无犯。”显示巴利原文
Dāruvatthumhi – tāvakāliko ahaṃ bhagavāti tāvakālikacitto ahaṃ bhagavāti vattukāmena vuttaṃ, tāvakālikacittoti ‘‘puna āharitvā dassāmī’’ti evaṃcitto ahanti vuttaṃ hoti. Bhagavā ‘‘tāvakālike anāpattī’’ti āha.
然而,此处有圣典之外的判例——若僧团进行僧团的工作,例如建造布萨堂或食堂,则应告知后暂取使用。若僧团的物料无人守护,被雨淋湿、被日晒干,这些都可取来用于自己所住的寺院。僧团若令人取用,应告知用其他物料或等值之物替换。若无法告知,则应说:“尊者,这是用僧团物所做,请以僧团受用物来使用。”对于住处,这位比丘即是主人。即使石柱、木柱、门扇或窗户不够,也可暂时取用僧团物来修复。这一原则也适用于其他物料。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ panettha pāḷimuttakavinicchayo – sace saṅgho saṅghikaṃ kammaṃ kāreti uposathāgāraṃ vā bhojanasālaṃ vā, tato āpucchitvā tāvakālikaṃ haritabbaṃ. Yo pana saṅghiko dabbasambhāro agutto deve vassante temeti, ātapena sukkhati, taṃ sabbampi āharitvā attano āvāse kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Saṅgho āharāpento aññena vā dabbasambhārena mūlena vā saññāpetabbo. Na sakkā ce hoti saññāpetuṃ, ‘‘saṅghikena, bhante, kataṃ saṅghikaparibhogena vaḷañjathā’’ti vattabbaṃ. Senāsanassa pana ayameva bhikkhu issaro. Sacepi pāsāṇatthambho vā rukkhatthambho vā kavāṭaṃ vā vātapānaṃ vā nappahoti, saṅghikaṃ tāvakālikaṃ āharitvā pākatikaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Esa nayo aññesupi dabbasambhāresūti.
在水事中——当水变得难得,需从一由旬或半由旬外取来时,对于这种已被执受的水,若取用即犯偷盗。若水取自他处,或存于池塘等中,仅用来煮粥饭及作饮用,不作其他重大受用,若以盗心取用,也犯偷盗。然而,若取一壶或两壶水用来洗座位、浇灌菩提树、作水供养、煮染料,这是允许的。在此应依僧团的规约而行。若取用过量,或以盗心投入泥土等中,则应估量物品价值而处罚。显示巴利原文
Udakavatthusmiṃ – yadā udakaṃ dullabhaṃ hoti, yojanatopi aḍḍhayojanatopi āharīyati, evarūpe pariggahitaudake avahāro. Yatopi āharimato vā pokkharaṇīādīsu ṭhitato vā kevalaṃ yāgubhattaṃ sampādenti, pānīyaparibhogañca karonti, na aññaṃ mahāparibhogaṃ, tampi theyyacittena gaṇhato avahāro. Yato pana ekaṃ vā dve vā ghaṭe gahetvā āsanaṃ dhovituṃ, bodhirukkhe siñcituṃ udakapūjaṃ kātuṃ, rajanaṃ pacituṃ labbhati, tattha saṅghassa katikavaseneva paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Atirekaṃ gaṇhanto, mattikādīni vā theyyacittena pakkhipanto bhaṇḍaṃ agghāpetvā kāretabbo.
若常住比丘严格制定规约,不许他人洗涤或染色物品,自己却趁他人不察时取走而自行一切,他们不应坚持此规约。他们自己洗多少,便应允许他人洗多少。若僧团有两三处池塘或水井,并制定了规约:“应在此沐浴,应从此取饮用水,应在此作一切受用。”则应依规约而行一切。若未制定规约之处,则一切受用皆许。显示巴利原文
Sace āvāsikā katikavattaṃ daḷhaṃ karonti, aññesaṃ bhaṇḍakaṃ dhovituṃ vā rajituṃ vā na denti, attanā pana aññesaṃ apassantānaṃ gahetvā sabbaṃ karonti, tesaṃ katikāya na ṭhātabbaṃ. Yattakaṃ te dhovanti, tattakaṃ dhovitabbaṃ. Sace saṅghassa dve tisso pokkharaṇiyo vā udakasoṇḍiyo vā honti, katikā ca katā ‘‘ettha nhāyitabbaṃ, ito pānīyaṃ gahetabbaṃ, idha sabbaparibhogo kātabbo’’ti. Katikavatteneva sabbaṃ kātabbaṃ. Yattha katikā natthi, tattha sabbaparibhogo vaṭṭatīti.
于泥土事:若泥土难得,或有人取来各种颜色的泥土存放,在那里即使少量也值五摩沙迦,因此犯波罗夷。然而,若是为僧团的工作或塔庙的工作,在完成后,告知僧团后取用,或作暂时取用,是允许的。石灰及彩绘颜料也是如此。显示巴利原文
Mattikāvatthusmiṃ – yattha mattikā dullabhā hoti, nānappakārā vā vaṇṇamattikā āharitvā ṭhapitā, tattha thokāpi pañcamāsakaṃ agghati, tasmā pārājikaṃ. Saṅghike pana kamme cetiyakamme ca niṭṭhite saṅghaṃ āpucchitvā vā tāvakālikaṃ vā gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Sudhāyapi cittakammavaṇṇesupi eseva nayo.
于草事:对于被烧过的草,由于未从原处移开,犯恶作,但应作物品赔偿。僧团整理草料后,用来覆盖僧团住所;后来某时僧团无法再整理,此时若另一比丘依职责进行整理,此草仍属僧团。若不整理,僧团应对某比丘说:“你整理后给与。”若那位比丘想要份额,即使给了份额也应让他整理。若他增加份额,也应给与。若他再次增加,则应说:“你去整理后,全部取去,覆盖你自己所属的住所。”何以故?若致损坏,便无利益。然而,施与者不应施与带地基之物,那是重物;只应施与草本身。若他在整理后覆盖自己住所时,僧团又能整理了,则应说:“你不要整理,僧团将整理。”显示巴利原文
Tiṇavatthūsu – jhāpitatiṇe ṭhānācāvanassa abhāvā dukkaṭaṃ, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ pana hoti. Saṅgho tiṇavatthuṃ jaggitvā saṅghikaṃ āvāsaṃ chādeti, puna kadāci jaggituṃ na sakkoti, athañño eko bhikkhu vattasīsena jaggati, saṅghassevetaṃ. No ce jaggati, saṅgheneko bhikkhu vattabbo ‘‘jaggitvā dehī’’ti. So ce bhāgaṃ icchati, bhāgaṃ datvāpi jaggāpetabbaṃ. Sace bhāgaṃ vaḍḍheti, dātabbameva. Vaḍḍhetiyeva, ‘‘gaccha jaggitvā sabbaṃ gahetvā attano santakaṃ senāsanaṃ chādehī’’ti vattabbo. Kasmā? Naṭṭhe attho natthi. Dadantehi pana savatthukaṃ na dātabbaṃ , garubhaṇḍaṃ hoti; tiṇamattaṃ pana dātabbaṃ. Tasmiṃ ce jaggitvā attano senāsanaṃ chādente puna saṅgho jaggituṃ pahoti, ‘‘tvaṃ mā jaggi, saṅgho jaggissatī’’ti vattabboti.
床等七种物品众所周知。但在律典中,未来若有人拿走石柱、树柱或其他任何值一足价的物品,亦犯波罗夷。对于在禅堂等处被丢弃、属于精舍等的墙壁或围墙,若有人破坏而偷取砖块等物,也是如此。何以故?因为僧团的物品,有时有人居住,有时无人居住。在边境因盗贼恐怖而人们迁离之时,若有人拿走被遗弃的寺院等处的任何资具,也是如此。然而,若有人暂时从那里拿走,当比丘们再次住进那些寺院时,他们要求归还,即应归还。即使从那里取来后建成了坐卧之处,也应归还该坐卧处或等值的物品。若人们断除留恋而迁离,心想“我们还会回来住的”,此时若拿取了僧团共有或个人的物品,如果他们允许,则无需补救;但僧团的重物则必须补救。显示巴利原文
Mañcādīni satta vatthūni pākaṭāneva. Pāḷiyaṃ pana anāgatampi pāsāṇatthambhaṃ vā rukkhatthambhaṃ vā aññaṃ vā kiñci pādagghanakaṃ harantassa pārājikameva. Padhānagharādīsu chaḍḍitapatitānaṃ pariveṇādīnaṃ kuṭṭampi pākārampi bhinditvā iṭṭhakādīni avaharantassāpi eseva nayo. Kasmā? Saṅghikaṃ nāma kadāci ajjhāvasanti, kadāci na ajjhāvasanti. Paccante corabhayena janapade vuṭṭhahante chaḍḍitavihārādīsu kiñci parikkhāraṃ harantassāpi eseva nayo. Ye pana tato tāvakālikaṃ haranti, puna āvasitesu ca vihāresu bhikkhū āharāpenti, dātabbaṃ. Sacepi tato āharitvā senāsanaṃ kataṃ hoti, taṃ vā tadagghanakaṃ vā dātabbameva. ‘‘Puna āvasissāmā’’ti ālayaṃ acchinditvā vuṭṭhitesu janapadesu gaṇasantakaṃ vā puggalikaṃ vā gahitaṃ hoti; te ce anujānanti, paṭikammena kiccaṃ natthi. Saṅghikaṃ pana garubhaṇḍaṃ, tasmā paṭikammaṃ kattabbameva.
157 寺院受用物的内容,意义自明。显示巴利原文
157. Vihāraparibhogavatthu uttānatthameva.
“诸比丘,我允许暂时拿走”一句中:若有比丘将僧团的床或椅暂时拿走,在自己安乐之处以僧团受用的方式使用一个月或两个月,并给予来往的年长比丘使用,不加拒绝,那么即使该物遗失、损坏或被贼偷走,他也不负责任。但居住后离开时,应将其放回原处。然而,若以个人受用的方式使用,不给予来往的年长比丘,则该物若遗失,他要负责。若将物品拿到其他住处使用,若那里有年长比丘来而让他起身,他应说:“这是我从某住处拿来的,我去把它放回原处。”若那位比丘说:“我会把它放回原处”,即使将责任交给他而离开也是可以的。这在简略注释中已说。显示巴利原文
Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tāvakālikaṃ haritunti ettha yo bhikkhu saṅghikaṃ mañcaṃ vā pīṭhaṃ vā tāvakālikaṃ haritvā attano phāsukaṭṭhāne ekampi dvepi māse saṅghikaparibhogena paribhuñjati, āgatāgatānaṃ vuḍḍhatarānaṃ deti, nappaṭibāhati , tassa tasmiṃ naṭṭhepi jiṇṇepi corāvahaṭepi gīvā na hoti. Vasitvā pana gacchantena yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṃ. Yo pana puggalikaparibhogena paribhuñjati, āgatāgatānaṃ vuḍḍhatarānaṃ na deti, tasmiṃ naṭṭhe tassa gīvā hoti. Aññaṃ pana āvāsaṃ haritvā paribhuñjantena sace tattha vuḍḍhataro āgantvā vuṭṭhāpeti, ‘‘mayā idaṃ asukāvāsato nāma āhaṭaṃ, gacchāmi, naṃ pākatikaṃ karomī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Sace so bhikkhu ‘‘ahaṃ pākatikaṃ karissāmī’’ti vadati, tassa bhāraṃ katvāpi gantuṃ vaṭṭatīti saṅkhepaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ.
在瞻波城的事件中:“三合粥”是指以芝麻、米和绿豆,或以芝麻、米和乌豆,或以芝麻、米和马豆,或芝麻和米加上任何一种其他谷物,以此三物制成。据说,他们将这三物加入以四分之一水混合的牛奶中,再配上酥油、蜂蜜、糖等而制成。显示巴利原文
Campāvatthumhi – tekaṭulayāgūti tilataṇḍulamuggehi vā tilataṇḍulamāsehi vā tilataṇḍulakulatthehi vā tilataṇḍulehi saddhiṃ yaṃkiñci ekaṃ aparaṇṇaṃ pakkhipitvā tīhi katā, etaṃ kira imehi tīhi catubhāgaudakasambhinne khīre sappimadhusakkarādīhi yojetvā karonti.
在王舍城的事件中:“蜜丸”是指一种极美味的糕点,也称作“蜜首”。此处其余内容,在这两个事件中,应按照“饭食分配”事件中所说的方法来理解。显示巴利原文
Rājagahavatthumhi – madhugoḷakoti atirasakapūvo vuccati; ‘‘madhusīsaka’’ntipi vadanti. Sesamettha vatthudvayepi odanabhājanīyavatthusmiṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
158 158. 在阿朱卡长老的事件中:“他这样说”是指他生病后说的。尊者优波离是尊者阿朱卡的同党——这不是出于偏袒的朋党,而应理解为:因长老认为他无犯,出于对具惭愧者的护念和对律的护念,长老成为同党。此处其余内容其义自明。显示巴利原文
158. Ajjukavatthusmiṃ – etadavocāti gilāno hutvā avoca. Āyasmā upāli āyasmato ajjukassa pakkhoti na agatigamanavasena pakkho, api ca kho anāpattisaññitāya lajjīanuggahena vinayānuggahena ca thero pakkhoti veditabbo. Sesamettha uttānameva.
159 在波罗奈城的事件中,“被贼所恼”是指被贼人掠夺。所说的“以神通带来安置于宫殿中”:据说长老见到那户人家被忧箭所伤,辗转不安,出于对那户人家的悲悯,为守护其信心、以法护持,便以神通决意:“愿那些孩子自己的宫殿就在他们近前。”孩子们认出“这是我们的宫殿”便登了上去。随后长老收回神通,宫殿也停在了本来的位置。然而依世俗言说,才称为“以神通将那些孩子带来安置于宫殿中”。在神通运用的范围内,像这样的决意神通是没有过犯的,而变化神通则不可。显示巴利原文
159. Bārāṇasīvatthusmiṃ – corehi upaddutanti corehi viluttaṃ. Iddhiyā ānetvā pāsāde ṭhapesīti thero kira taṃ kulaṃ sokasallasamappitaṃ āvaṭṭantaṃ vivaṭṭantaṃ disvā tassa kulassa anukampāya pasādānurakkhaṇatthāya dhammānuggahena attano iddhiyā ‘‘tesaṃyeva pāsādaṃ dārakānaṃ samīpe hotū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi. Dārakā ‘‘amhākaṃ pāsādo’’ti sañjānitvā abhiruhiṃsu. Tato thero iddhiṃ paṭisaṃhari, pāsādopi sakaṭṭhāneyeva aṭṭhāsi. Vohāravasena pana vuttaṃ ‘‘te dārake iddhiyā ānetvā pāsāde ṭhapesī’’ti. Iddhivisayeti īdisāya adhiṭṭhāniddhiyā anāpatti. Vikubbaniddhi pana na vaṭṭati.
160-1 最后的两个事件,其义自明。显示巴利原文
160-1. Avasāne vatthudvayaṃ uttānatthamevāti.
第二项,由无与伦比的胜者所阐明;
此处所谓波罗夷,即因烦恼而败亡之义。
其学处与此相同,别无其他;
含摄种种理趣,深义决断。
因此,当事缘现前时,通达律藏的比丘,
应秉持律的护持,在此作出裁决。
对于巴利圣典与注释书,当善察其意趣与全貌,
深入之后,当以不放逸心而作决断。
任何时候都不应热衷于举发罪过;
应当作意:“我将见其无犯。”
即使在如法适宜的事物上,心念轻浮之人,
凡夫于此,因随心转故,退失沙门之德。
是故,于他人之资具,当视如毒蛇,
亦视之如火,智者不应轻慢。
显示巴利原文 Dutiyaṃ adutiyena, yaṃ jinena pakāsitaṃ; Parājitakilesena, pārājikamidaṃ idha. Sikkhāpadaṃ samaṃ tena, aññaṃ kiñci na vijjati; Anekanayavokiṇṇaṃ, gambhīratthavinicchayaṃ. Tasmā vatthumhi otiṇṇe, bhikkhunā vinayaññunā; Vinayānuggahenettha, karontena vinicchayaṃ. Pāḷiṃ aṭṭhakathañceva, sādhippāyamasesato; Ogayha appamattena, karaṇīyo vinicchayo. Āpattidassanussāho, na kattabbo kudācanaṃ; Passissāmi anāpatti-miti kayirātha mānasaṃ. Passitvāpi ca āpattiṃ, avatvāva punappunaṃ; Vīmaṃsitvātha viññūhi, saṃsanditvā ca taṃ vade. Kappiyepi ca vatthusmiṃ, cittassa lahuvattino; Vasena sāmaññaguṇā, cavantīdha puthujjanā. Tasmā paraparikkhāraṃ, āsīvisamivoragaṃ; Aggiṃ viya ca sampassaṃ, nāmaseyya vicakkhaṇoti.
《巴拉基咖品注释》第二部分显示巴利原文
Pārājikakaṇḍa-aṭṭhakathā (dutiyo bhāgo)
第三波罗夷显示巴利原文
3. Tatiyapārājikaṃ
第三项,由清净者——佛陀以三种方式阐明;
其波罗夷的注释,如今已进入次第。
因此,凡先前已阐明、应当善加了解的内容,
舍置他们之后,此处亦有此注释。
显示巴利原文 Tatiyaṃ tīhi suddhena, yaṃ buddhena vibhāvitaṃ; Pārājikaṃ tassa dāni, patto saṃvaṇṇanākkamo. Yasmā tasmā suviññeyyaṃ, yaṃ pubbe ca pakāsitaṃ; Taṃ vajjayitvā assāpi, hoti saṃvaṇṇanā ayaṃ.
初制因缘注释显示巴利原文
Paṭhamapaññattinidānavaṇṇanā
162 一六二、“尔时,佛陀、世尊住毘舍离城大林重阁讲堂”:此处“毘舍离”,是指一座以阴性名词形式流传其名的城市。此城因三次增扩城墙围篱而变得广阔,故称“毘舍离”。应知此城也是在正等正觉者成就一切知智时,才以一切方式达至极盛的。如此示现所行境之村落后,说明住处:“于大林中的重阁讲堂”。其中,“大林”是指自然生长、非由人工种植、有明确边界的广大森林。而迦毗罗卫城附近的大林,则与雪山连成一片、无有边界,一直延伸至大海。此处的大林并非如是,而是指有边界的广大森林,故称“大林”。而“重阁讲堂”,应知是在依大林而建的僧园中,以一座重阁为中心,用雁尾形屋顶覆盖建造的、具足一切庄严的世尊香室。显示巴利原文
162.Tenasamayena buddho bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyanti ettha vesāliyanti evaṃnāmake itthiliṅgavasena pavattavohāre nagare. Tañhi nagaraṃ tikkhattuṃ pākāraparikkhepavaḍḍhanena visālībhūtattā ‘‘vesālī’’ti vuccati. Idampi ca nagaraṃ sabbaññutappatteyeva sammāsambuddhe sabbākārena vepullaṃ pattanti veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ gocaragāmaṃ dassetvā nivāsaṭṭhāna māha – ‘‘mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāya’’nti. Tattha mahāvanaṃ nāma sayaṃjātaṃ aropimaṃ saparicchedaṃ mahantaṃ vanaṃ. Kapilavatthusāmantā pana mahāvanaṃ himavantena saha ekābaddhaṃ aparicchedaṃ hutvā mahāsamuddaṃ āhacca ṭhitaṃ. Idaṃ tādisaṃ na hoti, saparicchedaṃ mahantaṃ vananti mahāvanaṃ. Kūṭāgārasālā pana mahāvanaṃ nissāya kate ārāme kūṭāgāraṃ anto katvā haṃsavaṭṭakacchadanena katā sabbākārasampannā buddhassa bhagavato gandhakuṭi veditabbā.
以种种方式开示不净论:即通过种种理由,展现不净相,开示令人厌离此身的教说。例如:“于此身中,有发、毛……乃至……尿。” 这是在说什么呢?比丘们,在这仅约一臂长的躯体中,即使以一切方式仔细探寻,也见不到丝毫如珍珠、摩尼宝、琉璃、沉香、檀香、番红花、樟脑或香粉等的洁净之物。相反地,只会见到以发、毛等种种形态呈现,极为恶臭、令人厌恶、不庄严的不净物。因此,对此不应产生欲念与贪染。即使是生于最上处的头发,也是不净、不洁、可厌的。而且,它们的不净、不洁、可厌性,应从颜色、形状、气味、所依处、所在处这五种理由来了解。毛等也是如此。这是此处的略说,详细内容应依《清净道论》中所说的方法来了解。如此,世尊对每一部分,都以五重分类,用种种方式开示不净论。显示巴利原文
Anekapariyāyena asubhakathaṃ kathetīti anekehi kāraṇehi asubhākārasandassanappavattaṃ kāyavicchandaniyakathaṃ katheti. Seyyathidaṃ – ‘‘atthi imasmiṃ kāye kesā lomā…pe. … mutta’’nti. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Bhikkhave, imasmiṃ byāmamatte kaḷevare sabbākārenapi vicinanto na koci kiñci muttaṃ vā maṇiṃ vā veḷuriyaṃ vā agaruṃ vā candanaṃ vā kuṅkumaṃ vā kappūraṃ vā vāsacuṇṇādīni vā aṇumattampi sucibhāvaṃ passati. Atha kho paramaduggandhaṃ jegucchaṃ assirīkadassanaṃ kesalomādinānappakāraṃ asuciṃyeva passati. Tasmā na ettha chando vā rāgo vā karaṇīyo. Yepi hi uttamaṅge sirasmiṃ jātā kesā nāma, tepi asubhā ceva asucino ca paṭikkūlā ca. So ca nesaṃ asubhāsucipaṭikkūlabhāvo vaṇṇatopi saṇṭhānatopi gandhatopi āsayatopi okāsatopīti pañcahi kāraṇehi veditabbo. Evaṃ lomādīnanti. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 1.182) vuttanayena veditabbo. Iti bhagavā ekamekasmiṃ koṭṭhāse pañcapañcappabhedena anekapariyāyena asubhakathaṃ katheti.
赞叹不净:即通过膨胀相等,安立不净论母后,以分别解说进行剖析、描述、称扬,而赞叹不净。赞叹不净修习:即对通过执取发等、膨胀相等,或内外诸所缘中的不净相而生起之心,加以修习、增长、增广,通过显示不净修习的功德利益而赞叹其价值,称颂其功德。例如:“比丘们,致力于不净修习的比丘,于发等所缘,或于膨胀相等所缘,能证得初禅——舍弃五支、具备五支、具足三种善、成就十种相。他依止此名为初禅的心之宝箧,增长观智,证得最上义阿罗汉果。”显示巴利原文
Asubhāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsatīti uddhumātakādivasena asubhamātikaṃ nikkhipitvā padabhājanīyena taṃ vibhajanto vaṇṇento saṃvaṇṇento asubhāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Asubhabhāvanāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsatīti yā ayaṃ kesādīsu vā uddhumātakādīsu vā ajjhattabahiddhāvatthūsu asubhākāraṃ gahetvā pavattassa cittassa bhāvanā vaḍḍhanā phātikammaṃ, tassā asubhabhāvanāya ānisaṃsaṃ dassento vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, guṇaṃ parikitteti. Seyyathidaṃ – ‘‘asubhabhāvanābhiyutto, bhikkhave , bhikkhu kesādīsu vā vatthūsu uddhumātakādīsu vā pañcaṅgavippahīnaṃ pañcaṅgasamannāgataṃ tividhakalyāṇaṃ dasalakkhaṇasampannaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ paṭilabhati. So taṃ paṭhamajjhānasaṅkhātaṃ cittamañjūsaṃ nissāya vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā uttamatthaṃ arahattaṃ pāpuṇātī’’ti.
于初禅,有十种相:从障碍中得心清净;心趣向中等的寂止相;心投入其中;于清净心行舍;于修止者行舍;于专一住立者行舍;以不超越彼处所生诸法的意义而喜悦;以诸根同一味的意义而喜悦;以策励相应精进的意义而喜悦;以修习的意义而喜悦。显示巴利原文
Tatrimāni paṭhamassa jhānassa dasa lakkhaṇāni – pāripanthikato cittavisuddhi, majjhimassa samādhinimittassa paṭipatti, tattha cittapakkhandanaṃ, visuddhassa cittassa ajjhupekkhanaṃ, samathappaṭipannassa ajjhupekkhanaṃ, ekattupaṭṭhānassa ajjhupekkhanaṃ, tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena sampahaṃsanā, indriyānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena tadupagavīriyavāhanaṭṭhena āsevanaṭṭhena sampahaṃsanāti.
此处有圣典文句:“初禅以何为始?以何为中?以何为终?初禅以行道清净为始,以舍的增广为中,以喜悦为终。初禅以行道清净为始,此‘始’有几种相?‘始’有三种相:心从该禅那的障碍中得以清净;由于清净,心倾向于中等的寂止相;由于趣向,心便进入其中。心从障碍中清净,由清净而心倾向中等的寂止相,由趣向而心进入其中——这就是初禅行道清净之‘始’,此‘始’具足此三种相。因此说:‘初禅于始即善,且具足三相。’”显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ pāḷi – ‘‘paṭhamassa jhānassa ko ādi, kiṃ majjhe, kiṃ pariyosānaṃ? Paṭhamassa jhānassa paṭipadāvisuddhi ādi, upekkhānubrūhanā majjhe, sampahaṃsanā pariyosānaṃ. Paṭhamassa jhānassa paṭipadāvisuddhi ādi, ādissa kati lakkhaṇāni? Ādissa tīṇi lakkhaṇāni – yo tassa paripantho tato cittaṃ visujjhati, visuddhattā cittaṃ majjhimaṃ samathanimittaṃ paṭipajjati, paṭipannattā tattha cittaṃ pakkhandati. Yañca paripanthato cittaṃ visujjhati, yañca visuddhattā cittaṃ majjhimaṃ samathanimittaṃ paṭipajjati, yañca paṭipannattā tattha cittaṃ pakkhandati. Paṭhamassa jhānassa paṭipadāvisuddhi ādi, ādissa imāni tīṇi lakkhaṇāni. Tena vuccati – ‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ ādikalyāṇañceva hoti tilakkhaṇasampannañca’.
“初禅以舍的增广为‘中’,此‘中’有几种相?‘中’有三种相:于清净心行舍,于修止者行舍,于专一安住者行舍。于清净心行舍,于修止者行舍,于专一安住者行舍——这就是初禅舍增广之‘中’,此‘中’具足此三种相。因此说:‘初禅于中即善,且具足三相。’”显示巴利原文
‘‘Paṭhamassa jhānassa upekkhānubrūhanā majjhe, majjhassa kati lakkhaṇāni? Majjhassa tīṇi lakkhaṇāni – visuddhaṃ cittaṃ ajjhupekkhati, samathappaṭipannaṃ ajjhupekkhati, ekattupaṭṭhānaṃ ajjhupekkhati. Yañca visuddhaṃ cittaṃ ajjhupekkhati, yañca samathappaṭipannaṃ ajjhupekkhati , yañca ekattupaṭṭhānaṃ ajjhupekkhati. Paṭhamassa jhānassa upekkhānubrūhanā majjhe, majjhassa imāni tīṇi lakkhaṇāni. Tena vuccati – ‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ majjhekalyāṇañceva hoti tilakkhaṇasampannañca’.
“初禅以喜悦为‘终’,此‘终’有几种相?‘终’有四种相:以不超越该处所生诸法之义为喜悦;以诸根同一味之义为喜悦;以策励相应精进之义为喜悦;以修习之义为喜悦。初禅以喜悦为‘终’,此‘终’具足此四种相。因此说:‘初禅于终即善,且具足四相。’如此,成就此三种状态的心,具足三种善、成就十种相,即:具足寻、具足伺、具足喜、具足乐、具足心决意、具足信、具足精进、具足念、具足定、具足慧。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Paṭhamassa jhānassa sampahaṃsanā pariyosānaṃ, pariyosānassa kati lakkhaṇāni? Pariyosānassa cattāri lakkhaṇāni – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena sampahaṃsanā, indriyānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena sampahaṃsanā, tadupagavīriyavāhanaṭṭhena sampahaṃsanā, āsevanaṭṭhena sampahaṃsanā. Paṭhamassa jhānassa sampahaṃsanā pariyosānaṃ, pariyosānassa imāni cattāri lakkhaṇāni . Tena vuccati – ‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇañceva hoti catulakkhaṇasampannañca. ‘‘Evaṃ tividhattagataṃ cittaṃ tividhakalyāṇakaṃ dasalakkhaṇasampannaṃ vitakkasampannañceva hoti vicārasampannañca pītisampannañca sukhasampannañca cittassa adhiṭṭhānasampannañca saddhāsampannañca vīriyasampannañca satisampannañca samādhisampannañca paññāsampannañcā’’ti (paṭi. ro. 1.158).
所谓“一再地、一再地称赞不净等至的功德”,是指通过一再确定“如此、如此”来说明、一再地赞叹不净等至的功德,讲述其利益,称扬其殊胜。也就是:“诸比丘,若比丘以不净想反复修习、心多安住于此,其心对于行淫法便会退缩、回避、反转,不会舒展,唯有舍或厌逆住立。诸比丘,犹如鸡毛或筋绳投入火中会退缩、回避、反转,不会舒展;同样地,诸比丘,若比丘以不净想反复修习、心多安住于此,其心对于行淫法便会退缩、回避、反转,不会舒展。”(增支部7.49)显示巴利原文
Ādissa ādissa asubhasamāpattiyā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsatīti ‘‘evampi itthampī’’ti punappunaṃ vavatthānaṃ katvā ādisanto asubhasamāpattiyā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, ānisaṃsaṃ katheti, guṇaṃ parikitteti. Seyyathidaṃ – ‘‘asubhasaññāparicitena, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno cetasā bahulaṃ viharato methunadhammasamāpattiyā cittaṃ paṭilīyati paṭikuṭati paṭivaṭṭati, na sampasārīyati, upekkhā vā pāṭikulyatā vā saṇṭhāti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kukkuṭapattaṃ vā nhārudaddulaṃ vā aggimhi pakkhittaṃ paṭilīyati paṭikuṭati paṭivaṭṭati, na sampasārīyati; evameva kho, bhikkhave, asubhasaññāparicitena bhikkhuno cetasā bahulaṃ viharato methunadhammasamāpattiyā cittaṃ paṭilīyati paṭikuṭati paṭivaṭṭati, na sampasārīyatī’’ti (a. ni. 7.49).
“比丘们,我欲独处半月”的意思是:比丘们,我欲在半月内独处、隐退,独自一人而住。“除一位送食者外,任何人不得来见我”是指:除了那位自己不主动攀谈、仅为了我从信众家中取出已备好的食物带来给我的比丘——即那位送食者之外,其他任何比丘或在家人都不应来见我。显示巴利原文
Icchāmahaṃ, bhikkhave, addhamāsaṃ paṭisallīyitunti ahaṃ bhikkhave ekaṃ addhamāsaṃ paṭisallīyituṃ nilīyituṃ ekova hutvā viharituṃ icchāmīti attho. Namhi kenaci upasaṅkamitabbo aññatra ekena piṇḍapātanīhārakenāti yo attanā payuttavācaṃ akatvā mamatthāya saddhesu kulesu paṭiyattaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ nīharitvā mayhaṃ upanāmeti, taṃ piṇḍapātanīhārakaṃ ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ ṭhapetvā namhi aññena kenaci bhikkhunā vā gahaṭṭhena vā upasaṅkamitabboti.
为何世尊如此说呢?据说过去有五百猎鹿人,用长棍和罗网围住森林,欢喜踊跃,终生以猎杀鸟兽为业,死后堕入地狱。他们在地狱中受报之后,因过去所作某种善业而转生人间,又依于殊胜的依止因缘,全都在世尊座下得到了出家与具足戒。他们那些根本不善业中,尚留有未成熟的果报,于是在那半月期间,他们中生起了自杀或相互残杀之心,给予了断命的机会。世尊看到了这一点:业果确实无人能遮。那些比丘之中,有凡夫,也有须陀洹、斯陀含、阿那含和漏尽者。其中漏尽者不再受后有,其余圣弟子皆决定趣向善趣,而凡夫的趣向则不确定。于是世尊思惟:‘这些人因对此身的贪爱而惧怕死亡,将无法净化其趣向。来吧,我为他们宣说不净论以断除贪爱。他们听闻后,因对此身离贪爱而净化趣向,当于天界结生。如此,他们于我座下的出家便有了意义。’显示巴利原文
Kasmā pana evamāhāti? Atīte kira pañcasatā migaluddakā mahatīhi daṇḍavāgurāhi araññaṃ parikkhipitvā haṭṭhatuṭṭhā ekatoyeva yāvajīvaṃ migapakkhighātakammena jīvikaṃ kappetvā niraye upapannā; te tattha paccitvā pubbe katena kenacideva kusalakammena manussesu upapannā kalyāṇūpanissayavasena sabbepi bhagavato santike pabbajjañca upasampadañca labhiṃsu; tesaṃ tato mūlākusalakammato avipakkavipākā aparāparacetanā tasmiṃ addhamāsabbhantare attūpakkamena ca parūpakkamena ca jīvatupacchedāya okāsamakāsi, taṃ bhagavā addasa. Kammavipāko nāma na sakkā kenaci paṭibāhituṃ. Tesu ca bhikkhūsu puthujjanāpi atthi sotāpannasakadāgāmīanāgāmīkhīṇāsavāpi. Tattha khīṇāsavā appaṭisandhikā, itare ariyasāvakā niyatagatikā sugatiparāyaṇā, puthujjanānaṃ pana gati aniyatā. Atha bhagavā cintesi – ‘‘ime attabhāve chandarāgena maraṇabhayabhītā na sakkhissanti gatiṃ visodhetuṃ, handa nesaṃ chandarāgappahānāya asubhakathaṃ kathemi. Taṃ sutvā attabhāve vigatacchandarāgatāya gativisodhanaṃ katvā sagge paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhissanti. Evaṃ nesaṃ mama santike pabbajjā sātthikā bhavissatī’’ti.
于是,为了摄受他们,世尊以业处为题开示不净论,并非出于赞叹死亡的目的。说法后,世尊心生此念:“若比丘们在这半月期间见到我,便会一再前来禀报:‘今天一位比丘死了,今天两位……乃至今天十位死了。’这份业果是我乃至任何人都无法阻挡的,我听闻此事又能做什么呢?我何必听闻这些无益的灾祸与不幸?我应当避免与比丘们见面。”因此世尊这样说道:“比丘们,我欲独处半月;除为送食者外,任何人不得来见我。”显示巴利原文
Tato tesaṃ anuggahāya asubhakathaṃ kathesi kammaṭṭhānasīsena, no maraṇavaṇṇasaṃvaṇṇanādhippāyena. Kathetvā ca panassa etadahosi – ‘‘sace maṃ imaṃ addhamāsaṃ bhikkhū passissanti, ‘ajja eko bhikkhu mato, ajja dve…pe… ajja dasā’ti āgantvā āgantvā ārocessanti. Ayañca kammavipāko na sakkā mayā vā aññena vā paṭibāhituṃ. Svāhaṃ taṃ sutvāpi kiṃ karissāmi? Kiṃ me anatthakena anayabyasanena sutena? Handāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ adassanaṃ upagacchāmī’’ti. Tasmā evamāha – ‘‘icchāmahaṃ, bhikkhave, addhamāsaṃ patisallīyituṃ; namhi kenaci upasaṅkamitabbo aññatra ekena piṇḍapātanīhārakenā’’ti.
又有人认为:“世尊如此说后独处,是为避他人讥嫌。”据说有人会诽谤世尊:“这位自称‘一切知者、正法妙轮转者’的人,连自己的弟子互相残杀都无法制止,还能成办什么呢?”对此,智者会说:“世尊正致力于独处,不知此事,也无人向他禀报;如果知道,必定会加以制止。”但这只是他们的解说,此处首要的原因即是前文所述。“Nāssudhā”中的“assudhā”是填充词,或表决定义的助词;意思是:确实没有任何人来见世尊。显示巴利原文
Apare panāhu – ‘‘parūpavādavivajjanatthaṃ evaṃ vatvā paṭisallīno’’ti. Pare kira bhagavantaṃ upavadissanti – ‘‘ayaṃ ‘sabbaññū, ahaṃ saddhammavaracakkavattī’ti paṭijānamāno attanopi sāvake aññamaññaṃ ghātente nivāretuṃ na sakkoti. Kimaññaṃ sakkhissatī’’ti? Tattha paṇḍitā vakkhanti – ‘‘bhagavā paṭisallānamanuyutto nayimaṃ pavattiṃ jānāti, kocissa ārocayitāpi natthi, sace jāneyya addhā nivāreyyā’’ti. Idaṃ pana icchāmattaṃ, paṭhamamevettha kāraṇaṃ. Nāssudhāti ettha ‘‘assudhā’’ti padapūraṇamatte avadhāraṇatthe vā nipāto; neva koci bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamatīti attho.
因具有多种颜色、形状等相状之变异,故称“多相变异”;意为被多种相状所混杂、混入种种因缘。那是什么呢?即不净修习的实践。他们精勤致力于这种多相变异的不净修习而住,即精勤专注而住。“感到痛苦”是指对自己的身体感到痛苦、受苦。“感到羞耻”是指羞愧。“感到厌恶”是指生起厌恶。“年轻”指年少。“青年”指具有青春。“性好装饰”指本性喜好装饰。“洗过头”指连同头部一起洗过。此处以“年轻”一词显示年少青春之状,因为年少青春之众生特别喜好装饰。以“洗过头”显示从事装饰的时机,因为青年即使因做事而身体污秽,也不会去装饰;但洗过头后,他便专门从事装饰。那时,他连蛇尸等都不愿看见。若有怨敌将蛇尸、狗尸或人尸用绳子绑在他脖子上,强行系挂,他就会感到痛苦、羞耻、厌恶;同样地,那些比丘对自己的身体感到痛苦、羞耻、厌恶,如同那人厌离那尸体一般,想要舍弃自己的身体,便拿起刀来自己断命。他们也互相断命,说:“你来断我命,我来断你命。”显示巴利原文
Anekehi vaṇṇasaṇṭhānādīhi kāraṇehi vokāro assāti anekākāravokāro; anekākāravokiṇṇo anekakāraṇasammissoti vuttaṃ hoti. Ko so? Asubhabhāvanānuyogo, taṃ anekākāravokāraṃ asubhabhāvanānuyogaṃ anuyuttā viharantīti yuttapayuttā viharanti. Aṭṭīyantīti sakena kāyena aṭṭā dukkhitā honti . Harāyantīti lajjanti. Jigucchantīti sañjātajigucchā honti. Daharoti taruṇo. Yuvāti yobbanena samannāgato. Maṇḍanakajātikoti maṇḍanakapakatiko. Sīsaṃnhātoti sīsena saddhiṃ nhāto. Daharo yuvāti cettha daharavacanena paṭhamayobbanabhāvaṃ dasseti. Paṭhamayobbane hi sattā visesena maṇḍanakajātikā honti. Sīsaṃnhātoti iminā maṇḍanānuyogakālaṃ. Yuvāpi hi kiñci kammaṃ katvā saṃkiliṭṭhasarīro na maṇḍanānuyutto hoti; sīsaṃnhāto pana so maṇḍanamevānuyuñjati. Ahikuṇapādīni daṭṭhumpi na icchati. So tasmiṃ khaṇe ahikuṇapena vā kukkurakuṇapena vā manussakuṇapena vā kaṇṭhe āsattena kenacideva paccatthikena ānetvā kaṇṭhe baddhena paṭimukkena yathā aṭṭīyeyya harāyeyya jiguccheyya; evameva te bhikkhū sakena kāyena aṭṭīyantā harāyantā jigucchantā so viya puriso taṃ kuṇapaṃ vigatacchandarāgatāya attano kāyaṃ pariccajitukāmā hutvā satthaṃ ādāya attanāpi attānaṃ jīvitā voropenti. ‘‘Tvaṃ maṃ jīvitā voropehi; ahaṃ ta’’nti evaṃ aññamaññampi jīvitā voropenti.
名为米迦兰提迦的沙门伪装者:“米迦兰提迦”是他的名字;“沙门伪装者”意为穿着沙门外衣的人。据说他仅留顶髻,剃光其余头发,穿一件袈裟,另一件搭于肩上,依寺院而住,以残食为生。他们走近那位米迦兰提迦沙门伪装者,如此说道:“善哉!”——这是表达请求的助词;“贤友,请夺取我们的生命吧”——其中“贤友”是目的格复数。在此,圣者们既未杀生,也未教唆杀生,亦未随喜;凡夫们则做了一切。沾满鲜血的水流向瓦古穆达河。瓦古穆达河是世人公认的吉祥之河。据说他也是怀着“将在此洗去那罪业”的想法而去的,但仅凭河水的力量,连微小的罪业也根本不能消除。显示巴利原文
Migalaṇḍikampi samaṇakuttakanti migalaṇḍikoti tassa nāmaṃ; samaṇakuttakoti samaṇavesadhārako. So kira sikhāmattaṃ ṭhapetvā sīsaṃ muṇḍetvā ekaṃ kāsāvaṃ nivāsetvā ekaṃ aṃse katvā vihāraṃyeva upanissāya vighāsādabhāvena jīvati. Tampi migalaṇḍikaṃ samaṇakuttakaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadanti. Sādhūti āyācanatthe nipāto. Noti upayogabahuvacanaṃ, sādhu āvuso amhe jīvitā voropehīti vuttaṃ hoti. Ettha ca ariyā neva pāṇātipātaṃ kariṃsu na samādapesuṃ, na samanuññā ahesuṃ. Puthujjanā pana sabbamakaṃsu. Lohitakanti lohitamakkhitaṃ. Yena vaggumudānadīti vaggumatā lokassa puññasammatā nadī. Sopi kira ‘‘taṃ pāpaṃ tattha pavāhessāmī’’ti saññāya gato, nadiyā ānubhāvena appamattakampi pāpaṃ pahīnaṃ nāma natthi.
163 确实生起了追悔:据说,在那些比丘中,没有任何人表现出身或语的异样,所有人皆住于正念正知,以右胁卧下。当他回忆起此事,确实生起了追悔。“生起了懊悔”——这是为了明确该追悔的性质而说。那是懊悔追悔,而非律藏意义上的追悔。“我确实无所得”等语,显示了追悔生起的方式。其中,“我确实无所得”是对“未来我确实没有利乐可得”的悲叹;而“我确实未得利”则强化此义,意谓即使有人说“你有利得”,那也不实,我确实未得利。“我确实恶得”:凭善业力所得的此人身,我确实是恶得;“我确实非善得”则强化此义,意谓即使有人说“你善得”,那也不实,我确实非善得。“造作了非福”:即累积或生起了非福。为何?“因为我使比丘们……失去生命”。意思是:我使那些具戒者——因具戒而具足善法、胜法、最胜法的比丘们——失去了生命。显示巴利原文
163.Ahudeva kukkuccanti tesu kira bhikkhūsu kenacipi kāyavikāro vā vacīvikāro vā na kato, sabbe satā sampajānā dakkhiṇena passena nipajjiṃsu. Taṃ anussarato tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosiyeva. Ahu vippaṭisāroti tasseva kukkuccassa sabhāvaniyamanatthametaṃ vuttaṃ . Vippaṭisārakukkuccaṃ ahosi, na vinayakukkuccanti. Alābhā vata metiādi kukkuccassa pavattiākāradassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha alābhā vata meti āyatiṃ dāni mama hitasukhalābhā nāma natthīti anutthunāti. ‘‘Na vata me lābhā’’tiiminā pana tamevatthaṃ daḷhaṃ karoti. Ayañhettha adhippāyo – sacepi koci ‘‘lābhā te’’ti vadeyya, taṃ micchā, na vata me lābhāti. Dulladdhaṃ vata meti kusalānubhāvena laddhampi idaṃ manussattaṃ dulladdhaṃ vata me. Na vata me suladdhantiiminā pana tamevatthaṃ daḷhaṃ karoti. Ayañhettha adhippāyo – sacepi koci ‘‘suladdhaṃ te’’ti vadeyya, taṃ micchā; na vata me suladdhanti. Apuññaṃ pasutanti apuññaṃ upacitaṃ janitaṃ vā. Kasmāti ce? Yohaṃ bhikkhū…pe… voropesinti . Tassattho – yo ahaṃ sīlavante tāya eva sīlavantatāya kalyāṇadhamme uttamadhamme seṭṭhadhamme bhikkhū jīvitā voropesinti.
有一位魔众天女:依名称而不为人知的一位地居天女,持有邪见,属于魔党,追随魔罗,心想‘这样他就不会超越魔罗的领域、魔罗的范围’,于是佩戴一切装饰,展示自己的神通力,如同在不破裂的水面和大地上经行一般前来,对米迦兰提迦沙门伪装者说了这番话。‘善哉善哉’是随喜赞叹的助词,因此说了两遍。‘你渡了未渡者’:从轮回中未渡者,你通过此夺取生命而渡脱、解脱了。据说这位愚痴无智天女的执见是:‘未死者未从轮回解脱,已死者则已解脱’。因此,她如同持有解脱轮回的标志一般,怀着这样的执见,促使他那样做而如此说。那时,米迦兰提迦沙门伪装者虽然先前生起了强烈的懊悔,但见到那位天女的神通力后,断定‘这位天女如此说,必定此义如此’,便赞叹说‘我确实有利得’等。他依次走近一座座寺院、一间间僧房,如此说道:他走近各座寺院和各间僧房,开门进入后,对比丘们如此说:‘谁未渡?我渡谁?’显示巴利原文
Aññatarā mārakāyikāti nāmavasena apākaṭā ekā bhummadevatā micchādiṭṭhikā mārapakkhikā mārassanuvattikā ‘‘evamayaṃ māradheyyaṃ māravisayaṃ nātikkamissatī’’ti cintetvā sabbābharaṇavibhūsitā hutvā attano ānubhāvaṃ dassayamānā abhijjamāne udake pathavītale caṅkamamānā viya āgantvā migalaṇḍikaṃ samaṇakuttakaṃ etadavoca. Sādhu sādhūti sampahaṃsanatthe nipāto; tasmā eva dvivacanaṃ kataṃ. Atiṇṇe tāresīti saṃsārato atiṇṇe iminā jīvitāvoropanena tāresi parimocesīti. Ayaṃ kira etissā devatāya bālāya dummedhāya laddhi ‘‘ye na matā, te saṃsārato na muttā. Ye matā, te muttā’’ti. Tasmā saṃsāramocakamilakkhā viya evaṃladdhikā hutvā tampi tattha niyojentī evamāha. Atha kho migalaṇḍiko samaṇakuttako tāva bhusaṃ uppannavippaṭisāropi taṃ devatāya ānubhāvaṃ disvā ‘‘ayaṃ devatā evamāha – addhā iminā atthena evameva bhavitabba’’nti niṭṭhaṃ gantvā ‘‘lābhā kira me’’tiādīni parikittayanto. Vihārena vihāraṃ pariveṇena pariveṇaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadetīti taṃ taṃ vihārañca pariveṇañca upasaṅkamitvā dvāraṃ vivaritvā anto pavisitvā bhikkhū evaṃ vadati – ‘‘ko atiṇṇo, kaṃ tāremī’’ti?
确实有恐惧:缘于死亡而心生怖畏。确实有战栗:以心脏、肌肉等为始,身体因而颤动;也有人说是因极度恐惧而身体僵硬,因为僵硬亦被称为战栗。身毛竖立:即汗毛竖立。然而,漏尽者由于善见诸法无有情,不见有死亡之有情,故应知他们完全没有这些。他曾于一日之内夺取一位比丘、两位比丘……乃至六十位比丘的生命:如此累计,他总共夺走了那五百位比丘的生命。显示巴利原文
Hotiyevabhayanti maraṇaṃ paṭicca cittutrāso hoti. Hoti chambhitattanti hadayamaṃsaṃ ādiṃ katvā tasmā sarīracalanaṃ hoti; atibhayena thaddhasarīrattantipi eke, thambhitattañhi chambhitattanti vuccati. Lomahaṃsoti uddhaṃṭhitalomatā, khīṇāsavā pana sattasuññatāya sudiṭṭhattā maraṇakasattameva na passanti, tasmā tesaṃ sabbampetaṃ nāhosīti veditabbaṃ. Ekampi bhikkhuṃ dvepi…pe… saṭṭhimpi bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā voropesīti evaṃ gaṇanavasena sabbānipi tāni pañca bhikkhusatāni jīvitā voropesi.
164 从独处禅修中出定后:当他了知那五百位比丘已命终,便从独处状态出定,虽然心中知晓,却示现作不知,为了发起话题而对具寿阿难说。‘阿难,为何比丘僧团似乎变得稀少了?’阿难,在此之前,众多比丘常一同前来侍奉、受持教诫、提问、诵习,园林看上去如同一片光明,而现在只过了大约半个月,比丘僧团就显得稀薄、减少、寥寥无几、稀疏零落。这是什么原因呢?比丘们往何处去了?显示巴利原文
164.Paṭisallānā vuṭṭhitoti tesaṃ pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ jīvitakkhayapattabhāvaṃ ñatvā tato ekībhāvato vuṭṭhito jānantopi ajānanto viya kathāsamuṭṭhāpanatthaṃ āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi. Kiṃ nu kho ānanda tanubhūto viya bhikkhusaṅghoti ānanda ito pubbe bahū bhikkhū ekato upaṭṭhānaṃ āgacchanti, uddesaṃ paripucchaṃ gaṇhanti sajjhāyanti, ekapajjoto viya ārāmo dissati, idāni pana addhamāsamattassa accayena tanubhūto viya tanuko mando appako viraḷaviraḷo viya jāto bhikkhusaṅgho. Kinnu kho kāraṇaṃ, kiṃ disāsu pakkantā bhikkhūti?
那时,具寿阿难并未察觉他们因业报而命终,却只注意到是由于修习不净业处之缘,于是说了‘诚然,尊者世尊’等语,并为了乞求其他能令比丘们证得阿拉汉果的业处而说道:‘善哉,尊者世尊’等。其意为:善哉,尊者世尊,请开示其余方便,令比丘僧团得以安立于阿拉汉果。正如有众多入海的渡口,同样也有众多趣入涅槃的业处,如十随念、十遍、四界差别、梵住、入出息念等。其中,世尊请先安慰比丘们,然后再开示某一种业处——这是他的意旨。显示巴利原文
Athāyasmā ānando kammavipākena tesaṃ jīvitakkhayappattiṃ asallakkhento asubhakammaṭṭhānānuyogapaccayā pana sallakkhento ‘‘tathā hi pana bhante bhagavā’’tiādiṃ vatvā bhikkhūnaṃ arahattappattiyā aññaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ yācanto ‘‘sādhu bhante bhagavā’’tiādimāha. Tassattho – sādhu bhante bhagavā aññaṃ kāraṇaṃ ācikkhatu, yena bhikkhusaṅgho arahatte patiṭṭhaheyya; mahāsamuddaṃ orohaṇatitthāni viya hi aññānipi dasānussatidasakasiṇacatudhātuvavatthānabrahmavihārānāpānasatippabhedāni bahūni nibbānorohaṇakammaṭṭhānāni santi. Tesu bhagavā bhikkhū samassāsetvā aññataraṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ ācikkhatūti adhippāyo.
随后,世尊欲行此事,便遣开长老,说道:“那么,阿难……”等语。其中,“依止毗舍离”,意指依止毗舍离,凡在周边一牛吼地或半由旬范围内居住的比丘,悉数召集。将他们全部召集到集会堂后,世尊亲自前往适宜之处,并差遣年少比丘往他处,于须臾间,将无一遗漏的比丘众聚集于集会堂中。“尊者,今正是时,世尊以为时宜”,此中意趣为:世尊,比丘僧伽已集,今正是向比丘说法、施教诫之时,汝等知时而作。显示巴利原文
Atha bhagavā tathā kātukāmo theraṃ uyyojento ‘‘tenahānandā’’tiādimāha. Tattha vesāliṃ upanissāyāti vesāliṃ upanissāya samantā gāvutepi addhayojanepi yāvatikā bhikkhū viharanti , te sabbe sannipātehīti attho. Te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātetvāti attanā gantuṃ yuttaṭṭhānaṃ sayaṃ gantvā aññattha daharabhikkhū pahiṇitvā muhutteneva anavasese bhikkhū upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ samūhaṃ katvā. Yassa dāni bhante bhagavā kālaṃ maññatīti ettha ayamadhippāyo – bhagavā bhikkhusaṅgho sannipatito esa kālo bhikkhūnaṃ dhammakathaṃ kātuṃ, anusāsaniṃ dātuṃ, idāni yassa tumhe kālaṃ jānātha, taṃ kattabbanti.
入出息念定论显示巴利原文
Ānāpānassatisamādhikathā
165 于是,世尊……乃至……告诸比丘曰:“比丘们,此亦是……”如此招呼之后,为向比丘们开示一条不同于先前为证阿罗汉果而教导的不净业处的途径,而说:“入出息念定”。显示巴利原文
165. Atha kho bhagavā…pe… bhikkhū āmantesi – ayampi kho bhikkhaveti āmantetvā ca pana bhikkhūnaṃ arahattappattiyā pubbe ācikkhitaasubhakammaṭṭhānato aññaṃ pariyāyaṃ ācikkhanto ‘‘ānāpānassatisamādhī’’ti āha.
如今,因为世尊正是为了向比丘们开示寂静、殊胜的业处而说此经,所以我于此不事删减,将依义趣贯联的次第,随文作释。其中,先对“比丘们,此亦是”一句,作如是贯释:比丘们,非唯不净修习能致烦恼断除,且此入出息念定……乃至……亦能令彼止息。显示巴利原文
Idāni yasmā bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ santapaṇītakammaṭṭhānadassanatthameva ayaṃ pāḷi vuttā, tasmā aparihāpetvā atthayojanākkamaṃ ettha vaṇṇanaṃ karissāmi. Tatra ‘‘ayampi kho bhikkhave’’ti imassa tāva padassa ayaṃ yojanā – bhikkhave na kevalaṃ asubhabhāvanāyeva kilesappahānāya saṃvattati, apica ayampi kho ānāpānassatisamādhi…pe… vūpasametīti.
然而,此处的义理注释为:“入出息念”即执持出息与入息的念。这在《无碍解道》中已说:显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ panettha atthavaṇṇanā – ānāpānassatīti assāsapassāsapariggāhikā sati. Vuttañhetaṃ paṭisambhidāyaṃ –
“Āna(入)是入息,不是出息。Apāna(出)是出息,不是入息。依入息而现起的念,依出息而现起的念。入息时,此念现起;出息时,此念现起。”(《无碍解道》1.160)显示巴利原文
‘‘Ānanti assāso, no passāso. Apānanti passāso, no assāso. Assāsavasena upaṭṭhānaṃ sati, passāsavasena upaṭṭhānaṃ sati. Yo assasati tassupaṭṭhāti, yo passasati tassupaṭṭhātī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.160).
“定”:与那执持入出息的念一同生起的心一境性。而且,此教导以“定”为首,而非以“念”为首。因此,与入出息念相应的定,称为入出息念定;或在入出息念中的定,称为入出息念定。此处应如此理解其义。“已修习”:已令生起、已增长。“已多作”:已反复修习。“既寂静又殊胜”:此中二词皆应分别确定其义。这是什么意思呢?因为,如同不净业处,唯依证悟而言是寂静、殊胜的,但由于所缘粗重、可厌,就所缘而言,既不寂静也不殊胜;而此(入出息念定)则不依任何方式而为不寂静或不殊胜,相反,它因所缘的寂静性而寂静、止息、寂灭,也因称为证悟的支分的寂静性而寂静,又因所缘的殊胜性而殊胜、令人无厌足,也因支分的殊胜性而殊胜。因此说:“既寂静又殊胜”。显示巴利原文
Samādhīti tāya ānāpānapariggāhikāya satiyā saddhiṃ uppannā cittekaggatā; samādhisīsena cāyaṃ desanā, na satisīsena. Tasmā ānāpānassatiyā yutto samādhi ānāpānassatisamādhi, ānāpānassatiyaṃ vā samādhi ānāpānassatisamādhīti evamettha attho veditabbo. Bhāvitoti uppādito vaḍḍhito ca. Bahulīkatoti punappunaṃ kato. Santo ceva paṇīto cāti santo ceva paṇīto ceva, ubhayattha evasaddena niyamo veditabbo. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Ayañhi yathā asubhakammaṭṭhānaṃ kevalaṃ paṭivedhavasena santañca paṇītañca oḷārikārammaṇattā pana paṭikūlārammaṇattā ca ārammaṇavasena neva santaṃ na paṇītaṃ, na evaṃ kenaci pariyāyena asanto vā appaṇīto vā, apica kho ārammaṇasantatāyapi santo vūpasanto nibbuto paṭivedhasaṅkhātaaṅgasantatāyapi ārammaṇappaṇītatāyapi paṇīto atittikaro aṅgappaṇītatāyapīti. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘santo ceva paṇīto cā’’ti.
“纯粹且安乐的住”:此处,“没有掺杂”称为“纯粹”,即未被浇灌、未混杂、独特、不共。其意思是,在此修习中,没有由于遍作或近行而有的寂静,从最初作意开始,便以其自性而寂静、殊胜。然而,有些人说“纯粹”是未被浇灌、具滋养、自性甘美。应知,这纯粹且安乐的住,因为于安止刹那能获得身心的乐,故是安乐的住。显示巴利原文
Asecanako ca sukho ca vihāroti ettha pana nāssa secananti asecanako anāsittako abbokiṇṇo pāṭekko āveṇiko, natthettha parikammena vā upacārena vā santatā ādimanasikārato pabhuti attano sabhāveneva santo ca paṇīto cāti attho. Keci pana asecanakoti anāsittako ojavanto sabhāveneva madhuroti vadanti. Evamayaṃ asecanako ca appitappitakkhaṇe kāyikacetasikasukhappaṭilābhāya saṃvattanato sukho ca vihāroti veditabbo.
“‘已生起的已生起的’:即对于尚未被镇伏的、尚未被镇伏的。‘恶’:即低劣的。‘不善法’:即从不善巧所生的法。‘立即令其消失’:即刹那间令其消失、予以镇伏。‘令止息’:即妥善地止息;或者,由于是顺决择分的缘故,次第地证得圣道增长之后,予以断除、令寂止,这也是一种含义。显示巴利原文
Uppannuppanneti avikkhambhite avikkhambhite. Pāpaketi lāmake. Akusale dhammeti akosallasambhūte dhamme. Ṭhānaso antaradhāpetīti khaṇeneva antaradhāpeti vikkhambheti. Vūpasametīti suṭṭhu upasameti, nibbedhabhāgiyattā vā anupubbena ariyamaggavuḍḍhippato samucchindati paṭippassambhetītipi attho.
“‘犹如’:这是譬喻的示例。‘在夏季的最后一个月’:即阿沙荼月。‘被扬起的尘土’:即在半个月中被风与日晒干、被牛和水牛等足蹄践踏而破碎的地面上,被扬起、被吹拂、升腾于空中的尘土和微尘。‘巨大非时云’:即覆盖整个天空而生起、在阿沙荼月白月整整半个月降雨的云。因为它是在未到雨季时生起的,所以此处意指‘非时云’。‘立即令其消失、令止息’:即刹那间令其不见,令其沉入地面。‘同样地’:这是譬喻的对应。此后,如前所说。显示巴利原文
Seyyathāpīti opammanidassanametaṃ. Gimhānaṃ pacchime māseti āsāḷhamāse. Ūhataṃ rajojallanti addhamāse vātātapasukkhāya gomahiṃsādipādappahārasambhinnāya pathaviyā uddhaṃ hataṃ ūhataṃ ākāse samuṭṭhitaṃ rajañca reṇuñca. Mahā akālameghoti sabbaṃ nabhaṃ ajjhottharitvā uṭṭhito āsāḷhajuṇhapakkhe sakalaṃ addhamāsaṃ vassanakamegho. So hi asampatte vassakāle uppannattā akālameghoti idhādhippeto. Ṭhānaso antaradhāpeti vūpasametīti khaṇeneva adassanaṃ neti, pathaviyaṃ sannisīdāpeti. Evameva khoti opammasampaṭipādanametaṃ. Tato paraṃ vuttanayameva.
在此,“诸比丘,如何修习的入出息念定……”一句中,“如何”是希求从多方面详细解说入出息念定修习的提问。而“诸比丘,修习的入出息念定……”则是针对所问之法、希求从多方面详细解说的开示。第二句也是如此。此处其简要义为:诸比丘,以何种方式、何种行相、何种方法修习、多作入出息念定,是寂静……乃至……令止息呢?显示巴利原文
Idāni kathaṃ bhāvito ca bhikkhave ānāpānassatisamādhīti ettha kathanti ānāpānassatisamādhibhāvanaṃ nānappakārato vitthāretukamyatāpucchā. Bhāvito ca bhikkhave ānāpānassatisamādhīti nānappakārato vitthāretukamyatāya puṭṭhadhammanidassanaṃ . Esa nayo dutiyapadepi. Ayaṃ panettha saṅkhepattho – bhikkhave kenapakārena kenākārena kena vidhinā bhāvito ānāpānassatisamādhi kenapakārena bahulīkato santo ceva…pe… vūpasametīti.
现在,为了详尽解说其义,开示道:“诸比丘,于此……”等。其中,“诸比丘,于此,比丘”意为:诸比丘,在此教法中的比丘。此处,“于此”一词旨在说明,此为能生起一切种类入出息念定之行者所依的教法,并遮止其他教法有如此之理。如圣典所言:“诸比丘,唯在此中,有沙门……(中略)……其他外道之沙门则空虚无有沙门。”(《中部》1.139)。由此故说:“在此教法中的比丘”。显示巴利原文
Idāni tamatthaṃ vitthārento ‘‘idha bhikkhave’’tiādimāha. Tattha idha bhikkhave bhikkhūti bhikkhave imasmiṃ sāsane bhikkhu. Ayañhettha idhasaddo sabbappakāraānāpānassatisamādhinibbattakassa puggalassa sannissayabhūtasāsanaparidīpano aññasāsanassa tathābhāvapaṭisedhano ca. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘idheva, bhikkhave, samaṇo…pe… suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.139). Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘imasmiṃ sāsane bhikkhū’’ti.
所谓“前往林野……乃至……前往空屋”,是为说明选取适合他修习入出息念定的住所。因为这位比丘长久以来散逸于色等所缘的心,不愿趋入入出息念定的所缘,犹如套上了野牛的车,只朝邪路狂奔。因此,犹如一位牧牛人,想要驯服一头喝遍了狡诈母牛乳汁而长大的狡性难驯的小牛,便将它从母牛身旁带开,在一旁埋下一根大木桩,再用绳索将它绑在桩上。那时,这头小牛虽东冲西撞,却无法逃脱,便只能靠近或偎依那根木桩。同样地,这位比丘想要调伏长久以来以品尝色等所缘之味而养大的恶习之心,也应将心从色等所缘带出,带入林野……乃至……空屋,在那里以念之绳索将它绑在入出息这一桩上。如此,他的心即使东冲西撞,由于得不到先前习惯的所缘,无法咬断念绳而逃脱,便会通过近行与安止的方式,靠近并依止于那同一个所缘。因此,古德们说:显示巴利原文
Araññagato vā…pe… suññāgāragato vāti idamassa ānāpānassatisamādhibhāvanānurūpasenāsanapariggahaparidīpanaṃ. Imassa hi bhikkhuno dīgharattaṃ rūpādīsu ārammaṇesu anuvisaṭaṃ cittaṃ ānāpānassatisamādhiārammaṇaṃ abhiruhituṃ na icchati. Kūṭagoṇayuttaratho viya uppathameva dhāvati. Tasmā seyyathāpi nāma gopo kūṭadhenuyā sabbaṃ khīraṃ pivitvā vaḍḍhitaṃ kūṭavacchaṃ dametukāmo dhenuto apanetvā ekamante mahantaṃ thambhaṃ nikhaṇitvā tattha yottena bandheyya. Athassa so vaccho ito cito ca vipphanditvā palāyituṃ asakkonto tameva thambhaṃ upanisīdeyya vā upanipajjeyya vā; evameva imināpi bhikkhunā dīgharattaṃ rūpārammaṇādirasapānavaḍḍhitaṃ duṭṭhacittaṃ dametukāmena rūpādiārammaṇato apanetvā araññaṃ vā…pe… suññāgāraṃ vā pavesetvā tattha assāsapassāsathambhe satiyottena bandhitabbaṃ. Evamassa taṃ cittaṃ ito cito ca vipphanditvāpi pubbe āciṇṇārammaṇaṃ alabhamānaṃ satiyottaṃ chinditvā palāyituṃ asakkontaṃ tamevārammaṇaṃ upacārappanāvasena upanisīdati ceva upanipajjati ca. Tenāhu porāṇā –
犹如人们在此,将应调伏的小牛系于木桩上;
同样地,应将自心牢固地系于念的所缘上。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathā thambhe nibandheyya, vacchaṃ dammaṃ naro idha; Bandheyyevaṃ sakaṃ cittaṃ, satiyārammaṇe daḷha’’nti. (visuddhi. 1.217; dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.374; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.107; paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 2.1.163);
如此,此住所便契合他的修行。故说:“这是为了阐明随顺其修习入出息念定而选取的住所。”显示巴利原文
Evamassetaṃ senāsanaṃ bhāvanānurūpaṃ hoti. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘idamassa ānāpānassatisamaādhibhāvanānurūpasenāsanapariggahaparidīpana’’nti.
又或者,因为此入出息念业处,于一切业处分类中最为上首,是一切知佛、独觉佛及佛弟子证得殊胜成就与现法乐住的基础。若不舍离充满女人、男人、象、马等声音的村落边界,便难以成就,因为声音是禅那的刺。而在无村的林野,瑜伽行者则容易把握此业处,成就入出息第四禅,并以此为根基,观照诸行,证得最上果位阿罗汉。因此,世尊为了开示适于他的住处,而说“前往林野……”等语。显示巴利原文
Atha vā yasmā idaṃ kammaṭṭhānappabhede muddhabhūtaṃ sabbaññubuddhapaccekabuddhabuddhasāvakānaṃ visesādhigamadiṭṭhadhammasukhavihārapadaṭṭhānaṃ ānāpānassatikammaṭṭhānaṃ itthipurisahatthiassādisaddasamākulaṃ gāmantaṃ apariccajitvā na sukaraṃ sampādetuṃ, saddakaṇṭakattā jhānassa. Agāmake pana araññe sukaraṃ yogāvacarena idaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ pariggahetvā ānāpānacatutthajjhānaṃ nibbattetvā tadeva ca pādakaṃ katvā saṅkhāre sammasitvā aggaphalaṃ arahattaṃ sampāpuṇituṃ, tasmāssa anurūpaṃsenāsanaṃ dassento bhagavā ‘‘araññagato vā’’tiādimāha.
世尊如同一位堪舆师。恰如堪舆师观察建城之地,善加勘验后指示:“在此建城”,待城市平安落成,他便从王族获得大恭敬;同样地,世尊为瑜伽行者考察合适的住处后,指示说:“应在此处修习业处”。后来,瑜伽行者依教在该处修习,次第证得阿罗汉时,世尊便获得大恭敬:“世尊确实是正自觉者”。而这位比丘被称为“如豹者”。譬如大豹王在林野中依托草丛、树林或山岩藏身,捕取野牛、羚羊、野猪等野兽;同样地,这位在林野等处精勤业处的比丘,当知他次第证得入流道、斯陀含道、阿那含道、阿罗汉道及圣果。因此,古德们说:显示巴利原文
Vatthuvijjācariyo viya hi bhagavā, so yathā vatthuvijjācariyo nagarabhūmiṃ passitvā suṭṭhu upaparikkhitvā ‘‘ettha nagaraṃ māpethā’’ti upadisati, sotthinā ca nagare niṭṭhite rājakulato mahāsakkāraṃ labhati; evameva yogāvacarassa anurūpasenāsanaṃ upaparikkhitvā ettha kammaṭṭhānaṃ anuyuñjitabbanti upadisati. Tato tattha kammaṭṭhānaṃ anuyuttena yoginā kamena arahatte patte ‘‘sammāsambuddho vata so bhagavā’’ti mahantaṃ sakkāraṃ labhati. Ayaṃ pana bhikkhu ‘‘dīpisadiso’’ti vuccati. Yathā hi mahādīpirājā araññe tiṇagahanaṃ vā vanagahanaṃ vā pabbatagahanaṃ vā nissāya nilīyitvā vanamahiṃsagokaṇṇasūkarādayo mige gaṇhāti; evamevāyaṃ araññādīsu kammaṭṭhānaṃ anuyuñjanto bhikkhu yathākkamena sotāpattisakadāgāmianāgāmiarahattamagge ceva ariyaphalañca gaṇhātīti veditabbo. Tenāhu porāṇā –
犹如名为豹者,隐伏其身而捕捉野兽;
同样地,这位佛子精勤修习观禅;
进入林野之后,证得最上之果。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathāpi dīpiko nāma, nilīyitvā gaṇhatī mige; Tathevāyaṃ buddhaputto, yuttayogo vipassako; Araññaṃ pavisitvāna, gaṇhāti phalamuttama’’nti. (mi. pa. 6.1.5);
因此,世尊为了向他开示适合精进、策励与修习的林野住处,而说:“前往林野……”等语。显示巴利原文
Tenassa parakkamajavayoggabhūmiṃ araññasenāsanaṃ dassento bhagavā ‘‘araññagato vā’’tiādimāha.
其中,“前往林野”:林野者,如“出到门柱之外,这一切皆为林野”(《分别论》529)及“所谓林野住所,乃最后(距村)五百弓”(《波罗夷》653)等所说,具有如此特征的林野中,任何适合、能获独处之乐的林野,他已前往。“前往树下”:已前往树的附近。“前往空屋”:已前往空旷、寂静之处。在此,除林野与树下之外,其余七种住所亦可称为“前往空屋”。如此,世尊开示了适合三季、适合界与性行,且适合修习入出息念的住所后,为了开示远离昏沉与掉举的寂静威仪,而说“坐下”。接着,为显示坐姿的稳固、呼吸运作的舒适以及把握所缘的方法,说“结跏趺坐……”等语。显示巴利原文
Tattha araññagato vāti araññanti ‘‘nikkhamitvā bahi indakhīlā sabbametaṃ arañña’’nti (vibha. 529) ca ‘‘āraññakaṃ nāma senāsanaṃ pañcadhanusatikaṃ pacchima’’nti (pārā. 653) ca evaṃ vuttalakkhaṇesu araññesu anurūpaṃ yaṃkiñci pavivekasukhaṃ araññaṃ gato. Rukkhamūlagato vāti rukkhasamīpaṃ gato. Suññāgāragato vāti suññaṃ vivittokāsaṃ gato. Ettha ca ṭhapetvā araññañca rukkhamūlañca avasesasattavidhasenāsanagatopi suññāgāragatoti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Evamassa ututtayānukūlaṃ dhātucariyānukūlañca ānāpānassatibhāvanānurūpaṃ senāsanaṃ upadisitvā alīnānuddhaccapakkhikaṃ santamiriyāpathaṃ upadisanto ‘‘nisīdatī’’ti āha. Athassa nisajjāya daḷhabhāvaṃ assāsapassāsānaṃ pavattanasukhataṃ ārammaṇapariggahūpāyañca dassento ‘‘pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā’’tiādimāha.
其中,“结跏趺”指完全盘结双腿而坐。“结”即系缚、盘紧。“令身正直”指将上半身保持正直,使十八节脊椎骨节节相扣。如此而坐时,皮肤、肌肉、筋腱不会弯曲。当它们不弯曲时,因弯曲为缘而可能刹那刹那生起的苦受便不会生起。那些苦受不生起时,心便得专一,业处不会退堕,而得以增长、增广。显示巴利原文
Tattha pallaṅkanti samantato ūrubaddhāsanaṃ. Ābhujitvāti ābandhitvā. Ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāyāti uparimaṃ sarīraṃ ujukaṃ ṭhapetvā, aṭṭhārasa piṭṭhikaṇṭake koṭiyā koṭiṃ paṭipādetvā. Evañhi nisinnassa cammamaṃsanhārūni na paṇamanti. Athassa yā tesaṃ paṇamanappaccayā khaṇe khaṇe vedanā uppajjeyyuṃ, tā na uppajjanti. Tāsu anuppajjamānāsu cittaṃ ekaggaṃ hoti. Kammaṭṭhānaṃ na paripatati. Vuḍḍhiṃ phātiṃ upagacchati.
“置念于面前”:将念安放于业处所缘之前。或者,“遍”(pari)是把握之义;“面”(mukha)是出离之义;“念”(sati)是安住之义;因此说“置念于面前”。此处应依《无碍解道》(《无碍解道》1.164-165)所说的方法来理解其义。其简略义为:即已作把握、已作出离之念。他正念地出息:那位比丘如此而坐,如此安立念后,不忘失其念,正念地出息、正念地入息,成为正念之行持者——这便是所说之义。显示巴利原文
Parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvāti kammaṭṭhānābhimukhaṃ satiṃ ṭhapayitvā. Atha vā ‘‘parī’’ti pariggahaṭṭho; ‘‘mukha’’nti niyyānaṭṭho; ‘‘satī’’ti upaṭṭhānaṭṭho; tena vuccati – ‘‘parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā’’ti. Evaṃ paṭisambhidāyaṃ (paṭi. ma. 1.164-165) vuttanayenapettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepo – ‘‘pariggahitaniyyānaṃ satiṃ katvā’’ti. So satova assasatīti so bhikkhu evaṃ nisīditvā evañca satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā taṃ satiṃ avijahanto satoeva assasati, sato passasati, satokārī hotīti vuttaṃ hoti.
此处,为说明他如何成为正念而行者,便说“长入息”等。此义在《无碍解道》中,即于“他正念而入息,正念而出息”的分别中已有说明:显示巴利原文
Idāni yehākārehi satokārī hoti, te dassento ‘‘dīghaṃ vā assasanto’’tiādimāha. Vuttañhetaṃ paṭisambhidāyaṃ – ‘‘so satova assasati, sato passasatī’’ti etasseva vibhaṅge –
他以三十二种行相成为正念而行者:以长入息,了知心的一境性、不散乱,念即现起,依此念、依此智而成为正念而行者;以长出息……乃至……以随观舍离而入息、以随观舍离而出息,了知心的一境性、不散乱,念即现起。显示巴利原文
‘‘Bāttiṃsāya ākārehi satokārī hoti. Dīghaṃ assāsavasena cittassa ekaggataṃ avikkhepaṃ pajānato sati upaṭṭhitā hoti. Tāya satiyā tena ñāṇena satokārī hoti. Dīghaṃ passāsavasena…pe… paṭinissaggānupassī assāsavasena paṭinissaggānupassī passāsavasena cittassa ekaggataṃ avikkhepaṃ pajānato sati upaṭṭhitā hoti. Tāya satiyā tena ñāṇena satokārī hotī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.165).
在此,“长入息”是指引生长的入息。“入息”是向外呼出的风,“出息”是向内吸入的风。然而在经藏注释书中,它们是按相反的顺序出现的。显示巴利原文
Tattha dīghaṃ vā assasantoti dīghaṃ vā assāsaṃ pavattento. ‘‘Assāso’’ti bahi nikkhamanavāto. ‘‘Passāso’’ti anto pavisanavāto. Suttantaṭṭhakathāsu pana uppaṭipāṭiyā āgataṃ.
在此,一切住于母胎者从母胎出来时,首先,内在之风向外排出。随后,外在之风携微尘进入体内,触及上颚而止息。如此,应知入息与出息。而它们的长与短,当依距离来了解。譬如,水或沙充填一定空间而安住,便有“长水、长沙”或“短水、短沙”之说。同样,象身和蛇身中那些极微细的入出息,缓慢地充满并缓慢地排出那称为“自身”的长距离,故说为“长”;狗、兔等则快速地充满并快速地排出那称为“自身”的短距离,故说为“短”。在人中,有些人如象、蛇等,依时间和距离而有长的入息出息;有些人如狗、兔等,而有短的。因此,对于他们,依时间,经历长距离而出、入者,即是长;经历短距离而出、入者,当知为短。在此,这位比丘以九种方式,当长入息、长出息时,了知“我长入息、我长出息”。当知,如此了知者,即以一种方式成就了身随观念处的修习。如《无碍解道》所说:显示巴利原文
Tattha sabbesampi gabbhaseyyakānaṃ mātukucchito nikkhamanakāle paṭhamaṃ abbhantaravāto bahi nikkhamati. Pacchā bāhiravāto sukhumaṃ rajaṃ gahetvā abbhantaraṃ pavisanto tāluṃ āhacca nibbāyati. Evaṃ tāva assāsapassāsā veditabbā. Yā pana tesaṃ dīgharassatā, sā addhānavasena veditabbā. Yathā hi okāsaddhānaṃ pharitvā ṭhitaṃ udakaṃ vā vālikā vā ‘‘dīghamudakaṃ dīghā vālikā, rassamudakaṃ rassā vālikā’’ti vuccati. Evaṃ cuṇṇavicuṇṇāpi assāsapassāsā hatthisarīre ahisarīre ca tesaṃ attabhāvasaṅkhātaṃ dīghaṃ addhānaṃ saṇikaṃ pūretvā saṇikameva nikkhamanti, tasmā ‘‘dīghā’’ti vuccanti. Sunakhasasādīnaṃ attabhāvasaṅkhātaṃ rassaṃ addhānaṃ sīghaṃ pūretvā sīghameva nikkhamanti, tasmā ‘‘rassā’’ti vuccanti. Manussesu pana keci hatthiahiādayo viya kāladdhānavasena dīghaṃ assasanti ca passasanti ca. Keci sunakhasasādayo viya rassaṃ. Tasmā tesaṃ kālavasena dīghamaddhānaṃ nikkhamantā ca pavisantā ca te dīghā. Ittaramaddhānaṃ nikkhamantā ca pavisantā ca ‘‘rassā’’ti veditabbā. Tatrāyaṃ bhikkhu navahākārehi dīghaṃ assasanto ca passasanto ca ‘‘dīghaṃ assasāmi passasāmī’’ti pajānāti. Evaṃ pajānato cassa ekenākārena kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānabhāvanā sampajjatīti veditabbā. Yathāha paṭisambhidāyaṃ –
“如何当长入息时,了知‘我长入息’,当长出息时,了知‘我长出息’?他以称为距离的长入息而入息,以称为距离的长出息而出息,以称为距离的长入出息而入息也出息。当他以称为距离的长入出息而入息也出息时,欲生起;以欲为缘,他以称为距离、比前更微细的长入息而入息,以欲为缘,他以称为距离、比前更微细的长出息而出息,以欲为缘,他以称为距离、比前更微细的长入出息而入息也出息。当他以欲为缘,以称为距离、比前更微细的长入出息而入息也出息时,喜悦生起;以喜悦为缘,他以称为距离、比前更微细的长入息而入息……以称为距离、比前更微细的长出息而出息……以称为距离、比前更微细的长入出息而入息也出息。当他以喜悦为缘,以称为距离、比前更微细的长入出息而入息也出息时,心从长入出息转向,舍安住。以此九种方式,长入出息是身;现起是念;随观是智。身是现起,非念;念既是现起也是念。以彼念、以彼智,他随观彼身。因此说——于身修习身随观念处。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Kathaṃ dīghaṃ assasanto ‘dīghaṃ assasāmī’ti pajānāti, dīghaṃ passasanto ‘dīghaṃ passasāmī’ti pajānāti? Dīghaṃ assāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte assasati, dīghaṃ passāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte passasati, dīghaṃ assāsapassāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte assasatipi passasatipi. Dīghaṃ assāsapassāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte assasatopi passasatopi chando uppajjati; chandavasena tato sukhumataraṃ dīghaṃ assāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte assasati, chandavasena tato sukhumataraṃ dīghaṃ passāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte passasati, chandavasena tato sukhumataraṃ dīghaṃ assāsapassāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte assasatipi passasatipi. Chandavasena tato sukhumataraṃ dīghaṃ assāsapassāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte assasatopi passasatopi pāmojjaṃ uppajjati; pāmojjavasena tato sukhumataraṃ dīghaṃ assāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte assasati, pāmojjavasena tato sukhumataraṃ dīghaṃ passāsaṃ…pe… dīghaṃ assāsapassāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte assasatipi passasatipi. Pāmojjavasena tato sukhumataraṃ dīghaṃ assāsapassāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte assasatopi passasatopi dīghaṃ assāsapassāsā cittaṃ vivattati, upekkhā saṇṭhāti. Imehi navahi ākārehi dīghaṃ assāsapassāsā kāyo; upaṭṭhānaṃ sati; anupassanā ñāṇaṃ; kāyo upaṭṭhānaṃ, no sati; sati upaṭṭhānañceva sati ca. Tāya satiyā tena ñāṇena taṃ kāyaṃ anupassati. Tena vuccati – ‘‘kāye kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānabhāvanā’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.166).
同样的方法也适用于“短”的段落。不过,这里有一差别——正如在长息段中说“以称为距离的长入息”,在此短息段中则说“以称为短时间的短入息而入息”。因此,依其方式,应一直连接到“因此说——于身修习身随观念处”。如是,当知这位依距离与依短时间、以这些方式了知入出息者,当长入息时,了知“我长入息”……当短出息时,了知“我短出息”。显示巴利原文
Eseva nayo rassapadepi. Ayaṃ pana viseso – ‘‘yathā ettha ‘dīghaṃ assāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte’ti vuttaṃ; evamidha ‘rassaṃ assāsaṃ ittarasaṅkhāte assasatī’’ti āgataṃ. Tasmā tassa vasena yāva ‘‘tena vuccati kāye kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānabhāvanā’’ti tāva yojetabbaṃ. Evamayaṃ addhānavasena ittaravasena ca imehākārehi assāsapassāse pajānanto dīghaṃ vā assasanto ‘‘dīghaṃ assasāmī’’ti pajānāti…pe… rassaṃ vā passasanto ‘‘rassaṃ passasāmī’’ti pajānātīti veditabbo.
‘‘Dīgho rasso ca assāso; Passāsopi ca tādiso; Cattāro vaṇṇā vattanti; Nāsikaggeva bhikkhuno’’ti. (visuddhi. 1.219; paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 2.1.163);
“我当觉知全身而入息……我当觉知全身而出息……而学。”意思是:令整个入息身的初、中、后段被了知、被显明,而学“我当入息”;令整个出息身的初、中、后段被了知、被显明,而学“我当出息”。如此令其了知、显明,以与智相应之心入息与出息,故说“我当入息、我当出息而学”。因为,有一类比丘,其粗、细、散开的入息身或出息身中,只有初段明显,中、后段不明显。他只能把握初段,在中、后段感到困难。另一类比丘,中段明显,初、后段不明显。他只能把握中段,在初、后段感到困难。另一类比丘,后段明显,初、中段不明显。他只能把握后段,在初、中段感到困难。另一类比丘,全部(初、中、后段)都明显,他能把握全部,在任何地方都不感到困难。为了说明应当成为那样的修行者,他说:“我当觉知全身而入息……我当觉知全身而出息……而学。”显示巴利原文
Sabbakāyappaṭisaṃvedīassasissāmi…pe… passasissāmīti sikkhatīti sakalassa assāsakāyassa ādimajjhapariyosānaṃ viditaṃ karonto pākaṭaṃ karonto ‘‘assasissāmī’’ti sikkhati. Sakalassa passāsakāyassa ādimajjhapariyosānaṃ viditaṃ karonto pākaṭaṃ karonto ‘‘passasissāmī’’ti sikkhati. Evaṃ viditaṃ karonto pākaṭaṃ karonto ñāṇasampayuttacittena assasati ceva passasati ca; tasmā ‘‘assasissāmi passasissāmī’’ti sikkhatīti vuccati. Ekassa hi bhikkhuno cuṇṇavicuṇṇavisaṭe assāsakāye passāsakāye vā ādi pākaṭo hoti, na majjhapariyosānaṃ. So ādimeva pariggahetuṃ sakkoti, majjhapariyosāne kilamati. Ekassa majjhaṃ pākaṭaṃ hoti, na ādipariyosānaṃ. So majjhameva pariggahetuṃ sakkoti, ādipariyosāne kilamati. Ekassa pariyosānaṃ pākaṭaṃ hoti, na ādimajjhaṃ. So pariyosānaṃyeva pariggahetuṃ sakkoti, ādimajjhe kilamati. Ekassa sabbampi pākaṭaṃ hoti, so sabbampi pariggahetuṃ sakkoti, na katthaci kilamati. Tādisena bhavitabbanti dassento āha – ‘‘sabbakāyappaṭisaṃvedī assasissāmi…pe… passasissāmīti sikkhatī’’ti.
其中,“学”即如此精勤、努力。或者,对于如此修习者,其防护(律仪)即是此中的增上戒学;其定即是增上心学;其慧即是增上慧学。应知此处的意义为:他以此念、此作意,于此所缘,修学、习行、修习、多作这三学。其中,在之前的阶段,仅仅只是入息与出息,不应做其他任何事;然而从此阶段开始,则应当致力于生起智慧等。因此,在之前的阶段,依现在时态说“他知‘我入息’、他知‘我出息’”;从此开始,为了显示应做的生起智慧等行相,依“我当觉知全身而入息”等方式,以未来时态安立经文,应如此了知。显示巴利原文
Tattha sikkhatīti evaṃ ghaṭati vāyamati. Yo vā tathābhūtassa saṃvaro; ayamettha adhisīlasikkhā. Yo tathābhūtassa samādhi; ayaṃ adhicittasikkhā. Yā tathābhūtassa paññā; ayaṃ adhipaññāsikkhāti. Imā tisso sikkhāyo tasmiṃ ārammaṇe tāya satiyā tena manasikārena sikkhati āsevati bhāveti bahulīkarotīti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Tattha yasmā purimanaye kevalaṃ assasitabbaṃ passasitabbameva ca, na aññaṃ kiñci kātabbaṃ; ito paṭṭhāya pana ñāṇuppādanādīsu yogo karaṇīyo. Tasmā tattha ‘‘assasāmīti pajānāti passasāmīti pajānāti’’cceva vattamānakālavasena pāḷiṃ vatvā ito paṭṭhāya kattabbassa ñāṇuppādanādino ākārassa dassanatthaṃ ‘‘sabbakāyappaṭisaṃvedī assasissāmī’’tiādinā nayena anāgatavacanavasena pāḷi āropitāti veditabbā.
‘我当令身行平静而吸气……我当令身行平静而呼气……如此而学。’即:令粗重的身行(呼吸)平静、止息、灭尽、寂止,而学‘我当吸气、我当呼气’。显示巴利原文
Passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmi…pe… passasissāmīti sikkhatīti oḷārikaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ passambhento paṭippassambhento nirodhento vūpasamento assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhati.
在此,应如此了知粗、细与轻安。因为,这位比丘在此之前未受持(身心的)阶段,身与心都带有躁扰。由于粗的身心尚未平息,呼吸也同样粗重,转为强盛而转起,仅凭鼻子已不敷用,他站着以口吸气、呼气。然而,当他的身与心得以受持之后,它们便变得宁静、止息。当它们止息之后,呼吸便转为微细而转起,达到需要审察‘究竟是有、还是没有?’的状态。譬如有人奔跑之后,或从山上下来,或将重担从头顶卸下后站着,他的呼吸是粗重的,鼻子不敷用,他站着以口吸气、呼气。然而,当他消除疲劳,沐浴、饮水之后,将湿布敷在心口,躺在清凉的树荫下时,他的呼吸便变得微细,达到需要审察‘究竟是有、还是没有?’的状态。同样地,这位比丘在之前未受持的阶段,身与心……乃至于达到需要审察的状态。这是什么缘故呢?因为在之前未受持的阶段,他没有‘我令粗的身行平静’这样的转向、集注、作意、观察;而在受持的阶段,则已具备。因此,从未受持的阶段到受持的阶段,他的身行变得微细。所以,古德们说:显示巴利原文
Tatrevaṃ oḷārikasukhumatā ca passaddhi ca veditabbā. Imassa hi bhikkhuno pubbe apariggahitakāle kāyo ca cittañca sadarathā honti. Oḷārikānaṃ kāyacittānaṃ oḷārikatte avūpasante assāsapassāsāpi oḷārikā honti, balavatarā hutvā pavattanti, nāsikā nappahoti, mukhena assasantopi passasantopi tiṭṭhati. Yadā panassa kāyopi cittampi pariggahitā honti, tadā te santā honti vūpasantā. Tesu vūpasantesu assāsapassāsā sukhumā hutvā pavattanti, ‘‘atthi nu kho natthī’’ti vicetabbākārappattā honti. Seyyathāpi purisassa dhāvitvā pabbatā vā orohitvā mahābhāraṃ vā sīsato oropetvā ṭhitassa oḷārikā assāsapassāsā honti, nāsikā nappahoti, mukhena assasantopi passasantopi tiṭṭhati. Yadā panesa taṃ parissamaṃ vinodetvā nhatvā ca pivitvā ca allasāṭakaṃ hadaye katvā sītāya chāyāya nipanno hoti, athassa te assāsapassāsā sukhumā honti, ‘‘atthi nu kho natthī’’ti vicetabbākārappattā. Evameva imassa bhikkhuno pubbe apariggahitakāle kāyo ca…pe… vicetabbākārappattā honti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tathā hissa pubbe apariggahitakāle ‘‘oḷārikoḷārike kāyasaṅkhāre passambhemī’’ti ābhogasamannāhāramanasikārapaccavekkhaṇā natthi, pariggahitakāle pana atthi. Tenassa apariggahitakālato pariggahitakāle kāyasaṅkhāro sukhumo hoti. Tenāhu porāṇā –
当身与心躁扰时,它便强烈地转起;
「于不急迫之身中,微细者随之运行。」(见《清净道论》1.220;《无碍解道》大注疏2.1.163)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sāraddhe kāye citte ca, adhimattaṃ pavattati; Asāraddhamhi kāyamhi, sukhumaṃ sampavattatī’’ti. (visuddhi. 1.220; paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 2.1.163);
在把握阶段,呼吸亦有粗细:于初禅近行定,呼吸为细;而于初禅,呼吸则为粗。于初禅与第二禅近行定,呼吸为粗;于第二禅,呼吸为细。于第二禅与第三禅近行定,呼吸为粗;于第三禅,呼吸为细。于第三禅与第四禅近行定,呼吸为粗;于第四禅,呼吸极细,几不转起。此为长部诵者与相应部诵者之见。显示巴利原文
Pariggahepi oḷāriko, paṭhamajjhānūpacāre sukhumo; tasmimpi oḷāriko paṭhamajjhāne sukhumo. Paṭhamajjhāne ca dutiyajjhānūpacāre ca oḷāriko, dutiyajjhāne sukhumo. Dutiyajjhāne ca tatiyajjhānūpacāre ca oḷāriko, tatiyajjhāne sukhumo. Tatiyajjhāne ca catutthajjhānūpacāre ca oḷāriko, catutthajjhāne atisukhumo appavattimeva pāpuṇāti. Idaṃ tāva dīghabhāṇakasaṃyuttabhāṇakānaṃ mataṃ.
然而,中部诵者则主张:“于初禅,呼吸为粗;于第二禅近行定,呼吸为细。”他们认为,从下位禅那至上位禅那的近行定中,呼吸都更为微细。不过,依诸诵者共通的见解:未把握阶段转起的身行,于把握阶段止息;把握阶段转起的身行,于初禅近行定止息……于第四禅近行定转起的身行,于第四禅止息。此是依止禅的方法而说。显示巴利原文
Majjhimabhāṇakā pana ‘‘paṭhamajjhāne oḷāriko, dutiyajjhānūpacāre sukhumo’’ti evaṃ heṭṭhimaheṭṭhimajjhānato uparūparijjhānūpacārepi sukhumataraṃ icchanti. Sabbesaṃyeva pana matena apariggahitakāle pavattakāyasaṅkhāro pariggahitakāle paṭippassambhati, pariggahitakāle pavattakāyasaṅkhāro paṭhamajjhānūpacāre…pe… catutthajjhānūpacāre pavattakāyasaṅkhāro catutthajjhāne paṭippassambhati. Ayaṃ tāva samathe nayo.
然而,在观修当中:未作把握时,所转起的身行是粗的;把握了四大种时,身行则是细的。与后者相比,前者仍属粗;把握了所造色时,身行是细的。前者仍属粗;把握了全部色法时,身行是细的。前者仍属粗;把握了无色法时,身行是细的。前者仍属粗;把握了色与无色时,身行是细的。前者仍属粗;把握了缘时,身行是细的。前者仍属粗;把握了有缘的名色时,身行是细的。前者仍属粗;在以诸行为所缘的观修中,身行是细的。而在弱的观修中它仍属粗,在强的观修中则成为细。于此,应依前文所述的方法,了知前前阶段的身行被后后阶段的身行所止息。如是,于此处当知身行的粗细状态及其止息。显示巴利原文
Vipassanāyaṃ pana apariggahe pavatto kāyasaṅkhāro oḷāriko, mahābhūtapariggahe sukhumo. Sopi oḷāriko, upādārūpapariggahe sukhumo. Sopi oḷāriko, sakalarūpapariggahe sukhumo. Sopi oḷāriko, arūpapariggahe sukhumo. Sopi oḷāriko, rūpārūpapariggahe sukhumo. Sopi oḷāriko, paccayapariggahe sukhumo. Sopi oḷāriko, sappaccayanāmarūpapariggahe sukhumo. Sopi oḷāriko, lakkhaṇārammaṇikavipassanāya sukhumo. Sopi dubbalavipassanāya oḷāriko, balavavipassanāya sukhumo. Tattha pubbe vuttanayeneva purimassa purimassa pacchimena pacchimena passaddhi veditabbā. Evamettha oḷārikasukhumatā ca passaddhi ca veditabbā.
然而,在《无碍解道》中,配合其问难与解答,这样阐释了其中的义理:‘如何修学“我当令身行止息而入息……出息”?什么是身行?长入息是属身体的、系属于身的这些法,此为身行;他修学使那些身行止息、寂灭、平静。长出息是属身体的……短入息……短出息……觉知全身而入息……觉知全身而出息,这些是属身体的、系属于身的法,此为身行;他修学使那些身行止息、寂灭、平静。’显示巴利原文
Paṭisambhidāyaṃ panassa saddhiṃ codanāsodhanāhi evamattho vutto – ‘‘kathaṃ passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmi…pe… passasissāmī’’ti sikkhati? Katame kāyasaṅkhārā? Dīghaṃ assāsā kāyikā ete dhammā kāyappaṭibaddhā kāyasaṅkhārā, te kāyasaṅkhāre passambhento nirodhento vūpasamento sikkhati. Dīghaṃ passāsā kāyikā ete dhammā…pe… rassaṃ assāsā…pe… rassaṃ passāsā… sabbakāyappaṭisaṃvedī assāsā… sabbakāyappaṭisaṃvedī passāsā kāyikā ete dhammā kāyappaṭibaddhā kāyasaṅkhārā, te kāyasaṅkhāre passambhento nirodhento vūpasamento sikkhati.
由于如此的身行,而有身的弯曲、伸直、收缩、伸展、移动、颤动、动摇、震动——他修学‘我当令身行止息而入息’,修学‘我当令身行止息而出息’。显示巴利原文
Yathārūpehi kāyasaṅkhārehi yā kāyassa ānamanā vinamanā sannamanā paṇamanā iñjanā phandanā calanā kampanā passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmīti sikkhati, passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ passasissāmīti sikkhati.
以那样的身行——即身体不弯曲、不伸直、不收缩、不伸展、不移动、不颤动、不动摇、不震动——他学‘我当止息身行而入息’,学‘我当止息身行而出息’。显示巴利原文
Yathārūpehi kāyasaṅkhārehi yā kāyassa na ānamanā na vinamanā na sannamanā na paṇamanā aniñjanā aphandanā acalanā akampanā, santaṃ sukhumaṃ passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmīti sikkhati, passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ passasissāmīti sikkhati.
据说,他这样学:‘我当止息身行而入息’,学:‘我当止息身行而出息’。当此状态存在时,既没有风的现起,也没有入出息的现起,也没有入出息念的现起,也没有入出息念定的现起;而且智者既不进入那样的等至,也不从那样的等至出定。显示巴利原文
Iti kira passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmīti sikkhati, passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ passasissāmīti sikkhati. Evaṃ sante vātūpaladdhiyā ca pabhāvanā na hoti, assāsapassāsānañca pabhāvanā na hoti, ānāpānassatiyā ca pabhāvanā na hoti, ānāpānassatisamādhissa ca pabhāvanā na na hoti, na ca naṃ taṃ samāpattiṃ paṇḍitā samāpajjantipi vuṭṭhahantipi.
据说,他这样学:‘我当止息身行而入息……出息’。当此状态存在时,有风的现起,有入出息的现起,有入出息念的现起,有入出息念定的现起;而且智者既进入那样的等至,也从中出定。显示巴利原文
Iti kira passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmi…pe… passasissāmīti sikkhati. Evaṃ sante vātūpaladdhiyā ca pabhāvanā hoti, assāsapassāsānañca pabhāvanā hoti, ānāpānassatiyā ca pabhāvanā hoti, ānāpānassatisamādhissa ca pabhāvanā hoti, tañca naṃ samāpattiṃ paṇḍitā samāpajjantipi vuṭṭhahantipi.
以何为喻?譬如敲击铜器时,先有粗重之声生起;由于对此粗声之相妥善把握、妥善作意、妥善确定,即便粗声息灭之后,随后便有微细之声生起;又因对此细声之相妥善把握、妥善作意、妥善确定,即便细声息灭之后,随后心也以细声之相为所缘而转起。同样地,先有粗的入出息生起;由于对此粗的入出息之相妥善把握、妥善作意、妥善确定,即便粗的入出息息灭之后,随后便有细的入出息生起;又因对此细的入出息之相妥善把握、妥善作意、妥善确定,即便细的入出息息灭之后,随后心也以细的入出息之相为所缘而不散乱。显示巴利原文
Yathā kathaṃ viya? Seyyathāpi kaṃse ākoṭite paṭhamaṃ oḷārikā saddā pavattanti, oḷārikānaṃ saddānaṃ nimittaṃ suggahitattā sumanasikatattā sūpadhāritattā niruddhepi oḷārike sadde atha pacchā sukhumakā saddā pavattanti, sukhumakānaṃ saddānaṃ nimittaṃ suggahitattā sumanasikatattā sūpadhāritattā niruddhepi sukhumake sadde atha pacchā sukhumasaddanimittārammaṇatāpi cittaṃ pavattati; evameva paṭhamaṃ oḷārikā assāsapassāsā pavattanti, oḷārikānaṃ assāsapassāsānaṃ nimittaṃ suggahitattā sumanasikatattā sūpadhāritattā niruddhepi oḷārike assāsapassāse atha pacchā sukhumakā assāsapassāsā pavattanti, sukhumakānaṃ assāsapassāsānaṃ nimittaṃ suggahitattā sumanasikatattā sūpadhāritattā niruddhepi sukhumake assāsapassāse atha pacchā sukhumaassāsapassāsanimittārammaṇatāpi cittaṃ na vikkhepaṃ gacchati.
如此存在时,风便得以现起,入出息得以现起,入出息念得以现起,入出息念定得以现起,且智者既进入也出起那样的等至。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ sante vātūpaladdhiyā ca pabhāvanā hoti, assāsapassāsānañca pabhāvanā hoti, ānāpānassatiyā ca pabhāvanā hoti, ānāpānassatisamādhissa ca pabhāvanā hoti, tañca naṃ samāpattiṃ paṇḍitā samāpajjantipi vuṭṭhahantipi.
'令身行止息':入出息为身,现起为念,随观为智。身是现起而非念,念既是现起也是念,他以彼念、以此智随观彼身。因此说:'于身,修习身随观念处'。显示巴利原文
Passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāranti assāsapassāsā kāyo, upaṭṭhānaṃ sati, anupassanā ñāṇaṃ. Kāyo upaṭṭhānaṃ no sati, sati upaṭṭhānañceva sati ca, tāya satiyā tena ñāṇena taṃ kāyaṃ anupassati. Tena vuccati – ‘‘kāye kāyānupassanā satipaṭṭhānabhāvanāti (paṭi. ma. 1.171).
以上是依身随观而说的第一组的逐词注释。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ tāvettha kāyānupassanāvasena vuttassa paṭhamacatukkassa anupubbapadavaṇṇanā.
然而,在此处,这第一组四法是为初学者作为业处而说的,其余三组四法则是在此基础上,为已证得禅那者,依受随观、心随观、法随观而说。因此,想要通过修习此业处,以入出息念第四禅为近因,修习观禅并连同无碍解而证得阿罗汉果的佛弟子,所应做的一切,在此首先应依初学者方式,从最初开始如是理解。首先,应清净四种戒。其中,清净有三种:不违犯、违犯后出罪,以及不被烦恼所逼迫。因为只有戒清净者,其修习才能成就。还有,诸如塔院义务、菩提树院义务、戒师义务、教授师义务、浴室义务、布萨堂义务、八十二种犍度义务、十四种大义务等,依此而说的‘增上行仪戒’,也应好好圆满。若有人说:‘我守护了戒,何必还要行持增上行仪?’他的戒不会圆满,这是不可能的事。然而,当增上行仪义务圆满时,戒便圆满;戒圆满时,定便能孕育。的确,世尊曾这样说过:‘诸比丘,若有比丘不圆满增上行仪法,却说“我将圆满诸戒”,这是不可能的事。’(《增支部》5.21)应广说。因此,他应妥善圆满这称为塔院义务等的增上行仪戒。接着:显示巴利原文
Yasmā panettha idameva catukkaṃ ādikammikassa kammaṭṭhānavasena vuttaṃ, itarāni pana tīṇi catukkāni ettha pattajjhānassa vedanācittadhammānupassanāvasena vuttāni, tasmā idaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvetvā ānāpānassaticatutthajjhānapadaṭṭhānāya vipassanāya saha paṭisambhidāhi arahattaṃ pāpuṇitukāmena buddhaputtena yaṃ kātabbaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ idheva tāva ādikammikassa kulaputtassa vasena ādito pabhuti evaṃ veditabbaṃ. Catubbidhaṃ tāva sīlaṃ visodhetabbaṃ. Tattha tividhā visodhanā – anāpajjanaṃ, āpannavuṭṭhānaṃ, kilesehi ca appatipīḷanaṃ. Evaṃ visuddhasīlassa hi bhāvanā sampajjati. Yampidaṃ cetiyaṅgaṇavattaṃ bodhiyaṅgaṇavattaṃ upajjhāyavattaṃ ācariyavattaṃ jantāgharavattaṃ uposathāgāravattaṃ dveasīti khandhakavattāni cuddasavidhaṃ mahāvattanti imesaṃ vasena ābhisamācārikasīlaṃ vuccati, tampi sādhukaṃ paripūretabbaṃ. Yo hi ‘‘ahaṃ sīlaṃ rakkhāmi, kiṃ ābhisamācārikena kamma’’nti vadeyya, tassa sīlaṃ paripūressatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Ābhisamācārikavatte pana paripūre sīlaṃ paripūrati, sīle paripūre samādhi gabbhaṃ gaṇhāti. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘so vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ābhisamācārikaṃ dhammaṃ aparipūretvā ‘sīlāni paripūressatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī’’ti (a. ni. 5.21) vitthāretabbaṃ. Tasmā tena yampidaṃ cetiyaṅgaṇavattādi ābhisamācārikasīlaṃ vuccati, tampi sādhukaṃ paripūretabbaṃ. Tato –
‘‘Āvāso ca kulaṃ lābho, gaṇo kammañca pañcamaṃ; Addhānaṃ ñāti ābādho, gantho iddhīti te dasā’’ti.
在如上所说的十种障碍中,若有哪一种存在,便应将其断除。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vuttesu dasasu palibodhesu yo palibodho atthi, so upacchinditabbo.
既已如此断除了障碍,便应修习业处。业处又有两种:一切处业处与守护业处。其中,所谓“一切处业处”,是指对比丘僧等修习慈心、死随念,另有一类则说为不净想。修习业处的比丘,首先应划定范围,对僧团界内的比丘修习慈心,其次对界内的诸天,再对行境村落中有权势的人,继而对那里的人,乃至一切众生。他对僧团比丘修习慈心,能令同住者心生柔和,由此他便有安乐共住。对界内诸天修习慈心,诸天以柔和之心,以如法的守护妥善保护他。对行境村落中有权势的人修习慈心,那些有权势的人以柔和的相续心,以如法的守护善护他的资具。对那里的人修习慈心,他以能令他们生起净信的心,行而不被轻慢。对一切众生修习慈心,他便在一切处所行无碍。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ upacchinnapalibodhena kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggahetabbaṃ. Tampi duvidhaṃ hoti – sabbatthakakammaṭṭhānañca pārihāriyakammaṭṭhānañca. Tattha sabbatthakakammaṭṭhānaṃ nāma bhikkhusaṅghādīsu mettā maraṇassati ca asubhasaññātipi eke. Kammaṭṭhānikena hi bhikkhunā paṭhamaṃ tāva paricchinditvā sīmaṭṭhakabhikkhusaṅghe mettā bhāvetabbā; tato sīmaṭṭhakadevatāsu, tato gocaragāme issarajane, tato tattha manusse upādāya sabbasattesu. So hi bhikkhusaṅghe mettāya sahavāsīnaṃ muducittataṃ janeti, athassa sukhasaṃvāsatā hoti. Sīmaṭṭhakadevatāsu mettāya mudukatacittāhi devatāhi dhammikāya rakkhāya susaṃvihitārakkho hoti. Gocaragāme issarajane mettāya mudukatacittasantānehi issarehi dhammikāya rakkhāya surakkhitaparikkhāro hoti. Tattha manussesu mettāya pasāditacittehi tehi aparibhūto hutvā vicarati. Sabbasattesu mettāya sabbattha appaṭihatacāro hoti.
而对于死随念,思维“必定要死”,便能舍弃不正当的寻求,令悚惧感持续增长,成为不懈怠的人。通过不净想,即使对天界的所缘也不会生起渴爱。因此,这三种利益极大,被说为“应在一切处修习、应当希求”,并成为所应希求的瑜伽精勤业的近因,故称为“一切处业处”。显示巴利原文
Maraṇassatiyā pana ‘‘avassaṃ maritabba’’nti cintento anesanaṃ pahāya uparūparivaḍḍhamānasaṃvego anolīnavuttiko hoti. Asubhasaññāya dibbesupi ārammaṇesu taṇhā nuppajjati. Tenassetaṃ tayaṃ evaṃ bahūpakārattā ‘‘sabbattha atthayitabbaṃ icchitabba’’nti katvā adhippetassa ca yogānuyogakammassa padaṭṭhānattā ‘‘sabbatthakakammaṭṭhāna’’nti vuccati.
在三十八种所缘中,凡是适合个人性格的,由于他应恒常守护,依前所述的方法,也称为“守护业处”。但在此处,入出息念业处本身即被说为“守护业处”。这是此处的略说。若想详细了解戒清净与断除障碍的论述,应从《清净道论》中获取。显示巴利原文
Aṭṭhatiṃsārammaṇesu pana yaṃ yassa caritānukūlaṃ, taṃ tassa niccaṃ pariharitabbattā yathāvutteneva nayena ‘‘pārihāriyakammaṭṭhāna’’ntipi vuccati. Idha pana idameva ānāpānasssātikammaṭṭhānaṃ ‘‘pārihāriyakammaṭṭhāna’’nti vuccati. Ayamettha saṅkhepo. Vitthāro pana sīlavisodhanakathaṃ palibodhupacchedakathañca icchantena visuddhimaggato gahetabbo.
以如此清净的戒和断除障碍后,学习此业处者,应当亲近通过此业处证得第四禅、修习观禅、成就阿拉汉果的佛弟子,并向他学习。若不得遇阿拉汉,则向阿那含学习;若不得遇,则向斯陀含;若不得遇,则向须陀洹;若不得遇,则向证得入出息念第四禅者;若不得遇,则应向精通巴利圣典与注释、能作决断的导师学习。因为阿拉汉等唯宣说自己所证得的道。而这位导师,如同在密林处引出大象之路一般,于一切处不迷惑,能辨别适合与不适合而说法。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ visuddhasīlena pana upacchinnapalibodhena ca idaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggaṇhantena imināva kammaṭṭhānena catutthajjhānaṃ nibbattetvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā arahattaṃ pattassa buddhaputtassa santike uggahetabbaṃ. Taṃ alabhantena anāgāmissa, tampi alabhantena sakadāgāmissa, tampi alabhantena sotāpannassa, tampi alabhantena ānāpānacatutthajjhānalābhissa, tampi alabhantena pāḷiyā aṭṭhakathāya ca asammūḷhassa vinicchayācariyassa santike uggahetabbaṃ. Arahantādayo hi attanā adhigatamaggameva ācikkhanti. Ayaṃ pana gahanapadese mahāhatthipathaṃ nīharanto viya sabbattha asammūḷho sappāyāsappāyaṃ paricchinditvā katheti.
于此,有这样的次第论:那位生活轻安、具足律仪与正行的比丘,应前往如前所述的导师处,以侍奉与行持令其心生满足后,在导师跟前学取具足五支的业处。此中,五支为:学习、遍问、现起、安止与相。其中,“学习”指学取业处;“遍问”指就业处遍问;“现起”指业处的现起;“安止”指业处的安止;“相”指业处的相,意即“此业处具如此之相”,也就是把握业处之体相。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ anupubbikathā – tena bhikkhunā sallahukavuttinā vinayācārasampannena vuttappakāramācariyaṃ upasaṅkamitvā vattapaṭipattiyā ārādhitacittassa tassa santike pañcasandhikaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggahetabbaṃ. Tatrime pañca sandhayo – uggaho, paripucchā, upaṭṭhānaṃ, appanā, lakkhaṇanti. Tattha ‘‘uggaho’’ nāma kammaṭṭhānassa uggaṇhanaṃ, ‘‘paripucchā’’ nāma kammaṭṭhānassa paripucchanā, ‘‘upaṭṭhānaṃ’’ nāma kammaṭṭhānassa upaṭṭhānaṃ, ‘‘appanā’’ nāma kammaṭṭhānappanā, ‘‘lakkhaṇaṃ’’ nāma kammaṭṭhānassa lakkhaṇaṃ. ‘‘Evaṃlakkhaṇamidaṃ kammaṭṭhāna’’nti kammaṭṭhānasabhāvūpadhāraṇanti vuttaṃ hoti.
如此学习五种分节业处时,自身不致疲惫,亦不会令导师困扰。因此,应请导师略为教授后,再长时间反复诵习,如此掌握五种分节业处之后,若该处适宜,便应住于该处。若该处不适宜,则应向导师告辞:若是钝根者,可远行一由旬;若是利根者,即使远行亦无妨。前往具足五支、远离十八种过失的住处,安住于彼处时,应断除微细的障碍,完成用餐之事,消除餐后的昏沉,以随念三宝功德令心生欢喜,即使一句之微亦不忘失从导师所学,应当作意此入出息念业处。这是此处的略说,广说则应从希望了知此论题者所依的《清净道论》中采录。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ pañcasandhikaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggaṇhanto attanāpi na kilamati, ācariyampi na viheṭheti; tasmā thokaṃ uddisāpetvā bahukālaṃ sajjhāyitvā evaṃ pañcasandhikaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggahetvā sace tattha sappāyaṃ hoti, tattheva vasitabbaṃ. No ce tattha sappāyaṃ hoti, ācariyaṃ āpucchitvā sace mandapañño yojanaparamaṃ gantvā, sace tikkhapañño dūrampi gantvā aṭṭhārasasenāsanadosavivajjitaṃ, pañcasenāsanaṅgasamannāgataṃ senāsanaṃ upagamma tattha vasantena upacchinnakhuddakapalibodhena katabhattakiccena bhattasammadaṃ paṭivinodetvā ratanattayaguṇānussaraṇena cittaṃ sampahaṃsetvā ācariyuggahato ekapadampi asammussantena idaṃ ānāpānassatikammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikātabbaṃ. Ayamettha saṅkhepo. Vitthāro pana imaṃ kathāmaggaṃ icchantena visuddhimaggato (visuddhi. 1.55) gahetabbo.
然而,对于所说“应当作意此入出息念业处”,此处作意的方法如下——显示巴利原文
Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ ‘‘idaṃ ānāpānassatikammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikātabba’’nti tatrāyaṃ manasikāravidhi –
计数、随逐、触、安止、观察;
转向、清净,以及对它们的省察。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Gaṇanā anubandhanā, phusanā ṭhapanā sallakkhaṇā; Vivaṭṭanā pārisuddhi, tesañca paṭipassanā’’ti. (visuddhi. 1.223; paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 2.1.163);
“计数”即计数。“随逐”即随行。“触”即所触之处。“安止”即安止定。“观察”即观。“转向”即道。“清净”即果。“对它们的省察”即省察。于此,初学善男子首先应以计数来作意此业处。计数时,不应低于五,不应超过十,中间不应出现间断。如果低于五,心在狭窄的空间中生起时会躁动,犹如牛群被关在狭窄的牛栏中。如果超过十,心便会依赖计数而生起。如果中间出现间断,心便会动摇,心中思惟:“我的业处是否已达顶点?”因此,应避免这些过失而作计数。显示巴利原文
‘‘Gaṇanā’’ti gaṇanāyeva. ‘‘Anubandhanā’’ti anuvahanā. ‘‘Phusanā’’ti phuṭṭhaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Ṭhapanā’’ti appanā. ‘‘Sallakkhaṇā’’ti vipassanā. ‘‘Vivaṭṭanā’’ti maggo. ‘‘Pārisuddhī’’ti phalaṃ. ‘‘Tesañca paṭipassanā’’ti paccavekkhaṇā. Tattha iminā ādikammikakulaputtena paṭhamaṃ gaṇanāya idaṃ kamaṭṭhānaṃ manasikātabbaṃ. Gaṇentena ca pañcannaṃ heṭṭhā na ṭhapetabbaṃ, dasannaṃ upari na netabbaṃ, antare khaṇḍaṃ na dassetabbaṃ. Pañcannaṃ heṭṭhā ṭhapentassa hi sambādhe okāse cittuppādo vipphandati, sambādhe vaje sanniruddhagogaṇo viya. Dasannaṃ upari nentassa gaṇanānissitova cittuppādo hoti. Antarā khaṇḍaṃ dassentassa ‘‘sikhāppattaṃ nu kho me kammaṭṭhānaṃ, no’’ti cittaṃ vikampati. Tasmā ete dose vajjetvā gaṇetabbaṃ.
计数时,首先应以缓慢的计数、如同量谷者的计数方式来进行。量谷者将一升装满,说一声“一”便倒出;再装时,若见到些许杂物,便将其丢弃,然后说“一一”。对于“二二”等也是如此。同样地,此处也应取在入出息中现起的那一次,从“一一”开始,直至“十十”,随其生起而观察并计数。当他如此计数时,出与入的入出息便变得清晰。显示巴利原文
Gaṇentena ca paṭhamaṃ dandhagaṇanāya dhaññamāpakagaṇanāya gaṇetabbaṃ. Dhaññamāpako hi nāḷiṃ pūretvā ‘‘eka’’nti vatvā okirati. Puna pūrento kiñci kacavaraṃ disvā taṃ chaḍḍento ‘‘ekaṃ eka’’nti vadati. Esa nayo ‘‘dve dve’’tiādīsu. Evameva imināpi assāsapassāsesu yo upaṭṭhāti taṃ gahetvā ‘‘ekaṃ eka’’nti ādiṃkatvā yāva ‘‘dasa dasā’’ti pavattamānaṃ pavattamānaṃ upalakkhetvāva gaṇetabbaṃ. Tassevaṃ gaṇayato nikkhamantā ca pavisantā ca assāsapassāsā pākaṭā honti.
然后,他应舍弃那种缓慢的计数、如同量谷者的计数,转而以快速的计数、如同牧牛者般的计数方式来数。善巧的牧牛者用衣角兜着石子,手持绳杖,清晨来到牛栏,拍打牛背,然后坐在门闩柱的顶端。每当牛到达门口,便投掷石子,数“一、二”。整夜被关在狭窄牛栏中受苦的牛群,出栏时互相推挤,成群地急速冲出,他便快速地数“三、四、五……十”。同样地,当此人依前述方法计数,入出息变得清晰后,便快速反复运行。他知其“反复运行”后,不执取内风与外风,只取那到达门口的息,快速地数:“一、二、三、四、五;一、二、三、四、五、六;一、二、三、四、五、六、七……八……九……十”。在与计数相连的业处中,依计数之力,心得专一,如同依靠船桨在急流中稳住船只。显示巴利原文
Athānena taṃ dandhagaṇanaṃ dhaññamāpakagaṇanaṃ pahāya sīghagaṇanāya gopālakagaṇanāya gaṇetabbaṃ . Cheko hi gopālako sakkharāyo ucchaṅgena gahetvā rajjudaṇḍahattho pātova vajaṃ gantvā gāvo piṭṭhiyaṃ paharitvā palighatthambhamatthake nisinno dvāraṃ pattaṃ pattaṃyeva gāvaṃ ‘‘eko dve’’ti sakkharaṃ khipitvā khipitvā gaṇeti. Tiyāmarattiṃ sambādhe okāse dukkhaṃ vutthagogaṇo nikkhamanto aññamaññaṃ upanighaṃsanto vegena vegena puñjo puñjo hutvā nikkhamati. So vegena vegena ‘‘tīṇi cattāri pañca dasā’’ti gaṇetiyeva. Evamimassāpi purimanayena gaṇayato assāsapassāsā pākaṭā hutvā sīghaṃ sīghaṃ punappunaṃ sañcaranti. Tato tena ‘‘punappunaṃ sañcarantī’’ti ñatvā anto ca bahi ca aggahetvā dvārappattaṃ dvārappattaṃyeva gahetvā ‘‘eko dve tīṇi cattāri pañca , eko dve tīṇi cattāri pañca cha, eko dve tīṇi cattāri pañca cha satta…pe… aṭṭha… nava… dasā’’ti sīghaṃ sīghaṃ gaṇetabbameva. Gaṇanāpaṭibaddhe hi kammaṭṭhāne gaṇanābaleneva cittaṃ ekaggaṃ hoti arittūpatthambhanavasena caṇḍasote nāvāṭhapanamiva.
当他如此快速地计数时,业处便如同无间断地运行一般而显现。于是,知其“无间断地运行”后,不执取内风与外风,仅依前述方法更快速地计数。若将心随入内之风而入,内部便如同被风冲击、充满脂肪一般;若将心随出外之风而出,心便向外分散于种种所缘。然而,若将念安住于触处而修习,修习便能成就。因此说:“不执取内风与外风,仅依前述方法快速地计数。”显示巴利原文
Tassevaṃ sīghaṃ sīghaṃ gaṇayato kammaṭṭhānaṃ nirantarappavattaṃ viya hutvā upaṭṭhāti. Atha ‘‘nirantaraṃ pavattatī’’ti ñatvā anto ca bahi ca vātaṃ apariggahetvā purimanayeneva vegena vegena gaṇetabbaṃ. Antopavisanavātena hi saddhiṃ cittaṃ pavesayato abbhantaraṃ vātabbhāhataṃ medapūritaṃ viya hoti, bahinikkhamanavātena saddhiṃ cittaṃ nīharato bahiddhā puthuttārammaṇe cittaṃ vikkhipati. Phuṭṭhokāse pana satiṃ ṭhapetvā bhāventasseva bhāvanā sampajjati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘anto ca bahi ca vātaṃ apariggahetvā purimanayeneva vegena vegena gaṇetabba’’nti.
那么,应计数多久呢?直到不依靠计数,念也能安住于出入息所缘为止。因为计数正是为了截断向外散逸的寻思,令念稳固地安住于出入息所缘。显示巴利原文
Kīva ciraṃ panetaṃ gaṇetabbanti? Yāva vinā gaṇanāya assāsapassāsārammaṇe sati santiṭṭhati. Bahi visaṭavitakkavicchedaṃ katvā assāsapassāsārammaṇe sati saṇṭhapanatthaṃyeva hi gaṇanāti.
如此以计数作意之后,应以随逐作意。所谓“随逐”,是指撤去计数后,以念无间断地随逐入出息;然而,那并非依随行初、中、后而作。何以故?对于呼出之风,脐为初,心脏为中,鼻端为后;对于吸入之风,鼻端为初,心脏为中,脐为后。若随行于此,心便会散乱,身心也都会变得躁动、动摇。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Evaṃ gaṇanāya manasikatvā anubandhanāya manasikātabbaṃ. Anubandhanā nāma gaṇanaṃ paṭisaṃharitvā satiyā nirantaraṃ assāsapassāsānaṃ anugamanaṃ; tañca kho na ādimajjhapariyosānānugamanavasena. Bahinikkhamanavātassa hi nābhi ādi, hadayaṃ majjhaṃ, nāsikaggaṃ pariyosānaṃ. Abbhantarapavisanavātassa nāsikaggaṃ ādi, hadayaṃ majjhaṃ, nābhi pariyosānaṃ. Tañcassa anugacchato vikkhepagataṃ cittaṃ sāraddhāya ceva hoti iñjanāya ca. Yathāha –
“若以念随逐入息之初、中、后,则内心散乱,身心便躁动、动摇、颤动。若以念随逐出息之初、中、后,则心向外散乱,身心便躁动、动摇、颤动。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Assāsādimajjhapariyosānaṃ satiyā anugacchato ajjhattaṃ vikkhepagatena cittena kāyopi cittampi sāraddhā ca honti iñjitā ca phanditā ca. Passāsādimajjhapariyosānaṃ satiyā anugacchato bahiddhā vikkhepagatena cittena kāyopi cittampi sāraddhā ca honti iñjitā ca phanditā cā’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.157).
因此,以随逐作意时,不应依初、中、后阶段来作意,而应以触和安住的方式来作意。因为并不像计数随逐那样,存在以触和安住方式而有的各别作意。只是在每一触点上计数时,他既以计数作意,也以触作意。就在那里收摄计数后,以念随逐并以安止的方式安立心,这便称为‘以随逐、触和安住作意’。此义应通过注释书中所述的跛者喻、守门人喻,以及《无碍解道》中所述的锯喻来理解。显示巴利原文
Tasmā anubandhanāya manasikarontena na ādimajjhapariyosānavasena manasikātabbaṃ. Apica kho phusanāvasena ca ṭhapanāvasena ca manasikātabbaṃ. Gaṇanānubandhanāvasena viya hi phusanāṭhapanāvasena visuṃ manasikāro natthi. Phuṭṭhaphuṭṭhaṭṭhāneyeva pana gaṇento gaṇanāya ca phusanāya ca manasi karoti. Tattheva gaṇanaṃ paṭisaṃharitvā te satiyā anubandhanto appanāvasena ca cittaṃ ṭhapento ‘‘anubandhanāya ca phusanāya ca ṭhapanāya ca manasi karotī’’ti vuccati. Svāyamattho aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttapaṅguḷadovārikopamāhi paṭisambhidāyaṃ vuttakakacopamāya ca veditabbo.
在此,跛者喻如下:‘譬如一个跛脚的人,在荡秋千的母子推动秋千后,便坐在秋千柱的根部,依次看见那秋千板来回摇荡的两端和中间,却并不为看见两端和中间而刻意奔忙。同样,这位比丘以念的力量站在系缚所缘的柱根处,推动入出息之秋千后,便安住在那相上以念安住,以念随逐于依次来去的触处上的入出息之初、中、后,并在那里安立心而观见,却并不为看见它们而刻意奔忙。’这是跛者喻。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ paṅguḷopamā – ‘‘seyyathāpi paṅguḷo dolāya kīḷataṃ mātāputtānaṃ dolaṃ khipitvā tattheva dolatthambhamūle nisinno kamena āgacchantassa ca gacchantassa ca dolāphalakassa ubho koṭiyo majjhañca passati, na ca ubhokoṭimajjhānaṃ dassanatthaṃ byāvaṭo hoti. Evamevāyaṃ bhikkhu sativasena upanibandhanatthambhamūle ṭhatvā assāsapassāsadolaṃ khipitvā tattheva nimitte satiyā nisinno kamena āgacchantānañca gacchantānañca phuṭṭhaṭṭhāne assāsapassāsānaṃ ādimajjhapariyosānaṃ satiyā anugacchanto tattha ca cittaṃ ṭhapento passati, na ca tesaṃ dassanatthaṃ byāvaṭo hoti. Ayaṃ paṅguḷopamā.
而守门人喻如下:‘譬如守门人并不审查城内和城外的人:“你是谁?从哪里来?到哪里去?你手中有什么?”因为那些并非他的负担。他只审查每一个到达门口的人。同样,这位比丘并不将入息与出息视为负担,只将每一阵抵达门口——鼻端或口缘——的风视为负担。’这是守门人喻。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana dovārikopamā – ‘‘seyyathāpi dovāriko nagarassa anto ca bahi ca purise ‘ko tvaṃ, kuto vā āgato, kuhiṃ vā gacchasi, kiṃ vā te hatthe’ti na vīmaṃsati, na hi tassa te bhārā. Dvārappattaṃ dvārappattaṃyeva pana vīmaṃsati; evameva imassa bhikkhuno anto paviṭṭhavātā ca bahi nikkhantavātā ca na bhārā honti, dvārappattā dvārappattāyeva bhārāti. Ayaṃ dovārikopamā.
而锯喻则应从起始处如此理解。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Kakacopamā pana āditopabhuti evaṃ veditabbā. Vuttañhetaṃ –
入出息为相,非一心之所缘;
若不了知此三法,修习即不可得。
入出息为相,非独一心所缘;
了知此三法者,修习即可得。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nimittaṃ assāsapassāsā, anārammaṇamekacittassa; Ajānato ca tayo dhamme, bhāvanānupalabbhati. ‘‘Nimittaṃ assāsapassāsā, anārammaṇamekacittassa; Jānato ca tayo dhamme, bhāvanā upalabbhatī’’ti. (paṭi. ma. 1.159);
如何是‘此三法非一心之所缘,此三法亦非不知,心不散乱,精进显现,方便成就,证得殊胜’?譬如将一棵树放在平坦地面上,有人用锯去锯它。那人依触及树的锯齿而现起念,他不对来去的锯齿作意,而来去的锯齿也并非不知,精进显现,方便成就。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ ime tayo dhammā ekacittassa ārammaṇaṃ na honti, na cime tayo dhammā aviditā honti, na ca cittaṃ vikkhepaṃ gacchati, padhānañca paññāyati, payogañca sādheti, visesamadhigacchati ? Seyyathāpi rukkho same bhūmibhāge nikkhitto, tamenaṃ puriso kakacena chindeyya, rukkhe phuṭṭhakakacadantānaṃ vasena purisassa sati upaṭṭhitā hoti, na āgate vā gate vā kakacadante manasi karoti, na āgatā vā gatā vā kakacadantā aviditā honti, padhānañca paññāyati, payogañca sādheti.
好比一棵树安放在平坦的地面上,这即是系缚所缘之相。锯齿,比喻入出息。如同那人基于触及树木的锯齿而保持正念,既不对来去的锯齿作意,而来去的锯齿也并非不知,此时精进得以显现、方便得以成就;同样地,比丘安住正念于鼻端或口相之处,既不对来去的入出息作意,而来去的入出息也并非不知,此时精进得以显现、方便得以成就,殊胜得以证得。显示巴利原文
Yathā rukkho same bhūmibhāge nikkhitto; evaṃ upanibandhananimittaṃ. Yathā kakacadantā; evaṃ assāsapassāsā. Yathā rukkhe phuṭṭhakakacadantānaṃ vasena purisassa sati upaṭṭhitā hoti, na āgate vā gate vā kakacadante manasi karoti, na āgatā vā gatā vā kakacadantā aviditā honti, padhānañca paññāyati, payogañca sādheti, evameva bhikkhu nāsikagge vā mukhanimitte vā satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā nisinno hoti, na āgate vā gate vā assāsapassāse manasi karoti, na āgatā vā gatā vā assāsapassāsā aviditā honti, padhānañca paññāyati, payogañca sādheti, visesamadhigacchati.
什么是精进?即是对于精勤策励者而言,其身与心皆变得适合作业——这称为精进。什么是方便?即是精勤策励者的随烦恼得以断除,寻思得以止息——这称为方便。什么是殊胜?即是精勤策励者的诸结得以断除,随眠被遣除殆尽——这称为殊胜。如此,这三法并非单一之心之所缘,而这三法又并非不被了知。心无散乱,精进得以显现,方便得以成就,殊胜得以证得。显示巴利原文
Padhānanti katamaṃ padhānaṃ? Āraddhavīriyassa kāyopi cittampi kammaniyaṃ hoti – idaṃ padhānaṃ. Katamo payogo? Āraddhavīriyassa upakkilesā pahīyanti, vitakkā vūpasammanti – ayaṃ payogo. Katamo viseso? Āraddhavīriyassa saṃyojanā pahīyanti, anusayā byantī honti – ayaṃ viseso. Evaṃ ime tayo dhammā ekacittassa ārammaṇā na honti, na cime tayo dhammā aviditā honti, na ca cittaṃ vikkhepaṃ gacchati, padhānañca paññāyati, payogañca sādheti, visesamadhigacchati.
于入出息念,具足善修习,
循序修习圆熟,正如世尊所说。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ānāpānassatī yassa, paripuṇṇā subhāvitā; Anupubbaṃ paricitā, yathā buddhena desitā; So imaṃ lokaṃ pabhāseti, abbhā muttova candimā’’ti. (paṭi. ma. 1.160);
这便是锯喻。在这里,应知仅以不作意入出息的来去为其目的。对如此修习此业处者,有人不久便生起禅相,并成就具足其余禅支的安止定——这便称为安住。然而,也有人从以计数方式作意之时开始,由于粗重的入出息渐次止息,身体粗重得以平息,身心俱得轻安,身体如同有腾空之感。就像身体粗重的人坐在床或座上时,床座会弯曲、吱嘎作响,垫褥会起皱;而身体不粗重的人坐下时,床座不弯曲、不吱嘎作响,垫褥不起皱,床座仿佛被棉花填满一样。为什么呢?因为不粗重的身体是轻安的。同样地,从以计数方式作意之时开始,由于粗重的入出息渐次止息,身体粗重得以平息,身心俱得轻安,身体如同有腾空之感。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ kakacopamā. Idha panassa āgatāgatavasena amanasikāramattameva payojananti veditabbaṃ. Idaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikaroto kassaci nacireneva nimittañca uppajjati, avasesajjhānaṅgapaṭimaṇḍitā appanāsaṅkhātā ṭhapanā ca sampajjati. Kassaci pana gaṇanāvaseneva manasikārakālatopabhuti anukkamato oḷārikaassāsapassāsanirodhavasena kāyadarathe vūpasante kāyopi cittampi lahukaṃ hoti, sarīraṃ ākāse laṅghanākārappattaṃ viya hoti. Yathā sāraddhakāyassa mañce vā pīṭhe vā nisīdato mañcapīṭhaṃ onamati, vikūjati, paccattharaṇaṃ valiṃ gaṇhāti. Asāraddhakāyassa pana nisīdato neva mañcapīṭhaṃ onamati, na vikūjati, na paccattharaṇaṃ valiṃ gaṇhāti, tūlapicupūritaṃ viya mañcapīṭhaṃ hoti. Kasmā? Yasmā asāraddho kāyo lahuko hoti; evameva gaṇanāvasena manasikārakālatopabhuti anukkamato oḷārikaassāsapassāsanirodhavasena kāyadarathe vūpasante kāyopi cittampi lahukaṃ hoti, sarīraṃ ākāse laṅghanākārappattaṃ viya hoti.
当他的粗显出息入息止息后,心便以微细出息入息之相为所缘而转起;当此微细相亦止息后,心又辗转以更微细、更微细之相为所缘而转起。如何呢?譬如有人用大铁棒敲击铜锣,一记重击之下发出大响声,其心便以粗显音声为所缘而转起;粗显音声止息后,心便以微细音声之相为所缘;当此微细相亦止息后,心又辗转以更微细、更微细的音声之相为所缘而转起。当如此理解。此亦曾于《无碍解道》(1.171)中详说:‘譬如敲击铜锣时’等。显示巴利原文
Tassa oḷārike assāsapassāse niruddhe sukhumaassāsapassāsanimittārammaṇaṃ cittaṃ pavattati, tasmimpi niruddhe aparāparaṃ tato sukhumatarasukhumatamanimittārammaṇaṃ pavattatiyeva. Kathaṃ? Yathā puriso mahatiyā lohasalākāya kaṃsatāḷaṃ ākoṭeyya, ekappahārena mahāsaddo uppajjeyya, tassa oḷārikasaddārammaṇaṃ cittaṃ pavatteyya, niruddhe oḷārike sadde atha pacchā sukhumasaddanimittārammaṇaṃ, tasmimpi niruddhe aparāparaṃ tato sukhumatarasukhumatamasaddanimittārammaṇaṃ cittaṃ pavattateva; evanti veditabbaṃ. Vuttampi cetaṃ – ‘‘seyyathāpi kaṃse ākoṭite’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.171) vitthāro.
正如其他业处愈往上修愈变得明显,此入出息念则不然。此业处愈往上修、愈加修习时,反而变得微细,乃至不现起。然而,当它如此不现起时,那位比丘不应从座起身、拍打皮垫而离去。他该怎么做呢?他不应心想‘我要去请问阿阇梨’或‘我的业处已经失去了’便离座,因为若改变威仪离开,业处便会变得生疏。因此,应如同安坐之时那样,从原座的位置将其取回。显示巴利原文
Yathā hi aññāni kammaṭṭhānāni uparūpari vibhūtāni honti, na tathā idaṃ. Idaṃ pana uparūpari bhāventassa bhāventassa sukhumattaṃ gacchati, upaṭṭhānampi na upagacchati. Evaṃ anupaṭṭhahante pana tasmiṃ na tena bhikkhunā uṭṭhāyāsanā cammakhaṇḍaṃ papphoṭetvā gantabbaṃ. Kiṃ kātabbaṃ? ‘‘Ācariyaṃ pucchissāmī’’ti vā ‘‘naṭṭhaṃ dāni me kammaṭṭhāna’’nti vā na vuṭṭhātabbaṃ, iriyāpathaṃ vikopetvā gacchato hi kammaṭṭhānaṃ navanavameva hoti. Tasmā yathānisinneneva desato āharitabbaṃ.
以下是取回的方法。那位比丘知道业处不现起后,应如此思惟:‘这些出息入息在哪里存在,在哪里不存在?或者对谁存在,对谁不存在?’当他这样思惟时,了知‘这些出息入息在母胎内不存在,对潜入水中者不存在,同样对无想有情、死者、入第四禅者、具足色界无色界有者、入灭尽定者不存在’之后,应如此自我策励:‘贤者!你既非在母胎内,非潜入水中,非无想有情,非死者,非入第四禅者,非具足色界无色界有者,非入灭尽定者,你的出息入息确实存在,只是由于智慧薄弱而不能把握罢了。’然后,他应仅依平常的接触处安立心,令作意转起。长鼻者的出入息触击鼻端而转起,短鼻者的则触击上唇。因此,他应确立‘它们触击这个地方’的相。正是基于这个道理,世尊说:‘诸比丘,我不说失念、不正知者能修习入出息念。’(《中部》3.149;《相应部》5.992)虽然任何业处唯具念、正知者方能成就,然而其他业处对作意者而言是明显的。但此入出息念业处是沉重、重大的修习,唯是佛、独觉佛、佛弟子等大丈夫的作意境地,既不浅薄,亦非浅薄众生所能亲近。愈作显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ āharaṇūpāyo. Tena hi bhikkhunā kammaṭṭhānassa anupaṭṭhahanabhāvaṃ ñatvā iti paṭisañcikkhitabbaṃ – ‘‘ime assāsapassāsā nāma kattha atthi, kattha natthi, kassa vā atthi, kassa vā natthī’’ti. Athevaṃ paṭisañcikkhatā ‘‘ime antomātukucchiyaṃ natthi, udake nimuggānaṃ natthi, tathā asaññībhūtānaṃ matānaṃ catutthajjhānasamāpannānaṃ rūpārūpabhavasamaṅgīnaṃ nirodhasamāpannāna’’nti ñatvā evaṃ attanāva attā paṭicodetabbo – ‘‘nanu tvaṃ, paṇḍita, neva mātukucchigato, na udake nimuggo, na asaññībhūto, na mato, na catutthajjhānasamaāpanno, na rūpārūpabhavasamaṅgī, na nirodhasamāpanno, atthiyeva te assāsapassāsā, mandapaññatāya pana pariggahetuṃ na sakkosī’’ti. Athānena pakatiphuṭṭhavaseneva cittaṃ ṭhapetvā manasikāro pavattetabbo. Ime hi dīghanāsikassa nāsā puṭaṃ ghaṭṭentā pavattanti, rassanāsikassa uttaroṭṭhaṃ. Tasmānena imaṃ nāma ṭhānaṃ ghaṭṭentīti nimittaṃ paṭṭhapetabbaṃ. Imameva hi atthavasaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, muṭṭhassatissa asampajānassa ānāpānassatibhāvanaṃ vadāmī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.149; saṃ. ni. 5.992). Kiñcāpi hi yaṃkiñci kammaṭṭhānaṃ satassa sampajānasseva sampajjati, ito aññaṃ pana manasikarontassa pākaṭaṃ hoti. Idaṃ pana ānāpānassatikammaṭṭhānaṃ garukaṃ garukabhāvanaṃ buddhapaccekabuddhabuddhaputtānaṃ mahāpurisānameva manasikārabhūmibhūtaṃ, na ceva ittaraṃ, na ca ittarasattasamāsevitaṃ. Yathā yathā manasi karīyati, tathā tathā santañceva hoti sukhumañca. Tasmā ettha balavatī sati ca paññā ca icchitabbā.
正如缝制细软布时,针须细,针孔更须细于针;同样,修习此犹如细软布的业处时,如针的念,以及如针孔般与彼相应的慧,都须强而有力。具足此念与慧的比丘,不应在平常接触处之外去寻求那些出息入息。显示巴利原文
Yathā hi maṭṭhasāṭakassa tunnakaraṇakāle sūcipi sukhumā icchitabbā, sūcipāsavedhanampi tato sukhumataraṃ; evameva maṭṭhasāṭakasadisassa imassa kammaṭṭhānassa bhāvanākāle sūcipaṭibhāgā satipi sūcipāsavedhanapaṭibhāgā taṃsampayuttā paññāpi balavatī icchitabbā. Tāhi ca pana satipaññāhi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na te assāsapassāsā aññatra pakatiphuṭṭhokāsā pariyesitabbā.
正如农夫耕好田后,解开耕牛,让它们朝向牧场,自己坐在阴凉处休息,那时耕牛也许迅速跑入森林。若是聪明的农夫,想再捉住它们套上轭,便不会追随其足迹进入森林到处徘徊,而是拿起缰绳和刺棒,直接去到它们常下水的渡口,坐下或躺下。待那些牛白天游走之后,下到渡口,洗过澡、饮了水,上岸站着时,他看到后,便用缰绳绑住,以刺棒驱策,带回套上轭,重新作务。同样,那位比丘不应在平常接触处之外去寻求那些出息入息。他应拿起念之缰绳与慧之刺棒,将心安立于平常接触处,令作意转起。当他这样作意时,不久那些出息入息便会现起,犹如牛在渡口。然后,他用念之缰绳将其绑住,就在那同一处将其套上,以慧之刺棒驱策,继续致力于业处。当他如此致力时,不久相便会现起。然而,此相并非人人相同。并且,有些人说:它现起时,如同产生乐触的棉絮团、木棉絮团或风流动般。显示巴利原文
Yathā pana kassako kasiṃ kasitvā balibadde muñcitvā gocarābhimukhe katvā chāyāya nisinno vissameyya, athassa te balibaddā vegena aṭaviṃ paviseyyuṃ. Yo hoti cheko kassako so puna te gahetvā yojetukāmo na tesaṃ anupadaṃ gantvā aṭaviṃ āhiṇḍati. Atha kho rasmiñca patodañca gahetvā ujukameva tesaṃ nipātatitthaṃ gantvā nisīdati vā nipajjati vā. Atha te goṇe divasabhāgaṃ caritvā nipātatitthaṃ otaritvā nhatvā ca pivitvā ca paccuttaritvā ṭhite disvā rasmiyā bandhitvā patodena vijjhanto ānetvā yojetvā puna kammaṃ karoti; evameva tena bhikkhunā na te assāsapassāsā aññatra pakatiphuṭṭhokāsā pariyesitabbā. Satirasmiṃ pana paññāpatodañca gahetvā pakatiphuṭṭhokāse cittaṃ ṭhapetvā manasikāro pavattetabbo. Evañhissa manasikaroto nacirasseva te upaṭṭhahanti, nipātatitthe viya goṇā. Tato tena satirasmiyā bandhitvā tasmiṃyeva ṭhāne yojetvā paññāpatodena vijjhantena puna kammaṭṭhānaṃ anuyuñjitabbaṃ; tassevamanuyuñjato nacirasseva nimittaṃ upaṭṭhāti. Taṃ panetaṃ na sabbesaṃ ekasadisaṃ hoti ; apica kho kassaci sukhasamphassaṃ uppādayamāno tūlapicu viya, kappāsapicu viya, vātadhārā viya ca upaṭṭhātīti ekacce āhu.
然而,这是注疏中的决断——因为此相于某些人现起如星状,如宝珠,如珍珠团;于某些人现起如触感粗糙的棉籽,如心材木针;于某些人现起如长花环绳,如花鬘,如烟缕;于某些人现起如展开的蜘蛛网,如云层,如莲花,如车轮,如月轮,如日轮。而且,当众多比丘诵习经典后坐在一起时,一位比丘问:“此经于你们现起时像什么?”一人回答说:“对我现起时像大山中的河流。”另一人说:“对我像一片树林。”另一人说:“对我像一棵有清凉荫蔽、枝叶繁茂、果实累累的树。”对他们而言,同一部经因想的不同而现起各异。同样,同一业处因想的不同而现起各异。应知此为想所生、想为因、想为源,故因想的不同而现起各异。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana aṭṭhakathāvinicchayo – idañhi kassaci tārakarūpaṃ viya, maṇiguḷikā viya, muttāguḷikā viya ca kassaci kharasamphassaṃ hutvā kappāsaṭṭhi viya, sāradārusūci viya ca kassaci dīghapāmaṅgasuttaṃ viya, kusumadāmaṃ viya, dhūmasikhā viya ca kassaci vitthata makkaṭakasuttaṃ viya, valāhakapaṭalaṃ viya, padumapupphaṃ viya, rathacakkaṃ viya, candamaṇḍalaṃ viya, sūriyamaṇḍalaṃ viya ca upaṭṭhāti. Tañca panetaṃ yathā sambahulesu bhikkhūsu suttantaṃ sajjhāyitvā nisinnesu ekena bhikkhunā ‘‘tumhākaṃ kīdisaṃ hutvā idaṃ suttaṃ upaṭṭhātī’’ti vutte eko ‘‘mayhaṃ mahatī pabbateyyā nadī viya hutvā upaṭṭhātī’’ti āha. Aparo ‘‘mayhaṃ ekā vanarāji viya’’. Añño ‘‘mayhaṃ sītacchāyo sākhāsampanno phalabhārabharitarukkho viyā’’ti. Tesañhi taṃ ekameva suttaṃ saññānānatāya nānato upaṭṭhāti. Evaṃ ekameva kammaṭṭhānaṃ saññānānatāya nānato upaṭṭhāti. Saññajañhi etaṃ saññānidānaṃ saññāppabhavaṃ tasmā saññānānatāya nānato upaṭṭhātīti veditabbaṃ.
于此,以入息为所缘的心是一种,以出息为所缘的心是另一种,以相为所缘的心又是另一种。若人没有这三种法,他的业处既不能达到安止,也不能达到近行。若人具备这三种法,他的业处才能达到安止与近行。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Ettha ca aññameva assāsārammaṇaṃ cittaṃ, aññaṃ passāsārammaṇaṃ, aññaṃ nimittārammaṇaṃ yassa hi ime tayo dhammā natthi, tassa kammaṭṭhānaṃ neva appanaṃ na upacāraṃ pāpuṇāti. Yassa panime tayo dhammā atthi, tasseva kammaṭṭhānaṃ appanañca upacārañca pāpuṇāti. Vuttañhetaṃ –
相、入息与出息,非一心之所缘;
不知此三法者,修习不可得。
相、入息与出息,非一心之所缘;
了知此三法者,修习可得。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nimittaṃ assāsapassāsā, anārammaṇamekacittassa; Ajānato ca tayo dhamme, bhāvanānupalabbhati. ‘‘Nimittaṃ assāsapassāsā, anārammaṇamekacittassa; Jānato ca tayo dhamme, bhāvanā upalabbhatī’’ti. (visuddhi. 1.231);
当相如此现起时,该比丘应往导师处禀告:“尊者,我现起了这样的相。”导师不应说“这是相”或“这不是相”,而应说:“是这样,贤友。”然后嘱咐:“应反复作意。”若说“这是相”,他会生起懈怠;若说“这不是相”,他会失望沮丧。因此,两种说法皆不应说,只应督促他作意。这是长部诵师的说法。中部诵师则说:“贤友,这是相,是业处,应反复作意,善男子。”然后,他应将心安置于相上。从此,他便依此安止门而修习。对此,有古人说:显示巴利原文
Evaṃ upaṭṭhite pana nimitte tena bhikkhunā ācariyasantikaṃ gantvā ārocetabbaṃ – ‘‘mayhaṃ, bhante, evarūpaṃ nāma upaṭṭhātī’’ti. Ācariyena pana ‘‘etaṃ nimitta’’nti vā ‘‘na nimitta’’nti vā na vattabbaṃ. ‘‘Evaṃ hoti, āvuso’’ti vatvā pana ‘‘punappunaṃ manasi karohī’’ti vattabbo. ‘‘Nimitta’’nti hi vutte vosānaṃ āpajjeyya; ‘‘na nimitta’’nti vutte nirāso visīdeyya. Tasmā tadubhayampi avatvā manasikāreyeva niyojetabboti. Evaṃ tāva dīghabhāṇakā. Majjhimabhāṇakā panāhu – ‘‘nimittamidaṃ, āvuso, kammaṭṭhānaṃ punappunaṃ manasi karohi sappurisāti vattabbo’’ti. Athānena nimitteyeva cittaṃ ṭhapetabbaṃ. Evamassāyaṃ ito pabhuti ṭhapanāvasena bhāvanā hoti. Vuttañhetaṃ porāṇehi –
智者将心安立于相,令种种行相明辨;
于入出息,智者系缚自心。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nimitte ṭhapayaṃ cittaṃ, nānākāraṃ vibhāvayaṃ; Dhīro assāsapassāse, sakaṃ cittaṃ nibandhatī’’ti. (visuddhi. 1.232; paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 2.1.163);
自相现起之后,他便镇伏诸盖,烦恼安息,念已现前,心已得定。心得定有两种方式:于近行地,由断除诸盖而得定;于安止地,由诸禅支显现而得定。其中,‘近行地’即近行定,‘安止地’即安止定。二者有何差别?近行定于善速行路运行后,便落入有分;安止定则不然,若有人于日间安坐入定,其心即在日间持续于善速行路运行,不落入有分。在这两种定中,因相显现时,心以近行定而得定。得定之后,他不应以色相等去作意那个相,也不应以特相去观察它。他应当像刹帝利王后护持转轮王胎、像农夫护持稻穗那样,以不放逸心来守护此相;如此守护之后,此相便能结出果实。显示巴利原文
Tassevaṃ nimittupaṭṭhānato pabhuti nīvaraṇāni vikkhambhitāneva honti kilesā sannisinnāva sati upaṭṭhitāyeva, cittaṃ samāhitameva. Idañhi dvīhākārehi cittaṃ samāhitaṃ nāma hohi – upacārabhūmiyaṃ vā nīvaraṇappahānena, paṭilābhabhūmiyaṃ vā aṅgapātubhāvena. Tattha ‘‘upacārabhūmī’’ti upacārasamādhi; ‘‘paṭilābhabhūmī’’ti appanāsamādhi. Tesaṃ kiṃ nānākaraṇaṃ? Upacārasamādhi kusalavīthiyaṃ javitvā bhavaṅgaṃ otarati, appanāsamādhi divasabhāge appetvā nisinnassa divasabhāgampi kusalavīthiyaṃ javati, na bhavaṅgaṃ otarati. Imesu dvīsu samādhīsu nimittapātubhāvena upacārasamādhinā samāhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti . Athānena taṃ nimittaṃ neva vaṇṇato manasikātabbaṃ, na lakkhaṇato paccavekkhitabbaṃ. Apica kho khattiyamahesiyā cakkavattigabbho viya kassakena sāliyavagabbho viya ca appamattena rakkhitabbaṃ; rakkhitaṃ hissa phaladaṃ hoti.
守护所得相者,便无退失;
若无守护,则所得屡屡失坏。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nimittaṃ rakkhato laddha, parihāni na vijjati; Ārakkhamhi asantamhi, laddhaṃ laddhaṃ vinassatī’’ti.
于此,守护的方便是:彼比丘应避开七种不适——住所、行境、谈话、人、食物、时节、威仪路,而运用此七种之适宜,并反复对该相作意。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ rakkhaṇūpāyo – tena bhikkhunā āvāso, gocaro, bhassaṃ, puggalo, bhojanaṃ, utu, iriyāpathoti imāni satta asappāyāni vajjetvā tāneva satta sappāyāni sevantena punappunaṃ taṃ nimittaṃ manasikātabbaṃ.
如此,通过修习适当的所缘,令相稳固、增长扩大之后,便应不舍此十种安止善巧而精勤修行:令依处清净、令诸根平衡具足、于相善巧、应策心时即策心、应抑心时即抑心、应悦心时即悦心、应舍心时即舍心、远离不得定之人、亲近得定之人、决意于此。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ sappāyasevanena nimittaṃ thiraṃ katvā vuḍḍhiṃ virūḷhiṃ gamayitvā vatthuvisadakiriyā, indriyasamattapaṭipādanatā, nimittakusalatā, yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ sapaggahetabba tasmiṃ samaye cittapaggaṇhanā, yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ niggahetabbaṃ tasmiṃ samaye cittaniggaṇhanā, yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ sampahaṃsetabbaṃ tasmiṃ samaye sampahaṃsetabbaṃ tasmiṃ samaye cittasampahaṃsanā, yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ ajjhupekkhitabbaṃ tasmiṃ samaye cittaajjhupekkhanā, asamāhitapuggalaparivajjanā, samāhitapuggalasevanā, tadadhimuttatāti imāni dasa appanākosallāni avijahantena yogo karaṇīyo.
他如此精勤而住时,现在将生起安止——截断有分之后,以相为所缘的意门转向生起。当此转向灭去,便执取同一所缘而生起四或五个速行心:其中第一为遍作,第二为近行,第三为随顺,第四为种姓,第五为安止心。或者说,第一既是遍作亦是近行,第二为随顺,第三为种姓,第四为安止心。唯第四或第五速行心进入安止,而非第六或第七,因为已近有分灭尽故。显示巴利原文
Tassevaṃ anuyuttassa viharato idāni appanā uppajjissatīti bhavaṅgaṃ vicchinditvā nimittārammaṇaṃ manodvārāvajjanaṃ uppajjati. Tasmiñca niruddhe tadevārammaṇaṃ gahetvā cattāri pañca vā javanāni, yesaṃ paṭhamaṃ parikammaṃ, dutiyaṃ upacāraṃ, tatiyaṃ anulomaṃ, catutthaṃ gotrabhu , pañcamaṃ appanācittaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ vā parikammañceva upacārañca, dutiyaṃ anulomaṃ, tatiyaṃ gotrabhu, catutthaṃ appanācittanti vuccati. Catutthameva hi pañcamaṃ vā appeti, na chaṭṭhaṃ sattamaṃ vā āsannabhavaṅgapātattā.
然而,阿毗达摩论师瞿达多长老曾说:‘由于习行缘,善法变得强有力,因此第六或第七速行心能进入安止。’此说在注释书中已被驳斥。于此,前分心为欲界,而安止心则为色界。如此,他舍弃了五支,具备了五支,成就了十种相,三种善具足,证得初禅。他于同一所缘上止息了寻等,达到第二、第三、第四禅。至此,以安住的方式,修行达到终点。这是此处的简要说明。若想详细了解,则应从《清净道论》中获知。显示巴利原文
Ābhidhammikagodattatthero panāha – ‘‘āsevanapaccayena kusalā dhammā balavanto honti; tasmā chaṭṭhaṃ sattamaṃ vā appetī’’ti. Taṃ aṭṭhakathāsu paṭikkhittaṃ. Tattha pubbabhāgacittāni kāmāvacarāni honti, appanācittaṃ pana rūpāvacaraṃ. Evamanena pañcaṅgavippahīnaṃ, pañcaṅgasamannāgataṃ, dasalakkhaṇasampannaṃ, tividhakalyāṇaṃ, paṭhamajjhānaṃ adhigataṃ hoti. So tasmiṃyevārammaṇe vitakkādayo vūpasametvā dutiyatatiyacatutthajjhānāni pāpuṇāti. Ettāvatā ca ṭhapanāvasena bhāvanāya pariyosānappatto hoti. Ayamettha saṅkhepakathā. Vitthāro pana icchantena visuddhimaggato gahetabbo.
这样证得第四禅的比丘,若希望以简择与回转的方式增长业处、达到清净,便先依转向、入定、决意、出定、观察这五种方式,令此禅达到自在与熟练。之后,他把握色与非色——即“以非色为先导的色,或以色为先导的非色”——并开始修观。如何修呢?他从禅那出定后,把握禅支,见到它们所依止的心所依处,以及依于心所依处的诸界,和这一切所依的整个业生身。然后他确定:“禅支是非色,所依等是色”,如此分别色与非色。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ pattacatutthajjhāno panettha bhikkhu sallakkhaṇāvivaṭṭanāvasena kammaṭṭhānaṃ vaḍḍhetvā pārisuddhiṃ pattukāmo tadeva jhānaṃ āvajjanasamāpajjanaadhiṭṭhānavuṭṭhānapaccavekkhaṇasaṅkhātehi pañcahākārehi vasippattaṃ paguṇaṃ katvā arūpapubbaṅgamaṃ vā rūpaṃ, rūpapubbaṅgamaṃ vā arūpanti rūpārūpaṃ pariggahetvā vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapeti. Kathaṃ? So hi jhānā vuṭṭhahitvā jhānaṅgāni pariggahetvā tesaṃ nissayaṃ hadayavatthuṃ taṃ nissayāni ca bhūtāni tesañca nissayaṃ sakalampi karajakāyaṃ passati. Tato ‘‘jhānaṅgāni arūpaṃ, vatthādīni rūpa’’nti rūpārūpaṃ vavatthapeti.
或者,他从等至出定后,于发等部分中,依地界等方式把握四界及依止于它们的色法。然后,他观察识:此识或以如所把握的色为所缘,或以如所把握的色为依处与门,并与相应法俱。之后他确定:“界等是色,与相应法俱的识是非色”。显示巴利原文
Atha vā samāpattito vuṭṭhahitvā kesādīsu koṭṭhāsesu pathavīdhātuādivasena cattāri bhūtāni taṃnissitarūpāni ca pariggahetvā yathāpariggahitarūpārammaṇaṃ yathāpariggahitarūpavatthudvārārammaṇaṃ vā sasampayuttadhammaṃ viññāṇañca passati. Tato ‘‘bhūtādīni rūpaṃ sasampayuttadhammaṃ viññāṇaṃ arūpa’’nti vavatthapeti.
或者,他从等至出定后,观察呼吸的集起:业生身与心。犹如铁匠的风箱被鼓动时,风依于皮囊、人及相应的努力而流动;同样地,呼吸依于身与心而生起。然后他确定:呼吸与身是色,心及与其相应的法是非色。显示巴利原文
Atha vā samāpattito vuṭṭhahitvā assāsapassāsānaṃ samudayo karajakāyo ca cittañcāti passati. Yathā hi kammāragaggariyā dhamamānāya bhastañca purisassa ca tajjaṃ vāyāmaṃ paṭicca vāto sañcarati; evameva kāyañca cittañca paṭicca assāsapassāsāti. Tato assāsapassāse ca kāyañca rūpaṃ, cittañca taṃsampayuttadhamme ca arūpanti vavatthapeti.
如此分别名色之后,他寻求它们的缘。在寻求并见到其缘后,他便超越了对三世名色流转的疑惑。度疑已,他以聚团观察的方式,将三相赋予诸行,在生灭随观的前分阶段,舍弃了光明等十种观之染,确定离随染者为道、非道,舍弃对生起的执取,转达坏灭随观。当一切诸行以怖畏相现前时,他依无间的坏灭随观,厌离、离染、解脱,次第证得四圣道,住立于阿罗汉果,达到十九种观察智的终极,成为天世间的最上应供者。至此,从数息开始,直到观修结束,他的入出息念定修习便告完成。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ nāmarūpaṃ vavatthapetvā tassa paccayaṃ pariyesati, pariyesanto ca taṃ disvā tīsupi addhāsu nāmarūpassa pavattiṃ ārabbha kaṅkhaṃ vitarati. Vitiṇṇakaṅkho kalāpasammasanavasena tilakkhaṇaṃ āropetvā udayabbayānupassanāya pubbabhāge uppanne obhāsādayo dasa vipassanupakkilese pahāya upakkilesavimuttaṃ paṭipadāñāṇaṃ ‘‘maggo’’ti vavatthapetvā udayaṃ pahāya bhaṅgānupassanaṃ patvā nirantaraṃ bhaṅgānupassanena bhayato upaṭṭhitesu sabbasaṅkhāresu nibbindanto virajjanto vimuccanto yathākkamaṃ cattāro ariyamagge pāpuṇitvā arahattaphale patiṭṭhāya ekūnavīsatibhedassa paccavekkhaṇañāṇassa pariyantappatto sadevakassa lokassa aggadakkhiṇeyyo hoti. Ettāvatā cassa gaṇanaṃ ādiṃ katvā vipassanāpariyosānā ānāpānassatisamādhibhāvanā ca samattā hotīti.
然而,在其余三个四法组中,由于并无单独的业处修习方法,因此它们的含义应依随句注释的方式而解。‘感受喜者’:即修习‘我将入息、出息,令喜被感受、被了知’。其中,喜以两种方式被感受:依所缘,以及依不痴。显示巴利原文
Itaresu pana tīsu catukkesu yasmā visuṃ kammaṭṭhānabhāvanānayo nāma natthi; tasmā anupadavaṇṇanānayeneva nesaṃ attho veditabbo. Pītippaṭisaṃvedīti pītiṃ paṭisaṃviditaṃ karonto pākaṭaṃ karonto assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhati. Tattha dvīhākārehi pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti – ārammaṇato ca asammohato ca.
如何依所缘而感受喜?他进入具有喜的两种禅那,于证得禅那的那一刹那,由获得禅那,喜即依所缘而被感受,因为所缘已被觉知。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ ārammaṇato pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti? Sappītike dve jhāne samāpajjati, tassa samāpattikkhaṇe jhānapaṭilābhena ārammaṇato pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti ārammaṇassa paṭisaṃviditattā.
如何是不痴而感受喜?他进入有喜的两种禅那,出定后,以坏灭、衰灭随观与禅那相应的喜;在他修观的刹那,由通达其相,不痴而感受喜。这已在《无碍解道》中说:显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ asammohato? Sappītike dve jhāne samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya jhānasampayuttakapītiṃ khayato vayato sammasati, tassa vipassanākkhaṇe lakkhaṇapaṭivedhena asammohato pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti. Vuttañhetaṃ paṭisambhidāyaṃ –
“以长入息而了知心一境性、不散乱者,念已现前。由彼念、彼智,则感受彼喜。以长出息……乃至……以短入息……以短出息……以觉知全身的入息……以觉知全身的出息……以平静身行的入息……以平静身行的出息而了知心一境性、不散乱者,念已现前。由彼念、彼智,则感受彼喜。当转向时,感受彼喜;当了知时……当观察时……当省察时……当决意于心时……当以信胜解时……当策励精进时……当现起念时……当令心等持时……当以慧了知时……当证知应证知时……当遍知应遍知时……当断除应断除时……当修习应修习时……当现证应现证时,感受彼喜。如是,彼喜被感受。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Dīghaṃ assāsavasena cittassa ekaggataṃ avikkhepaṃ pajānato sati upaṭṭhitā hoti. Tāya satiyā tena ñāṇena sā pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti. Dīghaṃ passāsavasena…pe… rassaṃ assāsavasena… rassaṃ passāsavasena… sabbakāyappaṭisaṃvedī assāsavasena… sabbakāyappaṭisaṃvedī passāsavasena… passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assāsavasena… passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ passāsavasena cittassa ekaggataṃ avikkhepaṃ pajānato sati upaṭṭhitā hoti, tāya satiyā tena ñāṇena sā pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti. Āvajjato sā pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti jānato… passato… paccavekkhato… cittaṃ adhiṭṭhahato… saddhāya adhimuccato… vīriyaṃ paggaṇhato… satiṃ upaṭṭhāpayato… cittaṃ samādahato… paññāya pajānato… abhiññeyyaṃ abhijānato… pariññeyyaṃ parijānato… pahātabbaṃ pajahato… bhāvetabbaṃ bhāvayato… sacchikātabbaṃ sacchikaroto sā pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti. Evaṃ sā pīti paṭisaṃviditā hotī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.172).
依此方法,其余各句也应从意义上理解。但这里仅有一些差别:应知依三种禅那而感受乐,依四种禅那而感受心行。所谓“心行”,是指受等二蕴。在此,于感受乐句中,为了显示观禅的所缘,《无碍解道》中说:“乐有两种——身乐与心乐”。“令心行轻安”的意思是:令粗重、粗重的心行轻安,令其止息。这应如身行中所说的方法详细了知。此外,在此“喜”句中,以喜为首而说受;“乐”句中,以自性而说受;在两个心行句中,根据“想与受这些心所法,系属于心,是心行”(《无碍解道》1.174;《中部注》1.463)的说法,是指与想相应的受。应知此四法组是依受随观的方法而说的。显示巴利原文
Eteneva nayena avasesapadānipi atthato veditabbāni. Idaṃ panettha visesamattaṃ. Tiṇṇaṃ jhānānaṃ vasena sukhapaṭisaṃveditā catunnampi vasena cittasaṅkhārapaṭisaṃveditā veditabbā. ‘‘Cittasaṅkhāro’’ti vedanādayo dve khandhā. Sukhappaṭisaṃvedipade cettha vipassanābhūmidassanatthaṃ ‘‘sukhanti dve sukhāni – kāyikañca sukhaṃ cetasikañcā’’ti paṭisambhidāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Passambhayaṃ cittasaṅkhāranti oḷārikaṃ oḷārikaṃ cittasaṅkhāraṃ passambhento, nirodhentoti attho. So vitthārato kāyasaṅkhāre vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Apicettha pītipade pītisīsena vedanā vuttā. Sukhapade sarūpeneva vedanā . Dvīsu cittasaṅkhārapadesu ‘‘saññā ca vedanā ca cetasikā ete dhammā cittapaṭibaddhā cittasaṅkhārā’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.174; ma. ni. 1.463) vacanato saññāsampayuttā vedanāti. Evaṃ vedanānupassanānayena idaṃ catukkaṃ bhāsitanti veditabbaṃ.
在第三与第四组中,亦应知依四种禅那而感受心。‘令心喜悦’是指:令心喜悦、欢喜、欢悦、极欢悦而学‘我将出息,我将入息’。于此,喜悦有两种方式——依止定与依止观。显示巴利原文
Tatiyacatukkepi catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ vasena cittapaṭisaṃveditā veditabbā. Abhippamodayaṃ cittanti cittaṃ modento pamodento hāsento pahāsento assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhati. Tattha dvīhākārehi abhippamodo hoti – samādhivasena ca vipassanāvasena ca.
如何依止定?他进入有喜的二种禅那,于入定刹那,以相应之喜令心喜悦、欢喜。如何依止观?进入有喜的二种禅那后出定,以灭尽、衰坏随观与禅那相应之喜;于观刹那,以与禅那相应之喜为所缘,令心喜悦、欢喜。如此行道者,即称为学‘令心喜悦,我将出息,我将入息’。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ samādhivasena? Sappītike dve jhāne samāpajjati, so samāpattikkhaṇe sampayuttāya pītiyā cittaṃ āmodeti pamodeti. Kathaṃ vipassanāvasena? Sappītike dve jhāne samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya jhānasampayuttakapītiṃ khayato vayato sammasati; evaṃ vipassanākkhaṇe jhānasampayuttakapītiṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā cittaṃ āmodeti pamodeti. Evaṃ paṭipanno ‘‘abhippamodayaṃ cittaṃ assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhatī’’ti vuccati.
‘令心等持’是指:依初禅等,将心等持、安住于所缘;或进入他们禅那后出定,以灭尽、衰坏随观与禅那相应之心,于观刹那,由通达诸相而生起刹那心一境性;依此所生起之刹那心一境性,亦将心等持、安住于所缘,即称为学‘令心等持,我将出息,我将入息’。显示巴利原文
Samādahaṃ cittanti paṭhamajjhānādivasena ārammaṇe cittaṃ samaṃ ādahanto samaṃ ṭhapento tāni vā pana jhānāni samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya jhānasampayuttakacittaṃ khayato vayato sammasato vipassanākkhaṇe lakkhaṇapaṭivedhena uppajjati khaṇikacittekaggatā; evaṃ uppannāya khaṇikacittekaggatāya vasenapi ārammaṇe cittaṃ samaṃ ādahanto samaṃ ṭhapento ‘‘samādahaṃ cittaṃ assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhatī’’ti vuccati.
“令心解脱”是指:以初禅那令心从诸盖中解脱、释放;以第二禅那令心从寻伺中;以第三禅那令心从喜中;以第四禅那令心从苦乐中解脱、释放。或者,进入他们禅那后出定,以观其坏灭、衰灭而观察与禅那相应之心。他在观照的刹那,以无常随观令心从常想中解脱、释放;以苦随观令心从乐想中;以无我随观令心从我想中;以厌离随观令心从欢喜中;以离欲随观令心从贪欲中;以灭尽随观令心从集起中;以舍遣随观令心从执取中解脱、释放,而出息、入息。因此说:‘学“令心解脱,我将出息、我将入息”’。应知此四法组是依心随观而说的。显示巴利原文
Vimocayaṃ cittanti paṭhamajjhānena nīvaraṇehi cittaṃ mocento vimocento, dutiyena vitakkavicārehi, tatiyena pītiyā, catutthena sukhadukkhehi cittaṃ mocento vimocento. Tāni vā pana jhānāni samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya jhānasampayuttakacittaṃ khayato vayato sammasati. So vipassanākkhaṇe aniccānupassanāya niccasaññāto cittaṃ mocento vimocento, dukkhānupassanāya sukhasaññāto, anattānupassanāya attasaññāto, nibbidānupassanāya nandito, virāgānupassanāya rāgato, nirodhānupassanāya samudayato, paṭinissaggānupassanāya ādānato cittaṃ mocento vimocento assasati ceva passasati ca. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘vimocayaṃ cittaṃ assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhatī’’ti. Evaṃ cittānupassanāvasena idaṃ catukkaṃ bhāsitanti veditabbaṃ.
在第四四法组中,“随观无常者”——在此,应当了知无常,了知无常性,了知无常随观,了知无常随观者。其中,“无常”即指五蕴。为什么呢?因为具有生起、变易和坏灭的性质。“无常性”是指那些五蕴的生起、变易与坏灭,或是已生起者不能保持同一状态,以刹那坏灭而毁坏。“无常随观”是指依此无常性,于色等诸法中观察为“无常”。“无常随观者”是指具足此随观者。因此,如是安住于出息、入息者,应知为‘学“作为无常随观者,我将出息、我将入息”’。显示巴利原文
Catutthacatukke pana aniccānupassīti ettha tāva aniccaṃ veditabbaṃ, aniccatā veditabbā, aniccānupassanā veditabbā , aniccānupassī veditabbo. Tattha ‘‘anicca’’nti pañcakkhandhā. Kasmā? Uppādavayaññathattabhāvā. ‘‘Aniccatā’’ti tesaññeva uppādavayaññathattaṃ hutvā abhāvo vā nibbattānaṃ tenevākārena aṭhatvā khaṇabhaṅgena bhedoti attho. ‘‘Aniccānupassanā’’ti tassā aniccatāya vasena rūpādīsu ‘‘anicca’’nti anupassanā; ‘‘aniccānupassī’’ti tāya anupassanāya samannāgato; tasmā evaṃ bhūto assasanto ca passasanto ca idha ‘‘aniccānupassī assasissāmi, passasissāmīti sikkhatī’’ti veditabbo.
“随观离欲者”——在此,有两种离欲:灭尽离欲与究竟离欲。其中,“灭尽离欲”是指诸行的刹那坏灭;“究竟离欲”是指涅槃。“离欲随观”是指以照见此二者为行相而现起的观与道。具足此两种随观而出息、入息者,应知为‘学“作为离欲随观者,我将出息、我将入息”’。至于“随观灭尽者”一句,同理可知。显示巴利原文
Virāgānupassīti ettha pana dve virāgā – khayavirāgo ca accantavirāgo ca. Tattha ‘‘khayavirāgo’’ti saṅkhārānaṃ khaṇabhaṅgo; ‘‘accantavirāgo’’ti nibbānaṃ; ‘‘virāgānupassanā’’ti tadubhayadassanavasena pavattā vipassanā ca maggo ca. Tāya duvidhāyapi anupassanāya samannāgato hutvā assasanto ca passasanto ca ‘‘virāgānupassī assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhatī’’ti veditabbo. Nirodhānupassīpadepi eseva nayo.
“随观舍遣者”——此处也有两种舍遣:舍弃舍遣与趣入舍遣。舍遣本身即是随观,故称舍遣随观;这是观与道的别名。观以彼分断的方式,连同蕴行一起舍断烦恼,又因见到有为的过患而投向其对立面的涅槃,因此称为舍弃舍遣与趣入舍遣。道以正断的方式,连同蕴行一起舍断烦恼,并以之为所缘而跃入涅槃,因此称为舍弃舍遣与趣入舍遣。然而,两者皆因随顺观照前前的种种智而名为随观。具足这两种舍遣随观而出息、入息者,应知为‘修习“作为舍遣随观者,我将出息、我将入息”’。如此修习者,便是以十六种方式修习。其余如前所述。显示巴利原文
Paṭinissaggānupassīti etthāpi dve paṭinissaggā – pariccāgapaṭinissaggo ca pakkhandanapaṭinissaggo ca. Paṭinissaggoyeva anupassanā paṭinissaggānupassanā; vipassanāmaggānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Vipassanā hi tadaṅgavasena saddhiṃ khandhābhisaṅkhārehi kilese pariccajati, saṅkhatadosadassanena ca tabbiparīte nibbāne tanninnatāya pakkhandatīti pariccāgapaṭinissaggo ceva pakkhandanapaṭinissaggo cāti vuccati. Maggo samucchedavasena saddhiṃ khandhābhisaṅkhārehi kilese pariccajati, ārammaṇakaraṇena ca nibbāne pakkhandatīti pariccāgapaṭinissaggo ceva pakkhandanapaṭinissago cāti vuccati. Ubhayampi pana purimapurimañāṇānaṃ anuanu passanato anupassanāti vuccati. Tāya duvidhāya paṭinissaggānupassanāya samannāgato hutvā assasanto ca passasanto ca paṭinisaggānupassī assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhatīti veditabbo. Evaṃ bhāvitoti evaṃ soḷasahi ākārehi bhāvito. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
167 167. 而在“那时,世尊”等开篇处,略义如下:世尊以入出息念定之论如此令比丘们安稳之后,那时,第三波罗夷制戒的因缘与事由——比丘们互相剥夺生命——已经发生。针对这一因缘、这一事由,世尊召集比丘僧团,询问、呵责之后,因其中自己夺走自己生命,以及通过鹿杖外道使人夺走生命的情况并非波罗夷事,故将其搁置,仅取构成波罗夷的互相剥夺生命一事,制定波罗夷,说:“若比丘故意夺取人命……”等等。然而,由于此处有圣者杂处其间,故不说“愚痴人”,而说“那些比丘”。显示巴利原文
167.Athakho bhagavātiādimhi pana ayaṃ saṅkhepattho. Evaṃ bhagavā ānāpānassatisamādhikathāya bhikkhū samassāsetvā atha yaṃ taṃ tatiyapārājikapaññattiyā nidānañceva pakaraṇañca uppannaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ aññamaññaṃ jīvitā voropanaṃ, etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātetvā paṭipucchitvā vigarahitvā ca yasmā tattha attanā attānaṃ jīvitā voropanaṃ migalaṇḍikena ca voropāpanaṃ pārājikavatthu na hoti; tasmā taṃ ṭhapetvā pārājikassa vatthubhūtaṃ aññamaññaṃ jīvitā voropanameva gahetvā pārājikaṃ paññapento ‘‘yo pana bhikkhu sañcicca manussaviggaha’’ntiādimāha. Ariyapuggalamissakattā panettha ‘‘moghapurisā’’ti avatvā ‘‘te bhikkhū’’ti vuttaṃ.
如此以根本断除的方式加以坚固确立,并在第三波罗夷制定之后,为了再行制戒,又发生了赞叹死亡、称说死亡的事缘。为阐明此事缘的由来,而说“此事由世尊这样……”等。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ mūlacchejjavasena daḷhaṃ katvā tatiyapārājike paññatte aparampi anupaññattatthāya maraṇavaṇṇasaṃvaṇṇanavatthu udapādi, tassuppattidīpanatthaṃ ‘‘evañcidaṃ bhagavatā’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
168 其中,“心被系缚”是指心被欲贪所系缚,即“染着、抱持期望”。“我们赞叹死亡、称扬死亡”的意思是:指出生命中的过患,从而赞叹死亡的功德,也就是展示其利益。“已作善”等词句的含义是——“你已作了善,即清净之业”,所以你即是“已作善者”。同样,“你已作了善巧、无过失之业”,因此你是“已作善巧者”。“你已作了怖畏救护”,是指在死亡来临之际,众生所生起的名为怖畏的恐惧,你已作从这种恐惧中救护、保护的业。“未作恶”,即你未作卑劣之业。“未作残酷”,即你未作残忍、暴虐、恶戒之业。“未作罪垢”,即你未作暴行以及贪等烦恼炽盛之业。为何这样说呢?因为一切种类的善,你都已经作了;而恶,你未曾作。因此我们对你说:“你为何要忍受这被病魔制伏的卑劣、罪恶、充满众苦的恶活呢?你的死亡比你的生命更好。”也就是说,你的死亡比你的生命更美好。为什么呢?因为从此处命终之后,你便成为已作善业者,命终、死去——这是词义。身坏之后,你将往生彼处。在那里,你将具足、拥有天界所生的五种欲功德,即可爱之色等五种欲的成分,从而享乐、相应、融合,游行、漫步或喜悦——这是词义。显示巴利原文
168. Tattha paṭibaddhacittāti chandarāgena paṭibaddhacittā; sārattā apekkhavantoti attho. Maraṇavaṇṇaṃ saṃvaṇṇemāti jīvite ādīnavaṃ dassetvā maraṇassa guṇaṃ vaṇṇema; ānisaṃsaṃ dassemāti. Katakalyāṇotiādīsu ayaṃ padattho – kalyāṇaṃ sucikammaṃ kataṃ tayāti tvaṃ kho asi katakalyāṇo. Tathā kusalaṃ anavajjakammaṃ kataṃ tayāti katakusalo. Maraṇakāle sampatte yā sattānaṃ uppajjati bhayasaṅkhātā bhīrutā, tato tāyanaṃ rakkhaṇakammaṃ kataṃ tayāti katabhīruttāṇo pāpaṃ. Lāmakakammaṃ akataṃ tayāti akatapāpo. Luddaṃ dāruṇaṃ dussīlyakammaṃ akataṃ tayāti akataluddo. Kibbisaṃ sāhasikakammaṃ lobhādikilesussadaṃ akataṃ tayāti akatakibbiso. Kasmā idaṃ vuccati? Yasmā sabbappakārampi kataṃ tayā kalyāṇaṃ, akataṃ tayā pāpaṃ; tena taṃ vadāma – ‘‘kiṃ tuyhaṃ iminā rogābhibhūtattā lāmakena pāpakena dukkhabahulattā dujjīvitena’’. Mataṃ te jīvitā seyyoti tava maraṇaṃ jīvitā sundarataraṃ. Kasmā? Yasmā ito tvaṃ kālaṅkato katakālo hutvā kālaṃ katvā maritvāti attho. Kāyassa bhedā…pe… upapajjissasi. Evaṃ upapanno ca tattha dibbehi devaloke uppannehi pañcahi kāmaguṇehi manāpiyarūpādikehi pañcahi vatthukāmakoṭṭhāsehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricarissasi sampayutto samodhānagato hutvā ito cito ca carissasi, vicarissasi abhiramissasi vāti attho.
169 “不适宜的”是指无益、不利增长,能迅速导致生命灭尽的事物。显示巴利原文
169.Asappāyānīti ahitāni avuḍḍhikarāni yāni khippameva jīvitakkhayaṃ pāpenti.
词句解析注释显示巴利原文
Padabhājanīyavaṇṇanā
172 “故意地”——这是对论母中“故意夺取人命”一句里的“故意”一词所作的摘出。其中,“sañcicca”是一个带有前缀“saṃ”的词语,与表示努力的语词同义;其义为“思虑之后、善加思虑之后”。然而,因为故意夺取者是知道、明觉的,而且他的夺取是思虑之后、超越之后而违犯的,因此,不依字面,唯显其义,便对它作了这样的词句分别:“知道、明觉、思虑之后、超越之后而违犯”。其中,“知道”是指知道“这是有情”。“明觉”是指明觉“我夺取生命”;因此,其义为既知此有情,即如此了知。“思虑之后”是指以杀心的思,思虑、策划之后。“超越之后”是指以努力的方式,压制并发出无怀疑之心以后。“违犯”是指这样生起者的违犯,这便是“故意”一词的究竟义——如此说。显示巴利原文
172.Sañciccāti ayaṃ ‘‘sañcicca manussaviggaha’’nti mātikāya vuttassa sañciccapadassa uddhāro. Tattha santi upasaggo, tena saddhiṃ ussukkavacanametaṃ sañciccāti ; tassa sañcetetvā suṭṭhu cetetvāti attho. Yasmā pana yo sañcicca voropeti, so jānanto sañjānanto hoti, tañcassa voropanaṃ cecca abhivitaritvā vītikkamo hoti. Tasmā byañjane ādaraṃ akatvā atthameva dassetuṃ ‘‘jānanto sañjānanto cecca abhivitaritvā vītikkamo’’ti evamassa padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha jānantoti ‘‘pāṇo’’ti jānanto. Sañjānantoti ‘‘jīvitā voropemī’’ti sañjānanto; teneva pāṇajānanākārena saddhiṃ jānantoti attho. Ceccāti vadhakacetanāvasena cetetvā pakappetvā. Abhivitaritvāti upakkamavasena maddanto nirāsaṅkacittaṃ pesetvā. Vītikkamoti evaṃ pavattassa yo vītikkamo ayaṃ sañciccasaddassa sikhāppatto atthoti vuttaṃ hoti.
为从最初显示“夺取人命”中所说的“人之自体”,而开示“人之自体者”等。其中,为显示一切极微细的自体,从胎生者的角度,说“在母胎中”。第一心,指结生心。已生起,指已产生。第一识显现,是它的同义词。在此,以“母胎中第一心”一语,也显示了整个五蕴的结生。因此,那第一心、与之相应的三个非色蕴,以及与之俱生的羯罗蓝,这便是最初的人之自体。其中,男女的羯罗蓝,由身十法、心所依十法而有三十种色;非男非女的羯罗蓝,由身十法、心所依十法而有二十种色。其中,男女的羯罗蓝,犹如用一根丝线从生酥中挑起的一滴油滴那般大小,清澈、明净。这在注释书中说——显示巴利原文
Idāni ‘‘manussaviggahaṃ jīvitā voropeyyā’’ti ettha vuttaṃ manussattabhāvaṃ ādito paṭṭhāya dassetuṃ ‘‘manussaviggaho nāmā’’tiādimāha. Tattha gabbhaseyyakānaṃ vasena sabbasukhumaattabhāvadassanatthaṃ ‘‘yaṃ mātukucchismi’’nti vuttaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ cittanti paṭisandhicittaṃ. Uppannanti jātaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ viññāṇaṃ pātubhūtanti idaṃ tasseva vevacanaṃ. ‘‘Mātukucchismiṃ paṭhamaṃ citta’’nti vacanena cettha sakalāpi pañcavokārapaṭisandhi dassitā hoti. Tasmā tañca paṭhamaṃ cittaṃ taṃsampayuttā ca tayo arūpakkhandhā tena saha nibbattañca kalalarūpanti ayaṃ sabbapaṭhamo manussaviggaho. Tattha ‘‘kalalarūpa’’nti itthipurisānaṃ kāyavatthubhāvadasakavasena samatiṃsa rūpāni, napuṃsakānaṃ kāyavatthudasakavasena vīsati. Tattha itthipurisānaṃ kalalarūpaṃ jātiuṇṇāya ekena aṃsunā uddhaṭatelabindumattaṃ hoti acchaṃ vippasannaṃ. Vuttañcetaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ –
犹如芝麻油之滴,纯净的熟酥,无有浊染;
如是色泽、如此相貌,即名为羯罗蓝。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tilatelassa yathā bindu, sappimaṇḍo anāvilo; Evaṃvaṇṇappaṭibhāgaṃ kalalanti pavuccatī’’ti. (vibha. aṭṭha. 26 pakiṇṇakakathā; saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.235);
以如此微细的所依为始,对于通常寿命百岁的有情,从初生直至命终,其间渐次增长的自体,便称为人之自体。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ parittakaṃ vatthuṃ ādiṃ katvā pakatiyā vīsavassasatāyukassa sattassa yāva maraṇakālā etthantare anupubbena vuḍḍhippatto attabhāvo eso manussaviggaho nāma.
“夺取生命”,是指即使在羯罗蓝阶段,以灼烧、按压等方式,或以施药等方式,或在此后以相应的加行,令其与生命分离。然而,由于夺取生命本质上即是切断命根,因此在对这个词的分解解说中说:“切断命根、阻碍、破坏相续”。其中,“切断命根、阻碍”是指切断、阻碍命根的相续连接;而“破坏相续”一语正开显了此义,所谓“破坏”即是分离。显示巴利原文
Jīvitāvoropeyyāti kalalakālepi tāpanamaddanehi vā bhesajjasampadānena vā tato vā uddhampi tadanurūpena upakkamena jīvitā viyojeyyāti attho. Yasmā pana jīvitā voropanaṃ nāma atthato jīvitindriyupacchedanameva hoti, tasmā etassa padabhājane ‘‘jīvitindriyaṃ upacchindati uparodheti santatiṃ vikopetī’’ti vuttaṃ. Tattha jīvitindriyassa paveṇighaṭanaṃ upacchindanto uparodhento ca ‘‘jīvitindriyaṃ upacchindati uparodhetī’’ti vuccati. Svāyamattho ‘‘santatiṃ vikopetī’’tipadena dassito. Vikopetīti viyojeti.
此处,命根有两种:色命根与非色命根。其中,对非色命根无法施加加行,故不能予以剥夺;而对色命根则可以施加加行,能予以剥夺。然而,在剥夺色命根时,非色命根也一并被剥夺,因为非色命根正是与色命根一同灭尽,其存在依赖于色命根。那么,在剥夺时,是剥夺过去的、未来的、还是现在的呢?既不是过去的,也不是未来的。因为在过去与未来两者中,一个已经灭去,一个尚未生起,二者皆不存在;由于不存在,便不可施加加行;由于不可施加加行,故连一个也无法剥夺。对此亦有言:显示巴利原文
Tattha duvidhaṃ jīvitindriyaṃ – rūpajīvitindriyaṃ, arūpajīvitindriyañca. Tesu arūpajīvitindriye upakkamo natthi, taṃ voropetuṃ na sakkā. Rūpajīvitindriye pana atthi, taṃ voropetuṃ sakkā. Taṃ pana voropento arūpajīvitindriyampi voropeti. Teneva hi saddhiṃ taṃ nirujjhati tadāyattavuttito. Taṃ pana voropento kiṃ atītaṃ voropeti, anāgataṃ, paccuppannanti? Neva atītaṃ, na anāgataṃ, tesu hi ekaṃ niruddhaṃ ekaṃ anuppannanti ubhapampi asantaṃ, asantattā upakkamo natthi, upakkamassa natthitāya ekampi voropetuṃ na sakkā. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
于过去的心识刹那,曾活命,非现在活命,非将来活命。于未来的心识刹那,将活命,非过去活命,非现在活命。于现在的心识刹那,正活命,非过去活命,非将来活命。(《大义释》10)显示巴利原文
‘‘Atīte cittakkhaṇe jīvittha, na jīvati; na jīvissati. Anāgate cittakkhaṇe jīvissati, na jīvittha; na jīvati. Paccuppanne cittakkhaṇe jīvati, na jīvittha; na jīvissatī’’ti (mahāni. 10).
因此,于活命之处,加害方为合理,故是剥夺现在的命根。显示巴利原文
Tasmā yattha jīvati tattha upakkamo yuttoti paccuppannaṃ voropeti.
所谓“现在”,有三种:刹那现在、相续现在、一期现在。其中,“刹那现在”指具足生、老、坏灭者,此无法被剥夺。何以故?因其自行灭去故。“相续现在”指以同类相续的方式流转大约七八个速行心路的时间而灭者;或指从热处来,进入内室坐下后,直至黑暗生起;或从冷处来,在内室坐下后,直至不同的季节显现而前一个季节尚未止息,在此期间称为“相续现在”。从结生开始,直至死亡,此称为“一期现在”。后两种现在皆可被剥夺。如何剥夺?当对色命根施加加害时,新得加害的命根于灭去之际,成为力量微薄、速度减退的相续之缘。由此,相续现在或一期现在未至预定之时,便中途灭去。如此,后两种现在皆可被剥夺,故正是就此而说“破坏相续”,应当如此了知。显示巴利原文
Paccuppannañca nāmetaṃ khaṇapaccuppannaṃ, santatipaccuppannaṃ, addhāpaccuppannanti tividhaṃ. Tattha ‘‘khaṇapaccuppannaṃ’’ nāma uppādajarābhaṅgasamaṅgi, taṃ voropetuṃ na sakkā. Kasmā? Sayameva nirujjhanato. ‘‘Santatipaccuppannaṃ’’ nāma sattaṭṭhajavanavāramattaṃ sabhāgasantativasena pavattitvā nirujjhanakaṃ, yāva vā uṇhato āgantvā ovarakaṃ pavisitvā nisinnassa andhakāraṃ hoti, sītato vā āgantvā ovarake nisinnassa yāva visabhāgautupātubhāvena purimako utu nappaṭippassambhati, etthantare ‘‘santatipaccuppanna’’nti vuccati . Paṭisandhito pana yāva cuti, etaṃ ‘‘addhāpaccuppannaṃ’’ nāma. Tadubhayampi voropetuṃ sakkā. Kathaṃ? Tasmiñhi upakkame kate laddhupakkamaṃ jīvitanavakaṃ nirujjhamānaṃ dubbalassa parihīnavegassa santānassa paccayo hoti. Tato santatipaccuppannaṃ vā addhāpaccuppannaṃ vā yathāparicchinnaṃ kālaṃ apatvā antarāva nirujjhati . Evaṃ tadubhayampi voropetuṃ sakkā, tasmā tadeva sandhāya ‘‘santatiṃ vikopetī’’ti idaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
为了阐明此义,应当了知“命”、“杀生”、“杀生者”和“杀生的加行”。其中,“命”从世俗言说上指有情,从胜义上则指命根。因为当伤害命根时,即说“杀命”,这命根便是如前所述的那种。“杀生”是指以某一思心所发起断除命根的加行,该杀害的思心所即称为“杀生”。“杀生者”应当理解为具足所述思心所的人。“杀生的加行”指杀生的六种加行:亲手、教令、投掷、固定、咒术所成、神通所成。显示巴利原文
Imassa panatthassa āvibhāvatthaṃ pāṇo veditabbo, pāṇātipāto veditabbo, pāṇātipāti veditabbo, pāṇātipātassa payogo veditabbo. Tattha ‘‘pāṇo’’ti vohārato satto, paramatthato jīvitindriyaṃ. Jīvitindriyañhi atipātento ‘‘pāṇaṃ atipātetī’’ti vuccati taṃ vuttappakārameva. ‘‘Pāṇātipāto’’ti yāya cetanāya jīvitindriyupacchedakaṃ payogaṃ samuṭṭhāpeti, sā vadhakacetanā ‘‘pāṇātipāto’’ti vuccati. ‘‘Pāṇātipātī’’ti vuttacetanāsamaṅgi puggalo daṭṭhabbo. ‘‘Pāṇātipātassa payogo’’ti pāṇātipātassa chapayogā – sāhatthiko, āṇattiko, nissaggiyo, thāvaro, vijjāmayo, iddhimayoti.
其中,“亲手”指亲自杀者以身体或以身体所系之物进行打击。“教令”指命令他人者说:“像这样刺或像这样打,将他杀死”的命令。“投掷”指对于远处站立者生起杀害之心,以身或身所系之物投出箭、刀、网、石等。“固定”指想以不移动的器具杀害,而设置陷阱、靠壁、放置药物等。这四种将在后面的圣典注释中详细阐明。显示巴利原文
Tattha ‘‘sāhatthiko’’ti sayaṃ mārentassa kāyena vā kāyappaṭibaddhena vā paharaṇaṃ. ‘‘Āṇattiko’’ti aññaṃ āṇāpentassa ‘‘evaṃ vijjhitvā vā paharitvā vā mārehī’’ti āṇāpanaṃ. ‘‘Nissaggiyo’’ti dūre ṭhitaṃ māretukāmassa kāyena vā kāyappaṭibaddhena vā ususattiyantapāsāṇādīnaṃ nissajjanaṃ. ‘‘Thāvaro’’ti asañcārimena upakaraṇena māretukāmassa opātaapassenaupanikkhipanaṃ bhesajjasaṃvidhānaṃ. Te cattāropi parato pāḷivaṇṇanāyameva vitthārato āvibhavissanti.
咒术所成与神通所成在圣典中并未出现,应当如此了知。简言之,为了杀害而念诵咒术,即是咒术所成的加行。在注释书中则说:“什么是咒术所成的加行?阿闼婆术士运用阿闼婆咒术;当城市被围困或战斗现前时,对于敌方、敌军中的敌人,他们令灾难生起,令祸害生起,令疾病生起,令热病生起;他们制造绞痛,制造霍乱,制造痢疾。阿闼婆术士如此运用阿闼婆咒术。持明者转动咒术后,当城市被围困时……乃至……制造痢疾。”如此展示了咒术所成的加行之后,还说了许多被阿闼婆术士和持明者所杀的事例,那些又有何用呢!此处其特相为:为了杀害而念诵咒术,即是咒术所成的加行。显示巴利原文
Vijjāmayaiddhimayā pana pāḷiyaṃ anāgatā. Te evaṃ veditabbā. Saṅkhepato hi māraṇatthaṃ vijjāparijappanaṃ vijjāmayo payogo. Aṭṭhakathāsu pana ‘‘katamo vijjāmayo payogo? Āthabbaṇikā āthabbaṇaṃ payojenti; nagare vā ruddhe saṅgāme vā paccupaṭṭhite paṭisenāya paccatthikesu paccāmittesu ītiṃ uppādenti, upaddavaṃ uppādenti, rogaṃ uppādenti, pajjarakaṃ uppādenti, sūcikaṃ karonti, visūcikaṃ karonti, pakkhandiyaṃ karonti. Evaṃ āthabbaṇikā āthabbaṇaṃ payojenti. Vijjādhārā vijjaṃ parivattetvā nagare vā ruddhe…pe… pakkhandiyaṃ karontī’’ti evaṃ vijjāmayaṃ payogaṃ dassetvā āthabbaṇikehi ca vijjādharehi ca māritānaṃ bahūni vatthūni vuttāni, kiṃ tehi! Idañhettha lakkhaṇaṃ māraṇāya vijjāparijappanaṃ vijjāmayo payogoti.
依业报所生神通而起的加行,即是神通所成加行。所谓业报所生神通,种类繁多:有龙之神通、金翅鸟之神通、夜叉之神通、天之神通、国王之神通等。其中,龙之神通应知为:龙以见、咬、触的方式,伤害所见、所咬、所触者。金翅鸟之神通应知为:从大海中抓起二三百寻长的龙。夜叉神通应见为:夜叉来时不现、打时不现,但被其打击的有情即于该处死去。天神通应知为:毘沙门天王在证得须陀洹之前,以眼武器注视鸠槃荼而令其死,以及其他诸天各自的神通威力。王神通应见为:转轮王及其随从于虚空飞行等,阿育王在上下各一由旬内行使命令等,以及父王狮子国国王以牙击打令小须摩那居士死去。显示巴利原文
Kammavipākajāya iddhiyā payojanaṃ iddhimayo payogo. Kammavipākajiddhi ca nāmesā nāgānaṃ nāgiddhi, supaṇṇānaṃ supaṇṇiddhi, yakkhānaṃ yakkhiddhi, devānaṃ deviddhi, rājūnaṃ rājiddhīti bahuvidhā. Tattha diṭṭhadaṭṭhaphuṭṭhavisānaṃ nāgānaṃ disvā ḍaṃsitvā phusitvā ca parūpaghātakaraṇe ‘‘nāgiddhi’’ veditabbā. Supaṇṇānaṃ mahāsamuddato dvattibyāmasatappamāṇanāguddharaṇe ‘‘supaṇṇiddhi’’ veditabbā. Yakkhā pana neva āgacchantā na paharantā dissanti, tehi pahaṭasattā pana tasmiṃyeva ṭhāne maranti, tatra tesaṃ ‘‘yakkhiddhi’’ daṭṭhabbā. Vessavaṇassa sotāpannakālato pubbe nayanāvudhena olokitakumbhaṇḍānaṃ maraṇe aññesañca devānaṃ yathāsakaṃ iddhānubhāve ‘‘deviddhi’’ veditabbā. Rañño cakkavattissa saparisassa ākāsagamanādīsu, asokassa heṭṭhā upari ca yojane āṇāpavattanādīsu, piturañño ca sīhaḷanarindassa dāṭhākoṭanena cūḷasumanakuṭumbiyassamaraṇe ‘‘rājiddhi’’ daṭṭhabbāti.
然而,有人引用了这样的经文:“再者,比丘们,具足神通、心得自在的沙门或婆罗门,若以邪恶之心对他人胎中之儿如此作意:‘啊,愿此胎中之儿不得安稳出生。’比丘们,如此也是对家族的伤害”,从而认为修习所成的神通也能作伤害他人之行为;并且认为,伴随伤害他人之行为,神通也会毁灭,如同水罐被燃烧的房屋包围定会破裂一般。这只是他们的一厢情愿。原因何在?因为这并不符合善、受、寻、小等论典中的分类。如何不符?此修习所成的神通,在善三法中,既是善也是无记,而杀生是不善;在受三法中,神通与不苦不乐受相应,杀生则与苦受相应;在寻三法中,神通无寻无伺,杀生则有寻有伺;在小三法中,神通是广大法,杀生是小法。显示巴利原文
Keci pana ‘‘puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā iddhimā cetovasippatto aññissā kucchigataṃ gabbhaṃ pāpakena manasāanupekkhitā hoti ‘aho vatāyaṃ kucchigato gabbho na sotthinā abhinikkhameyyā’ti. Evampi bhikkhave kulumbassa upaghāto hotī’’ti ādikāni suttāni dassetvā bhāvanāmayiddhiyāpi parūpaghātakammaṃ vadanti; saha parūpaghātakaraṇena ca ādittagharūparikhittassa udakaghaṭassa bhedanamiva iddhivināsañca icchanti; taṃ tesaṃ icchāmattameva. Kasmā? Yasmā kusalavedanāvitakkaparittattikehi na sameti. Kathaṃ? Ayañhi bhāvanāmayiddhi nāma kusalattike kusalā ceva abyākatā ca, pāṇātipāto akusalo. Vedanāttike adukkhamasukhasampayuttā pāṇātipāto dukkhasampayutto. Vitakkattike avitakkāvicārā, pāṇātipāto savitakkasavicāro. Parittattike mahaggatā, pāṇātipāto parittoti.
“或为他寻找取命者”:此处,“取”者即夺取。夺取什么?生命。或者,应被夺取者称为“取命者”,意为应被安置(即应被杀害)。“取命者”既是武器也是夺取者。“他”指人的个体。“寻找”意为若能得到便那样做,即应加以安置(杀害)。由此显示固定的运用方式。否则,仅仅寻找便构成巴拉基咖,那是不合理的。然而,在巴利文中,并非取全部文句,只是为了显示其中包含了固定方式运用的武器,而作了“剑……乃至……绳”等的词语解释。显示巴利原文
Satthahārakaṃ vāssa pariyeseyyāti ettha haratīti hārakaṃ. Kiṃ harati? Jīvitaṃ. Atha vā haritabbanti hārakaṃ; upanikkhipitabbanti attho. Satthañca taṃ hārakañcāti satthahārakaṃ. Assāti manussaviggahassa. Pariyeseyyāti yathā labhati tathā kareyya; upanikkhipeyyāti attho. Etena thāvarappayogaṃ dasseti. Itarathā hi pariyiṭṭhamatteneva pārājiko bhaveyya; na cetaṃ yuttaṃ. Pāḷiyaṃ pana sabbaṃ byañjanaṃ anādiyitvā yaṃ ettha thāvarappayogasaṅgahitaṃ satthaṃ, tadeva dassetuṃ ‘‘asiṃ vā…pe… rajjuṃ vā’’ti padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ.
其中,“武器”应知为除已说之外,任何有刃之物。棍、石、毒、绳等,因其能毁坏生命,应知属于武器。“或赞叹死亡”:此处,以“你以此罪恶、恶劣的生活有何用?你不能享用殊胜的食物”等方式显示生命的过患,以及以“你是优婆塞,已作善业……你未作恶业,死亡对你比活着更好,你从此命终后,将为天女所围绕,在欢喜园中享乐而住”等方式称赞死亡,都是赞叹死亡。因此,解释分为两种:显示生命的过患,称赞死亡。显示巴利原文
Tattha satthanti vuttāvasesaṃ yaṃkiñci samukhaṃ veditabbaṃ. Laguḷapāsāṇavisarajjūnañca jīvitavināsanabhāvato satthasaṅgaho veditabbo. Maraṇavaṇṇaṃvāti ettha yasmā ‘‘kiṃ tuyhiminā pāpakena dujjīvitena, yo tvaṃ na labhasi paṇītāni bhojanāni bhuñjitu’’ntiādinā nayena jīvite ādīnavaṃ dassentopi ‘‘tvaṃ khosi upāsaka katakalyāṇo…pe… akataṃ tayā pāpaṃ, mataṃ te jīvitā seyyo, ito tvaṃ kālaṅkato paricarissasi accharāparivuto nandanavane sukhappatto viharissasī’’tiādinā nayena maraṇe vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇantopi maraṇavaṇṇameva saṃvaṇṇeti. Tasmā dvidhā bhinditvā padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘‘jīvite ādīnavaṃ dasseti, maraṇe vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇatī’’ti.
“或劝令死”:意为令其执取导致死亡的方法。在“取武器来”等语句中,即使未说“堕入坑穴、地狱或悬崖”等,由于后文已揭示其理,应知在意义上已说。因为不可能将一切以具体形式一一说出。显示巴利原文
Maraṇāya vā samādapeyyāti maraṇatthāya upāyaṃ gāhāpeyya. Satthaṃ vā āharāti ādīsu ca yampi na vuttaṃ ‘‘sobbhe vā narake vā papāte vā papatā’’tiādi, taṃ sabbaṃ parato vuttanayattā atthato vuttamevāti veditabbaṃ. Na hi sakkā sabbaṃ sarūpeneva vattuṃ.
“如是心、如是意”:即“如是之心、如是之意”,指“死亡对你比活着更好”这一句中所说的死亡之心、死亡之意。然而,此处“意”是为了阐明“心”一词的意义而说,但就意义而言,这两者实为同一,因此为显示其义无别,而说“所谓心即是意,所谓意即是心”。即使抽去“如是”一词,意义也尚未阐明。在“心之思惟”这一表达中,应依上下文引入“如是”一词。应知此虽未说为“如是心之思惟”,但依上下文即已表明。同样地,为显示其意义,而说“有死亡想”等。又因此处“思惟”并非“寻”的名称,而仅是“安排”的异名。而此“安排”在此义中,为想、思、意图所包含。因此,应见其义为:心以种种方式进行思惟,故为“心之思惟”。同样地,其词语解释也是依想、思、意图而说。此处,“意图”应知为寻。显示巴利原文
Iticittamanoti iticitto itimano; ‘‘mataṃ te jīvitā seyyo’’ti ettha vuttamaraṇacitto maraṇamanoti attho. Yasmā panettha mano cittasaddassa atthadīpanatthaṃ vutto, atthato panetaṃ ubhayampi ekameva, tasmā tassa atthato abhedaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘yaṃ cittaṃ taṃ mano, yaṃ mano taṃ citta’’nti vuttaṃ. Itisaddaṃ pana uddharitvāpi na tāva attho vutto. Cittasaṅkappoti imasmiṃ pade adhikāravasena itisaddo āharitabbo. Idañhi ‘‘iticittasaṅkappo’’ti evaṃ avuttampi adhikārato vuttameva hotīti veditabbaṃ. Tathā hissa tamevaatthaṃ dassento ‘‘maraṇasaññī’’tiādimāha. Yasmā cettha ‘‘saṅkappo’’ti nayidaṃ vitakkassa nāmaṃ. Atha kho saṃvidahanamattassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tañca saṃvidahanaṃ imasmiṃ atthe saññācetanādhippāyehi saṅgahaṃ gacchati. Tasmā citto nānappakārako saṅkappo assāti cittasaṅkappoti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Tathā hissa padabhājanampi saññācetanādhippāyavasena vuttaṃ. Ettha ca ‘‘adhippāyo’’ti vitakko veditabbo.
“以种种方式”:即以或大或小的种种方便。其中,于赞叹死亡,应知:以显示生命过患为小方便,以称赞死亡为大方便。于劝令死,应知:以握拳、以膝击地等劝死为大方便,如于共食者指甲中投毒等劝死为小方便。显示巴利原文
Uccāvacehi ākārehīti mahantāmahantehi upāyehi. Tattha maraṇavaṇṇasaṃvaṇṇane tāva jīvite ādīnavadassanavasena avacākāratā maraṇe vaṇṇabhaṇanavasena uccākāratā veditabbā. Samādapane pana muṭṭhijāṇunipphoṭanādīhi maraṇasamādapanavasena uccākāratā, ekato bhuñjantassa nakhe visaṃ pakkhipitvā maraṇādisamādapanavasena avacākāratā veditabbā.
“坑穴、地狱或悬崖”:此处,坑穴指四周陡峭、深邃的坑洞。地狱指各处地面裂开而自然形成的大裂缝,大象也会坠入其中,盗贼也隐藏其中。悬崖指在山间或陆地间,一侧陡峭断绝之处。依前者:指依止于行淫法、取不与物而犯波罗夷的人。其余如前所述,其理及意义明显,故已清楚。显示巴利原文
Sobbhe vā narake vā papāte vāti ettha sobbho nāma samantato chinnataṭo gambhīro āvāṭo. Narako nāma tattha tattha phalantiyā bhūmiyā sayameva nibbattā mahādarī, yattha hatthīpi patanti, corāpi nilīnā tiṭṭhanti. Papātoti pabbatantare vā thalantare vā ekato chinno hoti. Purime upādāyāti methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitvā adinnañca ādiyitvā pārājikaṃ āpattiṃ āpanne puggale upādāya. Sesaṃ pubbe vuttanayattā uttānatthattā ca pākaṭamevāti.
174 174. 如此,将已诵出的学处按顺序分别解释之后,现在,由于在下方的词语解释中,仅简要地显示了人的波罗夷,而未详细举出罪过以确立论母。在简要显示的意义中,比丘们不能以一切方式通达其方法,且未来恶人也有可乘之机,因此,为了让比丘们以一切方式通达方法,并为了遮止未来恶人的可乘之机,再次以“自己决意”等方式确立论母,详细显示人的波罗夷,而说“自己杀”等。显示巴利原文
174. Evaṃ uddiṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ padānukkamena vibhajitvā idāni yasmā heṭṭhā padabhājanīyamhi saṅkhepeneva manussaviggahapārājikaṃ dassitaṃ, na vitthārena āpattiṃ āropetvā tanti ṭhapitā. Saṅkhepadassite ca atthe na sabbākāreneva bhikkhū nayaṃ gahetuṃ sakkonti, anāgate ca pāpapuggalānampi okāso hoti, tasmā bhikkhūnañca sabbākārena nayaggahaṇatthaṃ anāgate ca pāpapuggalānaṃ okāsapaṭibāhanatthaṃ puna ‘‘sāmaṃ adhiṭṭhāyā’’tiādinā nayena mātikaṃ ṭhapetvā vitthārato manussaviggahapārājikaṃ dassento ‘‘sāmanti sayaṃ hanatī’’tiādimāha.
此处,附带难词注释的判别如下──所谓“以身”,是指用手、脚、拳、膝等任何大小肢体。“以身所系物”,是指未脱离身体的刀剑等武器。“以投掷物”,是指脱离身体及身所系物而投掷的箭、矛等。至此,亲手杀与投掷杀两种加行已说明。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ anuttānapadavaṇṇanāya saddhiṃ vinicchayakathā – kāyenāti hatthena vā pādena vā muṭṭhinā vā jāṇunā vā yena kenaci aṅgapaccaṅgena. Kāyapaṭibaddhenāti kāyato amocitena asiādinā paharaṇena. Nissaggiyenāti kāyato ca kāyapaṭibaddhato ca mocitena ususattiādinā. Ettāvatā sāhatthiko ca nissaggiyo cāti dve payogā vuttā honti.
其中,每一种又依是否指定目标而分为两种。若为指定杀,对指定的对象加害,即以其死亡而结罪。若未指定,心想“无论谁死都可以”,则因加害的因缘,随任何人的死亡而结罪。再者,无论何种情况,若加害当时即死,或后来因同一伤病而死,都于加害当时结罪。若以杀意施以打击,而对方未死,后又转以其他心态施以打击,若其因第一击而死,则于当时结罪;若因第二击而死,则不构成杀生。若因前后两击而死,也唯以第一击结罪。若两击均未致死,则无杀生。此理同样适用于众人对一人施以打击的情形,唯以导致其死亡的那一击而结罪。显示巴利原文
Tattha ekameko uddissānuddissabhedato duvidho. Tattha uddesike yaṃ uddissa paharati, tasseva maraṇena kammunā bajjhati. ‘‘Yo koci maratū’’ti evaṃ anuddesike pahārappaccayā yassa kassaci maraṇena kammunā bajjhati. Ubhayathāpi ca paharitamatte vā maratu pacchā vā teneva rogena, paharitamatteyeva kammunā bajjhati. Maraṇādhippāyena ca pahāraṃ datvā tena amatassa puna aññacittena pahāre dinne pacchāpi yadi paṭhamappahāreneva marati, tadā eva kammunā baddho. Atha dutiyappahārena marati, natthi pāṇātipāto. Ubhayehi matepi paṭhamappahāreneva kammunā baddho. Ubhayehi amate nevatthi pāṇātipāto. Esa nayo bahūhipi ekassa pahāre dinne. Tatrāpi hi yassa pahārena marati, tasseva kammunā baddho hotīti.
又,为明了业与犯的差别,于此应知“羊喻四例”。即:有人认定一只羊卧于一处,心想“夜间来杀它”。而羊卧之处,其母、或其父、或阿罗汉披着黄褐色衣卧于彼处。彼于夜间来,想“我杀羊”而杀母、或杀父、或杀阿罗汉。因有“我杀此物”之思,故为杀者,且触无间业,并犯波罗夷。若有其他外来者卧于彼处,彼想“我杀羊”而杀之,则为杀者,犯波罗夷,但不触无间业。若有夜叉或饿鬼卧于彼处,彼想“我杀羊”而杀之,唯是杀者,不触无间业,亦不犯波罗夷,然成偷兰遮。若别无他人卧于彼处,唯是羊,彼杀之,则为杀者,犯波逸提。若想“我杀母、父、阿罗汉中之一位”,而确实杀了其中一位,则为杀者,触无间业,犯波罗夷。若想“我将杀其中一位”,而杀了其他外来者,或杀夜叉、或杀饿鬼、或杀羊,应依前说之理了知。然此处之思惟极为粗重。显示巴利原文
Kammāpattibyattibhāvatthañcettha eḷakacatukkampi veditabbaṃ. Yo hi eḷakaṃ ekasmiṃ ṭhāne nipannaṃ upadhāreti ‘‘rattiṃ āgantvā vadhissāmī’’ti. Eḷakassa ca nipannokāse tassa mātā vā pitā vā arahā vā paṇḍukāsāvaṃ pārupitvā nipanno hoti. So rattibhāge āgantvā ‘‘eḷakaṃ māremī’’ti mātaraṃ vā pitaraṃ vā arahantaṃ vā māreti. ‘‘Imaṃ vatthuṃ māremī’’ti cetanāya atthibhāvato ghātako ca hoti, anantariyakammañca phusati, pārājikañca āpajjati . Añño koci āgantuko nipanno hoti , ‘‘eḷakaṃ māremī’’ti taṃ māreti, ghātako ca hoti pārājikañca āpajjati, ānantariyaṃ na phusati. Yakkho vā peto vā nipanno hoti, ‘‘eḷakaṃ māremī’’ti taṃ māreti ghātakova hoti, na cānantariyaṃ phusati, na ca pārājikaṃ āpajjati, thullaccayaṃ pana hoti. Añño koci nipanno natthi, eḷakova hoti taṃ māreti, ghātako ca hoti, pācittiyañca āpajjati. ‘‘Mātāpituarahantānaṃ aññataraṃ māremī’’ti tesaṃyeva aññataraṃ māreti, ghātako ca hoti, ānantariyañca phusati, pārājikañca āpajjati. ‘‘Tesaṃ aññataraṃ māressāmī’’ti aññaṃ āgantukaṃ māreti, yakkhaṃ vā petaṃ vā māreti, eḷakaṃ vā māreti, pubbe vuttanayena veditabbaṃ. Idha pana cetanā dāruṇā hotīti.
于此,亦应了知其他如稻草堆等事。即:若有人心想“我要用血刃或矛刺入”,当他向稻草堆刺入时,杀害了卧于其中的母亲、或父亲、或阿罗汉、或外来人、或夜叉、或饿鬼、或畜生,依世俗说虽称为“杀者”,但因无杀意,故既不结业,亦不犯戒。然而,若在刺入时察觉到身体的触感,心想“想必内有有情,愿其死”而刺入杀害,则依与对象相应之理,应知结业与犯戒。此理亦适用于为了藏匿而刺入者,以及向丛林等处投掷者。显示巴利原文
Aññānipi ettha palālapuñjādivatthūni veditabbāni. Yo hi ‘‘lohitakaṃ asiṃ vā sattiṃ vā pucchissāmī’’ti palālapuñje pavesento tattha nipannaṃ mātaraṃ vā pitaraṃ vā arahantaṃ vā āgantukapurisaṃ vā yakkhaṃ vā petaṃ vā tiracchānagataṃ vā māreti, vohāravasena ‘‘ghātako’’ti vuccati, vadhakacetanāya pana abhāvato neva kammaṃ phusati, na āpattiṃ āpajjati. Yo pana evaṃ pavesento sarīrasamphassaṃ sallakkhetvā ‘‘satto maññe abbhantaragato maratū’’ti pavesetvā māreti, tassa tesaṃ vatthūnaṃ anurūpena kammabaddho ca āpatti ca veditabbā. Esa nayo tattha nidahanatthaṃ pavesentassāpi vanappagumbādīsu khipantassāpi.
若有人想“我杀贼”,而杀了扮作贼相行走的父亲,则犯下无间业,且构成波罗夷罪。然而,若见敌军中另一战士正与父亲交战,便向该战士射箭,心想“射中此人后,将射中我父”,而箭恰恰如其意图,射中了父亲,即为杀父者。若心想“战士被射中后,我父便会逃走”而射箭,箭却不如其意图,杀害了父亲,依世俗说虽称为“杀父者”,但无无间业。显示巴利原文
Yopi ‘‘coraṃ māremī’’ti coravesena gacchantaṃ pitaraṃ māreti, ānantariyañca phusati, pārājiko ca hoti. Yo pana parasenāya aññañca yodhaṃ pitarañca kammaṃ karonte disvā yodhassa usuṃ khipati, ‘‘etaṃ vijjhitvā mama pitaraṃ vijjhissatī’’ti yathādhippāyaṃ gate pitughātako hoti. ‘‘Yodhe viddhe mama pitā palāyissatī’’ti khipati, usu ayathādhippāyaṃ gantvā pitaraṃ māreti, vohāravasena ‘‘pitughātako’’ti vuccati; ānantariyaṃ pana natthīti.
“下定决心”是指站在近处。“命令”是指指定或未指定对象而发出命令。其中,当敌军当前时,若未加指定而命令“这样射、这样打、这样杀”,则受命者杀多少,两者便有多少杀生。若其中发令者的父母在场,他亦犯下无间业。若仅仅是受命者的父母在场,则只有他一人犯下无间业。若有阿罗汉在场,则两者都犯下无间业。然而,若指定对象而命令“射、打、杀那个高的、矮的、穿红衣的、穿蓝衣的、坐于象肩的、坐于中间的”,若受命者射杀了那个指定的人,则两者俱有杀生;若所杀为无间业的对象,则犯无间业。若杀的是其他人,则发令者无杀生。至此,关于命令的加行已作解说。显示巴利原文
Adhiṭṭhahitvāti samīpe ṭhatvā. Āṇāpetīti uddissa vā anuddissa vā āṇāpeti. Tattha parasenāya paccupaṭṭhitāya anuddisseva ‘‘evaṃ vijjha , evaṃ pahara, evaṃ ghātehī’’ti āṇatte yattake āṇatto ghāteti, tattakā ubhinnaṃ pāṇātipātā. Sace tattha āṇāpakassa mātāpitaro honti, ānantariyampi phusati. Sace āṇattasseva mātāpitaro, sova ānantariyaṃ phusati. Sace arahā hoti, ubhopi ānantariyaṃ phusanti. Uddisitvā pana ‘‘etaṃ dīghaṃ rassaṃ rattakañcukaṃ nīlakañcukaṃ hatthikkhandhe nisinnaṃ majjhe nisinnaṃ vijjha pahara ghātehī’’ti āṇatte sace so tameva ghāteti, ubhinnampi pāṇātipāto; ānantariyavatthumhi ca ānantariyaṃ. Sace aññaṃ māreti, āṇāpakassa natthi pāṇātipāto. Etena āṇattiko payogo vutto hoti. Tattha –
对象、时间、地点,武器与威仪;
智者衡量此五处,应持取其义。
显示巴利原文 Vatthuṃ kālañca okāsaṃ, āvudhaṃ iriyāpathaṃ; Tulayitvā pañca ṭhānāni, dhāreyyatthaṃ vicakkhaṇo.
对象、时间、地点,武器与威仪;
行为差别,这六项即是命令的决定因素。
显示巴利原文 Vatthu kālo ca okāso, āvudhaṃ iriyāpatho; Kiriyāvisesoti ime, cha āṇattiniyāmakā.
其中,“对象”是指应被杀的有情。“时间”是指上午、傍晚等时分,以及青年、老年等生命阶段。“地点”是指村庄、林野、家门口、屋内、车道、十字路口等处。“武器”是指剑、箭、矛等。“威仪路”是指应被杀者行、坐等威仪。“行为差别”是指刺、砍、破、剥头皮等行为。显示巴利原文
Tattha ‘‘vatthū’’ti māretabbo satto. ‘‘Kālo’’ti pubbaṇhasāyanhādikālo ca yobbanathāvariyādikālo ca. ‘‘Okāso’’ti gāmo vā vanaṃ vā gehadvāraṃ vā gehamajjhaṃ vā rathikā vā siṅghāṭakaṃ vāti evamādi. ‘‘Āvudha’’nti asi vā usu vā satti vāti evamādi. ‘‘Iriyāpatho’’ti māretabbassa gamanaṃ vā nisajjā vāti evamādi. ‘‘Kiriyāviseso’’ti vijjhanaṃ vā chedanaṃ vā bhedanaṃ vā saṅkhamuṇḍakaṃ vāti evamādi.
若违背对象,命令“杀那个人”,却杀了另一人;或命令“在前面打击而杀”,却在后面、侧面或其他部位打击而杀,则命令者不结业缚,唯有受命者结业缚。若不违背对象而依令行杀,则命令者在命令的刹那、受命者在行杀的刹那,两者俱结业缚。在此,因对象有差别,故业与罪过亦有差别。如是,当先明了于对象上的如约与违越。显示巴利原文
Yadi hi vatthuṃ visaṃvādetvā ‘‘yaṃ mārehī’’ti āṇatto tato aññaṃ māreti, ‘‘purato paharitvā mārehī’’ti vā āṇatto pacchato vā passato vā aññasmiṃ vā padese paharitvā māreti. Āṇāpakassa natthi kammabandho; āṇattasseva kammabandho. Atha vatthuṃ avisaṃvādetvā yathāṇattiyā māreti, āṇāpakassa āṇattikkhaṇe āṇattassa ca māraṇakkhaṇeti ubhayesampi kammabandho. Vatthuvisesena panettha kammaviseso ca āpattiviseso ca hotīti. Evaṃ tāva vatthumhi saṅketavisaṅketatā veditabbā.
关于时间,若未作限定而仅命令“于午前杀”,受命者于任何一天的午前执行,则不违越约定。若被命令“今日午前”,却于中午、傍晚或次日午前杀,则违越约定,而命令者无有业缚。若受命者为在午前杀而努力,至中午方成,其理亦然。依此道理,应知一切时间差别中的约定与违越约定。显示巴利原文
Kāle pana yo ‘‘ajja sve’’ti aniyametvā ‘‘pubbaṇhe mārehī’’ti āṇatto yadā kadāci pubbaṇhe māreti, natthi visaṅketo. Yo pana ‘‘ajja pubbaṇhe’’ti vutto majjhanhe vā sāyanhe vā sve vā pubbaṇhe māreti. Visaṅketo hoti, āṇāpakassa natthi kammabandho. Pubbaṇhe māretuṃ vāyamantassa majjhanhe jātepi eseva nayo. Etena nayena sabbakālappabhedesu saṅketavisaṅketatā veditabbā.
关于处所,若未加限定而命令“杀那个站在村里的人”,受命者无论于何处杀之,皆不违越约定。若已限定“仅在村中”而命令,却于林中杀之;同理,若命令“在林中”却于村中杀之;若命令“在内室门口”却于屋中央杀之,则违越约定。依此理,应知一切处所差别中的约定与违越约定。显示巴利原文
Okāsepi yo ‘‘etaṃ gāme ṭhitaṃ mārehī’’ti aniyametvā āṇatto taṃ yattha katthaci māreti, natthi visaṅketo. Yo pana ‘‘gāmeyevā’’ti niyametvā āṇatto vane māreti, tathā ‘‘vane’’ti āṇatto gāme māreti. ‘‘Antogehadvāre’’ti āṇatto gehamajjhe māreti, visaṅketo. Etena nayena sabbokāsabhedesu saṅketavisaṅketatā veditabbā.
关于武器,若未限定“用剑还是用箭”,而仅命令“用武器杀”,受命者以任何武器杀之,皆不违越约定。若被命令“用剑”却以箭杀之;被命令“用这把剑”却以另一把剑杀之;或对于同一把剑,被命令“用此刃杀”却以他刃、剑面、剑尖或剑柄杀之,则违越约定。依此理,应知一切武器差别中的约定与违越约定。显示巴利原文
Āvudhepi yo ‘‘asinā vā usunā vā’’ti aniyametvā ‘‘āvudhena mārehī’’ti āṇatto yena kenaci āvudhena māreti, natthi visaṅketo. Yo pana ‘‘asinā’’ti vutto usunā, ‘‘iminā vā asinā’’ti vutto aññena asinā māreti. Etasseva vā asissa ‘‘imāya dhārāya mārehī’’ti vutto itarāya vā dhārāya talena vā tuṇḍena vā tharunā vā māreti, visaṅketo. Etena nayena sabbaāvudhabhedesu saṅketavisaṅketatā veditabbā.
就威仪而言,若说“杀那个行走的人”,受命者若杀了正在行走的他,则不违约定。若被命令“只杀行走者”却杀了坐着的人,或被命令“只杀坐着者”却杀了行走的人,便是违越约定。依此方法,于一切威仪差别中,应知约定与违越约定之义。显示巴利原文
Iriyāpathe pana yo ‘‘etaṃ gacchantaṃ mārehī’’ti vadati, āṇatto ca naṃ sace gacchantaṃ māreti, natthi visaṅketo. ‘‘Gacchantameva mārehī’’ti vutto pana sace nisinnaṃ māreti. ‘‘Nisinnameva vā mārehī’’ti vutto gacchantaṃ māreti, visaṅketo hoti. Etena nayena sabbairiyāpathabhedesu saṅketavisaṅketatā veditabbā.
就作业差别而言,若被命令“刺穿后再杀”而确实刺穿后再杀,则不违约定。若被命令“刺穿后再杀”却切断后再杀,便是违越约定。依此方法,于一切作业差别中,应知约定与违越约定。显示巴利原文
Kiriyāvisesepi yo ‘‘vijjhitvā mārehī’’ti vutto vijjhitvāva māreti, natthi visaṅketo. Yo pana ‘‘vijjhitvā mārehī’’ti vutto chinditvā māreti, visaṅketo. Etena nayena sabbakiriyāvisesabhedesu saṅketavisaṅketatā veditabbā.
若依特征而不加限定地下令:“杀长的、短的、黑的、白的、瘦的、胖的”,受命者杀了任何一个此类之人,则不违约定,两者均犯波罗夷。若他针对自己而下令,受命者以为“此人正是如此”而杀了下令者本人,则下令者犯恶作,行杀者犯波罗夷。若下令者针对自己而下令,另一人杀了其他此类之人,则下令者无罪,唯有行杀者犯波罗夷。何以故?处所未曾限定故。纵然针对自己而下令,若限定了处所,说:“在某夜间住处、日间住处、上座座处、新学座处或中座处坐着的那种人,你杀他”,而那里坐着另一个人,受命者若杀了那人,行杀者不免罪,下令者亦不免罪。何以故?处所已限定故。若在限定处所以外的地方行杀,则下令者无罪。此义已于大注疏中善加抉择而说,故于此不应轻忽。显示巴利原文
Yo pana liṅgavasena ‘‘dīghaṃ rassaṃ kāḷaṃ odātaṃ kisaṃ thūlaṃ mārehī’’ti aniyametvā āṇāpeti, āṇatto ca yaṃkiñci tādisaṃ māreti, natthi visaṅketo ubhinnaṃ pārājikaṃ. Atha pana so attānaṃ sandhāya āṇāpeti, āṇatto ca ‘‘ayameva īdiso’’ti āṇāpakameva māreti, āṇāpakassa dukkaṭaṃ, vadhakassa pārājikaṃ. Āṇāpako attānaṃ sandhāya āṇāpeti, itaro aññaṃ tādisaṃ māreti, āṇāpako muccati, vadhakasseva pārājikaṃ. Kasmā? Okāsassa aniyamitattā. Sace pana attānaṃ sandhāya āṇāpentopi okāsaṃ niyameti, ‘‘asukasmiṃ nāma rattiṭṭhāne vā divāṭṭhāne vā therāsane vā navāsane vā majjhimāsane vā nisinnaṃ evarūpaṃ nāma mārehī’’ti. Tattha ca añño nisinno hoti, sace āṇatto taṃ māreti, neva vadhako muccati na āṇāpako. Kasmā? Okāsassa niyamitattā. Sace pana niyamitokāsato aññatra māreti, āṇāpako muccatīti ayaṃ nayo mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ suṭṭhu daḷhaṃ katvā vutto. Tasmā ettha na anādariyaṃ kātabbanti.
于此,为阐明“由使者”这一纲目句的含义,而说“比丘命令比丘”等四种情形。其中,“认为是他”:受命者将命令者所指明的“某某”误认为正是那人,而夺其命,二者俱犯波罗夷。“认为是他而杀了另一人”:被命令“夺取某人之命”,受命者认为即是那人而杀,却杀了另一个相似的人,根本者无罪。“认为是另一人而杀了他”:受命者见命令者所说那个人的强力伙伴立于近处,心想“此人仗彼之力而嚣张,我先夺此人之命”,在打击时,那人转身而立于该处,受命者误以为是“伙伴”而夺其命,二者俱犯波罗夷。“认为是另一人而杀了另一人”:如前理,心想“我先夺其伙伴之命”,而杀了伙伴,唯那受命者犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Idāni ye dūtenāti imassa mātikāpadassa niddesadassanatthaṃ ‘‘bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpetī’’tiādayo cattāro vārā vuttā. Tesu so taṃ maññamānoti so āṇatto yo āṇāpakena ‘‘itthannāmo’’ti akkhāto, taṃ maññamāno tameva jīvitā voropeti, ubhinnaṃ pārājikaṃ. Taṃ maññamāno aññanti ‘‘yaṃ jīvitā voropehī’’ti vutto taṃ maññamāno aññaṃ tādisaṃ jīvitā voropeti, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti. Aññaṃ maññamāno tanti yo āṇāpakena vutto, tassa balavasahāyaṃ samīpe ṭhitaṃ disvā ‘‘imassa balenāyaṃ gajjati, imaṃ tāva jīvitā voropemī’’ti paharanto itarameva parivattitvā tasmiṃ ṭhāne ṭhitaṃ ‘‘sahāyo’’ti maññamāno jīvitā voropeti, ubhinnaṃ pārājikaṃ. Aññaṃ maññamāno aññanti purimanayeneva ‘‘imaṃ tāvassa sahāyaṃ jīvitā voropemī’’ti sahāyameva voropeti, tasseva pārājikaṃ.
在解释“使者辗转派遣”的释义部分中,“向某某人传达”等句子里,应知有一位老师与三位名为佛护、法护、僧护的弟子。其中,“比丘命令比丘”是指:老师想要杀死某人,说明此事后,命令佛护。“向某某人传达”是指:佛护,你去,把这件事传达给法护。“某某人应向某某人传达”是指:法护也应向僧护传达。“某某人应夺取某某人的生命”是指:如此被你命令的法护所命令的僧护,应夺取那个人的生命;因为他在我们当中是英勇无畏者,有能力做这件事。“犯恶作罪”是指:如此命令的老师,此时即犯恶作。他向他人转述是指:佛护对法护、法护对僧护转述说:“我们的老师这样说:‘据说要夺取某某人的生命。’据说你是我们当中的勇士。”如此,他们也犯恶作。“杀手接受”是指:僧护答应说:“好,我将夺取。”“根本者的罪是偷兰遮”是指:在僧护接受的当下,老师即犯偷兰遮。因为大众被他指使去做这恶事。“他若那样”是指:如果那个僧护夺取了那个人的生命,那么所有四人皆犯波罗夷。不仅四人,以此方式,若不取消约定而辗转命令,即使有百位沙门、千位沙门,所有人都犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Dūtaparamparāpadassa niddesavāre itthannāmassa pāvadātiādīsu eko ācariyo tayo buddharakkhitadhammarakkhitasaṅgharakkhitanāmakā antevāsikā daṭṭhabbā. Tattha bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpetīti ācariyo kañci puggalaṃ mārāpetukāmo tamatthaṃ ācikkhitvā buddharakkhitaṃ āṇāpeti. Itthannāmassa pāvadāti gaccha tvaṃ, buddharakkhita, etamatthaṃ dhammarakkhitassa pāvada. Itthannāmo itthannāmassa pāvadatūti dhammarakkhitopi saṅgharakkhitassa pāvadatu. Itthannāmo itthannāmaṃ jīvitā voropetūti evaṃ tayā āṇattena dhammarakkhitena āṇatto saṅgharakkhito itthannāmaṃ puggalaṃ jīvitā voropetu; so hi amhesu vīrajātiko paṭibalo imasmiṃ kammeti. Āpatti dukkaṭassāti evaṃ āṇāpentassa ācariyassa tāva dukkaṭaṃ. So itarassa ārocetīti buddharakkhito dhammarakkhitassa, dhammarakkhito ca saṅgharakkhitassa ‘‘amhākaṃ ācariyo evaṃ vadati – ‘itthannāmaṃ kira jīvitā voropehī’ti. Tvaṃ kira amhesu vīrapuriso’’ti āroceti; evaṃ tesampi dukkaṭaṃ. Vadhako paṭiggaṇhātīti ‘‘sādhu voropessāmī’’ti saṅgharakkhito sampaṭicchati. Mūlaṭṭhassa āpatti thullaccayassāti saṅgharakkhitena paṭiggahitamatte ācariyassa thullaccayaṃ. Mahājano hi tena pāpe niyojitoti. So tanti so ce saṅgharakkhito taṃ puggalaṃ jīvitā voropeti, sabbesaṃ catunnampi janānaṃ pārājikaṃ. Na kevalañca catunnaṃ, etenūpāyena visaṅketaṃ akatvā paramparāya āṇāpentaṃ samaṇasataṃ samaṇasahassaṃ vā hotu sabbesaṃ pārājikameva.
在“违越约定的使者”释义中,“他命令另一人”是指:那位被老师命令的佛护,没有见到法护,或不想说,便前往僧护那里,说:“我们的老师这样说:‘据说要夺取某某人的生命。’”他这样做,是取消了约定而命令。正因取消了约定,他才被称为“违越约定的使者”。“犯恶作罪”是指:在命令时,佛护即犯恶作。“接受,犯恶作罪”是指:当僧护答应时,应知根本者即犯恶作。若如此,则接受时岂非无罪?然而,在传递消息、接受、随喜死亡等情况下都有罪,在接受死亡时怎会无罪?因此,接受者本身即犯此恶作。正因如此,这里没有说“根本者的”。在前面的方式中,接受者亦应知有此罪;只是因无机会而未说。因此,无论谁接受,都因彼缘而有罪,这是此处我们的见解。如此处,于不与取中亦然。显示巴利原文
Visakkiyadūtapadaniddese so aññaṃ āṇāpetīti so ācariyena āṇatto buddharakkhito dhammarakkhitaṃ adisvā vā avattukāmo vā hutvā saṅgharakkhitameva upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘amhākaṃ ācariyo evamāha – ‘itthannāmaṃ kira jīvitā voropehī’’ti visaṅketaṃ karonto āṇāpeti. Visaṅketakaraṇeneva hi esa ‘‘visakkiyadūto’’ti vuccati. Āpatti dukkaṭassāti āṇattiyā tāva buddharakkhitassa dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭiggaṇhāti āpatti dukkaṭassāti saṅgharakkhitena sampaṭicchite mūlaṭṭhasseva dukkaṭanti veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ sante paṭiggahaṇe āpattiyeva na siyā, sañcaritta paṭiggahaṇamaraṇābhinandanesupi ca āpatti hoti, maraṇapaṭiggahaṇe kathaṃ na siyā tasmā paṭiggaṇhantassevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ. Tenevettha ‘‘mūlaṭṭhassā’’ti na vuttaṃ. Purimanayepi cetaṃ paṭiggaṇhantassa veditabbameva; okāsābhāvena pana na vuttaṃ. Tasmā yo yo paṭiggaṇhāti, tassa tassa tappaccayā āpattiyevāti ayamettha amhākaṃ khanti. Yathā cettha evaṃ adinnādānepīti.
然而,如果他夺走那人的生命,命令者佛护与执行者僧护两者皆犯波罗夷。根本者老师因取消了约定,故无波罗夷罪。法护因不知情,全然无罪。而佛护虽保全了另外两人,自己却由此堕落。显示巴利原文
Sace pana so taṃ jīvitā voropeti, āṇāpakassa ca buddharakkhitassa voropakassa ca saṅgharakkhitassāti ubhinnampi pārājikaṃ. Mūlaṭṭhassa pana ācariyassa visaṅketattā pārājikena anāpatti. Dhammarakkhitassa ajānanatāya sabbena sabbaṃ anāpatti. Buddharakkhito pana dvinnaṃ sotthibhāvaṃ katvā attanā naṭṭhoti.
在“去而复返的使者”释义中:“他去后再次返回”是指:他前往应被夺命者附近,因其守护严密而无法夺命,便返回。“当你能时,那时再”是指:何必今日便杀?去吧,当你能夺取时,那时再夺其命。“犯恶作罪”是指:如此再次命令,也仅犯恶作。然而,若那人必定会被夺去生命,那么成办义利的思心所,便如同道心之后紧接的果心一般;因此,此人在命令的当下即犯波罗夷。即使杀那人在六十年后才夺其命,而命令者在此期间命终,或还俗,或以非沙门之身命终,或将还俗。若命令者在家时,针对母亲、父亲或阿罗汉而如此下令后出家,在其出家之后,受命者杀了那人,那么命令者在家时即已成为杀母者、杀父者或杀阿罗汉者,因此他的出家与具足戒皆不成立。即使应被杀之人在命令时是凡夫,而当受命者杀他时,他已成为阿罗汉;或他受到受命者的打击后,依止由痛苦所生的信心而修观,证得阿罗汉果,随后即因此病而命终,那么命令者在命令的当下即成为杀阿罗汉者。而杀手则在任何情况下,于着手行动的当下即犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Gatapaccāgatadūtaniddese – so gantvā puna paccāgacchatīti tassa jīvitā voropetabbassa samīpaṃ gantvā susaṃvihitārakkhattā taṃ jīvitā voropetuṃ asakkonto āgacchati. Yadā sakkosi tadāti kiṃ ajjeva mārito mārito hoti, gaccha yadā sakkosi, tadā naṃ jīvitā voropehīti. Āpatti dukkaṭassāti evaṃ puna āṇattiyāpi dukkaṭameva hoti. Sace pana so avassaṃ jīvitā voropetabbo hoti, atthasādhakacetanā maggānantaraphalasadisā, tasmā ayaṃ āṇattikkhaṇeyeva pārājiko. Sacepi vadhako saṭṭhivassātikkamena taṃ vadhati, āṇāpako ca antarāva kālaṅkaroti, hīnāya vā āvattati, assamaṇova hutvā kālañca karissati, hīnāya vā āvattissati. Sace āṇāpako gihikāle mātaraṃ vā pitaraṃ vā arahantaṃ vā sandhāya evaṃ āṇāpetvā pabbajati, tasmiṃ pabbajite āṇatto taṃ māreti, āṇāpako gihikāleyeva mātughātako pitughātako arahantaghātako vā hoti, tasmā nevassa pabbajjā , na upasampadā ruhati. Sacepi māretabbapuggalo āṇattikkhaṇe puthujjano, yadā pana naṃ āṇatto māreti tadā arahā hoti, āṇattato vā pahāraṃ labhitvā dukkhamūlikaṃ saddhaṃ nissāya vipassanto arahattaṃ patvā tenevābādhena kālaṃkaroti, āṇāpako āṇattikkhaṇeyeva arahantaghātako. Vadhako pana sabbattha upakkamakaraṇakkhaṇeyeva pārājikoti.
现在,为了在所有这些以使者方式所说的纲目句中,显示合乎约定与违离约定的情况,显示巴利原文
Idāni ye sabbesuyeva imesu dūtavasena vuttamātikāpadesu saṅketavisaṅketadassanatthaṃ
已说三种情况。其中,第一种情况:因为他说得轻细,或那人耳聋,未能听到“不要杀”这句话,所以根本者未得解脱。第二种情况:因对方听到了,所以得解脱。第三种情况:因那人听到了,而另一人答应“好”后却停止了,因此两者都得解脱。显示巴利原文
Vuttā tayo vārā, tesu paṭhamavāre tāva – yasmā taṃ saṇikaṃ vā bhaṇanto tassa vā badhiratāya ‘‘mā ghātehī’’ti etaṃ vacanaṃ na sāveti, tasmā mūlaṭṭho na mutto. Dutiyavāre – sāvitattā mutto. Tatiyavāre pana tena ca sāvitattā itarena ca ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchitvā oratattā ubhopi muttāti.
175 在“当面而作背后想”等的解释中:“当面”指在面前,“背后”指不在面前。当那位结怨的比丘在侍奉时与其他比丘一同前来,坐在面前,有人因愚昧不知他已到来,心想:“啊,但愿某某被杀!但愿盗贼不杀他!但愿蛇不咬他!但愿刀或毒不伤他!”如此随喜其死亡而说出这样的话,即称为“当面作背后想而说”,意思是他在面前,却想作他不在面前。若有人看见他坐在面前,后来他与做完侍奉后离去的比丘们一同离去,此人却仍以为“他就坐在这里”,并如前所说那样说,即称为“背后作当面想而说”。依此类推,应知“当面作当面想”和“背后作背后想”。且应知,在这四种情况中,每说一句话都犯恶作。显示巴利原文
175. Araho rahosaññīniddesādīsu arahoti sammukhe. Rahoti parammukhe. Tattha yo upaṭṭhānakāle veribhikkhumhi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ āgantvā purato nisinneyeva andhakāradosena tassa āgatabhāvaṃ ajānanto ‘‘aho vata itthannāmo hato assa, corāpi nāma taṃ na hananti, sappo vā na ḍaṃsati, na satthaṃ vā visaṃ vā āharatī’’ti tassa maraṇaṃ abhinandanto īdisāni vacanāni ullapati, ayaṃ araho rahosaññī ullapati nāma. Sammukheva tasmiṃ parammukhasaññīti attho. Yo pana taṃ purato nisinnaṃ disvā puna upaṭṭhānaṃ katvā gatehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ gatepi tasmiṃ ‘‘idheva so nisinno’’ti saññī hutvā purimanayeneva ullapati, ayaṃ raho arahosaññī ullapati nāma. Etenevupāyena araho arahosaññī ca raho rahosaññī ca veditabbo. Catunnampi ca etesaṃ vācāya vācāya dukkaṭanti veditabbaṃ.
现在,为了显示赞叹死亡的不同类别,在所说的五种以身赞叹等的论母解释中——“以身作姿态”:指如他所知道的那样:“取刀、服毒、上吊,或堕入坑等而死的人,据说能得财、得誉,或生天。”并以手势等以身示意。“以语说”:指将同样的意思用言语分别说出。第三种是同时以身、语两种方式说。在一切情况下,每赞叹一次都犯恶作。当所针对者因此产生痛苦时,赞叹者犯偷兰遮。若所针对者死亡,在赞叹的当下,赞叹者即犯波罗夷。若所针对者并不知情,而另一人知道后心想:“我确实得到了获得安乐的方法”,并依此赞叹而死去,则无犯。若为两人而作赞叹,其中一人知道后死去,犯波罗夷。若两人都死,则犯波罗夷,并累积不善业。此理同样适用于多人。若不指定特定对象而到处赞叹死亡,凡是知道此赞叹而死者,都算作被他所杀。显示巴利原文
Idāni maraṇavaṇṇasaṃvaṇṇanāya vibhāgadassanatthaṃ vuttesu pañcasu kāyena saṃvaṇṇanādimātikāniddesesu – kāyena vikāraṃ karotīti yathā so jānāti ‘‘satthaṃ vā āharitvā visaṃ vā khāditvā rajjuyā vā ubbandhitvā sobbhādīsu vā papatitvā yo marati so kira dhanaṃ vā labhati, yasaṃ vā labhati, saggaṃ vā gacchatīti ayamattho etena vutto’’ti tathā hatthamuddādīhi dasseti. Vācāya bhaṇatīti tamevatthaṃ vākyabhedaṃ katvā bhaṇati. Tatiyavāro ubhayavasena vutto. Sabbattha saṃvaṇṇanāya payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Tassa dukkhuppattiyaṃ saṃvaṇṇakassa thullaccayaṃ. Yaṃ uddissa saṃvaṇṇanā katā, tasmiṃ mate saṃvaṇṇanakkhaṇeyeva saṃvaṇṇakassa pārājikaṃ. So taṃ na jānāti añño ñatvā ‘‘laddho vata me sukhuppattiupāyo’’ti tāya saṃvaṇṇanāya marati, anāpatti. Dvinnaṃ uddissa saṃvaṇṇanāya katāya eko ñatvā marati, pārājikaṃ. Dvepi maranti, pārājikañca akusalarāsi ca. Esa nayo sambahulesu. Anuddissa maraṇaṃ saṃvaṇṇento āhiṇḍati, yo yo taṃ saṃvaṇṇanaṃ ñatvā marati, sabbo tena mārito hoti.
关于通过使者赞叹:“你去某家或某村,对某某这样赞叹死亡。”这样吩咐、告知的当下,即犯恶作。当使者为某人而去,而那人产生痛苦时,主使者犯偷兰遮;若那人死亡,主使者犯波罗夷。若使者心想:“现在他已知道这是生天之道”,不告知那人而告知自己的亲戚或血亲,当那人死亡时,使者有疑,主使者无罪。若使者同样心想后,自己按赞叹所说去做而死去,亦属有疑。若不作特定对象而吩咐,凡是因使者的赞叹而死者,有多少人死,就有多少杀生。若父母因此而死,则成无间业。显示巴利原文
Dūtena saṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ ‘‘asukaṃ nāma gehaṃ vā gāmaṃ vā gantvā itthannāmassa evaṃ maraṇavaṇṇaṃ saṃvaṇṇehī’’ti sāsane ārocitamatte dukkaṭaṃ. Yassatthāya pahito tassa dukkhuppattiyā mūlaṭṭhassa thullaccayaṃ, maraṇena pārājikaṃ. Dūto ‘‘ñāto dāni ayaṃ saggamaggo’’ti tassa anārocetvā attano ñātissa vā sālohitassa vā āroceti, tasmiṃ mate visaṅketo hoti, mūlaṭṭho muccati. Dūto tatheva cintetvā sayaṃ saṃvaṇṇanāya vuttaṃ katvā marati, visaṅketova. Anuddissa pana sāsane ārocite yattakā dūtassa saṃvaṇṇanāya maranti, tattakā pāṇātipātā. Sace mātāpitaro maranti, ānantariyampi hoti.
176 关于以书信赞叹死亡——“书写书信”是指在贝叶或布上写下字句:“若有人持刀自刎,或跳崖自尽,或由他人施以火焚、水淹等方法而死,便能获得这般那般利益”,或“这便是他的法”。此处恶作与偷兰遮也应按前文所说之理了知。若针对特定对象而写,当所针对者死亡时,便犯波罗夷。若为多人而写,有多少人死,便有多少杀生。若父母因此而死,则成无间业。若不为特定对象而写,道理亦同。若生起追悔心,心想“会有很多人因此而死”,便将那书烧掉,或处理至字迹无法辨认,则得脱罪。若那书是别人的,不论是否针对特定对象而写,放回原处即可脱罪。若是用钱买来的,则将书还给书主,将钱还给从他手中得钱者,即可脱罪。若多人共一心念“我们要写赞叹死亡的书”,一人爬上棕榈树摘叶,一人拿来,一人制书,一人书写;若是刺刻,则一人涂墨,涂墨后将书准备好,全体将其放置于会堂、店铺或任何有好奇看字者聚集之处。若有人读后,即使只有一人死,所有人皆犯波罗夷。若有多人死,如前所述之理。若生起追悔心,即使将书藏于箱中,另一人看见后取出再给多人看,他们仍不得脱罪。更不必说藏于箱中,即使将书投入河中显示巴利原文
176. Lekhāsaṃvaṇṇanāya – lekhaṃ chindatīti paṇṇe vā potthake vā akkharāni likhati – ‘‘yo satthaṃ vā āharitvā papāte vā papatitvā aññehi vā aggippavesanaudakappavesanādīhi upāyehi marati, so idañcidañca labhatī’’ti vā ‘‘tassa dhammo hotī’’ti vāti. Etthāpi dukkaṭathullaccayā vuttanayeneva veditabbā. Uddissa likhite pana yaṃ uddissa likhitaṃ tasseva maraṇena pārājikaṃ. Bahū uddissa likhite yattakā maranti, tattakā pāṇātipātā. Mātāpitūnaṃ maraṇena ānantariyaṃ. Anuddissa likhitepi eseva nayo. ‘‘Bahū marantī’’ti vippaṭisāre uppanne taṃ potthakaṃ jhāpetvā vā yathā vā akkharāni na paññāyanti tathā katvā muccati. Sace so parassa potthako hoti, uddissa likhito vā hoti anuddissa likhito vā, gahitaṭṭhāne ṭhapetvā muccati. Sace mūlena kīto hoti, potthakassāmikānaṃ potthakaṃ, yesaṃ hatthato mūlaṃ gahitaṃ, tesaṃ mūlaṃ datvā muccati. Sace sambahulā ‘‘maraṇavaṇṇaṃ likhissāmā’’ti ekajjhāsayā hutvā eko tālarukkhaṃ ārohitvā paṇṇaṃ chindati, eko āharati, eko potthakaṃ karoti, eko likhati, eko sace kaṇṭakalekhā hoti, masiṃ makkheti, masiṃ makkhetvā taṃ potthakaṃ sajjetvā sabbeva sabhāyaṃ vā āpaṇe vā yattha vā pana lekhādassanakotūhalakā bahū sannipatanti, tattha ṭhapenti. Taṃ vācetvā sacepi eko marati, sabbesaṃ pārājikaṃ. Sace bahukā maranti, vuttasadisova nayo. Vippaṭisāre pana uppanne taṃ potthakaṃ sacepi mañjūsāyaṃ gopenti, añño ca taṃ disvā nīharitvā puna bahūnaṃ dasseti, neva muccanti. Tiṭṭhatu mañjūsā, sacepi taṃ potthakaṃ nadiyaṃ vā samudde vā khipanti vā dhovanti vā khaṇḍākhaṇḍaṃ vā chindanti, aggimhi vā jhāpenti, yāva saṅghaṭṭitepi duddhote vā dujjhāpite vā patte akkharāni paññāyanti, tāva na muccanti. Yathā pana akkharāni na paññāyanti tatheva kate muccantīti.
现在,为了显示不动加行的分类,在论母中解释挖坑等处——“针对人而挖坑”是指,针对某人而起心:“某某将堕入此处而死”,于是在那人常行走之处挖坑。挖的时候,即使是在原生地上挖,由于是杀生的加行,每挖一下都犯恶作。当所针对者因此产生痛苦时,犯偷兰遮;若死亡,犯波罗夷。若其他人堕入而死,无犯。若不针对特定对象而挖,心想“不论谁死都行”,则有多少人堕入而死,便有多少杀生。若对象属于无间业所缘,则成无间业;若对象属于构成偷兰遮、波逸提罪的相关者,则犯偷兰遮、波逸提。显示巴利原文
Idāni thāvarapayogassa vibhāgadassanatthaṃ vuttesu opātādimātikāniddesesu manussaṃ uddissa opātaṃ khanatīti ‘‘itthannāmo patitvā marissatī’’ti kañci manussaṃ uddisitvā yattha so ekato vicarati, tattha āvāṭaṃ khanati, khanantassa tāva sacepi jātapathaviyā khanati, pāṇātipātassa payogattā payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Yaṃ uddissa khanati, tassa dukkhuppattiyā thullaccayaṃ, maraṇena pārājikaṃ. Aññasmiṃ patitvā mate anāpatti. Sace anuddissa ‘‘yo koci marissatī’’ti khato hoti, yattakā patitvā maranti, tattakā pāṇātipātā. Ānantariyavatthūsu ca ānantariyaṃ thullaccayapācittiyavatthūsu thullaccayapācittiyāni.
这里存在多种思(意图);究竟哪一种思构成波罗夷呢?首先,《大注疏》中说:“挖掘一个坑,从深度和长宽上挖好,量定尺寸,削平、清扫,在取出土筐时,那令事成就的思便如同紧接道心之后的果心一样。即使过了一百年后,有人掉进去必定会死,也是以那令事成就的思构成波罗夷。”然而,《大护法注》与《略注》中则说:“当挖下第一锄时,若心中想‘掉进这个坑就会死’,此时若有人失足掉进去死了,便构成波罗夷。但持经长老们只取令事成就的思。”显示巴利原文
Bahū tattha cetanā; katamāya pārājikaṃ hotīti? Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ tāva vuttaṃ – ‘‘āvāṭaṃ gambhīrato ca āyāmavitthārato ca khanitvā pamāṇe ṭhapetvā tacchetvā puñchitvā paṃsupacchiṃ uddharantassa sanniṭṭhāpikā atthasādhakacetanā maggānantaraphalasadisā. Sacepi vassasatassa accayena patitvā avassaṃ maraṇakasatto hoti, sanniṭṭhāpakacetanāyameva pārājika’’nti. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana saṅkhepaṭṭhakathāyañca – ‘‘imasmiṃ āvāṭe patitvā marissatīti ekasmimpi kuddālappahāre dinne sace koci tattha pakkhalito patitvā marati, pārājikameva. Suttantikattherā pana sanniṭṭhāpakacetanaṃ gaṇhantī’’ti vuttaṃ.
有人命令另一人说:‘挖一个陷阱,把某某人带来,推下去杀掉。’那人依言将(目标)推下杀害,两人皆犯波罗夷。若(被命令者)推另一人下去而杀,或命令者自己坠入而死,或另一人自己坠入而死,所有情形中,根本者(命令者)均无杀心,得免罪。若想:‘某某人会把某某人带来,在此处杀害’——在挖坑时,也是同样的道理。若心想‘想死的人会在此处死’而挖坑,死一人,犯波罗夷;死多人,则积不善业;若父母死亡,则成无间业;若涉及偷兰遮及波逸提之事,则犯相应的偷兰遮与波逸提。显示巴利原文
Eko ‘‘opātaṃ khanitvā asukaṃ nāma ānetvā idha pātetvā mārehī’’ti aññaṃ āṇāpeti, so taṃ pātetvā māreti, ubhinnaṃ pārājikaṃ. Aññaṃ pātetvā māreti, sayaṃ patitvā marati, añño attano dhammatāya patitvā marati, sabbattha visaṅketo hoti, mūlaṭṭho muccati. ‘‘Asuko asukaṃ ānetvā idha māressatī’’ti khatepi eseva nayo. Maritukāmā idha marissantīti khanati, ekassa maraṇe pārājikaṃ. Bahunnaṃ maraṇe akusalarāsi , mātāpitūnaṃ maraṇe ānantariyaṃ, thullaccayapācittiyavatthūsu thullaccayapācittiyāni.
若心想‘任何欲杀人者,都会将人推入此处杀害’而挖坑,且有人依此将人推下杀害,死一人则犯波罗夷;死多人则积不善业;涉及无间业等事者,则犯无间业等。此中,连阿拉汉亦被包含在内。然而,于前述方式中,因‘他们没有求死之心,故不会坠入’,是以不被包含。此二种方式中,若有人自己坠入而死,则无杀心。若心想‘任何欲杀己敌者,都会将仇敌推入此处杀害’而挖坑,且诸仇敌将仇敌推下杀害,杀一人犯波罗夷,杀多人积不善业;若母亲、父亲或阿拉汉被仇敌带来并于彼处杀害,则为无间业。若他们自行坠入而死,则无杀心。显示巴利原文
‘‘Ye keci māretukāmā, te idha pātetvā māressantī’’ti khanati, tattha pātetvā mārenti , ekasmiṃ mate pārājikaṃ, bahūsu akusalarāsi, ānantariyādivatthūsu ānantariyādīni. Idheva arahantāpi saṅgahaṃ gacchanti. Purimanaye pana ‘‘tesaṃ maritukāmatāya patanaṃ natthī’’ti te na saṅgayhanti. Dvīsupi nayesu attano dhammatāya patitvā mate visaṅketo. ‘‘Ye keci attano verike ettha pātetvā māressantī’’ti khanati, tattha ca verikā verike pātetvā mārenti, ekasmiṃ mārite pārājikaṃ, bahūsu akusalarāsi, mātari vā pitari vā arahante vā verikehi ānetvā tattha mārite ānantariyaṃ. Attano dhammatāya patitvā matesu visaṅketo.
然而,若有人不指定对象,于一切情形心中作意:‘无论想死的或不想死的,想杀的或不想杀的,任何坠入或被推入此处者都将死’,如此而挖坑,则无论何人死,随着每一死亡,他均相应地触受其业,并犯下相应罪过。若有孕妇坠入,连同胎儿俱死,则犯二杀生。若仅胎儿毁坏,则为一杀生。若胎儿未坏而母死,亦仅一杀生。若被盗贼追赶而坠入死,挖陷阱者犯波罗夷。若诸盗贼于彼处将人推下杀害,亦犯波罗夷。若将坠入彼处者拖出而杀,亦犯波罗夷。何以故?因其是由坠入陷阱的加行而被捕获。若从陷阱出后,因同一创伤而死,亦犯波罗夷。若经多年后,同一创伤复发而死,亦犯波罗夷。若因坠入陷阱的缘而生病者,复生起他病,而陷阱所致之病更重,即使其人因后病而死,挖陷阱者亦不免罪。若后起之病更重,其人因彼病而死,则挖陷阱者免罪。若因二病而死,则不免罪。若化生之人于陷阱中出生,无法出来而死,亦犯波罗夷。若为杀人而挖显示巴利原文
Yo pana ‘‘maritukāmā vā amaritukāmā vā māretukāmā vā amāretukāmā vā ye keci ettha patitā vā pātitā vā marissantī’’ti sabbathāpi anuddisseva khanati. Yo yo marati tassa tassa maraṇena yathānurūpaṃ kammañca phusati, āpattiñca āpajjati. Sace gabbhinī patitvā sagabbhā marati, dve pāṇātipātā. Gabbhoyeva vinassati, eko. Gabbho na vinassati, mātā marati, ekoyeva. Corehi anubaddho patitvā marati, opātakhanakasseva pārājikaṃ. Corā tattha pātetvā mārenti, pārājikameva. Tattha patitaṃ bahi nīharitvā mārenti, pārājikameva. Kasmā? Opāte patitappayogena gahitattā. Opātato nikkhamitvā teneva ābādhena marati, pārājikameva. Bahūni vassāni atikkamitvā puna kupitena tenevābādhena marati, pārājikameva. Opāte patanappaccayā uppannarogena gilānasseva añño rogo uppajjati, opātarogo balavataro hoti, tena matepi opātakhaṇako na muccati. Sace pacchā uppannarogo balavā hoti, tena mate muccati. Ubhohi mate na muccati. Opāte opapātikamanusso nibbattitvā uttarituṃ asakkonto marati, pārājikameva. Manussaṃ uddissa khate yakkhādīsu patitvā matesu anāpatti. Yakkhādayo uddissa khate manussādīsu marantesupi eseva nayo. Yakkhādayo uddissa khanantassa pana khananepi tesaṃ dukkhuppattiyampi dukkaṭameva. Maraṇe vatthuvasena thullaccayaṃ vā pācittiyaṃ vā. Anuddissa khate opāte yakkharūpena vā petarūpena vā patati, tiracchānarūpena marati, patanarūpaṃ pamāṇaṃ, tasmā thullaccayanti upatissatthero. Maraṇarūpaṃ pamāṇaṃ, tasmā pācittiyanti phussadevatthero. Tiracchānarūpena patitvā yakkhapetarūpena matepi eseva nayo.
挖陷阱者若将陷阱卖与他人,或无偿送人,无论何人堕入而死,由此因缘,罪与业缚皆归于他(即最初挖坑者)。获得陷阱者无罪。若获得陷阱者心想「如此堕入者将无法出离而灭亡,或不得救助」,因而将陷阱挖得更深或更浅、更长或更短、更宽或更窄,则二者皆有罪与业缚。若因「将有多人丧命」而生起追悔,以土填平陷阱,纵然如此,若有人堕于填土上而死,最初造作者虽已填平,仍不免罪。若天降雨水,彼处成为泥泞,有人陷入而死,亦复如是。若有树木倒下,或风吹、雨水冲走泥土,或有人为挖块根而于彼处掘坑,若有人陷入或堕落而死,最初造作者不得免罪。然而,若于该处建造大蓄水池或池塘,或建立塔庙,或种植菩提树,或建造住所或车道,则得免罪。若陷阱被牢固填平,树木等之根相互缠结,形成与原生地面无异时,亦得免罪。纵使河流冲来,将陷阱冲走,亦得免罪。以上为陷阱之论述。显示巴利原文
Opātakhanako opātaṃ aññassa vikkiṇāti vā mudhā vā deti, yo yo patitvā marati, tappaccayā tasseva āpatti ca kammabandho ca. Yena laddho so niddoso. Atha sopi ‘‘evaṃ patitā uttarituṃ asakkontā nassissanti, suuddharā vā na bhavissantī’’ti taṃ opātaṃ gambhīrataraṃ vā uttānataraṃ vā dīghataraṃ vā rassataraṃ vā vitthatataraṃ vā sambādhataraṃ vā karoti, ubhinnampi āpatti ca kammabandho ca. Bahū marantīti vippaṭisāre uppanne opātaṃ paṃsunā pūreti, sace koci paṃsumhi patitvā marati, pūretvāpi mūlaṭṭho na muccati. Deve vassante kaddamo hoti, tattha laggitvā matepi. Rukkho vā patanto vāto vā vassodakaṃ vā paṃsuṃ harati, kandamūlatthaṃ vā pathaviṃ khanantā tattha āvāṭaṃ karonti. Tattha sace koci laggitvā vā patitvā vā marati, mūlaṭṭho na muccati. Tasmiṃ pana okāse mahantaṃ taḷākaṃ vā pokkharaṇiṃ vā kāretvā cetiyaṃ vā patiṭṭhāpetvā bodhiṃ vā ropetvā āvāsaṃ vā sakaṭamaggaṃ vā kāretvā muccati. Yadāpi thiraṃ katvā pūrite opāte rukkhādīnaṃ mūlāni mūlehi saṃsibbitāni honti , jātapathavī jātā, tadāpi muccati. Sacepi nadī āgantvā opātaṃ harati, evampi muccatīti. Ayaṃ tāva opātakathā.
然而,在陷阱的同类——如套索等器具中,若有设置套索者,心想「众生将在此被缚而死」,对于必定被缚之众生,在放手的那一刻,便知有波罗夷、无间罪、偷兰遮、波逸提等罪。若为特定对象而作,而该指定对象之外的众生被缚,则无罪。无论套索是连同杆子给予,还是单独给予,业缚唯归最初设置者。若获得套索者将松脱的套索重新设置;或见有众生从旁经过,便设置围栏将其引至面前;或放置更坚硬的套索杆;或绑上更牢固的套索绳;或钉入更坚固的桩——如此,二者皆不能解脱。若生起追悔,解下套索后离去,他人见后重新设置,致使众生被缚而死,最初设置者仍不能解脱。显示巴利原文
Opātasseva pana anulomesu pāsādīsupi yo tāva pāsaṃ oḍḍeti ‘‘ettha bajjhitvā sattā marissantī’’ti avassaṃ bajjhanakasattānaṃ vasena hatthā muttamatte pārājikānantariyathullaccayapācittiyāni veditabbāni. Uddissa kate yaṃ uddissa oḍḍito, tato aññesaṃ bandhane anāpatti. Pāse mūlena vā mudhā vā dinnepi mūlaṭṭhasseva kammabandho. Sace yena laddho so uggalitaṃ vā pāsaṃ saṇṭhapeti, passena vā gacchante disvā vatiṃ katvā sammukhe paveseti, thaddhataraṃ vā pāsayaṭṭhiṃ ṭhapeti, daḷhataraṃ vā pāsarajjuṃ bandhati, thirataraṃ vā khāṇukaṃ vā ākoṭeti, ubhopi na muccanti. Sace vippaṭisāre uppanne pāsaṃ uggalāpetvā gacchati, taṃ disvā puna aññe saṇṭhapenti, baddhā baddhā maranti, mūlaṭṭho na muccati.
然而,若那套索杆并非他亲手制作,将其放回原处后,他便得解脱。砍断那原生之杆,便得解脱。但若他保护自己制作的套索杆,则不得解脱。因为,若他人取去而设置套索,众生因此而死,最初设置者不得解脱。若他将杆子烧为炭火后丢弃,即便众生被那炭火击打而死,他仍不得解脱。然而,若将其完全烧尽或彻底毁坏,则得解脱。若套索绳是他人搓制,放回原处后,他得解脱。若得到绳子后自行搓制,则须拆散;若得到纤维后搓制,则须碎为碎片,方得解脱。但若自己从林间取来纤维搓制,纵使加以保护,亦不得解脱。唯有完全烧尽或彻底毁坏,方得解脱。显示巴利原文
Sace pana tena pāsayaṭṭhi sayaṃ akatā hoti, gahitaṭṭhāne ṭhapetvā muccati. Tatthajātakayaṭṭhiṃ chinditvā muccati. Sayaṃ katayaṭṭhiṃ pana gopentopi na muccati. Yadi hi taṃ añño gaṇhitvā pāsaṃ saṇṭhapeti, tappaccayā marantesu mūlaṭṭho na muccati. Sace taṃ jhāpetvā alātaṃ katvā chaḍḍeti, tena alātena pahāraṃ laddhā marantesupi na muccati. Sabbaso pana jhāpetvā vā nāsetvā vā muccati, pāsarajjumpi aññehi ca vaṭṭitaṃ gahitaṭṭhāne ṭhapetvā muccati. Rajjuke labhitvā sayaṃ vaṭṭitaṃ ubbaṭṭetvā vāke labhitvā vaṭṭitaṃ hīraṃ hīraṃ katvā muccati. Araññato pana sayaṃ vāke āharitvā vaṭṭitaṃ gopentopi na muccati. Sabbaso pana jhāpetvā vā nāsetvā vā muccati.
设置压杀陷阱时,将压板安放在四根支柱上,再放上石头,每做一步,即犯恶作。待一切设置就绪,放手的那一刻,根据必定会被压死的众生的情况,依指定与未指定等相应情形,应知有波罗夷等罪。压杀陷阱,无论是原本设置还是后来草草放置,业缚唯归于最初设置者。若得到陷阱者抬起掉落的石头,或再放上其他石头令其更重,或见众生从旁经过而设置围栏,引其进入压杀陷阱,则两者皆不能解脱。即便生起追悔,将压杀陷阱推倒后离去,他人见后又重新设置,最初设置者仍不解脱。然而,就石头而言,放回原处方得解脱;压杀板的支柱,则依套索杆所述之法,放回原处或烧毁后方得解脱。显示巴利原文
Adūhalaṃ sajjento catūsu pādesu adūhalamañcaṃ ṭhapetvā pāsāṇe āropeti, payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Sabbasajjaṃ katvā hatthato muttamatte avassaṃ ajjhottharitabbakasattānaṃ vasena uddissakānuddissakānurūpena pārājikādīni veditabbāni. Adūhale mūlena vā mudhā vā dinnepi mūlaṭṭhasseva kammabaddho. Sace yena laddhaṃ so patitaṃ vā ukkhipati, aññepi pāsāṇe āropetvā garukataraṃ vā karoti, passena vā gacchante disvā vatiṃ katvā adūhale paveseti, ubhopi na muccanti. Sacepi vippaṭisāre uppanne adūhalaṃ pātetvā gacchati, taṃ disvā añño saṇṭhapeti, mūlaṭṭho na muccati. Pāsāṇe pana gahitaṭṭhāne ṭhapetvā adūhalapāde ca pāsayaṭṭhiyaṃ vuttanayena gahitaṭṭhāne vā ṭhapetvā jhāpetvā vā muccati.
竖立刺桩时,待一切设置就绪,放手的那一刻,根据必定因掉落刺桩尖上而死的众生的情况,依指定与未指定等相应情形,应知有波罗夷等罪。刺桩,无论是原本设置还是后来草草放置,业缚唯归于最初设置者。若得到刺桩者心想‘他们将一击即死’而将其磨得更锋利,或心想‘他们将痛苦而死’而将其弄钝,或认为‘太高’而将其放低,或认为‘太低’而将其升高后重新竖立,或将弯曲的弄直、将过直的弄弯、使其略微倾斜,则两者皆不能解脱。然而,若认为‘位置不妥’而将其移至另一处,若那刺桩从一开始就是为了杀害的目的而特意寻找制作的,最初设置者仍不解脱;若未曾寻找,只是将现成者拿来竖立,则最初设置者解脱。生起追悔后,依套索杆所述之法,放回原处或烧毁后方得解脱。显示巴利原文
Sūlaṃ ropentassāpi sabbasajjaṃ katvā hatthato muttamatte sūlamukhe patitvā avassaṃ maraṇakasattānaṃ vasena uddissānuddissānurūpato pārājikādīni veditabbāni. Sūle mūlena vā mudhā vā dinnepi mūlaṭṭhasseva kammabaddho. Sace yena laddhaṃ so ‘‘ekappahāreneva marissantī’’ti tikhiṇataraṃ vā karoti, ‘‘dukkhaṃ marissantī’’ti kuṇṭhataraṃ vā karoti, ‘‘ucca’’nti sallakkhetvā nīcataraṃ vā ‘‘nīca’’nti sallakkhetvā uccataraṃ vā puna ropeti, vaṅkaṃ vā ujukaṃ atiujukaṃ vā īsakaṃ poṇaṃ karoti, ubhopi na muccanti. Sace pana ‘‘aṭṭhāne ṭhita’’nti aññasmiṃ ṭhāne ṭhapeti, taṃ ce māraṇatthāya ādito pabhuti pariyesitvā kataṃ hoti, mūlaṭṭho na muccati. Apariyesitvā pana katameva labhitvā ropite mūlaṭṭho muccati. Vippaṭisāre uppanne pāsayaṭṭhiyaṃ vuttanayena gahitaṭṭhāne vā ṭhapetvā jhāpetvā vā muccati.
177 于倚靠物上置刀具:此处,倚靠物是指常被使用的床、凳、靠板,或日间坐处所倚靠的柱子、原地生长的树木,或在经行处站立时用作支撑的树木、支撑板——凡此种种,因可被倚靠,故称倚靠物。于如此倚靠物上,以能刺伤或砍伤倚靠者的方式,放置斧、凿、刀、锥、刺等任何一类刀具,即犯恶作。若在常被使用之处,有人无戒备地坐下、躺卧或倚靠,因触碰到刀具而生起痛苦,即犯偷兰遮;若因此而死亡,则犯波罗夷。若其他比丘——即其怨敌——在巡视寺院时看见,心想‘这大概是为了杀害此人而放置的,好,就让他好好死吧’,随喜而去,犯恶作。然而,若那个人也在那里,心想‘这样会更好’,而将其磨得更锋利等,做了某些加工,则他也犯波罗夷。然而,若认为‘位置不妥’而将其拔出,另置他处,若是为了同一目的而特意制作放置的,则最初设置者仍不解脱;若只是将现成的拿来放置,则最初设置者解脱。若将其移走,另置一更锋利的,最初设置者解脱。显示巴利原文
177. Apassene satthaṃ vāti ettha apassenaṃ nāma niccaparibhogo mañco vā pīṭhaṃ vā apassenaphalakaṃ vā divāṭṭhāne nisīdantassa apassenakatthambho vā tatthajātakarukkho vā caṅkame apassāya tiṭṭhantassa ālambanarukkho vā ālambanaphalakaṃ vā sabbampetaṃ apassayanīyaṭṭhena apassenaṃ nāma; tasmiṃ apassene yathā apassayantaṃ vijjhati vā chindati vā tathā katvā vāsipharasusattiārakaṇṭakādīnaṃ aññataraṃ satthaṃ ṭhapeti, dukkaṭaṃ. Dhuvaparibhogaṭṭhāne nirāsaṅkassa nisīdato vā nipajjato vā apassayantassa vā satthasamphassapaccayā dukkhuppattiyā thullaccayaṃ, maraṇena pārājikaṃ. Taṃ ce aññopi tassa veribhikkhu vihāracārikaṃ caranto disvā ‘‘imassa maññe maraṇatthāya idaṃ nikhittaṃ, sādhu suṭṭhu maratū’’ti abhinandanto gacchati, dukkaṭaṃ. Sace pana sopi tattha ‘‘evaṃ kate sukataṃ bhavissatī’’ti tikhiṇatarādikaraṇena kiñci kammaṃ karoti, tassāpi pārājikaṃ. Sace pana ‘‘aṭṭhāne ṭhita’’nti uddharitvā aññasmiṃ ṭhāne ṭhapeti tadatthameva katvā ṭhapite mūlaṭṭho na muccati. Pākatikaṃ labhitvā ṭhapitaṃ hoti, muccati. Taṃ apanetvā aññaṃ tikhiṇataraṃ ṭhapeti mūlaṭṭho muccateva.
在涂毒方面,乃至随喜死亡,犯恶作,方法相同。然而,若有人以为“这毒圈太小”而将其扩大,或以为“太大过多”而将其缩小,或将薄处涂厚,或将厚处涂薄,或用火加热后上下移动,也同样犯波罗夷。若以为“这样放置不妥”,将毒全部刮掉擦净后安放在另一处,若是自己调配药物所制,最初设置者不得解脱;若不是自己制作的,则得解脱。然而,若他以为“这毒太少”,又取来其他毒加入,众生因谁的毒而死,谁便犯波罗夷。若因两者的毒而死,两者皆犯波罗夷。若他以为“这毒无毒”,将其移走,只安放自己的毒,则那人犯波罗夷,最初设置者解脱。显示巴利原文
Visamakkhanepi yāva maraṇābhinandane dukkaṭaṃ tāva eseva nayo. Sace pana sopi khuddakaṃ visamaṇḍalanti sallakkhetvā mahantataraṃ vā karoti , mahantaṃ vā ‘‘atirekaṃ hotī’’ti khuddakaṃ karoti, tanukaṃ vā bahalaṃ; bahalaṃ vā tanukaṃ karoti, agginā tāpetvā heṭṭhā vā upari vā sañcāreti, tassāpi pārājikaṃ. ‘‘Idaṃ aṭhāne ṭhita’’nti sabbameva tacchetvā puñchitvā aññasmiṃ ṭhāne ṭhapeti, attanā bhesajjāni yojetvā kate mūlaṭṭho na muccati , attanā akate muccati. Sace pana so ‘‘idaṃ visaṃ atiparitta’’nti aññampi ānetvā pakkhipati, yassa visena marati, tassa pārājikaṃ. Sace ubhinnampi santakena marati, ubhinnampi pārājikaṃ. ‘‘Idaṃ visaṃ nibbisa’’nti taṃ apanetvā attano visameva ṭhapeti, tasseva pārājikaṃ mūlaṭṭho muccati.
“使其不牢固”是指:将床或椅的横档下方砍断,或将那些以藤条、绳索缠绕的部分割断,令其所剩无几,然后在下方安放武器,心想“他掉落此处便会死”。对于靠板等物,乃至经行道上扶手木板的末端,砍断其一侧,在下方安放武器;或者将床、椅、靠板拿到坑洞等处安放,使得只要坐上或倚靠便会掉落;或者坑洞等处有通行的桥,将其弄得不再牢固。作这些行为时,在制作过程中犯恶作。若对方因此产生痛苦,犯偷兰遮;若导致死亡,犯波罗夷。令比丘站在坑洞等的边缘,心想“他看到后因恐惧颤抖,就会掉落死去”,犯恶作。若他就在那里掉落,产生痛苦时犯偷兰遮,死亡时犯波罗夷。自己推落,或指使他人推落,或他人未经指使而自行推落,或非人推落,或因风吹坠落,或因自身原因坠落,一切情况下,若导致死亡,皆犯波罗夷。什么缘故?因为是由于他的努力而令其站在坑洞等的边缘。显示巴利原文
Dubbalaṃ vā karotīti mañcapīṭhaṃ aṭaniyā heṭṭhābhāge chinditvā vidalehi vā rajjukehi vā yehi vītaṃ hoti, te vā chinditvā appāvasesameva katvā heṭṭhā āvudhaṃ nikkhipati ‘‘ettha patitvā marissatī’’ti. Apassenaphalakādīnampi caṅkame ālambanarukkhaphalakapariyosānānaṃ parabhāgaṃ chinditvā heṭṭhā āvudhaṃ nikkhipati, sobbhādīsu mañcaṃ vā pīṭhaṃ vā apassenaphalakaṃ vā ānetvā ṭhapeti, yathā tattha nisinnamatto vā apassitamatto vā patati, sobbhādīsu vā sañcaraṇasetu hoti, taṃ dubbalaṃ karoti; evaṃ karontassa karaṇe dukkaṭaṃ. Itarassa dukkhuppattiyā thullaccayaṃ, maraṇe pārājikaṃ. Bhikkhuṃ ānetvā sobbhādīnaṃ taṭe ṭhapeti ‘‘disvā bhayena kampento patitvā marissatī’’ti dukkaṭaṃ. So tattheva patati, dukkhuppattiyā thullaccayaṃ, maraṇe pārājikaṃ. Sayaṃ vā pāteti, aññena vā pātāpeti, añño avutto vā attano dhammatāya pāteti, amanusso pāteti, vātappahārena patati, attano dhammatāya patatti, sabbattha maraṇe pārājikaṃ. Kasmā? Tassa payogena sobbhāditaṭe ṭhitattā.
“放置”是指安放在附近。在此,若有人赞叹死亡或加以劝说,如说“用这把刀死的人能得到财富”等,或者说“想死的就用这个去死,想杀的用这个去杀”,然后将刀安放在那里,安放时犯恶作。若想死之人以那把刀伤害自己,或想杀人者用它伤害他人,在此两种情况下,若对方产生痛苦,安放者犯偷兰遮;若导致死亡,犯波罗夷。若不针对特定人而安放,导致多人死亡,则是不善业的累积。在波罗夷等事中,各别犯波罗夷等罪。若生起追悔,将刀放回原处,则得清净。若是买来的刀,应将刀归还原主,将买刀的钱还给那些从他手中取钱之人,如此得清净。若是拿了铁块、犁头或锄头让人打成刀,应将所拿物品原样归还,如此得清净。若是拿了锄头让人打成刀,却将其毁坏而打成犁头,即使有人因被犁头击中而死,也不能从杀生罪中解脱。然而,若是为了安放的目的而收集铁并让人打成刀,则须用砂石将其磨成粉末,散弃后方得清净。即使像劝死书那样,由多人共同发心制作而成,其业缚的判断也应依书中所说的方法来理解。此理适用于矛和棍棒。棍棒的判断与套索杖相似。石头也是如此。显示巴利原文
Upanikkhipanaṃ nāma samīpe nikkhipanaṃ. Tattha ‘‘yo iminā asinā mato so dhanaṃ vā labhatī’’tiādinā nayena maraṇavaṇṇaṃ vā saṃvaṇṇetvā ‘‘iminā maraṇatthikā marantu, māraṇatthikā mārentū’’ti vā vatvā asiṃ upanikkhipati, tassa upanikkhipane dukkaṭaṃ. Maritukāmo vā tena attānaṃ paharatu , māretukāmo vā aññaṃ paharatu, ubhayathāpi parassa dukkhuppattiyā upanikkhepakassa thullaccayaṃ, maraṇe pārājikaṃ. Anuddissa nikkhitte bahūnaṃ maraṇe akusalarāsi. Pārājikādivatthūsu pārājikādīni. Vippaṭisāre uppanne asiṃ gahitaṭṭhāne ṭhapetvā muccati. Kiṇitvā gahito hoti, asissāmikānaṃ asiṃ, yesaṃ hatthato mūlaṃ gahitaṃ, tesaṃ mūlaṃ datvā muccati. Sace lohapiṇḍiṃ vā phālaṃ vā kudālaṃ vā gahetvā asi kārāpito hoti, yaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ gahetvā kārito, tadeva katvā muccati. Sace kudālaṃ gahetvā kāritaṃ vināsetvā phālaṃ karoti, phālena pahāraṃ labhitvā marantesupi pāṇātipātato na muccati. Sace pana lohaṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā upanikkhipanatthameva kārito hoti, arena ghaṃsitvā cuṇṇavicuṇṇaṃ katvā vippakiṇṇe muccati. Sacepi saṃvaṇṇanāpotthako viya bahūhi ekajjhāsayehi kato hoti, potthake vuttanayeneva kammabandhavinicchayo veditabbo. Esa nayo sattibheṇḍīsu. Laguḷe pāsayaṭṭhisadiso vinicchayo. Tathā pāsāṇe. Satthe asisadisova. Visaṃ vāti visaṃ upanikkhipantassa vatthuvasena uddissānuddissānurūpato pārājikādivatthūsu pārājikādīni veditabbāni. Kiṇitvā ṭhapite purimanayena paṭipākatikaṃ katvā muccati. Sayaṃ bhesajjehi yojite avisaṃ katvā muccati. Rajjuyā pāsarajjusadisova vinicchayo.
关于药物:若有比丘对怀有敌意的比丘,在其患热病或不相应之病时,怀令其死之心,将酥油等本不适宜之物说成适宜而施予,或施予任何其他块茎、根、果等,如此施药即犯恶作。若对方因此产生痛苦,犯偷兰遮;若导致死亡,犯波罗夷。若所缘事属无间业,则犯无间罪。显示巴利原文
Bhesajje – yo bhikkhu veribhikkhussa pajjarake vā visabhāgaroge vā uppanne asappāyānipi sappiādīni sappāyānīti maraṇādhippāyo deti, aññaṃ vā kiñci kandamūlaphalaṃ tassa evaṃ bhesajjadāne dukkaṭaṃ. Parassa dukkhuppattiyaṃ maraṇe ca thullaccayapārājikāni, ānantariyavatthumhi ānantariyanti veditabbaṃ.
178 178. 色相施加:“施加”是指将他人不喜欢的色相放置在其附近,或自己现起夜叉鬼等附体之相而站立。仅作施加时,犯恶作。若他人见到那色相而生起恐惧,犯偷兰遮;若导致死亡,犯波罗夷。然而,若那色相令某人生起喜爱,而那人因求之不得,憔悴致死,则无犯。对于令人喜爱的色相,也是同样的道理。在此,尤其对女人现男人之相,对男人现女人之相,装饰后施加,只令其一瞥,不令久视。若对方因求不得而憔悴致死,犯波罗夷;若因恐惧而死,则无犯。再者,若不加分别“是因恐惧而死,还是因求不得而死”,而心想“只要让他看见就会死”便施加色相,那么无论对方是因恐惧而死还是因憔悴而死,均犯波罗夷。同样地,声之施加等也应当了知。在此,只是:非人之声等能引起惊怖,是不令人喜爱的声;对于男人,女人之声、美妙的天乐之声等能令心生喜悦,是令人喜爱的声。在喜马拉雅山,毒树的根等气味和尸体的气味是不令人喜爱的气味;黑沉香根等气味是令人喜爱的气味。令人厌恶的根味等是不令人喜爱的味;不令人厌恶的根味等是令人喜爱的味。毒触、大痒显示巴利原文
178. Rūpūpahāre – upasaṃharatīti paraṃ vā amanāparūpaṃ tassa samīpe ṭhapeti, attanā vā yakkhapetādivesaṃ gahetvā tiṭṭhati, tassa upasaṃhāramatte dukkaṭaṃ. Parassa taṃ rūpaṃ disvā bhayuppattiyaṃ thullaccayaṃ, maraṇe pārājikaṃ. Sace pana tadeva rūpaṃ ekaccassa manāpaṃ hoti, alābhakena ca sussitvā marati, visaṅketo. Manāpiyepi eseva nayo. Tattha pana visesena itthīnaṃ purisarūpaṃ purisānañca itthirūpaṃ manāpaṃ taṃ alaṅkaritvā upasaṃharati, diṭṭhamattakameva karoti, aticiraṃ passitumpi na deti, itaro alābhakena sussitvā marati, pārājikaṃ. Sace uttasitvā marati , visaṅketo. Atha pana uttasitvā vā alābhakena vāti avicāretvā ‘‘kevalaṃ passitvā marissatī’’ti upasaṃharati, uttasitvā vā sussitvā vā mate pārājikameva. Etenevūpāyena saddūpahārādayopi veditabbā. Kevalañhettha amanussasaddādayo utrāsajanakā amanāpasaddā, purisānaṃ itthisaddamadhuragandhabbasaddādayo cittassādakarā manāpasaddā. Himavante visarukkhānaṃ mūlādigandhā kuṇapagandhā ca amanāpagandhā, kāḷānusārīmūlagandhādayo manāpagandhā . Paṭikūlamūlarasādayo amanāparasā, appaṭikūlamūlarasādayo manāparasā. Visaphassamahākacchuphassādayo amanāpaphoṭṭhabbā, cīnapaṭahaṃsapupphatūlikaphassādayo manāpaphoṭṭhabbāti veditabbā.
法之施加——此处“法”应理解为教法。或者,通过教法的宣说,地狱与天界中苦乐果报的区分,正是以法为所缘。所谓“地狱众生”,是指戒行毁坏、已造恶业、应生于地狱的众生,为其讲述五种捆绑、刑罚等地狱之事。若他听闻后恐惧而死,说法者犯波罗夷。但若他虽听闻,却因自身法尔而死,则无犯。若为令“闻此之后,将不造、远离、停止此类恶业”而讲述地狱之事,他人闻后恐惧而死,无犯。所谓“天界之事”,是指天女、舞者等以及欢喜园等的福报之事;若他人闻后,心向天界,欲速得此福报,便以绝食、服毒、断食、阻断呼吸等方式自生痛苦,说法者犯偷兰遮;若死,犯波罗夷。但若他虽听闻,却住世至寿尽,因自身法尔而死,则无犯。若为令“闻此之后,将行福德”而说,他人闻后心生向往而命终,无犯。显示巴利原文
Dhammūpahāre – dhammoti desanādhammo veditabbo. Desanāvasena vā niraye ca sagge ca vipattisampattibhedaṃ dhammārammaṇameva. Nerayikassāti bhinnasaṃvarassa katapāpassa niraye nibbattanārahassa sattassa pañcavidhabandhanakammakaraṇādinirayakathaṃ katheti. Taṃ ce sutvā so uttasitvā marati, kathikassa pārājikaṃ. Sace pana so sutvāpi attano dhammatāya marati, anāpatti. ‘‘Idaṃ sutvā evarūpaṃ pāpaṃ na karissati oramissati viramissatī’’ti nirayakathaṃ katheti, taṃ sutvā itaro uttasitvā marati, anāpatti. Saggakathanti devanāṭakādīnaṃ nandanavanādīnañca sampattikathaṃ; taṃ sutvā itaro saggādhimutto sīghaṃ taṃ sampattiṃ pāpuṇitukāmo satthāharaṇavisakhādanaāhārupaccheda-assāsapassāsasannirundhanādīhi dukkhaṃ uppādeti, kathikassa thullaccayaṃ, marati pārājikaṃ. Sace pana so sutvāpi yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā attano dhammatāya marati, anāpatti . ‘‘Imaṃ sutvā puññāni karissatī’’ti katheti, taṃ sutvā itaro adhimutto kālaṃkaroti, anāpatti.
179 告知——“被问而说”,是指被这样询问:“尊者,死后如何能获得财富或出生于天界?”时,便这样说。显示巴利原文
179. Ācikkhanāyaṃ – puṭṭho bhaṇatīti ‘‘bhante kathaṃ mato dhanaṃ vā labhati sagge vā upapajjatī’’ti evaṃ pucchito bhaṇati.
教导——“未被问”,是指并未如此被询问,而自己主动说。显示巴利原文
Anusāsaniyaṃ – apuṭṭhoti evaṃ apucchito sāmaññeva bhaṇati.
暗示业与表相业,应依不与取戒的解说中所说的方法来理解。显示巴利原文
Saṅketakammanimittakammāni adinnādānakathāyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbāni.
如是开示了种种犯戒差别之后,现在为开示无犯差别,而说“无犯,非故意”等。其中,“非故意”是指:并非怀有“以此方便令彼死”的意图而造作。以这种不存心的方式造作,即使对方死亡,亦无犯,并将说“比丘非故意者无犯”。“不知者”指不知道“以此方便他将死”,以这种方便导致他人死亡,亦无犯,并将在毒食钵的事例中说“比丘不知者无犯”。“无杀意者”指不想让对方死。即使以某种方便导致他人死亡,如果他没有杀意,也无犯,并将说“比丘无杀意者无犯”。关于疯狂等,如前所说之法。而此处,最初犯戒者是那些相互夺命的比丘,他们无犯。其余赞叹死亡等者,则有犯。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ nānappakārato āpattibhedaṃ dassetvā idāni anāpattibhedaṃ dassento ‘‘anāpatti asañciccā’’tiādimāha. Tattha asañciccāti ‘‘iminā upakkamena imaṃ māremī’’ti acetetvā. Evañhi acetetvā katena upakkamena pare matepi anāpatti, vakkhati ca ‘‘anāpatti bhikkhu asañciccā’’ti. Ajānantassāti ‘‘iminā ayaṃ marissatī’’ti ajānantassa upakkamena pare matepi anāpatti, vakkhati ca visagatapiṇḍapātavatthusmiṃ ‘‘anāpatti bhikkhu ajānantassā’’ti. Namaraṇādhippāyassāti maraṇaṃ anicchantassa. Yena hi upakkamena paro marati, tena upakkamena tasmiṃ māritepi namaraṇādhippāyassa anāpatti. Vakkhati ca ‘‘anāpatti bhikkhu namaraṇādhippāyassā’’ti. Ummattakādayo pubbe vuttanayā eva. Idha pana ādikammikā aññamaññaṃ jīvitā voropitabhikkhū, tesaṃ anāpatti. Avasesānaṃ maraṇavaṇṇasaṃvaṇṇanakādīnaṃ āpattiyevāti.
于等起等中:此学处有三种等起——由身与意、语与意、身语与意而生起。是作业、想解脱、有思、世间罪、身业、语业、不善心,苦受。即使国王登上宝座,正在享受王权之乐,当有人来报“大王,窃贼已被捉到”时,他笑着说“去,把他杀了”,也应当知道其实是以忧俱心生起而说此言。然而,由于与乐混杂,且非持续生起,凡夫难以了知这一点。显示巴利原文
Samuṭṭhānādīsu – idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ tisamuṭṭhānaṃ; kāyacittato ca vācācittato ca kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti. Kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedanaṃ. Sacepi hi sirisayanaṃ ārūḷho rajjasampattisukhaṃ anubhavanto rājā ‘‘coro deva ānīto’’ti vutte ‘‘gacchatha naṃ mārethā’’ti hasamānova bhaṇati, domanassacitteneva bhaṇatīti veditabbo. Sukhavokiṇṇattā pana anuppabandhābhāvā ca dujjānametaṃ puthujjanehīti.
裁决事例注释显示巴利原文
Vinītavatthuvaṇṇanā
180 180. 在制戒事例的第一案例中——“出于悲悯”是指:那些比丘见到该比丘深受病苦的折磨,生起悲悯,心想:“你持守净戒,已作善业,为何临终还要恐惧?难道持戒者的天界不是仅差死亡一途而已吗?”他们就这样,实际上怀有令其死去的意图,却不知自己怀有令其死去的意图,而赞叹死亡。那位比丘也因他们的赞叹而拒绝进食,中途命终。因此,他们构成犯戒。然而,在世俗的表达上,却说他们是“出于悲悯而赞叹死亡”。所以,从现在乃至未来,有智慧比丘不应如此对病比丘赞叹死亡。如果他听闻赞叹后,以绝食等方法,即使在仅剩一个速行心刹那的寿命中,中途命终,即是被此比丘所杀。然而,应当依据这一道理给予教诫:“持戒者证得道果并非什么稀奇之事,因此不应执着住所等,应令心安住于佛随念、法随念、僧随念、身随念,于作意中不放逸。”即使赞叹了死亡,如果被赞叹者并没有因此赞叹而采取任何行动,只是随其自身法尔,随其寿量、随其业力缘系而死,则赞叹者不因该缘而构成犯戒。显示巴利原文
180. Vinītavatthukathāsu paṭhamavatthusmiṃ – kāruññenāti te bhikkhū tassa mahantaṃ gelaññadukkhaṃ disvā kāruññaṃ uppādetvā ‘‘sīlavā tvaṃ katakusalo, kasmā mīyamāno bhāyasi, nanu sīlavato saggo nāma maraṇamattapaṭibaddhoyevā’’ti evaṃ maraṇatthikāva hutvā maraṇatthikabhāvaṃ ajānantā maraṇavaṇṇaṃ saṃvaṇṇesuṃ. Sopi bhikkhu tesaṃ saṃvaṇṇanāya āhārupacchedaṃ katvā antarāva kālamakāsi. Tasmā āpattiṃ āpannā. Vohāravasena pana vuttaṃ ‘‘kāruññena maraṇavaṇṇaṃ saṃvaṇṇesu’’nti. Tasmā idānipi paṇḍitena bhikkhunā gilānassa bhikkhuno evaṃ maraṇavaṇṇo na saṃvaṇṇetabbo. Sace hi tassa saṃvaṇṇanaṃ sutvā āhārūpacchedādinā upakkamena ekajavanavārāvasesepi āyusmiṃ antarā kālaṃkaroti, imināva mārito hoti. Iminā pana nayena anusiṭṭhi dātabbā – ‘‘sīlavato nāma anacchariyā maggaphaluppatti, tasmā vihārādīsu āsattiṃ akatvā buddhagataṃ dhammagataṃ saṅghagataṃ kāyagatañca satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā manasikāre appamādo kātabbo’’ti. Maraṇavaṇṇe ca saṃvaṇṇitepi yo tāya saṃvaṇṇanāya kañci upakkamaṃ akatvā attano dhammatāya yathāyunā yathānusandhināva marati, tappaccayā saṃvaṇṇako āpattiyā na kāretabboti.
在第二事例中——“诸比丘,不应不观察而……”于此,什么样的座具应观察,什么样的不应观察?如果是无铺垫的裸露座具,或是当来者站立观看时当场铺设的座具,便不需观察,可以就坐。若有人亲手触摸后说“尊者,请坐此处”,此亦可坐。若先坐者已就坐,后来者向上或向下移动,则无观察的必要。若以薄布覆盖而仍能看见座面的,也无观察的必要。然而,如果是预先用毯、毛毯等覆盖的座具,则应以手触摸、确认后方可坐。但在《大护持》中说:“即使以厚布覆盖,若不见褶皱的,也说无需观察。”显示巴利原文
Dutiyavatthusmiṃ – na ca bhikkhave appaṭivekkhitvāti ettha kīdisaṃ āsanaṃ paṭivekkhitabbaṃ , kīdisaṃ na paṭivekkhitabbaṃ? Yaṃ suddhaṃ āsanameva hoti apaccattharaṇakaṃ, yañca āgantvā ṭhitānaṃ passataṃyeva attharīyati, taṃ napaccavekkhitabbaṃ , nisīdituṃ vaṭṭati. Yampi manussā sayaṃ hatthena akkamitvā ‘‘idha bhante nisīdathā’’ti denti, tasmimpi vaṭṭati. Sacepi paṭhamamevāgantvā nisinnā pacchā uddhaṃ vā adho vā saṅkamanti, paccavekkhaṇakiccaṃ natthi. Yampi tanukena vatthena yathā talaṃ dissati, evaṃ paṭicchannaṃ hoti, tasmimpi paccavekkhaṇakiccaṃ natthi. Yaṃ pana paṭikacceva pāvārakojavādīhi atthataṃ hoti, taṃ hatthena parāmasitvā sallakkhetvā nisīditabbaṃ. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana ‘‘ghanasāṭakenāpi atthate yasmiṃ vali na paññāyati, taṃ nappaṭivekkhitabbanti vuttaṃ.
在杵杵的案例中——“非故意的”是指杀心与行为错失的情况。因此他说:“我是非故意的。”臼杵案例,其义明显。在老年出家的案例中,第一案例里,他以“不要障碍比丘僧团”为由将他赶走。第二案例中,在僧团中或团体中被称为“长老的儿子”,他因这句话感到厌烦,心想“就让他死吧”而将之赶走。第三案例中,因令其产生痛苦而犯偷兰遮。显示巴利原文
Musalavatthusmiṃ – asañciccoti avadhakacetano viraddhapayogo hi so. Tenāha ‘‘asañcicco aha’’nti. Udukkhalavatthu uttānameva. Vuḍḍhapabbajitavatthūsupaṭhamavatthusmiṃ ‘‘bhikkhusaṅghassa paṭibandhaṃ mā akāsī’’ti paṇāmesi. Dutiyavatthusmiṃ – saṅghamajjhepi gaṇamajjhepi ‘‘mahallakattherassa putto’’ti vuccamāno tena vacanena aṭṭīyamāno ‘‘maratu aya’’nti paṇāmesi. Tatiyavatthusmiṃ – tassa dukkhuppādanena thullaccayaṃ.
181 181. 接下来的三个案例意义明显。关于掺毒钵食的案例——那位比丘是六和敬法的修持者,总是先将最好的食物给予同梵行者,然后才食用。因此说“他不作首要之事”。“首要之事”即首要的行为:意思是首先获得的钵食,或最上等、最精妙的钵食。然而,他那种被称为布施的首要行为却是无法作的,因为他从长老座开始分发钵食。那些比丘即是从长老座开始受用钵食的比丘;据说他们全部命终了。其余内容,此处意义明显。而在无信心、怀邪见的家庭中,恭敬地获得精妙食物后,若未加观察,既不应自己受用,也不应给予他人。即使从那里得到隔夜的食物或硬食,也不应受用。因为那些家庭会把被蛇蝎等盘踞过的、应当丢弃的覆盖物也拿来布施。涂有香料、姜黄等的钵食也不应接受。他们甚至认为,擦拭身上患病处后放置的食物也可布施。显示巴利原文
181. Tato parāni tīṇi vatthūni uttānatthāneva. Visagatapiṇḍapātavatthusmiṃ – sārāṇīyadhammapūrako so bhikkhu aggapiṇḍaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ datvāva bhuñjati. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘aggakārikaṃ adāsī’’ti. Aggakārikanti aggakiriyaṃ; paṭhamaṃ laddhapiṇḍapātaṃ aggaggaṃ vā paṇītapaṇītaṃ piṇḍapātanti attho. Yā pana tassa dānasaṅkhātā aggakiriyā, sā na sakkā dātuṃ, piṇḍapātañhi so therāsanato paṭṭhāya adāsi. Te bhikkhūti te therāsanato paṭṭhāya paribhuttapiṇḍapātā bhikkhū; te kira sabbepi kālamakaṃsu. Sesamettha uttānameva. Assaddhesu pana micchādiṭṭhikesu kulesu sakkaccaṃ paṇītabhojanaṃ labhitvā anupaparikkhitvā neva attanā paribhuñjitabbaṃ, na paresaṃ dātabbaṃ. Yampi ābhidosikaṃ bhattaṃ vā khajjakaṃ vā tato labhati, tampi na paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Apihitavatthumpi hi sappavicchikādīhi adhisayitaṃ chaḍḍanīyadhammaṃ tāni kulāni denti. Gandhahaliddādimakkhitopi tato piṇḍapāto na gahetabbo. Sarīre rogaṭṭhānāni puñchitvā ṭhapitabhattampi hi tāni dātabbaṃ maññantīti.
关于试验的案例——试验时有两种试验:“他是否有能力杀死此人?”这是对毒药的试验;或者“此人吃了这毒药是否会死?”这是对人的试验。无论哪种情况,若以试验的意图给予,无论对方死或不死,均犯偷兰遮。若以“让这毒药杀死他”或“让此人吃下毒药而死”的意图给予,若对方死了,犯波罗夷;若未死,犯偷兰遮。显示巴利原文
Vīmaṃsanavatthusmiṃ – vīmaṃsamāno dve vīmaṃsati – ‘‘sakkoti nu kho imaṃ māretuṃ no’’ti visaṃ vā vīmaṃsati, ‘‘mareyya nu kho ayaṃ imaṃ visaṃ khāditvā no’’ti puggalaṃ vā. Ubhayathāpi vīmaṃsādhippāyena dinne maratu vā mā vā thullaccayaṃ. ‘‘Idaṃ visaṃ etaṃ māretū’’ti vā ‘‘idaṃ visaṃ khāditvā ayaṃ maratū’’ti vā evaṃ dinne pana sace marati, pārājikaṃ; no ce, thullaccayaṃ.
182-3 接下来的三个石头案例、三个砖头案例、凿子案例和椽子案例,义理明了。而且,不仅依石头等诸物而有犯与不犯的差别,依棍棒、锤子、利器、织机等也同样如此。因此,律典中虽未提及,亦应依已说之理趣予以了知。显示巴利原文
182-3. Ito parāni tīṇi silāvatthūni tīṇi iṭṭhakavāsigopānasīvatthūni ca uttānatthāneva. Na kevalañca silādīnaṃyeva vasena ayaṃ āpattānāpattibhedo hoti, daṇḍamuggaranikhādanavemādīnampi vasena hotiyeva, tasmā pāḷiyaṃ anāgatampi āgatanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
关于架子的案例——“架子”是指高架床,为从事涂白、花鬘、藤蔓等装饰工作而搭建。在此,“朋友,绑在不稳的地方”是指以杀心指示一处位置,从那里跌落时会被树桩刺穿,或落入坑穴、悬崖等而死亡。此处,有人指定上方位置,心想:“从这里掉下会死”;有人指定下方位置,心想:“掉到这里会死”;有人则指定两处,心想:“从这里掉到这里会死”。其中,若未从上方指定处跌落而从他处跌落,或未落在下方指定处而落在他处,或在两处指定的情形中错失任何一处而跌落,若那人死亡,因杀心不成立而无犯。覆盖精舍的案例中,理趣同此。显示巴利原文
Aṭṭakavatthūsu – aṭṭakoti vehāsamañco vuccati; yaṃ setakammamālākammalatākammādīnaṃ atthāya bandhanti. Tattha āvuso atraṭṭhito bandhāhīti maraṇādhippāyo yatra ṭhito patitvā khāṇunā vā bhijjeyya, sobbhapapātādīsu vā mareyya , tādisaṃ ṭhānaṃ sandhāyāha. Ettha ca koci upariṭhānaṃ niyāmeti ‘‘ito patitvā marissatī’’ti, koci heṭṭhā ṭhānaṃ ‘‘idha patitvā marissatī’’ti, koci ubhayampi ‘‘ito idha patitvā marissatī’’ti. Tatra yo upari niyamitaṭṭhānā apatitvā aññato patati, heṭṭhā niyamitaṭṭhāne vā apatitvā aññattha patati, ubhayaniyāme vā yaṃkiñci ekaṃ virādhetvā patati, tasmiṃ mate visaṅketattā anāpatti. Vihāracchādanavatthusmimpi eseva nayo.
关于不乐案例——据说那位比丘见到欲寻等烦恼现行,无力制止,于教法中不生喜乐,面趋向于在家生活。于是他心想:“宁可死去,也不破戒。”他登上那座山,纵身跳崖时,压到一位竹匠,致其死亡。“竹匠”即编竹器者。诸比丘,不应自己跳下——这是说,不应自己令自己坠下。这是通过格的转换而作的说明。于此,不仅不应自己跳下,也不应以任何其他方式自杀,乃至断食而死。若有病者,在药物与看护者具足的情形下,因想死而断食,亦属恶作。若有人久患重病,照顾他的比丘们疲惫厌烦,心想“何时才能摆脱这病人呢”而心生厌苦,他若念及“这个身体即使继续照料也不会好转,比丘们也已疲惫”,因而断食、不服药,这是允许的。若有人心想“此病危重,生命行将谢灭,而我的殊胜证悟似乎已唾手可得”,因而断食,也是允许的。即使是无病者,若生起悚惧之心,心想“寻求食物是障碍,我应专修业处”,以精进业处为由而断食,也是允许的。若在宣称已得殊胜证悟之后断食,则不允许。因为这是可以对同修、有惭耻的比丘们说明的。显示巴利原文
Anabhirativatthusmiṃ – so kira bhikkhu kāmavitakkādīnaṃ samudācāraṃ disvā nivāretuṃ asakkonto sāsane anabhirato gihibhāvābhimukho jāto. Tato cintesi – ‘‘yāva sīlabhedaṃ na pāpuṇāmi tāva marissāmī’’ti. Atha taṃ pabbataṃ abhiruhitvā papāte papatanto aññataraṃ vilīvakāraṃ ottharitvā māresi. Vilīvakāranti veṇukāraṃ. Na ca bhikkhave attānaṃ pātetabbanti na attā pātetabbo. Vibhattibyattayena panetaṃ vuttaṃ. Ettha ca na kevalaṃ na pātetabbaṃ, aññenapi yena kenaci upakkamena antamaso āhārupacchedenapi na māretabbo. Yopi hi gilāno vijjamāne bhesajje ca upaṭṭhākesu ca maritukāmo āhāraṃ upacchindati, dukkaṭameva. Yassa pana mahāābādho cirānubaddho, bhikkhū upaṭṭhahantā kilamanti jigucchanti ‘‘kadā nu kho gilānato muccissāmā’’ti aṭṭīyanti. Sace so ‘‘ayaṃ attabhāvo paṭijaggiyamānopi na tiṭṭhati, bhikkhū ca kilamantī’’ti āhāraṃ upacchindati, bhesajjaṃ na sevati vaṭṭati. Yo pana ‘‘ayaṃ rogo kharo, āyusaṅkhārā na tiṭṭhanti, ayañca me visesādhigamo hatthappatto viya dissatī’’ti upacchindati vaṭṭatiyeva. Agilānassāpi uppannasaṃvegassa ‘‘āhārapariyesanaṃ nāma papañco, kammaṭṭhānameva anuyuñjissāmī’’ti kammaṭṭhānasīsena upacchindantassa vaṭṭati. Visesādhigamaṃ byākaritvā āhāraṃ upacchindati, na vaṭṭati. Sabhāgānañhi lajjībhikkhūnaṃ kathetuṃ vaṭṭati.
关于石头案例——“为嬉戏”指以嬉笑、以玩乐为目的。“石头”即石块。不仅石块,任何木块或砖块,都不应用手或器械投掷。若是为了建造塔庙等,在劳作时嬉笑着滚动、投掷或抛掷石头等,是允许的。与之类似,做新工时、清洗物品时,以及举起木头或捣衣棒投掷,是允许的。在分发食物等场合,投掷木棍或瓦砾驱赶乌鸦或狗,也是允许的。显示巴利原文
Silāvatthusmiṃ – davāyāti davena hassena; khiḍḍāyāti attho. Silāti pāsāṇo; na kevalañca pāsāṇo, aññampi yaṃkiñci dārukhaṇḍaṃ vā iṭṭhakākhaṇḍaṃ vā hatthena vā yantena vā pavijjhituṃ na vaṭṭati. Cetiyādīnaṃ atthāya pāsāṇādayo hasantā hasantā pavaṭṭentipi khipantipi ukkhipantipi kammasamayoti vaṭṭati. Aññampi īdisaṃ navakammaṃ vā karontā bhaṇḍakaṃ vā dhovantā rukkhaṃ vā dhovanadaṇḍakaṃ vā ukkhipitvā pavijjhanti, vaṭṭati. Bhattavissaggakālādīsu kāke vā soṇe vā kaṭṭhaṃ vā kathalaṃ vā khipitvā palāpeti, vaṭṭati.
184 关于出汗等诸事例,意义都显而易见。而在这里,“我是追悔者”这句话,并非意味着不要照顾病人,而是应当怀着利益之心,全面观察了病人体力的强弱、喜好、适宜与不适宜之后,再行照顾。显示巴利原文
184.Sedanādivatthūni sabbāneva uttānatthāni. Ettha ca ahaṃ kukkuccakoti na gilānupaṭṭhānaṃ na kātabbaṃ, hitakāmatāya sabbaṃ gilānassa balābalañca ruciñca sappāyāsappāyañca upalakkhetvā kātabbaṃ.
185 在奸夫孕事中——"pavutthapatikā"是指丈夫远行在外的妇女。"gabbhapātana"是指服用后会令胎儿流产的药物。两个与丈夫相关的事例,其义显而易见。于堕胎事中——当说"你压碎后使其堕下"时,若由他人压碎后使其堕下,则无有疑;当说"你令他人压碎后使其堕下"时,若自己压碎后使其堕下,亦无有疑。对于人身,并无所谓"间接"之说。因此,当说"胎儿因压碎而堕下"时,无论她自行压碎,还是使令他人压碎后堕下,皆无例外,唯犯波罗夷罪。于烧灼事中,其理相同。显示巴利原文
185. Jāragabbhinivatthusmiṃ – pavutthapatikāti pavāsaṃ gatapatikā. Gabbhapātananti yena paribhuttena gabbho patati, tādisaṃ bhesajjaṃ. Dve pajāpatikavatthūni uttānatthāneva. Gabbhamaddanavatthusmiṃ – ‘‘madditvā pātehī’’ti vutte aññena maddāpetvā pāteti, visaṅketaṃ. ‘‘Maddāpetvā pātāpehī’’ti vuttepi sayaṃ madditvā pāteti, visaṅketameva. Manussaviggahe pariyāyo nāma natthi. Tasmā ‘‘gabbho nāma maddite patatī’’ti vutte sā sayaṃ vā maddatu, aññena vā maddāpetvā pātetu, visaṅketo natthi; pārājikameva tāpanavatthusmimpi eseva nayo.
在不孕女事中——所谓"不孕女",是指未能怀胎的妇女。实际上,并无绝对无法怀胎的妇女;只是有些妇女虽已受胎,但胎儿无法安稳存留,此处正是就此而言。据说在经期,一切妇女皆能怀胎。然而被称为"不孕"者,其腹中所生的有情遭遇了不善果报。那些以微小善业结生的有情,为不善果报所摧而灭亡。在新结生时,由业力故,胎儿以两种方式不能存留——或因风,或因虫。风令胎儿干涸消散,虫则啖食毁坏。若为对治此风或虫而施药,胎儿或能存留;但那位比丘并未配制此药,反而给了其他的粗劣药物,因而导致她丧命。世尊因此药之粗劣而制立了恶作罪。显示巴利原文
Vañjhitthivatthusmiṃ – vañjhitthī nāma yā gabbhaṃ na gaṇhāti. Gabbhaṃ agaṇhanakaitthī nāma natthi, yassā pana gahitopi gabbho na saṇṭhāti, taṃyeva sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Utusamaye kira sabbitthiyo gabbhaṃ gaṇhanti. Yā panāyaṃ ‘‘vañjhā’’ti vuccati, tassā kucchiyaṃ nibbattasattānaṃ akusalavipāko sampāpuṇāti. Te parittakusalavipākena gahitapaṭisandhikā akusalavipākena adhibhūtā vinassanti. Abhinavapaṭisandhiyaṃyeva hi kammānubhāvena dvīhākārehi gabbho na saṇṭhāti – vātena vā pāṇakehi vā. Vāto sosetvā antaradhāpeti, pāṇakā khāditvā. Tassa pana vātassa pāṇakānaṃ vā paṭighātāya bhesajje kate gabbho saṇṭhaheyya; so bhikkhu taṃ akatvā aññaṃ kharabhesajjaṃ adāsi. Tena sā kālamakāsi. Bhagavā bhesajjassa kaṭattā dukkaṭaṃ paññāpesi.
就第二个事例而言,道理也是如此。因此,对于往来的外方之人,不应为其配制药物;若配制,则犯恶作罪。但对于五种同法者,则应为其配制:即比丘、比丘尼、正学女、沙弥、沙弥尼。这些戒、信、慧相等,于三学中精勤之人,不可不为他们配药。配制时,若他们有资具,应取用其资具调配后给予;若无,应以自己的资具配制;若自己亦无,应依乞食之行仪,或从亲属已邀请之处寻求;若求而不得,为病人故,纵使未作请求,也应取来配制。显示巴利原文
Dutiyavatthusmimpi eseva nayo. Tasmā āgatāgatassa parajanassa bhesajjaṃ na kātabbaṃ, karonto dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati. Pañcannaṃ pana sahadhammikānaṃ kātabbaṃ bhikkhussa bhikkhuniyā sikkhamānāya sāmaṇerassa sāmaṇeriyāti. Samasīlasaddhāpaññānañhi etesaṃ tīsu sikkhāsu yuttānaṃ bhesajjaṃ akātuṃ na labbhati, karontena ca sace tesaṃ atthi, tesaṃ santakaṃ gahetvā yojetvā dātabbaṃ. Sace natthi, attano santakaṃ kātabbaṃ. Sace attanopi natthi, bhikkhācāravattena vā ñātakapavāritaṭṭhānato vā pariyesitabbaṃ. Alabhantena gilānassa atthāya akataviññattiyāpi āharitvā kātabbaṃ.
此外,还有五种人可为其制作药物:母亲、父亲、他们的侍护者、自己的执事者,以及黄叶者。所谓“黄叶者”,是指期望出家、正在准备衣钵而暂住在寺院中的人。在这五种人之中,如果父母是主宰者,且并不期待,则可以不为他们制作;但如果他们即便身居王位也仍有所期待,则不可不作。对于期待药物者,应当给予药物;对于不知调配者,应当调配妥当之后再给予。为一切人寻求药物时,应依照同法者篇中所说的方法。若将母亲接来寺院照顾,所有服侍都应当由不直接触碰的方式进行;嚼食与啖食则应亲手递与。父亲则应当如对待沙弥一般,亲手为他沐浴、按摩等而奉侍。那些照顾、侍护父母的人,也应同样对待。所谓的“执事者”,是指领取工钱、在林中砍柴或从事其他劳作的人。当他生病时,在其亲属尚未看见的期间,应当为他制作药物。如果有人完全依止比丘而做一切事务,则必须为他制作药物。对于黄叶者,应如同对待沙弥一般对待。显示巴利原文
Aparesampi pañcannaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati – mātu, pitu, tadupaṭṭhākānaṃ, attano veyyāvaccakarassa, paṇḍupalāsassāti. Paṇḍupalāso nāma yo pabbajjāpekkho yāva pattacīvaraṃ paṭiyādiyati tāva vihāre vasati. Tesu sace mātāpitaro issarā honti, na paccāsīsanti, akātuṃ vaṭṭati. Sace pana rajjepi ṭhitā paccāsīsanti, akātuṃ na vaṭṭati. Bhesajjaṃ paccāsīsantānaṃ bhesajjaṃ dātabbaṃ, yojetuṃ ajānantānaṃ yojetvā dātabbaṃ. Sabbesaṃ atthāya sahadhammikesu vuttanayeneva pariyesitabbaṃ. Sace pana mātaraṃ vihāre ānetvā jaggati, sabbaṃ parikammaṃ anāmasantena kātabbaṃ. Khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ sahatthā dātabbaṃ. Pitā pana yathā sāmaṇero evaṃ sahatthena nhāpanasambāhanādīni katvā upaṭṭhātabbo. Ye ca mātāpitaro upaṭṭhahanti paṭijagganti, tesampi evameva kātabbaṃ. Veyyāvaccakaro nāma yo vetanaṃ gahetvā araññe dārūni vā chindati, aññaṃ vā kiñci kammaṃ karoti, tassa roge uppanne yāva ñātakā na passanti tāva bhesajjaṃ kātabbaṃ. Yo pana bhikkhunissitakova hutvā sabbakammāni karoti, tassa bhesajjaṃ kātabbameva. Paṇḍupalāsepi sāmaṇere viya paṭipajjitabbaṃ.
再有十种人也可为其制作药物:长兄、幼弟、长姊、幼妹、姨母、舅母、叔父、伯父、姑母、舅父。在为所有这些亲属制作时,应取用他们自己的药物,只作调配后便给予。若他们的药物不足,且他们请求道:“尊者,请给我们,我们会还给您的”,则可暂时给予。若他们不请求,则应该说“我们有药物,请暂时取用”,或作意“当他们有时便会归还”,然后给予。若他们归还,则可接受;若不归还,不应催促。除这十种亲属之外,不可为他人制作。显示巴利原文
Aparesampi dasannaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati – jeṭṭhabhātu, kaniṭṭhabhātu, jeṭṭhabhaginiyā, kaniṭṭhabhaginiyā, cūḷamātuyā, mahāmātuyā, cūḷapituno, mahāpituno, pitucchāya, mātulassāti. Tesaṃ pana sabbesampi karontena tesaṃyeva santakaṃ bhesajjaṃ gahetvā kevalaṃ yojetvā dātabbaṃ. Sace pana nappahonti, yācanti ca ‘‘detha no, bhante, tumhākaṃ paṭidassāmā’’ti tāvakālikaṃ dātabbaṃ. Sacepi na yācanti, ‘‘amhākaṃ bhesajjaṃ atthi, tāvakālikaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vatvā vā ‘‘yadā nesaṃ bhavissati tadā dassantī’’ti ābhogaṃ vā katvā dātabbaṃ. Sace paṭidenti, gahetabbaṃ, no ce denti, na codetabbā. Ete dasa ñātake ṭhapetvā aññesaṃ na kātabbaṃ.
对于这些人的子孙后代,直到第七代的家族范围内,若让他们持来四资具,或者在未作请求的情况下为他们制药,或者行持医业,都不犯污家罪。如果兄嫂或妹夫生病,若是亲属,也可以为他们制作;若非亲属,则应作为兄弟和姐妹的份而给予,并说“请交给你们各自照顾的人”。或者,应作为他们子女的份而给予,说“请带给你们的父母”。应当以此方法,了知一切处的情况判定。显示巴利原文
Etesaṃ puttaparamparāya pana yāva sattamo kulaparivaṭṭo tāva cattāro paccaye āharāpentassa akataviññatti vā bhesajjaṃ karontassa vejjakammaṃ vā kuladūsakāpatti vā na hoti. Sace bhātujāyā bhaginisāmiko vā gilānā honti, ñātakā ce, tesampi vaṭṭati. Aññātakā ce, bhātu ca bhaginiyā ca katvā dātabbaṃ, ‘‘tumhākaṃ jagganaṭṭhāne dethā’’ti. Atha vā tesaṃ puttānaṃ katvā dātabbaṃ, ‘‘tumhākaṃ mātāpitūnaṃ dethā’’ti. Etenupāyena sabbapadesupi vinicchayo veditabbo.
为他们取药时,若需差遣沙弥前往林中采药,应让亲属沙弥或自己的弟子沙弥前去采集。若为自己取药,取回后也应施予他们。沙弥们亦应本着“为戒师取药”的职责而取来。若戒师的父母患病来到寺院,而戒师正外出游化,共住弟子应将属于戒师的药给予;若没有,则应施舍自己的药给予戒师;若自己也没有,应按前述方式寻得后,作为戒师的资具而施与。戒师对共住弟子的父母也应同样对待。此原则也适用于老师与弟子之间。此外,若有来客、盗贼、战败者、被亲属遗弃的贵人、贫者或旅人,因病进入寺院,对所有这些人都应毫无条件地施予药物。显示巴利原文
Tesaṃ atthāya ca sāmaṇerehi araññato bhesajjaṃ āharāpentena ñātisāmaṇerehi vā āharāpetabbaṃ. Attano atthāya vā āharāpetvā dātabbaṃ. Tehipi ‘‘upajjhāyassa āharāmā’’ti vattasīsena āharitabbaṃ. Upajjhāyassa mātāpitaro gilānā vihāraṃ āgacchanti, upajjhāyo ca disāpakkanto hoti, saddhivihārikena upajjhāyassa santakaṃ bhesajjaṃ dātabbaṃ. No ce atthi, attano bhesajjaṃ upajjhāyassa pariccajitvā dātabbaṃ. Attanopi asante vuttanayena pariyesitvā upajjhāyassa santakaṃ katvā dātabbaṃ. Upajjhāyenapi saddhivihārikassa mātāpitūsu evameva paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Esa nayo ācariyantevāsikesupi. Aññopi yo āgantuko vā coro vā yuddhaparājito issaro vā ñātakehi pariccatto kapaṇo vā gamiyamanusso vā gilāno hutvā vihāraṃ pavisati, sabbesaṃ apaccāsīsantena bhesajjaṃ kātabbaṃ.
若有具足信心的家庭,如父母般以四资具护持比丘僧团,而其中有人患病,他们出于净信说:“尊者,请为我们配好药施与吧。”比丘既不应施与,也不应配制。然而,若他们了解如法的方式后这样问:“尊者,对于某种病,他们用什么药?”则可回答:“他们采用这些药材来配制。”若被问:“尊者,我母亲病了,请先告知药方。”则不应告知。但是,比丘之间可以这样相互交谈:“贤友,对于某比丘的这种病,他们用了什么药?”“尊者,用了这些药材。”另一人听后,为自己的母亲配药,这是允许的。显示巴利原文
Saddhaṃ kulaṃ hoti catūhi paccayehi upaṭṭhāyakaṃ bhikkhusaṅghassa mātāpituṭṭhāniyaṃ, tatra ce koci gilāno hoti, tassatthāya vissāsena ‘‘bhesajjaṃ katvā bhante dethā’’ti vadanti, neva dātabbaṃ na kātabbaṃ. Atha pana kappiyaṃ ñatvā evaṃ pucchanti – ‘‘bhante, asukassa nāma rogassa kiṃ bhesajjaṃ karontī’’ti? ‘‘Idañcidañca gahetvā karontī’’ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Bhante, mayhaṃ mātā gilānā, bhesajjaṃ tāva ācikkhathā’’ti evaṃ pucchite pana na ācikkhitabbaṃ. Aññamaññaṃ pana kathā kātabbā – ‘‘āvuso, asukassa nāma bhikkhuno imasmiṃ roge kiṃ bhesajjaṃ kariṃsū’’ti? ‘‘Idañcidañca bhante’’ti. Taṃ sutvā itaro mātu bhesajjaṃ karoti, vaṭṭateva.
据说,当瓦萨巴国王的王后病重时,有一位妇女前来询问大莲华长老。长老并未说“我不知道”,而是以同样的方式与比丘们交谈。她听后,他们便为她配制了药物。病愈之后,她将装满药物的药箱,连同三衣和三百迦诃波那,一起带到长老足前,说道:“尊者,请接受花供养。”长老说:“这称为师长应得的份额。”他以如法的方式令人收下后,便做了花供养。在药物的处理上,应如此遵行。显示巴利原文
Mahāpadumattheropi kira vasabharañño deviyā roge uppanne ekāya itthiyā āgantvā pucchito ‘‘na jānāmī’’ti avatvā evameva bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ samullapesi. Taṃ sutvā tassā bhesajjamakaṃsu. Vūpasante ca roge ticīvarena tīhi ca kahāpaṇasatehi saddhiṃ bhesajjacaṅkoṭakaṃ pūretvā āharitvā therassa pādamūle ṭhapetvā ‘‘bhante, pupphapūjaṃ karothā’’ti āhaṃsu. Thero ‘‘ācariyabhāgo nāmāya’’nti kappiyavasena gāhāpetvā pupphapūjaṃ akāsi. Evaṃ tāva bhesajje paṭipajjitabbaṃ.
关于护卫经:若有人说:“尊者,请为病人作护卫”,不应作;若说:“请诵”,则可作。若比丘心想:“这些人不了解,若不诵他们将生后悔”,则可作。若有人说:“请制作护卫水与护卫线后给予”,则应仅为他们搅动水并以手擦拭线后给予。若比丘给予寺院的水或属于自己的线,则犯恶作。人们取来水与线,坐下后说:“请诵护卫经”,便可诵。若他们不知,应告知。比丘们坐着时,人们将水倒在他们脚上,并放上线,然后离去,说:“请作护卫,请诵护卫经”,此时不应移开脚,以免人生悔。若从村内为病人送信到寺院,说:“请诵护卫经”,应诵。若村内王宫等处发生疾病或灾难,被请去诵,应诵《阿吒那智经》等。若被请:“请来为病人授戒、说法”,或:“请来王宫或大臣宅中授戒、说法”,应前往授戒、说法。若被请:“请来围绕亡者”,不应去。若以业处为由,心想:“我可于观尸之处、观不净之处获得死随念”,则可前往。在护卫经方面,应当这样奉行。显示巴利原文
Paritte pana ‘‘gilānassa parittaṃ karotha, bhante’’ti vutte na kātabbaṃ, ‘‘bhaṇathā’’ti vutte pana kātabbaṃ. Sace pissa evaṃ hoti ‘‘manussā nāma na jānanti, akayiramāne vippaṭisārino bhavissantī’’ti kātabbaṃ; ‘‘parittodakaṃ parittasuttaṃ katvā dethā’’ti vuttena pana tesaṃyeva udakaṃ hatthena cāletvā suttaṃ parimajjetvā dātabbaṃ. Sace vihārato udakaṃ attano santakaṃ vā suttaṃ deti, dukkaṭaṃ. Manussā udakañca suttañca gahetvā nisīditvā ‘‘parittaṃ bhaṇathā’’ti vadanti, kātabbaṃ. No ce jānanti, ācikkhitabbaṃ. Bhikkhūnaṃ nisinnānaṃ pādesu udakaṃ ākiritvā suttañca ṭhapetvā gacchanti ‘‘parittaṃ karotha, parittaṃ bhaṇathā’’ti na pādā apanetabbā. Manussā hi vippaṭisārino honti. Antogāme gilānassatthāya vihāraṃ pesenti, ‘‘parittaṃ bhaṇantū’’ti bhaṇitabbaṃ. Antogāme rājagehādīsu roge vā upaddave vā uppanne pakkosāpetvā bhaṇāpenti, āṭānāṭiyasuttādīni bhaṇitabbāni. ‘‘Āgantvā gilānassa sikkhāpadāni dentu, dhammaṃ kathentu. Rājantepure vā amaccagehe vā āgantvā sikkhāpadāni dentu, dhammaṃ kathentū’’ti pesitepi gantvā sikkhāpadāni dātabbāni, dhammo kathetabbo. ‘‘Matānaṃ parivāratthaṃ āgacchantū’’ti pakkosanti, na gantabbaṃ. Sīvathikadassane asubhadassane ca maraṇassatiṃ paṭilabhissāmīti kammaṭṭhānasīsena gantuṃ vaṭṭati. Evaṃ paritte paṭipajjitabbaṃ.
关于食:未受持的食物应施与谁,不应施与谁?首先,应施与父母。即使价值一迦诃波那,也无损于信施。也应施与父母的侍者、照料者以及黄叶者。其中,对黄叶者,即使放入钵中施与也是可以的。除这些之外,对其他在家人,即使是父母也不可施与。因为出家人所受用的物品对在家人而言,如同塔物。此外,所谓未受持的食物,即使对前来的强盗或权贵也应给予。何以故?因为若不给,他们便会抓取并说:“不给!”;若给了,他们又会生气说:“你们给的是残食。”若他们生气,可能害命,也可能障碍教法。此处应讲述一则关于希望获得王位而游行的盗龙的故事。在食物方面,应当这样奉行。显示巴利原文
Piṇḍapāte pana – anāmaṭṭhapiṇḍapāto kassa dātabbo, kassa na dātabbo? Mātāpitunaṃ tāva dātabbo. Sacepi kahāpaṇagghanako hoti, saddhādeyyavinipātanaṃ natthi. Mātāpituupaṭṭhākānaṃ veyyāvaccakarassa paṇḍupalāsassāti etesampi dātabbo. Tattha paṇḍupalāsassa thālake pakkhipitvāpi dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Taṃ ṭhapetvā aññesaṃ āgārikānaṃ mātāpitunampi na vaṭṭati. Pabbajitaparibhogo hi āgārikānaṃ cetiyaṭṭhāniyo. Apica anāmaṭṭhapiṇḍapāto nāmesa sampattassa dāmarikacorassāpi issarassāpi dātabbo. Kasmā? Te hi adīyamānepi ‘‘na dentī’’ti āmasitvā dīyamānepi ‘‘ucchiṭṭhakaṃ dentī’’ti kujjhanti. Kuddhā jīvitāpi voropenti, sāsanassāpi antarāyaṃ karonti. Rajjaṃ patthayamānassa vicarato coranāgassa vatthu cettha kathetabbaṃ. Evaṃ piṇḍapāte paṭipajjitabbaṃ.
关于接待:应对谁作接待,不对谁作接待?所谓接待,即对任何来到寺院的人——无论是客比丘、贫者、盗贼还是权贵,都应行接待。如何行?首先,见到耗尽旅费的客比丘来到寺院,应供给饮水,供给涂脚油。若于适时到来,应供给粥与食;若于非时到来,若有米,应供给米。不应说:“走开。”应供给卧处。这一切都应不求回报而行。不应生起这样的心:“这些人是四资具的施主,若这样善待,他们将愈发增进净信而行利益。”对盗贼,即使是僧物,也应给予。显示巴利原文
Paṭisanthāro pana kassa kātabbo, kassa na kātabbo? Paṭisanthāro nāma vihāraṃ sampattassa yassa kassaci āgantukassa vā daliddassa vā corassa vā issarassa vā kātabboyeva. Kathaṃ? Āgantukaṃ tāva khīṇaparibbayaṃ vihāraṃ sampattaṃ disvā pānīyaṃ dātabbaṃ, pādamakkhanatelaṃ dātabbaṃ. Kāle āgatassa yāgubhattaṃ, vikāle āgatassa sace taṇḍulā atthi; taṇḍulā dātabbā. Avelāyaṃ sampatto ‘‘gacchāhī’’ti na vattabbo. Sayanaṭṭhānaṃ dātabbaṃ. Sabbaṃ apaccāsīsanteneva kātabbaṃ. ‘‘Manussā nāma catupaccayadāyakā evaṃ saṅgahe kayiramāne punappunaṃ pasīditvā upakāraṃ karissantī’’ti cittaṃ na uppādetabbaṃ. Corānaṃ pana saṅghikampi dātabbaṃ.
为阐明接待之功德利益,诸如盗龙故事、与兄弟共赴阎浮洲的大龙王故事、父王国土中四位大臣的故事、无畏盗贼故事等众多故事,在《大注疏》中已有详细叙述。显示巴利原文
Paṭisanthārānisaṃsadīpanatthañca coranāgavatthu, bhātarā saddhiṃ jambudīpagatassa mahānāgarañño vatthu, piturājassa rajje catunnaṃ amaccānaṃ vatthu, abhayacoravatthūti evamādīni bahūni vatthūni mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vitthārato vuttāni.
此处举一则故事以说明:相传在锡兰岛,有盗贼名无畏,率五百随从,于一处扎营,将周围三由旬之地清空而住下。阿努拉达普拉的居民不敢渡过卡丹巴河,通往支提山的道路行人断绝。某日,那盗贼说:‘我要去劫掠支提山。’便出发了。寺工们望见后,禀告长部诵者无畏长老。长老问:‘有酥油、糖蜜等物吗?’‘有的,尊者。’‘那就给盗贼们吧。有米吗?’‘有的,尊者,有僧团的米、叶菜和牛乳。’‘做饭给盗贼们吧。’寺工们便照办。盗贼们用完饭后问:‘这招待是谁做的?’‘是我们师父无畏长老做的。’盗贼们便来到长老跟前,顶礼后说道:‘我等原本是来抢夺僧团和支提财物的,却被您这样的招待所感动,生起信心。从今往后,寺院如法的守护便由我等负责,请让市民们前来布施,前来礼敬支提吧。’从那时起,市民们来布施时,盗贼们便在河边迎接,护送他们到寺院,在寺院布施时也站立守护。他们还将比丘们吃剩的食物给盗贼们吃。离去时,那些盗贼也送他们到河边才返回。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ ekavatthudīpanā – sīhaḷadīpe kira abhayo nāma coro pañcasataparivāro ekasmiṃ ṭhāne khandhāvāraṃ bandhitvā samantā tiyojanaṃ ubbāsetvā vasati. Anurādhapuravāsino kadambanadiṃ na uttaranti, cetiyagirimagge janasañcāro upacchinno. Athekadivasaṃ coro ‘‘cetiyagiriṃ vilumpissāmī’’ti agamāsi. Ārāmikā disvā dīghabhāṇakaabhayattherassa ārocesuṃ. Thero ‘‘sappiphāṇitādīni atthī’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Atthi, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Corānaṃ detha, taṇḍulā atthī’’ti? ‘‘Atthi, bhante, saṅghassatthāya āhaṭā taṇḍulā ca pattasākañca goraso cā’’ti. ‘‘Bhattaṃ sampādetvā corānaṃ dethā’’ti. Ārāmikā tathā kariṃsu. Corā bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā ‘‘kenāyaṃ paṭisanthāro kato’’ti pucchiṃsu. ‘‘Amhākaṃ ayyena abhayattherenā’’ti. Corā therassa santikaṃ gantvā vanditvā āhaṃsu – ‘‘mayaṃ saṅghassa ca cetiyassa ca santakaṃ acchinditvā gahessāmāti āgatā, tumhākaṃ pana iminā paṭisanthārenamha pasannā, ajja paṭṭhāya vihāre dhammikā rakkhā amhākaṃ āyattā hotu, nāgarā āgantvā dānaṃ dentu, cetiyaṃ vandantū’’ti. Tato paṭṭhāya ca nāgare dānaṃ dātuṃ āgacchante nadītīreyeva paccuggantvā rakkhantā vihāraṃ nenti, vihārepi dānaṃ dentānaṃ rakkhaṃ katvā tiṭṭhanti. Tepi bhikkhūnaṃ bhuttāvasesaṃ corānaṃ denti. Gamanakālepi te corā nadītīraṃ pāpetvā nivattanti.
一日,比丘僧团中起了讥嫌:‘长老仗着权威,把僧团的财物给了盗贼。’长老便召集集会,说道:‘盗贼们原本是来抢夺僧团的日常用品和支提财物的。我为了让他们不拿走那些东西,便对他们作了这样的招待。你们把所有这些合起来估个价吧,把因这缘故而未被抢走的物品合起来估个价。’结果,长老所给出的全部东西,加起来还比不上支提屋内一张上好的彩绘布毯的价值。于是他们说:‘长老所作的招待做得极好,既不可指责,也不可追究,既不是侵占,也不是盗取。’如此,有智比丘应知招待有大利益而作招待。显示巴利原文
Athekadivasaṃ bhikkhusaṅghe khīyanakakathā uppannā ‘‘thero issaravatāya saṅghassa santakaṃ corānaṃ adāsī’’ti. Thero sannipātaṃ kārāpetvā āha – ‘‘corā saṅghassa pakativaṭṭañca cetiyasantakañca acchinditvā gaṇhissāmā’’ti āgamiṃsu. Atha nesaṃ mayā evaṃ na harissantīti ettako nāma paṭisanthāro kato, taṃ sabbampi ekato sampiṇḍetvā agghāpetha. Tena kāraṇena aviluttaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ ekato sampiṇḍetvā agghāpethāti. Tato sabbampi therena dinnakaṃ cetiyaghare ekaṃ varapotthakacittattharaṇaṃ na agghati. Tato āhaṃsu – ‘‘therena katapaṭisanthāro sukato codetuṃ vā sāretuṃ vā na labbhā, gīvā vā avahāro vā natthī’’ti. Evaṃ mahānisaṃso paṭisanthāroti sallakkhetvā kattabbo paṇḍitena bhikkhunāti.
187 第187条 指弹水因缘中——‘uttanto’意为疲惫。‘anassāsako’意为无喘息。但于此因缘中,所应犯之罪已于‘小罪’中说明,故此处未说。显示巴利原文
187. Aṅgulipatodakavatthusmiṃ – uttantoti kilamanto. Anassāsakoti nirassāso. Imasmiṃ pana vatthusmiṃ yāya āpattiyā bhavitabbaṃ sā ‘‘khuddakesu nidiṭṭhā’’ti idha na vuttā.
在随后的因缘中——‘ottharitvā’意为踩踏。据说他被那些人拖拽时倒下了。一人爬上他的腹部而坐。其余十五人将他按倒在地,如以大石压杀野兽般将他杀死。然而,因为那些人是出于折磨的目的,而非出于杀人的目的,所以未说波罗夷罪。显示巴利原文
Tadanantare vatthusmiṃ – ottharitvāti akkamitvā. So kira tehi ākaḍḍhiyamāno patito. Eko tassa udaraṃ abhiruhitvā nisīdi. Sesāpi pannarasa janā pathaviyaṃ ajjhottharitvā adūhalapāsāṇā viya migaṃ māresuṃ. Yasmā pana te kammādhippāyā, na maraṇādhippāyā; tasmā pārājikaṃ na vuttaṃ.
在鬼魅医师因缘中——‘杀了夜叉’:修习鬼魅明咒者,欲解救被夜叉附身之人,便召请夜叉,说:‘放开!’若夜叉不放开,他们便用面粉或黏土做成形象,砍断其手脚。形象上何处被砍断,夜叉的相应处即被砍断。若砍断头部,夜叉亦死。如此,他也杀了夜叉,故说偷兰遮罪。不仅限于夜叉,即使杀害帝释天王,亦同犯偷兰遮罪。显示巴利原文
Bhūtavejjakavatthusmiṃ – yakkhaṃ māresīti bhūtavijjākapāṭhakā yakkhagahitaṃ mocetukāmā yakkhaṃ āvāhetvā muñcāti vadanti. No ce muñcati, piṭṭhena vā mattikāya vā rūpaṃ katvā hatthapādādīni chindanti, yaṃ yaṃ tassa chijjati taṃ taṃ yakkhassa chinnameva hoti. Sīse chinne yakkhopi marati . Evaṃ sopi māresi; tasmā thullaccayaṃ vuttaṃ. Na kevalañca yakkhameva, yopi hi sakkaṃ devarājaṃ māreyya, sopi thullaccayameva āpajjati.
在“凶暴夜叉住处”的因缘中,“凶暴夜叉住处”是指有凶恶、暴虐的夜叉所住的寺院。若有人不知那是这样的寺院,仅为了住宿而派遣比丘前去,则无罪。若是以杀意为目的而派遣,则因对方死亡而犯波罗夷,未死则犯偷兰遮。如同凶暴夜叉住处,若有凶暴的狮子、老虎等野兽,或蟒蛇、黑蛇等长身动物所住之处,派遣比丘前往那样的凶险住处,也应知有罪与无罪的差别。这便是律藏义理的方法。如同派遣比丘前往凶暴夜叉住处,将凶暴夜叉差遣到比丘跟前,亦应知有罪与无罪的差别。同样的道理也适用于凶暴旷野等因缘。在此仅是词义上的差别:有凶暴野兽或长身动物的旷野,称为凶暴旷野;有盗贼的旷野,称为盗贼旷野。而“人体波罗夷”这一戒条甚为微细,不能以间接说辞而免罪。因此,若有人说:“在某处有盗贼坐着,谁能砍下他的头带来,国王必有重赏。”有人听了这话,去杀了那人,此人即是波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Vāḷayakkhavatthusmiṃ – vāḷayakkhavihāranti yasmiṃ vihāre vāḷo caṇḍo yakkho vasati, taṃ vihāraṃ. Yo hi evarūpaṃ vihāraṃ ajānanto kevalaṃ vasanatthāya peseti, anāpatti. Yo maraṇādhippāyo peseti, so itarassa maraṇena pārājikaṃ, amaraṇena thullaccayaṃ āpajjati. Yathā ca vāḷayakkhavihāraṃ; evaṃ yattha vāḷasīhabyagghādimigā vā ajagarakaṇhasappādayo dīghajātikā vā vasanti, taṃ vāḷavihāraṃ pesentassāpi āpattānāpattibhedo veditabbo. Ayaṃ pāḷimuttakanayo. Yathā ca bhikkhuṃ vāḷayakkhavihāraṃ pesentassa; evaṃ vāḷayakkhampi bhikkhusantikaṃ pesentassa āpattānāpattibhedo veditabbo. Eseva nayo vāḷakantārādivatthūsupi. Kevalañhettha yasmiṃ kantāre vāḷamigā vā dīghajātikā vā atthi, so vāḷakantāro. Yasmiṃ corā atthi, so corakantāroti evaṃ padatthamattameva nānaṃ. Manussaviggahapārājikañca nāmetaṃ saṇhaṃ, pariyāyakathāya na muccati; tasmā yo vadeyya ‘‘asukasmiṃ nāma okāse coro nisinno , yo tassa sīsaṃ chinditvā āharati, so rājato sakkāravisesaṃ labhatī’’ti. Tassa cetaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā koci naṃ gantvā māreti, ayaṃ pārājiko hotīti.
188 188. “以为是彼”等句中:据说,那位比丘想杀害仇恨自己的比丘,心里思量:“若白天杀他,恐怕不易安然脱身,我应在夜里杀他。”如此决定后,夜至众人眠卧之处,以为是彼仇敌,结果杀了仇敌本人。另有比丘以为是仇敌,却杀了他人;又有比丘以为是他人,却杀了仇敌的同伙;又有比丘以为是他人,却杀了仇敌的同伙本人。这些皆犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
188.Taṃ maññamānoti ādīsu so kira bhikkhu attano veribhikkhuṃ māretukāmo cintesi – ‘‘imaṃ me divā mārentassa na sukaraṃ bhaveyya sotthinā gantuṃ, rattiṃ naṃ māressāmī’’ti sallakkhetvā rattiṃ āgamma bahūnaṃ sayitaṭṭhāne taṃ maññamāno tameva jīvitā voropesi. Aparo taṃ maññamāno aññaṃ, aparo aññaṃ tasseva sahāyaṃ maññamāno taṃ, aparo aññaṃ tasseva sahāyaṃ maññamāno aññaṃ tassa sahāyameva jīvitā voropesi. Sabbesampi pārājikameva.
在非人附身事中,第一个案例:一位比丘心想“我要驱逐夜叉”而击打被附身者;被附身者心想:“此人下手难免失准,不会杀我。”于此,对于无杀意者,说为无罪。然而,绝非凭此便可击打非人附身者,而应在手上或脚上系系棕榈叶或护卫经带,诵持《宝经》等护卫经,并应说法:“莫扰害具戒比丘。”关于天界论等,其义明了。此处应说的,已如前说。显示巴利原文
Amanussagahitavatthūsu paṭhame vatthusmiṃ ‘‘yakkhaṃ palāpessāmī’’ti pahāraṃ adāsi, itaro ‘‘na dānāyaṃ virajjhituṃ samattho, māressāmi na’’nti . Ettha ca namaraṇādhippāyassa anāpatti vuttāti. Na ettakeneva amanussagahitassa pahāro dātabbo, tālapaṇṇaṃ pana parittasuttaṃ vā hatthe vā pāde vā bandhitabbaṃ, ratanasuttādīni parittāni bhaṇitabbāni, ‘‘mā sīlavantaṃ bhikkhuṃ viheṭhehī’’ti dhammakathā kātabbāti. Saggakathādīni uttānatthāni. Yañhettha vattabbaṃ taṃ vuttameva.
189 伐树事与缚石事相似。但此处有所不同:即使被树压倒而未死,且能从一侧砍树或掘地脱出,手中即便有斧或刀,也宁可舍弃生命,不应砍树或掘地。何以故?若这样做即犯波逸提,违越佛陀的教令,并非守护至命终的持戒之道。因此,宁可舍弃生命,也不应那样做,应秉持“不犯戒”的原则。然而,由其他比丘砍树或掘地将其救出,是允许的。如果需用臼车将树推转才能救出,摩诃苏摩长老说:“可砍该树取臼。”摩诃莲华长老说:“砍其他树取来,也是允许的。”对于落入坑等中者,绑梯救出,道理相同。自己不可砍伐草木做梯,由他人做好后救出,是允许的。显示巴利原文
189.Rukkhacchedanavatthu aṭṭabandhanavatthusadisaṃ. Ayaṃ pana viseso – yo rukkhena otthatopi na marati , sakkā ca hoti ekena passena rukkhaṃ chetvā pathaviṃ vā khanitvā nikkhamituṃ, hatthe cassa vāsi vā kuṭhārī vā atthi, tena api jīvitaṃ pariccajitabbaṃ, na ca rukkho vā chinditabbo, na pathavī vā khaṇitabbā. Kasmā? Evaṃ karonto hi pācittiyaṃ āpajjati, buddhassa āṇaṃ bhañjati, na jīvitapariyantaṃ sīlaṃ karoti. Tasmā api jīvitaṃ pariccajitabbaṃ, na ca sīlanti pariggahetvā na evaṃ kātabbaṃ. Aññassa pana bhikkhuno rukkhaṃ vā chinditvā pathaviṃ vā khanitvā taṃ nīharituṃ vaṭṭati. Sace udukkhalayantakena rukkhaṃ pavaṭṭetvā nīharitabbo hoti, taṃyeva rukkhaṃ chinditvā udukkhalaṃ gahetabbanti mahāsumatthero āha. Aññampi chinditvā gahetuṃ vaṭṭatīti mahāpadumatthero. Sobbhādīsu patitassāpi nisseṇiṃ bandhitvā uttāraṇe eseva nayo. Attanā bhūtagāmaṃ chinditvā nisseṇī na kātabbā, aññesaṃ katvā uddharituṃ vaṭṭatīti.
190 焚烧丛林事中——“焚烧丛林”指在林中放火。此处,依指定与未指定之别,应知波罗夷、无间罪、偷兰遮、波逸提等罪所摄的不善业聚,如前所说。若心想“让青草、树木、灌木等烧毁”而放火,犯波逸提。若心想“让资具坏灭”而放火,犯恶作。若以嬉戏之意,亦犯恶作,此在《简要注》中说。若心想“无论青的、干的、有根的、无根的,都烧毁”而放火,应依事由分别而知波罗夷、偷兰遮、波逸提、恶作等罪。显示巴利原文
190. Dāyālimpanavatthūsu – dāyaṃ ālimpesunti vane aggiṃ adaṃsu. Ettha pana uddissānuddissavasena pārājikānantariyathullaccayapācittivatthūnaṃ anurūpato pārājikādīni akusalarāsibhāvo ca pubbe vuttanayeneva veditabbo. ‘‘Allatiṇavanappagumbādayo ḍayhantū’’ti ālimpentassa ca pācittiyaṃ. ‘‘Dabbūpakaraṇāni vinassantū’’ti ālimpentassa dukkaṭaṃ. Khiḍḍādhippāyenāpi dukkaṭanti saṅkhepaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. ‘‘Yaṃkiñci allasukkhaṃ saindriyānindriyaṃ ḍayhatū’’ti ālimpentassa vatthuvasena pārājikathullaccayapācittiyadukkaṭāni veditabbāni.
然而,施逆火与作防护是世尊所开许的。因此,若在林中见樵夫所放之火或自燃之火蔓延而来,心想“别让草舍毁坏”,便可对该火施放逆火,令来火与逆火会合一处,无有燃料而熄灭。也可作防护:在草舍周围刮去地表土或挖掘沟壕,使来火不得燃料而熄灭。这一切仅限于火已燃起时方可做。火未起时,应由未受具戒者以如法的方式处理。若用水浇灭火,只应浇洒无虫之水。显示巴利原文
Paṭaggidānaṃ pana parittakaraṇañca bhagavatā anuññātaṃ, tasmā araññe vanakammikehi vā dinnaṃ sayaṃ vā uṭṭhitaṃ aggiṃ āgacchantaṃ disvā ‘‘tiṇakuṭiyo mā vinassantū’’ti tassa aggino paṭiaggiṃ dātuṃ vaṭṭati, yena saddhiṃ āgacchanto aggi ekato hutvā nirupādāno nibbāti. Parittampi kātuṃ vaṭṭati tiṇakuṭikānaṃ samantā bhūmitacchanaṃ parikhākhaṇanaṃ vā, yathā āgato aggi upādānaṃ alabhitvā nibbāti. Etañca sabbaṃ uṭṭhiteyeva aggismiṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Anuṭṭhite anupasampannehi kappiyavohārena kāretabbaṃ. Udakena pana nibbāpentehi appāṇakameva udakaṃ āsiñcitabbaṃ.
191 于杀戮事中:正如说‘一击’时那样,说‘二击’等时,亦应知为波罗夷。若说‘二击’,纵使一击杀死,因已落入所限定的范围之内,亦为波罗夷;若三击杀死,则为超出界限。如是,在限定之内或界限范围内,未超出界限;若超出限定,一切情况皆为超出界限,此时教令者得免,唯行杀者得咎。正如于击数,于人亦同样:若言‘杀一人’,一人杀死则波罗夷,二人杀死则超出界限。若言‘杀二人’,无论一人或二人杀死皆波罗夷,三人杀死则超出界限——应当如此了知。若有人于战场以剑砍断奔跑者之头,无头身躯仍继续奔跑,另一人击打令其倒下,问:谁犯波罗夷?半数长老说:‘令其停步者。’阿毗达摩论师瞿达多长老说:‘断头者。’如这些事例,于阐明此事义时亦当具说。显示巴利原文
191.Āghātanavatthusmiṃ – yathā ekappahāravacane; evaṃ ‘‘dvīhi pahārehī’’ti ādivacanesupi pārājikaṃ veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Dvīhī’’ti vutte ca ekena pahārena māritepi khettameva otiṇṇattā pārājikaṃ, tīhi mārite pana visaṅketaṃ. Iti yathāparicchede vā paricchedabbhantare vā avisaṅketaṃ, paricchedātikkame pana sabbattha visaṅketaṃ hoti, āṇāpako muccati, vadhakasseva doso. Yathā ca pahāresu; evaṃ purisesupi ‘‘eko māretū’’ti vutte ekeneva mārite pārājikaṃ, dvīhi mārite visaṅketaṃ. ‘‘Dve mārentū’’ti vutte ekena vā dvīhi vā mārite pārājikaṃ, tīhi mārite visaṅketanti veditabbaṃ. Eko saṅgāme vegena dhāvato purisassa sīsaṃ asinā chindati, asīsakaṃ kabandhaṃ dhāvati, tamañño paharitvā pātesi, kassa pārājikanti vutte upaḍḍhā therā ‘‘gamanūpacchedakassā’’ti āhaṃsu. Ābhidhammikagodattatthero ‘‘sīsacchedakassā’’ti. Evarūpānipi vatthūni imassa vatthussa atthadīpane vattabbānīti.
192 于酪浆事中:若未作限定而说‘给饮酪浆’,无论给饮何种酪浆令其致死,犯波罗夷。若作限定而说‘牛酪浆、水牛酪浆、山羊酪浆’,或说‘冷的、热的、烟熏的、未烟熏的’,给饮所说之外的酪浆令其致死,则为超出界限。显示巴利原文
192.Takkavatthusmiṃ – aniyametvā ‘‘takkaṃ pāyethā’’ti vutte yaṃ vā taṃ vā takkaṃ pāyetvā mārite pārājikaṃ. Niyametvā pana ‘‘gotakkaṃ mahiṃsatakkaṃ ajikātakka’’nti vā, ‘‘sītaṃ uṇhaṃ dhūpitaṃ adhūpita’’nti vā vutte yaṃ vuttaṃ, tato aññaṃ pāyetvā mārite visaṅketaṃ.
于盐醋药事中:所谓盐醋药,是一种由一切味所合成的药物。据说制作此药时,将诃子、余甘子、毗醯勒的煎汁,一切谷物、一切菜蔬、七种谷之饭,芭蕉果等一切果实,白藤、露兜树、枣椰笋等一切笋,鱼、肉块,以及多种蜜、糖浆、岩盐、辛香药等药物放入,封涂瓮口,放置一年、二年或三年,待其完全成熟,色如阎浮果汁。对于风病、咳嗽、麻风、黄疸、痔疮等,及在食油腻之后,作为饭后饮料、消食之药,无有能及者。此药,比丘于食后亦可服用;患病者可如常饮用,无病者则须以水混合后作为饮料饮用。显示巴利原文
Loṇasovīrakavatthusmiṃ– loṇasovīrakaṃ nāma sabbarasābhisaṅkhataṃ ekaṃ bhesajjaṃ. Taṃ kira karontā harītakāmalakavibhītakakasāve sabbadhaññāni sabbaaparaṇṇāni sattannampi dhaññānaṃ odanaṃ kadaliphalādīni sabbaphalāni vettaketakakhajjūrikaḷīrādayo sabbakaḷīre macchamaṃsakhaṇḍāni anekāni ca madhuphāṇitasindhavaloṇanikaṭukādīni bhesajjāni pakkhipitvā kumbhimukhaṃ limpitvā ekaṃ vā dve vā tīṇi vā saṃvaccharāni ṭhapenti, taṃ paripaccitvā jamburasavaṇṇaṃ hoti. Vātakāsakuṭṭhapaṇḍubhagandarādīnaṃ siniddhabhojanaṃ bhuttānañca uttarapānaṃ bhattajīraṇakabhesajjaṃ tādisaṃ natthi. Taṃ panetaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pacchābhattampi vaṭṭati, gilānānaṃ pākatikameva, agilānānaṃ pana udakasambhinnaṃ pānaparibhogenāti.
第四波罗夷显示巴利原文
4. Catutthapārājikaṃ
通达四谛之师,所宣说之第四,
波罗夷罪,今已得其注释次第。
显示巴利原文 Catusaccavidū satthā, catutthaṃ yaṃ pakāsayi; Pārājikaṃ tassa dāni, patto saṃvaṇṇanākkamo. Yasmā tasmā suviññeyyaṃ, yaṃ pubbe ca pakāsitaṃ; Taṃ vajjayitvā assāpi, hoti saṃvaṇṇanā ayaṃ.
瓦古穆达河岸比丘事注释显示巴利原文
Vaggumudātīriyabhikkhuvatthuvaṇṇanā
193 193. 那时,世尊住在毗舍离……(中略)……“我们安排在家人的事务”是指:我们安排在家人的田地、园林等处所应做之事;“我们告知并教导:‘应这样做,不应那样做’”,这是说。使者之事,即指差使的工作。关于“上人法”:是指超越凡人的法;其含义是:超越凡人之后,导向梵天或涅槃的法。或者,是指超越凡人的、最胜之人、禅修者与圣者的法。关于“某位比丘”等:应知他们这样商议后,日后对在家人说时,便以名称来称赞,如:“名为佛护的比丘是初禅的证得者,法护是二禅的证得者”。其中,“朋友,这确实才是更好的”:安排事务与传递差使,怨敌众多、筹备广大,且不合沙门威仪。然而,相较而言,这确实更为优胜、更值称叹、更加美好,即我们向在家人互相称赞上人法。这是什么意思呢?无论调整威仪后坐着或经行,无论在家人们问或不问,以“这位名为某甲的比丘是初禅的证得者”等方式,我们之间互相称赞上人法,那才是更好的。然而,由于没有未来时的关联,当时他并未如此说,故不相应;因此,应建立未来时的关联,理解为:“凡将如此称赞者,”显示巴利原文
193.Tena samayena buddho bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati…pe… gihīnaṃ kammantaṃ adhiṭṭhemāti gihīnaṃ khettesu ceva ārāmādīsu ca kattabbakiccaṃ adhiṭṭhāma; ‘‘evaṃ kātabbaṃ, evaṃ na kātabba’’nti ācikkhāma ceva anusāsāma cāti vuttaṃ hoti. Dūteyyanti dūtakammaṃ. Uttarimanussadhammassāti manusse uttiṇṇadhammassa; manusse atikkamitvā brahmattaṃ vā nibbānaṃ vā pāpanakadhammassāti attho. Uttarimanussānaṃ vā seṭṭhapurisānaṃ jhāyīnañca ariyānañca dhammassa. Asuko bhikkhūtiādīsu attanā evaṃ mantayitvā pacchā gihīnaṃ bhāsantā ‘‘buddharakkhito nāma bhikkhu paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhī, dhammarakkhito dutiyassā’’ti evaṃ nāmavaseneva vaṇṇaṃ bhāsiṃsūti veditabbo. Tattha esoyeva kho āvuso seyyoti kammantādhiṭṭhānaṃ dūteyyaharaṇañca bahusapattaṃ mahāsamārambhaṃ na ca samaṇasāruppaṃ. Tato pana ubhayatopi eso eva seyyo pāsaṃsataro sundarataro yo amhākaṃ gihīnaṃ aññamaññassa uttarimanussadhammassa vaṇṇo bhāsito. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Iriyāpathaṃ saṇṭhapetvā nisinnaṃ vā caṅkamantaṃ vā pucchantānaṃ vā apucchantānaṃ vā gihīnaṃ ‘‘ayaṃ asuko nāma bhikkhu paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhī’’ti evamādinā nayena yo amhākaṃ aññena aññassa uttarimanussadhammassa vaṇṇo bhāsito bhavissati, eso eva seyyoti. Anāgatasambandhe pana asati na etehi so tasmiṃ khaṇe bhāsitova yasmā na yujjati, tasmā anāgatasambandhaṃ katvā ‘‘yo evaṃ bhāsito bhavissati, so eva seyyo’’ti evamettha attho veditabbo. Lakkhaṇaṃ pana saddasatthato pariyesitabbaṃ.
194 “容色具足”是指:他们身上生起了一种崭新且与以往不同的身体色泽,因此容色具足。“诸根饱满”是指:由于五处净色所依之处圆满,且眼等五根与意根合为六根,皆无萎靡之状,故诸根饱满。“面貌清净”是指:虽然总体上容色具足,但他们的面貌色泽比身体色泽更为清净,意思是明澈、无浊、全然的清净。“肤色极净”是指:他们因如同大迦尼迦花等色泽而容色具足,其他人虽也有类似的色泽,然而其他人的肤色却不像他们这样极其明净,因此说“肤色极净”。如是,这些比丘既不专心于诵经,也不专心于问法,也不专心于修习业处。他们却因欺诈、虚赞不实功德而获得殊胜的食物,食已,随心所欲地沉溺于睡眠之乐与聚会之乐,从而获得了这样的身体光泽,正如那些愚痴、犹如迷鹿一般的人那样。显示巴利原文
194.Vaṇṇavā ahesunti aññoyeva nesaṃ abhinavo sarīravaṇṇo uppajji, tena vaṇṇena vaṇṇavanto ahesuṃ. Pīṇindriyāti pañcahi pasādehi abhiniviṭṭhokāsassa paripuṇṇattā manacchaṭṭhānaṃ indriyānaṃ amilātabhāvena pīṇindriyā. Pasannamukhavaṇṇāti kiñcāpi avisesena vaṇṇavanto sarīravaṇṇato pana nesaṃ mukhavaṇṇo adhikataraṃ pasanno; accho anāvilo parisuddhoti attho. Vippasannachavivaṇṇāti yena ca te mahākaṇikārapupphādisadisena vaṇṇena vaṇṇavanto, tādiso aññesampi manussānaṃ vaṇṇo atthi. Yathā pana imesaṃ; evaṃ na tesaṃ chavivaṇṇo vippasanno. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘vippasannachavivaṇṇā’’ti. Itiha te bhikkhū neva uddesaṃ na paripucchaṃ na kammaṭṭhānaṃ anuyuñjantā. Atha kho kuhakatāya abhūtaguṇasaṃvaṇṇanāya laddhāni paṇītabhojanāni bhuñjitvā yathāsukhaṃ niddārāmataṃ saṅgaṇikārāmatañca anuyuñjantā imaṃ sarīrasobhaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu, yathā taṃ bālā bhantamigappaṭibhāgāti.
“瓦古穆达河岸者”是指住在瓦古穆达河岸的比丘们。“诸比丘,是否堪忍?”意为:诸比丘,你们这具拥有四轮、九门的身体机械,是否堪忍、能忍、能维持、能保护,而不生起任何苦痛?“是否可维持?”意为:于一切事务中是否皆能维持、渡过,而不显现任何障碍?“腹部如被切割”是指:腹部如同被切割一样难受;若读作“parikatto(被切割)”也适用。世尊在瓦古穆达河岸以种种方式如此呵责之后,因为他们的所作所为是盗贼的行为,为使将来其他人不再造作此类行为,于是世尊召唤诸比丘。显示巴利原文
Vaggumudātīriyāti vaggumudātīravāsino. Kacci bhikkhave khamanīyanti bhikkhave kacci tumhākaṃ idaṃ catucakkaṃ navadvāraṃ sarīrayantaṃ khamanīyaṃ sakkā khamituṃ sahituṃ pariharituṃ na kiñci dukkhaṃ uppādetīti. Kacci yāpanīyanti kacci sabbakiccesu yāpetuṃ gametuṃ sakkā, na kiñci antarāyaṃ dassetīti. Kucchi parikantoti kucchi parikantito varaṃ bhaveyya; ‘‘parikatto’’tipi pāṭho yujjati. Evaṃ vaggumudātīriye anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā idāni yasmā tehi katakammaṃ corakammaṃ hoti, tasmā āyatiṃ aññesampi evarūpassa kammassa akaraṇatthaṃ atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi.
195 世尊召唤诸比丘后,说道:“诸比丘,有五种大盗……”等语。其中,“存在、可得”是说:既有,也可被认知到。“在此”是指:在此众生世间中。“他这样想”是指:在前期生起这样的欲念。“我何时才能……”中的“su”是不变词,意为“何时”。所谓“他后来时”,是指:他在前期这样思惟后,逐渐扩大徒众,从事拦路抢劫、劫掠边远村落等事,待到徒众达到广大后,便于有村处使其变为无村,于有国土处使其变为无国土,杀害、令杀害,砍截、令砍截,烧煮、令烧煮。显示巴利原文
195. Āmantetvā ca pana ‘‘pañcime bhikkhave mahācorā’’tiādimāha. Tattha santo saṃvijjamānāti atthi ceva upalabbhanti cāti vuttaṃ hoti. Idhāti imasmiṃ sattaloke. Evaṃ hotīti evaṃ pubbabhāge icchā uppajjati. Kudāssu nāmāhanti ettha suiti nipāto; kudā nāmāti attho. So aparena samayenāti so pubbabhāge evaṃ cintetvā anukkamena parisaṃ vaḍḍhento panthadūhanakammaṃ paccantimagāmavilopanti evamādīni katvā vepullappattapariso hutvā gāmepi agāme, janapadepi ajanapade karonto hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pācento.
如是示现外在大盗之后,为开示教法中与其相似的五种大盗,世尊说:“正是如此……”等语。其中,“恶比丘”:于他处,断除根本、犯波罗夷者被称为“恶比丘”。但在此处,虽未犯波罗夷,却住于邪求、践踏诸小小戒而游行者,即指“恶比丘”。他也如外在大盗一般,先前这样思惟:“我何时才能……(中略)……资具”。其中,“被恭敬”指被人恭敬对待;“被尊重”指受人尊重对待;“被喜爱”指为人心所喜爱;“被供养”指以四资具供奉而得供养;“被礼敬”指受人礼敬对待。此中,若有人将四种资具恭敬备办,令成殊胜而施,此人即“被恭敬”;若出于尊重而施,此人即“被尊重”;若为人心喜爱,此人即“被喜爱”;若有人对之行此一切,此人即“被供养”;若有人以问讯、起迎、合掌等行至上敬礼,此人即“被礼敬”。而此恶比丘,正是贪求这一切世间利养而作如是想。显示巴利原文
Iti bāhirakamahācoraṃ dassetvā tena sadise sāsane pañca mahācore dassetuṃ ‘‘evameva kho’’tiādimāha. Tattha pāpabhikkhunoti aññesu ṭhānesu mūlacchinno pārājikappatto ‘‘pāpabhikkhū’’ti vuccati. Idha pana pārājikaṃ anāpanno icchācāre ṭhito khuddānukhuddakāni sikkhāpadāni madditvā vicaranto ‘‘pāpabhikkhū’’ti adhippeto. Tassāpi bāhirakacorassa viya pubbabhāge evaṃ hoti – ‘‘kudāssu nāmāhaṃ…pe… parikkhārāna’’nti. Tattha sakkatoti sakkārappatto. Garukatoti garukārappatto. Mānitoti manasā piyāyito. Pūjitoti catupaccayābhihārapūjāya pūjito. Apacitoti apacitippatto. Tattha yassa cattāro paccaye sakkaritvā suṭṭhu abhisaṅkhate paṇītapaṇīte katvā denti, so sakkato. Yasmiṃ garubhāvaṃ paccupetvā denti, so garukato. Yaṃ manasā piyāyanti, so mānito. Yassa sabbampetaṃ karonti, so pūjito. Yassa abhivādanapaccuṭṭhānaañjalikammādivasena paramanipaccakāraṃ karonti, so apacito. Imassa ca pana sabbampi imaṃ lokāmisaṃ patthayamānassa evaṃ hoti.
所谓“后来”,即他于初期如此思惟后,逐渐摄集那些于学处极度轻慢、掉举、傲慢、浮躁、多舌、散言、失念、不正知、不护根门、被戒师与依止师所弃、重利养的恶比丘,教导他们威仪安立等诡诈伎俩,并说:“这位长老在某处住所入雨安居,圆满行持后,雨安居结束而出。”他借助世间公认的住所赞叹等方便,由那些能令世间成熟、熟悉本生等典籍、音声优美的恶比丘来称扬其功德,成为被百千大众围绕……乃至获得医药资具。诸比丘,这是第一大盗——当知他并非如破门断锁之盗贼那样只盗一家两家,而是欺骗大众,以获取四资具故,称为“第一大盗”。然而,那些持经、持论或持律师比丘,在乞食不圆满时,通过教授经教、讲解注释、以随喜说法及威仪圆满令世间生信,游行人间,受尊敬、尊重、推崇、供养、礼遇,他们当知是“传承法脉者、令教法光耀者”。显示巴利原文
So aparena samayenāti so pubbabhāge evaṃ cintetvā anukkamena sikkhāya atibbagārave uddhate unnaḷe capale mukhare vikiṇṇavāce muṭṭhassatī asampajāne pākatindriye ācariyupajjhāyehi pariccattake lābhagaruke pāpabhikkhū saṅgaṇhitvā iriyāpathasaṇṭhapanādīni kuhakavattāni sikkhāpetvā ‘‘ayaṃ thero asukasmiṃ nāma senāsane vassaṃ upagamma vattapaṭipattiṃ pūrayamāno vassaṃ vasitvā niggato’’ti lokasammatasenāsanasaṃvaṇṇanādīhi upāyehi lokaṃ paripācetuṃ paṭibalehi jātakādīsu kataparicayehi sarasampannehi pāpabhikkhūhi saṃvaṇṇiyamānaguṇo hutvā satena vā sahassena vā parivuto…pe… bhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Ayaṃ bhikkhave paṭhamo mahācoroti ayaṃ sandhicchedādicorako viya na ekaṃ kulaṃ na dve, atha kho mahājanaṃ vañcetvā catupaccayagahaṇato ‘‘paṭhamo mahācoro’’ti veditabbo. Ye pana suttantikā vā ābhidhammikā vā vinayadharā vā bhikkhū bhikkhācāre asampajjamāne pāḷiṃ vācentā aṭṭhakathaṃ kathentā anumodanāya dhammakathāya iriyāpathasampattiyā ca lokaṃ pasādentā janapadacārikaṃ caranti sakkatā garukatā mānitā pūjitā apacitā, te ‘‘tantipaveṇighaṭanakā sāsanajotakā’’ti veditabbā.
“如来所宣说”,即如来所证悟、所亲证、所令知者。“灼伤自己”,指在大众中,将经教与注释对照,以甜美音声讲述能令生信的经文,以说法之力,当被惊叹稀有的智者问及:“啊,尊者,经教与注释极为清净,您从谁处学得?”他却说:“谁能教导像我这样的人?”不说明师长,反宣称是自己所证悟、由自然智所证得的法与律。这正是盗取如来历经百千大劫及四不可数劫,圆满波罗蜜,以艰辛所证悟之法义的大盗,是为第二大盗。显示巴利原文
Tathāgatappaveditanti tathāgatena paṭividdhaṃ paccakkhakataṃ jānāpitaṃ vā. Attano dahatīti parisamajjhe pāḷiñca aṭṭhakathañca saṃsanditvā madhurena sarena pasādanīyaṃ suttantaṃ kathetvā dhammakathāvasena acchariyabbhutajātena viññūjanena ‘‘aho, bhante, pāḷi ca aṭṭhakathā ca suparisuddhā, kassa santike uggaṇhitthā’’ti pucchito ‘‘ko amhādise uggahāpetuṃ samattho’’ti ācariyaṃ anuddisitvā attanā paṭividdhaṃ sayambhuñāṇādhigataṃ dhammavinayaṃ pavedeti. Ayaṃ tathāgatena satasahassakappādhikāni cattāri asaṅkheyyāni pāramiyo pūretvā kicchena kasirena paṭividdhadhammatthenako dutiyo mahācoro.
“清净梵行者”指漏尽比丘。“行持清净梵行”指行持无杂染的最胜行;或指其他从阿那含乃至具戒凡夫,以无悔等为因,行持清净梵行。“以无根的非梵行毁谤”指以此人并不存在的非梵行来指责、呵斥他。此人是掩盖他人真实功德者,因为盗窃圣者功德的缘故,成为第三大盗。显示巴利原文
Suddhaṃ brahmacārinti khīṇāsavabhikkhuṃ. Parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carantanti nirupakkilesaṃ seṭṭhacariyaṃ carantaṃ; aññampi vā anāgāmiṃ ādiṃ katvā yāva sīlavantaṃ puthujjanaṃ avippaṭisārādivatthukaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carantaṃ. Amūlakena abrahmacariyena anuddhaṃsetīti tasmiṃ puggale avijjamānena antimavatthunā anuvadati codeti; ayaṃ vijjamānaguṇamakkhī ariyaguṇatthenako tatiyo mahācoro.
“重物、重资具”:如同在不与取戒中,“四人共谋盗取重物”(《律藏·波罗夷》479)所说的价值五摩沙迦者称为“重物”,但此处并非如此。而是依“诸比丘,此五种不可舍,不应由僧团、众或人舍。若舍,亦为不舍。若舍者,犯偷兰遮。何等为五?僧园、僧园地……乃至木器、陶器”之说,因不可舍故为重物。又依“诸比丘,此五种不可分,不应由僧团、众或人分。若分,亦为不分。若分者,犯偷兰遮。何等为五?僧园、僧园地……乃至木器、陶器”(《小品》322)之说,因不可分故,为共有性质的重资具。关于僧园、僧园地等应说之义,将于“诸比丘,此五种不可舍”的犍度所出经释中详述。“以此摄受居士”,即一再给予这些而摄受、拉拢居士。“令亲近”,即令他们成为如此赞叹“啊,我们的尊者”的追随者、亲近者,令生爱着。此是将不可舍、不可分的重资具,以盗心取用而摄受居士者,为第四大盗。而且,此人若为摄受俗家而舍此重物,则犯污家恶作,并应受驱摈羯磨。若以主宰者的姿态凌驾僧团而作舍弃,犯偷兰遮。若以盗心舍,则须估价物品后治罪。显示巴利原文
Garubhaṇḍāni garuparikkhārānīti yathā adinnādāne ‘‘caturo janā saṃvidhāya garubhaṇḍaṃ avāharu’’nti (pari. 479) ettha pañcamāsakagghanakaṃ ‘‘garubhaṇḍa’’nti vuccati, idha pana na evaṃ. Atha kho ‘‘pañcimāni, bhikkhave, avissajjiyāni na vissajjetabbāni saṅghena vā gaṇena vā puggalena vā. Vissajjitānipi avissajjitāni honti. Yo vissajjeyya, āpatti thullaccayassa. Katamāni pañca? Ārāmo, ārāmavatthu…pe… dārubhaṇḍaṃ, mattikābhaṇḍa’’nti vacanato avissajjitabbattā garubhaṇḍāni. ‘‘Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, avebhaṅgiyāni na vibhajitabbāni saṅghena vā gaṇena vā puggalena vā. Vibhattānipi avibhattāni honti. Yo vibhajeyya, āpatti thullaccayassa. Katamāni pañca? Ārāmo, ārāmavatthu…pe… dārubhaṇḍaṃ, mattikābhaṇḍa’’nti (cūḷava. 322) vacanato avebhaṅgiyattā sādhāraṇaparikkhārabhāvena garuparikkhārāni. Ārāmo ārāmavatthūtiādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ ‘‘pañcimāni, bhikkhave, avissajjiyānī’’ti khandhake āgatasuttavaṇṇanāyameva bhaṇissāma. Tehi gihī saṅgaṇhātīti tāni datvā datvā gihīṃ saṅgaṇhāti anuggaṇhāti. Upalāpetīti ‘‘aho amhākaṃ ayyo’’ti evaṃ lapanake anubandhanake sasnehe karoti. Ayaṃ avissajjiyaṃ avebhaṅgiyañca garuparikkhāraṃ tathābhāvato thenetvā gihi saṅgaṇhanako catuttho mahācoro. So ca panāyaṃ imaṃ garubhaṇḍaṃ kulasaṅgaṇhanatthaṃ vissajjento kuladūsakadukkaṭaṃ āpajjati. Pabbājanīyakammāraho ca hoti. Bhikkhusaṅghaṃ abhibhavitvā issaravatāya vissajjento thullaccayaṃ āpajjati. Theyyacittena vissajjento bhaṇḍaṃ agghāpetvā kāretabboti.
“此为最上大盗”:此是这些盗贼中的首领;无有与此相似的盗贼,因为他盗取的是超越五根执取的、极其微细精妙的出世间法。然而,出世间法能像金银等那样被欺骗、盗取吗?不能,故说:“凡是宣称未证得、不真实的上人法者”。此人只是宣称自身并不存在的那个法,说“我有此”,却不能令他失去道果,也不能令其于自身中生起。那么,为何称为盗?因为如此宣称后,他获取了由不实名声所生的资具。如此获取时,那些资具即是以微细的方便欺骗、盗取而得。故说:“何以故?诸比丘,你们以盗心食用了国食。”此中义为:我们所说“此为最上大盗,凡是宣称未证得、不真实的上人法者”,是何缘故?以何因缘而说?“诸比丘,你们以盗心食用了国食”,诸比丘,由于他以盗心、以偷盗心食用了国食。此中“vo”字,如“ye hi vo ariyā araññavanapatthānī”等句中,仅为填充音节的小品词,故不应理解为“你们所食用”。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ aggo mahācoroti ayaṃ imesaṃ corānaṃ jeṭṭhacoro; iminā sadiso coro nāma natthi, yo pañcindriyaggahaṇātītaṃ atisaṇhasukhumaṃ lokuttaradhammaṃ theneti. Kiṃ pana sakkā lokuttaradhammo hiraññasuvaṇṇādīni viya vañcetvā thenetvā gahetunti? Na sakkā, tenevāha – ‘‘yo asantaṃ abhūtaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapatī’’ti. Ayañhi attani asantaṃ taṃ dhammaṃ kevalaṃ ‘‘atthi mayhaṃ eso’’ti ullapati, na pana sakkoti ṭhānā cāvetuṃ, attani vā saṃvijjamānaṃ kātuṃ. Atha kasmā coroti vuttoti? Yasmā taṃ ullapitvā asantasambhāvanāya uppanne paccaye gaṇhāti. Evañhi gaṇhatā te paccayā sukhumena upāyena vañcetvā thenetvā gahitā honti. Tenevāha – ‘‘taṃ kissa hetu? Theyyāya vo bhikkhave raṭṭhapiṇḍo bhutto’’ti. Ayañhi ettha attho – yaṃ avocumha – ‘‘ayaṃ aggo mahācoro, yo asantaṃ abhūtaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapatī’’ti . Taṃ kissa hetūti kena kāraṇena etaṃ avocumhāti ce. ‘‘Theyyāya vo bhikkhave raṭṭhapiṇḍo bhutto’’ti bhikkhave yasmā so tena raṭṭhapiṇḍo theyyāya theyyacittena bhutto hoti. Ettha hi vokāro ‘‘ye hi vo ariyā araññavanapatthānī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.35-36) viya padapūraṇamatte nipāto. Tasmā ‘‘tumhehi bhutto’’ti evamassa attho na daṭṭhabbo.
现在,为了以偈颂更清晰地阐明这一义理,他宣说了“以另一种方式存在”等语。其中,“以另一种方式存在”是指以身体行为不清净等另一种方式而存在。“以另一种方式宣说”是指以身体行为清净等另一种方式宣说,即表明:“我是极清净的,我内有出世间法。”而且,如此宣说之后,他便会像阿拉汉一样享用由此而得的食物。“如同骗子通过隐蔽处,他所得的食物是偷盗所得”的意思是:以隐蔽,即以欺骗,将另一种方式的存在显示为另一种方式;将自己并非树丛、并非灌木丛之身,用枝叶等覆盖,伪装成如同树丛、如同灌木丛。“如同骗子”是指如同那个以捕捉林中鸟雀为生、以树丛灌木丛的假象行骗的狡诈捕鸟者。“他所得的食物是偷盗所得”的意思是:对于那个并非阿拉汉却显现阿拉汉相而获取食物并受用的人,他所受用的那个食物,就像捕鸟骗子通过隐蔽欺骗而捕鸟一样,是经由欺诳他人而得、如此而被受用的,因此称为偷盗所得。显示巴利原文
Idāni tamevatthaṃ gāthāhi vibhūtataraṃ karonto ‘‘aññathā santa’’ntiādimāha. Tattha aññathā santanti aparisuddhakāyasamācārādikena aññenākārena santaṃ. Aññathā yo pavedayeti parisuddhakāyasamācārādikena aññena ākārena yo pavedeyya. ‘‘Paramaparisuddho ahaṃ, atthi me abbhantare lokuttaradhammo’’ti evaṃ jānāpeyya. Pavedetvā ca pana tāya pavedanāya uppannaṃ bhojanaṃ arahā viya bhuñjati. Nikacca kitavasseva bhuttaṃ theyyena tassa tanti nikaccāti vañcetvā aññathā santaṃ aññathā dassetvā. Agumbaagacchabhūtameva sākhāpalāsapallavādicchādanena gumbamiva gacchamiva ca attānaṃ dassetvā. Kitavassevāti vañcakassa kerāṭikassa gumbagacchasaññāya araññe āgatāgate sakuṇe gahetvā jīvitakappakassa sākuṇikasseva. Bhuttaṃ theyyena tassa tanti tassāpi anarahantasseva sato arahantabhāvaṃ dassetvā laddhabhojanaṃ bhuñjato; yaṃ taṃ bhuttaṃ taṃ yathā sākuṇikakitavassa nikacca vañcetvā sakuṇaggahaṇaṃ, evaṃ manusse vañcetvā laddhassa bhojanassa bhuttattā theyyena bhuttaṃ nāma hoti.
然而,那些不了知此义理却如此受用的人,便是“黄衣缠颈者”……他们投生地狱。“黄衣缠颈者”是指以黄衣缠绕颈部者。这只是说他们仅持有圣者的旗帜,其余沙门法全然无存。这正是《中部》中所说“阿难,未来世将有种姓者成为黄衣缠颈者”的恶戒者的称谓。“恶法者”指具足低劣法者。“不防护者”指不以身体等防护者。“恶者”指低劣之人。“以恶业”指以那些在造作时不见过患而造下的欺骗他人等恶业。“他们投生地狱”指他们投生无乐的恶趣;因此而有“铁丸更好”的偈颂。意思是:假如这个恶戒、不防护、住于欲行、以欺诈蒙骗世间的骗子,去吃那炽热如火舌的铁丸,那么,在他所受用的信施之食与这铁丸两者中,吃铁丸反而更好、更美妙、更殊胜,因为吃铁丸不会在来世遭受以一切知智也难以了知其边界的苦。而由于受用那样得来的信施之食,未来世将承受上述种种苦,因为这是极端的邪命。显示巴利原文
Imaṃ pana atthavasaṃ ajānantā ye evaṃ bhuñjanti, kāsāvakaṇṭhā…pe… nirayaṃ te upapajjare kāsāvakaṇṭhāti kāsāvena veṭhitakaṇṭhā. Ettakameva ariyaddhajadhāraṇamattaṃ, sesaṃ sāmaññaṃ natthīti vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Bhavissanti kho panānanda anāgatamaddhānaṃ gotrabhuno kāsāvakaṇṭhā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.380) evaṃ vuttadussīlānaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Pāpadhammāti lāmakadhammā. Asaññatāti kāyādīhi asaññatā. Pāpāti lāmakapuggalā. Pāpehi kammehīti tehi karaṇakāle ādīnavaṃ adisvā katehi paravañcanādīhi pāpakammehi. Nirayaṃ te upapajjareti nirassādaṃ duggatiṃ te upapajjanti; tasmā seyyo ayoguḷoti gāthā. Tassattho – sacāyaṃ dussīlo asaññato icchācāre ṭhito kuhanāya lokaṃ vañcako puggalo tattaṃ aggisikhūpamaṃ ayoguḷaṃ bhuñjeyya ajjhohareyya, tassa yañcetaṃ raṭṭhapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjeyya, yañcetaṃ ayoguḷaṃ, tesu dvīsu ayoguḷova bhutto seyyo sundarataro paṇītataro ca bhaveyya, na hi ayoguḷassa bhuttattā samparāye sabbaññutañāṇenāpi dujjānaparicchedaṃ dukkhaṃ anubhavati. Evaṃ paṭiladdhassa pana tassa raṭṭhapiṇḍassa bhuttattā samparāye vuttappakāraṃ dukkhaṃ anubhoti, ayañhi koṭippatto micchājīvoti.
如此,在显示了那些不见恶行过患者所具的过患之后,世尊以种种方式呵责婆耆牟达河岸的比丘们,说他们“难养、难供给……当制定此学处”,随后在制定第四波罗夷时,宣说了“若有比丘,未证知……”等语。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ pāpakiriyāya anādīnavadassāvīnaṃ ādīnavaṃ dassetvā ‘‘atha kho bhagavā vaggumudātīriye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya dupposatāya…pe… imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyāthā’’ti ca vatvā catutthapārājikaṃ paññapento ‘‘yo pana bhikkhu anabhijāna’’nti ādimāha.
如此,在以根本断除(断头罪)的方式坚定制定第四条波罗夷之后,为了进一步制定补充规定,又发生了增上慢的事缘。为说明此事的生起,故说:“那时,世尊为比丘们制定了这条学处”等语。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ mūlacchejjavasena daḷhaṃ katvā catutthapārājike paññatte aparampi anuppaññattatthāya adhimānavatthu udapādi. Tassuppattidīpanatthaṃ etaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘‘evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hotī’’ti.
增上慢事注释显示巴利原文
Adhimānavatthuvaṇṇanā
196 196. 其中,“于未见有见想”者,意为:于阿罗汉果上,虽以智眼实未见,却生起“我等已见阿罗汉果”的想。此理亦适用于“未得”等词。但此处有差别:“未得”者,指在自己的相续中,尚未以生起的方式获得。“未证”者,指以道之修习而未证得,也有未获得的意思。“未现证”者,指未通达,或以省察等方式未能亲自作证。“以增上慢”者,指以已得之慢——即生起“我等已得”之心——或以增上慢、顽固的慢心。“记说其他”者,即记说阿罗汉果,也就是向其他比丘宣称:“贤友们,我们已得阿罗汉果,所作已办。”由于他们的烦恼并非以出世间道断除,只是以止观之力暂时镇伏,因此,日后遇缘,心便倾向于贪染;意思是倾向于贪欲。此理亦适用于其余诸词。显示巴利原文
196. Tattha adiṭṭhe diṭṭhasaññinoti arahatte ñāṇacakkhunā adiṭṭheyeva ‘‘diṭṭhaṃ amhehi arahatta’’nti diṭṭhasaññino hutvā. Esa nayo appattādīsu. Ayaṃ pana viseso – appatteti attano santāne uppattivasena appatte. Anadhigateti maggabhāvanāya anadhigate; appaṭiladdhetipi attho. Asacchikateti appaṭividdhe paccavekkhaṇavasena vā appaccakkhakate. Adhimānenāti adhigatamānena; ‘‘adhigatā maya’’nti evaṃ uppannamānenāti attho, adhikamānena vā thaddhamānenāti attho. Aññaṃ byākariṃsūti arahattaṃ byākariṃsu; ‘‘pattaṃ āvuso amhehi arahattaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīya’’nti bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesuṃ. Tesaṃ maggena appahīnakilesattā kevalaṃ samathavipassanābalena vikkhambhitakilesānaṃ aparena samayena tathārūpapaccayasamāyoge rāgāya cittaṃ namati; rāgatthāya namatīti attho. Esa nayo itaresu.
然而,他们那样的记说,是“不可记说”的——即在判罪时,此语不被视为构成罪过的言语;也就是说,它不成为犯戒的组成要素。显示巴利原文
Tañcakho etaṃ abbohārikanti tañca kho etaṃ tesaṃ aññabyākaraṇaṃ abbohārikaṃ āpattipaññāpane vohāraṃ na gacchati; āpattiyā aṅgaṃ na hotīti attho.
那么,这种增上慢在谁那里生起,在谁那里不生起呢?首先,于圣弟子不生起,因为圣弟子通过对道、果、涅槃、已断烦恼与残余烦恼的观察而生起喜悦,对圣德的通达无有疑惑。因此,须陀洹等圣者不会生起“我是斯陀含”等增上慢。于恶戒者亦不生起,因其对证得圣德完全无望。于持戒却舍弃业处、耽著睡眠等人也不生起。然而,于戒行极清净、于业处不放逸、已确定名色、依缘摄受度越了疑惑、以三相观照诸行而思惟、已开始修观的人,则会生起。当此慢生起时,或停留于纯止的得者,或停留于纯观的得者。此人可能在十年、二十年、乃至三十年中都未见烦恼现行,便以为“我是须陀洹”“我是斯陀含”或“我是阿那含”。止观双得者则只停留在阿罗汉果上。因其烦恼以定力镇伏,诸行以观力善加把握,故即使经历六十年、八十年乃至百年,烦恼亦不现行,其心行如同漏尽者。如此长时间不见烦恼现行,便不执着中间果位,而认为“我是阿罗汉”。显示巴利原文
Kassa panāyaṃ adhimāno uppajjati, kassa nuppajjatīti? Ariyasāvakassa tāva nuppajjati so hi maggaphalanibbānapahīnakilesaavasiṭṭhakilesapaccavekkhaṇena sañjātasomanasso ariyaguṇapaṭivedhe nikkaṅkho. Tasmā sotāpannādīnaṃ ‘‘ahaṃ sakadāgāmī’’tiādivasena adhimāno nuppajjati. Dussīlassa nuppajjati, so hi ariyaguṇādhigame nirāsova. Sīlavatopi pariccattakammaṭṭhānassa niddārāmatādimanuyuttassa nuppajjati. Suparisuddhasīlassa pana kammaṭṭhāne appamattassa nāmarūpaṃ vavatthapetvā paccayapariggahena vitiṇṇakaṅkhassa tilakkhaṇaṃ āropetvā saṅkhāre sammasantassa āraddhavipassakassa uppajjati, uppanno ca suddhasamathalābhiṃ vā suddhavipassanālābhiṃ vā antarā ṭhapeti, so hi dasapi vīsatipi tiṃsampi vassāni kilesasamudācāraṃ apassitvā ‘‘ahaṃ sotāpanno’’ti vā ‘‘sakadāgāmī’’ti vā ‘‘anāgāmī’’ti vā maññati. Samathavipassanālābhiṃ pana arahatteyeva ṭhapeti. Tassa hi samādhibalena kilesā vikkhambhitā, vipassanābalena saṅkhārā supariggahitā, tasmā saṭṭhimpi vassāni asītimpi vassāni vassasatampi kilesā na samudācaranti, khīṇāsavasseva cittacāro hoti. So evaṃ dīgharattaṃ kilesasamudācāraṃ apassanto antarā aṭhatvāva ‘‘arahā aha’’nti maññatīti.
具分别学处注释显示巴利原文
Savibhaṅgasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
197 197.“不识”即不认知。然而,此人以不识的方式表现,故其相续中智慧未生起,亦未亲自证得,因而成为虚妄。因此,词语分解中先说“不存在的、不真实的、不现起的”,而后说“不知者、不见者”。显示巴利原文
197.Anabhijānanti na abhijānaṃ. Yasmā panāyaṃ anabhijānaṃ samudācarati, svassa santāne anuppanno ñāṇena ca asacchikatoti abhūto hoti. Tenassa padabhājane ‘‘asantaṃ abhūtaṃ asaṃvijjamāna’’nti vatvā ‘‘ajānanto apassanto’’ti vuttaṃ .
“上人法”即上人——禅定者与圣者——之法。“自许”指将其归于自身,或将自身归于其中,故称自许;如此表现,即关联句。词语分解中,由于上人法涵盖禅那、解脱、定、等至、智见……乃至乐于空闲处,遂列举了诸多禅那等法。因此,为显示所有这些法的自许之义,才以复数说“他将那些善法归于自身”。其中,若表现“这些法存在于我”,即将其归于自身;若表现“我存在于这些法中”,则是将自身归于其中,应如此领会。显示巴利原文
Uttarimanussadhammanti uttarimanussānaṃ jhāyīnañceva ariyānañca dhammaṃ. Attupanāyikanti attani taṃ upaneti, attānaṃ vā tattha upanetīti attupanāyiko, taṃ attupanāyikaṃ; evaṃ katvā samudācareyyāti sambandho. Padabhājane pana yasmā uttarimanussadhammo nāma jhānaṃ vimokkhaṃ samādhi samāpatti ñāṇadassanaṃ…pe… suññāgāre abhiratīti evaṃ jhānādayo anekadhammā vuttā. Tasmā tesaṃ sabbesaṃ vasena attupanāyikabhāvaṃ dassento ‘‘te vā kusale dhamme attani upanetī’’ti bahuvacananiddesaṃ akāsi. Tattha ‘‘ete dhammā mayi sandissantī’’ti samudācaranto attani upaneti. ‘‘Ahaṃ etesu sandissāmī’’ti samudācaranto attānaṃ tesu upanetīti veditabbo.
「足够圣智见」:此处,世间与出世间的智慧,以了知义称为「智」,以如眼所见般现证诸法故,以见义称为「见」,合为「智见」。圣洁、清净、最上的智见,是为「圣智见」。足够、圆满、能摧破烦恼的圣智见即此;或者说,在禅那等分类的上人法中,具足此足够圣智见者,便是「足够圣智见」,而此足够圣智见即是上人法——应如此理解词句关联。为说明以何种智见而被称为足够圣智见,在词语分解中,以明为首说:「智即三明,见即彼智为见,彼见即智」。然而,此处一切广大及出世间的智慧,皆应理解为「智」。显示巴利原文
Alamariyañāṇadassananti ettha lokiyalokuttarā paññā jānanaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, cakkhunā diṭṭhamiva dhammaṃ paccakkhakaraṇato dassanaṭṭhena dassananti ñāṇadassanaṃ. Ariyaṃ visuddhaṃ uttamaṃ ñāṇadassananti ariyañāṇadassanaṃ. Alaṃ pariyattaṃ kilesaviddhaṃsanasamatthaṃ ariyañāṇadassanamettha, jhānādibhede uttarimanussadhamme alaṃ vā ariyañāṇadassanamassāti alamariyañāṇadassano, taṃ alamariyañāṇadassanaṃ uttarimanussadhammanti evaṃ padatthasambandho veditabbo. Tattha yena ñāṇadassanena so alamariyañāṇadassanoti vuccati. Tadeva dassetuṃ ‘‘ñāṇanti tisso vijjā, dassananti yaṃ ñāṇaṃ taṃ dassanaṃ; yaṃ dassanaṃ taṃ ñāṇa’’nti vijjāsīsena padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ. Mahaggatalokuttarā panettha sabbāpi paññā ‘‘ñāṇa’’nti veditabbā.
「应表现」:即以上述方式,将此上人法视为己有而宣说。「对女人等」则为应告知对象的举例。因为向这些人宣说即算作已宣说,而非向天、魔、梵天,亦非向饿鬼、夜叉、畜生。如此「我知、我见」是表现方式的示例。在词语分解中,「我知这些法,我见这些法」是显示于禅那等法中了知与见的作用;「这些法为我所有」等,是显示自许性。显示巴利原文
Samudācareyyāti vuttappakārametaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ attupanāyikaṃ katvā āroceyya. Itthiyā vātiādi pana ārocetabbapuggalanidassanaṃ. Etesañhi ārocite ārocitaṃ hoti na devamārabrahmānaṃ, nāpi petayakkhatiracchānagatānanti. Iti jānāmi iti passāmīti samudācaraṇākāranidassanametaṃ. Padabhājane panassa ‘‘jānāmahaṃ ete dhamme, passāmahaṃ ete dhamme’’ti idaṃ tesu jhānādīsu dhammesu jānanapassanānaṃ pavattidīpanaṃ, ‘‘atthi ca me ete dhammā’’tiādi attupanāyikabhāvadīpanaṃ .
198 「其后某时」是显示承认罪过的时刻。然而,实际上在宣说的当下即犯波罗夷。由于犯戒者无论被他人举发或未被举发,都会承认,故说「无论被追问或未被追问」。显示巴利原文
198.Tato aparena samayenāti āpattipaṭijānanasamayadassanametaṃ. Ayaṃ pana ārocitakkhaṇeyeva pārājikaṃ āpajjati. Āpattiṃ pana āpanno yasmā parena codito vā acodito vā paṭijānāti; tasmā ‘‘samanuggāhiyamāno vā asamanuggāhiyamāno vā’’ti vuttaṃ.
其中,当被追问时,“你证得了什么?”是问所证得的法——在禅那、解脱等,或入流道等中,你证得了什么?“你如何证得?”是问方法,即:你是以无常相为前导而证得,还是以苦相或无我相?是依止定而证得,还是依止观?同样,是依止色而证得,还是依止无色?是依止内而证得,还是依止外?“你何时证得?”是问时间,即问是在上午、中午等哪个时间?“你何处证得?”是问地点,即问在夜间的住处、白天的住处、树下、殿堂,还是哪一座寺院?“你哪些烦恼已断?”是问已断的烦恼,即问你哪些为某道所断的烦恼已断除?“你获得哪些法?”是问所得的法,即问在初道等中,你获得了哪些法。显示巴利原文
Tattha samanuggāhiyamāne tāva – kiṃ te adhigatanti adhigamapucchā; jhānavimokkhādīsu, sotāpattimaggādīsu vā kiṃ tayā adhigatanti. Kinti te adhigatanti upāyapucchā. Ayañhi etthādhippāyo – kiṃ tayā aniccalakkhaṇaṃ dhuraṃ katvā adhigataṃ, dukkhānattalakkhaṇesu aññataraṃ vā? Kiṃ vā samādhivasena abhinivisitvā, udāhu vipassanāvasena? Tathā kiṃ rūpe abhinivisitvā, udāhu arūpe? Kiṃ vā ajjhattaṃ abhinivisitvā, udāhu bahiddhāti? Kadā te adhigatanti kālapucchā. Pubbaṇhamajjhanhikādīsu katarasmiṃ kāleti vuttaṃ hoti? Kattha te adhigatanti okāsapucchā. Katarasmiṃ okāse, kiṃ rattiṭṭhāne, divāṭṭhāne, rukkhamūle, maṇḍape, katarasmiṃ vā vihāreti vuttaṃ hoti. Katame te kilesā pahīnāti pahīnakilesapucchā. Kataramaggavajjhā tava kilesā pahīnāti vuttaṃ hoti. Katamesaṃ tvaṃ dhammānaṃ lābhīti paṭiladdhadhammapucchā. Paṭhamamaggādīsu katamesaṃ dhammānaṃ tvaṃ lābhīti vuttaṃ hoti.
因此,如今即使有比丘宣称证得上人法,也不应仅凭宣称便对他表示恭敬,而应在以下六个方面加以检验。应问他:“你证得了什么?是哪一种禅那?还是解脱等中的某一种法?”因为一个人所证得的法,对他自己来说是清楚的。若他回答“我证得了这个”,接着应问:“你是如何证得的?”应问:“在无常相等中,以何为核心而证得?在三十八种所缘中,或在色、无色、内、外等分类法中,你是以何种方式决意而入的?”因为一个人对法的决意方式,对他自己是清楚的。若他回答“我的决意是这样的,我是这样证得的”,接着应问:“你何时证得?”应问:“是在上午,还是在正午等某个时间?”因为所有人对自己证得的时间都是清楚的。若他回答“是在某个时间证得的”,接着应问:“你在哪里证得?”应问:“是在白天的住处,还是在夜晚的住处等某个地方?”因为所有人对自己证得的地点都是清楚的。若他回答“我在某个地方证得的”,接着应问:“你断除了哪些烦恼?”应问:“是初道所断的烦恼,还是第二道等所断的?”因为所有人对自己依所证之道而断除的烦恼都是清楚的。若他回答“我断除了这些烦恼”,接着应问:“你获得了哪些法?”显示巴利原文
Tasmā idāni cepi koci bhikkhu uttarimanussadhammādhigamaṃ byākareyya, na so ettāvatāva sakkātabbo. Imesu pana chasu ṭhānesu sodhanatthaṃ vattabbo – ‘‘kiṃ te adhigataṃ, kiṃ jhānaṃ, udāhu vimokkhādīsu aññatara’’nti? Yo hi yena adhigato dhammo, so tassa pākaṭo hoti. Sace ‘‘idaṃ nāma me adhigata’’nti vadati, tato ‘‘kinti te adhigata’’nti pucchitabbo, ‘‘aniccalakkhaṇādīsu kiṃ dhuraṃ katvā aṭṭhatiṃsāya vā ārammaṇesu rūpārūpaajjhattabahiddhādibhedesu vā dhammesu kena mukhena abhinivisitvā’’ti yo hi yassābhiniveso, so tassa pākaṭo hoti. Sace ‘‘ayaṃ nāma me abhiniveso evaṃ mayā adhigata’’nti vadati, tato ‘‘kadā te adhigata’’nti pucchitabbo, ‘‘kiṃ pubbaṇhe, udāhu majjhanhikādīsu aññatarasmiṃ kāle’’ti sabbesañhi attanā adhigatakālo pākaṭo hoti. Sace ‘‘asukasmiṃ nāma kāle adhigatanti vadati, tato ‘‘kattha te adhigata’’nti pucchitabbo, ‘‘kiṃ divāṭṭhāne, udāhu rattiṭṭhānādīsu aññatarasmiṃ okāse’’ti sabbesañhi attanā adhigatokāso pākaṭo hoti. Sace ‘‘asukasmiṃ nāma me okāse adhigata’’nti vadati, tato ‘‘katame te kilesā pahīnā’’ti pucchitabbo, ‘‘kiṃ paṭhamamaggavajjhā, udāhu dutiyādimaggavajjhā’’ti sabbesañhi attanā adhigatamaggena pahīnakilesā pākaṭā honti. Sace ‘‘ime nāma me kilesā pahīnā’’ti vadati, tato ‘‘katamesaṃ tvaṃ dhammānaṃ lābhī’’ti pucchitabbo , ‘‘kiṃ sotāpattimaggassa, udāhu sakadāgāmimaggādīsu aññatarassā’’ti sabbesaṃ hi attanā adhigatadhammā pākaṭā honti. Sace ‘‘imesaṃ nāmāhaṃ dhammānaṃ lābhī’’ti vadati, ettāvatāpissa vacanaṃ na saddhātabbaṃ, bahussutā hi uggahaparipucchākusalā bhikkhū imāni cha ṭhānāni sodhetuṃ sakkonti.
然而,还应当检验这位比丘的来历与修行方法。如果他的来历与修行方法不清净,则应舍弃他,并说:“依此修行方式,绝不可能证得出世间法。”但如果他的来历与修行方法清净,并表现为“长久以来于三学中不放逸,勤修警寤,于四资具无所执著,心意安住,犹如在虚空中伸手一般”,那么这位比丘的宣称便与其修行方式相符。正如经中所说:“犹如恒河水与阎牟那河水合流相融,同样地,由世尊所善说的、导向涅槃的弟子修行之道,涅槃与修行之道是相融的。”(《长部》2.296)与此同理。显示巴利原文
Imassa pana bhikkhuno āgamanapaṭipadā sodhetabbā. Yadi āgamanapaṭipadā na sujjhati, ‘‘imāya paṭipadāya lokuttaradhammo nāma na labbhatī’’ti apanetabbo. Yadi panassa āgamanapaṭipadā sujjhati, ‘‘dīgharattaṃ tīsu sikkhāsu appamatto jāgariyamanuyutto catūsu paccayesu alaggo ākāse pāṇisamena cetasā viharatī’’ti paññāyati, tassa bhikkhuno byākaraṇaṃ paṭipadāya saddhiṃ saṃsandati. ‘‘Seyyathāpi nāma gaṅgodakaṃ yamunodakena saddhiṃ saṃsandati sameti; evameva supaññattā tena bhagavatā sāvakānaṃ nibbānagāminī paṭipadā saṃsandati nibbānañca paṭipadā cā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.296) vuttasadisaṃ hoti.
然而,即便做到这样,也不应便生恭敬。何以故?因为有些凡夫在具念时,也会有与阿拉汉相似的修行方式,因此应以种种方法令那位比丘惊惧。因为真正的阿拉汉,纵使雷电落到头顶,也不会有恐惧、战栗或汗毛竖立。如果他生起了恐惧、战栗或汗毛竖立,便应摈弃他,说:“你不是阿拉汉。”若他无惧、无战栗、无怖畏,安坐如狮子,则这位比丘具足善巧的回答,堪受各方国王、大臣等送来的恭敬供养。显示巴利原文
Apica kho na ettakenāpi sakkāro kātabbo. Kasmā? Ekaccassa hi puthujjanassāpi sato khīṇāsavapaṭipattisadisā paṭipadā hoti, tasmā so bhikkhu tehi tehi upāyehi uttāsetabbo. Khīṇāsavassa nāma asaniyāpi matthake patamānāya bhayaṃ vā chambhitattaṃ vā lomahaṃso vā na hoti. Sacassa bhayaṃ vā chambhitattaṃ vā lomahaṃso vā uppajjati, ‘‘na tvaṃ arahā’’ti apanetabbo. Sace pana abhīrū acchambhī anutrāsī hutvā sīho viya nisīdati, ayaṃ bhikkhu sampannaveyyākaraṇo samantā rājarājamahāmattādīhi pesitaṃ sakkāraṃ arahatīti.
“恶欲者”:即如“在此,有一类人虽实为破戒者,却希望众人知道‘我是具戒者’”等(《分别论》851)所说的方式,具足那种恶欲的人。“被欲所败者”:即被那种恶欲所击败、所制服,成为波罗夷者。显示巴利原文
Pāpicchoti yā sā ‘‘idhekacco dussīlova samāno sīlavāti maṃ jano jānātūti icchatī’’tiādinā (vibha. 851) nayena vuttā pāpicchā tāya samannāgato. Icchāpakatoti tāya pāpikāya icchāya apakato abhibhūto pārājiko hutvā.
“期望清净者”:即期待、希求、渴望自己清净。因为此人既已犯波罗夷,若仍住于比丘身份,便不能证得禅那等成就;他的比丘身份既是生天的障碍,也是证道的障碍。正如所说:“错误执持的沙门法,拖入地狱。” (《法句经》311)又如说:“懈怠的游行者,更增尘垢。”(《法句经》313)因此,他的比丘身份不名为清净。然而,若成为在家人、优婆塞、园丁或沙弥,便能以布施、皈依、持戒等成就生天之道,或以禅那、解脱等成就解脱之道,所以在家等身份才名为清净。正因为期望这种清净,故称为“期望清净者”。正因如此,在词语分解中说:“或愿成为在家人”等。显示巴利原文
Visuddhāpekkhoti attano visuddhiṃ apekkhamāno icchamāno patthayamāno. Ayañhi yasmā pārājikaṃ āpanno, tasmā bhikkhubhāve ṭhatvā abhabbo jhānādīni adhigantuṃ, bhikkhubhāvo hissa saggantarāyo ceva hoti maggantarāyo ca. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘sāmaññaṃ dupparāmaṭṭhaṃ nirayāyupakaḍḍhatī’’ti (dha. pa. 311). Aparampi vuttaṃ – ‘‘sithilo hi paribbājo, bhiyyo ākirate raja’’nti (dha. pa. 313). Iccassa bhikkhubhāvo visuddhi nāma na hoti . Yasmā pana gihī vā upāsako vā ārāmiko vā sāmaṇero vā hutvā dānasaraṇasīlasaṃvarādīhi saggamaggaṃ vā jhānavimokkhādīhi mokkhamaggaṃ vā ārādhetuṃ bhabbo hoti, tasmāssa gihiādibhāvo visuddhi nāma hoti, tasmā taṃ visuddhiṃ apekkhanato ‘‘visuddhāpekkho’’ti vuccati. Teneva cassa padabhājane ‘‘gihī vā hotukāmo’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
“应这样说”,即应当这样说。怎样说呢?即:“贤友,我不知而说‘我知’,不见而说‘我见’。”然而,在词语分解中,并未单独抽出“应这样说”一词,而是说明当这样说时,即被称为说“贤友,我不知而说‘我知’,不见而说‘我见’”。为了显示这一表述方式,故说“我不知这些法”等。“我虚妄地说空谎”:因所说的没有真实意义,而称为说空话;因心存欺诳,而称为说妄语;意思就是“我并没有说”。在词语分解中,则用其他字句显示其义,说“我所说为空”等。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vadeyyāti evaṃ bhaṇeyya. Kathaṃ? ‘‘Ajānamevaṃ āvuso avacaṃ jānāmi, apassaṃ passāmī’’ti. Padabhājane pana ‘‘evaṃ vadeyyā’’ti idaṃ padaṃ anuddharitvāva yathā vadanto ‘‘ajānamevaṃ āvuso avacaṃ jānāmi, apassaṃ passāmī’’ti vadati nāmāti vuccati, taṃ ākāraṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘nāhaṃ ete dhamme jānāmī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tucchaṃ musā vilapinti ahaṃ vacanatthavirahato tucchaṃ vañcanādhippāyato musā vilapiṃ, abhaṇinti vuttaṃ hoti. Padabhājane panassa aññena padabyañjanena atthamattaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘tucchakaṃ mayā bhaṇita’’ntiādi vuttaṃ.
“依前”,即依于犯下前三种波罗夷的人。其余内容,由于依前文所说的方法且意义明显,故已十分清楚。显示巴利原文
Purime upādāyāti purimāni tīṇi pārājikāni āpanne puggale upādāya. Sesaṃ pubbe vuttanayattā uttānatthattā ca pākaṭamevāti.
词句分解注释显示巴利原文
Padabhājanīyavaṇṇanā
199 如此,已按语序逐条解释了所举的学处。由于在下方的句分别中,仅以简略方式显示了上人法,即“禅那、解脱、定、等至、智见……于空闲处喜悦”,并未详细地安立罪名而制定论母。然而,对于简略显示的意义,并非所有人都能依一切方式掌握方法。因此,为了依一切方式掌握方法,再将同样的句分别作为论母,详细显示上人法之后,为了显示罪相的差别,而说“禅那者,即初禅、第二禅”等。在此,初禅等、慈心禅、不净禅、入出息念定之禅、世间禅及出世间禅,皆已被统摄。所以应知:即使说“我证入初禅……乃至第四禅、慈心禅、舍心禅、不净禅、入出息念定之禅、世间禅、出世间禅”,也是波罗夷。显示巴利原文
199. Evaṃ uddiṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ padānukkamena vibhajitvā idāni yasmā heṭṭhā padabhājanīyamhi ‘‘jhānaṃ vimokkhaṃ samādhi samāpatti ñāṇadassanaṃ…pe… suññāgāre abhiratī’’ti evaṃ saṃkhitteneva uttarimanussadhammo dassito, na vitthārena āpattiṃ āropetvā tanti ṭhapitā. Saṅkhepadassite ca atthe na sabbe sabbākārena nayaṃ gahetuṃ sakkonti, tasmā sabbākārena nayaggahaṇatthaṃ puna tadeva padabhājanaṃ mātikāṭhāne ṭhapetvā vitthārato uttarimanussadhammaṃ dassetvā āpattibhedaṃ dassetukāmo ‘‘jhānanti paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ, dutiyaṃ jhāna’’ntiādimāha. Tattha paṭhamajjhānādīhi mettājhānādīnipi asubhajjhānādīnipi ānāpānassatisamādhijjhānampi lokiyajjhānampi lokuttarajjhānampi saṅgahitameva. Tasmā ‘‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjintipi…pe… catutthaṃ jjhānaṃ, mettājhānaṃ, upekkhājhānaṃ asubhajjhānaṃ ānāpānassatisamādhijjhānaṃ , lokiyajjhānaṃ, lokuttarajjhānaṃ samāpajji’’ntipi bhaṇanto pārājikova hotīti veditabbo.
善解脱者,即从种种烦恼中解脱,故称‘解脱’。此解脱因空于贪、嗔、痴,而为空解脱;因无贪、嗔、痴相,而为无相解脱;因无贪、嗔、痴的愿求,而为无愿解脱。令心平等地安住于所缘,故为‘定’。应为圣者所等至,故为‘等至’。此处其余内容,如前所述。于此,以三解脱与三定所表示的是圣道,以三等至所表示的是果等至。其中,若取任何一句而说‘我得此’,即是波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Suṭṭhu mutto vividhehi vā kilesehi muttoti vimokkho. So panāyaṃ rāgadosamohehi suññattā suññato. Rāgadosamohanimittehi animittattā animitto. Rāgadosamohapaṇidhīnaṃ abhāvato appaṇihitoti vuccati. Cittaṃ samaṃ ādahati ārammaṇe ṭhapetīti samādhi. Ariyehi samāpajjitabbato samāpatti. Sesamettha vuttanayameva. Ettha ca vimokkhattikena ca samādhittikena ca ariyamaggova vutto. Samāpattittikena pana phalasamāpatti. Tesu yaṃkiñci ekampi padaṃ gahetvā ‘‘ahaṃ imassa lābhīmhī’’ti bhaṇanto pārājikova hoti.
三明者,即宿住随念明、天眼明、漏尽明。于此,若取其中某一明而说‘我得此明’,即犯波罗夷。在《简要注》中说:‘即使说“我得诸明”,或说“我得三明”,亦犯波罗夷。’于道修习句分别中所说的三十七菩提分法,与道相应,此处唯指出世间者。因此,《大注》中说:若说‘我得出世之念处、正勤、神足、根、力、觉支、圣八支道’,即犯波罗夷。而《大波阇利》等中说:‘即使依每一部分而说,如说“我得诸念处”,或依其中每一法而说,如说“我得身随观念处”,亦犯波罗夷。’此亦合理。何以故?因为这是就道刹那所生起者而说。于果证中,亦应知依每一种果而犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Tisso vijjāti pubbenivāsānussati, dibbacakkhu, āsavānaṃ khaye ñāṇanti. Tattha ekissāpi nāmaṃ gahetvā ‘‘ahaṃ imissā vijjāya lābhīmhī’’ti bhaṇanto pārājiko hoti. Saṅkhepaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘vijjānaṃ lābhīmhī’ti bhaṇantopi ‘tissannaṃ vijjānaṃ lābhīmhī’ti bhaṇantopi pārājiko vā’’ti vuttaṃ. Maggabhāvanāpadabhājane vuttā sattatiṃsabodhipakkhiyadhammā maggasampayuttā lokuttarāva idhādhippetā. Tasmā lokuttarānaṃ satipaṭṭhānānaṃ sammappadhānānaṃ iddhipādānaṃ indriyānaṃ balānaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa lābhīmhīti vadato pārājikanti mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Mahāpaccariyādīsu pana ‘‘satipaṭṭhānānaṃ lābhīmhī’ti evaṃ ekekakoṭṭhāsavasenāpi ‘kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānassa lābhīmhī’ti evaṃ tattha ekekadhammavasenāpi vadato pārājikamevā’’ti vuttaṃ tampi sameti. Kasmā? Maggakkhaṇuppanneyeva sandhāya vuttattā. Phalasacchikiriyāyapi ekekaphalavasena pārājikaṃ veditabbaṃ.
于‘断贪’等三法中,唯是说烦恼的断除。然而,这种断除若无道则不可能存在,因为由第三道断欲贪与嗔,由第四道断痴,故即使说‘我贪已断’等,亦犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Rāgassa pahānantiādittike kilesappahānameva vuttaṃ. Taṃ pana yasmā maggena vinā natthi, tatiyamaggena hi kāmarāgadosānaṃ pahānaṃ, catutthena mohassa, tasmā ‘‘rāgo me pahīno’’tiādīni vadatopi pārājikaṃ vuttaṃ.
在“心离贪无盖”等句中,唯指出世间心。因此,即使说“我心离贪无盖”等,也构成波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Rāgā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇatātiādittike lokuttaracittameva vuttaṃ. Tasmā ‘‘rāgā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa’’ntiādīni vadatopi pārājikameva.
在“空闲处”词句的分别中,因为不结合禅那,仅仅说“我乐于空闲处”并不构成波罗夷,所以才说“以初禅乐于空闲处”等。因此应知:如果有人结合禅那说“我以此禅那乐于空闲处”,此人即犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Suññāgārapadabhājane pana yasmā jhānena aghaṭetvā ‘‘suññāgāre abhiramāmī’’ti vacanamattena pārājikaṃ nādhippetaṃ, tasmā ‘‘paṭhamena jhānena suññāgāre abhiratī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tasmā yo jhānena ghaṭetvā ‘‘iminā nāma jhānena suññāgāre abhiramāmī’’ti vadati, ayameva pārājiko hotīti veditabbo.
在“智”一词的分别中,《庵婆咤经》等(长部1.254等)所说的八明中,并不包含观智、意所成神通、神通变化、天耳、他心智这五种明。应知其中只有观智不构成波罗夷事,其余则构成。因此,即便说“我是观之获得者”或“我是观智之获得者”,也不犯波罗夷。然而,普沙提婆长老却说:“其余四种明,若未与智结合,也不构成波罗夷事。因此,即便说‘我是意所成之获得者、神通变化之获得者、天耳界之获得者、他心之获得者’,亦无波罗夷。”此说被他的弟子们驳斥道:“我师并非阿毗达摩论师,不知地的差别。所谓神通,是以第四禅为近依的大法,唯依禅那而成。因此,无论他说‘我是意所成之获得者’还是‘我是意所成智之获得者’,无论如何说,皆是波罗夷。”在此,虽然涅槃未在圣典中出现,但若说“我已证得涅槃”或“我已作证涅槃”,则仍是波罗夷。为什么呢?因为涅槃是所生起的出世间法。同样地,若说“我已通达四圣谛,四圣谛已被我通达”,也是波罗夷。为什么呢?因为“谛通达”是道的同义语。然而,由于《分别论》(分别746)中说:“三无碍解唯从欲界善的四个智相应心生起,……”显示巴利原文
Yāca ‘‘ñāṇa’’nti imassa padabhājane ambaṭṭhasuttādīsu (dī. ni. 1.254 ādayo) vuttāsu aṭṭhasu vijjāsu vipassanāñāṇamanomayiddhiiddhividhadibbasotacetopariyañāṇabhedā pañca vijjā na āgatā, tāsu ekā vipassanāva pārājikavatthu na hoti, sesā hontīti veditabbā. Tasmā ‘‘vipassanāya lābhīmhī’’tipi ‘‘vipassanāñāṇassa lābhīmhī’’tipi vadato pārājikaṃ natthi. Phussadevatthero pana bhaṇati – ‘‘itarāpi catasso vijjā ñāṇena aghaṭitā pārājikavatthū na honti. Tasmā ‘manomayassa lābhīmhi, iddhividhassa, dibbāya sotadhātuyā, cetopariyassa lābhīmhī’ti vadatopi pārājikaṃ natthī’’ti. Taṃ tassa antevāsikeheva paṭikkhittaṃ – ‘‘ācariyo na ābhidhammiko bhummantaraṃ na jānāti, abhiññā nāma catutthajjhānapādakova mahaggatadhammo, jhāneneva ijjhati. Tasmā manomayassa lābhīmhī’ti vā ‘manomayañāṇassa lābhīmhī’ti vā yathā vā tathā vā vadatu pārājikamevā’’ti. Ettha ca kiñcāpi nibbānaṃ pāḷiyā anāgataṃ, atha kho ‘‘nibbānaṃ me patta’’nti vā ‘‘sacchikata’’nti vā vadato pārājikameva. Kasmā? Nibbānassa nibbattitalokuttarattā. Tathā ‘‘cattāri saccāni paṭivijjhiṃ paṭividdhāni mayā’’ti vadatopi pārājikameva. Kasmā? Saccappaṭivedhoti hi maggassa pariyāyavacanaṃ. Yasmā pana ‘‘tisso paṭisambhidā kāmāvacarakusalato catūsu ñāṇasampayuttesu cittuppādesu uppajjanti, kriyato catūsu ñāṇasampayuttesu cittuppādesu uppajjanti, atthapaṭisambhidā etesu ceva uppajjati, catūsu maggesu catūsu phalesu ca uppajjatī’’ti vibhaṅge (vibha. 746) vuttaṃ. Tasmā ‘‘dhammapaṭisambhidāya lābhīmhī’’ti vā, ‘‘nirutti…pe… paṭibhānapaṭisambhidāya lābhīmhī’’ti vā ‘‘lokiyaatthapaṭisambhidāya lābhīmhī’’ti vā vuttepi pārājikaṃ natthi. ‘‘Paṭisambhidānaṃ lābhīmhī’’ti vutte na tāva sīsaṃ otarati. ‘‘Lokuttaraatthapaṭisambhidāya lābhīmhī’’ti vutte pana pārājikaṃ hoti. Saṅkhepaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana atthapaṭisambhidāppattomhīti avisesenāpi vadato pārājikaṃ vuttaṃ. Kurundiyampi ‘‘na muccatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘ettāvatā pārājikaṃ natthi, ettāvatā sīsaṃ na otarati, ettāvatā na pārājika’’nti vicāritattā na sakkā aññaṃ pamāṇaṃ kātunti.
即使说“我入灭尽定”或“我是该定的获得者”,也无波罗夷。为什么呢?因为灭尽定既非世间,也非出世间。然而,如果他这样想:“所谓灭尽,是阿那含或漏尽者所入的定,人们会知道我也是其中之一。”并且如此宣称,而他人也确实这样认为,则犯波罗夷。此说见于《大筏》与《简要注》。应当审察之后加以持守。显示巴利原文
‘‘Nirodhasamāpattiṃ samāpajjāmī’’ti vā ‘‘lābhīmhāhaṃ tassā’’ti vā vadatopi pārājikaṃ natthi. Kasmā? Nirodhasamāpattiyā neva lokiyattā na lokuttarattāti. Sace panassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘nirodhaṃ nāma anāgāmī vā khīṇāsavo vā samāpajjati, tesaṃ maṃ aññataroti jānissatī’’ti byākaroti, so ca naṃ tathā jānāti, pārājikanti mahāpaccarisaṅkhepaṭṭhakathāsu vuttaṃ. Taṃ vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbaṃ.
即使说“在过去世迦叶正自觉者的时代,我是须陀洹”,也无波罗夷。因为所执取的是过去诸蕴,不构成犯重。然而,在《简要注》中说:“说‘过去我是八等至的获得者’无波罗夷,因为他们是有退转之法;但此处有人说‘因为现在是(不退转的)无退法’。”此说亦于彼处被驳斥:“针对过去自体而说者,无波罗夷;唯有针对现在自体而说者,才有波罗夷。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Atītabhave kassapasammāsambuddhakāle sotāpannomhī’’ti vadatopi pārājikaṃ natthi. Atītakkhandhānañhi parāmaṭṭhattā sīsaṃ na otaratīti. Saṅkhepaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘atīte aṭṭhasamāpattilābhīmhī’’ti vadato pārājikaṃ natthi, kuppadhammattā idha pana ‘‘atthi akuppadhammattāti keci vadantī’’ti vuttaṃ. Tampi tattheva ‘‘atītattabhāvaṃ sandhāya kathentassa pārājikaṃ na hoti, paccuppannattabhāvaṃ sandhāya kathentasseva hotī’’ti paṭikkhittaṃ.
单纯品论释显示巴利原文
Suddhikavārakathāvaṇṇanā
200 如此详释了禅那等十个母题之后,现在为显示故意妄语自赞上人法的构成要素,并依其详释来编排轮转句,同时显示自赞的方式与罪过的差别,而说“以三种方式”等。其中,单纯品、欲说品、缘相关品为三大品。于其中,在单纯品中,从初禅开始,直至“心从痴离盖”一句,于每一句,以六种表述——“我入、我入、已入、我是获得者、我是自在者、我已作证”,各以三种方式、四种、五种、六种、七种方式,如此五次组合,称为单纯理趣。然后,以“初禅与二禅”等,将每一句与初禅结合,结合所有句后,依同样详释,称为缺轮。因为此轮未被再取来与初禅等结合,故名为“缺轮”。然后,以“二禅与三禅”等,将每一句与二禅结合,再取来与初禅连结,依同样详释,称为全轮。然后,如同与二禅结合,亦与三禅等结合,将每一句结合,再取来与二禅等连结,依同样详释,再说其余二十九全轮,完成一根理趣。然而,圣典仅略示其文,不迷惑的人应当依详释来了知。显示巴利原文
200. Evaṃ jhānādīni dasa mātikāpadāni vitthāretvā idāni uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapanto yaṃ sampajānamusāvādaṃ bhaṇati, tassa aṅgaṃ dassetvā tasseva vitthārassa vasena cakkapeyyālaṃ bandhanto ullapanākārañca āpattibhedañca dassetuṃ ‘‘tīhākārehī’’tiādimāha. Tattha suddhikavāro vattukāmavāro paccayapaṭisaṃyuttavāroti tayo mahāvārā. Tesu suddhikavāre paṭhamajjhānaṃ ādiṃ katvā yāva mohā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇapadaṃ, tāva ekamekasmiṃ pade samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno, lābhīmhi, vasīmhi, sacchikataṃ mayāti imesu chasu padesu ekamekaṃ padaṃ tīhākārehi, catūhi, pañcahi, chahi, sattahākārehīti evaṃ pañcakkhattuṃ yojetvā suddhikanayo nāma vutto. Tato paṭhamañca jhānaṃ, dutiyañca jhānanti evaṃ paṭhamajjhānena saddhiṃ ekamekaṃ padaṃ ghaṭentena sabbapadāni ghaṭetvā teneva vitthārena khaṇḍacakkaṃ nāma vuttaṃ. Tañhi puna ānetvā paṭhamajjhānādīhi na yojitaṃ, tasmā ‘‘khaṇḍacakka’’nti vuccati. Tato dutiyañca jhānaṃ, tatiyañca jhānanti evaṃ dutiyajjhānena saddhiṃ ekamekaṃ padaṃ ghaṭetvā puna ānetvā paṭhamajjhānena saddhiṃ sambandhitvā teneva vitthārena baddhacakkaṃ nāma vuttaṃ. Tato yathā dutiyajjhānena saddhiṃ, evaṃ tatiyajjhānādīhipi saddhiṃ, ekamekaṃ padaṃ ghaṭetvā puna ānetvā dutiyajjhānādīhi saddhiṃ sambandhitvā teneva vitthārena aññānipi ekūnatiṃsa baddhacakkāni vatvā ekamūlakanayo niṭṭhāpito. Pāṭho pana saṅkhepena dassito, so asammuyhantena vitthārato veditabbo.
正如有一根之理趣,亦有二根等理趣,乃至以一切根为究竟,在四百之上阐述了三十五种理趣。即:二根有二十九种,三根有二十八种,四根有二十七种;如此,五根乃至三十根之理趣,各各递减一种,应如此了知。然而,在圣典中,将其名称亦略去,仅标示三十根理趣,称为‘此一切根’。又因‘空宅句’若未与禅那结合,则不触及关键,故应知此处未收录彼句,唯以‘心从痴中离盖’句为究竟,于一切处显示其结合。如此,无论以顺次或逆次,将初禅等与二禅等结合或不结合,若以‘我入’等方式自赞,则无有逃脱,必定犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Yathā ca ekamūlako, evaṃ dumūlakādayopi sabbamūlakapariyosānā catunnaṃ satānaṃ upari pañcatiṃsa nayā vuttā. Seyyathidaṃ – dvimūlakā ekūnatiṃsa, timūlakā aṭṭhavīsa, catumūlakā sattavīsa; evaṃ pañcamūlakādayopi ekekaṃ ūnaṃ katvā yāva tiṃsamūlakā, tāva veditabbā. Pāṭhe pana tesaṃ nāmampi saṅkhipitvā ‘‘idaṃ sabbamūlaka’’nti tiṃsamūlakanayo eko dassito. Yasmā ca suññāgārapadaṃ jhānena aghaṭitaṃ sīsaṃ na otarati, tasmā taṃ anāmasitvā mohā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇapadapariyosānāyeva sabbattha yojanā dassitāti veditabbā. Evaṃ paṭhamajjhānādīni paṭipāṭiyā vā uppaṭipāṭiyā vā dutiyajjhānādīhi ghaṭetvā vā aghaṭetvā vā samāpajjintiādinā nayena ullapato mokkho natthi, pārājikaṃ āpajjatiyevāti.
为了显示此义,在此清净大品中,简略地解释其义如下——‘以三因’:指构成正知妄语支分的三种原因。‘于先前他有’:即在先前阶段,此人心里这样想:‘我将说妄语’。‘于说时有’:即正在说时有。‘于说后有’:即说后他有,意为当所说之事被说出时,他有此心。或者,‘于说后’:指已说、语毕者有。若有人于先前阶段亦知,于说时亦知,于后时亦知‘我所说为妄语’,则当他说‘我证得初禅’时,即犯波罗夷罪,此即此处所示之义。虽已显示,然此处有一差别——曾有人问:‘“我将说妄语”之先前阶段有,“我所说为妄语”之后阶段无,因为有人刚说完即忘,他犯波罗夷罪,还是不犯?’对此,注疏中如此解答:若于先前阶段知‘我将说妄语’,于说时知‘我正说妄语’,则于后阶段不可能不知‘我所说为妄语’。即使不知,亦犯波罗夷罪。因为前二支分才是标准。若有人于先前阶段无‘我将说妄语’之作意,但于说时知‘我正说妄语’,于说后亦知‘我所说为妄语’,则不应治罪。因为先前阶段更为标准。若彼不存,则所说为戏言或随口之言。显示巴利原文
Imassa atthassa dassanavasena vutte ca panetasmiṃ suddhikamahāvāre ayaṃ saṅkhepato atthavaṇṇanā – tīhākārehīti sampajānamusāvādassa aṅgabhūtehi tīhi kāraṇehi. Pubbevassa hotīti pubbabhāgeyeva assa puggalassa evaṃ hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇissa’’nti. Bhaṇantassa hotīti bhaṇamānassa hoti. Bhaṇitassa hotīti bhaṇite assa hoti, yaṃ vattabbaṃ tasmiṃ vutte hotīti attho. Atha vā bhaṇitassāti vuttavato niṭṭhitavacanassa hotīti. Yo evaṃ pubbabhāgepi jānāti, bhaṇantopi jānāti, pacchāpi jānāti, ‘‘musā mayā bhaṇita’’nti so ‘‘paṭhamajjhānaṃ samāpajji’’nti bhaṇanto pārājikaṃ āpajjatīti ayamettha attho dassito. Kiñcāpi dassito, atha kho ayamettha viseso – pucchā tāva hoti ‘‘‘musā bhaṇissa’nti pubbabhāgo atthi, ‘musā mayā bhaṇita’nti pacchābhāgo natthi, vuttamattameva hi koci pamussati, kiṃ tassa pārājikaṃ hoti, na hotī’’ti? Sā evaṃ aṭṭhakathāsu vissajjitā – pubbabhāge ‘‘musā bhaṇissa’’nti ca bhaṇantassa ‘‘musā bhaṇāmī’’ti ca jānato pacchābhāge ‘‘musā mayā bhaṇita’’nti na sakkā na bhavituṃ. Sacepi na hoti pārājikameva. Purimameva hi aṅgadvayaṃ pamāṇaṃ. Yassāpi pubbabhāge ‘‘musā bhaṇissa’’nti ābhogo natthi, bhaṇanto pana ‘‘musā bhaṇāmī’’ti jānāti, bhaṇitepi ‘‘musā mayā bhaṇita’’nti jānāti, so āpattiyā na kāretabbo. Pubbabhāgo hi pamāṇataro. Tasmiṃ asati davā bhaṇitaṃ vā ravā bhaṇitaṃ vā hotī’’ti.
于此,应舍弃‘彼知性’与‘智之合集’。应舍弃‘彼知性’:指以‘我将说妄语’之心知,又以同一心知‘我正说妄语’及‘我所说为妄语’,如此以同一心于三刹那中知,此‘彼知性’应舍弃,因为不能以彼心知彼心,正如不能以彼剑斩其自身。然而,前前之心作为后后之心如是生起的缘,而后灭去。因此说:显示巴利原文
Ettha ca taṃñāṇatā ca ñāṇasamodhānañca pariccajitabbaṃ. Taṃñāṇatā pariccajitabbāti yena cittena ‘‘musā bhaṇissa’’nti jānāti, teneva ‘‘musā bhaṇāmī’’ti ca ‘‘musā mayā bhaṇita’’nti ca jānātīti evaṃ ekacitteneva tīsu khaṇesu jānātīti ayaṃ taṃññaṇatā pariccajitabbā, na hi sakkā teneva cittena taṃ cittaṃ jānituṃ yathā na sakkā teneva asinā so asi chinditunti. Purimaṃ purimaṃ pana cittaṃ pacchimassa pacchimassa cittassa tathā uppattiyā paccayo hutvā nirujjhati. Tenetaṃ vuccati –
前分即是标准,若彼存在,则必定有;
其余二支于此中无,此语为三分量。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pamāṇaṃ pubbabhāgova, tasmiṃ sati na hessati; Sesadvayanti nattheta, miti vācā tivaṅgikā’’ti.
“应舍弃智之合集”:即不应执取这三种心于一刹那中生起。因为所谓心——显示巴利原文
‘‘Ñāṇasamodhānaṃ pariccajitabba’’nti etāni tīṇi cittāni ekakkhaṇe uppajjantīti na gahetabbāni. Idañhi cittaṃ nāma –
当第一心未灭之时,后心便不生起;
因念念无间地生起,便显现如同单一之心。
显示巴利原文 Aniruddhamhi paṭhame, na uppajjati pacchimaṃ; Nirantaruppajjanato, ekaṃ viya pakāsati.
此后,若有人明知而妄语,称“我证得初禅”,而他本身却执持“我并无初禅”之见,这确是他的执取。同样,“我并无初禅”也是他所容许、所喜好的。他的心性本就是“我并无初禅”。然而,当他欲说妄语时,便将这些——或单是那见解,或见解与容许相俱,或见解、容许与喜好相俱,或见解、容许、喜好相俱的状态——予以排除、放下、覆藏,装作没有而说。因此,为显示其中支分的差别,而说“以四相”等。又因《附随》中提到了“八支妄语”,与此处所指的“想”相应,故还有一种理趣,即“以八相”应被结合。显示巴利原文
Ito paraṃ pana yvāyaṃ ‘‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji’’nti sampajānamusā bhaṇati, yasmā so ‘‘natthi me paṭhamaṃ jhāna’’nti evaṃdiṭṭhiko hoti, tassa hi atthevāyaṃ laddhi. Tathā ‘‘natthi me paṭhamaṃ jhāna’’nti evamassa khamati ceva ruccati ca. Evaṃsabhāvameva cassa cittaṃ ‘‘natthi me paṭhamaṃ jhāna’’nti. Yadā pana musā vattukāmo hoti, tadā taṃ diṭṭhiṃ vā diṭṭhiyā saha khantiṃ vā diṭṭhikhantīhi saddhiṃ ruciṃ vā, diṭṭhikhantirucīhi saddhiṃ bhāvaṃ vā vinidhāya nikkhipitvā paṭicchādetvā abhūtaṃ katvā bhaṇati, tasmā tesampi vasena aṅgabhedaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘catūhākārehī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Parivāre ca ‘‘aṭṭhaṅgiko musāvādo’’ti (paṭi. 328) vuttattā tattha adhippetāya saññāya saddhiṃ aññopi idha ‘‘aṭṭhahākārehī’’ti eko nayo yojetabbo.
这里,“排除见”是指以强力法排除(邪见)而说。“排除容忍”等,则是依序排除较此更弱、更弱之法而说。而“排除想”在此处,是指最弱一切法的排除。因为,若连想都不排除,却能正知而说妄语,这是不可能的。然而,由于用“我将证得”等未来时语(说妄语)并不犯波罗夷,因此应知,此处仅指“已证得”等过去时或现在时语而言。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca vinidhāya diṭṭhinti balavadhammavinidhānavasenetaṃ vuttaṃ. Vinidhāya khantintiādīni tato dubbaladubbalānaṃ vinidhānavasena. Vinidhāya saññanti idaṃ panettha sabbadubbaladhammavinidhānaṃ. Saññāmattampi nāma avinidhāya sampajānamusā bhāsissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Yasmā pana ‘‘samāpajjissāmī’’tiādinā anāgatavacanena pārājikaṃ na hoti, tasmā ‘‘samāpajji’’ntiādīni atītavattamānapadāneva pāṭhe vuttānīti veditabbāni.
207 此后,在这个清净大品中,一切都意义明显。因为在这里,除了在烦恼断除句的句分别中“我的贪已舍、已吐”等句的意义之外,没有什么是不能用这种抉择来了知的。现在说明此义:此处,“已舍”是就自性上的彻底舍离而说;“已吐”是就显示不再执取的状态而说;“已脱”是就脱离相续而说;“已断”是就显示虽已脱离亦无处安住而说;“已弃”是就显示舍弃先前所执取者而说;“已扬弃”是就显示由圣道令烦恼惊惧、不再依附而说——此义应从声明学中探求;“已彻底扬弃”则是就显示善令惊惧之后,连微细的烦恼也不再依附而说。显示巴利原文
207. Ito paraṃ sabbampi imasmiṃ suddhikamahāvāre uttānatthameva. Na hettha taṃ atthi – yaṃ iminā vinicchayena na sakkā bhaveyya viññātuṃ, ṭhapetvā kilesappahānapadassa padabhājane ‘‘rāgo me catto vanto’’tiādīnaṃ padānaṃ atthaṃ. Svāyaṃ vuccati – ettha hi cattoti idaṃ sakabhāvapariccajanavasena vuttaṃ. Vantoti idaṃ puna anādiyanabhāvadassanavasena. Muttoti idaṃ santatito vimocanavasena. Pahīnoti idaṃ muttassāpi kvaci anavaṭṭhānadassanavasena. Paṭinissaṭṭhoti idaṃ pubbe ādinnapubbassa paṭinissaggadassanavasena. Ukkheṭitoti idaṃ ariyamaggena uttāsitattā puna anallīyanabhāvadassanavasena. Svāyamattho saddasatthato pariyesitabbo . Samukkheṭitoti idaṃ suṭṭhu uttāsetvā aṇusahagatassāpi puna anallīyanabhāvadassanavasena vuttanti.
欲说品论显示巴利原文
Vattukāmavārakathā
215 在“欲说之段”中,“由三相成就”等的含义,以及该段所有省略的分类,都应依此处所述的方法来理解。仅仅是为了制止那些寻找借口的人——那些心想“我本想偏离而说其他,所以我没有犯戒”的恶人——的借口,才加以说明。正如在舍学处的情形,想说的是“我舍佛”,实际却说成了“我舍法”等,无论所说为何,由于已落入范畴,便成为舍学处者;同样地,在初禅等上人法的情形,想说的是其中某一项,却说成了另一项,无论所说为何,由于已落入范畴,便成为波罗夷。如果听者当下就明白此含义,那么,对于此处“了知”的特征,应按舍学处中所说的方法来理解。显示巴利原文
215. Vattukāmavārepi ‘‘tīhākārehī’’tiādīnaṃ attho, vārapeyyālappabhedo ca sabbo idha vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Kevalañhi yaṃ ‘‘mayā virajjhitvā aññaṃ vattukāmena aññaṃ vuttaṃ, tasmā natthi mayhaṃ āpattī’’ti evaṃ okāsagavesakānaṃ pāpapuggalānaṃ okāsanisedhanatthaṃ vutto. Yatheva hi ‘‘buddhaṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti vattukāmo ‘‘dhammaṃ paccakkhāmī’’tiādīsu sikkhāpaccakkhānapadesu yaṃ vā taṃ vā vadantopi khette otiṇṇattā sikkhāpaccakkhātakova hoti; evaṃ paṭhamajjhānādīsu uttarimanussadhammapadesu yaṃkiñci ekaṃ vattukāmo tato aññaṃ yaṃ vā taṃ vā vadantopi khette otiṇṇattā pārājikova hoti. Sace yassa vadati, so tamatthaṃ taṅkhaṇaññeva jānāti. Jānanalakkhaṇañcettha sikkhāpaccakkhāne vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
然而,此处有一差别:舍学处不通过手印而成立。而虚妄说上人法,即使通过手印也成立。因为,若有人以手的变化等、肢体的动作,向处于能理解状态的人宣说虚妄的上人法,对方又明白其含义,便犯波罗夷。然而,若听者不理解,心想‘他在说什么?’或心生疑惑,或经长时间思考后方才明白,则属‘不理解’。对不理解者宣说,犯偷兰遮。若有人对禅那等,既未自证,亦非由学习、提问等而知,仅仅听过‘禅那’、‘解脱’等名词,当他人宣说时,他若明白‘据说他在说入禅那’这层意思,即使仅此而已,也属‘了知’。对这样的人宣说,即犯波罗夷。至于其余对一人、二人或多人,限定或非限定的所有差别,都应依舍学处论中所说的方法来理解。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana viseso – sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hatthamuddāya sīsaṃ na otarati. Idaṃ abhūtārocanaṃ hatthamuddāyapi otarati. Yo hi hatthavikārādīhipi aṅgapaccaṅgacopanehi abhūtaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ viññattipathe ṭhitassa puggalassa āroceti, so ca tamatthaṃ jānāti, pārājikova hoti. Atha pana yassa āroceti, so na jānāti ‘‘ki ayaṃ bhaṇatī’’ti, saṃsayaṃ vā āpajjati, ciraṃ vīmaṃsitvā vā pacchā jānāti, appaṭivijānanto icceva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Evaṃ appaṭivijānantassa vutte thullaccayaṃ hoti. Yo pana jhānādīni attano adhigamavasena vā uggahaparipucchādivasena vā na jānāti, kevalaṃ jhānanti vā vimokkhoti vā vacanamattameva sutaṃ hoti, sopi tena vutte ‘‘jhānaṃ kira samāpajjinti esa vadatī’’ti yadi ettakamattampi jānāti, jānāticceva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Tassa vutte pārājikameva. Seso ekassa vā dvinnaṃ vā bahūnaṃ vā niyamitāniyamitavasena viseso sabbo sikkhāpaccakkhānakathāyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabboti.
与缘相应段论显示巴利原文
Paccayapaṭisaṃyuttavārakathā
220 在‘资具相应’段中,亦应依前述方法,了知所有段落的省略分类及前文已出现词语的含义。首先,当如此了知巴利文的顺序。此处说了五种属格句:‘在你精舍住者’、‘受用你衣者’、‘受用你钵食者’、‘受用你坐卧处者’、‘受用你病缘医药资具者’;五种具格句:‘由谁受用了你的精舍’等;五种依格句:‘你因何而施与精舍’等。依此并结合此处所说的‘空屋’一词,应了知前文所述初禅等所有段落中的省略分类。然而,由于是以‘在你精舍住者’、‘由谁受用了你的精舍’、‘你因何而施与精舍’这样的同义方式宣说,且未出现‘我’字,因此,即使向理解者宣说,此处亦犯偷兰遮;向不理解者宣说,则犯恶作。这便是此处的判摄。显示巴利原文
220. Paccayapaṭisaṃyuttavārepi – sabbaṃ vārapeyyālabhedaṃ pubbe āgatapadānañca atthaṃ vuttanayeneva ñatvā pāḷikkamo tāva evaṃ jānitabbo. Ettha hi ‘‘yo te vihāre vasi, yo te cīvaraṃ paribhuñji, yo te piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñji, yo te senāsanaṃ paribhuñji, yo te gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paribhuñjī’’ti ime pañca paccattavacanavārā, ‘‘yena te vihāro paribhutto’’tiādayo pañca karaṇavacanavārā, ‘‘yaṃ tvaṃ āgamma vihāraṃ adāsī’’tiādayo pañca upayogavacanavārā vuttā , tesaṃ vasena idha vuttena suññāgārapadena saddhiṃ pubbe vuttesu paṭhamajjhānādīsu sabbapadesu vārapeyyālabhedo veditabbo. ‘‘Yo te vihāre, yena te vihāro, yaṃ tvaṃ āgamma vihāra’’nti evaṃ pariyāyena vuttattā pana ‘‘aha’’nti ca avuttattā paṭivijānantassa vuttepi idha thullaccayaṃ, apaṭivijānantassa dukkaṭanti ayamettha vinicchayo.
无犯差别论显示巴利原文
Anāpattibhedakathā
如此以广说方式开示犯戒差别后,现在说明无犯,而说‘无犯,因增上慢’等。其中,‘因增上慢’指因自以为已证得而生起者,无犯。‘无吹嘘意图者’指不存欺诳、邪行,无吹嘘意图,在梵行同伴面前宣说其他内容者,无犯。癫狂者等如前所述。然而,此处的最初犯戒者是跋耆子比丘们,他们无犯。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vitthāravasena āpattibhedaṃ dassetvā idāni anāpattiṃ dassento ‘‘anāpatti adhimānenā’’tiādimāha. Tattha adhimānenāti adhigatamānena samudācarantassa anāpatti. Anullapanādhippāyassāti kohaññe icchācāre aṭhatvā anullapanādhippāyassa sabrahmacārīnaṃ santike aññaṃ byākarontassa anāpatti. Ummattakādayo pubbe vuttanayāeva. Idha pana ādikammikā vaggumudātīriyā bhikkhū. Tesaṃ anāpattīti.
在等起等方面,此学处有三等起:以手印表示者,由身、意生起;以言语宣说者,由语、意生起;两者兼用者,由身、语、意生起。它是作业、有知觉解脱、有心、世间罪、身业、语业、不善心,并有三受——即使含笑宣说,也是喜俱;即使出于恐惧宣说,也是舍俱。显示巴利原文
Samuṭṭhānādīsu idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – hatthamuddāya ārocentassa kāyacittato, vacībhedena ārocentassa vācācittato, ubhayaṃ karontassa kāyavācācittato samuṭṭhāti. Kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, tivedanaṃ hasantopi hi somanassiko ullapati bhāyantopi majjhattopīti.
已审定事缘注释显示巴利原文
Vinītavatthuvaṇṇanā
223 在调伏事缘中,增上慢一事与随制中所说相同。显示巴利原文
223. Vinītavatthūsu – adhimānavatthu anupaññattiyaṃ vuttanayameva.
第二事缘中,“发愿”是指生起祈愿。“愿人们如此尊敬我”:愿人们因我住在林野,而在阿罗汉果或有学位上尊敬我,由此我将成为世间所恭敬、尊重、承事、供养者。“犯恶作”:如此发愿后,前往“我将住于林野”者,每一步皆犯恶作。同样,在林野中搭建小屋、经行、坐、卧、穿衣等一切所作中,每个动作都犯恶作。因此,不应以这样的意欲住于林野。若以这样的意欲而住,不论是否获得尊敬,都犯恶作。然而,若有人受持头陀支,心想:“我将守护头陀支”,或想:“我住在村落边,心会散乱,林野才是适当的”,或想:“我进入林野后,必能证得三种远离之一”,或想:“进入林野后,若未证阿罗汉果,决不出来”,或想:“林野住为世尊所赞叹,我若住于林野,许多梵行同伴也将舍弃村落边,成为林野住者”——如此怀着无过之欲而住者,应当住。显示巴利原文
Dutiyavatthusmiṃ – paṇidhāyāti patthanaṃ katvā. Evaṃ maṃ jano sambhāvessatīti evaṃ araññe vasantaṃ maṃ jano arahatte vā sekkhabhūmiyaṃ vā sambhāvessati, tato lokassa sakkato bhavissāmi garukato mānito pūjitoti. Āpatti dukkaṭassāti evaṃ paṇidhāya ‘‘araññe vasissāmī’’ti gacchantassa padavāre padavāre dukkaṭaṃ. Tathā araññe kuṭikaraṇacaṅkamananisīdananivāsanapāvuraṇādīsu sabbakiccesu payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Tasmā evaṃ araññe na vasitabbaṃ. Evaṃ vasanto hi sambhāvanaṃ labhatu vā mā vā dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati. Yo pana samādinnadhutaṅgo ‘‘dhutaṅgaṃ rakkhissāmī’’ti vā ‘‘gāmante me vasato cittaṃ vikkhipati, araññaṃ sappāya’’nti cintetvā vā ‘‘addhā araññe tiṇṇaṃ vivekānaṃ aññataraṃ pāpuṇissāmī’’ti vā ‘‘araññaṃ pavisitvā arahattaṃ apāpuṇitvā na nikkhamissāmī’’ti vā ‘‘araññavāso nāma bhagavatā pasattho, mayi ca araññe vasante bahū sabrahmacārino gāmantaṃ hitvā āraññakā bhavissantī’’ti vā evaṃ anavajjavāsaṃ vasitukāmo hoti, tena vasitabbaṃ.
在第三件事中也是如此——从整理衣袍、‘我将去托钵’开始,始于穿着下衣上衣之事务,直至用餐结束,每一个动作皆犯恶作。无论是否得到认可,都只是恶作。然而,为圆满犍度义务与应当学义务,或为使同梵行者生起见贤思齐之心,以庄严的行进、后退等威仪进入村落托钵,在智者看来是无可指摘的。显示巴利原文
Tatiyavatthusmimpi – ‘‘abhikkantādīni saṇṭhapetvā piṇḍāya carissāmī’’ti nivāsanapārupanakiccato pabhuti yāva bhojanapariyosānaṃ tāva payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Sambhāvanaṃ labhatu vā mā vā dukkaṭameva. Khandhakavattasekhiyavattaparipūraṇatthaṃ pana sabrahmacārīnaṃ diṭṭhānugatiāpajjanatthaṃ vā pāsādikehi abhikkamapaṭikkamādīhi piṇḍāya pavisanto anupavajjo viññūnanti.
在第四与第五件事中——说到‘那位住在你精舍的人……’,此处未明说‘我’,故不构成波罗夷。因为唯有以将自己代入的方式表露,才说为波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Catutthapañcamavatthūsu – ‘‘yo te vihāre vasī’’ti ettha vuttanayeneva ‘‘aha’’nti avuttattā pārājikaṃ natthi. Attupanāyikameva hi samudācarantassa pārājikaṃ vuttaṃ.
所谓‘决意’、‘经行’等用语,皆如前文所述。显示巴利原文
Paṇidhāya caṅkamītiādīni heṭṭhā vuttanayāneva.
于结法品中,若说“结已断”“十结已断”或“一结已断”等,所表达的正是烦恼的断除,故犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Saṃyojanavatthusmiṃ – saṃyojanā pahīnātipi ‘‘dasa saṃyojanā pahīnā’’tipi ‘‘ekaṃ saṃyojanaṃ pahīna’’ntipi vadato kilesappahānameva ārocitaṃ hoti, tasmā pārājikaṃ.
224 224. 于隐处法品:所谓“隐处自诩”,即身处隐处而自称“我是阿拉汉”,却并非内心真实作意,因此此处判为恶作。显示巴利原文
224. Rahovatthūsu – raho ullapatīti ‘‘rahogato arahā aha’’nti vadati, na manasā cintitameva karoti. Tenettha dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ.
“住处法品”与“看护法品”亦准此义。显示巴利原文
Vihāravatthuupaṭṭhānavatthu ca vuttanayameva.
225 在不难事品中,有比丘持此见解:“唯有圣者才是世尊的弟子。”因此他说:“那些世尊的弟子们应当这样说。”因为他的意图是:“持戒且已着手修观者,不难以其他方式解说,他有能力证得阿拉汉果。”因此,这称为“不虚诳事”的释义。显示巴利原文
225. Na dukkaravatthusmiṃ – tassa bhikkhuno ayaṃ laddhi – ‘‘ariyapuggalāva bhagavato sāvakā’’ti. Tenāha – ‘‘ye kho te bhagavato sāvakā te evaṃ vadeyyu’’nti. Yasmā cassa ayamadhippāyo – ‘‘sīlavatā āraddhavipassakena na dukkaraṃ aññaṃ byākātuṃ, paṭibalo so arahattaṃ pāpuṇitu’’nti. Tasmā ‘‘anullapanādhippāyo aha’’nti āha.
在精进事中,“应令成就”的意思是:可以成就、能够完成、能够生起。其余如前所说。显示巴利原文
Vīriyavatthusmiṃ ārādhanīyoti sakkā ārādhetuṃ sampādetuṃ nibbattetunti attho. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
在死亡事中,那位比丘这样思惟:“若生追悔者,当会畏惧。然而我的戒清净无追悔之因,我为何要畏惧死亡?”依此意趣,他说:“贤友,我不畏惧死亡。”因此他无犯。显示巴利原文
Maccuvatthusmiṃ so bhikkhu ‘‘yassa vippaṭisāro uppajjati, so bhāyeyya. Mayhaṃ pana avippaṭisāravatthukāni parisuddhāni sīlāni, svāhaṃ kiṃ maraṇassa bhāyissāmī’’ti etamatthavasaṃ paṭicca ‘‘nāhaṃ āvuso maccuno bhāyāmī’’ti āha. Tenassa anāpatti.
关于追悔法,其理亦然。此外,其余三种法与精进法相似。显示巴利原文
Vippaṭisāravatthusmimpi eseva nayo. Tato parāni tīṇi vatthūni vīriyavatthusadisāneva.
在感受法的第一类中,那位比丘依思择力安住于忍辱,而说:“贤友,不可用任何方式都去忍受。”由此,他无罪。显示巴利原文
Vedanāvatthūsupaṭhamasmiṃ tāva so bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhānabalena adhivāsanakhantiyaṃ ṭhatvā ‘‘nāvuso sakkā yena vā tena vā adhivāsetu’’nti āha. Tenassa anāpatti.
在第二类中,因未作自身比照,而以婉转方式说:“贤友,凡夫不能……”者,即犯偷兰遮。显示巴利原文
Dutiye pana attupanāyikaṃ akatvā ‘‘nāvuso sakkā puthujjanenā’’ti pariyāyena vuttattā thullaccayaṃ.
226 关于婆罗门法。据说那位婆罗门并非仅仅说“来吧,诸阿拉汉”。凡他口中说出的话语,全都与阿拉汉之说相应,如“为阿拉汉铺设座位,奉上洗足水,阿拉汉请净足”等,皆是阿拉汉劝语。然此语出于他信仰的习性,乃是凭自身信心而发起的劝勉。因此世尊说:“比丘们,这样说并不犯过,因为那是出于信心的言语。”当如是宣说时,比丘不应轻视懈怠,而应励力受持,如此修习,成就阿拉汉之道。显示巴利原文
226.Brāhmaṇavatthūsuso kira brāhmaṇo na kevalaṃ ‘‘āyantu bhonto arahanto’’ti āha. Yaṃ yaṃ panassa vacanaṃ mukhato niggacchati, sabbaṃ ‘‘arahantānaṃ āsanāni paññapetha, pādodakaṃ detha, arahanto pāde dhovantū’’ti arahantavādapaṭisaṃyuttaṃyeva. Taṃ panassa pasādabhaññaṃ saddhācaritattā attano saddhābalena samussāhitassa vacanaṃ. Tasmā bhagavā ‘‘anāpatti, bhikkhave, pasādabhaññe’’ti āha. Evaṃ vuccamānena pana bhikkhunā na haṭṭhatuṭṭheneva paccayā paribhuñjitabbā, ‘‘arahattasampāpikaṃ paṭipadaṃ paripūressāmī’’ti evaṃ yogo karaṇīyoti.
至于其他解说之事,与所述烦恼相应的事例相似。在不敬的制戒因缘中,那位比丘由于对在家身份无益、无所希求,故说:“贤友,像我这般的,实在不堪。”此言非出于自夸或炫耀的意图,因此他不犯戒。显示巴利原文
Aññabyākaraṇavatthūnisaṃyojanavatthusadisāneva. Agāravatthusmiṃ so bhikkhu gihibhāve anatthikatāya anapekkhatāya ‘‘abhabbo kho āvuso mādiso’’ti āha, na ullapanādhippāyena. Tenassa anāpatti.
227 关于“遮止欲”的制戒因缘。那位比丘对于事欲与烦恼欲,以世间智观见其过患,故无所希冀。因此他说:“贤友,我的欲已被遮止。”如此,他不犯戒。此中“已遮止”意为已被关闭、已被阻挡、已被拒绝。显示巴利原文
227.Āvaṭakāmavatthusmiṃ so bhikkhu vatthukāmesu ca kilesakāmesu ca lokiyeneva ādīnavadassanena nirapekkho. Tasmā ‘‘āvaṭā me āvuso kāmā’’ti āha. Tenassa anāpatti. Ettha ca āvaṭāti āvāritā nivāritā, paṭikkhittāti attho.
关于欢喜之本,此比丘于教法中并无厌嫌,于教诫、问询等亦心生欢喜,故言:“贤友,我以无上欢喜而欢喜。”此非出于自夸之意,故不犯。显示巴利原文
Abhirativatthusmiṃ so bhikkhu sāsane anukkaṇṭhitabhāvena uddesaparipucchādīsu ca abhiratabhāvena ‘‘abhirato ahaṃ āvuso paramāya abhiratiyā’’ti āha, na ullapanādhippāyena. Tenassa anāpatti.
关于离去之本,若有人先划定某住处、殿舍、界场或任何地方,并作约定:“谁最先从此处离开……”若有人欲令他人知晓“我是阿罗汉”而最先从该处离开,即犯波罗夷。然而,若有人为阿阇梨、和尚或父母所需,或因其他比丘事务、教诫问询等任何正当事宜而越过该处,则无罪。若事后心生他念,想:“我不应去那里,他人必以为我最先离开”,亦无罪。显示巴利原文
Pakkamanavatthusmiṃ yo imamhā āvāsā paṭhamaṃ pakkamissatīti evaṃ āvāsaṃ vā maṇḍapaṃ vā sīmaṃ vā yaṃkiñci ṭhānaṃ paricchinditvā katāya katikāya yo ‘‘maṃ arahāti jānantū’’ti tamhā ṭhānā paṭhamaṃ pakkamati, pārājiko hoti. Yo pana ācariyupajjhāyānaṃ vā kiccena mātāpitūnaṃ vā kenacideva karaṇīyena bhikkhācāratthaṃ vā uddesaparipucchānaṃ vā atthāya aññena vā tādisena karaṇīyena taṃ ṭhānaṃ atikkamitvā gacchati, anāpatti. Sacepissa evaṃ gatassa pacchā icchācāro uppajjati ‘‘na dānāhaṃ tattha gamissāmi evaṃ maṃ arahāti sambhāvessantī’’ti anāpattiyeva.
若有人因任何事务到达该处后,由于诵经、作意等而分心他顾,或被盗贼等追赶,或见乌云密布欲入避雨处而越过该处,则无罪。若乘车或以神通前往,亦不犯波罗夷;唯有以步行前往时犯。且若与共同制此约者同时行走、不分先后,亦无罪。如此行走时,彼此皆相互守护。若划定某处,如于帐幕、树下等处,以“凡于此坐或行,我等即知其为阿罗汉”的方式制戒,或放置花朵后以“凡取此花供养,我等即知其为阿罗汉”等方式制戒,若有人出于己意如此而行,即犯波罗夷。若居士于途中建造寺院,或放置衣等物,并说“诸阿罗汉请住此寺,请取衣等”,若有人出于己意而住或取衣等,亦犯波罗夷。然而,此乃非如法之约定,故不应作。其他类似者,如“于此三月内,所有人皆应为林居者,或受持其余头陀支,如常乞食支等”,或“所有人皆应为漏尽者”,亦不应作。因诸比丘来自各处,其中有些羸弱无力者,无法遵守此类规定,故此类规定亦不应作。至于“于此三月内,所有人皆不应教授、不应问询、不应度人出家、应持禁语,即使界外者亦应将利养交与僧团”等,则更不应作。显示巴利原文
Yopi kenacideva karaṇīyena taṃ ṭhānaṃ patvā sajjhāyamanasikārādivasena aññavihito vā hutvā corādīhi vā anubaddho meghaṃ vā uṭṭhitaṃ disvā anovassakaṃ pavisitukāmo taṃ ṭhānaṃ atikkamati, anāpatti. Yānena vā iddhiyā vā gacchantopi pārājikaṃ nāpajjati, padagamaneneva āpajjati. Tampi yehi saha katikā katā, tehi saddhiṃ apubbaṃacarimaṃ gacchanto nāpajjati. Evaṃ gacchantā hi sabbepi aññamaññaṃ rakkhanti. Sacepi maṇḍaparukkhamūlādīsu kiñci ṭhānaṃ paricchinditvā ‘‘yo ettha nisīdati vā caṅkamati vā, taṃ arahāti jānissāma’’ pupphāni vā ṭhapetvā ‘‘yo imāni gahetvā pūjaṃ karissati, taṃ arahāti jānissāmā’’tiādinā nayena katikā katā hoti, tatrāpi icchācāravasena tathā karontassa pārājikameva. Sacepi upāsakena antarāmagge vihāro vā kato hoti, cīvarādīni vā ṭhapitāni honti, ‘‘ye arahanto te imasmiṃ vihāre vasantu, cīvarādīni ca gaṇhantū’’ti. Tatrāpi icchācāravasena vasantassa vā cīvarādīni vā gaṇhantassa pārājikameva . Etaṃ pana adhammikakatikavattaṃ , tasmā na kātabbaṃ, aññaṃ vā evarūpaṃ ‘‘imasmiṃ temāsabbhantare sabbeva āraññakā hontu, piṇḍapātikaṅgādiavasesadhutaṅgadharā vā atha vā sabbeva khīṇāsavā hontū’’ti evamādi. Nānāverajjakā hi bhikkhū sannipatanti. Tattha keci dubbalā appathāmā evarūpaṃ vattaṃ anupāletuṃ na sakkonti. Tasmā evarūpampi vattaṃ na kātabbaṃ. ‘‘Imaṃ temāsaṃ sabbeheva na uddisitabbaṃ, na paripucchitabbaṃ, na pabbājetabbaṃ, mūgabbataṃ gaṇhitabbaṃ, bahi sīmaṭṭhassāpi saṅghalābho dātabbo’’ti evamādikaṃ pana na kātabbameva.
228 在《相应部》中,所说的“具寿相者”即指相长老。他是在千位结发行者之中,以“善来比丘”方式受具足戒,于《燃烧法门》结束时证得阿拉汉果,应知为一位大弟子。然而,由于他具备相好圆满、一切行相具足、犹如梵天般的自体,故得名为“相者”。而大目犍连长老于出家后第七日证得阿拉汉果,为第二位上首弟子。显示巴利原文
228.Lakkhaṇasaṃyutte yvāyaṃ āyasmā ca lakkhaṇoti lakkhaṇatthero vutto, esa jaṭilasahassassa abbhantare ehibhikkhūpasampadāya upasampanno ādittapariyāyāvasāne arahattappatto eko mahāsāvakoti veditabbo. Yasmā panesa lakkhaṇasampannena sabbākāraparipūrena brahmasamena attabhāvena samannāgato, tasmā lakkhaṇoti saṅkhaṃ gato. Mahāmoggallānatthero pana pabbajitadivasato sattame divase arahattappatto dutiyo aggasāvako.
“现出微笑”指现出轻微的微笑,意为显示、展现。那么,长老见到了什么而现出微笑呢?见到了下文所述的一具骨锁——一个生于饿鬼界的有情,而且是以天眼所见,并非以净色眼所见。因为这样的自体并不显现在净色眼的范围内。见到这样的自体,本应生起悲悯,为何却现出微笑?因为忆念了自身与佛陀的智慧成就。长老见此之后,忆念自身的成就:“我确实已经脱离了未见圣谛者所应得的这般自体,我实有得,我实善得。”并忆念佛的智慧成就:“啊!世尊佛陀的智慧成就!他曾教导:‘诸比丘,业异熟不可思议,不应思惟。’佛陀确实亲证之后而教导,佛陀善通达法界。”因此现出微笑。然而,由于漏尽者不会无因由地现出微笑,所以相长老问:“友,目犍连!是什么因由,什么缘由,使你现出微笑?”但长老因为那些没有亲自见此投生状况的人难以信受,所以想要以世尊为证而说明,便说:“友,时机未到。”随后,在世尊面前被问到时,便以“友,我在此处……”等方式说明。显示巴利原文
Sitaṃ pātvākāsīti mandahasitaṃ pātuakāsi, pakāsayi dassesīti vuttaṃ hoti. Kiṃ pana disvā thero sitaṃ pātvākāsīti? Upari pāḷiyaṃ āgataṃ aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikaṃ ekaṃ petaloke nibbattaṃ sattaṃ disvā, tañca kho dibbena cakkhunā, na pasādacakkhunā. Pasādacakkhussa hi ete attabhāvā na āpāthaṃ āgacchanti. Evarūpaṃ pana attabhāvaṃ disvā kāruññe kātabbe kasmā sitaṃ pātvākāsīti? Attano ca buddhañāṇassa ca sampattisamanussaraṇato. Tañhi disvā thero ‘‘adiṭṭhasaccena nāma puggalena paṭilabhitabbā evarūpā attabhāvā mutto ahaṃ, lābhā vata me, suladdhaṃ vata me’’ti attano ca sampattiṃ anussaritvā ‘‘aho buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇasampatti, yo ‘kammavipāko, bhikkhave, acinteyyo; na cintetabbo’ti (a. ni. 4.77) desesi, paccakkhaṃ vata katvā buddhā desenti, suppaṭividdhā buddhānaṃ dhammadhātū’’ti evaṃ buddhañāṇasampattiñca saritvā sitaṃ pātvākāsīti. Yasmā pana khīṇāsavā nāma na akāraṇā sitaṃ pātukaronti, tasmā taṃ lakkhaṇatthero pucchi – ‘‘ko nu kho āvuso moggallāna hetu, ko paccayo sitassa pātukammāyā’’ti. Thero pana yasmā yehi ayaṃ upapatti sāmaṃ adiṭṭhā, te dussaddhāpayā honti, tasmā bhagavantaṃ sakkhiṃ katvā byākātukāmatāya ‘‘akālo kho, āvuso’’tiādimāha . Tato bhagavato santike puṭṭho ‘‘idhāhaṃ āvuso’’tiādinā nayena byākāsi.
其中,“骨锁”指白色、无肉无血的骨骸集合体。鹫、鸦、鹰等,应理解为夜叉鹫、夜叉鸦、夜叉鹰。因为普通的鹫等,这些形色并不在其所见范围之内。“追随、追随”是不断追逐之义。“啄食”即刺穿而食。或读作“vitudentī”,意为以锋利如剑刃的铁喙刺穿。“彼发出痛苦之声”:此处“sudaṃ”为不变词,意思是那具骨锁发出痛苦、苦恼的声音。据说,为了感受不善业的异熟,即使长达一由旬的这般自体也会生起,而且诸根敏锐,犹如成熟的痈疮;因此,那具骨锁被剧烈痛苦所逼迫,发出这般声音。如此说后,尊者大目犍连为了进一步显示由对有情悲悯所引生的法悚惧,而说:“友,那时我心中生起这样的念头:‘真是稀有啊!’”等语。显示巴利原文
Tattha aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikanti setaṃ nimmaṃsalohitaṃ aṭṭhisaṅghātaṃ. Gijjhāpi kākāpi kulalāpīti etepi yakkhagijjhā ceva yakkhakākā ca yakkhakulalā ca paccetabbā. Pākatikānaṃ pana gijjhādīnaṃ āpāthampi etaṃ rūpaṃ nāgacchati. Anupatitvā anupatitvāti anubandhitvā anubandhitvā. Vituḍentīti vinivijjhitvā gacchanti. Vitudentīti vā pāṭho, asidhārūpamehi tikhiṇehi lohatuṇḍehi vijjhantīti attho. Sā sudaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karotīti ettha sudanti nipāto, sā aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikā aṭṭassaraṃ āturassaraṃ karotīti attho. Akusalavipākānubhavanatthaṃ kira yojanappamāṇāpi tādisā attabhāvā nibbattanti, pasādussadā ca honti pakkagaṇḍasadisā; tasmā sā aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikā balavavedanāturā tādisaṃ saramakāsīti. Evañca pana vatvā puna āyasmā mahāmoggallāno ‘‘vaṭṭagāmikasattā nāma evarūpā attabhāvā na muccantī’’ti sattesu kāruññaṃ paṭicca uppannaṃ dhammasaṃvegaṃ dassento ‘‘tassa mayhaṃ āvuso etadahosi; acchariyaṃ vata bho’’tiādimāha.
“比丘们讥嫌”:指那些未亲证该饿鬼投生者,便加以讥嫌。世尊为彰显长者的威力,而说:“诸比丘,弟子们确实成为眼者而安住……”等语。其中,“成为眼者”指眼在他们之中已生起、已产生,即具有眼、生起眼,并安住于生起眼之后。第二句亦同此理。在“yatra hi nāma”一语中,“yatra”是表原因的词语。这里的义理关联是:正因为弟子也能如此了知、看见或亲证,因此我们说:“诸比丘,弟子们确实成为眼者而安住,诸比丘,弟子们确实成为智者而安住。”显示巴利原文
Bhikkhū ujjhāyantīti yesaṃ sā petūpapatti appaccakkhā, te ujjhāyanti . Bhagavā pana therassānubhāvaṃ pakāsento ‘‘cakkhubhūtā vata bhikkhave sāvakā viharantī’’tiādimāha. Tattha cakkhu bhūtaṃ jātaṃ uppannaṃ tesanti cakkhubhūtā; bhūtacakkhukā uppannacakkhukā, cakkhuṃ uppādetvā, viharantīti attho. Dutiyapadepi eseva nayo. Yatra hi nāmāti ettha yatrāti kāraṇavacanaṃ. Tatrāyamatthayojanā; yasmā nāma sāvakopi evarūpaṃ ñassati vā dakkhati vā sakkhiṃ vā karissati, tasmā avocumha – ‘‘cakkhubhūtā vata bhikkhave sāvakā viharanti, ñāṇabhūtā vata bhikkhave sāvakā viharantī’’ti.
“诸比丘,我于往昔已见彼众生”,这是说:在菩提树下,我以证悟一切知智,现量证知了无量的轮围界、无量的众生类、生趣、生处、住胎,那时,我于往昔即已见到彼众生。显示巴利原文
Pubbeva me so bhikkhave satto diṭṭhoti bodhimaṇḍe sabbaññutañāṇappaṭivedhena appamāṇesu cakkavāḷesu appamāṇe sattanikāye bhavagatiyoniṭhitinivāse ca paccakkhaṃ karontena mayā pubbeva so satto diṭṭhoti vadati.
“杀牛者”指以杀牛、剥取肉、出售维生的众生。“即彼业之异熟残余”,是指由种种思所累积的、前后相续的业。其中,以某种思令其结生于地狱,当那种异熟耗尽时,以残余的业或业相为所缘,再次结生于饿鬼等处。因此,这种结生或因业同类性,或因所缘同类性,而被称为“即彼业之异熟残余”。而此众生正是如此投生,故说“即彼业之异熟残余”。据说,当他从地狱死殁时,无肉的牛骨堆成为其相。他虽覆藏彼业,却如同令智者明见一般,成为骨锁饿鬼。显示巴利原文
Goghātakoti gāvo vadhitvā vadhitvā aṭṭhito maṃsaṃ mocetvā vikkiṇitvā jīvikakappanakasatto. Tasseva kammassa vipākāvasesenāti tassa nānācetanāhi āyūhitassa aparāpariyakammassa. Tatra hi yāya cetanāya narake paṭisandhi janitā, tassā vipāke parikkhīṇe avasesakammaṃ vā kammanimittaṃ vā ārammaṇaṃ katvā puna petādīsu paṭisandhi nibbattati, tasmā sā paṭisandhi kammasabhāgatāya vā ārammaṇasabhāgatāya vā ‘‘tasseva kammassa vipākāvaseso’’ti vuccati. Ayañca satto evaṃ upapanno. Tenāha – ‘‘tasseva kammassa vipākāvasesenā’’ti. Tassa kira narakā cavanakāle nimmaṃsakatānaṃ gunnaṃ aṭṭhirāsi eva nimittaṃ ahosi. So paṭicchannampi taṃ kammaṃ viññūnaṃ pākaṭaṃ viya karonto aṭṭhisaṅkhalikapeto jāto.
229 在《肉片饿鬼事》中,所谓的“杀牛者”,将牛肉切成薄片,晒干之后,靠贩卖干肉维生多年。因此,当他从地狱死去时,肉片便成了他投生的相,于是他便生为肉片饿鬼。显示巴利原文
229. Maṃsapesivatthusmiṃ goghātakoti gomaṃsapesiyo katvā sukkhāpetvā vallūravikkayena anekāni vassāni jīvikaṃ kappesi. Tenassa narakā cavanakāle maṃsapesiyeva nimittaṃ ahosi. So maṃsapesipeto jāto.
在《肉块饿鬼事》中,有个捕鸟人捕捉鸟雀,在出售时拔去羽毛与皮,只留下肉块拿去贩卖,以此谋生。因此,当他从地狱死去时,肉块便成了他投生的相,于是他便生为肉块饿鬼。显示巴利原文
Maṃsapiṇḍavatthusmiṃ so sākuṇiko sakuṇe gahetvā vikkiṇanakāle nippakkhacamme maṃsapiṇḍamatte katvā vikkiṇanto jīvikaṃ kappesi. Tenassa narakā cavanakāle maṃsapiṇḍova nimittaṃ ahosi. So maṃsapiṇḍapeto jāto.
在《无皮饿鬼事》中,有个杀羊者杀死羊后,剥下皮张,以整具无皮的羊身作为维生之道。一如前面所说,当他从地狱死去时,无皮的羊身便成了他投生的相,于是他便生为无皮饿鬼。显示巴利原文
Nicchavivatthusmiṃ tassa orabbhikassa eḷake vadhitvā niccamme katvā kappitajīvikassa purimanayeneva niccammaṃ eḷakasarīraṃ nimittamahosi. So nicchavipeto jāto.
在剑毛饿鬼的事例中:有一个屠猪人,长时以剑宰杀用饲料诱养的猪,并以此为生。他举剑杀猪的行为便成了临终之相,因此死后转生为剑毛饿鬼。显示巴利原文
Asilomavatthusmiṃ so sūkariko dīgharattaṃ nivāpapuṭṭhe sūkare asinā vadhitvā vadhitvā dīgharattaṃ jīvikaṃ kappesi. Tenassa ukkhittāsikabhāvova nimittaṃ ahosi. Tasmā asilomapeto jāto.
在矛毛饿鬼的事例中:有一个猎人,带着一头鹿作诱饵,并持着矛进入山林。每当有野兽接近这头诱饵鹿时,他便用矛将它们刺死。他以此用矛刺杀猎物的行为为相,因此死后转生为矛毛饿鬼。显示巴利原文
Sattilomavatthusmiṃ so māgaviko ekaṃ migañca sattiñca gahetvā vanaṃ gantvā tassa migassa samīpaṃ āgatāgate mige sattiyā vijjhitvā māresi, tassa sattiyā vijjhanakabhāvoyeva nimittaṃ ahosi. Tasmā sattilomapeto jāto.
在箭毛饿鬼的事例中:有一个行刑人,专对国王的罪犯施以种种折磨,最终用箭将他们射死。据说,他明知箭射中某个部位便会致死,却依然射杀。他以此谋生,死后堕入地狱;从地狱出来,依残余的业在此处转生时,即以箭射的业行为相,由此转生为箭毛饿鬼。显示巴利原文
Usulomavatthusmiṃ kāraṇikoti rājāparādhike anekāhi kāraṇāhi pīḷetvā avasāne kaṇḍena vijjhitvā māraṇakapuriso. So kira asukasmiṃ padese viddho maratīti ñatvāva vijjhati. Tassevaṃ jīvikaṃ kappetvā narake uppannassa tato pakkāvasesena idhūpapattikāle usunā vijjhanabhāvoyeva nimittaṃ ahosi. Tasmā usulomapeto jāto.
在细毛体块事中,“驾车者”意为驯马师。《小谕疏》中也提到“乔达摩驯马师”。他以刺棒之针刺伤马匹的相状,成为其投生之相,由此转生为细毛体块者。显示巴利原文
Sūcilomavatthusmiṃ sārathīti assadamako. Godamakotipi kurundaṭṭhakathāyaṃvuttaṃ. Tassa patodasūciyā vijjhanabhāvoyeva nimittaṃ ahosi. Tasmā sūcilomapeto jāto.
在第二个细毛体块事中,“告密者”是指离间者。据说,他既离间众人,使之彼此分裂;又在王族内部屡屡告密,说“此人拥有这些,此人曾做此事”,从而令他们遭逢厄运与衰败。因此,如同他此前告密而导致人们分裂一样,他如今也以针穿刺之苦来承受,以此业力为投生之相,转生为细毛体块者。显示巴利原文
Dutiyasūcilomavatthusmiṃ sūcakoti pesuññakārako . So kira manusse aññamaññañca bhindi. Rājakule ca ‘‘imassa imaṃ nāma atthi, iminā idaṃ nāma kata’’nti sūcetvā sūcetvā anayabyasanaṃ pāpesi. Tasmā yathānena sūcetvā manussā bhinnā, tathā sūcīhi bhedanadukkhaṃ paccanubhotuṃ kammameva nimittaṃ katvā sūcilomapeto jāto.
在睾丸肿大者事中,“村中恶吏”是指一名裁判官。由于业力相符,他生出大如水罐、瓮一般大小的睾丸。他曾在隐密暗处收受贿赂,以枉法裁判而行明显的恶行,将有主之物判给无主者。因此,他[原本]隐秘的部位显了出来;又因为他判定刑罚以惩罚他人,迫令秘密部位受苦,以此业之为缘,秘密部位生了大苦。还因为他让[别人]站立不定、坐不安稳,所以他的秘密部位也生了不能站、不能坐的苦。显示巴利原文
Aṇḍabhāritavatthusmiṃ gāmakūṭoti vinicchayāmacco. Tassa kammasabhāgatāya kumbhamattā mahāghaṭappamāṇā aṇḍā ahesuṃ. So hi yasmā raho paṭicchanna ṭhāne lañjaṃ gahetvā kūṭavinicchayena pākaṭaṃ dosaṃ karonto sāmike assāmike akāsi. Tasmāssa rahassaṃ aṅgaṃ pākaṭaṃ nibbattaṃ. Yasmā daṇḍaṃ paṭṭhapento paresaṃ asayhaṃ bhāraṃ āropesi, tasmāssa rahassaṅgaṃ asayhabhāro hutvā nibbattaṃ. Yasmā yasmiṃ ṭhāne ṭhitena samena bhavitabbaṃ, tasmiṃ ṭhatvā visamo ahosi, tasmāssa rahassaṅge visamā nisajjā ahosīti.
在通奸者的事中,那个众生触犯了他人所保护、守护、有主人的触。他以污秽之乐、欲乐使心喜悦,由于与业相应,便触受粪便之触,为遭受痛苦而生在那里。恶婆罗门的事,也是明显的。显示巴利原文
Pāradārikavatthusmiṃ so satto parassa rakkhitaṃ gopitaṃ sassāmikaṃ phassaṃ phusanto mīḷhasukhena kāmasukhena cittaṃ ramayitvā kammasabhāgatāya gūthaphassaṃ phusanto dukkhamanubhavituṃ tattha nibbatto. Duṭṭhabrāhmaṇavatthu pākaṭameva.
230 在无皮肤女的事中,因为女人对于自己的身体之触并非自在,她偷取了属于丈夫的触,转而对他人生起爱乐。因此,由于与业相应,快乐之触被破坏,为遭受痛苦之触,她转生为无皮肤的女人。显示巴利原文
230.Nicchavitthivatthusmiṃ yasmā mātugāmo nāma attano phasse anissaro, sā ca taṃ sāmikassa santakaṃ phassaṃ thenetvā paresaṃ abhiratiṃ uppādesi, tasmā kammasabhāgatāya sukhasamphassā dhaṃsitvā dukkhasamphassaṃ anubhavituṃ nicchavitthī hutvā upapannā.
在污秽女的事中,“污秽”是指丑陋、难看、可厌。据说她从事占卜、夜叉女奴的工作,对大众说:“这样做和那样做供养,你们就会有如此的增益。”她以欺诳的方式夺取大众的香、花等,使大众执持恶见、邪见。因此,由于与业相应,她成为污秽之女而遭受苦触。显示巴利原文
Maṅgulitthivatthusmiṃ maṅgulinti virūpaṃ duddasikaṃ bībhacchaṃ, sā kira ikkhaṇikākammaṃ yakkhadāsikammaṃ karontī ‘‘iminā ca iminā ca evaṃ balikamme kate ayaṃ nāma tumhākaṃ vaḍḍhi bhavissatī’’ti mahājanassa gandhapupphādīni vañcanāya gahetvā mahājanaṃ duddiṭṭhiṃ micchādiṭṭhiṃ gaṇhāpesi, tasmā tāya kammasabhāgatāya gandhapupphādīnaṃ thenitattā duggandhā duddassanassa gāhitattā duddasikā virūpā bībhacchā hutvā nibbattā.
在“被烧灼者”事中,“被烧煮、被烧湿、被撒炭”的含义如下:据说她躺在火葬柴堆上,挣扎翻滚着被焚烧,因此名为“被烧煮者”——身体被猛火烧熟;又名为“被烧湿者”——身体湿漉漉,一滴滴液体从身上淌下;又名为“被撒炭者”——全身被炭火遍撒,她的下方有紫矿花般颜色的炭火,两侧亦然,上空也有炭火纷纷落在身上,所以说“被烧煮、被烧湿、被撒炭”。她因嫉妒而对情敌撒炭:据说羯陵伽王有一位舞女,将炭火盆放在身边,一面擦拭身上的水,一面用手扇风取凉。国王也和她交谈,并示现满意的神情。王后忍无可忍,心生嫉妒,趁国王刚离开,便拿起那炭火盆,将炭火撒在她身上。她造作了此业,为感受同等的果报而投生于饿鬼道。显示巴利原文
Okilinivatthusmiṃ uppakkaṃ okiliniṃ okirininti sā kira aṅgāracitake nipannā vipphandamānā viparivattamānā paccati, tasmā uppakkā ceva hoti kharena agginā pakkasarīrā; okilinī ca kilinnasarīrā bindubindūni hissā sarīrato paggharanti. Okirinī ca aṅgārasamparikiṇṇā, tassā hi heṭṭhatopi kiṃsukapupphavaṇṇā aṅgārā, ubhayapassesupi , ākāsatopissā upari aṅgārā patanti, tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘uppakkaṃ okiliniṃ okirini’’nti. Sā issāpakatā sapattiṃ aṅgārakaṭāhena okirīti tassā kira kaliṅgarañño ekā nāṭakinī aṅgārakaṭāhaṃ samīpe ṭhapetvā gattato udakañca puñchati, pāṇinā ca sedaṃ karoti. Rājāpi tāya saddhiṃ kathañca karoti, parituṭṭhākārañca dasseti. Aggamahesī taṃ asahamānā issāpakatā hutvā acirapakkantassa rañño taṃ aṅgārakaṭāhaṃ gahetvā tassā upari aṅgāre okiri. Sā taṃ kammaṃ katvā tādisaṃyeva vipākaṃ paccanubhavituṃ petaloke nibbattā.
在“斩盗贼者”事中,此人长久以来奉国王之命砍下盗贼的头颅,死后投生于饿鬼道,成为无头躯干而投生。显示巴利原文
Coraghātakavatthusmiṃ so rañño āṇāya dīgharattaṃ corānaṃ sīsāni chinditvā petaloke nibbattanto asīsakaṃ kabandhaṃ hutvā nibbatti.
在“比丘”事中,“恶比丘”即低劣的比丘。据说他受用世间信施的四种资具,却不防护身语二门,以邪命生活,游荡嬉戏。此后,他在地狱中煎熬了整整一个佛间隔的时间,当生于饿鬼道时,便以与比丘相似的形象投生。比丘尼、在学尼、沙弥、沙弥尼的事中,道理也是如此。显示巴利原文
Bhikkhuvatthusmiṃ pāpabhikkhūti lāmakabhikkhu. So kira lokassa saddhādeyye cattāro paccaye paribhuñjitvā kāyavacīdvārehi asaṃ yato bhinnājīvo cittakeḷiṃ kīḷanto vicari. Tato ekaṃ buddhantaraṃ niraye paccitvā petaloke nibbattanto bhikkhusadiseneva attabhāvena nibbatti. Bhikkhunī-sikkhamānā-sāmaṇera-sāmaṇerīvatthūsupi ayameva vinicchayo.
231 231. 于“温泉”事中,“清澈之水”即清净之水;“冷水”即清凉之水;“甜水”即甘甜之水;“洁白”即完全清净,无苔藓、水草与泥泞;“有善码头”即具备美好的码头;“令人愉悦”即能生起喜乐;“如车轮大小”即如车轮般大小;“沸腾而流”即在那里变得炽热而流淌。“诸比丘,此水从何处”指诸比丘,此水从何处。“那湖”即那个湖。“此水又从何处流来?”——据说在毗婆罗山下方,有一处属于地居龙、广五百由旬的龙宫,如同天界,以宝石铺地,并有园林;龙嬉戏之处有那湖,此温泉即从彼湖流来。“它从两大地狱之间而来”:据说环绕王舍城有一大饿鬼界,此温泉即从那里的两个大铜锅地狱之间而来,因此说“沸腾而流”。显示巴利原文
231. Tapodāvatthusmiṃ acchodakoti pasannodako. Sītodakoti sītalaudako. Sātodakoti madhurodako. Setakoti parisuddho nissevālapaṇakakaddamo. Suppatitthoti sundarehi titthehi upapanno. Ramaṇīyoti ratijanako. Cakkamattānīti rathacakkappamāṇāni. Kuthitā sandatīti tatrā santattā hutvā sandati. Yatāyaṃ bhikkhaveti yato ayaṃ bhikkhave. So dahoti so rahado. Kuto panāyaṃ sandatīti? Vebhārapabbatassa kira heṭṭhā bhummaṭṭhakanāgānaṃ pañcayojanasatikaṃ nāgabhavanaṃ devalokasadisaṃ maṇimayena talena ārāmuyyānehi ca samannāgataṃ; tattha nāgānaṃ kīḷanaṭṭhāne so udakadaho, tato ayaṃ tapodā sandati. Dvinnaṃ mahānirayānaṃ antarikāya āgacchatīti rājagahanagaraṃ kira āviñjetvā mahāpetaloko, tattha dvinnaṃ mahālohakumbhinirayānaṃ antarena ayaṃ tapodā āgacchati, tasmā kuthitā sandatīti.
于“战争”事中,“欢喜游行”指胜利的战鼓巡行。“贤友们,国王被离车族人……”:据说长老在自己的昼住处与夜住处坐着,思惟“离车族人训练有素、精于武艺,国王正与他们交战”,以天眼看见国王战败逃跑。于是他对诸比丘说:“贤友们,你们的护持者国王被离车族人击败了。”“诸比丘,目犍连所说真实”:在败亡之时,他思惟后说出所见之事,故所说真实。显示巴利原文
Yuddhavatthusmiṃ nandī caratīti vijayabherī āhiṇḍati. Rājā āvuso licchavīhīti thero kira attano divāṭṭhāne ca rattiṭṭhāne ca nisīditvā ‘‘licchavayo katahatthā katūpāsanā, rājā ca tehi saddhiṃ sampahāraṃ detī’’ti āvajjento dibbena cakkhunā rājānaṃ parājitaṃ palāyamānaṃ addasa. Tato bhikkhū āmantetvā ‘‘rājā āvuso tumhākaṃ upaṭṭhāko licchavīhi pabhaggo’’ti āha. Saccaṃ, bhikkhave, moggallāno āhāti parājikakāle āvajjitvā yaṃ diṭṭhaṃ taṃ bhaṇanto saccaṃ āha.
232 232. 于“象入水”事中,“名为萨毗尼迦”即名为萨毗尼迦。“不动之定”指无动、无摇、远离身语躁动的第四禅定。“诸象”即诸象。“潜入又出”即潜入、浸入后又出来——据说它们进入深水,在那里沐浴、饮水,以鼻吸水后互相喷水嬉戏而出,故说它们如此“潜入又出”。“作鹤鸣”即站在河岸边,将鼻放入口中发出鹤鸣声。“听到声音”即听到那鹤鸣声。“诸比丘,此定存在,但此定不清净”:目犍连有此定,但此定不清净。据说长老在出家后第七日证得阿罗汉果,于八等至中,于五种自在尚未熟练,未能善加清净禅定的障碍法,仅以想的概念作意、入定、决意、出定、观察,入第四禅而坐。出定后,听到象的声音,便生起“在定中听到”的想。因此说:“诸比丘,此定存在,但此定不清净。”显示巴利原文
232. Nāgogāhavatthusmiṃ sappinikāyāti evaṃnāmikāya. Āneñjaṃ samādhinti anejaṃ acalaṃ kāyavācāvipphandavirahitaṃ catutthajjhānasamādhiṃ. Nāgānanti hatthīnaṃ. Ogayha uttarantānanti ogayha ogāhetvā puna uttarantānaṃ. Te kira gambhīraṃ udakaṃ otaritvā tattha nhatvā ca pivitvā ca soṇḍāya udakaṃ gahetvā aññamaññaṃ ālolentā uttaranti, tesaṃ evaṃ ogayha uttarantānanti vuttaṃ hoti. Koñcaṃ karontānanti nadītīre ṭhatvā soṇḍaṃ mukhe pakkhipitvā koñcanādaṃ karontānaṃ. Saddaṃ assosinti taṃ koñcanādasaddaṃ assosiṃ. Attheso, bhikkhave, samādhi so ca kho aparisuddhoti atthi eso samādhi moggallānassa, so ca kho parisuddho na hoti. Thero kira pabbajitato sattame divase tadahuarahattappatto aṭṭhasu samāpattīsu pañcahākārehi anāciṇṇavasībhāvo samādhiparipanthake dhamme na suṭṭhu parisodhetvā āvajjanasamāpajjanādhiṭṭhānavuṭṭhānapaccavekkhaṇānaṃ saññāmattakameva katvā catutthajjhānaṃ appetvā nisinno, jhānaṅgehi vuṭṭhāya nāgānaṃ saddaṃ sutvā ‘‘antosamāpattiyaṃ assosi’’nti evaṃsaññī ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘attheso, bhikkhave, samādhi; so ca kho aparisuddho’’ti.
在梭毗多的事迹中,他说:“贤友,我忆念五百劫。”这是指他以一次作意而忆念。若非如此,圣弟子们以次第、多次作意而忆念过去某生某世,并不稀有,比丘们便不会讥嫌。但因为他声称“以一次作意而忆念”,所以比丘们讥嫌。“诸比丘,梭毗多有此能力,但仅限一生”:梭毗多说“我忆念一生”,确实是指一生,但这只是紧接着的前一生,并非以次第忆念,此乃他的本意。显示巴利原文
Sobhitavatthusmiṃ ahaṃ, āvuso, pañca kappasatāni anussarāmīti ekāvajjanena anussarāmīti āha. Itarathā hi anacchariyaṃ ariyasāvakānaṃ paṭipāṭiyā nānāvajjanena tassa tassa atīte nivāsassa anussaraṇanti na bhikkhū ujjhāyeyyuṃ. Yasmā panesa ‘‘ekāvajjanena anussarāmī’’ti āha, tasmā bhikkhū ujjhāyiṃsu. Atthesā, bhikkhave, sobhitassa, sā ca kho ekāyeva jātīti yaṃ sobhito jātiṃ anussarāmīti āha, atthesā jāti sobhitassa, sā ca kho ekāyeva anantarā na uppaṭipāṭiyā anussaritāti adhippāyo.
那么,他是怎样忆念此事的呢?据说,此人在五百劫以上,于外道处……显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ panāyaṃ etaṃ anussarīti? Ayaṃ kira pañcannaṃ kappasatānaṃ upari titthāyatane
他出家后证得无想定,于禅那不退失而命终,投生于无想有情天。在那里住满寿量后,命终转生人间,于教法中出家,证得三明。当他忆念宿住时,见到此生的结生,再往前见到第三生中的死心。然而,他无法忆念两生之间的无心之身,便如理推断:“我必定曾投生于无想有情天。”以这种推断之智,他完成了难行之事,犹如将劈成百份的马尾尖端再以尖端相刺,又如于虚空中示现足迹。因此,世尊即以此因缘将他置于第一之位:“诸比丘,在我比丘弟子中,忆念宿住者,此梭毗多为第一。”显示巴利原文
Pabbajitvā asaññasamāpattiṃ nibbattetvā aparihīnajjhāno kālaṃ katvā asaññabhave nibbatti. Tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā avasāne manussaloke uppanno sāsane pabbajitvā tisso vijjā sacchākāsi. So pubbenivāsaṃ anussaramāno imasmiṃ attabhāve paṭisandhiṃ disvā tato paraṃ tatiye attabhāve cutimeva addasa. Atha ubhinnamantarā acittakaṃ attabhāvaṃ anussarituṃ asakkonto nayato sallakkhesi – ‘‘addhāahaṃ asaññabhave nibbatto’’ti. Evaṃ sallakkhentena panānena dukkaraṃ kataṃ, satadhā bhinnassa vālassa koṭiyā koṭi paṭividdhā, ākāse padaṃ dassitaṃ. Tasmā naṃ bhagavā imasmiṃyeva vatthusmiṃ etadagge ṭhapesi – ‘‘etadaggaṃ bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarantānaṃ yadidaṃ sobhito’’ti (a. ni. 1.219, 227).
结语注释显示巴利原文
Nigamanavaṇṇanā
233 233. “诸位尊者,已诵出四波罗夷法”一句,在此仅是对已诵出波罗夷法的说明。若加以归纳,应知共有二十四种波罗夷。哪二十四种?首先,律典中所出,比丘有四条,比丘尼不共的有四条,合为八条。十一种不能成就者中:黄门、畜生、二根人,这三种是根身败坏、无因结生者,他们的天界未受阻,但道果受阻,因为根身败坏,不能证得道果;他们的出家亦被遮止,因此也是波罗夷。贼住者、投靠外道者、杀母者、杀父者、杀阿罗汉者、污比丘尼者、出佛身血者、破僧者,这八种人因自身的行为败坏,成为不能成就之位,故也是波罗夷。其中,贼住者、投靠外道者、污比丘尼者,三种人的天界未受阻,但道果受阻;其余五种人,天界与道果两者皆受阻,因为他们是将投生于无间地狱的众生。如此,十一种加前八种,共为十九种。若加上对在家相生起爱乐、穿着在家衣的比丘尼,则为二十种,因为她即使未犯淫行,仅此便已非沙门尼。以上二十种为波罗夷。显示巴利原文
233.Uddiṭṭhākho āyasmanto cattāro pārājikā dhammāti idaṃ idha uddiṭṭhapārājikaparidīpanameva. Samodhānetvā pana sabbāneva catuvīsati pārājikāni veditabbāni. Katamāni catuvīsati? Pāḷiyaṃ āgatāni tāva bhikkhūnaṃ cattāri, bhikkhunīnaṃ asādhāraṇāni cattārīti aṭṭha. Ekādasa abhabbapuggalā, tesu paṇḍakatiracchānagataubhatobyañjanakā, tayo vatthuvipannā ahetukapaṭisandhikā, tesaṃ saggo avārito maggo pana vārito, abhabbā hi te maggappaṭilābhāya vatthuvipannattāti. Pabbajjāpi nesaṃ paṭikkhittā, tasmā tepi pārājikā. Theyyasaṃvāsako, titthiyapakkantako, mātughātako, pitughātako, arahantaghātako, bhikkhunīdūsako, lohituppādako, saṅghabhedakoti ime aṭṭha attano kiriyāya vipannattā abhabbaṭṭhānaṃ pattāti pārājikāva. Tesu theyyasaṃvāsako, titthiyapakkantako, bhikkhunīdūsakoti imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ saggo avārito maggo pana vāritova. Itaresaṃ pañcannaṃ ubhayampi vāritaṃ. Te hi anantarabhave narake nibbattanakasattā. Iti ime ca ekādasa, purimā ca aṭṭhāti ekūnavīsati. Te gihiliṅge ruciṃ uppādetvā gihinivāsananivatthāya bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ vīsati. Sā hi ajjhācāravītikkamaṃ akatvāpi ettāvatāva assamaṇīti imāni tāva vīsati pārājikāni.
另外还有:男根下垂者、软背者、用口含他人男根者、坐在他人男根上者。依这四种情况,被称为四种随顺波罗夷。因为,对于双方由欲贪而生起的同类行为,这被称为“淫欲法”。因此,以此方式,虽未实际行淫欲法,仅以道入道的方式而犯,故随顺于淫欲波罗夷,而被称为随顺波罗夷。如此,这四种加上前面的二十种,归纳起来,应知共有二十四种波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Aparānipi – lambī, mudupiṭṭhiko, parassa aṅgajātaṃ mukhena gaṇhāti, parassa aṅgajāte abhinisīdatīti imesaṃ catunnaṃ vasena cattāri anulomapārājikānīti vadanti. Etāni hi yasmā ubhinnaṃ rāgavasena sadisabhāvūpagatānaṃ dhammo ‘‘methunadhammo’’ti vuccati. Tasmā etena pariyāyena methunadhammaṃ appaṭisevitvāyeva kevalaṃ maggena maggappavesanavasena āpajjitabbattā methunadhammapārājikassa anulomentīti anulomapārājikānīti vuccanti. Iti imāni ca cattāri purimāni ca vīsatīti samodhānetvā sabbāneva catuvīsati pārājikāni veditabbāni.
“不得与比丘共住”:即不得与比丘共同举行布萨、自恣、诵巴帝摩卡、僧团羯磨等一切共住活动。“如前,亦如后”:如同先前在俗家时及未受具足戒时一样,后来犯了波罗夷,也同样成为不共住。“他与比丘之间,无布萨、自恣、诵巴帝摩卡、僧团羯磨等共住之分”:即不得与比丘共住。“于此,我请问诸位尊者”:即就这四种波罗夷,我请问诸位尊者:“于此是否清净?”“是否”即“于此是否”;意为:于此四种波罗夷中,你们是否清净?或者,“是否于此清净”意为:你们是否清净?其余各处,意义皆明显。显示巴利原文
Na labhati bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ saṃvāsanti uposatha-pavāraṇa-pātimokkhuddesa-saṅghakammappabhedaṃ bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ saṃvāsaṃ na labhati. Yathā pure tathā pacchāti yathā pubbe gihikāle anupasampannakāle ca pacchā pārājikaṃ āpannopi tatheva asaṃvāso hoti. Natthi tassa bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ uposathapavāraṇapātimokkhuddesasaṅghakammappabhedo saṃvāsoti bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ saṃvāsaṃ na labhati. Tatthāyasmante pucchāmīti tesu catūsu pārājikesu āyasmante ‘‘kaccittha parisuddhā’’ti pucchāmi. Kaccitthāti kacci ettha; etesu catūsu pārājikesu kacci parisuddhāti attho. Atha vā kaccittha parisuddhāti kacci parisuddhā attha, bhavathāti attho. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānatthamevāti.